SONIC AUTOMOTIVE INC
S-1/A, 1997-08-29
AUTO DEALERS & GASOLINE STATIONS
Previous: HBI EQUITY TRUST SERIES 4, S-6EL24, 1997-08-29
Next: JORDAN TELECOMMUNICATION PRODUCTS INC, S-4, 1997-08-29




<PAGE>
   
    AS FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION ON AUGUST 29, 1997
    
                                                      REGISTRATION NO. 333-33295
                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                             WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549
 
   
                                AMENDMENT NO. 1
    
   
                                       TO
    
                                    FORM S-1
 
                             REGISTRATION STATEMENT
                                     UNDER
                           THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
 
                             SONIC AUTOMOTIVE, INC.
             (Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                <C>                             <C>
           DELAWARE                            5511                     56-2010790
(State or Other Jurisdiction of    (Primary Standard Industrial      (I.R.S. Employer
Incorporation or Organization)     Classification Code Number)     Identification No.)
</TABLE>
 
                        5401 EAST INDEPENDENCE BOULEVARD
                                 P.O. BOX 18747
                        CHARLOTTE, NORTH CAROLINA 28218
                            TELEPHONE (704) 532-3301
         (Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including
            area code, of Registrant's principal executive offices)
 
                              MR. O. BRUTON SMITH
                            CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER
                             SONIC AUTOMOTIVE, INC.
                        5401 EAST INDEPENDENCE BOULEVARD
                                 P.O. BOX 18747
                        CHARLOTTE, NORTH CAROLINA 28218
                            TELEPHONE (704) 532-3301
      (Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including
                        area code, of agent for service)
 
                                   COPIES TO:
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                             <C>
                      GARY C. IVEY, ESQ.                                           STUART H. GELFOND, ESQ.
            PARKER, POE, ADAMS & BERNSTEIN L.L.P.                          FRIED, FRANK, HARRIS, SHRIVER & JACOBSON
                     2500 CHARLOTTE PLAZA                                             ONE NEW YORK PLAZA
               CHARLOTTE, NORTH CAROLINA 28244                                     NEW YORK, NEW YORK 10004
                   TELEPHONE (704) 372-9000                                        TELEPHONE (212) 859-8000
</TABLE>
 
        APPROXIMATE DATE OF COMMENCEMENT OF PROPOSED SALE TO THE PUBLIC:
As soon as practicable after the effective date of this Registration Statement.
 
     If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on
a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of
1933, check the following box. []
     If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering
pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box
and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier
effective registration statement for the same offering. []                    .
     If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c)
under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act
registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement
for the same offering. []                   .
     If delivery of the prospectus is expected to be made pursuant to Rule 434,
please check the following box. []
 
   
     THE REGISTRANT HEREBY AMENDS THIS REGISTRATION STATEMENT ON SUCH DATE OR
DATES AS MAY BE NECESSARY TO DELAY ITS EFFECTIVE DATE UNTIL THE REGISTRANT SHALL
FILE A FURTHER AMENDMENT THAT SPECIFICALLY STATES THAT THIS REGISTRATION
STATEMENT SHALL THEREAFTER BECOME EFFECTIVE IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 8(A) OF
THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 OR UNTIL THE REGISTRATION STATEMENT SHALL BECOME
EFFECTIVE ON SUCH DATE AS THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION, ACTING
PURSUANT TO SAID SECTION 8 (A), MAY DETERMINE.
    
 
<PAGE>
                             SONIC AUTOMOTIVE, INC.
 
                             CROSS-REFERENCE SHEET
        PURSUANT TO SECTION 501(B)(4) OF REGULATION S-K SHOWING LOCATION
                  IN THE PROSPECTUS OF INFORMATION REQUIRED BY
                          ITEMS OF PART I OF FORM S-1
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
REGISTRATION STATEMENT ITEM AND CAPTION                 PROSPECTUS HEADING OR LOCATION
 
<C>   <S>                                               <C>
 1.   Forepart of the Registration Statement and
      Outside Front Cover Page of Prospectus..........  Facing Page; Outside Front Cover Page
 
 2.   Inside Front and Outside Back Cover Pages of
      Prospectus......................................  Inside Front and Outside Back Cover Pages; Additional Information
 
 3.   Summary Information, Risk Factors and Ratio of
      Earnings to Fixed Charges.......................  Prospectus Summary; Risk Factors
 
 4.   Use of Proceeds.................................  Prospectus Summary; Use of Proceeds
 
 5.   Determination of Offering Price.................  Outside Front Cover Page; Underwriting
 
 6.   Dilution........................................  Dilution
 
 7.   Selling Security Holders........................  Not Applicable
 
 8.   Plan of Distribution............................  Outside Front Cover Page; Underwriting
 
 9.   Description of Capital Stock to be Registered...  Outside Front Cover Page; Dividend Policy; Description of Capital
                                                        Stock
 
10.   Interests of Named Experts and Counsel..........  Not Applicable
 
11.   Information with Respect to the Registrant......  Outside Front Cover Page; Prospectus Summary; Risk Factors; The
                                                        Reorganization; The Acquisitions; Use of Proceeds; Dividend Policy;
                                                        Capitalization; Selected Combined and Consolidated Financial Data;
                                                        Pro Forma Combined and Consolidated Financial Data; Management's
                                                        Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
                                                        Operations; Business; Management; Certain Transactions; Principal
                                                        Stockholders; Description of Capital Stock; Shares Eligible for
                                                        Future Sale; Financial Statements
 
12.   Disclosure of Commission Position on
      Indemnification for Securities Act Liabilities..  Not Applicable
</TABLE>
 
<PAGE>

(A redherring appears on the left-hand side of this page, rotated 90 degrees.
Text follows.)

INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IS SUBJECT TO COMPLETION OR AMENDMENT. A
REGISTRATION STATEMENT RELATING TO THESE SECURITIES HAS BEEN FILED WITH
THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION. THESE SECURITIES MAY NOT BE SOLD
NOR MAY OFFERS TO BUY BE ACCEPTED PRIOR TO THE TIME THE REGISTRATION
STATEMENT BECOMES EFFECTIVE. THIS PROSPECTUS SHALL NOT CONSTITUTE AN OFFER
TO SELL OR THE SOLICITATION OF AN OFFER TO BUY NOR SHALL THERE BE ANY SALE
OF THESE SECURITIES IN ANY STATE IN WHICH SUCH OFFER, SOLICITATION OR SALE
WOULD BE UNLAWFUL PRIOR TO REGISTRATION OR QUALIFICATION UNDER THE
 
SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY SUCH STATE.
 
                             SUBJECT TO COMPLETION
                  PRELIMINARY PROSPECTUS DATED         , 1997
PROSPECTUS
                                        SHARES
                     [LOGO TO COME]  SONIC AUTOMOTIVE, INC.
                              CLASS A COMMON STOCK
 
     All of the        shares of Class A Common Stock, par value $.01 per share
(the "Class A Common Stock"), offered hereby are being sold by Sonic Automotive,
Inc. ("Sonic" or the "Company").
     Each share of Class A Common Stock entitles its holder to one vote per
share. Each share of Class B Common Stock, par value $.01 per share (the "Class
B Common Stock," and together with the Class A Common Stock, the "Common
Stock"), entitles the holder to ten votes per share, except in certain limited
circumstances. All of the shares of Class B Common Stock are held by the members
of the Smith Group (as defined herein), who are all of the stockholders of the
Company prior to the consummation of the Offering. After consummation of the
Offering, the Smith Group will beneficially own shares representing
approximately    % of the combined voting power of the Company's Common Stock
(approximately    % if the underwriters' over-allotment option is exercised in
full). See "Description of Capital Stock -- Common Stock."
     Prior to the Offering, there has been no public market for the Class A
Common Stock. It is currently estimated that the initial public offering price
will be between $     and $       per share. For a discussion of factors to be
considered in determining the initial public offering price, see "Underwriting."
     The Company intends to apply for listing of the Class A Common Stock on the
New York Stock Exchange under the symbol "DLR."
     SEE "RISK FACTORS" BEGINNING ON PAGE 10 FOR A DISCUSSION OF CERTAIN FACTORS
THAT SHOULD BE CONSIDERED BY PROSPECTIVE PURCHASERS OF THE CLASS A COMMON STOCK
OFFERED HEREBY.
 
THESE SECURITIES HAVE NOT BEEN APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED BY THE SECURITIES
  AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION NOR HAS
    THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES
     COMMISSION PASSED UPON THE ACCURACY OR ADEQUACY OF THIS
        PROSPECTUS. ANY REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY IS A CRIMINAL
                                      OFFENSE.
 
[CAPTION]
<TABLE>
<S>                                                     <C>                       <C>                       <C>
                                                                PRICE TO                UNDERWRITING              PROCEEDS TO
                                                                 PUBLIC                 DISCOUNT (1)              COMPANY (2)
<S>                                                     <C>                       <C>                       <C>
Per Share...........................................               $                         $                         $
Total (3)...........................................               $                         $                         $
</TABLE>
 
(1) The Company has agreed to indemnify the several Underwriters against certain
    liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act of 1933, as
    amended. See "Underwriting."
(2) Before deducting expenses payable by the Company estimated at $      .
(3) The Company has granted to the Underwriters an option, exercisable within 30
    days of the date hereof, to purchase up to an aggregate of     additional
    shares of Class A Common Stock solely to cover over-allotments, if any. If
    such option is exercised in full, the total Price to Public, Underwriting
    Discount and Proceeds to Company will be $      , $      and $      ,
    respectively. See "Underwriting."
 
     The shares of Class A Common Stock are being offered by the several
Underwriters, subject to prior sale, when, as and if issued to and accepted by
them, subject to approval of certain legal matters by counsel for the
Underwriters and certain other conditions. The Underwriters reserve the right to
withdraw, cancel or modify such offer and to reject orders in whole or in part.
It is expected that delivery of the shares of Class A Common Stock will be made
in New York, New York on or about        , 1997.
 
MERRILL LYNCH & CO.
                                   MONTGOMERY SECURITIES
                                                      WHEAT FIRST BUTCHER SINGER
 
                 The date of this Prospectus is        , 1997.
 
<PAGE>
[Photographs of various of the Company's dealerships and a map of the United
States showing locations of the Company's operations]
 
     The Company intends to furnish its stockholders with annual reports
containing financial statements audited by its independent public accountants
and will make available copies of its quarterly reports for the first three
quarters of each year.
 
     CERTAIN PERSONS PARTICIPATING IN THE OFFERING MAY ENGAGE IN TRANSACTIONS
THAT STABILIZE, MAINTAIN, OR OTHERWISE AFFECT THE PRICE OF THE CLASS A COMMON
STOCK. SUCH TRANSACTIONS MAY INCLUDE STABILIZING, THE PURCHASE OF COMMON STOCK
TO COVER SYNDICATE SHORT POSITIONS AND THE IMPOSITION OF PENALTY BIDS. FOR A
DESCRIPTION OF THESE ACTIVITIES, SEE "UNDERWRITING."
 
     This Prospectus includes statistical data regarding the retail automotive
industry. Unless otherwise indicated herein, such data is taken or derived from
information published by a division of Intertec Publishing Corp. in its "Ward's
Dealer Business", Crain's Communications, Inc. in its "Automotive News" and
"1997 Market Data Book" and by the Industry Analysis Division of the National
Automobile Dealers Association ("NADA") in its "Industry Analysis and Outlook"
and "Automotive Executive Magazine" publications.
 
     No Manufacturer (as defined in this Prospectus) has been involved, directly
or indirectly, in the preparation of this Prospectus or in the Offering being
made hereby. Although, as described in this Prospectus, Manufacturers will have
granted consents for various of the Acquisitions (as defined herein) and for
this Offering, no Manufacturer has made any statements or representations for
the purpose of such statements or representations being included in this
Prospectus, and no Manufacturer has any responsibility for the accuracy or
completeness of this Prospectus.
 
                                       2
 
<PAGE>
                               PROSPECTUS SUMMARY
 
     THE FOLLOWING SUMMARY IS QUALIFIED IN ITS ENTIRETY BY, AND SHOULD BE READ
IN CONJUNCTION WITH, THE MORE DETAILED INFORMATION AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(INCLUDING THE NOTES THERETO) APPEARING ELSEWHERE IN THIS PROSPECTUS. REFERENCES
IN THIS PROSPECTUS TO "SONIC" OR THE "COMPANY" (I) ARE TO SONIC AUTOMOTIVE, INC.
AND, UNLESS THE CONTEXT INDICATES OTHERWISE, ITS CONSOLIDATED SUBSIDIARIES AND
THEIR RESPECTIVE PREDECESSORS, (II) GIVE EFFECT TO A RECENTLY COMPLETED
REORGANIZATION (AS DEFINED BELOW) OF THE COMPANY AND (III) ASSUME THAT THE
COMPANY HAS CONSUMMATED THE ACQUISITION OF THE ASSETS OR ALL THE CAPITAL STOCK
OF SIX ADDITIONAL DEALERSHIPS OR DEALERSHIP GROUPS, AS DESCRIBED HEREIN, IN
NORTH CAROLINA, TENNESSEE, FLORIDA, GEORGIA AND SOUTH CAROLINA (THE
"ACQUISITIONS"). SEE "THE ACQUISITIONS." REFERENCES TO THE "OFFERING" ARE TO THE
OFFERING OF CLASS A COMMON STOCK MADE HEREBY. UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED, ALL
INFORMATION IN THIS PROSPECTUS GIVES RETROACTIVE EFFECT TO A       -FOR-1 STOCK
SPLIT TO BE CONSUMMATED IMMEDIATELY PRIOR TO THE CONSUMMATION OF THE OFFERING
(THE "STOCK SPLIT") AND ASSUMES THAT THE UNDERWRITERS'OVER-ALLOTMENT OPTION IS
NOT EXERCISED. THE ACQUISITIONS WILL BE CONSUMMATED ON OR BEFORE THE CLOSING OF
THE OFFERING.
 
                                  THE COMPANY
 
   
     Sonic Automotive, Inc. is one of the leading automotive retailers in the
United States, operating 20 dealerships, four standalone used vehicle facilities
and eight collision repair centers in the southeastern and southwestern United
States. Sonic sells new and used cars and light trucks, sells replacement parts,
provides vehicle maintenance, warranty, paint and repair services and arranges
related financing and insurance ("F&I") for its automotive customers. The
Company's business is geographically diverse, with dealership operations in the
Charlotte, Chattanooga, Nashville, Tampa-Clearwater, Houston and Atlanta
markets, each of which the Company believes are experiencing favorable
demographic trends. Sonic sells 17 domestic and foreign brands, which consist of
BMW, Cadillac, Chrysler, Dodge, Eagle, Ford, Honda, Infiniti, Jaguar, Jeep, KIA,
Oldsmobile, Plymouth, Saturn, Toyota, Volkswagen and Volvo. In several of its
markets, the Company has a significant market share for new cars and light
trucks, including 13.7% in Charlotte and 12.6% in Chattanooga in 1996. Pro forma
for the Acquisitions, the Company had revenues of $917.1 million and retail unit
sales of 24,114 new and 13,453 used vehicles in 1996. The Company believes that
in 1996, based on pro forma retail unit sales it would have been one of the ten
largest dealer groups out of a total of more than 15,000 dealer groups in the
United States and, based on pro forma revenues, it would have had three of the
top 100 single-point dealerships in the United States.
    
 
     The Company's founder and Chief Executive Officer, O. Bruton Smith, has
over 30 years of automotive retailing experience. In addition, the Company's
other executive officers, regional vice presidents and executive managers have
on average 18 years of automotive retailing experience. The Company's
dealerships have won the highest attainable awards from various manufacturers
measuring quality and customer satisfaction. These awards include the Five Star
Award from Chrysler, the Chairman's Award from Ford, the President's Award from
BMW and the President's Circle Award from Infiniti. In addition, the Company was
named to Ford's Top 100 Club, which consists of Ford's top 100 retailers based
on retail volume and consumer satisfaction. Also, various members of the
management team have served on several manufacturer dealer councils which act as
liaisons between the manufacturers and dealer groups. As an example of the
industry's recognition of the Company's executives, Nelson E. Bowers, II, the
Company's Executive Vice President, participated in the development of the
Saturn brand and was awarded in 1990 the first Saturn dealership in the United
States.
 
   
     The Company intends to pursue an acquisition growth strategy led by a
management team that has experience in the consolidation of both automotive
retailing as well as motor sports businesses. Bruton Smith, who is also the
Chief Executive Officer of Speedway Motorsports, Inc., the owner and operator of
several motor sports facilities, first entered the automotive retailing business
in the mid-1960's. Mr. Smith will devote approximately 50% of his business time
to the Company. Since 1990, Mr. Smith has successfully acquired three
dealerships and increased revenues from his dealerships from $199.4 million in
1992 to $376.6 million in 1996, without giving effect to the Acquisitions. In
the Tennessee market, Mr. Bowers has acquired or opened eight dealerships since
1992 and increased revenues of his dealerships from $36.0 million in 1992 to
$127.1 million in 1996.
    
 
     The Company believes the competitive advantages which differentiate it from
its local competitors include the reputation of the Company's management in the
automotive retailing industry, regional and national economies of scale, brand
and geographic diversity, and the established customer base and local name
recognition of the Company's dealerships. The Company has developed and
implemented several growth strategies to capitalize on these competitive
advantages. One of these is to continue to expand its operations in the
Southeast and Southwest by acquiring additional dealerships both within its
current markets and in new markets. The Company also is seeking additional
growth from the increased sale of higher margin products and services such as
wholesale parts, after-market products, collision repair services and F&I.
 
                                       3
 
<PAGE>
     The Company believes that an opportunity exists for dealership groups with
significant equity capital and experience in identifying, acquiring and
professionally managing dealerships, to acquire additional dealerships and
capitalize on changes in the automotive retailing industry. With approximately
$640 billion in 1996 sales, automotive retailing is the largest consumer retail
market in the United States. The industry today is highly fragmented, with the
largest 100 dealer groups generating less than 10% of total sales revenues and
controlling less than 5% of all new vehicle dealerships. The Company believes
that these factors, together with increasing capital costs of operating
automobile dealerships, the lack of alternative exit strategies (especially for
larger dealerships) and the aging of many dealership owners provide attractive
consolidation opportunities.
 
GROWTH STRATEGY
 
(Bullet) ACQUIRE DEALERSHIPS. The Company plans to implement a "hub and spoke"
         acquisition program primarily by pursuing (i) well-managed dealerships
         in new metropolitan and growing suburban geographic markets, and (ii)
         dealerships that will allow the Company to capitalize on regional
         economies of scale, offer a greater breadth of products and services in
         any of its markets or increase brand diversity.
 
          NEW MARKETS. The Company looks to acquire well-managed dealerships in
     geographic markets it does not currently serve, principally in the
     Southeast and Southwest regions of the United States. The Company will
     target dealers having superior operational and financial management.
     Generally, the Company will seek to retain the acquired dealerships'
     operational and financial management, and thereby benefit from their market
     knowledge, name recognition and local reputation.
 
          EXISTING MARKETS. The Company seeks growth in its operations within
     existing markets by acquiring dealerships that increase the brands,
     products and services offered in those markets. These acquisitions should
     produce opportunities for additional operating efficiencies, promote
     increased name recognition and provide the Company with better
     opportunities for repeat and referral business.
 
(Bullet) PURSUE OPPORTUNITIES IN ANCILLARY PRODUCTS AND SERVICES. The Company
         intends to pursue opportunities to increase its sales of higher-margin
         products and services by expanding its collision repair centers and its
         wholesale parts and after-market products businesses, which, other than
         after market products, are not directly related to the new vehicle
         cycle.
 
          COLLISION REPAIR CENTERS. The Company's collision repair business
     provides favorable margins and is not significantly affected by economic
     cycles or consumer spending habits. The Company believes that, because of
     the high capital investment required for collision repair shops, and the
     cost of complying with environmental and worker safety regulations, large
     volume body shops will be more successful in the future than smaller volume
     shops. The Company believes that this industry will consolidate and that it
     will be able to expand its collision repair business. The Company believes
     that opportunities exist for those automotive retailers that can establish
     relationships with major insurance carriers. The Company currently
     participates in 35 direct repair programs with major insurance companies
     and its relationships with these carriers provide a source of collision
     repair customers. The Company currently has eight collision repair centers
     accounting for approximately $8.9 million in pro forma revenue for the year
     ended 1996.
 
          WHOLESALE PARTS. Over time, the Company plans to capitalize on its
     growing representation of numerous manufacturers in order to increase its
     sales of factory authorized parts to wholesale buyers such as independent
     mechanical and body repair garages and rental and commercial fleet
     operators.
 
          AFTER-MARKET PRODUCTS. The Company intends to expand its offerings of
     after-market products in many of its dealership locations. After-market
     products, such as custom wheels, performance parts, telephones and other
     accessories, enable the dealership to capture incremental revenue on new
     and used vehicle sales.
 
(Bullet) ENHANCE PROFIT OPPORTUNITIES IN FINANCE AND INSURANCE. The Company
         offers its customers a wide range of financing and leasing alternatives
         for the purchase of vehicles, as well as credit life, accident and
         health and disability insurance and extended service contracts. As a
         result of its size and scale, the Company believes it will be able to
         negotiate with the lending institutions that purchase its financing
         contracts to increase the Company's revenues. Likewise, the Company
         expects to negotiate to increase the commissions it earns on extended
         service and insurance products.
 
(Bullet) INCREASE USED VEHICLE SALES. The Company believes that there will be
         opportunities to improve the used vehicle departments at several of its
         dealerships. The Company currently operates four standalone used
         vehicle facilities. In 1998, the Company intends to convert part of an
         existing facility in Nashville to a used vehicle facility. It also
         intends to develop facilities in other markets where management
         believes an opportunity exists.
 
                                       4
 
<PAGE>
OPERATING STRATEGY
 
(Bullet) OPERATE MULTIPLE DEALERSHIPS IN GEOGRAPHICALLY DIVERSE MARKETS. The
         Company operates dealerships in Charlotte, Chattanooga, Nashville,
         Tampa-Clearwater, Houston and Atlanta. By operating in several
         locations throughout the United States, the Company believes it will be
         better able to insulate its earnings from local economic downturns. In
         addition, the Company believes that by establishing a significant
         market presence in its operating regions, it will be able to provide
         superior customer service through a market-specific sales, service,
         marketing and inventory strategy. The Company's market share in its
         Charlotte and Chattanooga markets was 13.7% and 12.6%, respectively in
         1996.
 
(Bullet) ACHIEVE HIGH LEVELS OF CUSTOMER SATISFACTION. Customer satisfaction has
         been and will continue to be a focus of the Company. The Company's
         personalized sales process is intended to satisfy customers by
         providing high-quality vehicles in a positive, "consumer friendly"
         buying environment. Manufacturers generally measure customer
         satisfaction with an index ("CSI"), which is a result of a survey given
         to new vehicle buyers. Some Manufacturers offer specific performance
         incentives, on a per vehicle basis, if certain CSI levels (which vary
         by Manufacturer) are achieved by a dealer. Manufacturers can withhold
         approval of acquisitions if a dealer fails to maintain a minimum CSI
         score. Historically, the Company has not been denied Manufacturer
         approval of acquisitions based on CSI scores or other reasons. To keep
         management focused on customer satisfaction, the Company includes CSI
         results as a component of its incentive compensation program.
 
(Bullet) TRAIN AND DEVELOP QUALIFIED MANAGEMENT. Sonic requires all of its
         employees, from service technicians to regional vice presidents, to
         participate in in-house training programs. The Company leverages the
         experience of senior management, along with third party trainers from
         manufacturers, industry affiliates and vendors, to formally train all
         employees. This training has also become a convenient and effective way
         to share best practices among the Company's employees at all levels of
         the various dealerships. The Company is developing an off-site
         education center (the "Education Center") to be equipped with
         classrooms specifically designed on a departmental basis. The Company
         believes that its comprehensive training of all employees at every
         level of their career path offers the Company a competitive advantage
         over other dealership groups in the development and retention of its
         workforce.
 
(Bullet) OFFER A DIVERSE RANGE OF AUTOMOTIVE PRODUCTS AND SERVICES. Sonic offers
         a broad range of automotive products and services, including a wide
         selection of new and used vehicles, vehicle financing and insurance
         programs, replacement parts and maintenance and repair programs.
         Offering numerous new vehicle brands enables the Company to satisfy a
         variety of customers, reduces dependence on any one Manufacturer and
         reduces exposure to supply problems and product cycles.
 
   
(Bullet) CAPITALIZE ON EFFICIENCIES IN OPERATIONS. Because management
         compensation is based primarily on dealership performance, expense
         reduction and operating efficiencies are a significant management
         focus. As the Company pursues its acquisition strategy, the Company's
         size and market presence should provide it with an opportunity to
         negotiate favorable contracts on such expense items as advertising,
         purchasing, bank financings, employee benefit plans and other vendor
         contracts.
    
 
(Bullet) UTILIZE PROFESSIONAL MANAGEMENT PRACTICES AND INCENTIVE BASED
         COMPENSATION PROGRAMS. As a result of Sonic's size and geographic
         dispersion, the Company's senior management has instituted a
         multi-tiered management structure to supervise effectively its
         dealership operations. In an effort to align management's interest with
         that of stockholders, a portion of the incentive compensation program
         for each officer, vice president and executive manager is provided in
         the form of Company stock options, with additional incentives based on
         the performance of individual profit centers. Sonic believes that this
         organizational structure, with room for advancement and the opportunity
         for equity participation, serves as a strong motivation for its
         employees.
 
   
(Bullet) APPLY TECHNOLOGY THROUGHOUT OPERATIONS. The Company believes that, with
         the customized technology it has introduced in certain markets, it has
         been able to improve its operations over time by integrating its
         systems into all aspects of its business. In these markets the Company
         uses computer-based technology to monitor its dealerships' operating
         performance and quickly adjust to market changes, and to integrate
         computer systems into its sales, F&I and parts and service operations.
         The Company intends to expand this computer system into more of its
         dealerships and markets as the existing contracts for computer systems
         expire.
    
 
                               THE REORGANIZATION
 
     The Company was recently incorporated and capitalized with the stock of the
existing automobile dealerships that have been under the control of Bruton Smith
comprised of Town & Country Ford, Town & Country Toyota, Lone Star Ford, Fort
 
                                       5
 
<PAGE>
Mill Ford and Frontier Oldsmobile-Cadillac (the "Sonic Dealerships"). As of June
30, 1997, the Company effected a reorganization (the "Reorganization") pursuant
to which: (i) the Company acquired all of the capital stock or limited liability
company interests of the Sonic Dealerships (the "Dealership Securities"); and
(ii) the Company issued Class B Common Stock in exchange for the Dealership
Securities. In connection with the Reorganization and the Offering, the Company
intends to convert from the last-in-first-out method (the "LIFO Method") of
inventory accounting to the first-in-first-out method (the "FIFO Method") of
inventory accounting (the "FIFO Conversion"), conditioned upon the closing of
the Offering. The FIFO Conversion will increase retained earnings by
approximately $7.5 million and will result in a tax liability of approximately
$5.5 million as of June 30, 1997 in connection with a restatement of the
Company's financial statements. See "The Reorganization."
 
                                THE ACQUISITIONS
 
   
     In the past four months, the Company has consummated or signed definitive
agreements to purchase six dealerships or dealership groups for an aggregate
purchase price of approximately $100.7 million. These acquisitions consist of
Ken Marks Ford located in Clearwater, Florida (the "Ken Marks Acquisition"), the
Bowers Transportation Group, which consists of eight dealerships in Chattanooga,
Tennessee and one dealership in Nashville, Tennessee (the "Bowers Acquisition"),
Lake Norman Dodge and Lake Norman Chrysler-Plymouth-Jeep Eagle located in
Cornelius, North Carolina (the "Lake Norman Acquisition"), Dyer & Dyer Volvo
located in Atlanta, Georgia (the "Dyer Acquisition"), Jeff Boyd
Chrysler-Plymouth-Dodge, located in Fort Mill, South Carolina (the "Fort Mill
Acquisition"), and Williams Motors located in Rock Hill, South Carolina (the
"Williams Acquisition") (collectively, the "Acquisitions"). The dealerships
underlying the Acquisitions had aggregate total revenues of approximately $515.7
million in 1996 and enhance the Company's market presence in the Southeast. See
"The Acquisitions."
    
 
     The Company's principal executive office is located at 5401 East
Independence Boulevard, Charlotte, North Carolina. Its mailing address is P.O.
Box 18747, Charlotte, North Carolina 28218, and its telephone number is (704)
532-3301.
 
                                  THE OFFERING
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                     <C>
Class A Common Stock Offered by the Company...........  shares (1)
Common Stock to be outstanding after the Offering:
  Class A Common Stock................................  shares (2)
  Class B Common Stock................................  shares
       Total..........................................  shares
Voting Rights.........................................  The Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock vote as a single
                                                        class on all matters, except as otherwise required by law, with each
                                                        share of Class A Common Stock entitling its holders to one vote and
                                                        each share of Class B Common Stock entitling its holder to ten votes
                                                        except with respect to certain limited matters. See "Description of
                                                        Capital Stock."
Use of proceeds.......................................  The net proceeds of the Offering will be used to fund the
                                                        Acquisitions, including repaying indebtedness incurred by the Company
                                                        in connection with the Acquisitions. See "The Acquisitions" and "Use
                                                        of Proceeds."
Listing...............................................  The Company intends to apply for listing of the Class A Common Stock
                                                        on the New York Stock Exchange (the "NYSE"), under the symbol "DLR."
</TABLE>
 
(1) Does not include up to an aggregate of    shares of Class A Common Stock
    that may be sold by the Company upon exercise of the over-allotment option
    granted to the Underwriters. See "Underwriting."
 
   
(2) Excludes        shares of Class A Common Stock reserved for future issuance
    to Company employees under the Company's stock option plan (including up to
           shares of Class A Common Stock reserved for issuance upon exercise of
    options to be granted on or before the consummation of the Offering pursuant
    to the Company's Stock Option Plan (as defined herein)) and excludes
    shares of Class A Common Stock (       shares if the Underwriters'
    over-allotment option is exercised) reserved for issuance under the Dyer
    Warrant (defined herein). See "The Acquisitions -- The Dyer Acquisition" and
    "Management -- Stock Option Plan."
    
 
                                       6
 
<PAGE>
   SUMMARY HISTORICAL AND PRO FORMA COMBINED AND CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA
 
   
     The following summary historical and pro forma combined and consolidated
financial data should be read in conjunction with "Management's Discussion and
Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations," the Combined and
Consolidated Financial Statements of the Company and the related notes and "Pro
Forma Combined and Consolidated Financial Data" included elsewhere in this
Prospectus. The Company acquired Fort Mill Ford, Inc. and Fort Mill
Chrysler-Plymouth-Dodge in February 1996 and in June 1997, respectively. Both of
these acquisitions were accounted for using the purchase method of accounting.
As a result the Summary Historical Combined and Consolidated Financial Data
below does not include the results of operations of these dealerships prior to
the date they were acquired by the Company. Accordingly, the actual historical
data for the periods after the acquisition may not be comparable to data
presented for periods prior to the acquisitions of Fort Mill Ford and Fort Mill
Chrysler-Plymouth-Dodge. Additionally, the Summary Historical and Pro Forma
Combined and Consolidated Financial Data below is not necessarily indicative of
the results of operations or financial position which would have resulted had
the Reorganization, the FIFO Conversion, the Acquisitions and the Offering
occurred during the periods presented.
    
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                          SIX MONTHS ENDED
                                                           YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,                            JUNE 30,
                                                                                                PRO
                                                              ACTUAL                           FORMA           ACTUAL
                                         1992       1993       1994       1995     1996(2)    1996(1)    1996(2)    1997(3)
<S>                                    <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
                                                      (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE AND VEHICLES UNIT DATA)
COMBINED AND CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT
  OF OPERATIONS DATA:
Revenues:
  Vehicle sales......................  $171,065   $203,630   $227,960   $267,308   $326,842   $803,495   $164,333   $185,077
  Parts, service and collision
    repair...........................    24,543     30,337     33,984     35,860     42,644     96,098     21,005     22,907
  Finance and insurance..............     3,743      3,711      5,181      7,813      7,118     17,482      4,277      4,763
    Total revenues...................   199,351    237,678    267,125    310,981    376,604    917,075    189,615    212,747
Cost of sales........................   174,503    210,046    234,461    272,179    332,407    800,583    167,191    188,368
Gross profit (4).....................    24,848     27,632     32,664     38,802     44,197    116,492     22,424     24,379
Selling, general and administrative
  expenses...........................    20,251     22,738     24,632     29,343     33,677     88,086     16,590     18,413
Depreciation and amortization........       682        788        838        832      1,076      3,696        360        396
Operating income.....................     3,915      4,106      7,194      8,627      9,444     24,710      5,474      5,570
Interest expense floor plan..........     2,215      2,743      3,001      4,505      5,968     11,492      2,801      3,018
Interest expense, other..............       290        263        443        436        433        974        184        269
Other income.........................     1,360        613        609        449        618      2,167        369        274
Income before income taxes and
  minority interest (4)..............     2,770      1,713      4,359      4,135      3,661     14,411      2,858      2,557
Provision for income taxes...........       108        107      1,560      1,675      1,400      5,870      1,093        937
Income before minority interest......     2,662      1,606      2,799      2,460      2,261      8,541      1,765      1,620
Minority interest in earnings (loss)
  of subsidiary......................       (31)       (22)        15         22        114         --         41         47
Net income...........................  $  2,693   $  1,628   $  2,784   $  2,438   $  2,147   $  8,541   $  1,724   $  1,573
Net income per share (5).............                                                         $     --
 
<CAPTION>
                                         PRO
                                        FORMA
                                       1997(1)
<S>                                    <C>
COMBINED AND CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT
  OF OPERATIONS DATA:
Revenues:
  Vehicle sales......................  $427,279
  Parts, service and collision
    repair...........................    51,125
  Finance and insurance..............     9,781
    Total revenues...................   488,185
Cost of sales........................   427,901
Gross profit (4).....................    60,284
Selling, general and administrative
  expenses...........................    43,718
Depreciation and amortization........     1,766
Operating income.....................    14,800
Interest expense floor plan..........     6,373
Interest expense, other..............       583
Other income.........................     1,277
Income before income taxes and
  minority interest (4)..............     9,121
Provision for income taxes...........     3,571
Income before minority interest......     5,550
Minority interest in earnings (loss)
  of subsidiary......................        --
Net income...........................  $  5,550
Net income per share (5).............  $     --
</TABLE>
    
 
OTHER COMBINED AND
CONSOLIDATED OPERATING DATA:
   
<TABLE>
<S>                                    <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
New vehicle units sold...............     8,060      9,429      9,686     10,273     11,693     24,114      6,027      6,553
Used vehicle units sold -- retail
  (6)................................     3,892      4,104      4,374      5,172      5,488     13,453      2,836      2,638
New vehicle sales revenues...........  $126,230   $152,525   $164,361   $186,517   $233,146   $549,867   $115,721   $137,069
Used vehicle sales revenues -- retail
  (6)................................    33,636     37,742     47,537     60,766     68,054    187,213     35,200     32,666
Parts, service and collision repair
  sales revenues.....................    24,543     30,337     33,984     35,860     42,644     96,098     21,005     22,907
Gross profit margin (FIFO) (7).......     12.4%      12.3%      12.8%      12.9%      12.1%      12.6%      11.8%      11.5%
New vehicle gross margin (FIFO)
  (7)................................      6.7%       6.9%       7.0%       7.3%       7.4%       7.4%       6.6%       6.5%
Used vehicle gross margin (retail)
  (FIFO) (7)(6)......................     10.7%      10.5%      10.9%       9.5%       8.4%       9.3%       8.4%       8.5%
Parts, service and collision repair
  gross margin (FIFO) (7)(6).........     36.3%      36.4%      35.9%      36.1%      36.5%      42.4%      35.8%      35.4%
 
<CAPTION>
New vehicle units sold...............    12,816
<S>                                    <C>
Used vehicle units sold -- retail
  (6)................................     7,222
New vehicle sales revenues...........  $290,178
Used vehicle sales revenues -- retail
  (6)................................    99,182
Parts, service and collision repair
  sales revenues.....................    51,125
Gross profit margin (FIFO) (7).......     12.3%
New vehicle gross margin (FIFO)
  (7)................................      7.3%
Used vehicle gross margin (retail)
  (FIFO) (7)(6)......................      9.1%
Parts, service and collision repair
  gross margin (FIFO) (7)(6).........     42.5%
</TABLE>
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                    AS OF                       AS OF
                                                                                 DECEMBER 31,               JUNE 30, 1997
                                                                                     1996             ACTUAL        PRO FORMA
<S>                                                                             <C>                  <C>         <C>
COMBINED AND CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET DATA:
Working capital..............................................................      $  6,201          $  4,287        $ 51,162
Total assets.................................................................        94,930           106,859         317,372
Long-term debt...............................................................         5,286             5,137          10,422
Total liabilities............................................................        78,867            86,499         188,931
Minority interest............................................................           314                --              --
Stockholders' equity (4).....................................................        15,749            20,360         128,441
</TABLE>
    
 
                                       7
 
<PAGE>
                                                   (FOOTNOTES ON FOLLOWING PAGE)
(1) For information regarding the pro forma adjustments made to the Company's
    historical financial data, which give effect to the Reorganization, the FIFO
    Conversion, the Acquisitions, and the Offering, see "Pro Forma Combined and
    Consolidated Financial Data."
(2) The actual statement of operations data for the year ended December 31, 1996
    includes the results of Fort Mill Ford, Inc. from the date of acquisition,
    February 1, 1996.
(3) The actual statement of operations data for the six months ended June 30,
    1997 include the results of Fort Mill Chrysler-Plymouth-Dodge, Inc. from the
    date of acquisition June 6, 1997.
(4) The Company currently utilizes the LIFO Method of inventory accounting. See
    Note 3 to the Company's Combined and Consolidated Financial Statements. The
    Company intends to file an election with the Internal Revenue Service to
    convert, upon the closing of the Offering, to the FIFO Method of inventory
    accounting and report its earnings for tax purposes and in its financial
    statements on the FIFO Method. If the Company had previously utilized the
    FIFO Method, gross profit and income before income taxes and minority
    interest for the periods shown in the table, and stockholders' equity as of
    December 31, 1996 and June 30, 1997, would have been as follows:
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                        SIX MONTHS ENDED
                                                           YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,                          JUNE 30,
                                            1992        1993        1994        1995        1996        1996        1997
<S>                                        <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>
                                                                           (IN THOUSANDS)
Gross profit............................   $24,638     $29,233     $34,114     $40,103     $45,557     $22,424     $24,379
Income before income taxes and minority
  interest..............................     2,560       3,314       5,809       5,436       5,021       2,858       2,557
</TABLE>
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                  AS OF                AS OF
                                                                                            DECEMBER 31, 1996      JUNE 30, 1997
<S>                                                                                         <C>                    <C>
                                                                                                       (IN THOUSANDS)
Stockholders' equity.....................................................................        $23,829              $28,440
</TABLE>
    
 
(5) Historical net income per share is not presented, as the historical capital
    structure of the Company prior to the Offering is not comparable with the
    capital structure that will exist after the Offering.
(6) The term "retail" describes sales to consumers as compared to sales to
    wholesalers.
(7) Data is presented on the FIFO Method of inventory accounting. The Company
    has historically used the LIFO Method of inventory accounting and intends to
    convert to the FIFO Method conditioned and effective upon the closing of the
    Offering. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition
    and Results of Operations -- Overview."
 
                                       8
 
<PAGE>
                                  RISK FACTORS
 
     THIS PROSPECTUS CONTAINS CERTAIN FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS. ACTUAL RESULTS
COULD DIFFER MATERIALLY FROM THOSE PROJECTED IN THESE FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
AS A RESULT OF CERTAIN OF THE RISK FACTORS SET FORTH BELOW AND ELSEWHERE IN THIS
PROSPECTUS. PROSPECTIVE INVESTORS SHOULD CAREFULLY CONSIDER AND EVALUATE ALL OF
THE INFORMATION SET FORTH IN THIS PROSPECTUS, INCLUDING THE RISK FACTORS SET
FORTH BELOW.
 
DEPENDENCE ON AUTOMOBILE MANUFACTURERS
 
     Each of the Company's dealerships operates pursuant to a franchise
agreement between the applicable automobile manufacturer (or authorized
distributor thereof) (the "Manufacturer") and the subsidiary of the Company that
operates such dealership. The Company is dependent to a significant extent on
its relationship with such Manufacturers.
 
   
     After giving effect to the Reorganization and the Acquisitions, vehicles
manufactured by Ford Motor Company ("Ford"), Chrysler Corporation ("Chrysler"),
Toyota Motor Sales (U.S.A.) ("Toyota") and Volvo Motors ("Volvo"), accounted for
approximately 62.3%, 16.9%, 5.8% and 5.7%, respectively, of the Company's 1996
pro forma unit sales of new vehicles. No other Manufacturer accounted for more
than 5% of the new vehicle sales of the Company during 1996. See
"Business -- New Vehicle Sales," and " -- Relationships with Manufacturers."
Accordingly, a significant decline in the sale of Ford, Chrysler, Toyota, or
Volvo new cars could have a material adverse effect on the Company.
Manufacturers exercise a great degree of control over dealerships, and the
franchise agreement provides for termination or non-renewal for a variety of
causes. The Company believes that it is in compliance in all material respects
with all its franchise agreements except that Lake Norman Dodge (one of the
dealerships whose assets are being purchased in the Lake Norman Acquisition) is
in violation of its franchise agreement with Chrysler. The Company does not have
any reason to believe that this will have an effect on its ability to consummate
the Lake Norman Acquisition. The Company's franchise agreements generally expire
at various times between 1997 and 2000, although some franchise agreements have
no specific expiration date and continue in effect unless terminated pursuant to
certain limited circumstances. The Company has no reason to believe that it will
not be able to renew all of its franchise agreements upon expiration, but there
can be no assurance that any of such agreements will be renewed or that the
terms and conditions of such renewals will be favorable to the Company. If a
Manufacturer terminates or declines to renew one or more of the Company's
significant franchise agreements, such action could have a material adverse
effect on the Company and its business. Actions taken by Manufacturers to
exploit their superior bargaining position in negotiating the terms of such
renewals or otherwise could also have a material adverse effect on the Company.
See "Business -- Relationships with Manufacturers."
    
 
   
     The Company also depends on the Manufacturers to provide it with a
desirable mix of popular new vehicles that produce the highest profit margins
and which may be the most difficult to obtain from the Manufacturers. If the
Company is unable to obtain a sufficient allocation of the most popular
vehicles, its profitability may be materially adversely affected. In some
instances, in order to obtain additional allocations of these vehicles, the
Company purchases a larger number of less desirable models than it would
otherwise purchase and its profitability may be materially adversely affected
thereby. The Company's dealerships depend on the Manufacturers for certain sales
incentives and other programs that are intended to promote dealership sales or
support dealership profitability. Manufacturers have historically made many
changes to their incentive programs during each year. A reduction or
discontinuation of a Manufacturer's incentive programs may materially adversely
affect the profitability of the Company.
    
 
     The success of each of the Company's dealerships depends to a great extent
on the financial condition, marketing, vehicle design, production capabilities
and management of the Manufacturers which the Company represents. Events such as
strikes and other labor actions by unions, or negative publicity concerning a
particular Manufacturer or vehicle model, may materially and adversely affect
the Company. Although, the Company has attempted to lessen its dependence on any
one Manufacturer by establishing dealer relationships with a number of different
domestic and foreign automobile Manufacturers, adverse conditions affecting
Ford, Chrysler, Toyota and Volvo in particular, could have a material adverse
affect on the Company. See "Business -- New Vehicle Sales" and " -- Relationship
with Manufacturers."
 
     Many Manufacturers attempt to measure customers' satisfaction with their
sales and warranty service experiences through systems, which vary from
Manufacturer to Manufacturer but which are generally known as CSI. These
Manufacturers may use a dealership's CSI scores as a factor in evaluating
applications for additional dealership acquisitions and other matters such as
vehicle inventory allocations. The components of CSI have been modified from
time to time in the past, and there is no assurance that such components will
not be further modified or replaced by different systems in the future. To date,
the Company has not been adversely affected by these standards and has not been
denied approval of any acquisition. However, there can be no assurance that the
Company will be able to comply with such standards in the future. Failure of the
 
                                       9
 
<PAGE>
Company's dealerships to comply with the standards imposed by Manufacturers at
any given time may have a material adverse effect on the Company.
 
     The Company must also obtain approvals by the applicable Manufacturer for
any of its acquisitions. See " -- Risks Associated with Acquisitions."
 
COMPETITION
 
     Automobile retailing is a highly competitive business with over 22,000
franchised automobile dealerships in the United States at the beginning of 1996.
The Company's competition includes franchised automobile dealerships selling the
same or similar makes of new and used vehicles offered by the Company in the
same markets as the Company and sometimes at lower prices than those of the
Company. These dealer competitors may be larger and have greater financial and
marketing resources than the Company. Other competitors include other franchised
dealers, private market buyers and sellers of used vehicles, used vehicle
dealers, service center chains and independent service and repair shops. Gross
profit margins on sales of new vehicles have been declining since 1986. The
Company has also had margin pressure on its used vehicle sales over the last 18
months. The used car market faces increasing competition from non-traditional
outlets such as used-car "superstores," which use sales techniques such as one
price shopping and the Internet. Several groups have begun to establish
nationwide networks of used vehicle superstores. In Charlotte and Atlanta, where
the Company has significant operations, CarMax Superstores operate in
competition with the Company. In addition, car superstores operate in many of
the Company's other markets. "No negotiation" sales methods are also being tried
for new cars by at least one of these superstores and by dealers for Saturn and
other dealerships. Some recent market entrants may be capable of operating on
smaller gross margins compared to the Company. In addition, certain
Manufacturers have publicly announced that they may directly enter the retail
market in the future which could have a material adverse effect on the Company.
The increased popularity of short-term vehicle leasing also has resulted, as
these leases expire, in a large increase in the number of late model vehicles
available in the market, which puts added pressure on margins. As the Company
seeks to acquire dealerships in new markets, it may face increasingly
significant competition (including from other large dealer groups and dealer
groups that have publicly-traded equity) as it strives to gain market share
through acquisitions or otherwise.
 
     The Company's franchise agreements (other than with Saturn) do not give the
Company the exclusive right to sell a Manufacturer's product within a given
geographic area. The Company could be materially adversely affected if any of
its Manufacturers award franchises to others in the same markets where the
Company is operating. A similar adverse affect could occur if existing competing
franchised dealers increase their market share in the Company's markets. The
Company's gross margins may decline over time as it expands into markets where
it does not have a leading position. These and other competitive pressures could
materially adversely affect the Company's results of operations. See
"Business -- Competition."
 
OPERATING CONDITION OF ACQUIRED BUSINESSES
 
     Although the Company has conducted what it believes to be a prudent level
of investigation regarding the operating condition of the assets to be purchased
in the Acquisitions in light of the circumstances of each transaction, certain
unavoidable levels of risk remain regarding the actual operating condition of
these assets. Until the Company actually assumes operating control of such
assets, it will not be able to ascertain their actual value and, therefore, will
be unable to ascertain whether the price paid for the Acquisitions represented a
fair valuation. The same risk regarding the actual operating condition of
businesses to be acquired will also apply to future acquisitions by the Company.
 
RISKS OF CONSOLIDATING OPERATIONS AS A RESULT OF THE ACQUISITIONS
 
     In connection with the Acquisitions, Sonic acquired six dealerships or
dealership groups. Each of these dealerships or groups has been operated and
managed as a separate independent entity to date, and the Company's future
operating results will depend on its ability to integrate the operations of
these businesses and manage the combined enterprise. The Company's management
group has been expanded in connection with these Acquisitions. There can be no
assurance that the management group will be able effectively and profitably
integrate in a timely manner each of the dealerships included in the
Acquisitions or any future acquisitions, or to manage the combined entity. The
inability of the Company to do so could have a material adverse effect on the
Company's business, financial condition and results of operations.
 
RISKS ASSOCIATED WITH ACQUISITIONS
 
     The retail automobile industry is considered a mature industry in which
minimal growth is expected in unit sales of new vehicles. Accordingly, the
Company's future growth will depend in large part on its ability to acquire
additional dealerships
 
                                       10
 
<PAGE>
as well as on its ability to manage expansion, control costs in its operations
and consolidate dealership acquisitions, including the Acquisitions, into
existing operations. In pursuing a strategy of acquiring other dealerships,
including the Acquisitions, the Company faces risks commonly encountered with
growth through acquisitions. These risks include, but are not limited to,
incurring significantly higher capital expenditures and operating expenses,
failing to assimilate the operations and personnel of the acquired dealerships,
disrupting the Company's ongoing business, dissipating the Company's limited
management resources, failing to maintain uniform standards, controls and
policies, impairing relationships with employees and customers as a result of
changes in management and causing increased expenses for accounting and computer
systems, as well as integration difficulties. Installing new computer systems
has in the past disrupted existing operations as management and salespersons
adjust to new technologies. In addition, as contracts with existing suppliers of
the Company's computer systems expire, the Company's strategy may be to install
new systems at its existing dealerships. The Company expects that it will take
one to two years to fully integrate an acquired dealership into the Company's
operations and realize the full benefit of the Company's strategies and systems.
There can be no assurance that the Company will be successful in overcoming
these risks or any other problems encountered with such acquisitions, including
in connection with the Acquisitions. Acquisitions may also result in significant
goodwill and other intangible assets that are amortized in future years and
reduce future stated earnings. See "The Acquisitions," "Management's Discussion
and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and
"Business -- Growth Strategy."
 
     Although there are many potential acquisition candidates that fit the
Company's acquisition criteria, there can be no assurance that the Company will
be able to consummate any such transactions in the future or identify those
candidates that would result in the most successful combinations or that future
acquisitions will be able to be consummated at acceptable prices and terms. The
magnitude, timing and nature of future acquisitions will depend upon various
factors, including the availability of suitable acquisition candidates,
competition with other dealer groups for suitable acquisitions, the negotiation
of acceptable terms, the Company's financial capabilities, the availability of
skilled employees to manage the acquired companies and general economic and
business conditions.
 
     In addition, the Company's future growth as a result of its acquisition of
automobile dealerships will depend on its ability to obtain the requisite
Manufacturer approvals. There can be no assurance that Manufacturers will grant
such approvals. It is also possible that one or more Manufacturers might object
to ownership by one company of many of its franchises. For example, it is
currently the policy of Toyota to restrict any company from holding more than
seven Toyota or more than three Lexus franchises and to impose restrictions
based on the number of franchises held within certain geographic areas. Although
the Company has been to date able to obtain Manufacturer approvals for its
acquisitions on acceptable terms, there can be no assurance that it will be able
to do so in the future.
 
     In certain cases, the Company may be required to file applications and
obtain clearances, under applicable federal antitrust laws before consummation
of an acquisition. These regulatory requirements may restrict or delay the
Company's acquisitions, and may increase the cost of completing such
transactions.
 
FINANCIAL RESOURCES AVAILABLE FOR ACQUISITIONS
 
     The Company intends to finance acquisitions with cash on hand, through
issuances of equity or debt securities and through borrowings under credit
arrangements. The Company is currently negotiating new credit arrangements,
although none has been consummated and no assurance can be given that any
lending or credit arrangement will be consummated or that such arrangements will
adequately meet the Company's financing needs on acceptable terms. Similarly,
there is no assurance that the Company will be able to obtain additional debt or
equity securities financing. Using cash to complete acquisitions could
substantially limit the Company's operating or financial flexibility. Using
stock to consummate acquisitions may result in significant dilution of
stockholders' percentage interest in the Company, which dilution may be
prohibited by the Company's franchise agreements with Manufacturers. See
" -- Stock Ownership/Issuance Limits." If the Company is unable to obtain
financing on acceptable terms, the Company may be required to reduce
significantly the scope of its presently anticipated expansion, which could
materially adversely affect the Company's business. See "The Acquisitions,"
"Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operation -- Liquidity and Capital Resources" and "Business -- Growth Strategy."
 
   
     In addition, the Company is dependent to a significant extent on its
ability to finance the purchase of inventory, which in the automotive retail
industry involves significant sums of money in the form of floor plan financing.
As of June 30, 1997 on a pro forma basis for the Acquisitions, the Company had
approximately $144.5 million of floor plan indebtedness. Substantially all the
assets of the Company's dealerships are pledged to secure such indebtedness,
which may impede the Company's ability to borrow from other sources. Many floor
plan lenders are associated with Manufacturers with whom the Company
    
 
                                       11
 
<PAGE>
has franchise agreements. Consequently, deterioration of the Company's
relationship with a Manufacturer could adversely affect its relationship with
the affiliated floor plan lender and vice-versa. In addition, the Company must
obtain new floor plan financing or obtain consents to assume such financing in
connection with its acquisition of dealerships. See " -- Dependence on
Automobile Manufacturers."
 
STOCK OWNERSHIP/ISSUANCE LIMITS
 
     Standard automobile franchise agreements prohibit transfers of any
ownership interests of a dealership and its parent, such as Sonic, and,
therefore, often do not by their terms accommodate public trading of the capital
stock of a dealership or its parent. While, prior to the Offering and as a
condition thereto, all of the Manufacturers of which Company subsidiaries are
franchisees will have agreed to permit the Offering and trading in the Class A
Common Stock, a number of Manufacturers will continue to impose restrictions
upon the transferability of the Common Stock. Any transfer of shares of the
Company's Common Stock, including a transfer by members of the Smith Group, will
be outside the control of the Company and, if such transfer results in a change
in control of the Company, could result in the termination or non-renewal of one
or more of its franchise agreements. Moreover, these issuance limitations may
impede the Company's ability to raise capital through additional equity
offerings or to issue Common Stock as consideration for, and therefore, to
consummate, future acquisitions. Such restrictions also may prevent or deter
prospective acquirors from acquiring control of the Company and, therefore, may
adversely impact the Company's equity value. See " -- Financial Resources
Available for Acquisitions."
 
     Upon consummation of the Offering,   % of the Common Stock (on a fully
diluted basis) will be publicly owned (assuming full exercise of the
Underwriters' over-allotment option). The Company has contractual obligations to
provide "piggyback" registration rights to holders of Class B Common Stock to
register their shares under the Securities Act under certain circumstances.
Additionally, such shares will become in the future, eligible for sale pursuant
to the terms of Rule 144 under the Securities Act ("Rule 144"). See "Certain
Transactions -- Registration Rights Agreement" and "Shares Eligible for Future
Sale."
 
POTENTIAL CONFLICTS OF INTEREST
 
     Bruton Smith, the Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of the Company, will
continue to serve as the Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Speedway
Motorsports. Accordingly, the Company will compete with Speedway Motorsports for
the management time of Mr. Smith. Under his employment agreement with the
Company, Mr. Smith is required to devote approximately 50% of his business time
to the affairs of the Company. The remainder of his business time may be devoted
to other entities including Speedway Motorsports.
 
     The Company has in the past and will likely in the future enter into
transactions with entities controlled by either Mr. Smith, Nelson Bowers or Ken
Marks or other affiliates of the Company. The Company believes that all of these
arrangements are favorable to the Company and were entered into on terms that,
taken as a whole, reflect arms'-length negotiations, although certain lease
provisions included in such transactions may be at below-market rates. Since no
independent appraisals evaluating these business transactions were obtained,
there can be no assurance that such transactions are on terms no less favorable
than could have been obtained from unaffiliated third parties. Certain of the
existing arrangements will continue after the Offering. Potential conflicts of
interest could also arise in the future between the Company and these affiliated
parties in connection with the enforcement, amendment or termination of these
arrangements. See "Certain Transactions." The Company anticipates renegotiating
its leases with all related parties at lease expiration at fair market rentals,
which may be higher than current rents. For further discussion of these related
party leases, see "Certain Transactions -- Certain Dealership Leases."
 
     In addition to his interest and responsibilities with the Company, Nelson
Bowers has ownership interests in several non-Company entities, including a
Toyota dealership in Cleveland, Tennessee, an auto body shop in Chattanooga,
Tennessee and a used-car auction house. These enterprises are involved in
businesses that are related to, and that compete with, the businesses of the
Company. Pursuant to his employment agreement, Mr. Bowers is not permitted to
participate actively in the operation of those businesses and is only permitted
to maintain a passive investment in these enterprises.
 
   
     Under the General Corporation Law of Delaware ("Delaware Law") generally, a
corporate insider is precluded from acting on a business opportunity in his
individual capacity if that opportunity is one which the corporation is
financially able to undertake, is in the line of the corporation's business, is
of practical advantage to the corporation and is one in which the corporation
has an interest or reasonable expectancy. Accordingly, corporate insiders are
generally required to engage in new business opportunities of the Company only
through the Company unless a majority of the Company's disinterested directors
decide under the standards discussed above that it is not in the best interest
of the Company to pursue such opportunities.
    
 
                                       12
 
<PAGE>
     The Company's Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (the
"Certificate") contains provisions providing that transactions between the
Company and its affiliates must be no less favorable to the Company than would
be available in corporate transactions in arms'-length dealing with an unrelated
third party. Moreover, any such transactions involving aggregate payments in
excess of $500,000 must be approved by a majority of the Company's directors and
a majority of the Company's independent directors. Otherwise, the Company must
obtain an opinion as to the financial fairness of the transaction to be issued
by an investment banking or appraisal firm of national standing.
 
LACK OF INDEPENDENT DIRECTORS
 
     As of the date hereof, all of the members of the Company's Board of
Directors are employees and/or majority shareholders of the Company or
affiliates thereof. Although the Company intends to appoint at least two
independent directors following completion of the Offering, such directors will
not constitute a majority of the Board, and the Company's Board may not have a
majority of independent directors in the future. In the absence of a majority of
independent directors, the Company's executive officers, who also are principal
stockholders and directors, could establish policies and enter into transactions
without independent review and approval thereof, subject to certain restrictions
under the Certificate. In addition, although the Company intends to establish
audit and compensation committees which will consist entirely of outside
directors, until those committees are established, audit and compensation
policies could be approved without independent review. These and other
transactions could present the potential for a conflict of interest between the
Company and its stockholders generally and the controlling officers,
stockholders or directors. See "Management."
 
DEPENDENCE ON KEY PERSONNEL AND LIMITED MANAGEMENT AND PERSONNEL RESOURCES
 
     The Company's success depends to a significant degree upon the continued
contributions of its management team (particularly its senior management) and
service and sales personnel. The loss of the services of one or more of these
key employees could have a material adverse effect on the Company. Although the
Company has employment agreements with Bruton Smith, Bryan Scott Smith, Nelson
Bowers, Theodore M. Wright, O. Ken Marks, Jr. and Jeffrey C. Rachor, the Company
will not have employment agreements in place with other key personnel. In
addition, as the Company expands it may need to hire additional managers. The
market for qualified employees in the industry and in the regions in which the
Company operates, particularly for general managers and sales and service
personnel, is highly competitive and may subject the Company to increased labor
costs in periods of low unemployment. The loss of the services of key employees
or the inability to attract additional qualified managers could have a material
adverse effect on the Company. In addition, the lack of qualified management or
employees employed by the Company's potential acquisition candidates may limit
the Company's ability to consummate future acquisitions. See "Business -- Growth
Strategy," "Business -- Competition" and "Management."
 
MATURE INDUSTRY; CYCLICAL AND LOCAL NATURE OF AUTOMOBILE SALES
 
     The United States automobile dealership industry generally is considered a
mature industry in which minimal growth is expected in unit sales of new
vehicles. As a consequence, growth in the Company's revenues and earnings are
likely to be significantly affected by the Company's success in acquiring and
integrating dealerships and the pace and size of such acquisitions. See
" -- Risks Associated with Acquisitions" and "Business -- Growth Strategy."
 
     The automobile industry is cyclical and historically has experienced
periodic downturns, characterized by oversupply and weak demand. Many factors
affect the industry, including general economic conditions and consumer
confidence, the level of discretionary personal income, interest rates and
credit availability. For the six months ended June 30, 1997, industry retail
sales were down 2% as a result of retail car sales declines of 5.3% and retail
truck sales gains of 2.4% from the same period in 1996. Future recessions may
have a material adverse effect on the Company's business.
 
     Local economic, competitive and other conditions also affect the
performance of dealerships. The Sonic Dealerships are located in the Charlotte
and Houston markets. Pursuant to the Acquisitions, the Company is acquiring
dealerships in the metropolitan areas of Charlotte, Chattanooga, Nashville,
Tampa-Clearwater and Atlanta. While the Company intends to pursue acquisitions
outside of these markets, the Company expects that the majority of its
operations will continue to be concentrated in these areas for the foreseeable
future. As a result, the Company's results of operations will depend
substantially on general economic conditions and consumer spending habits in the
Southeast and, to a lesser extent, in the Houston market, as well as various
other factors, such as tax rates and state and local regulations, specific to
North Carolina, Tennessee, Florida, Texas, Georgia and South Carolina. There can
be no assurance that the Company will be able to expand geographically, or that
any such expansion will adequately insulate it from the adverse effects of local
or regional economic conditions. See "Business -- Growth Strategy."
 
                                       13
 
<PAGE>
SEASONALITY
 
   
     The Company's business is seasonal, with a disproportionate amount of
revenues occurring in the second, third and fourth fiscal quarters. See
"Managements's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations."
    
 
IMPORTED PRODUCTS
 
     Certain motor vehicles retailed by the Company, as well as certain major
components of vehicles retailed by the Company, are of foreign origin.
Accordingly, the Company is subject to the import and export restrictions of
various jurisdictions and is dependent to some extent upon general economic
conditions in and political relations with a number of foreign countries,
particularly Japan. Additionally, fluctuations in currency exchange rates may
adversely affect the Company's sales of vehicles produced by foreign
manufacturers. Imports into the United States may also be adversely affected by
increased transportation costs.
 
GOVERNMENTAL REGULATIONS; ENVIRONMENTAL MATTERS
 
     The Company is subject to a wide range of federal, state and local laws and
regulations, such as local licensing requirements, consumer protection laws and
regulations relating to gasoline storage, waste treatment and other
environmental matters. Future acquisitions by the Company may also be subject to
regulation, including antitrust reviews. The Company believes that it complies
in all material respects with all laws and regulations applicable to its
business, but future regulations may be more stringent and require the Company
to incur significant additional costs.
 
     The Company's facilities and operations are subject to federal, state and
local laws and regulations relating to environmental protection and human health
and safety, including those governing wastewater discharges, air emissions, the
operation and removal of underground storage tanks, the use, storage, treatment,
transportation and disposal of solid and hazardous materials and the remediation
of contamination associated with such disposal. Certain of these laws and
regulations may impose joint and several liability on certain statutory classes
of persons for the costs of investigation or remediation of contaminated
properties, regardless of fault or the legality of the original disposal. These
persons include the present or former owner or operator of a contaminated
property and companies that generated, disposed of or arranged for the disposal
of hazardous substances found at the property.
 
     Past and present business operations of the Company subject to such laws
and regulations include the use, storage handling and contracting for recycling
or disposal of hazardous or toxic substances or wastes, including
environmentally sensitive materials such as motor oil, waste motor oil and
filters, transmission fluid, antifreeze, freon, waste paint and lacquer thinner,
batteries, solvents, lubricants, degreasing agents, gasoline and diesel fuels.
The Company is subject to other laws and regulations as a result of the past or
present existence of underground storage tanks at many of the Company's
properties. The Company, like many of its competitors, has incurred, and will
continue to incur, capital and operating expenditures and other costs in
complying with such laws and regulations. In addition, soil and groundwater
contamination exist at certain of the Company's properties, and there can be no
assurance that other properties have not been contaminated by any leakage from
underground storage tanks or by any spillage or other releases of hazardous or
toxic substances or wastes.
 
     Certain laws and regulations, including those governing air emissions and
underground storage tanks, have been amended so as to require compliance with
new or more stringent standards as of future dates. The Company cannot predict
what other environmental legislation or regulations will be enacted in the
future, how existing or future laws or regulations will be administered or
interpreted or what environmental conditions may be found to exist in the
future. Compliance with new or more stringent laws or regulations, stricter
interpretation of existing laws or the future discovery of environmental
conditions may require additional expenditures by the Company, some of which may
be material. See "Business -- Governmental Regulations and Environmental
Matters."
 
CONCENTRATION OF VOTING POWER AND ANTI-TAKEOVER PROVISIONS
 
     The Common Stock is divided into two classes with different voting rights,
which allows for the maintenance of control of the Company by the holders of the
Class B Common Stock. Holders of Class A Common Stock are entitled to one vote
per share on all matters submitted to a vote of the stockholders of the Company.
Holders of Class B Common Stock are entitled to ten votes per share on all
matters, except that the Class B Common Stock is entitled to only one vote per
share with respect to any transaction proposed or approved by the Company's
Board of Directors, proposed by or on behalf of the holders of the Class B
Common Stock or their affiliates or as to which any members of the Smith Group
or any affiliate thereof has a material financial interest (other than as a then
existing stockholder of the Company) constituting a (a) "going private"
transaction (as defined herein), (b) disposition of substantially all of the
Company's assets, (c) transfer resulting in a change
 
                                       14
 
<PAGE>
in the nature of the Company's business, or (d) merger or consolidation in which
current holders of Common Stock would own less than 50% of the Common Stock
following such transaction. The two classes vote together as a single class on
all matters, except where class voting is required by Delaware Law, which
exception would apply, among other situations, to a vote on any proposal to
modify the voting rights of the Class B Common Stock. See "Description of
Capital Stock." Upon completion of this Offering (assuming the Underwriters'
over-allotment option is not exercised), the existing holders of Class B Common
Stock will have approximately   % of the combined voting power of the Common
Stock (in those circumstances in which the Class B Common Stock has ten votes
per share) and   % of the outstanding Common Stock. Accordingly such holders of
Class B Common Stock will effectively have the ability to elect all of the
directors of the Company and to control all other matters requiring the approval
of the Company's stockholders. In addition, the Company may issue additional
shares of Class B Common Stock to members of the Smith Group in the future for
fair market value. See "Principal Stockholders."
 
     The disproportionate voting rights of the Class B Common Stock under the
above-mentioned circumstances could have a material adverse effect on the market
price of the Class A Common Stock. Such disproportionate voting rights may make
the Company a less attractive target for a takeover than it otherwise might be,
or render more difficult or discourage a merger proposal, a tender offer or a
proxy contest, even if such actions were favored by a majority of the holders of
the Class A Common Stock.
 
     Certain provisions of the Certificate and the Company's Bylaws make it more
difficult for stockholders of the Company to effect certain corporate actions.
See "Description of Capital Stock -- Delaware Law, Certain Charter and Bylaw
Provisions and Certain Franchise Agreement Provisions." Under the Company's
Stock Option Plan, options outstanding thereunder become immediately exercisable
upon a change in control of the Company. See "Management -- Employment
Agreements" and " -- Stock Option Plan." The agreements, corporate documents and
laws described above, as well as provisions of the Company's franchise
agreements described in " -- Dependence on Automobile Manufacturers" above
permitting Manufacturers to terminate such agreements upon a change of control,
may have the effect of delaying or preventing a change in control of the Company
or preventing stockholders from realizing a premium on the sale of their shares
of Class A Common Stock upon an acquisition of the Company.
 
     The Certificate authorizes the Board of Directors of the Company to issue
three million shares of "blank check" preferred stock with such designations,
rights and preferences as may be determined from time to time by the Board of
Directors. Accordingly, the Board of Directors is empowered, without stockholder
approval, to issue preferred stock with dividend, liquidation, conversion,
voting or other rights or preferences that could adversely affect the voting
power or other rights of the holders of the Class A Common Stock. In the event
of issuance, the preferred stock could be utilized, under certain circumstances,
as a method of discouraging, delaying, or preventing a change in control of the
Company. The issuance of preferred stock could also prevent stockholders from
realizing a premium upon the sale of their shares of Class A Common Stock upon
an acquisition of the Company. Although the Company has no present intention to
issue any shares of its preferred stock, there can be no assurance that the
Company will not do so in the future. See "Description of Capital Stock."
 
     Additionally, the Company's Bylaws provide: (i) for a Board of Directors
divided into three classes serving staggered terms; (ii) that special meetings
of stockholders may be called only by the Chairman or by the Company's Secretary
or Assistant Secretary at the request in writing of a majority of the Board of
Directors; (iii) that no stockholder action may be taken by written consent; and
(iv) that stockholders seeking to bring business before an annual meeting of
stockholders, or to nominate candidates for election as directors at an annual
or a special meeting of stockholders must provide timely notice thereof in
writing. These provisions will impair the stockholders' ability to influence or
control the Company or to effect a change in control of the Company, and may
prevent stockholders from realizing a premium on the sale of their shares of
Class A Common Stock upon an acquisition of the Company. See "Description of
Capital Stock."
 
NO PRIOR PUBLIC MARKET FOR CLASS A COMMON STOCK AND POSSIBLE VOLATILITY OF STOCK
PRICE
 
     Prior to the Offering, there has been no public market for the Class A
Common Stock. The Company intends to apply for a listing of the Class A Common
Stock on the NYSE. The initial public offering price of the Class A Common Stock
will be determined by negotiations among the Company and representatives of the
Underwriters. See "Underwriting." There can be no assurance that the market
price of the Class A Common Stock prevailing at any time after this Offering
will equal or exceed the initial public offering price. Quarterly and annual
operating results of the Company, variations between such results and the
results expected by investors and analysts, changes in local or general economic
conditions or developments affecting the automobile industry, the Company or its
competitors could cause the market price of the Class A Common Stock to
fluctuate substantially. As a result of these factors, as well as other factors
common to initial public offerings, the
 
                                       15
 
<PAGE>
market price could fluctuate substantially from the initial offering price. In
addition, the stock market has, from time to time, experienced extreme price and
volume fluctuations, which could adversely effect the market price for the Class
A Common Stock without regard to the financial performance of the Company.
 
DILUTION
 
     Purchasers of Class A Common Stock in the Offering will experience
immediate and substantial dilution in the amount of $     per share in net
tangible book value per share from the initial offering price. See "Dilution."
 
SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE
 
   
     The    shares of Class B Common Stock owned beneficially by existing
stockholders of the Company and the    shares of Class A Common Stock underlying
options to be granted by the Company under the Stock Option Plan and underlying
the Dyer Warrant (as defined herein), are "restricted securities" as defined in
Rule 144 under the Securities Act, and may in the future be resold in compliance
with Rule 144. See "Management -- Stock Option Plan" and "The Acquisitions --
The Dyer Acquisition." In addition,        shares of Common Stock constituting
restricted securities are subject to certain piggyback registration rights. See
"Certain Transactions -- Registration Rights Agreements." No prediction can be
made as to the effect that resale of shares of Common Stock, or the availability
of shares of Common Stock for resale, will have on the market price of the Class
A Common Stock prevailing from time to time. The resale of substantial amounts
of Common Stock, or the perception that such resales may occur, could materially
and adversely affect prevailing market prices for the Common Stock and the
ability of the Company to raise equity capital in the future. The Company has
agreed not to issue, and all executive officers of the Company and all owners of
the Class B Common Stock have agreed not to resell, any shares of Common Stock
or other equity securities of the Company for 180 days after the date of this
Prospectus without the prior written consent of the representatives of the
Underwriters. See "Management -- Stock Option Plan," "Shares Eligible for Future
Sale" and "Underwriting."
    
 
                                       16
 
<PAGE>
                               THE REORGANIZATION
 
     The Company was recently incorporated and capitalized with the stock of the
Sonic Dealerships, which have been under the control of Bruton Smith and which
are comprised of Town & Country Ford, Town & Country Toyota, Lone Star Ford,
Fort Mill Ford and Frontier Oldsmobile-Cadillac. As of June 30, 1997, the
Company effected the Reorganization pursuant to which: (i) the Company acquired
all of the Dealership Securities; and (ii) the Company issued Class B Common
Stock in exchange for the Dealership Securities. See "Certain
Transactions -- Other Transactions." Subsequent to the Reorganization, the
Company intends to convert from the LIFO Method of inventory accounting to the
industry standard FIFO Method of inventory accounting, conditioned upon the
closing of the Offering. As a result of the Reorganization and the FIFO
Conversion, the historical combined financial information included in this
Prospectus is not necessarily indicative of the results of operations, financial
position and cash flows of the Company in the future or of those which would
have resulted had the Reorganization and FIFO Conversion been in effect during
the periods presented in the Company's Combined and Consolidated Financial
Statements included elsewhere in this Prospectus. Upon election of the FIFO
Method, the Company will be required under generally accepted accounting
principles to restate its historical financial statements. The FIFO Conversion
will increase retained earnings by $7.5 million and will result in a tax
liability of approximately $5.5 million as of June 30, 1997. See "Management's
Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations -- Overview."
 
                                THE ACQUISITIONS
 
     In the last four months, the Company consummated or signed definitive
agreements to purchase six additional dealerships or dealership groups for an
aggregate purchase price of approximately $100.7 million. These acquisitions
consist of the Ken Marks Acquisition, the Bowers Acquisition, the Lake Norman
Acquisition, the Dyer Acquisition, the Fort Mill Acquisition and the Williams
Acquisition.
 
     The closing of the Offering is contingent upon the Company consummating the
Acquisitions. The Company intends to use the proceeds from the Offering to pay
the purchase prices of the Acquisitions and to repay indebtedness, if any,
incurred in connection with the Acquisitions. See "Use of Proceeds." In
addition, the Company intends to refinance all of the floor plan indebtedness of
the dealerships constituting the Acquisitions.
 
   
     THE KEN MARKS ACQUISITION. Ken Marks Ford is located in Clearwater,
Florida. Ken Marks, Jr., together with the other stockholders of Ken Marks Ford,
and the Company entered into a definitive stock purchase agreement in July 1997,
providing for the acquisition by the Company of all of the outstanding stock of
Ken Marks Ford. Ken Marks Ford had retail sales of approximately 4,369 new and
1,764 used vehicles, had aggregate revenues of approximately $148.4 million in
1996, and, based on revenues, is one of the 20 largest Ford dealerships in the
United States. This acquisition further implements the Company's growth strategy
by adding a well-managed dealership with significant presence in a new market.
Ken Marks, Jr., with over 13 years of automotive retailing experience in central
Florida, will continue to serve as the Executive Manager of Ken Marks Ford and
will join the senior management team of the Company as the Regional Vice
President for Florida.
    
 
     In the Ken Marks Acquisition, the Company has agreed to purchase all of the
outstanding capital stock of Ken Marks Ford for a total of approximately $25.0
million. At closing, the Company will pay the stockholders of Ken Marks Ford the
sum of approximately $25.0 million, less $0.5 million which will be deposited
into escrow for certain contingencies. The $25.0 million sum will be adjusted
downward to the extent that the net book value of Ken Marks Ford as of the
closing is less than approximately $5.1 million. At the closing, Ken Marks Ford
will lease its facilities from an affiliate of the original stockholders of Ken
Marks Ford. See "Business -- Facilities" and "Certain Transactions -- Certain
Dealership Leases." If the Company fails to perform its obligation to close the
Ken Marks Acquisition by October 15, 1997, it has agreed to pay a termination
fee.
 
   
     THE BOWERS ACQUISITION. European Motors of Nashville (a BMW and Volkswagen
dealership), European Motors (a BMW and Volvo dealership), Jaguar of Chattanooga
(a Jaguar and Infiniti dealership), Cleveland Chrysler-Plymouth-Jeep-Eagle,
Nelson Bowers Dodge, Cleveland Village Imports (a Honda dealership), Saturn of
Chattanooga, Nelson Bowers Ford, L.P. and KIA of Chattanooga (a KIA and
Volkswagen dealership), (collectively, the "Bowers Dealerships") and the
Company, as well as the persons and entities controlling the Bowers Dealerships,
have entered into a definitive asset purchase agreement dated as of June 24,
1997. The Bowers Dealerships are located in the Chattanooga, Tennessee
metropolitan area, with the exception of European Motors of Nashville, which is
located in Nashville, Tennessee. The Bowers Dealerships had retail sales of
approximately 3,196 new and 2,388 used vehicles, and had aggregate revenues of
approximately $127.1 million in 1996. The Bowers Dealerships estimate that their
combined market share of total new vehicle unit sales in the Chattanooga
metropolitan market was approximately 12.6% for 1996. This acquisition serves
the Company's growth strategy by
    
 
                                       17
 
<PAGE>
adding a group of well-managed dealerships with a substantial portion of its
sales in luxury vehicles. Nelson Bowers, the Bowers Dealerships' chief
executive, and Jeffrey Rachor, their chief operating officer, have over 20 and
10 years of experience in the automotive industry, respectively. Mr. Bowers will
join the Company's senior management team as Executive Vice President. Mr.
Rachor will be the Company's Regional Vice President for Tennessee, Georgia,
Kentucky and Alabama.
 
     The Company will acquire substantially all the Bowers Dealerships' assets,
excluding real property, and assume substantially all the liabilities associated
with the purchased assets. For the Bowers Acquisition, the Company agreed to pay
up to $33.5 million. At closing, the Company will pay $27.5 million in cash to
the sellers and will deposit $1.0 million into an escrow account, all subject to
certain potential downward adjustments based on the net book value of the
purchased assets and assumed liabilities as of the closing. The balance (up to
$5.0 million) of the purchase price will be evidenced by the Company's
promissory notes that will be payable in 28 equal quarterly installments and
will bear interest at NationsBank's prime rate less 0.5%. The sellers or their
affiliates will retain ownership of certain real property underlying some of the
dealerships and will lease such property to the Company. See
"Business -- Facilities" and "Certain Transactions -- Certain Dealership
Leases." In the event the Company fails to close the Bowers Acquisition by
October 31, 1997, it has agreed to pay a termination fee.
 
     THE LAKE NORMAN ACQUISITION. Lake Norman Chrysler-Plymouth-Jeep-Eagle and
Lake Norman Dodge (collectively, the "Lake Norman Dealerships") are both located
in Cornelius, North Carolina approximately 20 miles north of Charlotte. The Lake
Norman Dealerships had retail sales of approximately 3,572 new and 2,320 used
vehicles, and had aggregate revenues of approximately $137.7 million in 1996.
The existing management of the Lake Norman Dealerships will continue with the
Company.
 
     The Company will acquire substantially all the Lake Norman Dealerships'
assets, excluding real property, and assume substantially all of the sellers'
liabilities. For the Lake Norman Acquisition, the Company agreed in May 1997 to
pay up to $18.2 million. At closing, the Company will pay $17.7 million in cash
to the sellers and deposit $0.5 million into an escrow account. At the sellers'
option, the payment of the total purchase price may be made in two installments:
one at closing and one on January 1, 1998, the second being evidenced by a
Company promissory note. The purchase price will be adjusted downward based on
the net book value of the purchased assets and assumed liabilities as of the
closing date, to be determined after the closing. The sellers of the assets will
retain ownership of the three tracts of real property underlying the dealerships
and will lease such property to the Company. See "Business -- Facilities." In
the event the Company fails to close the Lake Norman Acquisition by September
30, 1997, it has agreed to pay a termination fee secured by a letter of credit.
 
     THE DYER ACQUISITION. Dyer & Dyer, Inc. ("Dyer Volvo"), which is located in
Atlanta, Georgia, is the largest Volvo dealership in the United States in terms
of retail unit sales. For 1996, Dyer Volvo had retail sales of approximately
1,284 new and 1,493 used vehicles, and had aggregate revenues of approximately
$72.6 million. This acquisition is a significant step in the Company's growth
strategy in that it adds a large, well-managed dealership in a new geographic
market and increases the Company's presence in the luxury car market. Richard
Dyer, who has over 25 years in the automotive retailing industry, will continue
as the Company's Executive Manager of Dyer Volvo.
 
   
     The Company will acquire all of the operating assets of Dyer Volvo for
$18.0 million plus assumption of substantially all of Dyer Volvo's existing
recorded liabilities and obligations. The $18.0 million purchase price is
subject to adjustment in the event that net book value of the purchased assets,
less assumed liabilities, is more or less than $10.5 million as of the date of
the closing. At the closing, the Company will pay $17.0 million in cash to the
seller and deposit $1.0 million into an escrow account. In addition, the Company
will issue a warrant to Richard Dyer to purchase .375% of the Company's
outstanding shares of Common Stock (in the form of Class A Common Stock) after
consummation of the Offering (       shares if the Underwriters' over-allotment
option is exercised in full) pursuant to his employment agreement with the
Company at a per share exercise price equal to the initial public offering per
share price (the "Dyer Warrant"). The Dyer Warrant is exercisable immediately
and will expire five years after the consummation of the Dyer Acquisition. The
Dyer Warrant is in addition to stock options that are to be granted to Richard
Dyer pursuant to the Company's Stock Option Plan. Dyer Volvo leases its
dealership premises and the Company will assume Dyer Volvo's obligations under
the leases at the closing. See "Business -- Facilities." The closing of the Dyer
acquisition will occur no later than November 1, 1997. If the Company fails to
perform its obligation to close by that date, it has agreed to pay a termination
fee.
    
 
     THE FORT MILL ACQUISITION. Fort Mill Chrysler-Plymouth-Dodge is located in
Fort Mill, South Carolina, which is a part of the Charlotte market. In 1996,
Jeff Boyd Chrysler-Plymouth-Dodge (the predecessor to Fort Mill
Chrysler-Plymouth-Dodge) had retail sales of approximately 632 new and 842 used
vehicles, and had total revenues of $20.3 million.
 
     The Company purchased in June 1997 certain dealership assets, excluding
real property, of Jeff Boyd Chrysler-
 
                                       18
 
<PAGE>
   
Plymouth-Dodge for a total purchase price of approximately $3.7 million in cash
and assumed the floor plan liabilities of the sellers. Of the $3.7 million
purchase price paid, $3.5 million was advanced to the Company by Bruton Smith
and is to be repaid with proceeds from the Offering. See "Certain
Transactions -- The Smith Advance." An affiliate of Jeff Boyd
Chrysler-Plymouth-Dodge retained ownership of the real property underlying the
dealership and leased the property to the Company. See "Business -- Facilities."
    
 
     THE WILLIAMS ACQUISITION. Williams Motors, Inc.
(Chrysler-Plymouth-Jeep-Eagle dealerships) is located in Rock Hill, South
Carolina, approximately 35 miles south of Charlotte. In 1996, Williams Motors
had retail sales of approximately 248 new and 280 used vehicles, and had total
revenues of $9.6 million.
 
     The Company has entered into a definitive asset purchase agreement to
acquire substantially all of the operating assets of Williams Motors (excluding
primarily used car inventory and real estate) for up to $1.8 million plus
assumption of floor plan indebtedness to Chrysler Credit Corporation. The exact
price will depend upon the net book value of the purchased assets, less assumed
liabilities, as of the closing. The Company will also lease the dealership
premises from the sellers for one to five years, at the Company's option. See
"Business -- Facilities."
 
     FUTURE ACQUISITIONS. The Company intends to pursue acquisitions in the
future that will be financed with cash or debt or equity financing or a
combination thereof. Although the Company has identified and has held
preliminary discussions with several potential acquisition candidates, at this
time, the Company has no agreements to effect any such acquisitions other than
the Acquisitions. There is no assurance that the Company will consummate any
future acquisition, that they will be on favorable terms to the Company or that
financing for such acquisitions will be available. All future acquisitions by
the Company will be contingent upon the consent of the applicable manufacturer.
Although no assurance can be given that any such consents will be obtained, the
Company historically has not been denied manufacturer approval of acquisitions.
The Company is currently negotiating with several lending institutions for
credit arrangements to finance acquisitions and general corporate purposes,
although there can be no assurance that the Company will obtain any such
financing. See "Risk Factors -- Risks Associated with Acquisitions" and
" -- Financial Resources Available for Acquisitions," "Management's Discussion
and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations -- Liquidity and
Capital Resources."
 
                                       19
 
<PAGE>
                                USE OF PROCEEDS
 
     The net proceeds to the Company from the sale of   shares of Class A Common
Stock offered hereby are estimated to be approximately $       million ($
million if the Underwriters' over-allotment option is exercised in full),
assuming an initial public offering price of $     per share (the midpoint of
the range of the initial public offering price set forth on the cover page of
this Prospectus) and after deducting the underwriting discount and estimated
expenses of the Offering. The net proceeds will be used to pay the purchase
price for the Acquisitions or repay short-term borrowings incurred to finance
any of the Acquisitions that close before the consummation of the Offering,
including approximately $3.5 million to repay a loan advanced by Bruton Smith in
connection with the Acquisitions, which bears interest at 3.83% per annum. See
"The Acquisitions" and "Certain Transactions -- The Smith Advance."
 
                                DIVIDEND POLICY
 
     The Company intends to retain all of its earnings to finance the growth and
development of its business, including future acquisitions, and does not
anticipate paying any cash dividends on its Common Stock for the foreseeable
future. Any future change in the Company's dividend policy will be made at the
discretion of the Board of Directors of the Company and will depend upon the
Company's operating results, financial condition, capital requirements, general
business conditions and such other factors as the Board of Directors deems
relevant. In addition, any lending arrangement negotiated by the Company is
expected to include limitations on the ability of the Company to pay dividends
without the consent of the lender. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of
Financial Condition and Results of Operations -- Liquidity and Capital
Resources" and "Description of Capital Stock."
 
                                       20
 
<PAGE>
                                 CAPITALIZATION
 
     The following table sets forth, as of June 30, 1997, the capitalization of
the Company (a) on an actual basis, including the Reorganization which is
effective as of June 30, 1997, (b) on a pro forma basis, as adjusted to reflect
the FIFO Conversion and the Acquisitions, and (c) on a pro forma basis,
additionally adjusted to reflect the Offering and the application of the
estimated net proceeds to be received by the Company. See "Use of Proceeds."
This table should be read in conjunction with "Management's Discussion and
Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and the unaudited Pro
Forma Combined and Consolidated Financial Statements of the Company and the
related notes thereto included elsewhere in this Prospectus.
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                     JUNE 30, 1997
                                                                                                     PRO FORMA
                                                                                                      FOR THE
                                                                                                  FIFO CONVERSION         PRO FORMA
                                                                                                      AND THE              FOR THE
                                                                                    ACTUAL        ACQUISITIONS(1)        OFFERING(2)
<S>                                                                                 <C>        <C>                       <C>
                                                                                                 (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
Short-term debt:
  Notes payable -- floor plan....................................................   $67,856           $144,491            $ 144,491
  Current maturities of long-term debt...........................................       487              1,473                1,473
     Total short-term debt.......................................................    68,343            145,964              145,964
Long-term debt...................................................................     5,137             10,422               10,422
Stockholders' equity:
  Preferred Stock, $.10 par value, 3,000,000 shares authorized; no shares issued
     and outstanding.............................................................        --                 --                   --
  Class A Common Stock, $.01 par value, 50,000,000 shares authorized; no shares
     issued and outstanding, actual;      shares issued and outstanding, as
     adjusted (3)(4).............................................................        --                 --
  Class B Common Stock, $.01 par value, 15,000,000 shares authorized; 10,000
     shares issued and outstanding, actual;      shares issued and outstanding,
     as adjusted (5).............................................................        --                 --
  Additional paid-in capital.....................................................    16,604             16,604              116,604
  Retained earnings and members' and partners' equity............................     6,486             14,567               14,567
  Due from Affiliates............................................................    (2,633)            (2,633)              (2,633)
     Unrealized loss on marketable equity securities.............................       (97)               (97)                 (97)
     Total stockholders' equity..................................................    20,360             28,441              128,441
       Total capitalization......................................................   $25,497           $ 38,863            $ 138,863
</TABLE>
    
 
(1) Adjusted to give pro forma effect to the FIFO Conversion and the
    Acquisitions. See "Pro Forma Combined and Consolidated Financial Data."
 
(2) Adjusted to give pro forma effect to the FIFO Conversion, the Acquisitions
    and the Offering.
 
   
(3)            shares if the Underwriters' overallotment option is exercised in
    full. Excludes   shares of Class A Common Stock reserved for future issuance
    under the Company's Stock Option Plan (including up to        shares of
    Class A Common Stock reserved for issuance upon exercise of options to be
    granted on or before the consummation of the Offering pursuant to the Stock
    Option Plan) and excludes        shares of Class A Common Stock (
    shares if the Underwriters' over-allotment option is exercised in full)
    reserved for issuance under the Dyer Warrant. See "The Acquisitions -- The
    Dyer Acquisition" and "Management -- Stock Option Plan."
    
 
(4) The number of shares of Class A Common Stock offered hereby, may be reduced
    to the extent the Company elects to finance a portion of the purchase price
    of the Acquisitions through borrowings under a revolving credit facility or
    other form of indebtedness. In such event, pro forma debt will increase by
    the amount of such borrowings.
 
(5) Actual shares of Class B Common Stock do not include the effect of the Stock
    Split (which will be effected in the form of a stock dividend).
 
                                       21
 
<PAGE>
                                    DILUTION
 
     The pro forma net tangible book value of the Company (after giving effect
to the FIFO Conversion and the Acquisitions) as of June 30, 1997 was $     per
share of Common Stock. Pro forma net tangible book value per share is determined
by dividing the pro forma tangible net worth of the Company (pro forma total
assets less goodwill less pro forma total liabilities) by the total number of
outstanding shares of Common Stock. After giving effect to the sale of the
     shares of Class A Common Stock offered hereby and the receipt of an assumed
$     million of net proceeds from the Offering (based on an assumed initial
public offering price of $     per share and net of the underwriting discounts
and estimated offering expenses), pro forma net tangible book value of the
Company at June 30, 1997 would have been $     per share. This represents an
immediate increase in pro forma net tangible book value of $     per share to
existing stockholders and an immediate dilution of $     per share to the new
investors purchasing Class A Common Stock in the Offering. The following table
illustrates the per share dilution:
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                                                <C>
Assumed initial public offering price per share.................................................   $
  Pro forma net tangible book value per share before giving effect to the Offering..............
  Increase in pro forma net tangible book value per share attributable to the Offering..........
Pro forma net tangible book value per share after giving effect to the Offering.................
Dilution per share to new investors.............................................................   $
</TABLE>
 
     The following table sets forth, on a pro forma basis as of June 30, 1997,
the number of shares of Common Stock purchased from the Company, the total
consideration paid to the Company and the average price per share paid to the
Company by existing stockholders and new investors purchasing shares from the
Company in the Offering (before deducting underwriting discounts and commissions
and estimated offering expenses):
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                                         AVERAGE
                                                                            SHARES PURCHASED     TOTAL CONSIDERATION    PRICE PER
                                                                           NUMBER     PERCENT     AMOUNT     PERCENT      SHARE
<S>                                                                        <C>        <C>        <C>         <C>        <C>
Existing stockholders (1)...............................................                     %   $                  %    $
New investors (2).......................................................
     Total..............................................................                100.0%   $             100.0%
</TABLE>
 
(1) Does not reflect the possible exercise of options to purchase
    shares of Class A Common Stock reserved for issuance under the Company's
    Stock Option Plan including options to purchase        shares of Class A
    Common Stock that will be granted immediately before the completion of the
    Offering with an exercise price equal to the initial public offering price
    and the possible exercise of the Dyer Warrant to purchase        shares of
    Class A Common Stock. See "Management -- Stock Option Plan" and "Certain
    Transactions."
 
(2) Assumes that the Underwriters' over-allotment option is not exercised. Sales
    pursuant to the exercise by the Underwriters of the over-allotment option
    will cause the total number of shares purchased by new investors, total
    consideration paid by new investors, percent of total consideration paid by
    new investors and average price per share for all investors to increase to
              , $       ,      % and $          , respectively.
 
                                       22
 
<PAGE>
               SELECTED COMBINED AND CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA
 
     The selected combined and consolidated statement of operations data for the
years ended December 31, 1994, 1995 and 1996 and the selected combined balance
sheet data as of December 31, 1995 and 1996 are derived from the Company's
audited financial statements, which are included elsewhere in this Prospectus.
The selected combined and consolidated statement of operations data for the
years ended December 31, 1992 and 1993 and the selected combined and
consolidated balance sheet data as of December 31, 1992, 1993 and 1994 are
derived from the Company's unaudited financial statements, which are not
included in this Prospectus. The selected combined and consolidated results of
operations data for the six months ended June 30, 1996 and 1997, and the
selected combined and consolidated balance sheet data at June 30, 1997, are
derived from the unaudited financial statements of the Company, which are
included elsewhere in this Prospectus. In the opinion of management, these
unaudited financial statements reflect all adjustments necessary for a fair
presentation of its results of operations and financial condition. All such
adjustments are of a normal recurring nature. The results of operations for an
interim period are not necessarily indicative of results that may be expected
for a full year or any other interim period. This selected combined and
consolidated financial data should be read in conjunction with "Management's
Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and
the Combined and Consolidated Financial Statements and related notes included
elsewhere in this Prospectus.
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                         SIX MONTHS ENDED
                                                           YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,                           JUNE 30,
                                             1992        1993        1994        1995      1996(1)(5)  1996(1)(5)  1997(2)(5)
<S>                                        <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>
                                                                            (IN THOUSANDS)
COMBINED AND CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF
  OPERATIONS DATA:
Revenues:
  Vehicle sales.........................   $171,065    $203,630    $227,960    $267,308    $326,842    $164,333    $185,077
  Parts, service and collision repair...     24,543      30,337      33,984      35,860      42,644      21,005      22,907
  Finance and insurance.................      3,743       3,711       5,181       7,813       7,118       4,277       4,763
     Total revenues.....................    199,351     237,678     267,125     310,981     376,604     189,615     212,747
Cost of sales...........................    174,503     210,046     234,461     272,179     332,407     167,191     188,368
Gross profit(3).........................     24,848      27,632      32,664      38,802      44,197      22,424      24,379
Selling, general and administrative
  expenses..............................     20,251      22,738      24,632      29,343      33,677      16,590      18,413
Depreciation and amortization...........        682         788         838         832       1,076         360         396
Operating income........................      3,915       4,106       7,194       8,627       9,444       5,474       5,570
Interest expense, floor plan............      2,215       2,743       3,001       4,505       5,968       2,801       3,018
Interest expense, other.................        290         263         443         436         433         184         269
Other income............................      1,360         613         609         449         618         369         274
Income before income taxes and minority
  interest(3)...........................      2,770       1,713       4,359       4,135       3,661       2,858       2,557
Provision for income taxes..............        108         107       1,560       1,675       1,400       1,093         937
Income before minority interest.........      2,662       1,606       2,799       2,460       2,261       1,765       1,620
Minority interest in earnings (loss) of
  subsidiary............................        (31)        (22)         15          22         114          41          47
Net income(4)...........................   $  2,693    $  1,628    $  2,784    $  2,438    $  2,147    $  1,724    $  1,573
 
COMBINED AND CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET
  DATA:
Working capital (deficit)...............   $ (1,985)   $    160    $  2,327    $  5,920    $  6,201    $  8,405    $  4,287
Total assets............................     40,656      45,448      58,142      67,242      94,930      87,236     106,859
Long-term debt..........................      3,904       4,142       3,773       3,561       5,286       4,825       5,137
Total liabilities.......................     40,035      42,905      52,602      57,980      78,867      68,719      86,499
Minority interest.......................        139         161         177         200         314         240          --
Stockholders' equity(3).................        482       2,382       5,166       9,062      15,749      18,517      20,360
</TABLE>
    
 
(1) The statement of operations data includes the results of Fort Mill Ford,
    Inc. from the date of acquisition, February 1, 1996.
 
(2) The statement of operations data for the six months ended June 30, 1997
    includes the results of Fort Mill Chrysler-Plymouth-Dodge, Inc. from the
    date of acquisition, June 3, 1997.
 
   
                                         (FOOTNOTES CONTINUED ON FOLLOWING PAGE)
    
 
                                       23
 
<PAGE>
     (3) The Company currently utilizes the LIFO Method of inventory accounting.
         See Note 3 to the Company's Combined and Consolidated Financial
         Statements. The Company intends to file an election with the IRS to
         convert, effective January 1, 1997, to the FIFO Method of inventory
         accounting and report its earnings for tax purposes and in its
         financial statements on the FIFO Method. If the Company had previously
         utilized the FIFO Method, gross profit and income before income taxes
         and minority interest for the periods shown in the table, and
         stockholders' equity as of December 31, 1996 and June 30, 1997, would
         have been as follows:
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                   SIX MONTHS ENDED
                                                         YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,                       JUNE 30,
                                            1992       1993       1994       1995       1996       1996       1997
<S>                                        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
                                                                        (IN THOUSANDS)
Gross profit............................   $24,638    $29,233    $34,114    $40,103    $45,557    $22,424    $24,379
Income before income taxes and minority
  interest..............................     2,560      3,314      5,809      5,436      5,021      2,858      2,557
</TABLE>
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                            AS OF              AS OF
                                                                                      DECEMBER 31, 1996    JUNE 30, 1997
<S>                                                                                   <C>                  <C>
                                                                                                (IN THOUSANDS)
Stockholders' equity...............................................................        $23,829            $28,440
</TABLE>
    
 
     (4) Historical net income per share is not presented, as the historical
         capital structure of the Company prior to the Offering is not
         comparable with the capital structure that will exist after the
         Offering.
 
     (5) The Company acquired Fort Mill Ford, Inc. and Fort Mill
         Chrysler-Plymouth-Dodge in February 1996 and in June 1997,
         respectively. Both of these acquisitions were accounted for using the
         purchase method of accounting. As a result, the Selected Combined and
         Consolidated Financial Data below does not include the results of
         operations of these dealerships prior to the date they were acquired by
         the Company. Accordingly, the actual historical data for periods after
         the acquisition may not be comparable to data presented for periods
         prior to the acquisition of Fort Mill Ford and Fort Mill
         Chrysler-Plymouth-Dodge.
 
                                       24
 
<PAGE>
               PRO FORMA COMBINED AND CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA
 
     The following unaudited pro forma combined and consolidated statements of
operations for the year ended December 31, 1996 and for the six months ended
June 30, 1997 reflect the historical accounts of the Company for those periods,
adjusted to give pro forma effect to the Reorganization, the FIFO Conversion,
the Acquisitions and the Offering, as if these events had occurred at January 1,
1996. The following unaudited pro forma consolidated balance sheet as of June
30, 1997 reflects the historical accounts of the Company as of that date
adjusted to give pro forma effect to the FIFO Conversion, the Acquisitions and
the Offering as if these events had occurred on June 30, 1997. The Acquisitions
will be consummated on or before the closing of the Offering and are conditions
precedent to the closing of the Offering. The Company intends to convert to the
FIFO Method of inventory accounting conditioned and effective upon the closing
of the Offering. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial
Condition and Results of Operations -- Overview."
 
     The pro forma combined and consolidated financial data and accompanying
notes should be read in conjunction with the Combined and Consolidated Financial
Statements and related notes of the Company as well as the financial statements
and related notes of the Bowers Dealerships, the Lake Norman Dealerships, Ken
Marks Ford and Dyer Volvo, all of which are included elsewhere in this
Prospectus. The Company believes that the assumptions used in the following
statements provide a reasonable basis on which to present the pro forma
financial data. The pro forma combined financial data is provided for
informational purposes only and should not be construed to be indicative of the
Company's financial condition or results of operations had the transactions and
events described above been consummated on the dates assumed, and are not
intended to project the Company's financial condition on any future date or its
results of operation for any future period.
 
                                       25
 
<PAGE>
                   PRO FORMA COMBINED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS
                          YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1996
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                       COMPANY
                                             PRO FORMA
                                            ADJUSTMENTS                            THE ACQUISITIONS
                                              FOR THE                                                            PRO FORMA
                                             REORGANI-                                                        ADJUSTMENTS FOR
                                            ZATION AND       BOWERS                                                 THE
                                             THE FIFO      DEALERSHIPS    LAKE NORMAN   KEN MARKS    DYER      ACQUISITIONS
                               ACTUAL (1)   CONVERSION    PRO FORMA (2)   DEALERSHIPS   FORD (3)     VOLVO        (4)(5)
<S>                            <C>          <C>           <C>             <C>           <C>         <C>       <C>
                                                                         (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
Revenues:
  Vehicle sales...............  $ 326,842     $             $ 159,417      $ 124,539    $ 131,826   $60,871       $
  Parts, service and collision
    repair....................     42,644                      18,579          9,543       14,224    11,163           (55)(11)
  Finance and insurance.......      7,118                       3,888          3,617        2,317       542
    Total revenues............    376,604                     181,884        137,699      148,367    72,576           (55)
Cost of sales.................    332,407      (1,360)(8)     156,910        121,806      128,850    62,547          (545)(12)
                                                                                                                      (32)(11)
Gross profit..................     44,197       1,360          24,974         15,893       19,517    10,029           522
Selling, general and
  administrative expenses.....     33,677                      20,931         14,215       16,190     6,997        (1,349)(13)
                                                                                                                   (3,355)(14)
                                                                                                                     (127)(11)
                                                                                                                      527(15)
Depreciation and
  amortization................      1,076       75(9)             846             89           94       126            (8)(11)
                                                                                                                     (193)(16)
                                                                                                                    1,654(17)
                                                                                                                      (63)(15)
Operating income..............      9,444       1,285           3,197          1,589        3,233     2,906         3,436
Interest expense, floor
  plan(6).....................      5,968                       1,545          1,552        2,054       373
Interest expense, other.......        433                         383             50                                  400(18)
                                                                                                                     (292)(15)
Other income..................        618                         742            258           97       452
Income before income taxes and
  minority interest...........      3,661       1,285           2,011            245        1,276     2,985         3,328
Provision for income taxes....      1,400         513(10)          61                         546       955         1,408(19)
                                                                                                                    2,033(20)
                                                                                                                       61(21)
                                                                                                                     (955)(22)
Income before minority
  interest....................      2,261         772           1,950            245          730     2,030           781
Minority interest in earnings
  of subsidiary...............        114        (114)(9)
Net income....................  $   2,147     $   886       $   1,950      $     245    $     730   $ 2,030       $   781
Net income per share (7)......
Weighted average shares
  outstanding.................
 
<CAPTION>
                                                 PRO FORMA
                                                  FOR THE
                                                 REORGANI-
                                                ZATION, FIFO
                                                CONVERSION,
                                 PRO FORMA          THE
                                ADJUSTMENTS     ACQUISITIONS
                                  FOR THE         AND THE
                                 OFFERING         OFFERING
<S>                             <C>             <C>
Revenues:
  Vehicle sales...............    $               $803,495
  Parts, service and collision
    repair....................                      96,098
  Finance and insurance.......                      17,482
    Total revenues............                     917,075
Cost of sales.................                     800,583
Gross profit..................                     116,492
Selling, general and
  administrative expenses.....        380(23)       88,086
Depreciation and
  amortization................                       3,696
Operating income..............       (380)          24,710
Interest expense, floor
  plan(6).....................                      11,492
Interest expense, other.......                         974
Other income..................                       2,167
Income before income taxes and
  minority interest...........       (380)          14,411
Provision for income taxes....       (152)(24)       5,870
Income before minority
  interest....................       (228)           8,541
Minority interest in earnings
  of subsidiary...............
Net income....................    $  (228)        $  8,541
Net income per share (7)......                    $
Weighted average shares
  outstanding.................
</TABLE>
    
 
                                       26
 
<PAGE>
          PRO FORMA COMBINED AND CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS
                         SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 1997
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                       COMPANY
                                            PRO FORMA
                                           ADJUSTMENTS                            THE ACQUISITIONS
                                             FOR THE                                                              PRO FORMA
                                            REORGANI-                                                            ADJUSTMENTS
                                           ZATION AND        BOWERS                                                FOR THE
                                            THE FIFO      DEALERSHIPS     LAKE NORMAN   KEN MARKS                ACQUISITIONS
                               ACTUAL(1)   CONVERSION    PRO FORMA (2)    DEALERSHIPS   FORD (3)    DYER VOLVO     (4)(5)
<S>                            <C>         <C>           <C>              <C>           <C>         <C>          <C>
                                                           (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
Revenues:
  Vehicle sales..............  $ 185,077     $               $75,874        $69,798      $ 65,157     $31,373      $
  Parts, service and
    collision repair.........     22,907                     12,184           5,321         5,999      5,960        (1,246)(11)
  Finance and insurance......      4,763                      1,910           1,950         1,029        129
    Total revenues...........    212,747                     89,968          77,069        72,185     37,462        (1,246)
Cost of sales................    188,368          55(8)      76,541          68,272        63,402     32,377          (371)(12)
                                                                                                                      (743)(11)
Gross profit.................     24,379         (55)        13,427           8,797         8,783      5,085          (132)
Selling, general and
  administrative expenses....     18,413                     10,358           6,937         7,547      3,498        (1,421)(13)
                                                                                                                    (1,743)(14)
                                                                                                                      (324)(11)
                                                                                                                       263(15)
Depreciation and
  amortization...............        396          36(9)         445              47            47        151           (45)(11)
                                                                                                                      (100)(16)
                                                                                                                       827(17)
                                                                                                                       (38)(15)
Operating income.............      5,570         (91)         2,624           1,813         1,189      1,436         2,449
Interest expense, floor plan
  (6)........................      3,018                        969           1,185           925        276
Interest expense, other......        269                        211              68                                    200(18)
                                                                                                                      (165)(15)
Other income.................        274                        489             176            91        247
Income before income taxes
  and minority interest......      2,557         (91)         1,933             736           355      1,407         2,414
Provision for income taxes...        937         (36)(10)         31                          147                      894(19)
                                                                                                                     1,591(20)
                                                                                                                        83(21)
Income before minority
  interest...................      1,620         (55)         1,902             736           208      1,407          (154)
Minority interest in earnings
  of subsidiary..............         47         (47)(9)
Net income...................  $   1,573     $    (8)        $1,902         $   736      $    208     $1,407       $  (154)
Net income per share (7).....
Weighted average shares
  outstanding................
 
<CAPTION>
                                              PRO FORMA FOR THE
                                                  REORGANI-
                                PRO FORMA        ZATION, FIFO
                               ADJUSTMENTS     CONVERSION, THE
                                 FOR THE     ACQUISITIONS AND THE
                                OFFERING           OFFERING
<S>                            <C>           <C>
Revenues:
  Vehicle sales..............    $                 $427,279
  Parts, service and
    collision repair.........                        51,125
  Finance and insurance......                         9,781
    Total revenues...........                       488,185
Cost of sales................                       427,901
Gross profit.................                        60,284
Selling, general and
  administrative expenses....                        43,718
                                  190(23)
Depreciation and
  amortization...............                         1,766
Operating income.............       (190)            14,800
Interest expense, floor plan
  (6)........................                         6,373
Interest expense, other......                           583
Other income.................                         1,277
Income before income taxes
  and minority interest......       (190)             9,121
Provision for income taxes...        (76) (24)          3,571
Income before minority
  interest...................       (114)             5,550
Minority interest in earnings
  of subsidiary..............
Net income...................    $  (114)          $  5,550
Net income per share (7).....                      $
Weighted average shares
  outstanding................
</TABLE>
    
 
 (1) The actual combined statement of operations data for the Company includes
     the results of Fort Mill Ford from February 1, 1996, the effective date of
     its acquisition. Pro forma adjustments have not been presented to include
     the results of operations for Fort Mill Ford for the one month period ended
     February 1, 1996 because management believes such results are not material.
     The actual consolidated statement of operations data for the six months
     ended June 30, 1997 include the results of Fort Mill
     Chrysler-Plymouth-Dodge from June 3, 1997, the date of its acquisition.
 
   
                                         (FOOTNOTES CONTINUED ON FOLLOWING PAGE)
    
 
                                       27
 
<PAGE>
      (2) During 1996 and 1997, Nelson Bowers acquired three automobile
          dealerships whose operating results, from their respective dates of
          acquistion, are included in the historical combined and consolidated
          statement of operations in the table below. The results of operations
          of one of the acquisitions, European Motors of Chattanooga, for the
          period from January 1, 1996 to May 1, 1996 (the date of its
          acquisition), have been excluded because the former owner of this
          dealership would not provide the Company with this information. The
          Company believes the exclusion of such results is not material to the
          Bowers Dealerships pro forma combined statements of operations. The
          following table adjusts the historical combined and consolidated
          statements of operations to include two of the acquirees as if two of
          the acquisitions, European Motors of Nashville and Nelson Bowers
          Dodge, had occurred on January 1, 1996.
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                 YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1996
                                                                 BOWERS        EUROPEAN     NELSON                     BOWERS
                                                             DEALERSHIPS(A)   MOTORS OF     BOWERS    PRO FORMA     DEALERSHIPS
                                                              (HISTORICAL)   NASHVILLE(B)  DODGE(B)  ADJUSTMENTS    (PRO FORMA)
<S>                                                          <C>             <C>           <C>       <C>           <C>
                                                                                        (IN THOUSANDS)
Revenues:
  Vehicle sales.............................................    $113,363       $ 21,827    $24,227    $               $159,417
  Parts, service and collision repair.......................      10,405          4,740      3,434                      18,579
  Finance and insurance.....................................       3,348            199        341                       3,888
    Total revenues..........................................     127,116         26,766     28,002                     181,884
Cost of sales...............................................     109,373         23,054     24,483                     156,910
Gross profit................................................      17,743          3,712      3,519                      24,974
Selling, general and administrative expenses................      14,687          3,401      2,843                      20,931
Depreciation and amortization...............................         515             86        106          139(d)         846
Operating income............................................       2,541            225        570         (139)         3,197
Interest expense, floor plan................................       1,288            208         49                       1,545
Interest expense, other.....................................         380                         3                         383
Other income................................................         158            166        418                         742
Income before income taxes..................................       1,031            183        936         (139)         2,011
Provision for income taxes..................................          61                                                    61
Net Income..................................................    $    970       $    183    $   936    $    (139)      $  1,950
</TABLE>
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                      SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 1997
                                                                               BOWERS        NELSON                    BOWERS
                                                                           DEALERSHIPS(A)    BOWERS     PRO FORMA    DEALERSHIPS
                                                                            (HISTORICAL)    DODGE(C)   ADJUSTMENTS   (PRO FORMA)
<S>                                                                        <C>              <C>        <C>           <C>
                                                                                              (IN THOUSANDS)
Revenues:
  Vehicle sales..........................................................     $ 72,605      $ 3,269     $             $  75,874
  Parts, service and collision repair....................................       11,597          587                      12,184
  Finance and insurance..................................................        1,868           42                       1,910
    Total revenues.......................................................       86,070        3,898                      89,968
Cost of sales............................................................       73,096        3,445                      76,541
Gross profit.............................................................       12,974          453                      13,427
Selling, general and administrative expenses.............................        9,908          450                      10,358
Depreciation and amortization............................................          416           14            15(d)        445
Operating income.........................................................        2,650          (11 )         (15)        2,624
Interest expense, floor plan.............................................          965            4                         969
Interest expense, other..................................................          211                                      211
Other income.............................................................          452           37                         489
Income before income taxes...............................................        1,926           22           (15)        1,933
Provision for income taxes...............................................           31                                       31
Net Income...............................................................     $  1,895      $    22     $     (15)    $   1,902
</TABLE>
    
 
           (a) The historical statement of operations data for the Bowers
               Dealerships includes the results of Nelson Bowers Dodge from
               March 1, 1997, the date of its acquisition by the owners of the
               Bowers Dealerships. Such statement also includes the results of
               European Motors of Nashville and European Motors of Chattanooga
               from October 1, 1996 and May 1, 1996, respectively, which were
               acquired by the owners of the Bowers Dealerships on those dates.
 
                                         (FOOTNOTES CONTINUED ON FOLLOWING PAGE)
 
                                       28
 
<PAGE>
           (b) Reflects the results of operations of (i) Nelson Bowers Dodge for
               the year ended December 31, 1996; and (ii) European Motors of
               Nashville for the period from January 1, 1996 to October 1, 1996,
               the date of its acquisition by the owners of the Bowers
               Dealerships. Such data was obtained from monthly financial
               statements prepared by the dealership as required by the
               manufacturers.
 
           (c) Reflects the results of operations of (i) Nelson Bowers Dodge for
               the period from January 1, 1997 to March 1, 1997, the date of its
               acquisition by the owners of the Bowers Dealerships. Such data
               was obtained from monthly financial statements prepared by the
               dealership as required by the manufacturers.
 
   
           (d) Reflects the amortization of goodwill resulting from the
               acquisition of Nelson Bowers Dodge, European Motors of Nashville
               and European Motors of Chattanooga over an assumed amortization
               period of 40 years for the period not included in the historical
               financial statements, assuming that such acquisitions were
               consummated on January 1, 1996.
    
 
      (3) Ken Marks Ford's fiscal year ends on April 30 of each year.
          Accordingly, the Statement of Operations data for Ken Marks Ford for
          the year ended December 31, 1996 was derived by adjusting the data for
          the year ended April 30, 1997 to include results from January 1, 1996
          through April 30, 1996, and exclude results from January 1, 1997
          through April 30, 1997. The Statement of Operations data for the six
          months ended June 30, 1997 was similarly derived by adjusting the
          historical financial statements for the year ended April 30, 1997 to
          include results from May 1, 1997 through June 30, 1997, and excludes
          results from May 1, 1996 through December 31, 1996.
 
      (4) The Company has excluded (i) the results of operations of Fort Mill
          Chrysler-Plymouth-Dodge for the year ended December 31, 1996 and the
          period ended June 3, 1997 and (ii) the historical results of
          operations and related pro forma adjustments related to the Williams
          Acquisition because management believes such results and adjustments
          are not material to the Pro Forma Combined and Consolidated Statement
          of Operations.
 
   
      (5) Prior to the Company's acquisition of the Lake Norman Dealerships, its
          former owners directed $550,000 and $150,000 in contributions to
          charitable organizations during the year ended December 31, 1996 and
          the six months ended June 30, 1997, respectively. It is the Company's
          intention not to maintain the level of charitable contributions
          already reflected in the Company's historical combined financial
          statements. Although no pro forma adjustment to eliminate this expense
          has been included in the accompanying Pro Forma Combined and
          Consolidated Statements of Operations, the Company believes disclosure
          and consideration of the Lake Norman Dealerships contributions is
          appropriate to understand the continuing impact on the Company's
          results of operations of the acquisition of the Lake Norman
          Dealerships.
    
 
      (6) The Company intends to raise sufficient funds in the Offering to fund
          the Acquisitions. In the event that the Company determines not to
          raise sufficient funds in the Offering to acquire the dealerships
          being acquired in the Acquisitions, the Company would incur additional
          indebtedness and the related interest expense. The Pro Forma Combined
          and Consolidated Statements of Operations do not give effect to any
          additional interest expense that would be incurred.
 
      (7) Pro forma net income per share is based upon the assumption that
                     shares of Class A Common Stock are outstanding after the
          Offering. This amount represents            shares of Class A Common
          Stock to be issued in the Offering, and           shares of Common
          Stock owned by the Company's stockholders immediately following the
          Reorganization and the Acquisitions. See "Principal Stockholders" and
          Note 1 to the Company's Combined and Consolidated Financial Statements
          included elsewhere in this Prospectus.
 
      (8) Reflects the conversion from the LIFO Method of inventory accounting
          to the FIFO Method of inventory accounting. The Company intends to
          convert to the FIFO Method conditioned and effective upon the closing
          of the Offering. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of
          Financial Condition and Results of Operations -- Overview."
 
      (9) Reflects the elimination of minority interest in earnings as a result
          of the acquisition of the 31% minority ownership interest in Town &
          Country Toyota, Inc. for $3.2 million of Class B Common Stock in
          connection with the Reorganization, and the amortization of
          approximately $2.8 million in related goodwill over 40 years arising
          from such acquisition.
 
     (10) Reflects the net increase in the provision for income taxes due to the
          conversion to the FIFO Method and the amortization of goodwill related
          to the acquisition of the minority interest pursuant to the
          Reorganization, calculated at the effective rate of 39.9%.
 
   
                                         (FOOTNOTES CONTINUED ON FOLLOWING PAGE)
    
 
                                       29
 
<PAGE>
     (11) Reflects the elimination of the operations of one of the Bowers
          Dealerships' collision repair businesses that will not be acquired by
          the Company.
 
   
     (12) Adjustment reflects the conversion from the LIFO Method of inventory
          accounting to the FIFO Method of inventory accounting at the Lake
          Norman Dealerships, Ken Marks Ford and Dyer Volvo in the amount of
          $169,000, $260,000 and $116,000, respectively for the year ended
          December 31, 1996 and $324,000 at the Lake Norman Dealerships and
          $47,000 at Ken Marks Ford for period ended June 30, 1997 (no
          significant amount for Dyer Volvo during this period). The Company
          intends to convert to the FIFO Method conditioned upon the closing of
          the Offering. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial
          Condition and Results of Operations -- Overview."
    
 
     (13) Reflects the net decrease in selling, general and administrative
          expenses related to the net reduction in salaries and fringe benefits
          of owners and officers of the acquired dealerships who will become
          employees of the Company after the Offering, consistent with reduced
          salaries pursuant to employment agreements with the Company, effective
          upon consummation of the Offering.
 
     (14) The decrease in selling, general and administrative expenses reflects
          the elimination of salaries paid to owners of certain dealerships
          acquired in the Acquisitions whose positions and salaries will be
          eliminated in conjunction with the Offering.
 
     (15) Reflects the Company's estimate of the increase in rent expense
          related to lease agreements entered into with the sellers of the
          Bowers Dealerships for the dealerships' real property that will not be
          acquired by the Company, and decreases in depreciation expense and
          interest expense related to mortgage indebtedness encumbering such
          property.
 
   
     (16) Reflects the elimination of amortization expense related to goodwill
          that arose in previous acquisitions in the Bowers Dealerships,
          assuming that each of the acquisitions giving rise to goodwill was
          consummated on January 1, 1996. See Note 2.
    
 
     (17) Reflects the amortization over an assumed amortization period of 40
          years of approximately $66.2 million in intangible assets, which
          consist primarily of goodwill, resulting from the Acquisitions which
          were assumed to occur on January 1, 1996. See "Acquisitions" and "Pro
          Forma Combined and Consolidated Balance Sheet."
 
     (18) In connection with the Bowers Acquisition, the Company will issue a
          promissory note of up to $5.0 million that will bear interest at
          NationsBank's prime rate less 0.5%. This adjustment reflects an
          increase in interest expense related to the promissory note assuming a
          prime rate of 8.5%.
 
   
     (19) Reflects the net increase in provision for income taxes resulting from
          adjustments 11 through 18 above, computed using effective income tax
          rates ranging from 38.5% to 42.8%.
    
 
     (20) Certain of the Bowers Dealerships, the Lake Norman Dealerships, and
          Dyer Volvo were not subject to federal and state income taxes because
          they were either S corporations, partnerships, or limited liability
          companies during the period indicated. This adjustment reflects an
          increase in the federal and state income tax provision as if these
          entities had been taxable at the combined statutory income tax rate of
          39%. Upon completion of the Acquisitions, these businesses that have
          historically not been subject to corporate income tax will thereafter
          be subject to federal and state income tax as C corporations.
 
     (21) Reflects an increase from the Company's historical effective tax rate
          resulting from a higher statutory tax rate used due to an increase in
          taxable income to above $10.0 million for the pro forma combined
          entity and from an additional pro forma permanent difference for
          non-taxable goodwill amortization.
 
     (22) Reflects the elimination of federal and state tax expense which were
          assessed on the recapture of the LIFO inventory reserve which was
          required by tax law pursuant to the conversion of Dyer Volvo from a C
          corporation to an S corporation during 1997.
 
     (23) Reflects the increase in salaries of existing and new officers who
          have entered into employment agreements with the Company, effective
          upon consummation of the Offering.
 
     (24) Reflects the net increase in provision for income taxes resulting from
          adjustment 23 above, computed using an effective income tax rate of
          40.6%.
 
   
                                         (FOOTNOTES CONTINUED ON FOLLOWING PAGE)
    
 
                                       30
 
<PAGE>
               PRO FORMA COMBINED AND CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET
                              AS OF JUNE 30, 1997
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                            PRO-FORMA                               THE ACQUISITIONS
                                         ADJUSTMENTS FOR                                                        PRO-FORMA
                                ACTUAL        FIFO          BOWERS     LAKE NORMAN  KEN MARKS                ADJUSTMENTS FOR
ASSETS                           (1)       CONVERSION     DEALERSHIPS  DEALERSHIPS    FORD     DYER VOLVO   THE ACQUISITIONS
<S>                            <C>       <C>              <C>          <C>          <C>        <C>         <C>
                                                                       (IN THOUSANDS)
Current Assets:
  Cash and cash equivalents... $  9,238      $              $ 5,797      $ 3,467     $ 2,491    $    173        $ (90,828)(3)
  Marketable equity
    securities................      769
  Receivables.................   12,897                       3,398        2,535       2,347       2,535              (76)(4)
  Inventories.................   59,885       13,580(2)      34,071       22,778      14,802      11,129            6,719(5)
                                                                                                                      (88)(4)
 
  Deferred income taxes.......      256                                                   96
  Other current assets........      818                       2,453          244         679          32
      Total current assets....   83,863       13,580         45,719       29,024      20,415      13,869          (84,273)
Property and equipment, net...   13,270                       8,746          567         489       1,156           (4,052)(6)
                                                                                                                   (1,887)(4)
Goodwill, net.................    9,463                       8,285                                                66,150(3)
                                                                                                                   (8,285)(7)
Other assets..................      263                         257          462          14         297              (20)(4)
      Total assets............ $106,859      $13,580        $63,007      $30,053     $20,918    $ 15,322        $ (32,367)
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS'
 EQUITY
Current Liabilities:
  Notes payable-floor plan.... $ 67,856      $              $29,071      $25,865     $16,165    $  5,534        $
  Notes payable-other.........                                4,590           28
  Trade accounts payable......    3,848                       1,425        1,352         622                          (89)(4)
  Accrued interest............      491                         178
  Other accrued liabilities...    3,394                       1,739          472       1,648         512              (32)(4)
  Taxes payable...............                   917(2)                                   67         239              170(8)
  Payable to Company's
    Chairman..................    3,500
  Current maturities of
    long-term debt............      487                         558           71                                      357(3)
      Total current
        liabilities...........   79,576          917         37,561       27,788      18,502       6,285              406
Long-term debt................    5,137                       4,365          786                                   (3,158)(6)
                                                                                                                    4,643(3)
                                                                                                                   (1,351)(4)
Payable to affiliated
 companies....................      855
Deferred income taxes.........      931        4,583(2)                                   17                          850(8)
Other long-term liabilities...                                                                       238
Stockholders' Equity:
  Common Stock of combined
    companies.................                                1,000           75           1         153           (1,229)(3)
  Class A Common Stock........
  Class B Common Stock........
  Warrant (3)
  Paid-in capital.............   16,604                                      600         424          28           (1,052)(3)
  Treasury stock..............                                                                    (4,976)           4,976(3)
  Retained earnings and
    members' and partners'
    equity....................    6,486        8,080(2)      20,941          804       1,974      13,594            6,719(5)
                                                                                                                   (1,020)(8)
                                                                                                                     (894)(6)
                                                                                                                  (33,233)(3)
                                                                                                                     (599)(4)
                                                                                                                   (8,285)(7)
  Due from affiliates.........   (2,633)                       (860)                                                  860(3)
  Unrealized loss on
    marketable equity
    securities................      (97)
      Total stockholders'
        equity................   20,360        8,080         21,081        1,479       2,399       8,799          (33,757)
Total liabilities and
 stockholders' equity......... $106,859      $13,580        $63,007      $30,053     $20,918    $ 15,322        $ (32,367)
 
<CAPTION>
                                   PRO-FORMA
                                ADJUSTMENTS FOR
ASSETS                           THE OFFERING     TOTAL
<S>                            <C>               <C>
Current Assets:
  Cash and cash equivalents...     $ 100,000(9)  $ 30,338
  Marketable equity
    securities................                        769
  Receivables.................                     23,636
  Inventories.................                    162,876
  Deferred income taxes.......                        352
  Other current assets........                      4,226
      Total current assets....       100,000      222,197
Property and equipment, net...                     18,289
Goodwill, net.................                     75,613
Other assets..................                      1,273
      Total assets............     $ 100,000     $317,372
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS'
 EQUITY
Current Liabilities:
  Notes payable-floor plan....     $             $144,491
  Notes payable-other.........                      4,618
  Trade accounts payable......                      7,158
  Accrued interest............                        669
  Other accrued liabilities...                      7,733
  Taxes payable...............                      1,393
  Payable to Company's
    Chairman..................                      3,500
  Current maturities of
    long-term debt............                      1,473
      Total current
        liabilities...........                    171,035
Long-term debt................                     10,422
Payable to affiliated
 companies....................                        855
Deferred income taxes.........                      6,381
Other long-term liabilities...                        238
Stockholders' Equity:
  Common Stock of combined
    companies.................
  Class A Common Stock........
  Class B Common Stock........
  Warrant (3)
  Paid-in capital.............       100,000(9)   116,604
  Treasury stock..............
  Retained earnings and
    members' and partners'
    equity....................                     14,567
  Due from affiliates.........                     (2,633)
  Unrealized loss on
    marketable equity
    securities................                        (97)
      Total stockholders'
        equity................       100,000      128,441
Total liabilities and
 stockholders' equity.........     $ 100,000     $317,372
</TABLE>
    
 
   
                                         (FOOTNOTES CONTINUED ON FOLLOWING PAGE)
    
 
                                       31
 
<PAGE>
(1) The Reorganization, including the acquisition of the 31% minority interest
    in Town & Country Toyota for $3.2 million in Class B Common Stock in
    exchange therefor, was effective as of June 30, 1997 and is therefore
    reflected in the actual balance sheet as of that date. The acquisition of
    the minority interest resulted in the recognition of $2.8 million of
    additional goodwill.
 
(2) Reflects the conversion from the LIFO Method of inventory accounting to the
    FIFO Method of inventory accounting and the amount of taxes payable that
    will result from this conversion. The Company intends to convert to the FIFO
    Method conditioned upon the closing of the Offering. See "Management's
    Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
    Operations -- Overview."
 
   
(3) Reflects the preliminary allocation of the aggregate purchase price of the
    Acquisitions based on the estimated fair value of the net assets acquired.
    Because the carrying amount of the net assets acquired, which primarily
    consist of accounts receivable, inventory, equipment, and floor plan
    indebtedness, approximates their fair value, management believes the
    application of purchase accounting will not result in an adjustment to the
    carrying amount of those net assets. Under the acquisition agreement, the
    negotiated purchase prices for the Acquisitions will be adjusted downward to
    the extent that the fair value of the tangible net assets as of the closing
    is less than an agreed upon amount. The Company expects that the sellers of
    these dealerships will withdraw cash or other assets from these dealerships
    to the extent that the carrying amount of the tangible net assets sold
    exceeds the negotiated minimum value. Under the provisions of purchase
    accounting, the Company has one year from the date of acquisition to
    finalize the allocation of the purchase price to the assets and liabilities
    acquired. Thus, the amount of goodwill and the corresponding amortization
    may ultimately be different from the amounts estimated here. The estimated
    purchase price allocation consists of the following:
    
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                       BOWERS DEALERSHIPS    KEN MARKS FORD    LAKE NORMAN DEALERSHIPS    DYER VOLVO     TOTAL
<S>                                    <C>                   <C>               <C>                        <C>           <C>
Estimated total consideration:
  Cash..............................        $ 28,500            $ 25,500               $18,200             $ 18,000     $90,200
  Promissory note issued............           5,000                                                                      5,000
  Warrant issued....................
      Total.........................          33,500              25,500                18,200               18,000      95,200
Less negotiated minimum fair value
  of tangible net assets acquired...          10,500               5,050                 3,000               10,500      29,050
Excess of purchase price over fair
  value of net tangible assets
  acquired..........................        $ 23,000            $ 20,450               $15,200             $  7,500     $66,150
</TABLE>
 
   
   In connection with the acquisition of Dyer Volvo, the Company will issue a
   warrant that will entitle the holder to acquire Class A shares representing a
   0.375% ownership interest in the Company at an exercise price per share equal
   to the price offered in the Offering. Because the number of underlying shares
   and the exercise price of the underlying shares is not determinable at this
   time, the Company is currently not able to value this warrant. Accordingly,
   the Pro Forma Combined and Consolidated Balance Sheet does not give effect to
   the issuance of this warrant, however, management believes the effect on the
   Company's financial position and results of operations would not be
   materially different from that which is presented. The difference between the
   purchase price and the fair market value of the net tangible assets acquired
   will be allocated to intangible assets, primarily goodwill and amortized over
   40 years.
    
 
(4) Reflects the elimination of the assets and liabilities of one of the Bowers
    Dealerships' collision repair businesses that will not be acquired by the
    Company.
 
   
(5) Reflects the conversion from the LIFO Method of inventory accounting to the
    FIFO Method of inventory accounting at the Lake Norman Dealerships, Ken
    Marks Ford and Dyer Volvo in the amounts of $1,564,000, $2,652,000 and
    $2,503,000, respectively. The Company intends to convert to the FIFO Method
    conditioned upon the closing of the Offering. See "Management's Discussion
    and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations -- Overview."
    
 
(6) Reflects the distribution of real property of the Bowers Dealerships with a
    net depreciated cost of approximately $4.1 million, which are not being
    acquired in the Acquisitions, and the related mortgage indebtedness in the
    amount of approximately $3.2 million. See "Certain Transactions."
 
(7) Reflects the elimination of goodwill that arose in previous acquisitions of
    the Bowers Dealerships.
 
(8) Reflects the amount of taxes payable that will result from the FIFO
    conversion at Ken Marks Ford in the amount of $1,020,000.
 
(9) Reflects the issuance of Class A Common Stock in the Offering. See "Use of
    Proceeds."
 
                                       32
 
<PAGE>
                      MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
                OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
 
     The following discussion of the results of operations and financial
condition should be read in conjunction with the Sonic Automotive, Inc. and
Affiliated Companies Combined and Consolidated Financial Statements and the
related notes thereto included elsewhere in this Prospectus.
 
OVERVIEW
 
   
     Sonic Automotive, Inc. is one of the leading automotive retailers in the
United States, operating 20 dealerships, four standalone used vehicle facilities
and eight collision repair centers in the southeastern and southwestern United
States. Sonic sells new and used cars and light trucks, sells replacement parts,
provides vehicle maintenance, warranty, paint and repair services and arranges
related F&I for its automotive customers. The Company's business is
geographically diverse, with dealership operations in the Charlotte,
Chattanooga, Nashville, Tampa-Clearwater, Houston and Atlanta markets, each of
which the Company believes are experiencing favorable demographic trends. Sonic
sells 17 domestic and foreign brands, which consist of BMW, Cadillac, Chrysler,
Dodge, Eagle, Ford, Honda, Infiniti, Jaguar, Jeep, KIA, Oldsmobile, Plymouth,
Saturn, Toyota, Volkswagen and Volvo. In several of its markets, the Company has
a significant market share for new cars and light trucks, including 13.7% in
Charlotte and 12.6% in Chattanooga in 1996. Pro forma for the Acquisitions, the
Company had revenues of $917.1 million and retail unit sales of 24,114 new and
13,453 used vehicles in 1996. The Company believes that in 1996, based on pro
forma retail unit sales it would have been one of the ten largest dealer groups
out of a total of more than 15,000 dealer groups in the United States and, based
on pro forma revenues, it would have had three of the top 100 single-point
dealerships in the United States.
    
 
   
     The Company intends to pursue an acquisition growth strategy led by a
management team that has experience in the consolidation of both automotive
retailing as well as motor sports businesses. Bruton Smith, who is also the
Chief Executive Officer of Speedway Motorsports, Inc., the owner and operator of
several motor sports facilities, first entered the automotive retailing business
in the mid-1960's. Mr. Smith will devote approximately 50% of his business time
to the Company. Since 1990, Mr. Smith has successfully acquired three
dealerships and increased revenues from his dealerships from $199.4 million in
1992 to $376.6 million in 1996, without giving effect to the Acquisitions. In
the Tennessee market, Mr. Bowers has acquired or opened eight dealerships since
1992 and increased revenues of the Bowers Dealerships from $36.0 million in 1992
to $127.1 million in 1996.
    
 
     New vehicle revenues include the sale and lease of new vehicles. Used
vehicle revenues include amounts received for used vehicles sold to retail
customers, other dealers and wholesalers. Other operating revenues include parts
and services revenues, fees and commissions for arranging F&I and sales of third
party extended warranties for vehicles (collectively, "F&I transactions"). In
connection with vehicle financing contracts, the Company receives a fee (a
"finance fee") from the lender for originating the loan. If within 90 days of
origination the customer pays off the loans through refinancing or
selling/trading in the vehicle, or defaults on the loan the finance company will
assess a charge (a "chargeback") for a portion of the original commission. The
amount of the chargeback depends on how long the related loan was outstanding.
As a result, the Company has established reserves based on its historical
chargeback experience. The Company also sells warranties provided by third party
vendors, and recognizes a commission at the time of sale.
 
   
     While the automotive retailing business is cyclical, Sonic sells several
products and services that are not closely tied to the sale of new and used
vehicles. Such products and services include the Company's parts and service and
collision repair businesses, both of which are not dependent upon near-term new
vehicle sales volume. One measure of cyclical exposure in the automotive
retailing business is based on the dealerships' ability to cover fixed costs
with gross profit from revenues independent of vehicle sales. According to this
measurement of "fixed coverage," a higher percentage of non-vehicle sales
revenue to fixed costs indicates a lower exposure to economic cycles. Each
manufacturer requires its dealerships to report fixed coverage according to a
specific method, and the methods used vary widely among the manufacturers and
are not comparable. However, on an aggregate basis, the Company believes its
exposure to cyclicality may be measured by dividing the sum of the gross profit
for parts, service and collision repair by the sum of all operating expenses
with the exception of advertising expenses and variable payroll ("Fixed
Coverage"). Under this definition, the Company's Fixed Coverage was 89.3% in
1996. For the first half of 1997, the Sonic Dealership's Fixed Coverage was
84.2% compared to 89.7% in the first half of 1996.
    
 
     The Company's cost of sales and profitability are also affected by the
allocations of new vehicles which its dealerships receive from Manufacturers.
When the Company does not receive allocations of new vehicle models adequate to
meet customer demand, it purchases additional vehicles from other dealers at a
premium to the manufacturer's invoice, reducing the
 
                                       33
 
<PAGE>
gross margin realized on the sales of such vehicles. In addition, the Company
follows a disciplined approach in selling vehicles to other dealers and
wholesalers when the vehicles have been in the Company's inventory longer than
the guidelines set by the Company. Such sales are frequently at or below cost
and, therefore, affect the Company's overall gross margin on vehicle sales. The
Company's salary expense, employee benefits costs and advertising expenses
comprise the majority of its selling, general and administrative ("SG&A")
expenses. The Company's interest expense fluctuates based primarily on the level
of the inventory of new vehicles held at its dealerships, substantially all of
which is financed (such financing being called "floor plan financing").
 
   
     The Company has historically accounted for all of its dealership
acquisitions using the purchase method of accounting and, as a result, does not
include in its financial statements the results of operations of these
dealerships prior to the date they were acquired by the Company. The combined
and consolidated financial statements of the Company discussed below reflect the
results of operations, financial position and cash flows of each of the
Company's dealerships acquired prior to June 30, 1997. As a result of the
foregoing effects of the Reorganization, as well as the effects of the
Acquisitions and the Offering, the historical combined and consolidated
financial information described in the Management's Discussion and Analysis of
Financial Condition and Results of Operations is not necessarily indicative of
the results of operations, financial position and cash flows of the Company in
the future or the results of operations, financial position and cash flows which
would have resulted had the Reorganization and Acquisitions occurred at the
beginning of the periods presented in the Combined and Consolidated Financial
Statements.
    
 
   
     The Company's total revenues have increased from $199.4 million in 1992 to
$376.6 million in 1996, for a compound annual growth rate of 17.2%. Operating
income during this period experienced faster growth, with operating income
increasing from $3.9 million in 1992 to $9.4 million in 1996, for a 24.6%
compound annual growth rate. Income before income taxes and minority interest,
however, has only increased at a compound annual growth rate of 7.2% primarily
because interest expense on floor plan obligations has increased from 1.1% of
total revenues in 1992 to 1.6% of total revenues in 1996. Inventory and floor
plan balances increased during 1995 and 1996 to support the Company's strategy
of increasing market share. In early 1997, the Company instituted additional
inventory controls in order to reduce interest costs to levels typical of the
industry. Interest expense on floor plan obligations as a percentage of total
revenues has improved from 1.5% for the six months ended June 30, 1996 to 1.4%
for the six months ended June 30, 1997.
    
 
     As of June 30, 1997, the Company effected the Reorganization pursuant to
which the Company (i) acquired all of the capital stock of the Sonic Dealerships
and (ii) issued Class B Common Stock in exchange for the Dealer Securities. The
Company will acquire these minority interests in purchase transactions at a
price in excess of their book value by approximately $2.5 million. This excess
will be capitalized as goodwill and amortized over forty years. In May, June and
July 1997, the Company consummated or signed definitive agreements to purchase
six additional dealerships or dealership groups for an aggregate purchase price
of $100.7 million. The Company intends to use the proceeds from the Offering to
pay the purchase price of the Acquisitions. In connection with the Acquisitions,
the Company will book approximately $66.2 million of goodwill which will be
amortized over forty years.
 
     The Company currently utilizes the LIFO Method of accounting for inventory
but intends to convert to the FIFO Method of accounting, upon the closing of the
Offering, effective January 1, 1997. If the FIFO Method of inventory accounting
had been used by the Company in prior periods, income before taxes and minority
interest would have been higher by $1.5 million, $1.3 million and $1.4 million
for the years ended December 31, 1994, 1995 and 1996, respectively, and
immaterially changed for the six months ended June 30, 1996 and 1997,
respectively, from the reported results under the LIFO Method. Upon election of
the FIFO Method, the Company will be required under generally accepted
accounting principles to restate its historical financial statements. The
Company estimates that it will incur a tax liability of approximately $5.5
million in connection with this conversion to the FIFO Method.
 
     The automobile industry is cyclical and historically has experienced
periodic downturns, characterized by oversupply and weak demand. Many factors
affect the industry including general economic conditions and consumer
confidence, the level of discretionary personal income, interest rates and
available credit. During the five years ended December 31, 1996, the automobile
industry was generally in a growth period with new vehicles sales growing at a
compound rate of 10.5% as a result of price increases of 6.2% and unit sales
increases of 4.0%. During the first six months of 1997, however, industry sales
of new cars declined by 2.0%, although the Company's new car and light truck
unit sales increased by 7.0% during the period. During these periods, interest
rates were relatively stable.
 
                                       34
 
<PAGE>
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
 
     The following table summarizes, for the periods presented, the percentages
of total revenues represented by certain items reflected in the Company's
statement of operations.
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                   PERCENTAGE OF TOTAL REVENUES FOR
                                                                                                          SIX MONTHS ENDED
                                                                             YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,          JUNE 30,
                                                                             1994      1995      1996      1996      1997
<S>                                                                         <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>
Revenues:
New vehicle sales........................................................   61.5  %   60.0  %   61.9  %   61.0  %   64.4  %
Used vehicle sales.......................................................   23.9  %   26.0  %   24.9  %   25.6  %   22.6  %
Parts, service and collision repair......................................   12.7  %   11.5  %   11.3  %   11.1  %   10.8  %
Finance and insurance....................................................    1.9  %    2.5  %    1.9  %    2.3  %    2.2  %
Total revenues...........................................................   100.0 %   100.0 %   100.0 %   100.0 %   100.0 %
Cost of sales............................................................   87.8  %   87.5  %   88.3  %   88.2  %   88.5  %
Gross profit.............................................................   12.2  %   12.5  %   11.7  %   11.8  %   11.5  %
Selling, general and administrative......................................    9.2  %    9.4  %    8.9  %    8.8  %    8.7  %
Operating income.........................................................    2.7  %    2.8  %    2.5  %    2.9  %    2.6  %
Interest expense.........................................................    1.3  %    1.6  %    1.7  %    1.6  %    1.6  %
Income before income taxes...............................................    1.6  %    1.3  %    1.0  %    1.5  %    1.2  %
</TABLE>
    
 
  SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 1997 COMPARED TO SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 1996
 
   
     REVENUES. Revenues grew in each of the Company's primary revenue areas,
except for used vehicles, for the first half of 1997 as compared with the first
half of 1996, causing total revenues to increase 12.2% to $212.7 million. New
vehicle sales revenue increased 16.3% to $136.8 million, compared with $117.6
million. New vehicle unit sales increased from 6,027 to 6,553, accounting for
51.5% of the increase in vehicle sales revenues. The remainder of the increase
was primarily due to a 8.9% increase in the average selling price resulting from
changes in vehicle prices, particularly a shift in customer preference to higher
cost light trucks and sport utility vehicles.
    
 
     Used vehicle revenues from retail sales declined 7.2% from $35.2 million in
the first half of 1996 to $32.7 million in the first half of 1997. The decline
in used vehicle revenues was due principally to declines in used vehicle unit
sales at the Company's Town & Country Ford and Lone Star Ford locations, which
related to weak consumer demand.
 
     The Company's parts, service and collision repair revenue increased 9.0% to
$22.9 million from $21.0 million, and declined as a percentage of revenue to
10.8% from 11.1%. The increase in service and parts revenue was due principally
to increased parts revenue, including wholesale parts, from the Company's Lone
Star Ford and Fort Mill Ford locations. F&I revenue increased $0.5 million, due
principally to increased new vehicle sales and related financings.
 
     GROSS PROFIT. Gross profit increased 8.7% in the 1997 period to $24.4
million from $22.4 million in the 1996 period due to increases in revenues of
new vehicles principally at the Company's Lone Star Ford and Fort Mill Ford
locations. Parts and service revenue increases also contributed to the increase
in gross profit. Gross profit as a percentage of sales declined from 11.8% to
11.5% due principally to reductions in higher margin used vehicle sales from the
prior period.
 
   
     SELLING, GENERAL AND ADMINISTRATIVE EXPENSES. SG&A expenses increased 10.8%
from $16.6 million to $18.4 million. These expenses increased due to increases
in sales volume as well as expenses associated with the Acquisitions and the
Offering.
    
 
   
     INTEREST EXPENSE. The Company's interest expense increased 10.1% from $3.0
million to $3.3 million. The increase in interest expense was due to the
acquisition of Fort Mill Chrysler Plymouth Dodge dealership in June of 1997,
increases in interest rates on floor plan debt and increased new vehicle
inventory levels at existing dealerships.
    
 
     NET INCOME. As a result of the factors noted above, the Company's net
income decreased by $0.2 million in the first half of 1997 compared to the first
half of 1996.
 
  YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1996 COMPARED TO YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1995
 
     REVENUES. The Company's total revenue increased 21.1% to $376.6 million in
1996 from $311.0 million in 1995. New vehicle sales increased 25.0% to $233.1
million in 1996 from $186.5 million in 1995, primarily because of the
acquisition in
 
                                       35
 
<PAGE>
   
February 1996 of the Company's Fort Mill Ford dealership. The inclusion of the
results of the Fort Mill Ford dealership accounted for 65.3% of the Company's
overall increase in new vehicle sales in 1996. Of the increase in sales, 60.7%
was attributable to increases in unit sales from 1995 to 1996. The remainder of
the increase in new vehicle sales in 1996 was largely attributable to an
increase in average unit selling costs of 9.8% which the Company believes was
primarily due to changes in inventory mix (particularly shifting customer
preferences to light trucks and sport utility vehicles) and general increases in
new vehicle sales prices.
    
 
     Used vehicle revenues from retail sales increased 12.0% to $68.0 million in
1996 from $60.8 million in 1995. The inclusion of the results of the Company's
Fort Mill Ford dealership accounted for substantially all of this increase in
used vehicle sales. The Company attributes the remainder of the increase in its
used vehicle sales in 1996 to increases of approximately 5.6% in the average
retail selling price per vehicle sold. Increases in average retail selling
prices were due to changes in product mix and general price increases.
 
   
     The Company's parts, service and collision repair revenue increased 19.0%
to $42.6 million for 1996, compared to $35.9 million in 1995. Of this increase,
$4.4 million or 64.5% was due to the inclusion of the Company's Fort Mill Ford
dealership in the 1996 results of operations. The remainder of the increase was
principally the result of improved service operations and wholesale parts
distribution at the Company's Town and Country Ford dealership. F&I revenues
declined $0.7 million, or 8.9%, due principally to reductions in sales of
finance and insurance products at Town and Country Ford.
    
 
     GROSS PROFIT. Gross profit increased 13.9% in 1996 to $44.2 million from
$38.8 million in 1995 primarily due to the addition of the Fort Mill Ford
dealership. Gross profit decreased from 12.5% to 11.7% as a percentage of sales
due principally to declines in F&I income and declines in gross profit margins
on the sale of used vehicles. Gross margins on new vehicles increased primarily
due to increases in the average selling price per unit due to a change in mix of
new vehicles sold, particularly higher margin light trucks and sport utility
vehicles.
 
   
     SELLING, GENERAL AND ADMINISTRATIVE EXPENSES. The Company's SG&A expenses
increased $4.3 million, or 14.8%, from $29.3 million in 1995 to $33.7 million in
1996. However, as a percentage of revenue, SG&A expenses decreased from 9.4% to
8.9%. Expenses associated with the Fort Mill Ford dealership acquired by the
Company in 1996 accounted for approximately 91.4% of this increase. The Company
attributes the remainder of the increase in selling, general and administrative
expenses primarily to higher compensation levels in 1996 and to an increase in
advertising expenses.
    
 
   
     INTEREST EXPENSE. The Company's interest expense in 1996 increased 29.6% to
$6.4 million from $4.9 million in 1995. Of this increase $1.0 million or 70.4%
was attributable to floor plan financing at the Company's Fort Mill Ford
dealership acquired in February 1996. The remainder of the increase primarily
reflects interest expense on the debt assumed in the acquisition of Fort Mill
Ford and an increase in floor plan interest rates during 1996.
    
 
     NET INCOME. The Company's net income in 1996 decreased 11.9% to $2.1
million from $2.4 million in 1995. This decrease was principally caused by
increased interest costs related to floor plan financing and debt assumed in the
acquisition of Fort Mill Ford.
 
  YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1995 COMPARED TO YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1994
 
   
     REVENUES. The Company's total revenue increased 16.4% to $311.0 million in
1995 from $267.1 million in 1994. New vehicle sales increased 13.5% to $186.5
million in 1995 from $164.4 million in 1994. The Company attributes the increase
in new vehicle sales to unit sales increases of 6.1% primarily from the Town &
Country Ford and Lone Star Ford dealerships which increased 9.3% and 7.1%,
respectively. The remainder of the increase was due to increased sales of higher
priced light trucks and sport utility vehicles and general price increases.
    
 
   
     Used vehicle revenues from retail sales increased by 27.9% to $60.8 million
in 1995, compared with $47.5 million in 1994. The increase in used vehicle unit
sales was due principally to increases at the Company's Lone Star Ford, Town &
Country Ford and Frontier Cadillac-Oldsmobile locations. Unit sales volume
increased 18.2%, or 798 units, accounting for 70.9% of the increase in used
vehicle revenues. The remainder of the increase was due to improvements in
product mix and general increases in used vehicle selling prices.
    
 
     The Company's parts, service and collision repair revenue increased 5.5% or
$1.9 million, from $34.0 million in 1994 to $35.9 million in 1995. Wholesale
parts sale increases at the Company's Lone Star Ford dealership and improved
service operations at the Company's Town and Country Toyota dealership account
for the majority of the increase. F&I revenue increased $2.6 million due
principally to additional sales of F&I products at the Company's Town and
Country Ford and Lone Star Ford dealerships.
 
                                       36
 
<PAGE>
     GROSS PROFIT. Gross profit increased 18.8% in 1995 to $38.8 million from
$32.6 million in 1994. Gross profit as a percentage of sales increased from
12.2% to 12.5% due principally to a 50.8% increase in high margin finance and
insurance product sales. Gross margins on used vehicles improved due to the
Company's strategy of improved inventory management and the purchase of quality
used vehicles.
 
     SELLING, GENERAL AND ADMINISTRATIVE EXPENSES. The Company's SG&A expenses
increased $4.7 million to $29.3 million or 19.1% and represented 9.4% in total
revenues in 1995 from $24.6 million or 9.2% of total revenues in 1994.
 
   
     INTEREST EXPENSE. The Company's interest expense in 1995 increased 43.5% to
$4.9 million from $3.4 million in 1994. Increased interest expense was due to
increases in inventory levels and related floor plan borrowings.
    
 
     NET INCOME. The Company's net income in 1995 decreased 12.4% to $2.4
million from $2.8 million in 1994. This decrease was caused by the increase in
floor plan financing due to an increase in vehicle inventory levels.
 
LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES
 
     The Company's principal needs for capital resources are to finance
acquisitions, debt service and working capital requirements. Historically, the
Company has relied primarily upon internally generated cash flows from
operations, borrowing under its various credit facilities and borrowings and
capital contributions from its stockholders to finance its operations and
expansion. After the Offering, the Company does not expect to receive any
additional financing from its existing stockholders.
 
     The Company has historically maintained a separate revolving floor plan
credit facility for each dealership which has been used to finance vehicle
inventory. The Company currently has floor plan credit facilities with Ford
Motor Credit, Chrysler Financial Corporation and World Omni Financial
Corporation. As of June 30, 1997 there was an aggregate of $67.9 million
outstanding under the floor plan credit facilities. These floor plan facilities
bear interest at variable rates ranging from LIBOR plus 2.75% to prime plus
1.0%. The Company makes monthly interest payments on the amount financed under
the floor plan lines but is not required to make loan principal repayments prior
to the sale of the vehicles. The underlying notes are due when the related
vehicles are sold and are collateralized by vehicle inventories and other assets
of the Company. The floor plan financing agreements contain a number of
covenants, including among others, covenants restricting the Company with
respect to limitations on liens and changes in ownership, officers and key
management personnel.
 
     Prior to consummation of the Offering, the Company intends to consolidate
its new vehicle floor plan lines and obtain an additional revolving line of
credit. The Company is currently negotiating with credit sources for more
favorable terms. Based on current discussions with these lenders, the Company
expects the interest rate on its floor plan debt to decrease compared to the
interest rates currently being charged. The additional credit facility will be
used principally for acquisitions.
 
     The Company leases various facilities and equipment under operating lease
agreements including leases with related parties. See "Certain
Transaction -- Leases."
 
   
     During the first six months of 1997, the Company generated net cash of $4.0
million from operating activities. Net cash provided by operating activities was
$2.1 million in 1996 and was primarily attributable to net income of $2.1
million. Increased inventory levels and accounts receivable were primarily
offset by increased floor plan indebtedness and accounts payable. The increase
in inventory levels in 1996 reflects an increase in the volume of sales and the
timing of shipments from the Manufacturers. Increased receivables reflect
increased sales primarily attributable to Fort Mill Ford and Fort Mill
Chrysler-Plymouth-Dodge acquired in 1996 and 1997, respectively. The Company
generated net cash from operations of $3.0 million in 1995 and 1994.
    
 
   
     Cash used for investing activities was approximately $1.2 million for the
first six months of 1997 and related primarily to acquisitions of property and
equipment. Cash provided by (used in) investing activities was ($11.5) million,
$0.3 million and ($1.7) million in 1996, 1995 and 1994, respectively, including
$1.9 million, $1.5 million and $1.4 million of capital expenditures during such
periods.
    
 
   
     In 1996, cash provided by financing activities of $7.1 million reflected
the purchase of capital stock by a stockholder of the Company, the proceeds of
which were used to fund the acquisition of Fort Mill Ford and the purchase of
stock by a stockholder of Town & Country Ford. Cash used in financing activities
for the six months ended June 30, 1997 was $0.2 million principally due to
scheduled payments on long-term debt.
    
 
                                       37
 
<PAGE>
     Capital expenditures, excluding amounts paid in acquisitions, were $0.9
million, $1.9 million, $1.5 million and $1.4 million in the first six months of
1997 and in 1996, 1995 and 1994, respectively. The Company's principal capital
expenditures typically include building improvements and equipment for use in
the Company's dealerships. Capital expenditures in 1996 and 1995 were primarily
attributable to expenditures for the addition of a used car lot in 1996 and
other capital improvements at the Lone Star Ford dealership. Excluding the
purchase price for the Acquisitions and future acquisitions, the Company is
anticipating total capital expenditures in the second half of 1997 to be
approximately $1.0 million. The Company expects to increase its capital
expenditures over the next few years as part of its acquisition and growth
strategy.
 
   
     The Company believes that funds generated through future operations and
availability of borrowings under its floor plan financing (or any replacements
thereof) and its other credit arrangements will be sufficient to fund its debt
service and working capital requirements and any seasonal operating
requirements, including its currently anticipated internal growth for the
foreseeable future. The Company estimates that it will incur a tax liability of
approximately $5.5 million in connection with the change in its tax basis of
accounting for inventory from LIFO to FIFO. The Company believes that it will be
required to pay this liability in three to six equal annual installments,
beginning in March 1998, and believes that it will be able to pay such
obligation with cash provided by operations. The Company expects to fund any
future acquisitions from its future cash flow from operations, additional debt
financing, or Class A Common Stock issuances. The Company does not currently
have in place any credit facilities for acquisitions. There can be no assurance
that additional financing can be obtained on terms favorable to the Company, or
that the Company will be able to use its common stock to fund any future
acquisitions. See "Risk Factors -- Financial Resources Available for
Acquisitions."
    
 
SEASONALITY
 
     The Company's operations are subject to seasonal variations. The first
quarter generally contributes less revenue and operating profits than the
second, third and fourth quarters. Seasonality is principally caused by weather
conditions and timing of manufacturer incentive programs and model changeovers.
 
     Set forth below is revenue information with respect to the Company's
operations for the most recent six quarters.
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                             1996                               1997
                                                             1ST        2ND         3RD        4TH         1ST        2ND
                                                           QUARTER    QUARTER     QUARTER    QUARTER     QUARTER    QUARTER
<S>                                                        <C>        <C>         <C>        <C>         <C>        <C>
Revenues................................................   $85,669    $103,946    $93,222    $93,767     $98,739    $114,008
</TABLE>
    
 
EFFECTS OF INFLATION
 
     Due to the relatively low levels of inflation in 1994, 1995 and 1996 and
the first half of 1997, inflation did not have a significant effect on the
Company's results of operations for those periods.
 
NEW ACCOUNTING STANDARDS
 
     In February 1997, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued Statement
of Financial Accounting Standards No. 128, "Earnings Per Share." This Statement
specifies the computation, presentation and disclosure requirements for earnings
per share. The Company believes that the adoption of such Statement would not
result in earnings per share materially different than pro forma earnings per
share presented in the accompanying statements of income.
 
     In June 1997, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued Statement of
Financial Accounting Standards No. 130, "Reporting Comprehensive Income." This
standard establishes standards of reporting and display of comprehensive income
and its components in a full set of general-purpose financial statements. This
Statement will be effective for the Company's fiscal year ending December 31,
1998, and the Company does not intend to adopt this statement prior to the
effective date. Had the Company adopted this Statement as of January 1, 1994, it
would have reported comprehensive income of $2.8 million, $2.4 million and $2.1
million for the years ended December 31, 1994, 1995 and 1996, respectively.
 
                                       38
 
<PAGE>
                                    BUSINESS
 
OVERVIEW
 
   
     Sonic Automotive, Inc. is one of the leading automotive retailers in the
United States, operating 20 dealerships, four standalone used vehicle facilities
and eight collision repair centers in the southeastern and southwestern United
States. Sonic sells new and used cars and light trucks, sells replacement parts,
provides vehicle maintenance, warranty, paint and repair services and arranges
related F&I for its automotive customers. The Company's business is
geographically diverse, with dealership operations in the Charlotte,
Chattanooga, Nashville, Tampa-Clearwater, Houston and Atlanta markets, each of
which the Company believes are experiencing favorable demographic trends. Sonic
sells 17 domestic and foreign brands, which consist of BMW, Cadillac, Chrysler,
Dodge, Eagle, Ford, Honda, Infiniti, Jaguar, Jeep, KIA, Oldsmobile, Plymouth,
Saturn, Toyota, Volkswagen and Volvo. In several of its markets, the Company has
a significant market share for new cars and light trucks, including 13.7% in
Charlotte and 12.6% in Chattanooga in 1996. Pro forma for the Acquisitions, the
Company had revenues of $917.1 million and retail unit sales of 24,114 new and
13,453 used vehicles in 1996. The Company believes that in 1996, based on pro
forma retail unit sales it would have been one of the ten largest dealer groups
out of a total of more than 15,000 dealer groups in the United States and, based
on pro forma revenues, it would have had three of the top 100 single-point
dealerships in the United States.
    
 
     The Company's founder and Chief Executive Officer, O. Bruton Smith, has
over 30 years of automotive retailing experience. In addition, the Company's
other executive officers, regional vice presidents and executive managers have
on average 18 years of automotive retailing experience. The Company's
dealerships have won the highest attainable awards from various manufacturers
measuring quality and customer satisfaction. These awards include the Five Star
Award from Chrysler, the Chairman's Award from Ford, the President's Award from
BMW and the President's Circle Award from Infiniti. In addition, the Company was
named to Ford's Top 100 Club, which consists of Ford's top 100 retailers based
on retail volume and consumer satisfaction. Also, various members of the
management team have served on several manufacturer dealer councils which act as
liaisons between the manufacturers and dealer groups. As an example of the
industry's recognition of the Company's executives, Nelson Bowers, the Company's
Executive Vice President, participated in the development of the Saturn brand
and was awarded in 1990 the first Saturn dealership in the United States.
 
   
     The Company intends to pursue an acquisition growth strategy led by a
management team that has experience in the consolidation of both automotive
retailing as well as motor sports businesses. Bruton Smith, who is also the
Chief Executive Officer of Speedway Motorsports, Inc., the owner and operator of
several motor sports facilities, first entered the automotive retailing business
in the mid-1960's. Mr. Smith will devote approximately 50% of his business time
to the Company. Since 1990, Mr. Smith has successfully acquired three
dealerships and increased revenues from his dealerships from $199.4 million in
1992 to $376.6 million in 1996, without giving effect to the Acquisitions. In
the Tennessee market, Mr. Bowers has acquired or opened 8 dealerships since 1992
and increased revenues of the Bowers Dealerships from $36.0 million in 1992 to
$127.1 million in 1996.
    
 
     The Company believes the competitive advantages which differentiate it from
its local competitors include the reputation of the Company's management in the
automotive retailing industry, regional and national economies of scale, brand
and geographic diversity, and the established customer base and local name
recognition of the Company's dealerships. The Company has developed and
implemented several growth strategies to capitalize on these competitive
advantages. One of these is to continue to expand its operations in the
Southeast and Southwest by acquiring additional dealerships both within its
current markets and in new markets. The Company also is seeking additional
growth from the increased sale of higher margin products and services such as
wholesale parts, after-market products, collision repair services and F&I.
 
GROWTH STRATEGY
 
     The Company's objective is to capitalize on the consolidation of the
automotive retailing industry. Key elements of the Company's strategy to achieve
this objective include the acquisition of additional dealerships and the
leveraging of the Company's new vehicle franchises to increase sales of higher
margin products and services.
 
(Bullet) ACQUIRE DEALERSHIPS. The Company plans to implement a "hub and spoke"
         acquisition program primarily by pursuing (i) well-managed dealerships
         in new metropolitan and growing suburban geographic markets, and (ii)
         dealerships that will allow the Company to capitalize on regional
         economies of scale, offer a greater breadth of products and services in
         any of its markets or increase brand diversity. The growth generated
         through acquisitions creates opportunities for economies of scale,
         including more favorable financing terms from lenders and cost savings
         from the consolidation of administrative functions such as employee
         benefits, risk management and employee training.
 
                                       39
 
<PAGE>
          NEW MARKETS. The Company looks to acquire well-managed dealerships in
     geographic markets it does not currently serve, principally in the
     Southeast and Southwest regions of the United States. The Company will
     target dealers having superior operational and financial management.
     Generally, the Company will seek to retain the acquired dealerships'
     operational and financial management, and thereby benefit from their market
     knowledge, name recognition and local reputation. The Company also
     anticipates that management teams at the acquired dealerships will enable
     the Company to identify more effectively additional acquisition
     opportunities in these markets.
 
          EXISTING MARKETS. The Company seeks growth in its operations within
     existing markets by acquiring dealerships that increase the brands,
     products and services offered in those markets. These acquisitions should
     produce opportunities for additional operating efficiencies, promote
     increased name recognition and provide the Company with better
     opportunities for repeat and referral business. Such acquisitions should
     also create opportunities for regional economies of scale in areas such as
     vendor consolidation, facility and personnel utilization and advertising
     spending. Additionally, cost savings may be achieved by consolidating
     certain administrative functions on a regional basis that would not be
     efficient on a national basis, such as accounting, information systems,
     title work, credit and collection.
 
(Bullet) PURSUE OPPORTUNITIES IN ANCILLARY PRODUCTS AND SERVICES. The Company
         intends to pursue opportunities to increase its sales of higher-margin
         products and services by expanding its collision repair centers and its
         wholesale parts and after-market products businesses, which, other than
         after market products, are not directly related to the new vehicle
         cycle.
 
          COLLISION REPAIR CENTERS. The Company's collision repair business
     provides favorable margins and is not significantly affected by economic
     cycles or consumer spending habits. The Company believes that, because of
     the high capital investment required for collision repair shops, and the
     cost of complying with environmental and worker safety regulations, large
     volume body shops will be more successful in the future than smaller volume
     shops. The Company believes that this industry will consolidate and that it
     will be able to capitalize on this trend by expanding its collision repair
     business. The Company also believes that opportunities exist for those
     automotive retailers that can establish relationships with major insurance
     carriers. The Company currently participates in 35 direct repair programs
     with major insurance companies and its relationships with these carriers
     provide a source of collision repair customers. The Company currently has
     eight collision repair centers accounting for approximately $8.9 million in
     pro forma revenue for the year ended 1996. Sonic intends over the next
     several years to establish collision repair centers at various of its other
     facilities as market conditions warrant.
 
          WHOLESALE PARTS. Over time, the Company plans to capitalize on its
     growing representation of numerous manufacturers in order to increase its
     sales of factory authorized parts to wholesale buyers such as independent
     mechanical and body repair garages and rental and commercial fleet
     operators.
 
          AFTER-MARKET PRODUCTS. The Company intends to expand its offerings of
     after-market products in many of its dealership locations. After-market
     products, such as custom wheels, performance parts, telephones and other
     accessories, enable the dealership to capture incremental revenue on new
     and used vehicle sales.
 
(Bullet) ENHANCE PROFIT OPPORTUNITIES IN FINANCE AND INSURANCE. The Company
         offers its customers a wide range of financing and leasing alternatives
         for the purchase of vehicles, as well as credit life, accident and
         health and disability insurance and extended service contracts. As a
         result of its size and scale, the Company believes it will be able to
         negotiate with the lending institutions that purchase its financing
         contracts to increase the Company's revenues. Likewise, the Company
         expects to negotiate to increase the commissions it earns on extended
         service and insurance products. It also expects that the integration of
         innovative computer technologies and in-depth sales training will serve
         as an important tool in enhancing F&I profitability.
 
(Bullet) INCREASE USED VEHICLE SALES. The Company believes that there will be
         opportunities to improve the used vehicle departments at several of its
         dealerships. The Company currently operates four standalone used
         vehicle facilities. In 1998, the Company intends to convert part of an
         existing facility in Nashville to a used vehicle facility. It also
         intends to develop facilities in other markets where management
         believes an opportunity exists.
 
OPERATING STRATEGY
 
     Sonic's operating objectives are to focus on customer satisfaction
throughout the organization in order to build long-term customer relationships
and to capitalize on operating efficiencies which will enhance its financial
performance. The Company seeks to achieve these objectives by implementing the
following operating strategies.
 
                                       40
 
<PAGE>
(Bullet) OPERATE MULTIPLE DEALERSHIPS IN GEOGRAPHICALLY DIVERSE MARKETS. The
         Company operates dealerships in Charlotte, Chattanooga, Nashville,
         Tampa-Clearwater, Houston and Atlanta. By operating in several
         locations throughout the United States, the Company believes it will be
         better able to insulate its earnings from local economic downturns. In
         addition, the Company believes that by establishing a significant
         market presence in its operating regions, it will be able to provide
         superior customer service through a market-specific sales, service,
         marketing and inventory strategy. It is the Company's strategy, for
         instance, that the savings in a market on reduced advertising costs
         will be re-deployed into customer service and customer retention
         programs. The Company's market share in its Charlotte and Chattanooga
         markets was 13.7% and 12.6%, respectively in 1996.
 
(Bullet) ACHIEVE HIGH LEVELS OF CUSTOMER SATISFACTION. Customer satisfaction has
         been and will continue to be a focus of the Company. The Company's
         personalized sales process is intended to satisfy customers by
         providing high-quality, affordable vehicles in a positive, "consumer
         friendly" buying environment. The Company's service department also
         seeks to provide its customers with a professional and reliable service
         experience of a consistently high standard. Beyond establishing strong
         consumer loyalty, this focus on customer satisfaction engenders good
         relations with Manufacturers. Manufacturers generally measure CSI,
         which is a result of a survey given to new vehicle buyers. Some
         Manufacturers offer specific performance incentives, on a per vehicle
         basis, if certain CSI levels (which vary by Manufacturer) are achieved
         by a dealer. Manufacturers can withhold approval of acquisitions if a
         dealer fails to maintain a minimum CSI score. Historically, the Company
         has not been denied Manufacturer approval of acquisitions based on CSI
         scores or other reasons. To keep management focused on customer
         satisfaction, the Company includes CSI results as a component of its
         incentive compensation program.
 
(Bullet) TRAIN AND DEVELOP QUALIFIED MANAGEMENT. Sonic requires all of its
         employees, from service technicians to regional vice presidents, to
         participate in in-house training programs. The Company leverages the
         experience of senior management, along with third party trainers from
         manufacturers, industry affiliates and vendors, to formally train all
         employees. This training regimen has resulted in many of the Company's
         regional vice presidents, executive managers and salespeople being
         certified by NADA, and has become a convenient and effective way to
         share best practices among the Company's employees at all levels of the
         various dealerships. The Company is developing the Education Center to
         be equipped with classrooms specifically designed on a departmental
         basis. The F&I classroom in the Education Center, for example, is to be
         equipped with simulation software that replicates the dealers' systems
         and allows the employee to handle all facets of an F&I transaction. The
         Company believes that its comprehensive training of all employees at
         every level of their career path offers the Company a competitive
         advantage over other dealership groups in the development and retention
         of its workforce.
 
(Bullet) OFFER A DIVERSE RANGE OF AUTOMOTIVE PRODUCTS AND SERVICES. Sonic offers
         a broad range of automotive products and services, including a wide
         selection of new and used vehicles, vehicle financing and insurance
         programs, replacement parts and maintenance and repair programs. The
         Company offers 17 product lines ranging from economy to luxury brands
         consisting of BMW, Cadillac, Chrysler, Dodge, Eagle, Ford, Honda,
         Infiniti, Jaguar, Jeep, KIA, Oldsmobile, Plymouth, Saturn, Toyota,
         Volkswagen and Volvo. The Company also offers a variety of used
         vehicles at a broad range of prices. Offering numerous new vehicle
         brands enables the Company to satisfy a variety of customers, reduces
         dependence on any one Manufacturer and reduces exposure to supply
         problems and product cycles.
 
   
(Bullet) CAPITALIZE ON EFFICIENCIES IN OPERATIONS. Because management
         compensation is based primarily on dealership performance, expense
         reduction and operating efficiencies are a significant management
         focus. As the Company pursues its acquisition strategy, the Company's
         size and market presence should provide it with an opportunity to
         negotiate favorable contracts on such expense items as advertising,
         purchasing, bank financings, employee benefit plans and other vendor
         contracts. In addition, the Company has instituted both regional and
         national operations committees that meet on a regular basis to share
         best practices to improve dealership performance.
    
 
(Bullet) UTILIZE PROFESSIONAL MANAGEMENT PRACTICES AND INCENTIVE BASED
         COMPENSATION PROGRAMS. As a result of Sonic's size and geographic
         dispersion, the Company's senior management has instituted a
         multi-tiered management structure to supervise effectively its
         dealership operations. In addition to the officers of the Company, this
         structure includes executive managers who are responsible for
         individual dealership operations, as well as regional vice presidents
         responsible for various regions throughout the country. In an effort to
         align management's interest with that of stockholders, a portion of the
         incentive compensation program for each officer, vice president and
         executive manager is provided in the form of Company stock options,
         with additional incentives based on the performance of individual
         profit centers. Sonic believes that this organizational structure, with
         room for advancement and the opportunity for equity participation,
         serves as a strong motivation for its employees.
 
                                       41
 
<PAGE>
   
(Bullet) APPLY TECHNOLOGY THROUGHOUT OPERATIONS. The Company believes that, with
         the customized technology it has introduced in certain markets, it has
         been able to improve its operations over time by integrating its
         systems into all aspects of its business. In these markets the Company
         uses computer-based technology to monitor its dealerships' operating
         performance and quickly adjust to market changes, and to integrate
         computer systems into its sales, F&I and parts and service operations.
         For example, sales managers use a database to identify and solicit
         prospective customers, and to design appropriate financing packages for
         prospective buyers. Service and parts managers utilize computer
         technology to coordinate between the two departments and to service
         customers more efficiently. In addition to these uses, the Company's
         technology also plays a role in its inventory management. The Company
         intends to expand this computer system into more of its dealerships and
         markets as the existing contracts for computer systems expire.
    
 
INDUSTRY OVERVIEW
 
     Automotive retailing, with approximately $640 billion in 1996 retail sales,
is the largest consumer retail market in the United States, representing
approximately 8% of the domestic gross product based on data collected by NADA
and the U.S. Department of Commerce. Retail sales of new vehicles, which are
sold exclusively through new vehicle dealers, were approximately $328 billion.
In addition, used vehicle retail sales in 1996 were estimated at $311 billion,
with approximately $260 billion in sales by franchised and independent dealers
and the balance in privately negotiated transactions. From 1992 to 1996, new
vehicles sales have grown at an annual compound rate of 10.5%, while used
vehicle sales have grown at a rate of 15.8% for retail used vehicle sales and
6.7% for wholesale used vehicle sales. This significant increase in sales
revenue is primarily because the average price of a new vehicle has risen at a
compound average rate of 6.2% from 1992 to 1996 and newer, high-quality used
vehicles now comprise a larger part of the used vehicle market. During this
period, unit sales grew at rates of only 4.0% for new vehicles, 6.4% for retail
used vehicles and 1.4% for wholesale used vehicles. For the six months ended
June 30, 1997, industry retail sales were down 2% as a result of retail car
sales declines of 5.3% and retail truck sales gains of 2.4% from the same period
in 1996.
 
     The following table sets forth information regarding vehicle sales by new
vehicle dealerships for the periods indicated.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                           UNITED STATES NEW VEHICLE DEALERS' VEHICLE SALES
                                                                                                 (1)
                                                                           1992       1993       1994       1995       1996
<S>                                                                       <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
                                                                               (UNITS IN MILLIONS; DOLLARS IN BILLIONS)
New vehicle unit sales.................................................     12.9       13.9       15.1       14.7       15.1
New vehicle sales (2)..................................................   $220.3     $253.3     $289.1     $301.2     $328.4
Used vehicle unit sales-retail.........................................      9.3        9.9       10.9       11.5       11.9
Used vehicle sales-retail (2)..........................................   $ 77.1     $ 90.7     $110.6     $126.9     $137.9
Used vehicle unit sales-wholesale......................................      6.9        6.4        6.9        7.0        7.3
Used vehicle sales -- wholesale (2)....................................   $ 26.2(3)  $ 24.3     $ 27.9     $ 30.4     $ 33.9
Total vehicle sales....................................................   $323.6     $368.3     $427.6     $458.5     $500.2
Annual growth in total vehicle sales...................................       --       13.8%      16.1%       7.2%       9.1%
</TABLE>
 
(1) Reflects new vehicle dealership sales at retail and wholesale. In addition,
    sales by independent retail used vehicle dealers were approximately $81,
    $100, $134, $130 and $122 billion, respectively, and casual used car sales
    were estimated at approximately $36, $33, $40, $52 and $51 billion,
    respectively, for each of the five years ended December 31, 1996.
 
(2) Sales figures are calculated by multiplying unit sales by the average sales
    price for the year.
 
(3) The NADA did not report the averages sales price for wholesale transactions
    prior to 1993. As a result, the 1992 wholesale used vehicle sales were
    calculated using the 1993 average wholesale price for used vehicles.
 
     In addition to new and used vehicles, dealerships offer a wide range of
other products and services, including repair and warranty work, replacement
parts, extended warranty coverage, financing and credit insurance. In 1996, the
average dealership's revenue consisted of 57.7% new vehicles sales, 30.4% used
vehicle sales, and 11.9% other products and services. As a result of intense
competition for new vehicle sales, the average dealership generates the majority
of its profits from the sale of used vehicles and other products and services,
including finance and insurance, mechanical and collision repair, and parts and
service. In 1996, for example, a used vehicle earned an average gross margin of
11.0% as compared to a new vehicle's average gross margin of 6.4%, in each case
for sales by new vehicle dealerships. As is typical in the retailing industry,
dealership profitability varies widely across different stores and, ultimately,
profitability depends on effective management of inventory, competition,
marketing, quality control and, most importantly, responsiveness to the
customer.
 
                                       42
 
<PAGE>
     NEW VEHICLE SALES. Franchised dealerships were originally established by
automobile manufacturers for the distribution of their new vehicles. In return
for exclusive distribution rights within specified territories, manufacturers
exerted significant influence over their dealers by limiting the transferability
of ownership in dealerships, designating the dealerships location, and managing
the supply and composition of the dealership's inventory. These arrangements
resulted in the proliferation of small, single-owner operations that, at their
peak in the late 1940's, totaled almost 50,000. As a result of competitive,
economic and political pressures during the 1970's and 1980's, significant
changes and consolidation occurred in the automotive retail industry. One of the
most significant changes was the increased penetration by foreign manufacturers
and the resulting loss of market share by domestic car makers, which forced many
dealerships to close or sell to better-capitalized dealership groups. According
to industry data, the number of franchised dealerships has declined from
approximately 25,000 dealerships in 1990 to approximately 22,000 in 1996.
Although significant consolidation has taken place since the automotive
retailing industry's inception, the industry today remains highly fragmented,
with the largest 100 dealer groups generating less than 10% of total sales
revenues and controlling less than 5% of all franchised dealerships.
 
     USED VEHICLE SALES. Sales of used vehicles have increased over the past
five years, primarily as a result of the substantial increase in new vehicle
prices and the greater availability of newer used vehicles due to the increased
popularity of short-term leases. Like the new vehicle market, the used vehicle
market is highly fragmented, with approximately 22,000 new vehicle dealers
accounting for approximately $172 billion in 1996 sales. In addition, an even
greater number of independent used car dealers accounted for approximately $122
billion in 1996 sales. Privately negotiated transactions accounted for the
remaining 1996 sales, estimated at $51 billion. In addition, an increasing
number of used vehicles are being sold by "superstore" outlets, which market
only used vehicles and offer a wide selection of low mileage, popular models. In
1996, the top 100 new vehicle dealer groups accounted for less than 2% of used
vehicle sales.
 
     INDUSTRY CONSOLIDATION. The Company believes that further consolidation is
likely due to increased capital requirements of dealerships, the limited number
of viable alternative exit strategies for dealership owners, and the desire of
certain manufacturers to strengthen their brand identity by consolidating their
franchised dealerships. The Company also believes that an opportunity exists for
dealership groups with significant equity capital, and experience in
identifying, acquiring and professionally managing dealerships, to acquire
additional dealerships for cash, stock, debt or a combination thereof. Publicly
owned dealer groups, such as the Company, are able to offer prospective sellers
tax advantaged transactions through the use of publicly traded stock which may,
in certain circumstances, make them more attractive to prospective sellers.
 
DEALERSHIP OPERATIONS
 
     Upon completion of the Reorganization and the Acquisitions, the Company
will own eight dealerships in the Charlotte market, eight dealerships in the
Chattanooga market, one dealership in the Nashville market, one dealership in
the Houston market, one dealership in the Clearwater market and one dealership
in the Atlanta market.
 
     The following table sets forth, for each of those areas, information
relating to the Company's pro forma performance for the year ended December 31,
1996 and the six months ended June 30, 1997:
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                    NASHVILLE/                   TAMPA/
                                                       CHARLOTTE    CHATTANOOGA    HOUSTON     CLEARWATER    ATLANTA
                                                        MARKET        MARKET        MARKET       MARKET      MARKET      TOTAL
<S>                                                    <C>          <C>            <C>         <C>           <C>        <C>
                                                                                    (IN THOUSANDS)
YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1996 SALES:
New vehicles........................................   $ 229,179     $ 108,141     $ 83,763     $ 88,844     $39,940    $549,867
Used vehicles.......................................     105,034        51,279       33,402       42,982      20,931     253,628
Parts, service and collision repair.................      33,260        18,524       18,927       14,224      11,163      96,098
Finance and insurance...............................       7,396         3,888        3,338        2,317         543      17,482
  Total.............................................   $ 374,869     $ 181,832     $139,430     $148,367     $72,577    $917,075
SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 1997 SALES:
New vehicles........................................   $ 123,130     $  45,972     $ 55,902     $ 45,577     $19,597    $290,178
Used vehicles.......................................      57,979        29,899       17,865       19,580      11,778     137,101
Parts, service and collision repair.................      17,865        10,938       10,363        5,999       5,960      51,125
Finance and insurance...............................       4,464         1,910        2,249        1,029         129       9,781
  Total.............................................   $ 203,438     $  88,719     $ 86,379     $ 72,185     $37,464    $488,185
</TABLE>
    
 
                                       43
 
<PAGE>
     Since 1990 the Company has grown significantly, as a result of the
acquisition and integration of new vehicle dealerships and an increase in
revenues at its existing dealerships. The following table sets forth the name,
brands, year of acquisition and location of the dealerships acquired by or
awarded to the Company or one of the Bowers Dealerships since 1990:
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                              YEAR
                                                                                            ACQUIRED             LOCATION
<S>                                                                                         <C>                <C>
DEALERSHIP AND BRANDS CURRENTLY REPRESENTED
SONIC AUTOMOTIVE
Town & Country Toyota.............................................................            1990             Charlotte
Fort Mill Ford....................................................................            1996             Charlotte
Fort Mill Chrysler-Plymouth-Dodge.................................................            1997             Charlotte
BOWERS DEALERSHIPS
Nelson Bowers Ford................................................................            1993             Chattanooga
Cleveland Village Honda/Infiniti..................................................            1994             Chattanooga
Cleveland Chrysler-Plymouth-Jeep-Eagle............................................            1995             Chattanooga
Jaguar of Chattanooga (awarded franchise).........................................            1995             Chattanooga
European Motors of Nashville
  "BMW, Volkswagen"...............................................................            1996             Nashville
European Motors
  "BMW, Volvo"....................................................................            1996             Chattanooga
Nelson Bowers Dodge...............................................................            1997             Chattanooga
KIA -- VW of Chattanooga (awarded franchise)......................................            1997             Chattanooga
</TABLE>
    
 
DEALERSHIP MANAGEMENT
 
     Operations of the dealerships are overseen by Regional Vice Presidents, who
report to the Company's Chief Operating Officer. Each of the Company's
dealerships is managed by an Executive Manager who is responsible for the
operations of the dealership and the dealership's financial and customer
satisfaction performance. The Executive Manager is responsible for selecting,
training and retaining dealership personnel. All Executive Managers report to
the Company's senior management on a regular basis and prepare a comprehensive
monthly financial and operating statement of their dealership. In addition, the
Company's senior management meets on a monthly basis with its Executive Managers
to address changing customer preferences, operational concerns and to share best
practices, such as maintaining a customer-friendly buying environment,
maximizing potential revenues per new vehicle sale through increased F&I
penetration, using customer calling and coupon programs to attract and retain
service customers, and continued training of dealership personnel.
 
     Each Executive Manager is complemented by a team which includes two senior
managers that aid in the operation of the dealership. The General Sales Manager
is primarily responsible for the operations, personnel, financial performance
and customer satisfaction performance of the new vehicle sales, used vehicle
sales, and finance and insurance departments. The Parts and Service Director is
primarily responsible for the operations, personnel, financial and customer
satisfaction performance of the service, parts and collision repair departments
(if applicable). Each of the departments of the dealership typically has a
manager who reports to the General Sales Manager or Parts and Service Director.
 
     Each Executive Manager is complemented by a team which includes two senior
managers that aid in the operation of the dealership. The General Sales Manager
is primarily responsible for the operations, personnel, financial performance
and customer satisfaction performance of the new vehicle sales, used vehicle
sales, and finance and insurance departments. The Parts and Service Director is
primarily responsible for the operations, personnel and financial and customer
satisfaction performance of the service, parts and collision repair departments
(if applicable). Each of the departments of the dealership typically has a
manager who reports to the General Sales Manager or Parts and Service Director.
 
   
     After the Acquisitions, the Company's Regional Vice Presidents will be as
listed, with their region of responsibility and age, on the following table:
    
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
NAME                       AGE     REGION OF RESPONSIBILITY
<S>                       <C>      <C>
Ken Marks, Jr.                35   Florida
Jeffrey C. Rachor             35   Tennessee, Georgia, Kentucky and Alabama
Ivan A. Tufty                 57   Texas
William Sullivan              65   North Carolina and South Carolina
</TABLE>
 
NEW VEHICLE SALES
 
     The Company sells 17 brands of cars, light trucks and sport utility
vehicles. The products have a broad range of prices from lower priced, or
economy vehicles, to luxury vehicles. The Company believes that its brand,
product and price diversity
 
                                       44
 
<PAGE>
reduces the risk of changes in customer preferences, product supply shortages
and aging products. Sales of new vehicles in 1996 were approximately 43% cars
and 57% trucks. Approximately 14% of sales in 1996 were luxury brands (BMW,
Cadillac, Infiniti, Jaguar and Volvo). See "Risk Factors -- Dependence on
Automobile Manufacturers."
 
   
     The following table sets forth, by vehicle brand, information relating to
the Company's and the Acquisitions' new vehicle sales for 1996 and the first six
months of 1997:
    
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                      NEW VEHICLE SALES
                                                                                                         SIX MONTHS
                                                                                  YEAR ENDED                ENDED
                                                                            DECEMBER 31, 1996 (1)         JUNE 30,
                                                                                        PERCENTAGE OF     1997 (1)
                                                                         NEW VEHICLE     NEW VEHICLE     NEW VEHICLE
                                                                          REVENUES        REVENUES        REVENUES
<S>                                                                      <C>            <C>              <C>
                                                                               (REVENUE AMOUNTS IN THOUSANDS)
VEHICLE BRAND/MANUFACTURER
BMW...................................................................    $  10,838            2.1%       $  13,993
Cadillac..............................................................        2,029            0.4%             770
Chrysler/Dodge/Plymouth/Jeep/Eagle....................................       88,951           17.4%          50,935
Ford..................................................................      297,751           58.4%         165,037
Honda.................................................................       11,599            2.3%           4,992
Infiniti..............................................................        6,618            1.3%           3,247
Jaguar................................................................        2,296            0.5%           1,405
KIA...................................................................           --             --              685
Oldsmobile............................................................        2,212            0.4%           1,055
Saturn................................................................       13,488            2.6%           4,984
Toyota................................................................       30,520            6.0%          19,246
Volvo.................................................................       43,060            8.5%          21,478
Volkswagen............................................................          732            0.1%             257
  Total...............................................................    $ 510,094          100.0%       $ 288,084
 
<CAPTION>
                                                                        PERCENTAGE OF
                                                                         NEW VEHICLE
                                                                          REVENUES
<S>                                                                      <C>
VEHICLE BRAND/MANUFACTURER
BMW...................................................................         4.9%
Cadillac..............................................................         0.3%
Chrysler/Dodge/Plymouth/Jeep/Eagle....................................        17.7%
Ford..................................................................        57.2%
Honda.................................................................         1.7%
Infiniti..............................................................         1.1%
Jaguar................................................................         0.5%
KIA...................................................................         0.2%
Oldsmobile............................................................         0.4%
Saturn................................................................         1.7%
Toyota................................................................         6.7%
Volvo.................................................................         7.5%
Volkswagen............................................................         0.1%
  Total...............................................................       100.0%
</TABLE>
    
 
   
(1) Does not include Nelson Bowers Dodge as it was purchased on March 1, 1997
    and KIA-VW of Chattanooga which was purchased April 1997. European Motors of
    Nashville and European Motors were purchased in October 1996 and May 1996,
    respectively, and information for such dealerships is included from their
    purchase dates through December 1996.
    
 
     The Company seeks to provide customer oriented service and build lasting
customer relationships that will result in repeat and referral business. Sales
techniques and processes vary depending on the product line and local market
conditions. All of the Company's dealerships use computer technology for
prospecting and customer follow-up and extensively train sales staff to meet the
needs of customers. Certain of the dealerships use computer kiosks to allow
customers to browse vehicle inventories at their leisure. Depending on brand and
local market, dealerships may use "greeters" rather than sales people to
initially assist customers entering a dealership.
 
     Substantially all of the Company's new vehicles are acquired from
Manufacturers. Allocation of vehicle inventory from Manufacturers is based
primarily on sales volume and input from dealers. Vehicle purchases are financed
through revolving credit facilities known in the industry as floor plan lending.
 
     The following table presents information with respect to the Company's new
vehicle sales:
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                   SONIC DEALERSHIPS
                                                 SONIC DEALERSHIPS                                  SIX MONTHS ENDED
                                              YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,                                   JUNE 30,
                                                                                   PRO FORMA
                                                                                    FOR THE
                                               ACTUAL                             ACQUISITIONS           ACTUAL
                        1992        1993        1994        1995        1996          1996          1996        1997
<S>                   <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>             <C>         <C>
                                                  (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT VEHICLE UNIT DATA)
Unit sales............    8,060      9,429       9,686      10,273      11,693        24,114         6,027       6,553
Sales revenue......... $126,230   $152,525    $164,361    $186,517    $233,146      $549,867      $115,721    $137,069
Gross profit.......... $  8,723   $  8,872    $ 10,043    $ 12,283    $ 15,809      $ 40,959      $  7,672    $  8,892
Gross profit margin...      6.9%       5.8%        6.1%        6.6%        6.8%          7.4%          6.6%        6.5%
 
<CAPTION>
 
                         PRO FORMA
                          FOR THE
                        ACQUISITIONS
                            1997
<S>                      <C>
 
Unit sales............      12,816
Sales revenue.........    $290,178
Gross profit..........    $ 21,173
Gross profit margin...         7.3%
</TABLE>
    
 
     New vehicle sales include retail lease transactions and lease-type
transactions, both of which are arranged by the Company. New vehicle leases
generally have short terms. Lease customers, therefore, return to the new
vehicle market more
 
                                       45
 
<PAGE>
frequently. Leases also provide a source of late-model, generally low mileage,
vehicles for its used vehicle inventory. Generally, leased vehicles are under
warranty for the entire lease term, which allows the Company to provide repair
service to the lessee throughout the term of the lease.
 
USED VEHICLE SALES
 
   
     The Company sells a broad variety of makes and models of used cars, vans,
trucks and sport utility vehicles. On a pro forma basis in 1996, the Company
sold 9,598 used car and 3,855 used truck (including sport utility vehicles)
units. Used vehicle retail sales for 1996 represented 35.8% of pro forma total
retail unit sales.
    
 
     Used vehicles are obtained by the Company through customer trade-ins, at
"closed" auctions which may be attended only by new vehicle dealers and which
offer off-lease, rental and fleet vehicles, and at "open" auctions which offer
repossessed vehicles and vehicles sold by other dealers. The Company sells its
used vehicles to retail customers and, in the case of vehicles in poor condition
or vehicles which remain unsold for a specified period of time, to other dealers
or wholesalers. Sales to other dealers or wholesalers are frequently close to or
below cost and therefore negatively affect the Company's gross margin on used
vehicle sales.
 
     The Company emphasizes retail sales of used vehicles in order to offer a
wider variety of vehicles and to benefit from the higher gross margins from used
vehicle sales. To improve the marketability of used vehicles the Company employs
both manufacturer supported and in-house used car certification programs and
sale of extended warranties on used vehicles. At certain locations, the Company
provides a five day money back guarantee on the sale of all used vehicles. The
Company intends to expand this guarantee program to all locations.
 
     After the Acquisitions, the Company will operate four standalone used car
facilities. As the Company enters new markets and gains market share in existing
markets, the Company intends to expand its standalone used car facilities to
take advantage of the high quality sources of vehicles available to new vehicle
retailers.
 
     The following table sets forth information on the Company's used vehicle
sales:
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                     SONIC DEALERSHIPS
                                                       SONIC DEALERSHIPS                              SIX MONTHS ENDED
                                                    YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,                               JUNE 30,
                                                                                      PRO FORMA
                                                                                       FOR THE
                                                    ACTUAL                           ACQUISITIONS          ACTUAL
                               1992       1993       1994       1995       1996          1996         1996       1997
<S>                           <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>             <C>        <C>
                                                      (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT VEHICLE UNIT DATA)
Retail unit sales..........     3,892      4,104      4,374      5,172      5,488        13,453        2,836      2,638
Retail sales revenue.......   $33,636    $37,742    $47,537    $60,766    $68,054      $187,213      $35,200    $32,666
Retail gross profit........     3,610      3,964      5,182      5,792      5,748        17,415        2,968      2,772
Retail gross margin........      10.7%      10.5%      10.9%       9.5%       8.4%          9.3%         8.4%       8.5%
Wholesale unit sales.......     3,756      4,189      4,656      5,009      5,344        12,469        2,751      2,750
Wholesale sales revenue....   $11,199    $13,363    $16,062    $20,025    $25,642      $ 66,415      $13,412    $15,342
Wholesale gross profit.....        16         27         43       (45)        (23)          (22)         (12)      (145)
Wholesale gross margin.....       0.1%       0.2%       0.3%     (0.2)%      (0.1)%        (.03)%       (0.1)%     (0.9)%
Total unit sales...........     7,648      8,293      9,030     10,181     10,832        25,922        5,587      5,388
Total revenue..............   $44,835    $51,105    $63,599    $80,791    $93,696      $253,628      $48,612    $48,008
Total gross profit.........     3,626      3,991      5,225      5,747      5,725        17,393        2,956      2,627
Total gross margin.........       8.1%       7.8%       8.2%       7.1%       6.1%          6.8%         6.1%       5.5%
 
<CAPTION>
 
                               PRO FORMA
                                FOR THE
                             ACQUISITIONS
                                 1997
<S>                           <C>
 
Retail unit sales..........        7,222
Retail sales revenue.......    $  99,181
Retail gross profit........        8,986
Retail gross margin........          9.1%
Wholesale unit sales.......        6,639
Wholesale sales revenue....    $  37,920
Wholesale gross profit.....          (17)
Wholesale gross margin.....          .04%
Total unit sales...........       13,861
Total revenue..............    $ 137,101
Total gross profit.........        8,969
Total gross margin.........          6.5%
</TABLE>
    
 
SERVICE AND PART SALES
 
   
     The Company provides service and parts at each of its franchised
dealerships. The Company provides maintenance and repair services at its 20 new
vehicle dealerships and three used vehicle facilities. The Company utilizes
approximately 400 service bays in providing both warranty and non-warranty
services. Service and parts sales provide higher gross margins than vehicle
sales. On a pro forma basis in 1996, the Company's service and parts operations
generated $87.2 million in revenues and $35.8 million in gross profit,
representing 9.5% and 30.7% of total revenues and gross profit, respectively.
    
 
     Historically, the automotive repair industry has been highly fragmented.
However, the Company believes the increased use of advanced technology in
vehicles has made it difficult for independent repair shops to perform major or
technical repairs. Additionally, manufacturers permit warranty work to be
performed only at franchised dealerships. Given the increasing technological
complexity of motor vehicles and the trend to long term warranties, the Company
believes an increasing percentage of repair work will be performed at franchised
dealerships.
 
     The Company regards its service operations as an integral part of its
overall approach to customer service. Vehicle service provides additional
opportunities to build long-term customer relationships. The Company uses
customer calling,
 
                                       46
 
<PAGE>
coupon programs and other techniques to attract and retain service customers.
Although individual dealerships vary based on markets and brands, many Company
dealerships use service "teams" and variable rate or "menu" pricing structures
to improve customer satisfaction with repair service.
 
     Sales of factory authorized equipment and parts to wholesale customers are
an integral component of parts operations at certain of the Company's
dealerships. For example, the Company's Lone Star Ford dealership sold
approximately $9.3 million in wholesale parts in 1996. The Company plans to
capitalize on its representation of numerous manufacturers and its experience as
a wholesale parts distributor in order to increase sales of factory authorized
equipment and parts to wholesale customers.
 
   
     The following table sets forth information regarding the Company's service
and parts sales:
    
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                     SONIC DEALERSHIPS
                                                       SONIC DEALERSHIPS                              SIX MONTHS ENDED
                                                    YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,                               JUNE 30,
                                                                                      PRO FORMA
                                                                                       FOR THE
                                                    ACTUAL                           ACQUISITIONS          ACTUAL
                               1992       1993       1994       1995       1996          1996         1996       1997
<S>                           <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>             <C>        <C>
                                                                   (IN THOUSANDS)
Sales revenue..............   $21,778    $27,243    $30,298    $31,957    $37,702      $ 87,168      $18,607    $20,220
Gross profit...............     7,540      9,540     10,344     11,003     13,106        35,773        6,317      6,822
Gross profit margin........      34.6%      35.0%      34.1%      34.4%      34.8%         41.0%        33.9%      33.7%
 
<CAPTION>
 
                              PRO FORMA
                               FOR THE
                             ACQUISITIONS
                                 1997
<S>                           <C>
 
Sales revenue..............    $ 45,893
Gross profit...............      19,100
Gross profit margin........        41.6%
</TABLE>
    
 
COLLISION REPAIR
 
   
     The Company operates collision repair centers, or body shops, at eight of
its dealership locations. In 1996, collision repair accounted for $8.9 million,
or 1.0%, of the Company's pro forma revenues and 4.3% of the Company's gross
profit. The Company's collision repair business provides favorable margins and,
similar to service and parts, is not significantly affected by business cycles
or consumer preferences. In addition, because of the higher cost of used
vehicles, insurance adjusters are more hesitant to declare a vehicle a total
loss, resulting in more significant, and higher cost, repair jobs. The Company
believes that, because of the high capital investment required for collision
repair shops and the cost of complying with governmental regulations, large
volume body shops will be more successful in the future than smaller volume
shops. The Company believes the collision repair business will consolidate and
that it will be able to capitalize on this consolidation.
    
 
     The following table sets forth information regarding the Company's
collision repair operations:
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                             SONIC
                                                                                                          DEALERSHIPS
                                                            SONIC DEALERSHIPS                           SIX MONTHS ENDED
                                                         YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,                            JUNE 30,
                                                                                         PRO FORMA
                                                                                          FOR THE
                                                          ACTUAL                        ACQUISITIONS         ACTUAL
                                       1992      1993      1994      1995      1996         1996         1996      1997
<S>                                   <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>             <C>       <C>
                                                                        (IN THOUSANDS)
Sales revenue......................   $2,765    $3,094    $3,686    $3,903    $4,942       $8,930       $2,398    $2,686
Gross profit.......................    1,378     1,516     1,870     1,956     2,452        4,975        1,201     1,284
Gross profit margin................     49.8%     49.0%     50.7%     50.1%     49.6%        55.7%        50.1%     47.8%
 
<CAPTION>
 
                                      PRO FORMA
                                       FOR THE
                                     ACQUISITIONS
                                         1997
<S>                                   <C>
 
Sales revenue......................     $5,232
Gross profit.......................      2,628
Gross profit margin................       50.2%
</TABLE>
    
 
FINANCE AND INSURANCE
 
   
     The Company offers its customers a wide range of financing and leasing
alternatives for the purchase of vehicles. In addition, as part of each sale,
the Company offers customers credit life, accident and health and disability
insurance to cover the financing cost of their vehicle, as well as warranty or
extended service contracts. The Sonic Dealerships' pro forma revenue from
financing, insurance and extended warranty transactions was $17.5 million in
1996 and $9.8 million for the six months ended June 30, 1997.
    
 
     The Company believes that its customers' ability to obtain financing at its
dealerships significantly enhances the Company's ability to sell new and used
vehicles. The Company provides a variety of financing and leasing alternatives
in order to meet the specific needs of each potential customer. The Company
believes its ability to obtain customer-tailored financing on a "same day" basis
provides it with an advantage over many of its competitors, particularly smaller
competitors which do not generate sufficient volume to attract the diversity of
financing sources that are available to the Company. The dealership will then be
able to provide a customer with a broader array of lease payment alternatives
and, consequently, appeal to a term buyer who is trying to purchase a vehicle of
choice at or below a specific monthly payment. During 1996, the Company arranged
for financing for approximately 44.7% of its new vehicle sales and 53.6% of its
used vehicle sales.
 
                                       47
 
<PAGE>
     The Company assigns its vehicle financing contracts and leases to other
parties, instead of directly financing sales, which reduces the Company's
exposure to loss from financing activities. The Company receives a commission
from the lender for originating and assigning the loan or lease but is assessed
a chargeback fee by the lender if a loan is canceled, in most cases, within 120
days of making the loan. Early cancellation can result from early repayment
because of refinancing of the loan, the sale or trade-in of the vehicle, or
default on the loan. The Company establishes an allowance to absorb estimated
chargebacks and refunds. The Company believes that its high volume of business
makes the Company's retail contracts more attractive to lenders, which may
enable the Company to negotiate higher commission rates in contrast to lower
volume dealerships.
 
     In addition to its financing activities, the Company offers extended
service contracts in connection with the sale of new and used vehicles. Extended
service contracts on new vehicles supplement the warranties offered by the
vehicle manufacturer, and on used vehicles, such contracts supplement any
remaining manufacturer warranty or serve as the primary service contract on the
vehicle. The extended service contracts sold by the Company are issued by
third-party insurers that pay the Company a commission upon sale of the
contract. In 1996, the Company sold extended service contracts on 24.0% and
36.1% respectively, of its new and used retail vehicle sales. The Company also
offers its customers credit life, health and accident insurance when they
finance an automobile purchase, and receives a commission on each policy sold.
 
SALES AND MARKETING
 
   
     The Company's marketing and advertising activities vary among its
dealerships and among its markets. The Company advertises primarily through
television, newspapers, radio and direct mail and regularly conducts special
promotions designed to focus vehicle buyers on its product offerings. The
Company intends to continue tailoring its marketing efforts to the relevant
marketplace in order to reach the Company's targeted customer base. The Company
also has computer technology to aid sales people in prospecting for customers.
Under arrangements with manufacturers, the Company receives a subsidy for a
portion of its advertising expenses incurred in connection with a manufacturer's
vehicles. Because of the Company's leading market presence in certain markets,
the Company believes it has been able to realize cost savings on its advertising
expenses due to volume discounts and other concessions from media. The Company
also believes its consolidated marketing campaigns within particular markets
result in enhanced name recognition and sales volume when compared with smaller
competitors in the same market.
    
 
RELATIONSHIPS WITH MANUFACTURERS
 
     Each of the Company's dealerships operates under a separate franchise or
dealer agreement (a "Dealer Agreement") which governs the relationship between
the dealership and the Manufacturer. In general, each Dealer Agreement specifies
the location of the dealership for the sale of vehicles and for the performance
of certain approved services in a specified market area. The designation of such
areas generally does not guarantee exclusivity within a specified territory. In
addition, most Manufacturers allocate vehicles on a "turn and earn" basis which
rewards high volume. A Dealer Agreement requires the dealer to meet specified
standards regarding showrooms, the facilities and equipment for servicing
vehicles, inventories, minimum net working capital, personnel training, and
other aspects of the business. The Dealer Agreement with each dealership also
gives each Manufacturer the right to approve the dealership's general manager
and any material change in management or ownership of the dealership. Each
Manufacturer may terminate a Dealer Agreement under certain circumstances, such
as a change in control of the dealership without Manufacturer approval, the
impairment of the reputation or financial condition of the dealership, the
death, removal or withdrawal of the dealership's general manager, the conviction
of the dealership or the dealership's owner or general manager of certain
crimes, a failure to adequately operate the dealership or maintain wholesale
financing arrangements, insolvency or bankruptcy of the dealership or a material
breach of other provisions of the Dealer Agreement. In connection with the
Offering, the Company is amending its Dealer Agreements to revise those
provisions which would have prohibited the Company from selling its Common Stock
to the public. See "Description of Capital Stock -- Delaware Law, Certain
Charter and Bylaw Provisions and Certain Franchise Agreement Provisions."
 
     Many automobile manufacturers are still developing their policies regarding
public ownership of dealerships. The Company believes that these policies will
continue to change as more dealership groups sell their stock to the public, and
as the established, publicly-owned dealership groups acquire more franchises. To
the extent that new or amended manufacturer policies restrict the number of
dealerships which may be owned by a dealership group, or the transferability of
the Company's Common Stock, such policies could have a material adverse effect
on the Company. See "Risk Factors -- Dependence on Automobile Manufacturers" and
" -- Concentration of Voting Power and Anti-Takeover Provisions."
 
     Certain state statutes in Florida and other states limit manufacturers'
control over dealerships. Under Florida law, notwithstanding any contrary terms
in a dealer agreement, manufacturers may not unreasonably withhold approval for
the sale of
 
                                       48
 
<PAGE>
   
a dealership. Acceptable grounds for disapproval include material shortcomings
in the character, financial condition or business experience of the proposed
transferee. In addition, dealerships may challenge manufacturers' attempts to
establish new dealerships in the dealer's markets, and state regulators may deny
applications to establish new dealerships for a number of reasons, including a
determination that the manufacturer is adequately represented in the area.
Manufacturers must have "good cause" for any termination or failure to renew a
dealer agreement, and an automaker's license to distribute vehicles in Florida
may be revoked if, among other things, the automaker has forced or attempted to
force an automobile dealer to accept delivery of motor vehicles not ordered by
that dealer.
    
 
     Under Texas law, despite the terms of contracts between manufacturers and
dealers, manufacturers may not unreasonably withhold approval of a transfer of a
dealership. It is unreasonable under Texas law for a manufacturer to reject a
prospective transferee of a dealership who is of good moral character and who
otherwise meets the manufacturer's written, reasonable and uniformly applied
standards or qualifications relating to the prospective transferee's business
experience and financial qualifications. In addition, under Texas law and the
laws of other states, franchised dealerships may challenge manufacturers'
attempts to establish new franchises in the franchised dealers' markets, and
state regulators may deny applications to establish new dealerships for a number
of reasons, including a determination that the manufacturer is adequately
represented in the region. Texas law limits the ability of manufacturers to
terminate or fail to renew franchises. In addition, other laws in Texas and
elsewhere limit the ability of manufacturers to withhold their approval for the
relocation of a franchise or require that disputes be arbitrated. In addition, a
manufacturer's license to distribute vehicles in Texas may be revoked if, among
other things, the manufacturer has forced or attempted to force an automobile
dealer to accept delivery of motor vehicles not ordered by that dealer.
 
     Georgia law provides that no manufacturer may arbitrarily reject a proposed
change of control or sale of an automobile dealership, and any manufacturer
challenging such a transfer of a dealership must provide written reasons for its
rejection to the dealer. Manufacturers bear the burden of proof to show that any
disapproval of a proposed transfer of a dealership is not arbitrary. If a
manufacturer terminates a franchise agreement due to a proposed transfer of the
dealership or for any other reason not considered to constitute good cause under
Georgia law, such termination will be ineffective. As an alternative to
rejecting or accepting a proposed transfer of a dealership or terminating the
franchise agreement, Georgia law provides that a manufacturer may offer to
purchase the dealership on the same terms and conditions offered to the
prospective transferee.
 
   
     Under Tennessee law, a manufacturer may not modify, terminate or refuse to
renew a franchise agreement with a dealer except for good cause, as defined in
the governing Tennessee statutes. Further, a manufacturer may be denied a
Tennessee license, or have an existing license revoked or suspended if the
manufacturer modifies, terminates, or suspends a franchise agreement due to an
event not constituting good cause. Good cause includes material shortcomings in
the character, financial condition or business experience of the dealer. A
manufacturer's Tennessee license may also be revoked if the manufacturer
prevents or attempts to prevent the sale or transfer of the dealership by
unreasonably withholding consent to the transfer.
    
 
COMPETITION
 
     The retail automotive industry is highly competitive. Depending on the
geographic market, the Company competes with both dealers offering the same
brands and product line as the Company and dealers offering other automakers'
vehicles. The Company also competes for vehicle sales with auto brokers and
leasing companies. The Company competes with small, local dealerships and with
large multi-franchise auto dealerships. Many of the Company's larger competitors
are larger and have greater financial and marketing resources and are more
widely known than the Company. Some of the Company's competitors also may
utilize marketing techniques, such as Internet visibility or "no negotiation"
sales methods, not currently used by the Company.
 
     The Company also competes with regional and national car rental companies,
which sell their used rental cars, and used automobile "superstores," such as
AutoNation and CarMax. In the future, new competitors may enter the automotive
retailing market, including automobile manufacturers that may decide to open
additional retail outlets or acquire other dealerships. In addition, the used
vehicle superstores generally offer a greater and more varied selection of
vehicles than the Company's dealerships. As the Company seeks to acquire
dealerships in new markets, it may face significant competition (including
competition from other publicly-owned dealer groups) as it strives to gain
market share. See "Risk Factors -- Competition"
 
     The Company believes that the principal competitive factors in vehicle
sales are the marketing campaigns conducted by automakers, the ability of
dealerships to offer a wide selection of the most popular vehicles, the location
of dealerships and the quality of customer service. Other competitive factors
include customer preference for makes of automobiles, pricing (including
manufacturer rebates and other special offers) and warranties.
 
                                       49
 
<PAGE>
     In addition to competition for vehicle sales, the Company also competes
with other auto dealers, service stores, auto parts retailers and independent
mechanics in providing parts and service. The Company believes that the
principal competitive factors in parts and service sales are price, the use of
factory-approved replacement parts, the familiarity with a dealer's makes and
models and the quality of customer service. A number of regional and national
chains offer selected parts and service at prices that may be lower than the
Company's prices.
 
   
     In arranging or providing financing for its customers' vehicle purchases,
the Company competes with a broad range of financial institutions. The Company
believes that the principal competitive factors in providing financing are
convenience, interest rates and contract terms.
    
 
     The Company's success depends, in part, on national and regional
automobile-buying trends, local and regional economic factors and other regional
competitive pressures. The Company sells its vehicles in the Charlotte,
Chattanooga, Nashville, Tampa-Clearwater, Houston and Atlanta markets.
Conditions and competitive pressures affecting these markets, such as
price-cutting by dealers in these areas, or in any new markets the Company
enters, could adversely affect the Company, although the retail automobile
industry as a whole might not be affected. See "Risk Factors -- Competition."
 
GOVERNMENTAL REGULATIONS AND ENVIRONMENTAL MATTERS
 
     A number of regulations affect the Company's business of marketing,
selling, financing and servicing automobiles. The Company also is subject to
laws and regulations relating to business corporations generally.
 
     Under North Carolina, South Carolina, Tennessee, Florida, Georgia and Texas
law as well as the laws of other states into which the Company may expand, the
Company must obtain a license in order to establish, operate or relocate a
dealership or operate an automotive repair service. These laws also regulate the
Company's conduct of business, including its advertising and sales practices.
Other states may have similar requirements.
 
     The Company's operations are also subject to laws governing consumer
protection. Automobile dealers and manufacturers are subject to so-called "Lemon
Laws" that require a manufacturer or the dealer to replace a new vehicle or
accept it for a full refund within one year after initial purchase if the
vehicle does not conform to the manufacturer's express warranties and the dealer
or manufacturer, after a reasonable number of attempts, is unable to correct or
repair the defect. Federal laws require certain written disclosures to be
provided on new vehicles, including mileage and pricing information.
 
     The imported automobiles purchased by the Company are subject to United
States customs duties and, in the ordinary course of its business, the Company
may, from time to time, be subject to claims for duties, penalties, liquidated
damages, or other charges. Currently, United States customs duties are generally
assessed at 2.5% of the customs value of the automobiles imported, as classified
pursuant to the Harmonized Tariff Schedule of the United States. See "Risk
Factors -- Imported Products."
 
     The Company's financing activities with its customers are subject to
federal truth-in-lending, consumer leasing and equal credit opportunity
regulations as well as state and local motor vehicle finance laws, installment
finance laws, usury laws and other installment sales laws. Some states regulate
finance fees that may be paid as a result of vehicle sales. State and federal
environmental regulations, including regulations governing air and water quality
and the storage and disposal of gasoline, oil and other materials, also apply to
the Company.
 
     The Company believes that it complies in all material respects with the
laws affecting its business. Possible penalties for violation of any of these
laws include revocation of the Company's licenses and fines. In addition, many
laws may give customers a private cause of action.
 
     As with automobile dealerships generally, and service parts and body shop
operations in particular, the Company's business involves the use, storage,
handling and contracting for recycling or disposal of hazardous or toxic
substances or wastes, including environmentally sensitive materials such as
motor oil, waste motor oil and filters, transmission fluid, antifreeze, freon,
waste paint and lacquer thinner, batteries, solvents, lubricants, degreasing
agents, gasoline and diesel fuels. The Company's business also involves the past
and current operation and/or removal of aboveground and underground storage
tanks containing such substances or wastes. Accordingly, the Company is subject
to regulation by federal, state and local authorities establishing health and
environmental quality standards, and liability related thereto, and providing
penalties for violations of those standards. The Company is also subject to
laws, ordinances and regulations governing remediation of contamination at
facilities it operates or to which it sends hazardous or toxic substances or
wastes for treatment, recycling or disposal.
 
     The Company believes that it does not have any material environmental
liabilities and that compliance with environmental laws and regulations will
not, individually or in the aggregate, have a material adverse effect on the
Company's
 
                                       50
 
<PAGE>
results of operations or financial condition. However, soil and groundwater
contamination is known to exist at certain properties used by the Company.
Furthermore, environmental laws and regulations are complex and subject to
frequent change. There can be no assurance that compliance with amended, new or
more stringent laws or regulations, stricter interpretations of existing laws or
the future discovery of environmental conditions will not require additional
expenditures by the Company, or that such expenditures will not be material. See
"Risk Factors -- Government Regulation; Environmental Matters."
 
                                       51
 
<PAGE>
FACILITIES
 
     The Company's principal executive offices are located at 5401 East
Independence Boulevard, Charlotte, North Carolina 28218, and its telephone
number is (704) 532-3301. These executive offices are located on the premises
owned by Town & Country Ford. The following table identifies, for each of the
properties to be utilized by the Company's dealership operations the location,
the owner/lessor, and the term and rental rate of the Company's lease for such
property, if applicable:
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                     1997
                                       OWNERSHIP                                    MONTHLY     EXPIRATION
             DEALERSHIP                 STATUS             OWNER/LESSOR            RENT (2)        DATE         FACILITY
<S>                                    <C>         <C>                            <C>           <C>          <C>
Town & Country Ford..................  Lease       STC Properties (1)             $   34,083         2000    Main Bldg.
                                                                                                             Body Shop
  5401 East Independence Blvd.,
  Charlotte
Lone Star Ford.......................  Lease       Viking Investments (1)         $   30,000         2005    Main Bldg.
                                                                                                             Used Car Bldg.
  8477 North Freeway, Houston                                                                                Body Shop
                                                                                                             Fleet Bldg.
Fort Mill Ford.......................  Own         --                                     --           --    Main Bldg.
                                                                                                             Body Shop
  788 Gold Hill Rd., Fort Mill, SC
Fort Mill Chrysler-Plymouth-Dodge....  Lease       Jeffrey Boyd                   $   16,667         2002    Main Bldg.
                                                                                                             Used Car Bldg.
  3310 Hwy. 51, Fort Mill, SC
Town & Country Toyota................  Own         --                                     --           --    Main Bldg.
                                                                                                             Body Shop
  9101 South Blvd., Charlotte
Frontier Olsmobile-Cadillac..........  Lease       Landers Oldsmobile-Cadillac    $   17,000       1998(3 )  Main Bldg.
                                                                                                             Body Shop
  2501 Roosevelt Blvd., Monroe, NC                                                                           Used Car Bldg.
Ken Marks Ford.......................  Lease       Marks Holding Company (1)      $   95,000       2007(3 )  Main Bldg.
  24825 US Hwy. 19 North, Clearwater
  &
  3925 Tampa Rd., Oldsmar, FL
Dyer Volvo...........................  Lease       D&R Investments (1)            $   50,000 (4)    2009(3 ) Main Bldg.
  5260 Peachtree Industrial Blvd.,
  Atlanta
Lake Norman                            Lease       Phil M. and Quinton M. Gandy   $   40,000 (4)    2007(3 ) Main Bldg.
  Chrysler-Plymouth-Jeep-Eagle.......              and affiliates
  Chartwell Center Dr., Cornelius, NC
Lake Norman Dodge....................  Lease       Phil M. and Quinton M. Gandy   $   40,000 (4)    2007(3 ) Main Bldg.
                                                   and affiliates                                            Truck Center
  I-77 & Torrence Chapel Rd.,
  Cornelius, NC
KIA/VW of Chattanooga................  Lease       KIA Land Development (1)       $          (5)    2007(3 ) Main Bldg.
  6015 International Dr., Chattanooga
European Motors of Nashville.........  Lease       Third National Bank,           $   21,070       1998(3 )  Main Bldg.(7)
                                                   David P'Pool,
  630 Murfreeboro Pike, Nashville                  Stella P'Pool
European Motors......................  Lease       Nelson Bowers (1)              $   16,846 (4)    2007(3 ) Main Bldg.
  5949 Brainerd Rd., Chattanooga
Jaguar of Chattanooga................  Lease       JAG Properties LLC, Thomas     $   22,010       2017(3 )  Main Bldg.
                                                   Green, Jr. and
  5915 Brainerd Rd., Chattanooga                   Nelson Bowers (1)
Cleveland                              Lease       Cleveland Properties LLC (1)   $   14,000       2011(3 )  Main Bldg.
  Chrysler-Plymouth-Jeep-Eagle.......
  2496 South Lee Hwy., Cleveland, TN
Nelson Bowers Dodge..................  Lease       Edward & Barbara Wright        $   16,800       2001(3 )  Main Bldg.
  402 West Martin Luther King Blvd.,
  Chattanooga
Cleveland Village Imports............  Lease       Thomas Green, Jr. and Nelson   $   11,000       1997(3 )  Main Bldg.(8)
                                                   Bowers (1)
  2490 & 2492 South Lee Hwy.,
  Cleveland, TN
Saturn of Chattanooga................  Lease       Nelson Bowers (1)              $   27,054 (4)    2007(3 ) Main Bldg.
  6025 International Dr., Chattanooga
Nelson Bowers Ford...................  Lease       Robert G. Card, Jr.            $    8,900     Month to )  Main Bldg.
                                                                                                  Month(3
  717 South Lee Hwy., Cleveland, TN
Williams Motors......................  Lease       J.T. Williams                  $   15,000       1998(6 )  Main Bldg.
  803 North Anderson Rd., Rock Hill,
  SC
 
<CAPTION>
             DEALERSHIP                  SQ. FT.       ACRES
<S>                                    <C>           <C>
Town & Country Ford..................       85,013        12.48
                                            24,768
  5401 East Independence Blvd.,
  Charlotte
Lone Star Ford.......................       79,725        24.76
                                             2,125
  8477 North Freeway, Houston               26,450
                                             1,500
Fort Mill Ford.......................       34,162        10.00
                                            11,275
  788 Gold Hill Rd., Fort Mill, SC
Fort Mill Chrysler-Plymouth-Dodge....        9,809         5.50
                                             1,470
  3310 Hwy. 51, Fort Mill, SC
Town & Country Toyota................       50,800         5.70
                                            17,840
  9101 South Blvd., Charlotte
Frontier Olsmobile-Cadillac..........       14,825         7.08
                                            11,250
  2501 Roosevelt Blvd., Monroe, NC           2,200
Ken Marks Ford.......................       79,100        22.00
  24825 US Hwy. 19 North, Clearwater
  &
  3925 Tampa Rd., Oldsmar, FL
Dyer Volvo...........................       60,000         6.00
  5260 Peachtree Industrial Blvd.,
  Atlanta
Lake Norman                                 26,000         6.00
  Chrysler-Plymouth-Jeep-Eagle.......
  Chartwell Center Dr., Cornelius, NC
Lake Norman Dodge....................       25,000         6.00
                                             5,000
  I-77 & Torrence Chapel Rd.,
  Cornelius, NC
KIA/VW of Chattanooga................        8,445         3.75
  6015 International Dr., Chattanooga
European Motors of Nashville.........       49,385         4.00
  630 Murfreeboro Pike, Nashville
European Motors......................       40,295        12.24
  5949 Brainerd Rd., Chattanooga
Jaguar of Chattanooga................       34,850         3.57
  5915 Brainerd Rd., Chattanooga
Cleveland                                   17,750         5.60
  Chrysler-Plymouth-Jeep-Eagle.......
  2496 South Lee Hwy., Cleveland, TN
Nelson Bowers Dodge..................       30,000         4.88
  402 West Martin Luther King Blvd.,
  Chattanooga
Cleveland Village Imports............       15,760         2.05
  2490 & 2492 South Lee Hwy.,
  Cleveland, TN
Saturn of Chattanooga................       20,100         6.22
  6025 International Dr., Chattanooga
Nelson Bowers Ford...................       19,725         1.40
  717 South Lee Hwy., Cleveland, TN
Williams Motors......................       15,000(9)        3.0(9)
  803 North Anderson Rd., Rock Hill,
  SC
</TABLE>
    
 
                                                   (FOOTNOTES ON FOLLOWING PAGE)
 
                                       52
 
<PAGE>
(1) These lessors are affiliates of the Company's stockholders and/or executive
    officers. See "Risk Factors -- Potential Conflicts of Interest," "Certain
    Transactions -- Certain Dealership Leases" and "Principal Stockholders."
 
(2) All of the Company's leases are "triple net" leases and require the Company
    to pay all real estate taxes, maintenance and insurance costs for the
    property.
 
(3) Each of these leases provides for two renewal terms of five years each, at
    the option of the Company.
 
(4) Monthly rent expense based on estimate from the purchase agreement relating
    to the Acquisition.
 
(5) Lease rent currently under negotiation.
 
(6) This lease provides for four renewal terms of one year each, at the option
of the Company.
 
(7) European Motors of Nashville has entered into a 20-year lease with H.G. Hill
    Realty Company, an entity unaffiliated with the Company, regarding a new BMW
    facility to be constructed at a site separate from its existing facility.
    The monthly rent payments under this lease are not presently fixed and will
    depend upon the final construction costs of the new facility. The lease term
    will begin when the Company occupies these premises.
 
(8) Cleveland Village Imports also leases a used-car lot across the street from
    its main facility from individuals not affiliated with the Company for a
    term expiring in 2002 and providing for $3,000 in monthly rent.
 
(9) Estimated size.
 
     All of the Company's dealerships are located along major U.S. or interstate
highways. One of the principal factors considered by the Company in evaluating
an acquisition candidate is its location. The Company prefers to acquire
dealerships located along major thoroughfares, primarily interstate highways
with ease of access, which can be easily visited by prospective customers.
 
     The Company owns certain of the real estate associated with Town & Country
Toyota and Frontier Oldsmobile-Cadillac. The remainder of the properties
utilized by the Company's dealership operations are leased as set forth in the
foregoing table. The Company believes that its facilities are adequate for its
current needs. In connection with its acquisition strategy, the Company intends
to lease the real estate associated with a particular dealership whenever
practicable.
 
     Under the terms of its franchise agreements, the Company must maintain an
appropriate appearance and design of its facilities and is restricted in its
ability to relocate its dealerships. See " -- Relationships with Manufacturers."
 
EMPLOYEES
 
     As of June 30, 1997 the Company employed 1,574 people, of whom
approximately 210 were employed in managerial positions, 594 were employed in
non-managerial sales positions, 346 were employed in non-managerial parts and
service positions and 424 were employed in administrative support positions.
 
     The Company believes that many dealerships in the retail automobile
industry have difficulty in attracting and retaining qualified personnel for a
number of reasons, including the historical inability of dealerships to provide
employees with an equity interest in the profitability of the dealerships. The
Company intends, upon completion of the Offering, to provide certain executive
officers, managers and other employees with stock options and all employees with
a stock purchase plan and believes this type of equity incentive will be
attractive to existing and prospective employees of the Company. See
"Management -- Stock Option Plan" and " -- Employee Stock Purchase Plan" and
"Risk Factors -- Dependence on Key Personal and Limited Management and Personnel
Resources."
 
     The Company believes that its relationship with its employees is good. None
of the Company's employees is represented by a labor union. Because of its
dependence on the Manufacturers, however, the Company may be affected by labor
strikes, work slowdowns and walkouts at the Manufacturer's manufacturing
facilities. See "Risk Factors -- Dependence on Automobile Manufacturers."
 
LEGAL PROCEEDINGS AND INSURANCE
 
     From time to time, the Company is named in claims involving the manufacture
of automobiles, contractual disputes and other matters arising in the ordinary
course of the Company's business. Currently, no legal proceedings are pending
against or involve the Company that, in the opinion of management, could
reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the business,
financial condition or results of operations of the Company.
 
                                       53
 
<PAGE>
     Because of their vehicle inventory and nature of business, automobile
retail dealerships generally require significant levels of insurance covering a
broad variety of risks. The Company's insurance includes an umbrella policy as
well as insurance on its real property, comprehensive coverage for its vehicle
inventory, general liability insurance, employee dishonesty coverage and errors
and omissions insurance in connection with its vehicle sales and financing
activities.
 
                                       54
 
<PAGE>
                                   MANAGEMENT
 
EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND DIRECTORS; KEY PERSONNEL
 
     The executive officers, directors and key personnel of the Company, and
their ages as of the date of this Prospectus, are as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
NAME                                     AGE                               POSITION(S) WITH THE COMPANY
<S>                                    <C>       <C>
O. Bruton Smith.....................        70   Chairman, Chief Executive Officer and Director*
Bryan Scott Smith...................        29   President, Chief Operating Officer and Director*
Nelson E. Bowers, II................        53   Executive Vice President and Director Nominee*
Theodore M. Wright..................        35   Chief Financial Officer, Vice President-Finance, Secretary and Director*
William R. Brooks...................        47   Director
Jeffrey C. Rachor...................        35   Regional Vice President-Mid South Region
O. Ken Marks, Jr....................        35   Regional Vice President-Florida
Ivan A. Tufty.......................        57   Regional Vice President-Texas
William M. Sullivan.................        65   Regional Vice President-North and South Carolina
</TABLE>
 
* Executive Officer
 
     O. BRUTON SMITH has been the Chairman, Chief Executive Officer and a
director of the Company since its organization in 1997 and presently is the
controlling shareholder of the Company through his direct and indirect ownership
of Class B Common Stock. Mr. Smith has been the president and controlling
shareholder of Sonic Financial since its formation, which prior to the
Reorganization owned a controlling interest in all of the Company's dealerships
except Town & Country Toyota and presently owns a controlling interest in the
Company's Common Stock. Mr. Smith, prior to the Reorganization, owned a
controlling interest in Town & Country Toyota. Mr. Smith currently is, and since
their acquisition by Sonic Financial has been, a director and the president of
each of the Company's dealerships. Mr. Smith has worked in the retail automobile
industry since 1966. Mr. Smith's initial term as a director of the Company will
expire at the annual meeting of stockholders of the Company to be held in 2000.
Mr. Smith is also the chairman and chief executive officer, a director and
controlling shareholder, either directly or through Sonic Financial, of Speedway
Motorsports, Inc. ("SMI"). SMI is a public company traded on the NYSE. Among
other things, it owns and operates the following NASCAR racetracks: Atlanta
Motor Speedway, Bristol Motor Speedway, Charlotte Motor Speedway, Sears Point
Raceway and Texas Motor Speedway. He is also the executive officer and a
director of each of SMI's operating subsidiaries. Under his employment agreement
with the Company, Mr. Smith is required to devote approximately 50% of his
business time to the Company's business.
 
   
     BRYAN SCOTT SMITH has been the President and Chief Operating Officer of the
Company since April 1997, and a director of the Company since its organization
in 1997. Mr. Smith, who is the son of Bruton Smith, has been the Vice President
since 1993 and, prior to the Reorganization, the minority owner of Town &
Country Ford. Mr. Smith joined the Company's predecessor in January 1991 on a
full-time basis as an assistant used car manager. In August of 1991, Mr. Smith
became the used car manager at Town & Country Ford. Mr. Smith was promoted to
General Manager of Town & Country Ford in November 1992 where he remained until
his appointment to President and Chief Operating Officer of the Company in April
of 1997. Mr. Smith's initial term as a director of the Company will expire at
the annual meeting of stockholders of the Company to be held in 1998.
    
 
   
     NELSON E. BOWERS, II will be appointed the Executive Vice President and a
director of the Company upon consummation of the Bowers Acquisition. Mr. Bowers
owns a controlling interest in the dealerships that are the subject of the
Bowers Acquisition and has worked in the retail automobile industry since 1974.
Mr. Bowers has served on national dealer councils for BMW and Volvo and has
owned and operated dealerships since 1979, including the first Saturn
dealership. Several of the dealerships owned by Mr. Bowers have been awarded the
highest awards available from manufacturers for customer satisfaction. Mr.
Bowers' initial term as a director of the Company will expire at the annual
meeting of stockholders to be held in 1999.
    
 
   
     THEODORE M. WRIGHT has been the Chief Financial Officer, Vice
President-Finance, Treasurer and Secretary of the Company since April 1997, and
a director of the Company since June 1997. Before joining the Company, Mr.
Wright was a Senior Manager and in charge of the Columbia, South Carolina office
of Deloitte & Touche LLP. Prior to joining the Columbia office, Mr. Wright was a
Senior Manager in Deloitte & Touche LLP's National Office Accounting Research
and SEC Services Departments from 1994 to 1995. From 1992 to 1994 Mr. Wright was
an audit manager with Deloitte & Touche LLP. Mr. Wright's initial term as a
director of the Company will expire at the annual meeting of stockholders to be
held in 1999.
    
 
                                       55
 
<PAGE>
   
     WILLIAM R. BROOKS has been a director of the Company since its formation.
Mr. Brooks also served as the Company's Treasurer, Vice President and Secretary
from its organization in February 1997 to April 1997 when Mr. Wright was
appointed to those positions. Since December 1994, Mr. Brooks has been the Vice
President, Treasurer, Chief Financial Officer and a director of SMI. Mr. Brooks
also serves as an executive officer and a director for various operating
subsidiaries of SMI. Before the formation of SMI in December 1994, Mr. Brooks
was the Vice President of the Charlotte Motor Speedway and a Vice President and
a director of Atlanta Motor Speedway. Mr. Brooks joined Sonic Financial from
Price Waterhouse in 1983. At Sonic Financial, he was promoted from Manager to
Controller in 1985 and again to Chief Financial Officer in 1989. Mr. Brooks'
initial term as a director of the Company will expire at the annual meeting of
stockholders to be held in 2000.
    
 
     JEFFREY C. RACHOR will be appointed Regional Vice President upon
consummation of the Bowers Acquisition. Mr. Rachor has over 13 years experience
in automobile retailing and has been the chief operating officer at the Bowers
Dealerships since 1989. During this period, Mr. Rachor has also served at
various times as the general manager of Toyota, Saturn and
Chrysler-Plymouth-Jeep-Eagle dealerships. Prior to joining the Bowers
organization, Mr. Rachor was an assistant regional manager with American Suzuki
Motor Corporation from 1987 to 1989 and a Metro Sales Manager and a District
Sales Manager with GM's Buick Motor Division from 1983 to 1987.
 
   
     O. KEN MARKS, JR. owns a controlling interest in Ken Marks Ford and has
operated that dealership as its chief executive since prior to 1992. Mr. Marks
is a Chairman's award winner from Ford and has over 13 years experience in auto
retailing. Ken Marks Ford is one of the top 100 automobile dealerships in the
United States and one of the 30 largest Ford dealerships. Mr. Marks will be
appointed a Regional Vice President upon consummation of the Offering.
    
 
   
     IVAN A. TUFTY has been Executive Manager of Lone Star Ford since 1990 and
will be appointed a Regional Vice President upon consummation of the Offering.
Under Mr. Tufty's leadership, Lone Star Ford has been recognized as one of the
30 largest Ford dealerships and one of the 100 largest dealerships in the United
States. Mr. Tufty has over 40 years of experience in auto retailing and was a
dealer principal and equity owner for 12 years.
    
 
     WILLIAM M. SULLIVAN has been Vice-President of Town & Country Ford since
prior to 1992 and will be appointed a Regional Vice President upon consummation
of the Offering. Mr. Sullivan has over 25 years experience in auto retailing as
an Executive Manager, head of F&I and in other roles.
 
     As soon as practicable after the Offering, the Company intends to name two
or three individuals not employed by or affiliated with the Company to the
Company's Board of Directors.
 
     The Board of Directors of the Company is divided into three classes, each
of which, after a transitional period, will serve for three years, with one
class being elected each year. The executive officers are elected annually by,
and serve at the discretion of, the Company's Board of Directors.
 
COMPENSATION COMMITTEE INTERLOCKS AND INSIDER PARTICIPATION
 
     Since the Company's organization in February 1997, all matters concerning
executive officer compensation have been addressed by the entire Board of
Directors. Bruton Smith, Scott Smith and Theodore Wright were executive officers
of the Company and, together with William R. Brooks, will constitute the entire
Board until the consummation of the Offering when Nelson Bowers, an executive
officer of the Company, is to be appointed. Bruton Smith serves as Chairman of
the Board of SMI. William R. Brooks, an executive officer of SMI, serves on the
Board of the Company. As soon as practicable after the Offering, the Company
intends to name at least two independent directors who will comprise the
Company's compensation committee. See "Management."
 
LIMITATIONS OF DIRECTORS LIABILITY
 
   
     The Certificate includes a provision that effectively eliminates the
liability of directors to the Company or to the Company's stockholders for
monetary damages for breach of the fiduciary duties of a director, except for
breaches of the duty of loyalty, acts or omissions not in good faith or which
involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, certain actions
with respect to unlawful dividends, stock repurchases or redemptions and any
transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit. This
provision does not prevent stockholders from seeking nonmonetary remedies
covering any such action, nor does it affect liabilities under the federal
securities laws. The Company's Bylaws further provide that the Company shall
indemnify each of its directors and officers, to the fullest extent authorized
by Delaware Law, with respect to any threatened, pending or completed action,
suit or proceeding to which such person may be a party by reason of serving as a
director or officer. Delaware Law currently authorizes a corporation to
indemnify its directors and
    
 
                                       56
 
<PAGE>
   
officers against expenses (including attorney's fees), judgments, fines and
amounts paid in settlements actually and reasonably incurred by them in
connection with any action, suit or proceeding brought by a third party if such
officers or directors acted in good faith and in a manner they reasonably
believed to be in, or not opposed to, the best interests of the corporation and,
with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reason to believe
their conduct was unlawful. Indemnification is permitted in more limited
circumstances with respect to derivative actions. The Company believes that
these provisions of the Certificate and the Bylaws are necessary to attract and
retain qualified persons to serve as directors and officers.
    
 
COMMITTEES OF THE BOARD
 
   
     The Board of Directors will establish a Compensation Committee and an Audit
Committee consisting of independent directors upon the election of at least two
independent directors. The Compensation Committee will review and approve
compensation for the executive officers, and administer, and determine awards
under, the Stock Option Plan and any other incentive compensation plans for
employees of the Company. See " -- Stock Option Plan" and " -- Employee Stock
Purchase Plan." The Audit Committee will recommend the selection of auditors for
the Company and will review the results of the audit and other reports and
services provided by the Company's independent auditors. The Company has not
previously had either of these committees.
    
 
DIRECTOR COMPENSATION
 
     Members of the Board of Directors who are not employees of the Company will
be compensated for their services in amounts to be determined. The Company will
also reimburse all directors for their expenses incurred in connection with
their activities as directors of the Company. Directors who are also employees
of the Company receive no compensation for serving on the Board of Directors.
 
EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION
 
     Sonic was incorporated on January 31, 1997 and did not conduct any
operations prior to that time. The Company anticipates that during 1997 its most
highly compensated executive officers with annual salaries exceeding $100,000,
and their annual base salaries for 1997, will be: Bruton Smith -- $350,000,
Scott Smith -- $300,000, Nelson Bowers,  -- $400,000, and Theodore
Wright -- $180,000.
 
EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENTS
 
     The Company has entered into employment agreements with Messrs. Bruton
Smith, Scott Smith, Bowers, Wright, Marks and Rachor (the "Employment
Agreements"), effective upon consummation of the Offering, which provide for an
annual base salary and certain other benefits. Pursuant to the Employment
Agreements, the 1997 base salaries of Messrs. Bruton Smith, Scott Smith, Bowers,
Wright, Marks and Rachor will be $350,000, $300,000, $400,000, $180,000,
$48,000, and $150,000, respectively. The executives will also receive such
additional increases as may be determined by the Compensation Committee. The
Employment Agreements, except those of Messrs. Rachor and Marks, provide for the
payment of annual performance-based bonuses equal to a percentage of the
executive's base salary, upon achievement by the Company (or relevant region) of
certain performance objectives, based on the Company's pre-tax income, to be
established by the Compensation Committee. The Employment Agreements of Messrs.
Rachor and Marks provide for the payment of annual performance-based bonuses,
paid in equal installments on a monthly basis, equal to a percentage of the
pre-tax earnings, of subsidiaries of the Company located within his regions of
responsibility, in the case of Mr. Rachor, and of Ken Marks Ford in the case of
Mr. Marks. See " -- Incentive Compensation Plan." Under the terms of the
Employment Agreements, the Company will employ Mr. Bruton Smith through
September 2000. Under the terms of their respective Employment Agreements, the
Company will employ Messrs. Scott, Smith, Bowers, Wright, Marks and Rachor for
five years or until their respective Employment Agreements are terminated by the
Company or the executive. Messrs. Scott Smith, Bowers, Wright, Marks and Rachor
also receive under their Employment Agreements, options pursuant to the
Company's Stock Option Plan, for    shares,    shares,    shares,        shares
and    shares, of the Class A Common Stock, respectively, exercisable at the
initial public offering price, vesting in three equal annual installments
beginning October 1998 and expiring in October 2007.
 
     Each of the Employment Agreements contain similar noncompetition
provisions. These provisions (i) prohibit the disclosure or use of confidential
Company information, and (ii) for a period of two years following the expiration
or termination of an Employment Agreement, prohibit competition with the Company
for the Company's employees and its customers, interference with the Company's
relationships with its vendors, and employment with any competitor of the
Company in specified territories. With respect to Messrs. Bruton Smith, Scott
Smith and Wright, the geographic restrictions apply in any Standard Metropolitan
Statistical Area ("SMSA") or county in which the Company has a place of business
at the time their
 
                                       57
 
<PAGE>
employment ends. With respect to Messrs. Bowers and Rachor, the restrictions
apply only in the SMSA's for Houston, Charlotte, Chattanooga, and Nashville.
With respect to Mr. Marks, the territorial restrictions apply only in the SMSA's
or counties in which the Company has a place of business and about which Marks
had access to confidential information or for which he had operational or
managerial involvement.
 
     Set forth below is information for the years ended December 31, 1996, 1995
and 1994 with respect to compensation for services to the Company's predecessors
of the Company's executive officers.
 
                           SUMMARY COMPENSATION TABLE
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                LONG-TERM
                                                      ANNUAL COMPENSATION                  COMPENSATION AWARDS
                                                                              OTHER         NUMBER OF SHARES
                                                                              ANNUAL           UNDERLYING            ALL OTHER
NAME AND PRINCIPAL POSITION(S)          YEAR    SALARY (1)    BONUS (2)    COMPENSATION        OPTIONS (4)        COMPENSATION (5)
<S>                                     <C>     <C>           <C>          <C>             <C>                    <C>
O. Bruton Smith                          1996    $ 164,750                   $ 33,350(3)              --                    --
  Chairman, Chief Executive Officer      1995      142,200                     41,350(3)              --                    --
  and Director                           1994      142,200                     41,000(3)              --                    --
Bryan Scott Smith                        1996    $  48,000    $ 230,714           (5)                 --                    --
  President, Chief                       1995       48,000      168,670           (5)                 --                    --
  Operating Officer                      1994       48,000      134,537           (5)                 --                    --
  and Director
</TABLE>
 
(1) Does not include the dollar value of perquisites and other personal
    benefits.
 
(2) The amounts shown are cash bonuses earned in the specified year and paid in
    the first quarter of the following year.
 
(3) The Company provides Mr. Smith with the use of automobiles for personal use,
    the annual cost of which is reflected as Other Annual Compensation.
 
(4) The Company's Stock Option Plan was adopted in August 1997. Therefore, no
    options were granted to any of the Company's executive officers in 1996,
    1995 or 1994.
 
(5) The aggregate amount of perquisites and other personal benefits received did
    not exceed the lesser of $50,000 or 10% of the total annual salary and bonus
    reported for such executive officer.
 
     The Compensation Committee is expected to deliberate upon matters
concerning executive compensation, including possible changes in the components
and amounts of such compensation.
 
STOCK OPTION PLAN
 
     In August 1997, the Board of Directors and stockholders of the Company
adopted the Company's 1997 Stock Option Plan (the "Stock Option Plan") in order
to attract and retain key personnel. The following discussion of the material
features of the Stock Option Plan is qualified by reference to the text of such
Plan filed as an exhibit to the Registration Statement of which this Prospectus
is a part.
 
     Under the Stock Option Plan, options to purchase up to an aggregate of
        shares of Class A Common Stock may be granted to key employees of the
Company and its subsidiaries and to officers, directors, consultants and other
individuals providing services to the Company. Members of the Board of Directors
who serve on the Compensation Committee must qualify as "non-employee
directors," as that term is defined in Rule 16b-3 promulgated under the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange Act"), and may not
participate in the Stock Option Plan.
 
   
     The Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors of the Company will
administer the Stock Option Plan and will determine, among other things, the
persons who are to receive options, the number of shares to be subject to each
option and the vesting schedule of options. The Board of Directors of the
Company will determine the terms and conditions upon which the Company may make
loans to enable an optionee to pay the exercise price of an option. In selecting
individuals for options and determining the terms thereof, the Compensation
Committee may consider any factors it considers relevant, including present and
potential contributions to the success of the Company. Options granted under the
Stock Option Plan must be exercised within a period fixed by the Compensation
Committee, which period may not exceed ten years from the date of grant of the
option or, in the case of incentive stock options ("ISOs") granted to any holder
on the date of grant of more than ten percent of the total combined voting power
of all classes of stock of the Company, five years from the date of grant of the
option. Options may be made exercisable in whole or in installments, as
determined by the Compensation Committee.
    
 
                                       58
 
<PAGE>
     Options may not be transferred other than by will or the laws of descent
and distribution. During the lifetime of an optionee, options may be exercised
only by the optionee. The exercise price of options that are not ISOs will be
determined at the discretion of the Compensation Committee. The exercise price
of ISOs may not be less than the market value of the Class A Common Stock on the
date of grant of the option. In the case of ISOs granted to any holder on the
date of grant of more than ten percent of the total combined voting power of all
classes of stock of the Company and its subsidiaries, the exercise price may not
be less than 110% of the market value per share of the Class A Common Stock on
the date of grant. Unless designated as "incentive stock options" intended to
qualify under Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the
"Code"), options granted under the Stock Option Plan are intended to be
"nonstatutory stock options" ("NSOs"). The exercise price may be paid in cash,
in shares of Class A Common Stock owned by the optionee, in NSOs granted under
the Stock Option Plan (except that the exercise price of an ISO may not be paid
in NSOs) or in any combination of cash, shares and NSOs.
 
   
     Options granted under the Stock Option Plan may include the right to
acquire a "reload" option. In such a case, if a participant pays all or part of
the exercise price of an option with shares of Class A Common Stock held by the
participant for at least six months, then, upon exercise of the option, the
participant is granted a second option to purchase, at the fair market value as
of the date of grant of the second option, the number of shares of Class A
Common Stock transferred to the Company by the participant in payment of the
exercise price of the original option. A reload option is not exercisable until
one year after the grant date of such reload option or the expiration date of
the original option. If the exercise price of a reload option is paid for with
shares of Class A Common Stock that have been held by the optionee for more than
six months, then another reload option will be issued. Shares of Class A Common
Stock covered by a reload option will not reduce the number of shares of Class A
Common Stock available under the Stock Option Plan.
    
 
     The Stock Option Plan provides that, in the event of changes in the
corporate structure of the Company or certain events affecting the shares of the
Company, adjustments will automatically be made in the number and kind of shares
available for issuance and in the number and kind of shares covered by
outstanding options. It further provides that, in connection with any merger or
consolidation in which the Company is not the surviving corporation and which
results in the holders of the outstanding voting securities of the Company
owning less than a majority of the surviving corporation or any sale or transfer
by the Company of all or substantially all its assets or any tender offer or
exchange offer for or the acquisition, directly or indirectly, by any person or
group of all or a majority of the then-outstanding voting securities of the
Company, all outstanding options under the Stock Option Plan will become
exercisable in full on and after (i) the 15th day prior to the effective date of
such merger, consolidation, sale, transfer or acquisition or (ii) the date of
commencement of such tender offer or exchange offer, as the case may be.
 
   
     The Board of Directors of the Company, on or before the consummation of the
Offering, intends to grant NSOs and ISOs to purchase an aggregate of
shares of Class A Common Stock under the Stock Option Plan to three executive
officers, five regional vice presidents and one dealer manager of the Company.
Messrs. Scott Smith, Bowers, and Wright are to be granted NSOs to purchase
       shares,        shares, and        shares, respectively at an exercise
equal to the public offering price of the Class A Common Stock sold in the
Offering. Messrs. Scott Smith, Bowers and Wright are also to be granted ISOs to
purchase        shares,        shares and        shares, respectively, at an
exercise price equal to the public offering price of the Class A Common Stock
sold in the Offering. All these options will become exerciseable in three equal
annual installments beginning in October 1998 with the last installment vesting
in October 2000, and all these options will expire in October 2007.
Consequently, all executive officers as a group are to be granted NSOs to
purchase an aggregate of        shares and ISOs to purchase an aggregate of
       shares. Non-executive officer employees are to be granted NSOs and ISOs
to purchase an aggregate of        shares and   shares, respectively. See
" -- Employment Agreements."
    
 
   
     The issuance of the aforementioned NSO's under the Stock Option Plan will
be treated by the Company as a deferred tax asset, valued at $           as of
                 .
    
 
     While the issuance and exercise of ISOs generally have no ordinary income
tax consequences to the holder, upon the exercise of an ISO, the holder will
treat the excess of the fair market value on the date of exercise over the
exercise price as an item of tax adjustment for alternative minimum tax
purposes. The issuance and exercise of ISOs have no federal income tax
consequences to the Company. The disposition of Class A Common Stock acquired
from the exercise of an ISO will ordinarily result in capital gains or loss to
the holder for federal income tax purposes equal to the difference between the
amount realized on disposition of the Class A Common Stock and the option
exercise price. If the holder of Class A Common Stock acquired upon the exercise
of an ISO disposes of such stock before the later of (i) two years following the
grant of the ISO and (ii) one year following the exercise of the ISO (a
"Disqualifying Disposition"), the holder will recognize ordinary income for
federal income tax purposes in an amount equal to the lesser of (i) the excess
of the Class A Common Stock's fair
 
                                       59
 
<PAGE>
market value on the date of exercise over the option exercise price, and (ii)
the excess of the amount realized on disposition of the Class A Common Stock
over the option exercise price. Any additional gain upon the disposition will be
taxed as capital gains. The Company will be entitled to a compensation expense
deduction for the Company's taxable year in which the disposition occurs equal
to the amount of ordinary income recognized by the holder.
 
     The issuance of NSOs has no federal income tax consequences to the Company
or the holder. Upon the exercise of an NSO, the Company generally will be
allowed a federal income tax deduction equal to the amount by which the fair
market value of the underlying shares on the date of exercise exceeds the
exercise price. NSO holders will recognize ordinary income for federal income
tax purposes at the time of option exercise in the same amount. Any gains or
losses upon the disposition of shares acquired by exercise of a NSO will be
taxed to the holder as capital gains or losses.
 
     Registration of the shares underlying the Stock Option Plan is presently
not contemplated. Such shares may be issued upon option exercise in reliance
upon the private offering exemption codified in Section 4(2) of the Securities
Act. Resale of such shares may be permitted subject to the limitations of Rule
144.
 
EMPLOYEE STOCK PURCHASE PLAN
 
     In August 1997, the Board of Directors and stockholders of the Company
adopted the Sonic Employee Stock Purchase Plan (the "ESPP"). The ESPP is
intended to promote the interests of the Company by providing employees of the
Company the opportunity to acquire a proprietary interest in the Company through
the purchase of Class A Common Stock. The following discussion of the material
features of the ESPP is qualified by reference to the text of such Plan filed in
an exhibit to the Registration Statement of which this Prospectus is a part.
 
     The ESPP is intended to qualify as an "employee stock purchase plan" under
Section 423 of the Code. The ESPP is administered by the Compensation Committee,
which, subject to the terms of the ESPP, has plenary authority in its discretion
to interpret and construe the ESPP. The Compensation Committee will construe the
provisions of the ESPP so as to extend and limit participation in a manner
consistent with the requirements of that Code section. A total of        shares
of Class A Common Stock have been reserved for purchase under the ESPP.
 
     On January 1 of each year during the term of the ESPP (the "Grant Date"),
all eligible employees electing to participate in the ESPP ("Participating
Employees") will be granted an option to purchase shares of Class A Common
Stock. Prior to each Grant Date, the Compensation Committee will determine the
number of shares of Class A Common Stock available for purchase under each
option, with the same number of shares to be available under each option granted
on the same Grant Date. No Participating Employee may be granted an option which
would permit such employee to purchase stock under the ESPP and all other
employee stock purchase plans of the Company at a rate which exceeds $25,000 of
the fair market value of such stock (determined at the time such option is
granted) for each calendar year in which such option is outstanding at any time.
 
     A Participating Employee may elect to designate a limited percentage of
such employee's compensation (as defined in the ESPP) to be deferred by payroll
deduction as a contribution to the ESPP. A Participating Employee instead may
elect to make contributions by direct cash payment to the ESPP rather than by
payroll deduction. To the extent a Participating Employee has accumulated enough
funds, his or her contributions to the ESPP will be used to exercise the option
granted under the ESPP through purchases of Class A Common Stock on the last
business day of March, June, September and December on which the principal
trading market for the Class A Common Stock is open for trading and on any other
interim dates during the year which the Compensation Committee designates for
such purpose (the "Exercise Date"). Contributions which are not enough to
purchase a whole share of Class A Common Stock will be carried forward and
applied on the next Exercise Date in that calendar year; provided that
contributions remaining after the last Exercise Date of the calendar year may be
distributed to the Participating Employee at his election.
 
     The purchase price at which Class A Common Stock will be purchased through
the ESPP shall be 85% of the lesser of (i) the fair market value of the Class A
Common Stock on the applicable Grant Date, and (ii) the fair market value of the
Class A Common Stock on the applicable Exercise Date. Any option granted to a
Participating Employee will be exercised automatically on each Exercise Date
during the calendar year of the option's Grant Date in whole or in part such
that the Participating Employee's accumulated contributions as of such Exercise
Date, either through direct cash payment or payroll deduction, will be applied
to the purchase of the maximum number of whole shares of Class A Common Stock
that such contribution will permit at the applicable option price, limited to
the number of shares available for purchase under the option.
 
                                       60
 
<PAGE>
     Any option granted to a Participating Employee will expire on the last
Exercise Date of the calendar year in which granted. However, if a Participating
Employee withdraws from the ESPP or terminates employment prior to such Exercise
Date, the option may expire earlier.
 
   
     Upon termination of a Participating Employee's employment for any reason
other than cause, death or leave of absence in excess of ninety days, such
employee may, at his election, request the return of contributions not yet used
to purchase Class A Common Stock or continue participation in the ESPP until the
Exercise Date next following the date of termination of employment such that any
unexpired option held will be exercised automatically on such Exercise Date. If
a Participating Employee dies while employed by the Company or prior to the
Exercise Date next following termination of employment, such employee's estate
will have the right to elect to withdraw all contributions not yet used to
purchase Class A Common Stock or to exercise the Participating Employee's option
for the purchase of Class A Common Stock on the Exercise Date next following the
date of such employee's death.
    
 
     The Board of Directors of the Company may at any time amend, suspend or
terminate the ESPP; provided, however, that the ESPP may not be amended to (i)
increase the maximum number of shares of Class A Common Stock for which options
may be granted under the ESPP, other than in connection with a change in
capitalization, (ii) materially modify the requirements as to the class of
employees eligible to receive options and purchase Class A Common Stock under
the ESPP, or (iii) materially increase the benefits accruing to Participating
Employees under the ESPP without in any such case obtaining approval of Sonic
stockholders.
 
   
     The ESPP is intended to meet the requirements of an "employee stock
purchase plan" under Section 423 of the Code. No federal taxable income will be
recognized by Participating Employees upon the grant of an option to purchase
Class A Common Stock under the ESPP. In addition, a Participating Employee will
not recognize federal taxable income on the exercise of an option granted under
the ESPP.
    
 
     If the Participating Employee holds shares of Class A Common Stock acquired
upon the exercise of an option granted under the ESPP until a date that is more
than two years from the grant date of the relevant option and one year from the
date of option exercise (or dies while owning such shares), the employee must
report as ordinary income in the year of disposition of the shares (or at death)
the lesser of (a) the excess of the fair market value of the shares at the time
of disposition (or death) over the option exercise price and (b) the excess of
the fair market value of the shares on the date the relevant option was granted
over the option exercise price. For this purpose the option exercise price is
85% of the fair market value of the shares on the date the relevant option was
granted (assuming the shares are offered at a 15% discount). Any additional
income is treated as long-term capital gain. If these holding period
requirements are met, the Company is not entitled to any deduction for tax
purposes. If the Participating Employee does not meet the holding period
requirements, the employee recognizes at the time of disposition of the shares
ordinary income equal to the difference between the price paid for the shares
and the fair market value on the date of exercise, irrespective of the price at
which the employee disposes of the shares, and an amount equal to such ordinary
income is generally deductible by the Company. Any gain or loss realized on the
disposition of the shares will be capital gain or loss, and will be long-term
gain or loss if the shares were held for more than one year.
 
     Because the ESPP is based on voluntary participation, benefits thereunder
are not determinable.
 
     Registration of the shares underlying the ESPP is presently not
contemplated. Such shares may be issued upon option exercise in reliance upon
the private offering exemption codified in Section 4(2) of the Securities Act.
Resale of such shares may be permitted subject to the limitations of Rule 144.
 
                              CERTAIN TRANSACTIONS
 
REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT
 
   
     As part of the Reorganization, the Company entered into a Registration
Rights Agreement dated as of June 30, 1997 (the "Registration Rights
Agreements") with Sonic Financial, Bruton Smith, Scott Smith and William S.
Egan. Sonic Financial, Bruton Smith, Scott Smith and Egan Group, LLC, an
assignee of Mr. Egan (the "Egan Group") currently are the owners of record of
       ,        ,        and        shares of Class B Common Stock,
respectively. Upon the registration of any of their shares or as otherwise
provided in the Certificate, such shares will automatically be converted into a
like number of shares of Class A Common Stock. Subject to certain limitations,
the Registration Rights Agreements provide Sonic Financial, Bruton Smith, Scott
Smith and the Egan Group with certain piggyback registration rights that permit
them to have their shares of Common Stock, as selling security holders, included
in any registration statement pertaining to the registration of Class A Common
Stock for issuance by the Company or for resale by other selling security
holders, with the exception of registration statements on Forms S-4 and S-8
relating to exchange offers (and certain other transactions) and employee stock
compensation plans, respectively. These registration rights will be limited or
restricted to the extent an underwriter of an
    
 
                                       61
 
<PAGE>
offering, if an underwritten offering, or the Company's Board of Directors, if
not an underwritten offering, determines that the amount to be registered by
Sonic Financial, Bruton Smith, Scott Smith or the Egan Group would not permit
the sale of Class A Common Stock in the quantity and at the price originally
sought by the Company or the original selling security holders, as the case may
be. The Registration Rights Agreement expires on the tenth anniversary of the
closing of the Offering. Sonic Financial is controlled by the Company's Chairman
and Chief Executive Officer, Bruton Smith.
 
THE SMITH ADVANCE
 
     In connection with the Fort Mill Acquisition, Mr. Smith advanced
approximately $3.5 million to the Company (the "Smith Advance"). The Smith
Advance was used by the Company to pay a portion of the cash consideration for
the Fort Mill Acquisition at closing. The Smith Advance is evidenced by a demand
note bearing interest at the minimum statutory rate of 3.83% per annum. The
Company anticipates seeking additional cash advances or credit support in the
form of guarantees or collateral from Mr. Smith in order to meet cash payment
obligations in the remaining Acquisitions, which close prior to the consummation
of the Offering. The Company intends to repay the principal and interest on the
Smith Advance and any similar future advances from Mr. Smith used to fund the
Acquisitions from the proceeds of this Offering.
 
CERTAIN DEALERSHIP LEASES
 
     Certain of the properties leased by the Company's dealership subsidiaries
are owned by officers, directors or holders of 5% or more of the Common Stock of
the Company or their affiliates. Town & Country Ford operates at facilities
leased from STC Properties, a North Carolina joint venture ("STC"). Town &
Country Ford maintains a 5% undivided interest in STC and Sonic Financial owns
the remaining 95% of STC. The STC lease on the Town & Country Ford facilities
will expire in October 2000. Annual payments under the STC lease were $510,085
for each of 1994, 1995 and 1996. Current minimum rent payments are $409,000
annually ($34,083 monthly) through 1999, and will be decreased to $340,833 in
2000, such rents being below market. When this lease expires, the Company
anticipates obtaining a long-term lease on the Town & Country Ford facility at
fair market rent.
 
     Lone Star Ford operates, in part, at facilities leased from Viking
Investments Associates, a Texas association ("Viking"), which is controlled by
Mr. Bruton Smith. The Viking lease on the Lone Star Ford property expires in
2005. Annual payments under the Viking lease were $351,420, $302,559 and
$360,000 for 1994, 1995 and 1996, respectively. Minimum annual rents under this
lease are $360,000 ($30,000 monthly), such amount being below market. When this
lease expires, the Company anticipates obtaining a long-term lease on the Lone
Star Ford facility at fair market rent.
 
     The dealership leases discussed below will be executed and effective as of
the consummation of the Acquisitions.
 
     KIA of Chattanooga operates at facilities leased from KIA Land Development,
a company in which Nelson Bowers, the Company's Executive Vice President,
maintains an ownership interest. The Company negotiated this lease in connection
with the Bowers Acquisition. This triple net lease expires in 2007 and monthly
rent is currently under negotiation. The Company may renew this lease at its
option for two additional five year terms. At each renewal, the lessor may
adjust lease rents to reflect fair market rents for the property.
 
     European Motors operates at its Chattanooga facilities under a triple net
lease from Mr. Bowers. The Company negotiated this lease in connection with the
Bowers Acquisition. The European Motors lease expires in 2007 and provides for
monthly rent of $16,846. This lease also provides for renewals on terms
identical to the KIA of Chattanooga lease.
 
     Jaguar of Chattanooga operates at facilities leased from JAG Properties, a
company in which Mr. Bowers maintains an ownership interest. The Company
negotiated this lease in connection with the Bowers Acquisition. This triple net
lease expires in 2017 and provides for monthly rent of $22,010. The Company may
renew this lease on terms identical to the KIA of Chattanooga renewal options.
 
     Cleveland Chrysler-Plymouth-Jeep-Eagle leases its facilities from Cleveland
Properties LLC, a limited liability company in which Mr. Bowers maintains an
ownership interest. The Company negotiated this lease in connection with the
Bowers Acquisition. This triple net lease expires in 2011, provides for monthly
rent of $14,000 and may be renewed on terms identical to the KIA of Chattanooga
lease.
 
   
     Cleveland Village Imports operates at facilities leased from Nelson Bowers
and another individual. Nelson Bowers, the Company's President and a director,
owns a 75% undivided interest in the land and buildings leased by Cleveland
Village Imports, with the remaining interests owned by an unrelated party. Such
land and buildings are leased under two leases: one is a triple net fixed lease
expiring on December 31, 1997 with rent of $8,000 per month and the other,
pertaining to a used car lot, is a month-to-month lease with rent of $3,000 per
month. In connection with the Bowers Acquisition, the lessors have
    
 
                                       62
 
<PAGE>
agreed to allow the expiration of these leases in October 1997, and to replace
them with a triple net lease at a negotiated rental rate for a 15-year initial
term and two five-year renewals at the option of the Company.
 
     Saturn of Chattanooga leases its facilities from Mr. Bowers pursuant to a
triple net lease. This lease, negotiated by the Company in connection with the
Bowers Acquisition, expires in 2007 and provides for monthly rent of $27,054.
The lease may be renewed by the Company for two additional five year terms at
the Company's option, with the rent at each renewal being adjusted to fair
market rent.
 
     Dyer Volvo operates at facilities leased from D&R Investments, an entity in
which Richard Dyer, the Company's Executive Manager for Dyer Volvo, maintains an
ownership interest. This triple net lease, negotiated by the Company in
connection with the Dyer Acquisition, expires in 2009 and provides for monthly
rent of $50,000. The Dyer Volvo lease also provides the Company with two
optional renewals of five years each with rent at each renewal being adjusted to
fair market rent.
 
     Ken Marks Ford ("KMF") operates at facilities leased from Marks Holding
Company, a corporation that is owned by Ken Marks, the Company's Regional Vice
President-Florida. In connection with the Ken Marks Acquisition, the lessor has
agreed to enter into a triple net lease with the Company as lessee at a
negotiated rental rate of $95,000 per month for an initial term expiring 2007
with two five-year renewals at the option of the Company.
 
CHARTOWN TRANSACTIONS
 
   
     Chartown is a general partnership engaged in real estate development and
management. Before the Reorganization, Town & Country Ford maintained a 49%
partnership interest in Chartown with the remaining 51% held by SMDA, LLC, a
North Carolina limited liability company ("SMDA"). Mr. Smith owns a 80% direct
membership interest in SMDA with the remaining 20% owned indirectly through
Sonic Financial. In addition, Sonic Financial also held a demand promissory note
for $1.2 million issued by Chartown (the "Chartown Note"), which was
uncollectible due to insufficient funds. As part of the Reorganization, the
Chartown Note was canceled and Town & Country Ford transferred its partnership
interest in Chartown to Sonic Financial for nominal consideration. In connection
with that transfer, Sonic Financial agreed to indemnify Town & Country Ford for
any and all obligations and liabilities, whether known or unknown, relating to
Chartown and Town & Country Ford's ownership thereof.
    
 
OTHER TRANSACTIONS
 
   
     During each of the three years ended December 31, 1996, Town & Country Ford
paid $48,000 to Sonic Financial as a management fee. Sonic Financial's services
to Town & Country Ford have included performance of the following functions,
among others: maintenance of lender and creditor relationships; tax planning;
preparation of tax returns and representation in tax examinations; record
maintenance; internal audits and special audits; assistance to independent
public accountants; and litigation support to company counsel. Payments of fees
to and receipt of services from Sonic Financial ceased before the
Reorganization. Since that time, the Company has been providing these services
for itself.
    
 
     Beginning in early 1997, certain of the Sonic Dealerships have entered into
arrangements to sell to their customers credit life insurance policies
underwritten by American Heritage Life Insurance Company, an insurer
unaffiliated with Sonic ("American Heritage"). American Heritage in turn
reinsures all of these policies with Provident American Insurance Company, a
Texas insurance company ("Provident American"). Under these arrangements, the
Sonic Dealerships paid an aggregate of $140,000 to American Heritage in premiums
for these policies since January 1, 1997. The Company anticipates terminating
this arrangement with American Heritage by 1998. Provident American is a
wholly-owned subsidiary of Sonic Financial.
 
     Town & Country Ford and Lone Star Ford have each made several non-interest
bearing advances to Sonic Financial. As of June 30, 1997, Town & Country Ford
had made approximately $2.1 million of such advances. In preparation for the
Reorganization, a demand promissory note by Sonic Financial evidencing certain
of Town & Country Ford's advances was canceled in exchange for the redemption of
certain shares of the capital stock of Town & Country Ford held by Sonic
Financial. As of June 30, 1997, Lone Star Ford had made approximately $0.5
million of advances to Sonic Financial. In preparation for the Reorganization, a
demand promissory note by Sonic Financial evidencing certain of Lone Star Ford's
advances was canceled pursuant to a dividend. At years ended December 31, 1996,
1995 and 1994, the aggregate balances of such advances due from Sonic Financial
were approximately $2.5 million, $2.6 million and $0, respectively.
 
     Certain subsidiaries of Sonic (such subsidiaries together with Sonic and
Sonic Financial being hereinafter referred to as the "Sonic Group") have joined
with Sonic Financial in filing consolidated federal income tax returns for
several years. Such subsidiaries will join with Sonic Financial in filing for
1996 and for the period ending on June 30, 1997. Under applicable federal tax
law, each corporation included in Sonic Financial's consolidated return is
jointly and severally liable for any resultant tax. Under a tax allocation
agreement dated as of June 30, 1997, however, Sonic agreed to pay to Sonic
Financial, in
 
                                       63
 
<PAGE>
the event that additional federal income tax is determined to be due, an amount
equal to Sonic's separate federal income tax liability computed for all periods
in which any member of the Sonic Group has been a member of Sonic Financial's
consolidated group. Also pursuant to such agreement, Sonic Financial agreed to
indemnify Sonic for any additional amount determined to be due from Sonic
Financial's consolidated group in excess of the federal income tax liability of
the Sonic Group for such periods. The tax allocation agreement establishes
procedures with respect to tax adjustments, tax claims, tax refunds, tax credits
and other tax attributes relating to periods ending prior to the time that the
Sonic Group shall leave Sonic Financial's consolidated group.
 
     The Company acquired the Sonic Dealerships in the Reorganization pursuant
to four separate stock subscription agreements (the "Subscription Agreements").
The Subscription Agreements provide for the acquisition of 100% of the capital
stock or membership interests, as the case may be, of each of the Sonic
Dealerships from Sonic Financial, Mr. Smith, the Egan Group (an assignee of Mr.
Egan) and Bryan Scott Smith in exchange for certain amounts of the Company's
issued and outstanding Class B Common Stock. See "Principal Stockholders."
 
     For additional information concerning related party transaction of the
businesses being acquired in the Acquisitions, see the notes to the historical
financial statements for each respective business acquired included in this
Prospectus.
 
                                       64
 
<PAGE>
                             PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS
 
   
     The following table sets forth certain information regarding the beneficial
ownership of the Company's Common Stock as of August 1, 1997 by (i) each
stockholder who is known by the Company to own beneficially more than five
percent of the outstanding Common Stock, (ii) each director of the Company,
(iii) each executive officer of the Company, and (iv) all directors and
executive officers of the Company as a group, and as adjusted to reflect the
sale by the Company of the shares of Class A Common Stock in this Offering.
Prior to this Offering, no shares of Class A Common Stock were issued and
outstanding. However, options to acquire        shares of Class A Common Stock
will be issued on or before the closing of the Offering to certain of the
Company's officers and employees, and the Dyer Warrant will be issued upon the
closing of the Dyer Acquisition. Holders of Class A Common Stock are entitled to
one vote per share on all matters submitted to a vote of the stockholders of the
Company. Holders of Class B Common Stock are entitled to ten votes per share on
all matters submitted to a vote of the stockholders, except that the Class B
Common Stock is entitled to only one vote per share with respect to any
transaction proposed or approved by the Board of Directors of the Company or
proposed by all the holders of the Class B Common Stock or as to which any
member of the Smith Group or any affiliate thereof has a material financial
interest other than as a then existing stockholder of the Company constituting a
(a) "going private" transaction (as defined herein), (b) disposition of
substantially all of the Company's assets, (c) transfer resulting in a change in
the nature of the Company's business or (d) merger or consolidation in which
current holders of Common Stock would own less than 50% of the Common Stock
following such transaction. In the event of any transfer outside of the Smith
Group or the Smith Group holds less than 15% of the total number of shares of
Common Stock outstanding, such transferred shares or all shares, respectively,
of Class B Common Stock will automatically convert into an equal number of
shares of Class A Common Stock. See "Description of Capital Stock."
    
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                               PERCENTAGE OF ALL
                                                                                                                  OUTSTANDING
                                                                   NUMBER OF SHARES     NUMBER OF SHARES          COMMON STOCK
                                                                   OF CLASS A COMMON    OF CLASS B COMMON     BEFORE       AFTER
NAME (1)                                                              STOCK OWNED          STOCK OWNED       OFFERING   OFFERING(2)
<S>                                                                <C>                  <C>                  <C>        <C>
O. Bruton Smith (3)(4)                                                                                         87.62%           %
Sonic Financial Corporation (3)                                                                                71.05%           %
Bryan Scott Smith (3)(5)                                                                                        7.65%           %
William R. Brooks (3)                                                                                             --            %
Theodore M. Wright (3)(5)                                                                                         --            %
Nelson E. Bowers, II (3)(5)                                                                                       --            %
All directors and executive officers as a group (10 persons)                                                   95.27%
</TABLE>
 
  * Less than one percent.
 
 (1) Unless otherwise noted, each person has sole voting and investment power
     over the shares listed opposite his name subject to community property laws
     where applicable.
 
 (2) The percentages of total voting power would be as follows: Bruton Smith,
       %; Sonic Financial,   %; Scott Smith,   %; William Brooks, less than 1%;
     Theodore Wright, less than 1%; Nelson E. Bowers, II, less than 1%; and all
     directors and executive officers as a group,      %. Assumes the
     Underwriters' over-allotment option is not exercised.
 
 (3) The address of such person is care of the Company at 5401 East Independence
     Boulevard, Charlotte, North Carolina 28218.
 
 (4) The shares of Common Stock shown as owned by such person or group include
     all of the shares owned by Sonic Financial as indicated elsewhere in the
     table. Mr. Smith owns the substantial majority of Sonic's outstanding
     capital stock.
 
 (5) All shares of Class A Common Stock beneficially owned by such person
     underlie options granted (or, in the case of Mr. Bowers, to be granted upon
     the closing of the Bowers Acquisition) by the Company at the public
     offering price. One-third of such options become exercisable on October   ,
     1998, one-third on October   , 1999 and one-third on October   , 2000. See
     "Management -- Stock Option Plan."
 
                          DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK
 
     The Company's authorized capital stock consists of (i) 50,000,000 shares of
Class A Common Stock, $.01 par value, (ii) 15,000,000 shares of Class B Common
Stock, $.01 par value, and (iii) 3,000,000 shares of preferred stock, $.10 par
value. Upon completion of this Offering, the Company will have
outstanding shares of Class A Common Stock and        outstanding shares of
Class B Common Stock and no outstanding shares of preferred stock.
 
                                       65
 
<PAGE>
     The following summary description of the Company's capital stock does not
purport to be complete and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the
Company's Certificate, which is filed as an exhibit to the Registration
Statement of which this Prospectus forms a part, and Delaware Law. Reference is
made to such exhibit and Delaware Law for a detailed description of the
provisions thereof summarized below.
 
COMMON STOCK
 
     The Company's Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock are equal in
all respects except for voting rights, conversion rights of the Class B Common
Stock and as required by law, as discussed more fully below.
 
  VOTING RIGHTS; CONVERSION OF CLASS B COMMON STOCK TO CLASS A COMMON STOCK
 
     The voting powers, preferences and relative rights of the Class A Common
Stock and the Class B Common Stock are subject to the following provisions.
Holders of Class A Common Stock have one vote per share on all matters submitted
to a vote of the stockholders of the Company. Holders of Class B Common Stock
are entitled to ten votes per share except as described below. Holders of all
classes of Common Stock entitled to vote will vote together as a single class on
all matters presented to the stockholders for their vote or approval except as
otherwise required by Delaware Law. There is no cumulative voting with respect
to the election of directors. In the event any shares of Class B Common Stock
held by a member of the Smith Group (as defined below) are transferred outside
of the Smith Group, such shares will automatically be converted into shares of
Class A Common Stock. In addition, if the total number of shares of Common Stock
held by members of the Smith Group is less than 15% of the total number of
shares of Common Stock outstanding, all of the outstanding shares of Class B
Common Stock automatically will be reclassified as Class A Common Stock. In any
merger, consolidation or business combination, the consideration to be received
per share by holders of Class A Common Stock must be identical to that received
by holders of Class B Common Stock, except that in any such transaction in which
shares of common stock are distributed, such shares may differ as to voting
rights to the extent that voting rights now differ between the classes of Common
Stock.
 
   
     Notwithstanding the foregoing, the holders of Class A Common Stock and
Class B Common Stock vote as a single class, with each share of each class
entitled to one vote per share, with respect to any transaction proposed or
approved by the Board of Directors of the Company or proposed by or on behalf of
holders of the Class B Common Stock or as to which any member of the Smith Group
or any affiliate thereof has a material financial interest other than as a then
existing stockholder of the Company constituting a (a) "going private"
transaction, (b) sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the
Company's assets, (c) sale or transfer which would cause the nature of the
Company's business to be no longer primarily oriented toward automobile
dealership operations and related activities or (d) merger or consolidation of
the Company in which the holders of the Common Stock will own less than 50% of
the Common Stock following such transaction. A "going private" transaction is
defined as any "Rule 13e-3 Transaction," as such term is defined in Rule 13e-3
promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. An "affiliate" is defined
as (i) any individual or entity who or that, directly or indirectly, controls,
is controlled by, or is under common control with any member of the Smith Group,
(ii) any corporation or organization (other than the Company or a majority-owned
subsidiary of the Company) of which any member of the Smith Group is an officer
partner or is, directly or indirectly, the beneficial owner of 10% or more of
any class of voting securities, or in which any member of the Smith Group has a
substantial beneficial interest, (iii) a voting trust or similar arrangement
pursuant to which any member of the Smith Group generally controls the vote of
the shares of Common Stock held by or subject to such trust or arrangement, (iv)
any other trust or estate in which any member of the Smith Group has a
substantial beneficial interest or as to which any member of the Smith Group
serves as trustee or in a similar fiduciary capacity, or (v) any relative or
spouse of any member of the Smith Group or any relative of such spouse, who has
the same residence as any member of the Smith Group.
    
 
   
     As used in this Prospectus, the term the "Smith Group" consists of the
following persons: (i) Mr. Smith and his guardian, conservator, committee, or
attorney-in-fact; (ii) William S. Egan and his guardian, conservator, committee,
or attorney-in-fact; (iii) each lineal descendant of Messrs. Smith and Egan (a
"Descendant") and their respective guardians, conservators, committees or
attorneys-in-fact; and (iv) each "Family Controlled Entity" (as defined below).
The term "Family Controlled Entity" means (i) any not-for-profit corporation if
at least 80% of its board of directors is composed of Mr. Smith, Mr. Egan and/or
Descendants; (ii) any other corporation if at least 80% of the value of its
outstanding equity is owned by members of the Smith Group; (iii) any partnership
if at least 80% of the value of the partnership interests are owned by members
of the Smith Group; and (iv) any limited liability or similar company if at
least 80% of the value of the company is owned by members of the Smith Group.
For a discussion of the effects of the disproportionate voting rights of the
Common Stock, see "Risk Factors -- Concentration of Voting Power and
Antitakeover Provisions."
    
 
                                       66
 
<PAGE>
     Under the Company's Certificate and Delaware Law, the holders of Class A
Common Stock and/or Class B Common Stock are each entitled to vote as a separate
class, as applicable, with respect to any amendment to the Company's Certificate
that would increase or decrease the aggregate number of authorized shares of
such class, increase or decrease the par value of the shares of such class, or
modify or change the powers, preferences or special rights of the shares of such
class so as to affect such class adversely.
 
  DIVIDENDS
 
     Holders of the Class A Common Stock and the Class B Common Stock are
entitled to receive ratably such dividends, if any, as are declared by the
Company's Board of Directors out of funds legally available for that purpose,
provided, that dividends paid in shares of Class A Common Stock or Class B
Common Stock shall be paid only as follows: shares of Class A Common Stock shall
be paid only to holders of Class A Common Stock and shares of Class B Common
Stock shall be paid only to holders of Class B Common Stock. The Company's
Certificate provides that if there is any dividend, subdivision, combination or
reclassification of either class of Common Stock, a proportionate dividend,
subdivision, combination or reclassification of the other class of Common Stock
shall simultaneously be made.
 
  OTHER RIGHTS
 
     Stockholders of the Company have no preemptive or other rights to subscribe
for additional shares. In the event of the liquidation, dissolution or winding
up of the Company, holders of Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock are
entitled to share ratably in all assets available for distribution to holders of
Common Stock after payment in full of creditors. No shares of any class of
Common Stock are subject to a redemption or a sinking fund. All outstanding
shares of Common Stock are, and all shares offered by this Prospectus will be,
when sold, validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable.
 
  TRANSFER AGENT AND REGISTRAR
 
     The Company has appointed First Union National Bank as the transfer agent
and registrar for the Class A Common Stock. The Company has not appointed a
transfer agent for the Class B Common Stock.
 
PREFERRED STOCK
 
   
     No shares of preferred stock are outstanding. The Company's Certificate
authorizes the Board of Directors to issue up to 3,000,000 shares of preferred
stock in one or more series and to establish such designations and such relative
voting, dividend, liquidation, conversion and other rights, preferences and
limitations as the Board of Directors may determine without further approval of
the stockholders of the Company. The issuance of preferred stock by the Board of
Directors could, among other things, adversely affect the voting power of the
holders of Class A Common Stock and, under certain circumstances, make it more
difficult for a person or group to gain control of the Company. See "Risk
Factors -- Concentration of Voting Power and Anti-takeover Provisions."
    
 
     The issuance of any series of preferred stock, and the relative
designations, rights, preferences and limitations of such series, if and when
established, will depend upon, among other things, the future capital needs of
the Company, the then-existing market conditions and other factors that, in the
judgment of the Board of Directors, might warrant the issuance of preferred
stock. At the date of this Prospectus, there are no plans, agreements or
understandings for the issuance of any shares of preferred stock.
 
DELAWARE LAW, CERTAIN CHARTER AND BYLAW PROVISIONS AND CERTAIN FRANCHISE
AGREEMENT PROVISIONS
 
   
     Certain provisions of Delaware Law and of the Company's Certificate and
Bylaws, summarized in the following paragraphs, may be considered to have an
antitakeover effect and may delay, deter or prevent a tender offer, proxy
contest or other takeover attempt that a stockholder might consider to be in
such stockholder's best interest, including such an attempt as might result in
payment of a premium over the market price for shares held by stockholders.
    
 
     DELAWARE ANTITAKEOVER LAW. The Company, a Delaware corporation, is subject
to the provisions of Delaware Law, including Section 203. In general, Section
203 prohibits a public Delaware corporation from engaging in a "business
combination" with an "interested stockholder" for a period of three years after
the date of the transaction in which such person became an interested
stockholder unless: (i) prior to such date, the Board of Directors approved
either the business combination or the transaction which resulted in the
stockholder becoming an interested stockholder; or (ii) upon becoming an
interested stockholder, the stockholder then owned at least 85% of the voting
stock, as defined in Section 203; or (iii) subsequent to such date, the business
combination is approved by both the Board of Directors and by holders of at
least 66 2/3% of the
 
                                       67
 
<PAGE>
corporation's outstanding voting stock, excluding shares owned by the interested
stockholder. For these purposes, the term "business combination" includes
mergers, asset sales and other similar transactions with an "interested
stockholder." An "interested stockholder" is a person who, together with
affiliates and associates, owns (or, within the prior three years, did own) 15%
or more of the corporation's voting stock. Although Section 203 permits a
corporation to elect not to be governed by its provisions, the Company to date
has not made this election.
 
     CLASSIFIED BOARD OF DIRECTORS. The Company's Bylaws provide for the Board
of Directors to be divided into three classes of directors serving staggered
three-year terms. As a result, approximately one-third of the Board of Directors
will be elected each year. Classification of the Board of Directors expands the
time required to change the composition of a majority of directors and may tend
to discourage a takeover bid for the Company. Moreover, under Delaware Law, in
the case of a corporation having a classified board of directors, the
stockholders may remove a director only for cause. This provision, when coupled
with the provision of the Bylaws authorizing only the board of directors to fill
vacant directorships, will preclude stockholders of the Company from removing
incumbent directors without cause, simultaneously gaining control of the Board
of Directors by filing the vacancies with their own nominees.
 
     SPECIAL MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS. The Company's Bylaws provide that special
meetings of stockholders may be called only by the Chairman or by the Secretary
or any Assistant Secretary at the request in writing of a majority of the Board
of Directors of the Company. The Company's Bylaws also provide that no action
required to be taken or that may be taken at any annual or special meeting of
stockholders may be taken without a meeting; the powers of stockholders to
consent in writing, without a meeting, to the taking of any action is
specifically denied. These provisions may make it more difficult for
stockholders to take action opposed by the Board of Directors.
 
     ADVANCE NOTICE REQUIREMENTS FOR STOCKHOLDER PROPOSALS AND DIRECTOR
NOMINATIONS. The Company's Bylaws provide that stockholders seeking to bring
business before an annual meeting of stockholders, or to nominate candidates for
election as directors at an annual or a special meeting of stockholders, must
provide timely notice thereof in writing. To be timely, a stockholder's notice
must be delivered to, or mailed and received at, the principal executive office
of the Company, (i) in the case of an annual meeting that is called for a date
that is within 30 days before or after the anniversary date of the immediately
preceding annual meeting of stockholders, not less than 60 days nor more than 90
days prior to such anniversary date, and, (ii) in the case of an annual meeting
that is called for a date that is not within 30 days before or after the
anniversary date of the immediately preceding annual meeting, or in the case of
a special meeting of stockholders called for the purpose of electing directors,
not later than the close of business on the tenth day following the day on which
notice of the date of the meeting was mailed or public disclosure of the date of
the meeting was made, whichever occurs first. The Bylaws also specify certain
requirements for a stockholder's notice to be in proper written form. These
provisions may preclude some stockholders from bringing matters before the
stockholders at an annual or special meeting or from making nominations for
directors at an annual or special meeting.
 
     CONFLICT OF INTEREST PROCEDURES. The Company's Certificate contains
provisions providing that transactions between the Company and its affiliates
must be no less favorable to the Company than would be available in transactions
involving arms'-length dealing with unrelated third parties. Moreover, any such
transaction involving aggregate payments in excess of $500,000 must be approved
by a majority of the Company's directors and a majority of the Company's
independent directors. Otherwise, the Company must obtain an opinion as to the
financial fairness of the transactions to be issued by an investment banking or
appraisal firm of national standing.
 
     RESTRICTIONS UNDER FRANCHISE AGREEMENTS. The Company's franchise agreements
impose restrictions on the transfer of the Common Stock. A number of
Manufacturers prohibit transactions which affect changes in management control
of the Company. Such restrictions may prevent or deter prospective acquirers
from obtaining control of the Company. See "Risk Factors -- Stock
Ownership/Issuance Limits" and "Business -- Relationships with Manufacturers."
 
                                       68
 
<PAGE>
                        SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE
 
   
     Upon completion of this Offering, the Company will have outstanding
shares of Class A Common Stock (assuming no exercise of the Underwriters'
over-allotment option). All of such shares will be freely transferable and may
be resold without further registration under the Securities Act, except for any
shares purchased by an "affiliate" of the Company (as defined by Rule 144),
which shares will be subject to the resale limitations of Rule 144. The
shares (the "Restricted Shares") of Class B Common Stock outstanding, which are
convertible into Class A Common Stock, are "restricted" securities within the
meaning of Rule 144 irrespective of whether the conversion right is exercised.
The        shares of Class A Common Stock, which underlie options to be granted
on or before the closing of the Offering under the Company's Stock Option Plan
and the Dyer Warrant, may be resold only pursuant to a registration statement
under the Securities Act or an applicable exemption from registration thereunder
such as an exemption provided by Rule 144.
    
 
     In general, under Rule 144 as currently in effect, a person (or persons
whose shares are aggregated) who has beneficially owned "restricted securities"
for at least one year may, under certain circumstances, resell within any
three-month period, such number of shares as does not exceed the greater of one
percent of the then-outstanding shares of Class A Common Stock or the average
weekly trading volume of Class A Common Stock during the four calendar weeks
prior to such resale. Rule 144 also permits, under certain circumstances, the
resale of shares without any quantity limitation by a person who has satisfied a
two-year holding period and who is not, and has not been for the preceding three
months, an affiliate of the Company. In addition, holding periods of successive
non-affiliate owners are aggregated for purposes of determining compliance with
these one- and two-year holding period requirements.
 
     Upon completion of this Offering, none of the        shares of Class B
Common Stock outstanding on the date of this Prospectus and not sold in the
Offering will have been held for at least one year. Since all such shares are
restricted securities, none of them may be resold pursuant to Rule 144 upon
completion of this Offering. Any transfer of shares of the Class B Common Stock
to any person other than a member of the Smith Group will result in a conversion
of such shares to Class A Common Stock.
 
     The Restricted Shares will not be eligible for sale under Rule 144 until
the expiration of the one-year holding period from the date such Restricted
Shares were acquired.
 
     The availability of shares for sale or actual sales under Rule 144 and the
perception that such shares may be sold may have a material adverse effect on
the market price of the Class A Common Stock. Sales under Rule 144 also could
impair the Company's ability to market additional equity securities.
 
     Additionally, the Company has entered into the Registration Rights
Agreement with Sonic Financial, Bruton Smith, Scott Smith and William Egan. The
Registration Rights Agreement provides piggyback registration rights with
respect to       shares of Common Stock in the aggregate. For further
information regarding the Registration Rights Agreement, see "Certain
Transactions -- Registration Rights Agreements."
 
   
     The Company, all of the executive officers of the Company and the holders
of Class B Common Stock have agreed, subject to certain exceptions, not,
directly or indirectly, to (i) sell, grant an option or otherwise transfer or
dispose of any Class A Common Stock or securities convertible into or
exchangeable or exercisable for Class A Common Stock, including shares of Class
B Common Stock, or file a registration statement under the Securities Act with
respect to the foregoing or (ii) enter into any swap or other agreement or
transaction that transfers, in whole or part, the economic consequences of
ownership of the Class A Common Stock for 180 days from the date of this
Prospectus without the prior written consent of Merrill Lynch.
    
 
                                       69
 
<PAGE>
                                  UNDERWRITING
 
   
     Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in a purchase agreement (the
"Purchase Agreement"), the Company has agreed to sell to each of the
Underwriters named below, and each of the Underwriters, for whom Merrill Lynch,
Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated ("Merrill Lynch"), Montgomery Securities and
Wheat, First Securities, Inc. are acting as representatives (the
"Representatives"), has severally agreed to purchase from the Company, the
number of shares of Class A Common Stock set forth opposite its name below. In
the Purchase Agreement, the several Underwriters have agreed, subject to the
terms and conditions set forth therein, to purchase all the shares of Class A
Common Stock offered hereby, if any are purchased. In the event of a default by
an Underwriter, the Purchase Agreement provides that, in certain circumstances,
purchase commitments of the nondefaulting Underwriters may be increased or the
Purchase Agreement may be terminated.
    
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                                     NUMBER OF
             UNDERWRITERS                                                                                              SHARES
<S>                                                                                                                  <C>
Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith
             Incorporated.........................................................................................
Montgomery Securities.............................................................................................
Wheat, First Securities, Inc......................................................................................
 
             Total................................................................................................
</TABLE>
 
     The Underwriters have advised the Company that they propose initially to
offer the shares of Class A Common Stock to the public at the initial public
offering price set forth on the cover page of this Prospectus and to certain
dealers at such price less a concession not in excess of $       per share of
Class A Common Stock. The Underwriters may allow, and such dealers may reallow,
a discount not in excess of $       per share of Class A Common Stock to certain
other dealers. After the initial public offering, the public offering price,
concession and discount may be changed.
 
     At the request of the Company, the Underwriters have reserved up to
shares of Class A Common Stock for sale at the initial public offering price to
directors, officers, employees, business associates and related persons of the
Company. The number of shares of Class A Common Stock available for sale to the
general public will be reduced to the extent such persons purchase such reserved
shares. Any reserved shares which are not so purchased will be offered by the
Underwriters to the general public on the same basis as the other shares offered
hereby.
 
     The Company, all of the executive officers of the Company and all the
holders of Class B Common Stock have agreed, subject to certain exceptions, not
to, directly or indirectly, (i) sell, grant any option to purchase or otherwise
transfer or dispose of any Class A Common Stock or securities convertible into
or exchangeable or exercisable for Class A Common Stock, including shares of
Class B Common Stock, or file a registration statement under the Securities Act
with respect to the foregoing or (ii) enter into any swap or other agreement or
transaction that transfers, in whole or part, the economic consequence of
ownership of the Class A Common Stock, without the prior written consent of
Merrill Lynch, for a period of 180 days after the date of this Prospectus.
 
     The Company has granted an option to the Underwriters, exercisable within
30 days after the date of this Prospectus, to purchase up to an aggregate of
       additional shares of Class A Common Stock at the initial public offering
price set forth on the cover page of this Prospectus, less the underwriting
discount. The Underwriters may exercise this option only to cover
over-allotments, if any, made on the sale of the Class A Common Stock offered
hereby. To the extent that the Underwriters exercise this option, each
Underwriter will be obligated, subject to certain conditions, to purchase a
number of additional shares of Class A Common Stock proportionate to such
Underwriter's initial amount reflected in the foregoing table.
 
                                       70
 
<PAGE>
     Prior to the Offering, there has been no public market for the Class A
Common Stock. The initial public offering price for the Class A Common Stock
will be determined by negotiation between the Company and the Representatives.
The factors considered in determining the initial public offering price, in
addition to prevailing market conditions, are price-earnings ratios of publicly
traded companies that the Representatives believe to be comparable to the
Company, certain financial information of the Company, the history of, and the
prospects for, the Company and the industry in which it competes, and an
assessment of the Company's management, its past and present operations, the
prospects for and the timing of future revenues of the Company, the present
state of the Company's development, and the above factors in relation to market
values and various valuation measures of other companies engaged in activities
similar to the Company. There can be no assurance that an active trading market
will develop for the Class A Common Stock or that the Class A Common Stock will
trade in the public market subsequent to the Offering made hereby at or above
the initial public offering price.
 
     The Company has agreed to indemnify the several Underwriters against
certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act of 1933, as
amended, or to contribute to payments the Underwriters may be required to make
in respect thereof.
 
     The Company intends to apply for listing of the Class A Common Stock on the
NYSE under the symbol "DLR." In order to meet the requirements for listing of
the Class A Common Stock on that exchange, the Underwriters have undertaken to
sell lots of 100 or more shares to a minimum of 2,000 beneficial holders.
 
     The Representatives have advised the Company that the Underwriters do not
intend to confirm sales of Class A Common Stock offered hereby to any accounts
over which they exercise discretionary authority.
 
     Until the distribution of the Class A Common Stock is completed, rules of
the Securities and Exchange Commission may limit the ability of the Underwriters
and certain selling group members to bid for and purchase the Class A Common
Stock. As an exception to these rules, the Representatives are permitted to
engage in certain transactions that stabilize the price of Class A Common Stock.
Such transactions consist of bids or purchases for the purpose of pegging,
fixing or maintaining the price of the Class A Common Stock.
 
     If the Underwriters create a short position in the Class A Common Stock in
connection with the Offering, I.E., if they sell more shares of Class A Common
Stock than are set forth on the cover page of this Prospectus, the
Representatives may reduce that short position by purchasing Class A Common
Stock in the open market. The Representatives may also elect to reduce any short
position by exercising all or part of the over-allotment option described above.
 
     The Representatives may also impose a penalty bid on certain Underwriters
and selling group members. This means that if the Representatives purchase
shares of Class A Common Stock in the open market to reduce the Underwriters'
short position or to stabilize the price of the Class A Common Stock, they may
reclaim the amount of the selling concession from the Underwriters and selling
group members who sold those shares as part of the Offering.
 
     In general, purchases of a security for the purpose of stabilization or to
reduce a short position could cause the price of the security to be higher than
it might be in the absence of such purchases. The imposition of a penalty bid
might also have an effect on the price of a security to the extent that it were
to discourage resales of the security.
 
     Neither the Company nor any of the Underwriters makes any representation or
prediction as to the direction or magnitude of any effect that the transactions
described above may have on the price of the Class A Common Stock. In addition,
neither the Company nor any of the Underwriters makes any representation that
the Representatives will engage in such transactions or that such transactions,
once commenced, will not be discontinued without notice.
 
                                 LEGAL MATTERS
 
   
     Parker, Poe, Adams & Bernstein L.L.P., Charlotte, North Carolina, counsel
to the Company, will render an opinion that the shares of Class A Common Stock
offered hereby, when issued and paid for in accordance with the terms of the
Underwriting Agreement, will be duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and
nonassessable. Fried, Frank, Harris, Shriver & Jacobson (a partnership including
professional corporations), New York, New York, has served as counsel to the
Underwriters in connection with this Offering. Fried, Frank, Harris, Shriver &
Jacobson will rely on Parker, Poe, Adams & Bernstein L.L.P. with respect to
matters of North Carolina law.
    
 
                                       71
 
<PAGE>
                                    EXPERTS
 
   
     The combined and consolidated financial statements of Sonic Automotive,
Inc. and Affiliated Companies as of and for the year ended December 31, 1996,
the financial statements of Dyer & Dyer, Inc., the combined financial statements
of Bowers Automotive Group, the combined financial statements of Lake Norman
Dodge, Inc. and Affiliated Companies, and the financial statements of Ken Marks
Ford, Inc. included in this Prospectus have been audited by Deloitte & Touche
LLP, independent auditors, as stated in their reports appearing herein, and are
included in reliance upon the reports of such firm given upon their authority as
experts in accounting and auditing.
    
 
   
     The combined financial statements of Sonic Automotive, Inc. and Affiliated
Companies as of December 31, 1995 and for the years ended December 31, 1994 and
1995 have been audited by Dixon, Odom & Co., L.L.P., independent auditors, as
stated in their report appearing herein, and is included in reliance upon the
report of such firm given upon their authority as experts in accounting and
auditing.
    
 
                             ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
 
   
     The Company has filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the
"SEC") a Registration Statement on Form S-1 under the Securities Act with
respect to the shares of Class A Common Stock offered hereby. This Prospectus
does not contain all of the information set forth in the Registration Statement
and the exhibits and schedules thereto. For further information with respect to
the Company and the shares of Class A Common Stock offered hereby, reference is
made to the Registration Statement, including the exhibits and schedules filed
as part thereof. Statements contained in this Prospectus as to the contents of
any contract or any other documents are not necessarily complete, and, in each
such instance, reference is made to the copy of the contract or document filed
as an exhibit to the Registration Statement, each such statement being qualified
in all respects by such reference thereto. The Registration Statement, together
with its exhibits and schedules, may be inspected at the Public Reference
Section of the SEC at Room 1024, 450 Fifth Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20549,
and at the regional offices of the SEC located at 7 World Trade Center, Suite
1300, New York, New York 10048 and at the Northwestern Atrium Center, 500 West
Madison Street, Suite 1400, Chicago, Illinois 60661. Copies of all or any part
of such materials may be obtained from any such office upon payment of the fees
prescribed by the SEC. Such information may also be inspected and copied at the
office of the NYSE at 20 Broad Street, New York, New York 10005. The Commission
also maintains a Website (http://www.sec.gov.) that contains reports, proxy and
information statements and other information regarding registrants that file
electronically with the SEC.
    
 
                                       72
 
<PAGE>
                         INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                                         PAGE
 
<S>                                                                                                                      <C>
SONIC AUTOMOTIVE, INC. AND AFFILIATED COMPANIES:
  INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' REPORTS.......................................................................................   F-2-3
  COMBINED AND CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS:
     Combined and Consolidated Balance Sheets at December 31, 1995 and 1996 and unaudited at June 30, 1997............     F-4
     Combined and Consolidated Statements of Income for the years ended December 31, 1994, 1995 and 1996 and unaudited
      for the six months ended June 30, 1996 and 1997.................................................................     F-5
     Combined and Consolidated Statements of Stockholders' Equity for the years ended
       December 31, 1994, 1995 and 1996 and unaudited for the six months ended June 30, 1997..........................     F-6
     Combined and Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 1994, 1995 and 1996 and
      unaudited for the six months ended June 30, 1996 and 1997.......................................................     F-7
     Notes to Combined and Consolidated Financial Statements..........................................................     F-8
 
DYER & DYER, INC.:
  INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' REPORT........................................................................................    F-16
  FINANCIAL STATEMENTS:
     Balance Sheets at December 31, 1995 and 1996 and unaudited at June 30, 1997......................................    F-17
     Statements of Income and Retained Earnings for the years ended December 31, 1994, 1995 and 1996 and unaudited for
      the six months ended June 30, 1996 and 1997.....................................................................    F-18
     Statements of Stockholder's Equity for the years ended December 31, 1994, 1995 and 1996 and unaudited for the six
      months ended June 30, 1997......................................................................................    F-19
     Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 1994, 1995 and 1996 and unaudited for the six months
      ended June 30, 1996 and 1997....................................................................................    F-20
     Notes to Financial Statements....................................................................................    F-21
 
BOWERS DEALERSHIPS AND AFFILIATED COMPANIES:
  INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' REPORT........................................................................................    F-25
  COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS:
     Combined Balance Sheets at December 31, 1995 and 1996 and unaudited at June 30, 1997.............................    F-26
     Combined Statements of Income for the years ended December 31, 1995 and 1996 and unaudited for the six months
      ended June 30, 1996 and 1997....................................................................................    F-27
     Combined Statements of Stockholders' Equity for the years ended
       December 31, 1995 and 1996 and unaudited for the six months ended June 30, 1997................................    F-28
     Combined Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 1995 and 1996 and unaudited for the six months
      ended June 30, 1996 and 1997....................................................................................    F-29
     Notes to Combined Financial Statements...........................................................................    F-30
 
LAKE NORMAN DODGE, INC. AND AFFILIATED COMPANIES:
  INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' REPORT........................................................................................    F-37
  COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS:
     Combined Balance Sheets at December 31, 1996 and unaudited at June 30, 1997......................................    F-38
     Combined Statements of Income for the year ended December 31, 1996 and unaudited for the six months ended June
      30, 1996 and 1997...............................................................................................    F-39
     Combined Statements of Stockholders' Equity for the year ended December 31, 1996 and unaudited for the six months
      ended June 30, 1997.............................................................................................    F-40
     Combined Statements of Cash Flows for the year ended December 31, 1996 and unaudited for the six months ended
      June 30, 1996 and 1997..........................................................................................    F-41
     Notes to Combined Financial Statements...........................................................................    F-42
 
KEN MARKS FORD, INC.:
  INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' REPORT........................................................................................    F-46
  FINANCIAL STATEMENTS:
     Balance Sheet at April 30, 1997..................................................................................    F-47
     Statement of Income for the year ended April 30, 1997............................................................    F-48
     Statement of Stockholders' Equity for the year ended April 30, 1997..............................................    F-49
     Statement of Cash Flows for the year ended April 30, 1997........................................................    F-50
     Notes to Financial Statements....................................................................................    F-51
</TABLE>
    
 
                                      F-1
 
<PAGE>
                          INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' REPORT
 
TO THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS AND STOCKHOLDERS OF
SONIC AUTOMOTIVE, INC.
Charlotte, North Carolina
 
  We have audited the accompanying combined balance sheet of Sonic Automotive,
Inc. and Affiliated Companies (the "Company"), which are under common ownership
and management, as of December 31, 1996, and the related combined statements of
income, stockholders' equity, and cash flows for the year then ended. These
financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our
responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on
our audit.
 
  We conducted our audit in accordance with generally accepted auditing
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes
assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by
management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.
 
  In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in
all material respects, the combined financial position of Sonic Automotive, Inc.
and Affiliated Companies as of December 31, 1996, and the combined results of
their operations and their combined cash flows for the year then ended in
conformity with generally accepted accounting principles.
 
DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP
Charlotte, North Carolina
 
August 7, 1997
 
                                      F-2
 
<PAGE>
                          INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' REPORT
 
TO THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS AND STOCKHOLDERS
SONIC AUTOMOTIVE, INC.
Charlotte, North Carolina
 
  We have audited the accompanying combined balance sheets of Sonic Automotive,
Inc. and Affiliated Companies (the "Company") as of December 31, 1995, and the
related combined statements of income, stockholders' equity, and cash flows for
the years ended December 31, 1994 and 1995. These financial statements are the
responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an
opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.
 
  We conducted our audits in accordance with generally accepted auditing
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes
assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by
management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
 
  In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in
all material respects, the combined financial position of Sonic Automotive, Inc.
and Affiliated Companies as of December 31, 1995, and the combined results of
their operations and their combined cash flows for the years ended December 31,
1994 and 1995 in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles.
 
DIXON, ODOM & CO., L.L.P.
Winston-Salem, North Carolina
 
April 30, 1997
 
                                      F-3
 
<PAGE>
                             SONIC AUTOMOTIVE, INC.
                            AND AFFILIATED COMPANIES
 
                    COMBINED AND CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
 
                  DECEMBER 31, 1995 AND 1996 AND JUNE 30, 1997
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                         DECEMBER 31,             JUNE 30,
                                                                                     1995           1996            1997
<S>                                                                               <C>            <C>            <C>
                                                                                                                (UNAUDITED)
ASSETS
CURRENT ASSETS:
  Cash and cash equivalents....................................................   $ 8,993,887    $ 6,679,490    $  9,237,585
  Marketable equity securities.................................................       706,126        638,500         769,123
  Receivables (Note 5) (net of allowance for doubtful accounts of $160,031 and
     $224,789 at December 31, 1995 and 1996,
     respectively).............................................................     9,085,376     11,907,786      12,897,264
  Inventories (Notes 3 and 5)..................................................    39,128,041     57,970,020      59,884,909
  Deferred income taxes (Note 6)...............................................       117,500        279,896         256,032
  Other current assets.........................................................       311,019        332,561         818,171
     Total current assets......................................................    58,341,949     77,808,253      83,863,084
PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT, NET (Notes 4 and 5)....................................     8,527,338     12,466,713      13,269,789
GOODWILL, NET (Note 1).........................................................            --      4,266,084       9,463,179
OTHER ASSETS...................................................................       372,610        389,277         263,374
TOTAL ASSETS...................................................................   $67,241,897    $94,930,327    $106,859,426
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
CURRENT LIABILITIES:
  Notes payable -- floor plan (Note 3).........................................   $45,151,111    $63,893,356    $ 67,855,408
  Trade accounts payable.......................................................     3,043,180      3,642,572       3,847,922
  Accrued interest.............................................................       503,391        521,190         491,341
  Other accrued liabilities....................................................     1,554,713      3,031,473       3,394,178
  Payable to affiliated companies (Note 7).....................................     2,000,000             --              --
  Payable to Company's Chairman (Note 2).......................................            --             --       3,500,000
  Current maturities of long-term debt.........................................       169,932        518,979         487,242
     Total current liabilities.................................................    52,422,327     71,607,570      79,576,091
LONG-TERM DEBT (Note 5)........................................................     3,560,766      5,285,862       5,137,210
PAYABLE TO AFFILIATED COMPANIES (Note 7).......................................     1,219,204        914,339         854,984
DEFERRED INCOME TAXES (Note 6).................................................       777,600      1,059,380         930,923
MINORITY INTEREST (Note 1).....................................................       199,522        313,912              --
COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES (Notes 7 and 10)
STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY (Notes 8 and 9):
  Preferred stock, $.10 par, 3,000,000 shares authorized and unissued..........            --             --              --
  Class A Common Stock, $.01 par, 50,000,000 shares authorized and unissued....            --             --              --
  Class B Common Stock, $.01 par, 50,000,000 shares authorized,
     10,000 shares issued and outstanding......................................           100            100             100
  Paid-in capital..............................................................     6,331,446     13,395,560      16,604,070
  Retained earnings............................................................     2,766,420      4,913,095       6,486,412
  Unrealized loss on marketable equity securities..............................       (35,488)       (93,562)        (97,433)
  Due from affiliates (Note 7).................................................            --     (2,465,929)     (2,632,931)
     Total stockholders' equity................................................     9,062,478     15,749,264      20,360,218
TOTAL LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY.....................................   $67,241,897    $94,930,327    $106,859,426
</TABLE>
    
 
          See notes to combined and consolidated financial statements.
 
                                      F-4
 
<PAGE>
                             SONIC AUTOMOTIVE, INC.
                            AND AFFILIATED COMPANIES
 
                 COMBINED AND CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME
 
                  YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1994, 1995 AND 1996
                AND THE SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 1996 AND 1997
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                        YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,                SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30,
                                                  1994            1995            1996            1996            1997
<S>                                           <C>             <C>             <C>             <C>             <C>
                                                                                                      (UNAUDITED)
REVENUES:
  Vehicle sales............................   $227,959,827    $267,307,949    $326,841,772    $164,332,724    $185,077,493
  Parts, service and collision repair......     33,984,096      35,859,960      42,643,812      21,005,202      22,906,377
  Finance and insurance....................      5,180,998       7,813,408       7,118,217       4,277,094       4,763,248
     Total revenues........................    267,124,921     310,981,317     376,603,801     189,615,020     212,747,118
COST OF SALES..............................    234,461,089     272,178,737     332,406,803     167,191,296     188,367,591
GROSS PROFIT...............................     32,663,832      38,802,580      44,196,998      22,423,724      24,379,527
SELLING, GENERAL AND ADMINISTRATIVE
  EXPENSES.................................     24,631,532      29,343,430      33,677,529      16,590,478      18,413,226
DEPRECIATION AND AMORTIZATION..............        838,011         832,261       1,075,618         359,630         395,573
OPERATING INCOME...........................      7,194,289       8,626,889       9,443,851       5,473,616       5,570,728
OTHER INCOME AND EXPENSE:
  Interest expense, floor plan.............      3,000,622       4,504,526       5,968,430       2,800,778       3,017,903
  Interest expense, other..................        443,409         436,435         433,250         183,898         269,145
  Gain on sale of marketable equity
     securities............................             --         107,007         354,922              --              --
  Other income.............................        609,088         342,047         263,676         369,412         273,842
     Total other expense...................      2,834,943       4,491,907       5,783,082       2,615,264       3,013,206
INCOME BEFORE INCOME TAXES AND
  MINORITY INTEREST........................      4,359,346       4,134,982       3,660,769       2,858,352       2,557,522
PROVISION FOR INCOME TAXES
  (Note 6).................................      1,559,750       1,674,900       1,399,704       1,093,034         937,212
INCOME BEFORE MINORITY
  INTEREST.................................      2,799,596       2,460,082       2,261,065       1,765,318       1,620,310
MINORITY INTEREST IN EARNINGS
  OF SUBSIDIARY............................         15,564          22,167         114,390          40,612          46,993
NET INCOME.................................   $  2,784,032    $  2,437,915    $  2,146,675    $  1,724,706    $  1,573,317
PRO FORMA NET INCOME PER SHARE
  (Note 1) (unaudited).....................                                   $        215                    $        157
PRO FORMA NUMBER OF SHARES
  USED TO COMPUTE PER SHARE
  DATA (Note 1) (unaudited)................                                         10,000                          10,000
</TABLE>
    
 
          See notes to combined and consolidated financial statements.
 
                                      F-5
 
<PAGE>
                             SONIC AUTOMOTIVE, INC.
                            AND AFFILIATED COMPANIES
 
          COMBINED AND CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
 
                YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1994, 1995 AND 1996 AND
                       THE SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 1997
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                   UNREALIZED LOSS
                                                  CLASS B                             RETAINED      ON MARKETABLE        DUE
                                               COMMON STOCK            PAID-IN        EARNINGS         EQUITY           FROM
                                           SHARES        AMOUNT        CAPITAL       (DEFICIT)       SECURITIES      AFFILIATES
<S>                                      <C>           <C>           <C>            <C>            <C>               <C>
BALANCE AT DECEMBER 31, 1993...........       10,000   $       100   $  4,837,100   $ (2,455,527)    $        --     $        --
  Net income...........................           --            --             --      2,784,032              --              --
BALANCE AT DECEMBER 31, 1994...........       10,000   $       100      4,837,100        328,505              --              --
  Capital contribution.................           --            --      1,494,346             --              --              --
  Change in net unrealized loss on
    marketable equity
    securities.........................           --            --             --             --         (35,488)             --
  Net income...........................           --            --             --      2,437,915              --              --
BALANCE AT DECEMBER 31, 1995...........       10,000           100      6,331,446      2,766,420         (35,488)             --
  Capital contribution                            --            --      7,064,114             --              --              --
  Advance to affiliates................           --            --             --             --              --      (2,465,929)
  Change in net unrealized loss on
    marketable equity
    securities.........................           --            --             --             --         (58,074)             --
  Net income...........................           --            --             --      2,146,675              --
BALANCE AT DECEMBER 31, 1996...........       10,000           100     13,395,560      4,913,095         (93,562)     (2,465,929)
  Capital contribution (unaudited).....           --            --      3,208,510             --              --              --
  Advance to affiliates (unaudited)....           --            --             --             --              --        (167,002)
  Change in net unrealized loss on
    marketable equity
    securities (unaudited).............           --            --             --             --          (3,871)             --
  Net income (unaudited)...............           --            --             --      1,573,317              --              --
BALANCE AT JUNE 30, 1997 (UNAUDITED)...       10,000   $       100   $ 16,604,070   $  6,486,412     $   (97,433)    $(2,632,931)
 
<CAPTION>
                                             TOTAL
                                         STOCKHOLDERS'
                                             EQUITY
<S>                                      <C>
BALANCE AT DECEMBER 31, 1993...........   $  2,381,673
  Net income...........................      2,784,032
BALANCE AT DECEMBER 31, 1994...........      5,165,705
  Capital contribution.................      1,494,346
  Change in net unrealized loss on
    marketable equity
    securities.........................        (35,488)
  Net income...........................      2,437,915
BALANCE AT DECEMBER 31, 1995...........      9,062,478
  Capital contribution                       7,064,114
  Advance to affiliates................     (2,465,929)
  Change in net unrealized loss on
    marketable equity
    securities.........................        (58,074)
  Net income...........................      2,146,675
BALANCE AT DECEMBER 31, 1996...........     15,749,264
  Capital contribution (unaudited).....      3,208,510
  Advance to affiliates (unaudited)....       (167,002)
  Change in net unrealized loss on
    marketable equity
    securities (unaudited).............         (3,871)
  Net income (unaudited)...............      1,573,317
BALANCE AT JUNE 30, 1997 (UNAUDITED)...   $ 20,360,218
</TABLE>
    
 
          See notes to combined and consolidated financial statements.
 
                                      F-6
 
<PAGE>
                             SONIC AUTOMOTIVE, INC.
                            AND AFFILIATED COMPANIES
 
               COMBINED AND CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
 
                YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1994, 1995 AND 1996 AND
                  THE SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 1996 AND 1997
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                    YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,              SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30,
                                                              1994           1995            1996           1996           1997
<S>                                                        <C>            <C>            <C>             <C>            <C>
                                                                                                                (UNAUDITED)
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
  Net income............................................   $ 2,784,032    $ 2,437,915    $  2,146,675    $ 1,724,706    $ 1,573,317
  Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash
    provided by operating activities:
    Depreciation and amortization.......................       838,011        832,261       1,075,618        359,630        395,573
    Minority interest...................................        15,564         22,167         114,390         40,612         46,993
    Loss (gain) on disposal of property and equipment               --        (38,721)         79,660
    Gain on sale of marketable equity securities........            --       (107,007)       (354,922)      (278,917)      (134,496)
    Deferred income taxes...............................       258,400        450,400        (240,548)       (62,002)        23,864
    Changes in assets and liabilities that relate to
      operations:
      (Increase) decrease in receivables................    (2,091,063)      (228,084)     (2,420,651)       287,459       (989,478)
      (Increase) decrease in inventories................    (8,942,669)    (3,724,725)    (12,653,222)    (3,511,263)     2,745,061
      (Increase) decrease in other current assets.......       (66,945)        21,173         (10,455)      (189,391)      (483,564)
      Increase (decrease) in other non-current assets...          (679)       (14,104)        (69,883)         2,851        113,403
      Increase in notes payable-floor plan..............     9,489,146      3,431,241      12,984,772      4,117,088        290,190
      Increase (decrease) in accounts payable and
         accrued expenses...............................       676,526        (42,224)      1,439,486      1,285,875        396,972
         Total adjustments..............................       176,291        602,377         (55,755)     2,051,942      2,404,579
         Net cash provided by operating activities......     2,960,323      3,040,292       2,090,920      3,776,648      3,977,835
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
  Purchase of business, net of cash received............            --             --      (5,126,595)      (692,883)    (3,627,347)
  Purchases of property and equipment...................    (1,386,877)    (1,508,848)     (1,906,739)            --       (886,149)
  Proceeds from sale of property and equipment..........        32,162        556,789           4,036             --             --
  Purchase of marketable equity securities..............       (82,801)    (1,622,845)       (207,400)            --             --
  Proceeds from sales of marketable equity securities...            --      1,073,539         514,700         88,900             --
  Net (advances to) receipts from affiliate companies...      (295,578)     1,772,022      (4,770,794)    (3,251,199)     3,273,643
         Net cash provided by (used in) investing
           activities...................................    (1,733,094)       270,657     (11,492,792)    (3,855,182)    (1,239,853)
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
  Capital contributions.................................            --      1,494,346       7,064,114      1,000,000            500
  Proceeds from long-term debt..........................       107,284          2,899         599,206             --             --
  Payments of long-term debt............................      (441,500)      (269,254)       (575,845)      (468,970)      (180,387)
         Net cash provided by (used in) financing
           activities...................................      (334,216)     1,227,991       7,087,475        531,030       (179,887)
NET INCREASE (DECREASE) IN CASH.........................       893,013      4,538,940      (2,314,397)       452,496      2,558,095
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, BEGINNING
  OF PERIOD.............................................     3,561,934      4,454,947       8,993,887      8,993,887      6,679,490
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, END OF PERIOD................   $ 4,454,947    $ 8,993,887    $  6,679,490    $ 9,446,383    $ 9,237,585
SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURES OF CASH FLOW
  INFORMATION -- Cash paid during the period for:
  Interest..............................................   $ 3,324,678    $ 4,776,504    $  6,488,657    $ 2,839,031    $ 3,320,996
  Income taxes..........................................   $   998,850    $ 1,522,100    $  2,042,268    $   834,000    $   930,000
</TABLE>
    
 
          See notes to combined and consolidated financial statements.
 
                                      F-7
 
<PAGE>
                             SONIC AUTOMOTIVE, INC.
                            AND AFFILIATED COMPANIES
 
            NOTES TO COMBINED AND CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
1. DESCRIPTION OF BUSINESS AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
 
   
     ORGANIZATION AND BUSINESS -- Sonic Automotive, Inc ("Sonic") was
incorporated in the State of Delaware in February, 1997 in order to effect a
reorganization of certain affiliated companies (the "Reorganization") and to
undertake an initial public offering of Sonic's common stock (the "Offering").
Sonic and affiliated companies (collectively, the "Company") operate automobile
dealerships in the Houston, Texas and Charlotte, North Carolina metropolitan
areas. The Company sells new and used cars and light trucks, sells replacement
parts, provides vehicle maintenance, warranty, paint and repair services and
arranges related financing and insurance. The financial statements for the
periods through June 30, 1997 represent the combined data for the entities under
common ownership and control which became subsidiaries of Sonic pursuant to the
Reorganization on June 30, 1997, including the following entities:
    
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                              <C>
Town and Country Ford, Inc....................................................   Charlotte
Lone Star Ford, Inc...........................................................   Houston
FMF Management, Inc. (d/b/a Fort Mill Ford)...................................   Charlotte
Town and Country Toyota, Inc..................................................   Charlotte
Frontier Oldsmobile-Cadillac, Inc.............................................   Charlotte
</TABLE>
 
     All material intercompany transactions have been eliminated in the combined
financial statements. Effective June 30, 1997, these five entities became
wholly-owned subsidiaries of Sonic through the exchange of their common stock or
membership interests for 10,000 shares of Sonic's Class B common stock having a
$.01 par value per share. On June 2, 1997 Sonic, through its wholly-owned
subsidiary, Fort Mill Chrysler-Plymouth-Dodge, acquired certain dealership
assets and liabilities of Jeff Boyd Chrysler-Plymouth-Dodge, Inc. (a previously
unrelated entity) for a total purchase price of approximately $3.7 million. The
unaudited consolidated financial statements as of and for the six months ended
June 30, 1997, which give effect to the Reorganization, include the accounts of
the above five entities and also include the accounts and results of operations
of Fort Mill Chrysler-Plymouth-Dodge from the date of its acquisition.
 
     The Reorganization was accounted for at historical cost in a manner similar
to a pooling-of-interests as the entities were under the common management and
control of Mr. O. Bruton Smith. The acquisition of Jeff Boyd
Chrysler-Plymouth-Dodge was accounted for as a purchase.
 
     Prior to the Reorganization, Town and Country Toyota, Inc. was 69% owned by
Mr. O. Bruton Smith, the Company's Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, Lone
Star Ford, Inc. and Frontier Oldsmobile -- Cadillac, Inc. were 100% owned by
Sonic Financial Corporation ("SFC"), which in turn is 100% owned by Mr. Smith
and related family trusts. Town and Country Ford, Inc. was owned 80% by SFC and
20% by Mr. Scott Smith (O. Bruton Smith's son). FMF Management, Inc. was owned
50% by SFC and 50% by Mr. O. Bruton Smith.
 
     In connection with the Reorganization, the Company purchased the 31%
minority interest in Town and Country Toyota, Inc. for $3.2 million in a
transaction accounted for using purchase accounting.
 
     In connection with the anticipated Offering, Sonic expects to issue shares
of its Class A common stock. The Class B common stock entitles the holder to ten
votes per share, except in certain circumstances, while the Class A common stock
entitles its holder to one vote per share.
 
     PRO FORMA NET INCOME PER SHARE -- Pro forma net income per share in the
accompanying financial statements has been prepared based upon the shares
outstanding after the Reorganization and without giving effect to the issuance
of common stock related to the Offering.
 
     REVENUE RECOGNITION -- The Company records revenue when vehicles are
delivered to customers, and when vehicle service work is performed. Finance and
insurance commission revenue is recognized principally at the time the contract
is placed with the financial institution.
 
     DEALER AGREEMENTS -- The Company purchases substantially all of its new
vehicles from manufacturers at the prevailing prices charged by the manufacturer
to its franchised dealers. The Company's sales could be unfavorably impacted by
the manufacturer's unwillingness or inability to supply the dealership with an
adequate supply of new car inventory.
 
                                      F-8
 
<PAGE>
                             SONIC AUTOMOTIVE, INC.
                            AND AFFILIATED COMPANIES
 
      NOTES TO COMBINED AND CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- CONTINUED
 
1. DESCRIPTION OF BUSINESS AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING
POLICIES -- Continued
     Each dealership operates under a dealer agreement with the manufacturer
which generally restricts the location, management and ownership of the
respective dealership. The ability of the Company to acquire additional
franchises from a particular manufacturer may be limited due to certain
restrictions imposed by manufacturers. Additionally, the Company's ability to
enter into other significant acquisitions may be restricted and the acquisition
of the Company's stock by third parties may be limited by the terms of the
franchise agreement.
 
     CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS -- The Company considers contracts in transit and
all highly liquid debt instruments with an initial maturity of three months or
less to be cash equivalents. Contracts in transit represent cash in transit to
the Company from finance companies related to vehicle purchases, and was
$2,644,804 and $5,222,589 at December 31, 1995 and 1996, respectively.
 
     INVENTORIES -- Inventories of new vehicles, including demonstrators, are
valued at the lower of last-in, first-out ("LIFO") cost or market. Inventories
of used vehicles are stated at the lower of specific cost or market, and parts
and accessories are stated at the lower first-in, first-out ("FIFO") cost or
market.
 
     PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT -- Property and equipment are stated at cost.
Depreciation is computed using straight-line and accelerated methods over the
estimated useful lives of the assets. The range of estimated useful lives is as
follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                USEFUL LIVES
<S>                                                                             <C>
Building.....................................................................        40
Office equipment and fixtures................................................        5-7
Parts and service equipment..................................................         5
Company vehicles.............................................................         5
</TABLE>
 
     Leasehold improvements are amortized over the lesser of the terms of their
respective leases or the estimated useful lives of the related assets.
 
     Expenditures for maintenance and repairs are expensed as incurred.
Significant betterments are capitalized.
 
     GOODWILL -- Goodwill represents the excess of purchase price over the
estimated fair value of the net assets acquired and is being amortized over a 40
year period. The cumulative amount of goodwill amortization at December 31, 1996
was approximately $98,000.
 
     The Company periodically reviews goodwill to assess recoverability. The
Company's policy is to compare the carrying value of goodwill with the expected
undiscounted cash flows from operations of the acquired business.
 
     MARKETABLE EQUITY SECURITIES -- The Company's marketable equity securities
are classified as "available for sale" and are not bought and held principally
for the purpose of selling them in the near term. As such, these securities are
reported at fair value, with unrealized gains and losses, net of tax, excluded
from earnings and reported as a separate component of stockholders' equity.
Realized gains and losses on sales of marketable equity securities are
determined using the specific identification method.
 
     INCOME TAXES -- Income taxes are provided for the tax effects of
transactions reported in the financial statements and consist of taxes currently
due plus deferred taxes related primarily to the capitalization of additional
inventory costs for income tax purposes, the recording of chargebacks and
repossession losses on the direct write-off method for income tax purposes, the
direct write-off of uncollectible accounts for income tax purposes, and the
accelerated depreciation method used for income tax purposes. The deferred tax
assets and liabilities represent the future tax return consequences of those
differences, which will either be taxable or deductible when the assets and
liabilities are recovered or settled. In addition, deferred tax assets are
recognized for state operating losses that are available to offset future
taxable income.
 
     CONCENTRATIONS OF CREDIT RISK -- Financial instruments which potentially
subject the Company to concentrations of credit risk consist principally of cash
on deposit with financial institutions. At times, amounts invested with
financial institutions may exceed FDIC insurance limits.
 
                                      F-9
 
<PAGE>
                             SONIC AUTOMOTIVE, INC.
                            AND AFFILIATED COMPANIES
 
      NOTES TO COMBINED AND CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- CONTINUED
 
1. DESCRIPTION OF BUSINESS AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING
POLICIES -- Continued
     Concentrations of credit risk with respect to receivables are limited
primarily to automobile manufacturers and financial institutions. Credit risk
arising from trade receivables from commercial customers is reduced by the large
number of customers comprising the trade receivables balances. Trade receivables
are concentrated in the Company's two market areas of Houston, Texas and
Charlotte, North Carolina metropolitan areas.
 
   
     FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS -- As of December 31, 1995 and 1996 the
fair values of the Company's financial instruments including receivables, due
from affiliates, notes payable-floor plan, trade accounts payable, payables to
affiliated companies and Company Chairman and long-term debt approximate their
carrying values.
    
 
     USE OF ESTIMATES -- The preparation of financial statements in conformity
with generally accepted accounting principles requires management to make
estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and
liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of
the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses
during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.
 
     ADVERTISING -- The Company expenses advertising costs in the period
incurred. Advertising expense amounted to $3,765,363, $4,525,670 and $4,989,283
for 1994, 1995 and 1996, respectively.
 
     IMPAIRMENT OF LONG-LIVED ASSETS -- Effective January 1, 1996, the Company
adopted the provisions of SFAS No. 121, ACCOUNTING FOR THE IMPAIRMENT OF
LONG-LIVED ASSETS AND FOR LONG-LIVED ASSETS TO BE DISPOSED OF. This statement
requires that long-lived assets be reviewed for impairment whenever events or
changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not
be recoverable. Adoption of SFAS No. 121 did not have a material impact on the
Company's results of operations, financial position, and cash flows.
 
     NEW ACCOUNTING STANDARDS -- In February 1997, the Financial Accounting
Standards Board issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 128,
"Earnings Per Share." This Statement specifies the computation, presentation and
disclosure requirements for earnings per share. The Company believes that the
adoption of such statement would not result in earnings per share materially
different than pro forma earnings per share presented in the accompanying
statements of income.
 
     In June 1997, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued Statement of
Financial Accounting Standards No. 130, "Reporting Comprehensive Income." This
standard establishes standards of reporting and display of comprehensive income
and its components in a full set of general-purpose financial statements. This
Statement will be effective for the Company's fiscal year ending December 31,
1998, and the Company does not intend to adopt this statement prior to the
effective date. Had the Company early adopted this Statement, it would have
reported comprehensive income of $2,784,032, $2,402,427 and $2,088,601 for the
years ended December 31, 1994, 1995 and 1996, respectively.
 
     INTERIM FINANCIAL INFORMATION -- The accompanying unaudited financial
information for the six months ended June 30, 1996 and 1997 has been prepared on
substantially the same basis as the audited financial statements, and include
all adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring adjustments, necessary for
a fair presentation of the financial information set forth therein. The results
for interim periods are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected
for the entire fiscal year.
 
                                      F-10
 
<PAGE>
                             SONIC AUTOMOTIVE, INC.
                            AND AFFILIATED COMPANIES
 
      NOTES TO COMBINED AND CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- CONTINUED
 
2. BUSINESS ACQUISITIONS
 
     In June 1997, the Company through its wholly-owned subsidiary, Fort Mill
Chrysler-Plymouth-Dodge, acquired certain dealership assets and liabilities of
Jeff Boyd Chrysler-Plymouth-Dodge for a total purchase price of $3.7 million. Of
the total purchase price of $3.7 million, $3.5 million was advanced to the
Company by Mr. O. Bruton Smith, with interest charged at 3.83%. It is
anticipated that this advance will be repaid in full with proceeds from the
Offering. This transaction was accounted for using purchase accounting and the
results of the operations of this dealership have been included from the date of
acquisition through June 30, 1997 in the accompanying Unaudited Combined and
Consolidated Statement of Income. The purchase price has been allocated to the
assets and liabilities acquired at their estimated fair market value at the
acquisition date as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                            <C>
Working capital.............................................................   $  977,000
Property and equipment......................................................      250,000
Goodwill....................................................................    2,473,000
Totals......................................................................   $3,700,000
</TABLE>
 
     In June, July and August the Company entered into definitive agreements to
purchase six additional dealership groups for an aggregate purchase price of
$100.7 million as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                 <C>
Bowers Dealerships................................  Chattanooga, Tennessee
Lake Norman Dodge and Affiliates..................  Cornelius, North Carolina
Ken Marks Ford....................................  Clearwater, Florida
Dyer Volvo........................................  Atlanta, Georgia
Jeff Boyd Chrysler-Plymouth-Dodge.................  Fort Mill, South Carolina
Williams Motors, Inc..............................  Rock Hill, South Carolina
</TABLE>
 
     The Jeff Boyd Chrysler-Plymouth-Dodge acquisition has been consummated. The
completion of the remaining acquisitions may be dependent upon the successful
completion of the Offering.
 
     On February 1, 1996, the Company acquired Fort Mill Ford for a total
purchase price of $5,741,114. The acquisition has been accounted for as a
purchase and the results of operations of Fort Mill Ford have been included in
the accompanying combined financial statements from the date of acquisition. The
purchase price has been allocated to the assets and liabilities acquired at
their estimated fair market value at the acquisition date as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                            <C>
Working capital.............................................................   $  822,000
Property and equipment......................................................    3,022,000
Goodwill....................................................................    4,364,000
Non-current liabilities assumed.............................................   (2,467,000)
Total.......................................................................   $5,741,000
</TABLE>
 
     The following unaudited pro forma financial data is presented as if Fort
Mill Ford had been acquired at January 1, 1994. Fort Mill Ford results of
operations for 1994 and 1995 are based on application of the first-in, first-out
method of accounting for inventories for all classes of inventory. Pro forma
results of operations for 1996 are not presented because the acquisition
occurred in February 1996, and the pro forma results would not be materially
different from the historical results presented.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                    1994            1995
<S>                                                                                             <C>             <C>
Revenues.....................................................................................   $300,558,662    $345,198,523
Net income...................................................................................   $  2,939,561    $  2,874,909
Earnings per share...........................................................................   $        294    $        287
</TABLE>
 
     The pro forma information presented above is not necessarily indicative of
the operating results that would have occurred had Fort Mill Ford been acquired
on January 1, 1994. These results are also not necessarily indicative of the
results of future operations.
 
                                      F-11
 
<PAGE>
                             SONIC AUTOMOTIVE, INC.
                            AND AFFILIATED COMPANIES
 
      NOTES TO COMBINED AND CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- CONTINUED
 
3. INVENTORIES AND RELATED NOTES PAYABLE -- FLOOR PLAN
 
     Inventories at December 31, 1995 and 1996 and June 30, 1997 consist of the
following:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                          DECEMBER 31,            JUNE 30,
                                                                                      1995           1996           1997
<S>                                                                                <C>            <C>            <C>
                                                                                                                 (UNAUDITED)
New vehicles....................................................................   $25,675,122    $38,218,187    $42,601,014
Used vehicles...................................................................     8,913,145     14,372,285     11,826,874
Parts and accessories...........................................................     4,185,547      4,939,724      4,997,869
Other...........................................................................       354,227        439,824        459,152
Total...........................................................................   $39,128,041    $57,970,020    $59,884,909
</TABLE>
 
     At December 31, 1995 and 1996 and at June 30, 1997, the excess of current
replacement cost over the stated LIFO valuation of new vehicles amounted to
$12,219,953, $13,579,696 and $13,525,047 (unaudited), respectively.
 
     Had the Company used the FIFO method of valuing new vehicle inventory,
pretax earnings would have been $5,809,357, $5,435,709 and $5,020,512 in 1994,
1995 and 1996, respectively.
 
     All new and certain used vehicles are pledged to collateralize floor plan
notes payable to financial institutions in the amount of $45,151,111 and
$63,893,356 at December 31, 1996. The floor plan notes bear interest, payable
monthly on the outstanding balance, at the prime rate plus 1% (9 1/4% at
December 31, 1995 and 1996). Total floor plan interest expense amounted to
$3,000,622, $4,504,526 and $5,968,430 in 1994, 1995 and 1996, respectively. The
notes payable are due when the related vehicle is sold. As such, these floor
plan notes payable are shown as a current liability in the accompanying combined
and consolidated balance sheets.
 
4. PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT
 
     Property and equipment at December 31, 1995 and 1996 and June 30, 1997 is
comprised of the following:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                          DECEMBER 31,            JUNE 30,
                                                                                      1995           1996           1997
<S>                                                                                <C>            <C>            <C>
                                                                                                                 (UNAUDITED)
Land............................................................................   $ 1,477,795    $ 2,677,795    $ 2,677,795
Buildings and improvements......................................................     7,085,878     10,080,659     10,381,145
Office equipment and fixtures...................................................     2,442,965      2,036,980      2,360,424
Parts and service equipment.....................................................     2,955,729      2,866,291      2,941,456
Company vehicles................................................................       373,683        437,261        512,113
Construction in progress........................................................       265,677             --             --
Total, at cost..................................................................    14,601,727     18,098,986     18,872,933
Less accumulated depreciation...................................................    (6,074,389)    (5,632,273)    (5,603,144)
Property and equipment, net.....................................................   $ 8,527,338    $12,466,713    $13,269,789
</TABLE>
 
                                      F-12
 
<PAGE>
                             SONIC AUTOMOTIVE, INC.
                            AND AFFILIATED COMPANIES
 
      NOTES TO COMBINED AND CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- CONTINUED
 
5. LONG-TERM DEBT
 
     Long-term debt at December 31, 1995 and 1996 and June 30, 1997 consists of
the following:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                           DECEMBER 31,
                                                                                                        1995          1996
<S>                                                                                                  <C>           <C>
Note payable in monthly installments of $8,333 plus interest at the prime rate plus 1 1/2%,
  through July 2001, collateralized by accounts receivable, inventory and equipment...............   $       --    $  458,335
Mortgage payable in monthly installments of $12,222 plus interest at prime plus 3/4%, through May
  2004, collateralized by building................................................................           --     1,087,778
Unsecured note payable in monthly installments of $9,100, including interest at 8%, through March
  2004............................................................................................           --       599,238
Mortgage note payable in monthly installments of $4,203, including interest at 7%, through
  November 2008, collateralized by land and building..............................................      425,751       405,700
Mortgage note payable in monthly installments of $27,415 including interest at prime plus 1/2%,
  through April 2001, at which time remaining outstanding principal balance is due, collateralized
  by building.....................................................................................    3,135,379     3,062,926
Other notes payable...............................................................................      169,568       190,864
                                                                                                      3,730,698     5,804,841
Less current maturities...........................................................................     (169,932)     (518,979)
Long-term debt....................................................................................   $3,560,766    $5,285,862
</TABLE>
 
     Future maturities of debt at December 31, 1996 are as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                            <C>
Year ending December 31:
1997........................................................................   $  518,979
1998........................................................................      455,505
1999........................................................................      434,609
2000........................................................................      446,374
2001........................................................................    3,096,525
Thereafter..................................................................      852,849
Total.......................................................................   $5,804,841
</TABLE>
 
6. INCOME TAXES
 
     The provision (benefit) for income taxes consists of the following
components:
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                          1994          1995          1996
<S>                                                                                    <C>           <C>           <C>
Current:
  Federal...........................................................................   $1,301,350    $1,147,700    $1,374,280
  State.............................................................................           --        76,800       265,972
                                                                                        1,301,350     1,224,500     1,640,252
Deferred............................................................................      244,900       427,200      (189,179)
Change in valuation allowance.......................................................       13,500        23,200       (51,369)
  Total.............................................................................   $1,559,750    $1,674,900    $1,399,704
</TABLE>
    
 
                                      F-13
 
<PAGE>
                             SONIC AUTOMOTIVE, INC.
                            AND AFFILIATED COMPANIES
 
      NOTES TO COMBINED AND CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- CONTINUED
 
6. INCOME TAXES -- Continued
     The reconciliation of the statutory federal income tax rate with the
Company's federal and state overall effective income tax rate is as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                        1994     1995     1996
<S>                                                                                                     <C>      <C>      <C>
Statutory federal rate...............................................................................   34.00%   34.00%   34.00%
State income taxes...................................................................................      --     3.84     3.60
Miscellaneous........................................................................................    1.78     2.67      .64
Effective tax rates..................................................................................   35.78%   40.51%   38.24%
</TABLE>
 
     Deferred income taxes reflect the net tax effects of the temporary
differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial
reporting purposes and the amounts used for tax purposes. Significant components
of the Company's deferred tax assets and liabilities as of December 31 are as
follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                       1995          1996
<S>                                                                                                  <C>          <C>
Deferred tax assets:
  Allowance for bad debts.........................................................................   $  62,300    $    85,992
  Inventory reserves..............................................................................     126,400        160,820
  Net operating loss carryforwards................................................................     183,800         74,931
  Other...........................................................................................       1,300         75,656
  Total deferred tax assets.......................................................................     373,800        397,399
  Valuation allowance.............................................................................    (126,300)       (75,000)
  Deferred tax assets, net........................................................................     247,500        322,399
Deferred tax liabilities:
  Basis difference in fixed assets................................................................    (155,200)      (556,384)
  Basis difference in equity investment...........................................................    (644,400)      (478,876)
  Other...........................................................................................    (108,000)       (66,623)
Total deferred tax liability......................................................................    (907,600)    (1,101,883)
Net deferred tax liability........................................................................   $(660,100)   $  (779,484)
</TABLE>
 
     The net changes in the valuation allowance against deferred tax assets were
an increase of $23,200 for the year ended December 31, 1995 and a decrease of
($51,300) for the year ended December 31, 1996. The increase (decrease) was
related primarily to the generation (expiration) of state net operating loss
carryforwards. At December 31, 1996, the Company had state net operating loss
carryforwards of $1,259,000 which will expire between 1998 and 2002.
 
     The Company expects to convert its method of valuing inventories from the
LIFO method to the FIFO method in 1997 for financial reporting and income tax
reporting purposes. The Company estimates that it will incur a tax liability of
approximately $5.5 million in connection with this conversion.
 
7. RELATED PARTIES
 
     Due from affiliates represents non-interest bearing advances to SFC. Since
there are no specified repayment terms, the entire amount has been reflected as
a reduction in stockholders' equity at December 31, 1996 and June 30, 1997.
 
     The Company had amounts payable to affiliated companies of $3,219,204 and
$914,339, at December 31, 1995 and 1996, respectively. The balance, consisting
of non-interest bearing loans from affiliates, is classified as noncurrent based
upon its expected repayment date.
 
     The Company operates certain dealerships at facilities leased from
affiliated companies. As of December 31, 1996, future commitments under these
operating leases are $769,200 annually through 1999, $701,000 in 2000, and
$360,000 from 2001 through 2005. Rent expense in 1994, 1995 and 1996 for these
leases amounted to $756,668, $737,076 and $767,200, respectively.
 
                                      F-14
 
<PAGE>
                             SONIC AUTOMOTIVE, INC.
                            AND AFFILIATED COMPANIES
 
      NOTES TO COMBINED AND CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- CONTINUED
 
8. PREFERRED STOCK
 
     In 1997, the Company authorized 3,000,000 shares of "blank check" preferred
stock with such designations, rights and preferences as may be determined from
time to time by the Board of Directors. No preferred shares were issued and
outstanding at June 30, 1997
 
9. EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS
 
     Substantially all of the employees of the company are eligible to
participate in a 401(k) plan maintained by SFC. Contributions by the Company to
the plan were not significant in any period presented.
 
   
     The Company intends to adopt the 1997 Stock Option Plan (the "Plan"). Under
the provisions of the Plan, options to purchase shares of Class A Common Stock
may be granted to key employees of the Company and its subsidiaries and to
officers, directors, consultants and other individuals providing services to the
Company. The exercise price of the options may not be less than the market value
of the Class A Common Stock on the date of grant. Vesting periods will range
from 5 to 10 years.
    
 
   
     The Company intends to adopt the Sonic Employee Stock Purchase Plan (the
"ESPP"). The ESPP provides employees of the Company the opportunity to purchase
Class A Common Stock after completion of the Offering. Under the terms of the
ESPP, on January 1 of each year all eligible employees electing to participate
will be granted an option to purchase shares of Class A Common Stock. The
Company's Compensation Committee will annually determine the number of shares of
Class A Common Stock available for purchase under each option. The purchase
price at which Class A Common Stock will be purchased through the ESPP will be
90% of the lesser of (i) the fair market value of the Class A Common Stock on
the applicable Grant Date and (ii) the fair market value of the Class A Common
Stock on the applicable Exercise Date. Options will expire on the last exercise
date of the calendar year in which granted.
    
 
10. CONTINGENCIES
 
     The Company is contingently liable for customer contracts placed with
financial institutions of approximately $741,000 at December 31, 1996. However,
the Company's potential loss is limited to the difference between the present
value of the installment contract at the date of the repossession and the market
value of the vehicle at the date of sale. Other accrued liabilities include a
provision for repossession losses. The Company provides a reserve for
repossession losses based on the ratio that historical loss experience bears to
the amount of outstanding customer contracts.
 
     The Company has available $1,500,000 under draft-clearing credit lines with
a bank in order to immediately fund the Company's checking account for sold
vehicle contracts from other financial institutions. The Company is contingently
liable to the bank until the contracts are approved by the financial
institutions. At December 31, 1996, $151,227 was outstanding under these lines.
 
     In the event that the Company fails to close the acquisitions of Lake
Norman Dodge and Affiliates, Dyer Volvo, Ken Marks Ford, and the Bowers
Dealerships by certain dates, the Company will be required to pay termination
fees which total approximately $5.5 million.
 
     The Company is involved in various legal proceedings. Management believes
that the outcome of such proceedings will not have a materially adverse effect
on the Company's financial position or future results of operations and cash
flows.
 
                                      F-15
 
<PAGE>
                          INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' REPORT
 
TO THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS AND STOCKHOLDER OF
DYER & DYER, INC.
Atlanta, Georgia
 
  We have audited the accompanying balance sheets of Dyer & Dyer, Inc. (the
"Company") as of December 31, 1995 and 1996, and the related statements of
income, stockholder's equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the
period ended December 31, 1996. These financial statements are the
responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an
opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.
 
  We conducted our audits in accordance with generally accepted auditing
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes
assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by
management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
 
  In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in
all material respects, the financial position of Dyer & Dyer, Inc. as of
December 31, 1995 and 1996, and the results of their operations and their cash
flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 1996 in
conformity with generally accepted accounting principles.
 
DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP
Charlotte, North Carolina
 
August 7, 1997
 
                                      F-16
 
<PAGE>
                               DYER & DYER, INC.
 
                                 BALANCE SHEETS
 
                  DECEMBER 31, 1995 AND 1996 AND JUNE 30, 1997
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                          DECEMBER 31,            JUNE 30,
                                                                                      1995           1996           1997
<S>                                                                                <C>            <C>            <C>
                                                                                                                 (UNAUDITED)
ASSETS
CURRENT ASSETS:
  Cash and cash equivalents.....................................................   $ 1,522,546    $   941,280    $   172,937
  Receivables...................................................................       432,779      1,213,846      2,535,230
  Inventories (Notes 1 and 2)...................................................     9,043,156     15,071,313     11,128,333
  Prepaid expenses..............................................................       274,998        103,958         32,267
       Total current assets.....................................................    11,273,479     17,330,397     13,868,767
PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT, NET (Notes 1 and 3).....................................       774,909      1,279,774      1,156,207
OTHER ASSETS....................................................................       287,628        292,250        297,424
TOTAL ASSETS....................................................................   $12,336,016    $18,902,421    $15,322,398
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
CURRENT LIABILITIES:
  Notes payable, floor plan (Note 2)............................................   $ 2,610,935    $ 7,146,245    $ 5,533,925
  Trade accounts payable........................................................       511,292      1,131,472             --
  Income taxes payable (Notes 1 and 5)..........................................            --        238,712        238,712
  Accrued payroll and bonuses...................................................        82,183        229,297        277,377
  Other accrued liabilities.....................................................       196,537        261,932        235,360
       Total current liabilities................................................     3,400,947      9,007,658      6,285,374
INCOME TAXES PAYABLE (Note 5)...................................................        21,012        477,423        238,711
COMMITMENTS (Note 4)
STOCKHOLDER'S EQUITY:
  Common stock, $100 par value -- 3,000 shares authorized; 1,531 shares issued;
     781 shares outstanding.....................................................       153,100        153,100        153,100
  Paid-in capital...............................................................        27,623         27,623         27,623
  Retained earnings.............................................................    13,709,477     14,212,760     13,593,733
       Total....................................................................    13,890,200     14,393,483     13,774,456
  Less treasury stock (750 shares at cost)......................................    (4,976,143)    (4,976,143)    (4,976,143)
       Total stockholder's equity...............................................     8,914,057      9,417,340      8,798,313
TOTAL LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDER'S EQUITY......................................   $12,336,016    $18,902,421    $15,322,398
</TABLE>
 
                       See notes to financial statements.
 
                                      F-17
 
<PAGE>
                               DYER & DYER, INC.
 
                              STATEMENTS OF INCOME
 
                  YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1994, 1995 AND 1996
                AND THE SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 1996 AND 1997
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                             YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,             SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30,
                                                       1994           1995           1996           1996           1997
<S>                                                 <C>            <C>            <C>            <C>            <C>
                                                                                                        (UNAUDITED)
REVENUES:
  Vehicle sales..................................   $52,245,947    $52,613,480    $60,870,919    $30,767,026    $31,373,513
  Parts, service and collision repair............     8,680,440      9,097,763     11,163,230      5,481,708      5,960,212
  Finance and insurance..........................       203,198        404,505        542,474        213,711        128,911
       Total.....................................    61,129,585     62,115,748     72,576,623     36,462,445     37,462,636
COST OF SALES....................................    54,121,066     55,776,668     62,547,497     31,969,022     32,377,247
GROSS PROFIT.....................................     7,008,519      6,339,080     10,029,126      4,493,423      5,085,389
SELLING, GENERAL AND ADMINISTRATIVE EXPENSES.....     6,160,564      5,621,343      6,997,283      3,353,559      3,498,432
DEPRECIATION AND AMORTIZATION....................       123,228         90,538        126,359         45,451        150,621
OPERATING INCOME.................................       724,727        627,199      2,905,484      1,094,413      1,436,336
OTHER INCOME AND EXPENSE:
  Interest expense, floor plan...................        56,944        171,690        372,590        178,970        276,393
  Other income...................................       609,684        314,788        452,063        234,834        247,213
       Total other income (expense)..............       552,740        143,098         79,473         55,864        (29,180)
INCOME BEFORE INCOME TAXES.......................     1,277,467        770,297      2,984,957      1,150,277      1,407,156
PROVISION FOR INCOME TAXES (Notes 1
  and 5).........................................       491,365        295,850        954,846        954,846             --
NET INCOME.......................................   $   786,102    $   474,447    $ 2,030,111    $   195,431    $ 1,407,156
</TABLE>
    
 
                       See notes to financial statements
 
                                      F-18
 
<PAGE>
                               DYER & DYER, INC.
 
                       STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDER'S EQUITY
 
                  YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1994, 1995 AND 1996
                     AND THE SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 1997
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                                    TOTAL
                                                             COMMON     PAID-IN     TREASURY       RETAINED      STOCKHOLDER'S
                                                             STOCK      CAPITAL       STOCK        EARNINGS        EQUITY
<S>                                                         <C>         <C>        <C>            <C>            <C>
BALANCE
  DECEMBER 31, 1993......................................   $153,100    $27,623    $(4,976,143)   $12,448,928    $ 7,653,508
  Net income.............................................         --         --             --        786,102        786,102
BALANCE
  DECEMBER 31, 1994......................................    153,100     27,623     (4,976,143)    13,235,030      8,439,610
  Net income.............................................         --         --             --        474,447        474,447
BALANCE
  DECEMBER 31, 1995......................................    153,100     27,623     (4,976,143)    13,709,477      8,914,057
  Dividends..............................................         --         --             --     (1,526,828)    (1,526,828)
  Net income.............................................         --         --             --      2,030,111      2,030,111
BALANCE
  DECEMBER 31, 1996......................................    153,100     27,623     (4,976,143)    14,212,760      9,417,340
  Dividends (unaudited)..................................         --         --             --     (2,026,183)    (2,026,183)
  Net income (unaudited).................................         --         --             --      1,407,156      1,407,156
BALANCE
  JUNE 30, 1997 (unaudited)..............................   $153,100    $27,623    $(4,976,143)   $13,593,733    $ 8,798,313
</TABLE>
 
                       See notes to financial statements.
 
                                      F-19
 
<PAGE>
                               DYER & DYER, INC.
 
                            STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
 
                  YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1994, 1995 AND 1996
                AND THE SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 1996 AND 1997
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                     SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE
                                                                 YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,                      30,
                                                             1994          1995          1996          1996          1997
<S>                                                       <C>           <C>           <C>           <C>           <C>
                                                                                                          (UNAUDITED)
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
  Net income...........................................   $  786,102    $  474,447    $2,030,111    $  195,431    $1,407,156
  Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash
     provided by operating activities:
     (Gain) Loss on disposal of fixed assets...........        8,011        11,757        86,745            --          (116)
     Depreciation and amortization.....................      123,228        90,538       126,359        45,451       150,621
     Changes in assets and liabilities that relate to
       operations:
     (Increase) decrease in accounts receivable........     (390,834)      191,714      (768,730)      (39,751)   (1,355,959)
     (Increase) decrease in inventories................       11,184    (4,213,189)   (6,028,157)   (1,566,226)    3,942,980
     (Increase) decrease in prepaid expenses...........       79,966      (177,992)      171,040       218,576        71,691
     Increase (decrease) in notes payable,                                                                                 ()
       floor plan......................................     (127,470)    2,581,585     4,535,310       290,990     1,612,320
     Increase (decrease) in accounts payable...........        7,048       498,092       620,180      (376,134)   (1,131,472)
     Increase (decrease) in other accrued
       liabilities.....................................      105,201      (187,726)      147,106       170,944        25,008
     Increase (decrease) in income taxes payable.......      (20,682)        8,484       760,526       760,526      (242,212)
       Total adjustments...............................     (204,348)   (1,196,737)     (349,621)     (495,624)     (151,779)
       Net cash provided by (used) in operating
          activities...................................      581,754      (722,290)    1,680,490      (300,193)    1,255,377
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
  Purchase of property and equipment...................      (18,485)     (181,259)     (717,969)      (14,013)      (26,938)
  Increase in cash value of life insurance.............      (15,398)      (26,316)       (4,622)       (2,311)       (5,174)
  Deposits held by financial institutions..............       13,001        10,849       (12,337)       22,238        34,575
       Net cash provided by (used) in investing
          activities...................................      (20,882)     (196,726)     (734,928)        5,914         2,463
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
  Dividends paid.......................................           --            --    (1,526,828)     (759,810)   (2,026,183)
INCREASE (DECREASE) IN CASH............................      560,872      (919,016)     (581,266)   (1,054,089)     (768,343)
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS AT BEGINNING OF PERIOD.......    1,880,690     2,441,562     1,522,546     1,522,546       941,280
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS AT END OF PERIOD.............   $2,441,562    $1,522,546    $  941,280    $  468,457    $  172,937
SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURES OF CASH FLOW INFORMATION:
  Cash paid during the period for:
     Interest..........................................   $   57,766    $  176,464    $  509,621    $  247,970    $  279,460
     Income taxes......................................   $  399,605    $  438,810    $   31,826    $   31,826    $  242,237
</TABLE>
    
 
                       See notes to financial statements.
 
                                      F-20
 
<PAGE>
                               DYER & DYER, INC.
 
                         NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
1. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
 
     ORGANIZATION AND BUSINESS -- Dyer & Dyer, Inc. (the "Company") was
incorporated in South Carolina in 1978, and operates a Volvo automobile
dealership in Atlanta, Georgia. The Company sells new and used cars, sells
replacement parts, provides vehicle maintenance, warranty, paint and repair
services and arranges related financing and insurance.
 
     In August 1997, the Company signed a definitive purchase agreement whereby
its net assets would be acquired by Sonic Automotive, Inc. for $18 million. This
acquisition is to be effective prior to the completion of an anticipated public
offering of common stock by Sonic Automotive in 1997.
 
     REVENUE RECOGNITION -- The Company records revenue when vehicles are
delivered to customers, and when vehicle service work is performed. Finance and
insurance commission revenue is recognized principally at the time the contract
is placed with the financial institution.
 
     DEALER AGREEMENTS -- The Company purchases substantially all of its new
vehicles from the manufacturer at the prevailing prices charged by the
manufacturer to its franchised dealers. The Company's sales could be unfavorably
impacted by the manufacturer's unwillingness or inability to supply the
dealership with an adequate supply of new car inventory.
 
     The dealership operates under a dealer agreement with the manufacturer
which generally restricts the location, management and ownership of the
dealership. The ability of the Company to acquire additional franchises may be
limited due to certain restrictions imposed by the manufacturer. Additionally,
the Company's ability to enter into significant acquisitions may be restricted
and the acquisition of the Company's stock by third parties may be limited by
the terms of the franchise agreement.
 
     The manufacturer has implemented various incentive programs for its dealers
that provide for specified payments to the dealers based on the results of
customer satisfaction surveys and the implementation of certain standardized
policies and procedures. These programs are for a limited duration and remain
subject to cancellation by the manufacturer at any time. Incentive payments
credited to cost of sales amounted to approximately $210,000, $267,000 and
$1,326,000 during 1994, 1995 and 1996, respectively, and $290,000 and $912,000
for the six months ended June 30, 1996 and 1997, respectively.
 
     CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS -- The Company considers contracts in transit and
all highly liquid debt instruments with an initial maturity of three months or
less to be cash equivalents. Contracts in transit represent cash in transit to
the Company from finance companies related to vehicle purchases, and was
approximately $1,522,000 and $934,000 at December 31, 1995 and 1996,
respectively, and $167,000 at June 30, 1997.
 
     INVENTORIES -- Inventories of new vehicles, including demonstators, are
valued at the lower of last-in, first-out ("LIFO") cost or market. Inventories
of used vehicles are stated at the lower of first-in, first-out ("FIFO") cost or
market, and parts and accessories are stated at the lower of specific cost or
market.
 
     PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT -- Property and equipment are stated at cost.
Depreciation is computed using straight-line and accelerated methods over the
estimated useful lives of the assets. The range of estimated useful lives are as
follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                            USEFUL LIVES
<S>                                                                                         <C>
Office equipment and fixtures............................................................     5-7
Parts and service equipment..............................................................      5
Company vehicles.........................................................................      5
</TABLE>
 
     Leasehold improvements are amortized over the lesser of the terms of their
respective leases or the estimated useful lives of the related assets.
Expenditures for maintenance and repairs are expensed as incurred. Significant
betterments are capitalized.
 
     INCOME TAXES -- For the years ended December 31, 1994 and 1995, the Company
was a C Corporation and, therefore, provided for income taxes using the balance
sheet method. There were no significant deferred tax assets and liabilities as
of December 31, 1995. Effective January 1, 1996, the Company elected to be
treated as an S Corporation for federal and state income tax purposes. As such
the Company's taxable income is included in the stockholder's annual income tax
return. Accordingly, no provision for federal or state income taxes has been
included in the Company's statements of income for the
 
                                      F-21
 
<PAGE>
                               DYER & DYER, INC.
 
                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- CONTINUED
 
1. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES -- Continued
   
periods beginning after December 31, 1995, except for the amounts associated
with the Company's change to an S corporation (See Note 5).
    
 
     CONCENTRATIONS OF CREDIT RISK -- Financial instruments which potentially
subject the Company to concentrations of credit risk consist principally of cash
on deposit with financial institutions. At times, amounts invested with
financial institutions may exceed FDIC insurance limits.
 
     Concentrations of credit risk with respect to receivables are limited
primarily to automobile manufacturers and financial institutions. Credit risk
arising from trade receivables from commercial customers is reduced by the large
number of customers comprising the trade receivables balances. Trade receivables
are concentrated in the Atlanta, Georgia area.
 
     USE OF ESTIMATES -- The preparation of financial statements in conformity
with generally accepted accounting principles requires management to make
estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and
liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of
the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses
during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.
 
     ADVERTISING -- The Company expenses advertising costs in the period
incurred. Advertising expense approximated $709,000, $525,000 and $765,000
during 1994, 1995 and 1996, respectively.
 
     IMPAIRMENT OF LONG-LIVED ASSETS -- Effective January 1, 1996, the Company
adopted the provisions of SFAS No. 121, ACCOUNTING FOR THE IMPAIRMENT OF
LONG-LIVED ASSETS AND FOR LONG-LIVED ASSETS TO BE DISPOSED OF. This statement
requires that long-lived assets be reviewed for impairment whenever events or
changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not
be recoverable. Adoption of SFAS No. 121 did not have a material impact on the
Company's results of operations or financial position.
 
     INTERIM FINANCIAL INFORMATION -- The accompanying unaudited financial
information for the six months ended June 30, 1996 and 1997 has been prepared on
substantially the same basis as the audited financial statements, and include
all adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring adjustments, necessary for
a fair presentation of the financial information set forth therein. The results
of interim periods are not necessarily indicative of results to be expected for
the entire fiscal year.
 
2. INVENTORIES AND RELATED NOTES PAYABLE -- FLOOR PLAN
 
     Inventories consist of the following:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                          DECEMBER 31,            JUNE 30,
                                                                                      1995           1996           1997
<S>                                                                                <C>            <C>            <C>
                                                                                                                 (UNAUDITED)
New vehicles....................................................................   $ 5,692,043    $ 7,980,256    $ 5,017,765
Used vehicles...................................................................     2,768,230      6,362,410      5,542,979
Parts and accessories...........................................................       503,490        586,129        420,959
Other...........................................................................        79,393        142,518        146,630
Total...........................................................................   $ 9,043,156    $15,071,313    $11,128,333
</TABLE>
 
     At December 31, 1995 and 1996 and at June 30, 1997, the excess of current
replacement cost over the stated LIFO valuation of new vehicles, parts and
accessories amount to $2,387,114, $2,503,330 and $2,503,330 (unaudited),
respectively.
 
     Had the Company used the FIFO method of valuing new vehicle, parts and
accessories inventory, pretax earnings would have been $1,335,380, $1,200,776
and $3,101,173 in 1994, 1995 and 1996, respectively.
 
     All new and certain used vehicles are pledged to collateralize floor plan
notes payable to financial institutions in the amount of $2,610,935 and
$7,146,245 at December 31, 1995 and 1996, respectively. The floor plan notes
bear interest, payable monthly on the outstanding balance, at the prime rate
plus 1/2% to 1 1/2% (prime rate was 8.25% at December 31, 1996). Total floor
plan interest expense amounted to $56,944, $171,690 and $372,590 in 1994, 1995
and 1996, respectively.
 
                                      F-22
 
<PAGE>
                               DYER & DYER, INC.
 
                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- CONTINUED
 
2. INVENTORIES AND RELATED NOTES PAYABLE -- FLOOR PLAN -- Continued
The notes payable are due when the related vehicle is sold. As such, these floor
plan notes payable are shown as a current liability in the accompanying balance
sheets.
 
3. PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT
 
     Property and equipment is comprised of the following:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                             DECEMBER 31,           JUNE 30,
                                                                                          1995          1996          1997
<S>                                                                                    <C>           <C>           <C>
                                                                                                                   (UNAUDITED)
Leasehold improvements..............................................................   $1,479,385    $1,885,415    $1,885,415
Furniture and fixtures..............................................................    1,372,801     1,546,987     1,550,022
Other equipment.....................................................................      565,398       571,778       571,778
Computer equipment..................................................................      188,851       195,598       198,428
Service vehicles....................................................................      117,535       122,916       143,989
                                                                                        3,723,970     4,322,694     4,349,632
Less accumulated depreciation and amortization......................................   (2,949,061)   (3,042,920)   (3,193,425)
Property and equipment, net.........................................................   $  774,909    $1,279,774    $1,156,207
</TABLE>
 
4. LEASES
 
     The Company leases its business premises under noncancelable operating
leases for five to twenty-five year terms from a partnership partially owned by
the sole stockholder of the Company. Future minimum rental payments required
under noncancelable leases at December 31, 1996 are as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
YEAR ENDING:
<S>                                                                                        <C>
1997....................................................................................   $  754,162
1998....................................................................................      756,956
1999....................................................................................      759,832
2000....................................................................................      762,800
2001....................................................................................      765,856
Thereafter..............................................................................    5,551,504
Total...................................................................................   $9,351,110
</TABLE>
 
     Rent expense approximated $711,000, $708,000 and $715,000 during 1994, 1995
and 1996, respectively.
 
5. INCOME TAXES
 
     The provision for income taxes consists of the following:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                      DECEMBER 31,
                                                                                              1994        1995        1996
<S>                                                                                         <C>         <C>         <C>
Current:
  Federal................................................................................   $439,714    $231,720    $811,620
  State..................................................................................     47,463      40,864     143,226
                                                                                             487,177     272,584     954,846
Deferred.................................................................................      4,188      23,266          --
Total....................................................................................   $491,365    $295,850    $954,846
</TABLE>
 
     Effective with the Company's S Corporation election, it was required to
recapture its December 31, 1995 LIFO reserve of approximately $2,400,000 and pay
tax on that amount for both Federal and State income tax purposes. The taxes are
 
                                      F-23
 
<PAGE>
                               DYER & DYER, INC.
 
                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- CONTINUED
 
5. INCOME TAXES -- Continued
payable in four equal annual installments beginning March 15, 1996. This
conversion to S Corporation status resulted in the recognition of approximately
$955,000 in income tax expense.
 
     As a result of the Company's change to S Corporation status on January 1,
1996 (see Note 1), it is exposed to potential future taxes on built-in gains
which were present on the date of the conversion. If the planned acquisition of
the net assets of the Company described in Note 1 is consummated, the disposal
of tangible and intangible property which appreciated prior to the election of S
Corporation status will result in the assessment of the built-in gains tax.
 
6. RETIREMENT PLAN
 
     The Company has a contributory 401(k) plan covering substantially all
employees. Company contributions to the Plan are equal to 25% of the first 4% of
participant contributions. Company contributions amounted to $1,000, $18,000 and
$18,000 in 1994, 1995 and 1996, respectively.
 
                                      F-24
 
<PAGE>
                          INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' REPORT
 
TO THE BOARDS OF DIRECTORS AND STOCKHOLDERS OF
BOWERS DEALERSHIPS AND AFFILIATED COMPANIES
Chattanooga, Tennessee
 
     We have audited the accompanying combined balance sheets of Bowers
Dealerships and Affiliated Companies (the "Company"), which are under common
ownership and management, as of December 31, 1995 and 1996, and the related
combined statements of income, stockholders' equity, and cash flows for the
years then ended. These financial statements are the responsibility of the
Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these
financial statements based on our audits.
 
     We conducted our audits in accordance with generally accepted auditing
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes
assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by
management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
 
     In our opinion, the combined financial statements referred to above present
fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Bowers Dealerships
and Affiliated Companies as of December 31, 1995 and 1996, and the combined
results of their operations and their combined cash flows for the years then
ended in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles.
 
DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP
Charlotte, North Carolina
August 7, 1997
 
                                      F-25
 
<PAGE>
                               BOWERS DEALERSHIPS
                            AND AFFILIATED COMPANIES
 
                            COMBINED BALANCE SHEETS
 
                  DECEMBER 31, 1995 AND 1996 AND JUNE 30, 1997
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                          DECEMBER 31,            JUNE 30,
                                                                                      1995           1996           1997
<S>                                                                                <C>            <C>            <C>
                                                                                                                 (UNAUDITED)
ASSETS
CURRENT ASSETS:
  Cash and cash equivalents.....................................................   $ 2,331,136    $ 3,422,140    $ 5,797,307
  Receivables...................................................................     2,972,607      3,840,311      3,398,335
  Inventories (Note 3)..........................................................    13,003,266     23,147,852     34,070,935
  Other current assets (Note 6).................................................     1,182,860      2,119,974      2,452,831
       Total current assets.....................................................    19,489,869     32,530,277     45,719,408
PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT, NET (Note 4)............................................     2,889,753      7,254,793      8,744,225
GOODWILL, NET (Note 1)..........................................................       978,735      4,374,573      8,285,460
OTHER ASSETS....................................................................       183,822        161,845        257,464
TOTAL ASSETS....................................................................   $23,542,179    $44,321,488    $63,006,557
LIABILITIES AND EQUITY
CURRENT LIABILITIES:
  Notes payable -- floor plan (Note 3)..........................................   $11,620,942    $19,731,323    $29,070,838
  Notes payable -- other (Note 6)...............................................     2,015,025      3,792,610      4,589,869
  Trade accounts payable........................................................       278,001      1,196,660      1,424,997
  Accrued interest..............................................................        69,164        105,505        178,143
  Other accrued liabilities.....................................................       897,893      1,742,119      1,738,928
  Current maturities of long-term debt (including amounts due to related parties
     of $104,189, $104,189 and $172,072 at December 31, 1995 and 1996 and June
     30, 1997, respectively)....................................................       468,040        389,658        558,332
       Total current liabilities................................................    15,349,065     26,957,875     37,561,107
LONG-TERM DEBT (Note 6) (including amounts due to related parties of $2,109,815,
  $2,005,626 and $1,953,531 at December 31, 1995 and 1996
  and June 30, 1997, respectively)..............................................     2,110,016      3,562,249      4,364,746
COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES (Notes 5 and 10)
EQUITY
  Common stock of combined companies (Note 8):..................................     1,000,000      1,000,000      1,000,000
  Retained earnings and members' and partners' equity...........................     5,543,728     13,661,994     20,941,334
  Due from affiliates (Note 7)..................................................      (460,630)      (860,630)      (860,630)
       Total equity.............................................................     6,083,098     13,801,364     21,080,704
TOTAL LIABILITIES AND EQUITY....................................................   $23,542,179    $44,321,488    $63,006,557
</TABLE>
 
                   See notes to combined financial statements
 
                                      F-26
 
<PAGE>
                               BOWERS DEALERSHIPS
                            AND AFFILIATED COMPANIES
 
                         COMBINED STATEMENTS OF INCOME
 
                     YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1995 AND 1996
                AND THE SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 1996 AND 1997
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                   YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,       SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30,
                                                     1995            1996           1996           1997
<S>                                              <C>             <C>             <C>            <C>            <C>
                                                                                        (UNAUDITED)
REVENUES:
  Vehicle sales...............................   $ 91,774,886    $113,362,495    $48,251,281    $72,605,727
  Parts, service and collision repair.........      5,813,582      10,405,031      4,472,267     11,596,873
  Finance and insurance.......................      2,768,358       3,348,273      1,639,878      1,867,781
       Total revenues.........................    100,356,826     127,115,799     54,363,426     86,070,381
COST OF SALES.................................     86,772,544     109,372,977     46,129,292     73,095,919
GROSS PROFIT..................................     13,584,282      17,742,822      8,234,134     12,974,462
SELLING, GENERAL AND ADMINISTRATIVE
  EXPENSES....................................     10,748,891      14,886,611      6,486,017      9,908,039
DEPRECIATION AND AMORTIZATION.................        321,170         514,915        193,486        415,899
OPERATING INCOME..............................      2,514,221       2,341,296      1,554,631      2,650,524
OTHER INCOME AND EXPENSE:
  Interest expense, floor plan................      1,098,757       1,288,021        610,784        965,350
  Interest expense, other.....................        270,771         380,060        157,388        211,250
  Other income................................         19,174         157,443         63,539        451,796
       Total other expense....................      1,350,354       1,510,638        704,633        724,804
INCOME BEFORE INCOME TAXES (Note 1)...........      1,163,867         830,658        849,998      1,925,720
PROVISION FOR INCOME TAXES....................         41,879          60,850         60,215         30,927
NET INCOME....................................   $  1,121,988    $    769,808    $   789,783    $ 1,894,793
</TABLE>
 
                   See notes to combined financial statements
 
                                      F-27
 
<PAGE>
                               BOWERS DEALERSHIPS
                            AND AFFILIATED COMPANIES
 
                         COMBINED STATEMENTS OF EQUITY
 
                     YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1995 AND 1996
                     AND THE SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 1997
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                    RETAINED
                                                                                    EARNINGS
                                                                                       AND
                                                                       COMMON       MEMBERS'
                                                                      STOCK OF         AND
                                                                      COMBINED      PARTNERS'      DUE FROM         TOTAL
                                                                     COMPANIES       EQUITY        AFFILIATE       EQUITY
<S>                                                                  <C>           <C>            <C>            <C>
BALANCE AT DECEMBER 31, 1994......................................   $1,000,000    $ 3,089,208    $        --    $ 4,089,208
  Capital contribution............................................           --      1,753,736             --      1,753,736
  Distributions...................................................           --       (421,204)            --       (421,204)
  Net income......................................................           --      1,121,988             --      1,121,988
  Advances to affiliates..........................................           --             --       (460,630)      (460,630)
BALANCE AT DECEMBER 31, 1995......................................    1,000,000      5,543,728       (460,630)     6,083,098
  Capital contribution............................................           --      7,700,000             --      7,700,000
  Distributions...................................................           --       (351,542)            --       (351,542)
  Net income......................................................           --        769,808             --        769,808
  Advances to affiliates..........................................           --             --       (400,000)      (400,000)
BALANCE AT DECEMBER 31, 1996......................................    1,000,000     13,661,994       (860,630)    13,801,364
  Capital contribution (unaudited)................................           --      5,500,000             --      5,500,000
  Distributions (unaudited).......................................           --       (115,453)            --       (115,453)
  Net income (unaudited)..........................................           --      1,894,793             --      1,894,793
BALANCE AT JUNE 30, 1997 (unaudited)..............................   $1,000,000    $20,941,334    $  (860,630)   $21,080,704
</TABLE>
 
                  See notes to combined financial statements.
 
                                      F-28
 
<PAGE>
                               BOWERS DEALERSHIPS
                            AND AFFILIATED COMPANIES
 
                       COMBINED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
 
                   YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1995 AND 1996 AND
                       THE SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 1997
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                     SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE
                                                                        YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,               30,
                                                                          1995          1996           1996          1997
<S>                                                                    <C>           <C>            <C>           <C>
                                                                                                          (UNAUDITED)
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
  Net income........................................................   $1,121,988    $   769,808    $  789,783    $1,894,793
  Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by
     operating activities:
     Depreciation and amortization..................................      321,170        514,915       193,486       415,899
     Changes in assets and liabilities that relate to operations:
       (Increase) decrease in receivables...........................      909,934       (867,704)      639,758       441,976
       Increase in inventories......................................     (602,704)    (4,300,530)     (258,272)   (8,205,796)
       Increase in other current assets.............................     (324,499)      (937,114)     (966,156)     (332,857)
       (Increase) decrease in other non-current assets..............      (67,652)        37,947      (110,984)      (94,441)
       Increase in notes payable -- floor plan......................      274,484      8,110,381     2,140,955     9,339,515
       Increase (decrease) in accounts payable and accrued
          expenses..................................................   (1,427,260)     1,799,226     1,146,612       297,784
          Total adjustments.........................................     (916,527)     4,357,121     2,785,399     1,862,080
       Net cash provided by operating activities....................      205,461      5,126,929     3,575,182     3,756,873
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
  Purchase of business, net of cash received........................           --     (9,840,438)   (4,790,970)   (6,718,465)
  Additions to property and equipment...............................     (333,741)    (4,295,381)   (2,570,979)   (1,816,218)
       Net cash used in investing activities........................     (333,741)   (14,135,819)   (7,361,949)   (8,534,683)
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
  Capital contributions.............................................    1,378,208      7,700,000     2,700,000     5,500,000
  Due from affiliate................................................     (460,630)      (400,000)           --            --
  Distributions to stockholders.....................................     (421,204)      (351,542)     (351,542)     (115,453)
  Proceeds from long-term debt......................................      272,084      1,872,169     1,872,169     1,280,000
  Payments of long-term debt........................................     (764,933)      (498,318)     (192,370)     (308,829)
  Proceeds from notes payable -- other..............................    1,410,025      2,582,197     1,600,994     1,059,797
  Payments of notes payable -- other................................     (220,000)      (804,612)     (260,000)     (262,538)
       Net cash provided by financing activities....................    1,193,550     10,099,894     5,369,251     7,152,977
NET INCREASE IN CASH................................................    1,065,270      1,091,004     1,582,484     2,375,167
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, BEGINNING OF PERIOD......................    1,265,866      2,331,136     2,331,136     3,422,140
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, END OF PERIOD............................   $2,331,136    $ 3,422,140    $3,913,620    $5,797,307
SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURES OF CASH FLOW INFORMATION --
  Cash paid during the period for:
  Interest..........................................................   $1,366,071    $ 1,631,740    $  737,955    $1,103,962
  Income taxes......................................................   $   96,391    $    76,081    $   35,636    $   27,620
SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURE OF NON-CASH TRANSACTIONS:
  Net liabilities recorded from combining affiliated companies......   $  372,533    $        --    $       --    $       --
</TABLE>
    
 
                  See notes to combined financial statements.
 
                                      F-29
 
<PAGE>
                               BOWERS DEALERSHIPS
                            AND AFFILIATED COMPANIES
 
                     NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
1. DESCRIPTION OF BUSINESS AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
 
     ORGANIZATION AND BUSINESS -- Bowers Dealerships and Affiliated Companies
(the "Company") operates automobile dealerships in the Chattanooga and
Nashville, Tennessee areas. The Company sells new and used cars and light
trucks, sells replacement parts, provides vehicle maintenance, warranty, paint
and repair services and arranges financing and insurance. As of December 31,
1996, the Company had nine dealership locations selling new vehicles
manufactured by BMW, Chrysler, Ford, Honda, Infiniti, Jaguar, Saturn and
Volkswagen. Subsequent to December 31, 1996 the Company acquired a Dodge
dealership. (see Note 2).
 
     The accompanying combined financial statements include the accounts of the
following entities:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                          NAME                              LOCATION              STRUCTURE
<S>                                                        <C>            <C>
Cleveland Village Imports, Inc..........................   Chattanooga          C Corporation
Saturn of Chattanooga, Inc..............................   Chattanooga          S Corporation
Nelson Bowers Ford, L.P.................................   Chattanooga       Limited Partnership
Infiniti of Chattanooga, Inc............................   Chattanooga          C Corporation
Cleveland Chrysler Plymouth Jeep Eagle, LLC.............   Chattanooga    Limited Liability Company
Jaguar of Chattanooga, LLC..............................   Chattanooga    Limited Liability Company
KIA of Chattanooga......................................   Chattanooga    Limited Liability Company
European Motors of Nashville LLC........................   Nashville      Limited Liability Company
European Motors LLC.....................................   Chattanooga    Limited Liability Company
</TABLE>
 
     The combined financial statements have been prepared in connection with a
planned acquisition of the net assets of these entities and the aforementioned
Dodge dealership by Sonic Automotive ("Sonic"). In June 1997, the Company signed
a definitive purchase agreement whereby substantially all of its net assets
would be acquired by Sonic for $33,500,000, including $28,500,000 in cash and a
$5,000,000 note payable. Net assets not being acquired are primarily land,
building and the net assets related to a body shop operation. This acquisition
is to be effective prior to the completion of an anticipated public offering of
common stock by Sonic in 1997. The accompanying combined financial statements
reflect the financial position, results of operations, and cash flows of each of
the above listed dealerships. The combination of these entities has been
accounted for at historical cost in a manner similar to a pooling-of-interest
because the entities are under common management and control. All material
intercompany transactions have been eliminated.
 
     REVENUE RECOGNITION -- The Company records revenue when vehicles are
delivered to customers, and when vehicle service work is performed. Finance and
insurance commission revenue is recognized principally at the time the contract
is placed with the financial institution.
 
     DEALER AGREEMENTS -- The Company purchases substantially all of its new
vehicles from manufacturers at the prevailing prices charged by the manufacturer
to its franchised dealers. The Company's sales could be unfavorably impacted by
the manufacturer's unwillingness or inability to supply the dealership with an
adequate supply of new car inventory.
 
     Each dealership operates under a dealer agreement with the manufacturer
except Volkswagen of Nashville which operates under a management agreement which
generally restricts the location, management and ownership of the respective
dealership. The ability of the Company to acquire additional franchises from a
particular manufacturer may be limited due to certain restrictions imposed by
manufacturers. Additionally, the Company's ability to enter into significant
acquisitions may be restricted and the acquisition of the Company's stock by
third parties may be limited by the terms of the franchise agreement.
 
     CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS -- The Company considers contracts in transit and
all highly liquid debt instruments with an initial maturity of three months or
less to be cash equivalents. Contracts in transit represent cash in transit to
the Company from finance companies related to a vehicle purchase, and was
$1,019,950 and $2,029,314 at December 31, 1995 and 1996, respectively.
 
                                      F-30
 
<PAGE>
                               BOWERS DEALERSHIPS
                            AND AFFILIATED COMPANIES
 
                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- CONTINUED
 
1. DESCRIPTION OF BUSINESS AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING
POLICIES -- Continued
     INVENTORIES -- Inventories of new and used vehicles, including
demonstrators, are valued at the lower of first-in, first-out ("FIFO") cost or
market, and parts and accessories are stated at the lower of specific cost or
market.
 
     PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT -- Property and equipment are stated at cost.
Depreciation is computed using straight-line and accelerated methods over the
estimated useful lives of the assets. The range of estimated useful lives is as
follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                USEFUL LIVES
<S>                                                                             <C>
Building.....................................................................      31.5-39
Office equipment and fixtures................................................        5-7
Parts, service equipment and vehicles........................................         7
</TABLE>
 
     Leasehold improvements are amortized over the lesser of the terms of their
respective leases or the estimated useful lives of the related assets.
 
     Expenditures for maintenance and repairs are expensed as incurred.
Significant betterments are capitalized.
 
     GOODWILL -- Goodwill represents the excess of purchase price over the
estimated fair value of the net assets acquired and is being amortized over a 40
year period. The cumulative amount of goodwill amortization at December 31, 1995
and 1996 was $33,561 and $87,723, respectively.
 
     The Company periodically reviews goodwill for impairment by comparing the
carrying amount of goodwill with the estimated undiscounted future cash flows
from operations of the acquired business.
 
     INCOME TAXES -- With the exception of Infiniti of Chattanooga, Inc. and
Cleveland Village Imports, Inc., all entities included in the accompanying
combined financial statements are either S Corporations, Limited Partnerships or
Limited Liability Companies (LLC). As such, these entities do not pay Federal
corporate income taxes on their taxable income. In addition, the Limited
Partnerships and LLC's are not subject to state income taxes. The stockholders
or partners are liable for individual income taxes on their respective shares of
the Company's taxable income.
 
     Because Infiniti of Chattanooga, Inc. and Cleveland Village Imports, Inc.
is a C Corporation, federal and state income taxes are provided for in the
financial statements and consist of taxes currently due plus deferred taxes. In
addition, the S Corporations are subject to Tennessee income taxes which are
provided for in the financial statements. Income taxes are provided for income
taxes using the balance sheet method. Deferred taxes result primarily from
warranty accruals and the accelerated depreciation method used for income tax
purposes. The deferred tax assets and liabilities represent the future tax
return consequences of those differences, which will either be taxable or
deductible when the assets and liabilities are recovered or settled. In
addition, deferred tax assets are recognized for state operating losses that are
available to offset future taxable income.
 
     CONCENTRATIONS OF CREDIT RISK -- Financial instruments which potentially
subject the Company to concentrations of credit risk consist principally of cash
deposits. At times, amounts invested with financial institutions may exceed FDIC
insurance limits.
 
     Concentrations of credit risk with respect to receivables are limited
primarily to automobile manufacturers and financial institutions. Credit risk
arising from trade receivables from commercial customers is reduced by the large
number of customers comprising the trade receivables balances. Trade receivables
are concentrated in the Company's two market areas of Chattanooga and Nashville,
Tennessee.
 
     USE OF ESTIMATES -- The preparation of financial statements in conformity
with generally accepted accounting principles requires management to make
estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and
liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of
the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses
during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.
 
     ADVERTISING -- The Company expenses advertising costs in the period
incurred. Advertising expense amounted to $992,839 and $1,372,775 for 1995 and
1996, respectively.
 
                                      F-31
 
<PAGE>
                               BOWERS DEALERSHIPS
                            AND AFFILIATED COMPANIES
 
                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- CONTINUED
 
1. DESCRIPTION OF BUSINESS AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING
POLICIES -- Continued
     IMPAIRMENT OF LONG-LIVED ASSETS -- Effective January 1, 1996, the Company
adopted the provisions of SFAS No. 121, ACCOUNTING FOR THE IMPAIRMENT OF
LONG-LIVED ASSETS AND FOR LONG-LIVED ASSETS TO BE DISPOSED OF. This statement
requires that long-lived assets be reviewed for impairment whenever events or
changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may be
impaired. Adoption of SFAS No. 121 did not have a material impact on the
Company's results of operations or financial position.
 
     INTERIM FINANCIAL INFORMATION -- The accompanying unaudited financial
information for the six months ended June 30, 1997 has been prepared on
substantially the same basis as the audited financial statements, and include
all adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring adjustments, necessary for
a fair presentation of the financial information set forth therein. The results
of interim periods are not necessarily indicative of results to be expected for
the entire fiscal year.
 
2. BUSINESS ACQUISITIONS
 
     EUROPEAN MOTORS OF NASHVILLE, INC. AND EUROPEAN MOTORS LLC -- In October
1996, the Company acquired European Motors of Nashville, Inc. and European
Motors LLC. The total purchase price was $9,840,438. These acquisitions have
been accounted for using purchase accounting and the results of operations of
these dealerships have been included in the accompanying combined financial
statements from the date of acquisition. The total purchase price has been
allocated to the assets and liabilities acquired at their estimated fair market
value at acquisition date as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                            <C>
Inventory...................................................................   $5,862,555
Property and equipment......................................................      527,883
Goodwill....................................................................    3,450,000
Total.......................................................................   $9,840,438
</TABLE>
 
     DODGE OF CHATTANOOGA -- On March 1, 1997, the Company acquired Dodge of
Chattanooga for a total purchase price of $6,718,465. The acquisition has been
accounted for as a purchase and the results of operations of Dodge of
Chattanooga have been included in the accompanying unaudited combined financial
statements from the date of acquisition through June 30, 1997. The purchase
price has been allocated to the assets and liabilities acquired at their
estimated fair market value at acquisition date as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                            <C>
Inventory...................................................................   $2,718,465
Goodwill....................................................................    4,000,000
Total.......................................................................   $6,718,465
</TABLE>
 
3. INVENTORIES AND RELATED NOTES PAYABLE -- FLOOR PLAN
 
     Inventories at December 31, 1995 and 1996 and June 30, 1997 consist of the
following:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                          DECEMBER 31,            JUNE 30,
                                                                                      1995           1996           1997
<S>                                                                                <C>            <C>            <C>
                                                                                                                 (UNAUDITED)
New vehicles....................................................................   $ 9,929,971    $16,319,295    $21,837,310
Used vehicles...................................................................     2,369,023      4,821,689      9,870,280
Parts and accessories...........................................................       685,012      1,900,962      2,040,757
Other...........................................................................        19,260        105,906        322,588
Total...........................................................................   $13,003,266    $23,147,852    $34,070,935
</TABLE>
 
     All new and certain used vehicles are pledged to collateralize floor plan
notes payable to financial institutions in the amount of $11,620,942 and
$19,731,323 at December 31, 1995 and 1996, respectively. The floor plan notes
bear interest, that fluctuates with prime and are payable monthly on the
outstanding balance, ranging from 6.25% to 9.75% at December 31,
 
                                      F-32
 
<PAGE>
                               BOWERS DEALERSHIPS
                            AND AFFILIATED COMPANIES
 
                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- CONTINUED
 
3. INVENTORIES AND RELATED NOTES PAYABLE -- FLOOR PLAN -- Continued
1996. Total floor plan interest expense amounted to $1,098,757 and $1,288,021 in
1995 and 1996, respectively. The notes payable are due when the related vehicle
is sold. As such, these floor plan notes payable are shown as a current
liability in the accompanying combined balance sheets.
 
4. PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT
 
     Property and equipment at December 31, 1995 and 1996 and June 30, 1997 is
comprised of the following:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                          DECEMBER 31,            JUNE 30,
                                                                                      1995           1996           1997
<S>                                                                                <C>            <C>            <C>
                                                                                                                 (UNAUDITED)
Land............................................................................   $   846,265    $ 1,455,297    $ 1,831,514
Buildings and improvements......................................................     1,114,984      3,962,427      4,868,637
Office equipment and fixtures...................................................     1,228,579      1,697,617      1,938,612
Parts and service equipment.....................................................       900,005      1,775,271      2,102,199
Leasehold improvements..........................................................       254,694        262,261        262,261
Total, at cost..................................................................     4,344,527      9,152,873     11,003,223
Less accumulated depreciation...................................................    (1,454,774)    (1,898,080)    (2,258,998)
Property and equipment, net.....................................................   $ 2,889,753    $ 7,254,793    $ 8,744,225
</TABLE>
 
5. OPERATING LEASES
 
     The Company leases its business premises under nonconcealable operating
leases for one to twenty-six year terms. Future minimum rental payments required
under nonconcealable leases at December 31, 1996 are as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                            <C>
Year ending
1997........................................................................   $  656,237
1998........................................................................      413,903
1999........................................................................      387,120
2000........................................................................      387,120
2001........................................................................      387,120
Thereafter..................................................................    4,994,184
Total.......................................................................   $7,225,684
</TABLE>
 
     Rent expense amounted to $458,999 and $762,725 during 1995 and 1996,
respectively.
 
                                      F-33
 
<PAGE>
                               BOWERS DEALERSHIPS
                            AND AFFILIATED COMPANIES
 
                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- CONTINUED
 
6. FINANCING ARRANGEMENTS
 
     Notes payable-other consists of a demand note to a bank and advances
principally from a stockholder. The stockholder advances are restricted to
investment in a cash management fund sponsored by finance companies. Other
current assets at December 31, 1995 and 1996 include $797,000 and $1,326,000,
respectively, of restricted cash in the cash management fund.
 
     Notes payable-other consist of the following:
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                               DECEMBER 31,           JUNE 30,
                                                                            1995          1996          1997
<S>                                                                      <C>           <C>           <C>
                                                                                                     (UNAUDITED)
Unsecured demand note payable to bank, interest at 8.25%
  at December 31, 1996................................................   $       --    $  251,203    $   600,000
Unsecured stockholder advances restricted for investment -- due on
  demand..............................................................      797,000     1,326,000      1,885,000
Other unsecured stockholder advances due on demand....................    1,218,025     2,215,407      2,104,869
Notes payable -- other................................................   $2,015,025    $3,792,610    $ 4,589,869
</TABLE>
    
 
     Long-term debt at December 31, 1995 and 1996 and June 30, 1997 consists of
the following:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                               DECEMBER 31,           JUNE 30,
                                                                            1995          1996          1997
<S>                                                                      <C>           <C>           <C>
                                                                                                     (UNAUDITED)
Mortgage note payable on land and building with a carrying value of
  $2,302,487, interest payable at 8.9%, due June 1, 2001..............   $       --    $1,799,152    $ 1,767,753
Mortgage note payable to stockholder on land and building with a
  carrying value of $1,535,585, interest payable at 12%, due December
  1, 2010.............................................................    1,545,815     1,441,626      1,389,531
Note payable due to stockholder, interest payable at 9.5%, due
  December 31, 2001...................................................      564,000       564,000        564,000
Note payable related to purchase of dealership, due February 28,
  1999................................................................           --            --        333,333
Note payable on land and building with a carrying value of $1,813,502,
  interest payable at 8.9%, due March 31, 2002........................           --            --        773,714
Notes payable for equipment with a carrying value of $76,608, interest
  payable ranging from 9.6% to 11.18%, payable in full November 15,
  1997................................................................      109,380        76,199         45,332
Note payable on company owned vehicles, with a carrying value of
  approximately $20,253, bearing interest at 9.5%.....................      298,861        20,253             --
Note payable to an unrelated car dealership, due December 3, 1999.....       60,000        45,000         45,000
Note payable -- other.................................................           --         5,677          4,415
                                                                          2,578,056     3,951,907      4,923,078
Less current maturities...............................................     (468,040)     (389,658)      (558,332)
Long-term debt........................................................   $2,110,016    $3,562,249    $ 4,364,476
</TABLE>
 
                                      F-34
 
<PAGE>
                               BOWERS DEALERSHIPS
                            AND AFFILIATED COMPANIES
 
                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- CONTINUED
 
6. FINANCING ARRANGEMENTS -- Continued
     Future maturities of the above debt at December 31, 1996 are as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                            <C>
Year ending December 31:
1997........................................................................   $  389,658
1998........................................................................      363,839
1999........................................................................      477,119
2000........................................................................      194,018
2001........................................................................    1,606,592
Thereafter..................................................................      920,681
Total.......................................................................   $3,951,907
</TABLE>
 
7. RELATED PARTIES
 
     The Company operates certain dealerships at facilities leased from
affiliated companies. The leases are classified as operating leases. Future
minimum rent payments are $387,120 annually through 2001. Rent expense in 1995
and 1996 for these leases amounted to $315,120 and $441,120, respectively.
 
   
     The Company has accounts receivable from stockholders arising from various
costs paid by the Company for the stockholders totaling $460,630, $860,630 and
$860,630 as of December 31, 1995 and 1996 and June 30, 1997, respectively. Since
there are no specific repayment terms, these amounts are reflected as a
deduction from equity in the combined balance sheets.
    
 
     The Company's related party transactions are summarized as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                              YEAR ENDED
                                                                                                             DECEMBER 31
                                                                                                           1995        1996
<S>                                                                                                      <C>         <C>
Extended warranty premiums............................................................................   $477,327    $602,270
Advertising...........................................................................................    600,161     530,057
Auction Fees..........................................................................................         --      39,000
Auto etching..........................................................................................     28,200      32,861
Automobile packs......................................................................................     91,830     107,246
</TABLE>
 
8. EQUITY
 
     During 1997, an affiliated company began paying the salaries of certain
executive officers and other selling, general and administrative expenses. The
affiliated company charged the Company management fees during the six months
ended June 30, 1997 totaling $864,000 for the services performed by the
executive officers.
 
     The capital structure of the entities included in the combined financial
statements of the Company at December 31, 1995 is as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                             COMMON STOCK
                                                                                     SHARES                     RETAINED EARNINGS
                                                            PAR        SHARES      ISSUED AND                   AND MEMBERS' AND
                                                           VALUE     AUTHORIZED    OUTSTANDING      AMOUNT      PARTNERS' EQUITY
<S>                                                        <C>       <C>           <C>            <C>           <C>
Cleveland Village Imports, Inc..........................   No par         2,000        2,000      $  300,000       $   552,817
Saturn of Chattanooga, Inc..............................   $  700         2,000        1,000         700,000         2,470,654
Nelson Bowers Ford, L.P.................................                                                               759,039
Cleveland Chrysler Plymouth Jeep Eagle, LLC.............                                                               596,434
Jaguar of Chattanooga, LLC..............................                                                             1,164,784
                                                                                                  $1,000,000       $ 5,543,728
</TABLE>
 
                                      F-35
 
<PAGE>
                               BOWERS DEALERSHIPS
                            AND AFFILIATED COMPANIES
 
                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- CONTINUED
 
8. EQUITY -- Continued
     The capital structure of the entities included in the combined financial
statements of the Company at December 31, 1996 is as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                                RETAINED EARNINGS
                                                                             COMMON STOCK                              AND
                                                                                     SHARES                         PARTNERS'
                                                            PAR        SHARES      ISSUED AND                     AND MEMBERS'
                                                           VALUE     AUTHORIZED    OUTSTANDING      AMOUNT           EQUITY
<S>                                                        <C>       <C>           <C>            <C>           <C>
Cleveland Village Imports, Inc..........................   No par         2,000        2,000      $  300,000       $   563,672
Saturn of Chattanooga, Inc..............................   $  700         2,000        1,000         700,000         2,675,993
Nelson Bowers Ford, L.P.................................                                                  --           699,958
Cleveland Chrysler Plymouth Jeep Eagle, LLC.............                                                  --           417,300
Jaguar of Chattanooga, LLC..............................                                                  --         1,141,782
European Motors of Nashville, LLC.......................                                                  --         5,014,936
European Motors LLC.....................................                                                  --         3,148,353
                                                                                                  $1,000,000       $13,661,994
</TABLE>
 
9. EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS
 
     In April 1997, the Company established a 401(k) plan, whereby substantially
all of the employees of the company meeting certain service requirements are
eligible to participate. Contributions by the Company to the plan were not
significant in any period presented.
 
10. CONTINGENCIES
 
     The Company is involved in various legal proceedings. Management believes
that the outcome of such proceedings will not have a materially adverse effect
on the Company's financial position or future results of operations and cash
flows.
 
                                      F-36
 
<PAGE>
                          INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' REPORT
 
TO THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS AND STOCKHOLDERS OF
LAKE NORMAN DODGE, INC.
Cornelius, North Carolina
 
     We have audited the accompanying combined balance sheet of Lake Norman
Dodge, Inc. and Affiliated Companies (the "Company"), which are under common
ownership and management, as of December 31, 1996, and the related combined
statements of income, stockholders' equity, and cash flows for the year then
ended. These combined financial statements are the responsibility of the
Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these
financial statements based on our audit.
 
     We conducted our audit in accordance with generally accepted auditing
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the combined financial statements are free of
material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence
supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit
also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates
made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement
presentation. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our
opinion.
 
     In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly,
in all material respects, the combined financial position of Lake Norman Dodge,
Inc. and Affiliated Companies as of December 31, 1996, and the combined results
of their operations and their combined cash flows for the year then ended in
conformity with generally accepted accounting principles.
 
DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP
Charlotte, North Carolina
 
August 7, 1997
 
                                      F-37
 
<PAGE>
                LAKE NORMAN DODGE, INC. AND AFFILIATED COMPANIES
 
                            COMBINED BALANCE SHEETS
 
                      DECEMBER 31, 1996 AND JUNE 30, 1997
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                   DECEMBER
                                                                                                      31,         JUNE 30,
                                                                                                     1996           1997
<S>                                                                                               <C>            <C>
                                                                                                                 (UNAUDITED)
ASSETS (NOTE 4)
CURRENT ASSETS:
  Cash and cash equivalents....................................................................   $ 3,491,358    $ 3,466,789
  Receivables..................................................................................     1,998,315      2,535,247
  Inventories (Note 2).........................................................................    23,603,843     22,778,488
  Prepaid expenses.............................................................................            --        243,870
     Total current assets......................................................................    29,093,516     29,024,394
PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT, NET (Note 3)...........................................................       485,880        566,875
OTHER ASSETS (NOTE 6):
  Due from employees...........................................................................       281,497        302,628
  Due from related partnership.................................................................       159,554        159,554
     Total other assets........................................................................       441,051        462,182
TOTAL ASSETS...................................................................................   $30,020,447    $30,053,451
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
CURRENT LIABILITIES:
  Notes payable-floor plan (Note 2)............................................................   $25,957,314    $25,865,010
  Trade accounts payable.......................................................................     1,364,121      1,351,664
  Note payable to bank (Note 4)................................................................        68,168         27,644
  Other accrued liabilities....................................................................       765,620        472,485
  Current maturities of long-term debt.........................................................       142,857         71,429
     Total current liabilities.................................................................    28,298,080     27,788,232
LONG-TERM DEBT (Note 4)........................................................................       785,715        785,714
COMMITMENTS (Note 5)
STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY:
  Common stock of combined companies...........................................................        75,000         75,000
  Paid-in capital..............................................................................       600,009        600,009
  Retained earnings............................................................................       261,643        804,496
     Total stockholders' equity................................................................       936,652      1,479,505
TOTAL LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY.....................................................   $30,020,447    $30,053,451
</TABLE>
 
                  See notes to combined financial statements.
 
                                      F-38
 
<PAGE>
                LAKE NORMAN DODGE, INC. AND AFFILIATED COMPANIES
 
                         COMBINED STATEMENTS OF INCOME
 
    YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1996 AND SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 1996 AND 1997
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                   YEAR ENDED
                                                                                  DECEMBER 31,             JUNE 30,
                                                                                      1996           1996           1997
<S>                                                                               <C>             <C>            <C>
                                                                                                         (UNAUDITED)
REVENUES:
  Vehicle sales................................................................   $124,538,878    $55,071,168    $69,798,274
  Finance and insurance........................................................      3,617,296      1,773,355      1,949,987
  Parts and service............................................................      9,543,187      4,371,529      5,321,329
     Total revenues............................................................    137,699,361     61,216,052     77,069,590
COST OF SALES..................................................................    121,806,212     53,845,015     68,272,355
GROSS PROFIT...................................................................     15,893,149      7,371,037      8,797,235
SELLING, GENERAL AND ADMINISTRATIVE EXPENSES...................................     14,215,002      6,736,729      6,937,071
DEPRECIATION AND AMORTIZATION..................................................         88,987         37,414         46,900
OPERATING INCOME...............................................................      1,589,160        596,894      1,813,264
OTHER INCOME AND EXPENSE:
  Interest expense, floor plan.................................................      1,552,250        588,951      1,185,518
  Interest expense, other......................................................         49,540          2,880         67,647
  Other income.................................................................        257,747        113,277        176,322
     Total other expense.......................................................      1,344,043        478,554      1,076,843
NET INCOME.....................................................................   $    245,117    $   118,340    $   736,421
</TABLE>
 
                  See notes to combined financial statements.
 
                                      F-39
 
<PAGE>
                LAKE NORMAN DODGE, INC. AND AFFILIATED COMPANIES
 
                  COMBINED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
 
        YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1996 AND SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 1997
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                                     TOTAL
                                                                     COMMON STOCK        PAID-IN     RETAINED    STOCKHOLDERS'
                                                                  SHARES      AMOUNT     CAPITAL     EARNINGS        EQUITY
<S>                                                              <C>          <C>        <C>         <C>         <C>
BALANCE AT DECEMBER 31, 1995..................................          75    $75,000    $475,009    $728,963      $1,278,972
  Capital contribution........................................          --         --     125,000          --         125,000
  Net income..................................................          --         --          --     245,117         245,117
  Distributions to owners.....................................          --         --          --    (712,437)       (712,437)
BALANCE AT DECEMBER 31, 1996..................................          75     75,000     600,009     261,643         936,652
  Net income (unaudited)......................................          --         --          --     736,421         736,421
  Distributions to owners (unaudited).........................          --         --          --    (193,568)       (193,568)
BALANCE AT JUNE 30, 1997 (unaudited)..........................          75    $75,000    $600,009    $804,496      $1,479,505
</TABLE>
 
                  See notes to combined financial statements.
 
                                      F-40
 
<PAGE>
                LAKE NORMAN DODGE, INC. AND AFFILIATED COMPANIES
 
                       COMBINED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
 
      YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1996 AND THE SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 1997
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                  YEAR ENDED        SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30,
                                                                              DECEMBER 31, 1996        1996           1997
<S>                                                                           <C>                   <C>            <C>
                                                                                                           (UNAUDITED)
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
  Net income...............................................................      $    245,117       $   118,340    $   736,421
  Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by (used in)
     operating activities:
     Bad debts and repossessions...........................................            44,523                --          9,910
     Depreciation and amortization expense.................................            88,987            37,414         46,900
     Increase in LIFO reserve..............................................           169,316           177,898        324,486
     Changes in assets and liabilities that relate to operations:
       Increase in receivable..............................................          (533,128)         (417,366)      (546,842)
       Increase (decrease) in inventories..................................       (10,887,995)        1,039,475        500,867
       Increase (decrease) in prepaid expenses.............................            15,895          (271,689)      (243,870)
       (Increase) decrease in accounts payable.............................           109,802          (240,517)       (12,456)
       (Increase) decrease in notes payable floor plan.....................        13,226,616           547,291        (92,304)
       (Increase) decrease in other accrued liabilities....................           488,012         1,281,747       (293,135)
          Total adjustments................................................         2,722,028         2,154,253       (306,444)
          Net cash provided by operating activities........................         2,967,145         2,272,593        429,977
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
  Purchases of property and equipment......................................          (282,711)         (141,084)      (127,895)
  Advances to employees -- net.............................................           (86,179)          (87,558)       (21,131)
  Advances to related partnership -- net...................................          (159,553)               --             --
          Net cash used in investing activities............................          (528,443)         (228,642)      (149,026)
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
  Proceeds from bank note..................................................           100,000           100,000             --
  Payments on bank note....................................................           (69,331)          (30,214)       (40,524)
  Proceeds from long-term debt.............................................         1,000,000         1,000,000             --
  Payments on long-term debt...............................................           (71,429)               --        (71,428)
  Capital contribution.....................................................           125,000                --             --
  Distributions to owners..................................................          (712,437)         (540,205)      (193,568)
          Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities..............           371,803           529,581       (305,520)
NET INCREASE (DECREASE) IN CASH............................................         2,810,505         2,573,532        (24,569)
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, BEGINNING OF PERIOD.............................           680,853           680,853      3,491,358
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, END OF PERIOD...................................      $  3,491,358       $ 3,254,385    $ 3,466,789
SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURES OF CASH FLOW:
  Cash paid during the period for interest.................................      $  1,601,790       $   591,831    $ 1,253,165
</TABLE>
    
 
                  See notes to combined financial statements.
 
                                      F-41
 
<PAGE>
                LAKE NORMAN DODGE, INC. AND AFFILIATED COMPANIES
 
                     NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
1. DESCRIPTION OF BUSINESS AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
 
     ORGANIZATION AND BUSINESS -- Lake Norman Dodge, Inc. and Affiliated
Companies' (the "Company") operates two automobile dealerships in the Charlotte,
North Carolina area. The Company sells new and used cars and light trucks, sells
replacement parts, provides vehicle maintenance, warranty, paint and repair
services and arranges related financing and insurance.
 
     The combined financial statements include the accounts of Lake Norman
Dodge, Inc. ("LND") and its subsidiary, Lake Norman
Chrysler-Plymouth-Jeep-Eagle, LLC ("LNCPJE") and certain proprietorships of Phil
Gandy and Quinton Gandy. LND is 100% owned by Phil Gandy and Quinton Gandy. All
significant intercompany balances and planned transactions have been eliminated
in combination.
 
     The combined financial statements have been prepared in connection with a
planned acquisition of the net assets of these entities by Sonic Automotive,
Inc. ("Sonic"). In May 1997, the Company signed a definitive purchase agreement
whereby its outstanding capital stock would be acquired by Sonic for
$18,200,000. This acquisition is to be effective prior to the completion of an
anticipated public offering of common stock by Sonic in 1997.
 
     The accompanying combined financial statements reflect the financial
position, results of operations, and cash flows of each of the above listed
entities. The combination of these entities has been accounted for at historical
cost in a manner similar to a pooling-of-interest because the entities are under
common management and control. All material intercompany transactions have been
eliminated.
 
     LNCPJE was organized on March 18, 1996, as a North Carolina limited
liability company and commenced operations on July 1, 1996. The certain
proprietorships of Phil Gandy and Quinton Gandy include commissions earned
related to sales of extended warranty contracts through LND and LNCPJE, which
were paid directly to Phil Gandy and Quinton Gandy at the option of LND and
LNCPJE. Earned commissions relating to the sales of these contracts reflect a
recurring transaction relating to the dealerships and therefore these
proprietorships have been included in the accompanying combined financial
statements.
 
     REVENUE RECOGNITION -- The Company records revenue when vehicles are
delivered to customers, and when vehicle service work is performed. Finance and
insurance commission revenue is recognized principally at the time the contract
is placed with the financial institutions.
 
     DEALER AGREEMENTS -- The Company purchases substantially all of its new
vehicles from manufacturers at the prevailing prices charged by the manufacturer
to its franchised dealers. The Company's sales could be unfavorably impacted by
the manufacturers' unwillingness or inability to supply the dealership with an
adequate supply of new car inventory.
 
     Each dealership operates under a dealer agreement with the manufacturer
which generally restricts the location, management and ownership of the
respective dealership. The ability of the Company to acquire additional
franchises from a particular manufacturer may be limited due to certain
restrictions imposed by manufacturers. Additionally, the Company's ability to
enter into significant acquisitions may be restricted and the acquisition of the
Company's stock by third parties may be limited by the terms of the franchise
agreement.
 
     CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS -- The Company considers contracts in transit and
all highly liquid debt instruments with an initial maturity of three months or
less to be cash equivalents. Contracts in transit represent cash in transit to
the Company from finance companies related to vehicle purchases, and was
$2,110,467 at December 31, 1996.
 
     INVENTORIES -- Inventories of new vehicles, including demonstrators, are
valued at the lower of last-in, first-out ("LIFO") cost or market. Inventories
of used vehicles are stated at the lower of first-in, first-out ("FIFO") cost or
market, and parts and accessories are stated at the lower of specific cost or
market.
 
     PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT -- Property and equipment are stated at cost.
Depreciation is computed over the estimated useful lives of the assets using
primarily accelerated methods. The range of estimated useful lives is as
follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                 USEFUL LIVES
<S>                                                                              <C>
Parts and service equipment...................................................       5 years
Office equipment and fixtures.................................................     5-7 years
Company vehicles..............................................................       5 years
</TABLE>
 
                                      F-42
 
<PAGE>
                LAKE NORMAN DODGE, INC. AND AFFILIATED COMPANIES
 
              NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- CONTINUED
 
1. DESCRIPTION OF BUSINESS AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING
POLICIES -- Continued
Leasehold improvements are amortized over the lesser of the terms of their
respective leases or the estimated useful lives of the related assets.
 
     Expenditures for maintenance and repairs are expensed as incurred.
Significant betterments are capitalized.
 
     INCOME TAXES -- LND has elected to be treated as an S Corporation for
federal and state income tax purposes, and LNCPJE is a limited liability company
(LLC). As such the stockholders and members, respectively, include their pro
rata share of the Company's taxable income for the year in their individual
income tax returns. The proprietorship income of Phil and Quinton Gandy combined
herein is also included in their personal income tax returns. Accordingly, no
provision for federal or state income taxes has been included in the
accompanying combined statement of income.
 
     CONCENTRATIONS OF CREDIT RISK -- Financial instruments which potentially
subject the Company to concentrations of credit risk consist principally of cash
deposits. At times, amounts invested with financial institutions may exceed FDIC
insurance limits.
 
     Concentrations of credit risk with respect to receivables are limited
primarily to automobile manufacturers and financial institutions. Credit risk
arising from trade receivables from commercial customers is reduced by the large
number of customers comprising the trade receivables balances. Trade receivables
are concentrated in the Charlotte, North Carolina metropolitan area.
 
     USE OF ESTIMATES -- The preparation of financial statements in conformity
with generally accepted accounting principles requires management to make
estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and
liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of
the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses
during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.
 
     ADVERTISING COSTS -- The Company expenses all costs of advertising when
incurred. Advertising costs of $1,828,534 are included in operating expenses for
1996.
 
     INTERIM FINANCIAL INFORMATION -- The accompanying unaudited financial
information for the six months ended June 30, 1997 has been prepared on
substantially the same basis as the audited financial statements, and include
all adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring adjustments, necessary for
a fair presentation of the financial information set forth therein. The results
for interim periods are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected
for the entire fiscal year.
 
     The combined statement of income for the year ended December 31, 1996
includes expenses approximating $1,200,000 for discretionary bonuses to
stockholders determined at year end. Of this amount approximately $565,000 was
incurred through June 30, 1996. Given the planned acquisition by Sonic, it is
uncertain if a similar discretionary bonus will be awarded in 1997. As such, no
bonus has been accrued through June 30, 1997.
 
2. INVENTORIES AND RELATED NOTES PAYABLE -- FLOORPLAN
 
     Inventories at December 31, 1996 and June 30, 1997 consist of the
following:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                  DECEMBER 31,     JUNE 30,
                                                                                                      1996           1997
<S>                                                                                               <C>             <C>
                                                                                                                  (UNAUDITED)
New vehicles...................................................................................   $ 16,617,268    $18,626,219
Used vehicles..................................................................................      6,437,598      3,720,437
Parts and accessories..........................................................................        548,977        431,832
Total..........................................................................................   $ 23,603,843    $22,778,488
</TABLE>
 
   
     Had the Company used the FIFO method of valuing new vehicle inventory,
inventories would have been $1,564,142 higher and net income would have been
$414,432 as of and for the year ended December 31, 1996.
    
 
     All new and certain used vehicles are pledged to collateralize floor plan
notes payable to financial institutions in the amount of $25,957,314 at December
31, 1996. The floor plan notes bear interest, payable monthly on the outstanding
balance, at the prime rate plus 0.5% (8.75% at December 31, 1996). Total floor
plan interest expense amounted to $1,552,250 in
 
                                      F-43
 
<PAGE>
                LAKE NORMAN DODGE, INC. AND AFFILIATED COMPANIES
 
              NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- CONTINUED
 
2. INVENTORIES AND RELATED NOTES PAYABLE -- FLOORPLAN -- Continued
1996. The notes payable are due when the related vehicle is sold. As such, these
floor plan notes payable are shown as a current liability in the accompanying
balance sheet.
 
3. PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT
 
     Property and equipment at December 31, 1996 and June 30, 1997 is comprised
of the following:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                            DECEMBER 31,     JUNE 30,
                                                                                1996           1997
<S>                                                                         <C>             <C>
                                                                                            (UNAUDITED)
Service equipment........................................................    $  309,944     $  373,652
Parts and accessory equipment............................................        35,480         38,876
Vehicles.................................................................        11,809         53,898
Furniture and fixtures...................................................       212,155        278,479
Leasehold improvements...................................................       460,097        497,345
Total at cost............................................................     1,029,485      1,242,250
Less accumulated depreciation............................................      (543,605)      (675,375)
Property and equipment, net..............................................    $  485,880     $  566,875
</TABLE>
 
4. NOTE PAYABLE TO BANK AND LONG-TERM DEBT
 
     The note payable with a balance of $68,168 at December 31, 1996 is due in
monthly installments of $7,172, including interest at 8.25%, through October,
1997. The note is collateralized by modular buildings used in Company
operations.
 
     In July, 1996, the Company borrowed $1,000,000 from Chrysler Financial
Corporation. Payments of $11,905 plus interest at prime plus .5% (8.75% at
December 31, 1996) are due monthly, through July, 2003. The loan is
collateralized by a security interest in all assets of LNCPJE. Principal is due
as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                              <C>
1998..........................................................................   $142,857
1999..........................................................................    142,857
2000..........................................................................    142,857
2001..........................................................................    142,857
2002..........................................................................    142,857
Thereafter....................................................................     71,430
Total.........................................................................    785,715
Current maturities............................................................    142,857
Long-term debt................................................................   $928,572
</TABLE>
 
5. OPERATING LEASES
 
     The Company leases its operating facilities from its shareholders under
three separate leases expiring March, 2000 and June, 2001. Monthly payments
under these leases at December 31, 1996, total $83,000. One of these leases has
an option for renewal for two additional five year terms. The Company pays all
operating costs such as utilities, repairs, maintenance and insurance relating
to these facilities. Total payments made to related parties under these leases
in 1996 were $786,000 exclusive of operating costs.
 
                                      F-44
 
<PAGE>
                LAKE NORMAN DODGE, INC. AND AFFILIATED COMPANIES
 
              NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- CONTINUED
 
5. OPERATING LEASES -- Continued
     At December 31, 1996 future minimum rental payments under these operating
leases are as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
YEAR
<S>                                                                            <C>
1997........................................................................   $  996,000
1998........................................................................      996,000
1999........................................................................      996,000
2000........................................................................      564,000
2001........................................................................      210,000
       Total................................................................   $3,762,000
</TABLE>
 
     The Company leases automobiles through Chrysler Finance under twenty-four
and thirty-six month agreements expiring at various dates. The Company pays
monthly rental of varying amounts. In addition, the Company pays all operating
costs, including insurance, repairs, and maintenance. Payments under automobile
leases were $170,800 in 1996.
 
     At December 31, 1996, minimum future lease payments under these leases are
as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                              <C>
1997..........................................................................   $216,000
1998..........................................................................     81,000
       Total..................................................................   $297,000
</TABLE>
 
6. RELATED PARTIES
 
     DUE FROM RELATED PARTIES -- Due from employees includes $219,878 due from
shareholders. These amounts bear interest at the prevailing U. S. Treasury rates
for short-term debt, are noncollateralized and have no specific repayment terms.
 
     Amounts due from related partnership are noninterest bearing,
noncollateralized and have no specific repayment terms.
 
7. EMPLOYEE SAVINGS PLAN
 
     The Company operates a savings plan under Section 401(k) of the Internal
Revenue Code. This plan allows employees to defer a portion of their income on a
pre-tax basis through plan contributions. The Company makes matching
contributions up to 2% of employee salary. Company contributions to the plan in
1996 totaled $56,800. The Company also paid plan expenses of $1,312.
 
                                      F-45
 
<PAGE>
   
                          INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' REPORT
    
 
   
TO THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS AND STOCKHOLDERS OF
KEN MARKS FORD, INC.
Clearwater, Florida
    
 
   
  We have audited the accompanying balance sheet of Ken Marks Ford, Inc. (the
"Company") as of April 30, 1997, and the related statements of income,
stockholders' equity, and cash flows for the year then ended. These financial
statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our
responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on
our audit.
    
 
   
  We conducted our audit in accordance with generally accepted auditing
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes
assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by
management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.
    
 
   
  In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in
all material respects, the financial position of Ken Marks Ford, Inc. as of
April 30, 1997, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the
year then ended in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles.
    
 
DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP
Charlotte, North Carolina
 
   
August 26, 1997
    
 
                                      F-46
 
<PAGE>
                              KEN MARKS FORD, INC.
 
                                 BALANCE SHEET
 
   
                                 APRIL 30, 1997
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                                                               <C>
ASSETS (NOTE 4)
CURRENT ASSETS:
  Cash and cash equivalents....................................................................................   $ 2,504,102
  Receivables..................................................................................................     2,374,483
  Inventories (Note 2).........................................................................................    11,216,499
  Prepaid expenses and other current assets....................................................................       529,633
  Deferred income taxes (Note 5)...............................................................................        91,742
     TOTAL CURRENT ASSETS......................................................................................    16,716,459
PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT (Note 3)................................................................................       470,738
OTHER ASSETS...................................................................................................        14,000
TOTAL ASSETS...................................................................................................   $17,201,197
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
CURRENT LIABILITIES:
  Notes payable -- floor plan (Note 2).........................................................................   $12,557,574
  Trade accounts payable.......................................................................................       678,252
  Accrued payroll and bonuses..................................................................................       836,425
  Other accrued liabilities (Note 7)...........................................................................       777,388
  Allowance for insurance, service contract and finance income chargebacks.....................................       224,544
  Income tax payable (Note 5)..................................................................................        15,161
     TOTAL CURRENT LIABILITIES.................................................................................    15,089,344
DEFERRED INCOME TAXES (Note 5).................................................................................        17,705
COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES (Notes 6 and 7)
STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY:
  Common stock, $1.00 par value, 500 shares authorized and issued..............................................           500
  Paid-in capital..............................................................................................       423,800
  Retained earnings............................................................................................     1,669,848
     Total stockholders' equity................................................................................     2,094,148
TOTAL LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY.....................................................................   $17,201,197
</TABLE>
    
 
   
                       See notes to financial statements.
    
 
                                      F-47
 
<PAGE>
                              KEN MARKS FORD, INC.
 
   
                              STATEMENT OF INCOME
    
 
   
                           YEAR ENDED APRIL 30, 1997
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                                                              <C>
REVENUES:
  Vehicle sales...............................................................................................   $130,045,246
  Parts, service and collision repairs........................................................................     13,116,124
  Finance and insurance.......................................................................................      2,188,071
     Total revenues...........................................................................................    145,349,441
COST OF SALES.................................................................................................    126,870,910
GROSS PROFIT..................................................................................................     18,478,531
SELLING, GENERAL AND ADMINISTRATIVE EXPENSES (Note 7).........................................................     15,743,940
DEPRECIATION AND AMORTIZATION.................................................................................        100,771
OPERATING INCOME..............................................................................................      2,633,820
OTHER INCOME AND EXPENSE:
  Interest expense, floor plan (Note 2).......................................................................      2,008,468
  Other income................................................................................................        140,916
     Total other income and expense...........................................................................      1,867,552
INCOME BEFORE INCOME TAXES....................................................................................        766,268
PROVISION FOR INCOME TAXES (Note 5)...........................................................................        295,988
NET INCOME....................................................................................................   $    470,280
</TABLE>
    
 
   
                       See notes to financial statements.
    
 
                                      F-48
 
<PAGE>
   
                              KEN MARKS FORD, INC.
    
 
   
                       STATEMENT OF STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
    
 
   
                           YEAR ENDED APRIL 30, 1997
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                                     TOTAL
                                                                             COMMON    PAID-IN      RETAINED     STOCKHOLDERS'
                                                                             STOCK     CAPITAL      EARNINGS        EQUITY
<S>                                                                          <C>       <C>         <C>           <C>
BALANCE
  APRIL 30, 1996..........................................................    $ 500    $423,800    $1,219,568     $  1,643,868
  Dividends...............................................................       --          --       (20,000)         (20,000)
  Net income..............................................................       --          --       470,280          470,280
BALANCE
  APRIL 30, 1997..........................................................    $ 500    $423,800    $1,669,848     $  2,094,148
</TABLE>
    
 
   
                       See notes to financial statements.
    
 
                                      F-49
 
<PAGE>
                              KEN MARKS FORD, INC.
 
                            STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS
 
   
                           YEAR ENDED APRIL 30, 1997
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                                                               <C>
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
  Net income...................................................................................................    $    470,280
  Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:
     Depreciation and amortization.............................................................................         100,771
     Deferred income taxes.....................................................................................          13,763
     Loss on disposal of property and equipment................................................................          45,192
     Change in operating assets and liabilities:
       Increase in accounts receivable.........................................................................      (1,033,143)
       Decrease in inventories.................................................................................       5,197,288
       Decrease in prepaid expenses............................................................................         429,467
       Decrease in due from related parties....................................................................         134,141
       Decrease in notes payable, floor plan...................................................................      (3,401,971)
       Increase in trade accounts payable......................................................................         322,319
       Decrease in accrued payroll and bonuses.................................................................        (284,875)
       Decrease in accrued expenses and other payables.........................................................        (848,544)
       Decrease in allowance for insurance, service contract and finance income chargebacks....................         (85,107)
       Decrease in income tax payable..........................................................................         (39,839)
          Total adjustments....................................................................................         549,462
     Net cash provided by operating activities.................................................................       1,019,742
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
  Purchases of property and equipment..........................................................................        (183,674)
     Net cash used in investing activities.....................................................................        (183,674)
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
  Dividends paid to stockholders...............................................................................         (20,000)
     Net cash used in financing activities.....................................................................         (20,000)
NET INCREASE IN CASH...........................................................................................         816,068
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, BEGINNING OF YEAR...................................................................       1,688,034
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, END OF YEAR.........................................................................    $  2,504,102
SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURE OF CASH FLOW INFORMATION:
Cash paid during the year for:
  Interest.....................................................................................................    $  2,008,468
  Income taxes.................................................................................................    $    322,064
</TABLE>
    
 
   
                       See notes to financial statements.
    
 
                                      F-50
 
<PAGE>
                              KEN MARKS FORD, INC.
 
   
                         NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
    
 
                           YEAR ENDED APRIL 30, 1997
 
1. DESCRIPTION OF BUSINESS AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
 
   
     ORGANIZATION AND BUSINESS -- Ken Marks Ford, Inc. (the "Company") operates
an automobile dealership in the Tampa-Clearwater areas in Florida. The Company
sells new and used cars, sells replacement parts, provides vehicle maintenance,
warranty, paint and repair services and arranges related financing and
insurance.
    
 
     In July 1997, the Company signed a definitive purchase agreement whereby
its outstanding capital stock would be acquired by Sonic Automotive, Inc. for
$24,982,500. This acquisition is to be effective prior to the completion of an
anticipated public offering of common stock by Sonic Automotive, Inc. in 1997.
 
     REVENUE RECOGNITION -- The Company records revenue when vehicles are
delivered to customers, and when vehicle service work is performed. Finance and
insurance commission revenue is recognized principally at the time the contract
is placed with the financial institution.
 
     DEALER AGREEMENTS -- The Company purchases substantially all of its new
vehicles from manufacturers at the prevailing prices charged by the manufacturer
to its franchised dealers. The Company's sales could be unfavorably impacted by
the manufacturer's unwillingness or inability to supply the dealership with an
adequate supply of new car inventory. Each dealership operates under a dealer
agreement with the manufacturer. These agreements generally restrict the
location, management and ownership of the respective dealership.
 
   
     CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS -- The Company considers contracts in transit and
all highly liquid debt instruments with an initial maturity of three months or
less to be cash equivalents. Contracts in transit represent cash in transit to
the Company from finance companies related to vehicle purchases, and was
approximately $1,753,000 at April 30, 1997.
    
 
   
     INVENTORIES -- Inventories of new vehicles, including demonstrators, are
valued at the lower of last-in, first-out ("LIFO") cost or market. Inventories
of parts and accessories are valued on a LIFO basis using the Current Year Parts
Price Index. Inventories of used vehicles are valued on a specific
identification basis.
    
 
   
     PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT -- Property and equipment are stated at cost.
    
 
   
     Depreciation is computed using straight-line and accelerated methods over
the estimated useful lives of the assets. The range of estimated useful lives is
as follows:
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                           USEFUL LIVES
<S>                                                                                        <C>
Leasehold improvements..................................................................    18-31 years
Machinery and equipment.................................................................      5-7 years
Furniture and fixtures..................................................................      5-7 years
</TABLE>
    
 
     INCOME TAXES -- Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are determined
based on the difference between financial reporting and tax basis of assets and
liabilities, and are measured using the enacted tax rates and laws that will be
in effect when the differences are expected to reverse.
 
     CONCENTRATIONS OF CREDIT RISK -- Financial instruments which potentially
subject the Company to concentrations of credit risk consist principally of cash
deposits. At times, amounts invested with financial institutions may exceed FDIC
insurance limits.
 
   
     Concentrations of credit risk with respect to receivables are limited
primarily to automobile manufacturers and financial institutions. Credit risk
arising from trade receivables from commercial customers is reduced by the large
number of customers comprising the trade receivables balance. Trade receivables
are concentrated in the Tampa-Clearwater metropolitan area.
    
 
     USE OF ESTIMATES -- The preparation of financial statements in conformity
with generally accepted accounting principles requires management to make
estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and
liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of
the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses
during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from these estimates.
 
                                      F-51
 
<PAGE>
                              KEN MARKS FORD, INC.
 
   
                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- CONTINUED
    
 
1. DESCRIPTION OF BUSINESS AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING
POLICIES -- Continued
   
     Advertising -- The Company expenses advertising costs in the period
incurred. Advertising expenses approximated $1,151,000 for the year ended April
30, 1997.
    
 
2. INVENTORIES AND RELATED NOTES PAYABLE -- FLOOR PLAN
 
   
     Inventories consist of the following:
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                           APRIL 30,
                                                                                             1997
<S>                                                                                       <C>
New vehicles...........................................................................   $ 8,431,786
Used vehicles..........................................................................     2,341,929
Parts and accessories..................................................................       442,784
Total..................................................................................   $11,216,499
</TABLE>
    
 
   
     At April 30, 1997, the excess of current replacement cost over the stated
LIFO valuation of new vehicles, parts and accessories amounts to $2,749,237.
    
 
   
     Had the Company used the FIFO method of valuing new vehicle, parts and
accessories inventory, pretax earnings would have been $949,454 for the year
ended April 30, 1997.
    
 
   
     All new vehicles are pledged to collateralize floor plan notes payable to
financial institutions in the amount of $12,557,574 at April 30, 1997. The floor
plan notes bear interest, payable monthly on the outstanding balance, at the
prime rate plus 1% (9.5% at April 30, 1997). Total floor plan interest expense
amounted to $2,008,468 during the year ended April 30, 1997. The notes payable
become due when the related vehicle is sold. As such, these floor plan notes
payable are shown as a current liability in the accompanying balance sheet.
    
 
   
     Certain inventory items collateralize the revolving line of credit
described in Note 4. All new vehicles and demonstrators and substantially all
parts and accessories are purchased from Ford Motor Company.
    
 
3. PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT
 
   
     Property and equipment is comprised of the following:
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                           APRIL 30,
                                                                                             1997
<S>                                                                                       <C>
Parts and service equipment............................................................   $   333,063
Furniture and fixtures.................................................................       400,152
Leasehold improvements.................................................................       481,815
                                                                                            1,215,030
Less accumulated depreciation..........................................................      (744,292)
Property and equipment, net............................................................   $   470,738
</TABLE>
    
 
   
4. FINANCING ARRANGEMENT
    
 
   
     The Company has a revolving line of credit with Ford Motor Credit
Corporation in the amount of $2,500,000. At April 30, 1997, no amount was
outstanding relating to this line of credit, which is collateralized by personal
guarantees from the stockholders and the net assets of the Company.
    
 
                                      F-52
 
<PAGE>
                              KEN MARKS FORD, INC.
 
   
                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- CONTINUED
    
 
5. INCOME TAXES
 
     The provision for income taxes consists of the following:
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                             APRIL 30,
                                                                                               1997
<S>                                                                                          <C>
Current taxes.............................................................................   $ 282,225
Deferred taxes............................................................................      13,763
Provision for income taxes................................................................   $ 295,988
</TABLE>
    
 
   
     Deferred income tax assets and liabilities consist of the following:
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                              APRIL 30,
                                                                                                1997
<S>                                                                                           <C>
Deferred tax asset -- current, primarily from differences relating to finance and insurance
  reserves and allowance for bad debts.....................................................    $ 91,742
Deferred tax liability -- long-term, primarily from differences relating to depreciation...     (17,705)
Net deferred tax asset.....................................................................    $ 74,037
</TABLE>
    
 
   
6. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES
    
 
   
     Ford Motor Company (FMC) owns vehicles which are used as short-term rentals
for which the Company pays FMC monthly fees. A portion of the fees are applied
against the purchase price the Company must pay for the vehicles when they are
no longer used for rental. The contingent liability to FMC to purchase the
vehicles under this program was approximately $1,771,000 at April 30, 1997.
    
 
   
     The Company is a defendant in various legal proceedings incurred in the
normal course of business. Management believes that the outcome of such
proceedings will not have a materially adverse effect on the Company's financial
position or future operations and cashflows.
    
 
   
7. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
    
 
     The Company leases its operating facility from a corporation which is owned
by the Company's stockholders. The lease is currently on a month-to-month basis.
Rent charged to expense under this lease was $359,630 for the year ended April
30, 1997. In addition, management fees of $675,000 for the year ended April 30,
1997 were paid by the Company to the above corporation and are included in
selling, general and administrative expenses. In addition, related party
payables of $270,000 were included in other accrued liabilities at April 30,
1997.
 
                                      F-53
 
<PAGE>
 
     NO DEALER, SALESPERSON, OR ANY OTHER INDIVIDUAL HAS BEEN AUTHORIZED TO GIVE
ANY INFORMATION OR TO MAKE ANY REPRESENTATIONS NOT CONTAINED IN THIS PROSPECTUS
IN CONNECTION WITH THE OFFERING COVERED BY THIS PROSPECTUS. IF GIVEN OR MADE,
SUCH INFORMATION OR REPRESENTATIONS MUST NOT BE RELIED UPON AS HAVING BEEN
AUTHORIZED BY THE COMPANY OR THE UNDERWRITERS. THIS PROSPECTUS DOES NOT
CONSTITUTE AN OFFER TO SELL OR A SOLICITATION OF AN OFFER TO BUY THE CLASS A
COMMON STOCK IN ANY JURISDICTION WHERE, OR TO ANY PERSON TO WHOM, IT IS UNLAWFUL
TO MAKE SUCH OFFER OR SOLICITATION. NEITHER THE DELIVERY OF THIS PROSPECTUS NOR
ANY SALE MADE HEREUNDER SHALL, UNDER ANY CIRCUMSTANCES, CREATE AN IMPLICATION
THAT THERE HAS NOT BEEN ANY CHANGE IN THE FACTS SET FORTH IN THIS PROSPECTUS OR
IN THE AFFAIRS OF THE COMPANY SINCE THE DATE HEREOF.
 
                               TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                        PAGE
<S>                                                     <C>
Prospectus Summary...................................      3
The Offering.........................................      6
Summary Historical and Pro Forma Combined and
  Consolidated Financial Data........................      7
Risk Factors.........................................      9
The Reorganization...................................     17
The Acquisitions.....................................     17
Use of Proceeds......................................     20
Dividend Policy......................................     20
Capitalization.......................................     21
Dilution.............................................     22
Selected Combined And Consolidated Financial Data....     23
Pro Forma Combined and Consolidated Financial Data...     25
Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial
  Condition and Results of Operations................     33
Business.............................................     39
Management...........................................     55
Certain Transactions.................................     61
Principal Stockholders...............................     65
Description of Capital Stock.........................     65
Shares Eligible for Future Sale......................     69
Underwriting.........................................     70
Legal Matters........................................     71
Experts..............................................     71
Additional Information...............................     72
Index to Financial Statements........................    F-1
</TABLE>
 
     UNTIL     , 1997 (25 DAYS AFTER THE DATE OF THIS PROSPECTUS), ALL DEALERS
EFFECTING TRANSACTIONS IN THE CLASS A COMMON STOCK, WHETHER OR NOT PARTICIPATING
IN THIS DISTRIBUTION, MAY BE REQUIRED TO DELIVER A PROSPECTUS. THIS DELIVERY
REQUIREMENT IS IN ADDITION TO THE OBLIGATION OF DEALERS TO DELIVER A PROSPECTUS
WHEN ACTING AS UNDERWRITERS AND WITH RESPECT TO THEIR UNSOLD ALLOTMENTS OR
SUBSCRIPTIONS.
 
                                     SHARES
                             SONIC AUTOMOTIVE, INC.
                              CLASS A COMMON STOCK
 
                                   PROSPECTUS
 
                              MERRILL LYNCH & CO.
 
                             MONTGOMERY SECURITIES
 
                           WHEAT FIRST BUTCHER SINGER
 
                                          , 1997
 
<PAGE>
                                    PART II
                     INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS
 
ITEM 13. OTHER EXPENSES OF ISSUANCE AND DISTRIBUTION.
 
     The following table sets forth the expenses to be borne by the Registrant
in connection with the issuance and distribution of the securities being
registered hereby other than underwriting discounts and commissions. All the
amounts shown are estimates, except for the registration fee with the Securities
and Exchange Commission, the NASD filing fee and the NYSE fees.
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                                          <C>
SEC Registration fee......................................................................   $ 31,516
NASD filing fee...........................................................................     10,900
NYSE fees.................................................................................
Transfer agent and registrar fees.........................................................
Accounting fees and expenses..............................................................
Legal fees and expenses...................................................................
"Blue Sky" fees and expenses (including legal fees).......................................
Costs of printing and engraving...........................................................
Miscellaneous.............................................................................
Total.....................................................................................   $
</TABLE>
 
ITEM 14. INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS.
 
     The Registrant's Bylaws effectively provide that the Registrant shall, to
the full extent permitted by Section 145 of the General Corporation Law of the
State of Delaware, as amended from time to time ("Section 145"), indemnify all
persons whom it may indemnify pursuant thereto. In addition, the Registrant's
Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation eliminates personal liability
of its directors to the full extent permitted by Section 102(b)(7) of the
General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, as amended from time to time
("Section 102(b)(7)").
 
     Section 145 permits a corporation to indemnify its directors and officers
against expenses (including attorney's fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid
in settlements actually and reasonably incurred by them in connection with any
action, suit or proceeding brought by a third party if such directors or
officers acted in good faith and in a manner they reasonably believed to be in
or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation and, with respect to any
criminal action or proceeding, had no reason to believe their conduct was
unlawful. In a derivative action, indemnification may be made only for expenses
actually and reasonably incurred by directors and officers in connection with
the defense or settlement of an action or suit and only with respect to matter
as to which they shall have acted in good faith and in a manner they reasonably
believed to be in or not opposed to the best interest of the corporation, except
that no indemnification shall be made if such person shall have been adjudged
liable to the corporation, unless and only to the extent that the court in which
the action or suit was brought shall determine upon application that the
defendant officers or directors are reasonably entitled to indemnify for such
expenses despite such adjudication of liability.
 
     Section 102(b)(7) provides that a corporation may eliminate or limit the
personal liability of a director to the corporation or its stockholders for
monetary damages for reach of fiduciary duty as a director, provided that such
provision shall not eliminate or limit the liability of a director (i) for any
breach of the director's duty of loyalty to the corporation or its stockholders,
(ii) for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional
misconduct or a knowing violation of law, (iii) for willful or negligent conduct
in paying dividends or repurchasing stock out of other than lawfully available
funds or (iv) for any transaction from which the director derived an improper
personal benefit. No such provisions shall eliminate or limit the liability of a
director for any act or omission occurring prior to the date when such provision
becomes effective.
 
     The Company intends to obtain, prior to the effective date of the
Registration Statement, insurance against liabilities under the Securities Act
of 1933 for the benefit of its officers and directors.
 
     Section 7 of the Underwriting Agreement (to be filed as Exhibit 1.1 to this
Registration Statement) provides that the Underwriters severally and not jointly
will indemnify and hold harmless the Registrant and each director, officer or
controlling person of the Registrant from and against any liability caused by
any statement or omission in the Registration Statement or Prospectus based upon
information furnished to the Registrant by the Underwriters for use therein.
 
ITEM 15. RECENT SALES OF UNREGISTERED SECURITIES.
 
     Except as hereinafter set forth, there have been no sales of unregistered
securities by the Registrant within the past there years.
 
     As of January 30, 1997, as part of the original organization of the
Company, the Registrant issued to Sonic Financial Corporation 100 shares of
Common Stock of the Company (the "Original Shares") in exchange for $500 in
cash.
 
                                      II-1
 
<PAGE>
   
     As of June 30, 1997, as part of the Reorganization, the Registrant issued
to (i) its Chief Executive Officer, Bruton Smith, 1,657 shares of the
Registrant's Class B Common Stock in exchange for all his interests in Town &
Country Toyota and Fort Mill Ford, (ii) Sonic Financial Corporation 7,105 shares
of its Class B Common Stock in exchange for all its interests in the Original
Shares, Town & Country Ford, Fort Mill Ford, Lone Star Ford and Frontier
Plymouth-Oldsmobile-Cadillac, (iii) William S. Egan 473 shares of its Class B
Common Stock in exchange for all his interest in Town & Country Toyota, and (iv)
Bryan Scott Smith 765 shares of its Class B Common Stock in exchange for all his
interests in Town & Country Ford and Fort Mill Ford. Also, in connection with
the Dyer Acquisition, the Company will issue the Dyer Warrant. In each such
transaction, the securities were not or will not be registered under the
Securities Act, in reliance upon the exemption from registration provided by
Section 4(2) of said Act in view of the sophistication of the foregoing
purchasers, their access to material information, the disclosures actually made
to them by the Registrant and the absence of any general solicitation or
advertising.
    
 
   
     On or before the consummation of the Offering, the Registrant will issue to
nine of its officers and employees, pursuant to the Registrant's Stock Option
Plan, options to purchase       shares of Class A Common Stock in the aggregate.
Such securities will not be registered under the Securities Act because such
grants will be made without consideration to the Registrant and, consequently,
do not constitute offers or sales within the meaning of Section 5 of the
Securities Act.
    
 
ITEM 16. EXHIBITS.
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
EXHIBIT NO.                                                  DESCRIPTION
<C>           <S>
     1.1**    Form of Purchase Agreement
     3.1*     Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Company
     3.2*     Bylaws of the Company
     4.1**    Form of Class A Common Stock Certificate
     4.2*     Registration Rights Agreement dated as of June 30, 1997 among the Company, O. Bruton Smith, Bryan Scott
              Smith, William S. Egan and Sonic Financial Corporation
     5.1**    Opinion letter of Parker, Poe, Adams & Bernstein, L.L.P. regarding the legality of the securities to be
              registered
    10.1*     Form of Lease Agreement to be entered into between the Company (or its subsidiaries) and Nelson E. Bowers,
              II or his affiliates
    10.2      Form of Lease Agreement to be entered into between the Company (or its subsidiaries) and Marks Holding
              Company, Inc.
    10.3      Lease Agreement dated as of January 1, 1995 between Lone Star Ford, Inc. and Viking Investment Associates
    10.4      Lease Agreement dated as of October 23, 1979 between O. Bruton Smith, Bonnie Smith and Town and Country
              Ford, Inc.
    10.5      North Carolina Warranty Deed dated as of April 24, 1987 between O. Bruton Smith and Bonnie Smith, as
              Grantors and STC Properties, as Grantee
    10.6      Lease dated January 13, 1995 between JAG Properties LLC and Jaguar of Chattanooga LLC
    10.7      Lease dated October 18, 1991 by and between Nelson E. Bowers II, Thomas M. Green, Jr., and Infiniti of
              Chattanooga, Inc.
    10.8      Amendment to Lease Agreement dated as of January 13, 1995 among Nelson E. Bowers II, Thomas M. Green, Jr.,
              JAG Properties LLC and Infiniti of Chattanooga, Inc.
    10.9      Lease dated March 15, 1996 between Cleveland Properties LLC and Cleveland Chrysler-Plymouth-Jeep-Eagle LLC
   10.10      Lease Agreement dated January 2, 1993 among Nelson E. Bowers II, Thomas M. Green, Jr. and Cleveland
              Village Imports, Inc.
   10.11      Ford Motor Credit Company Automotive Wholesale Plan Application for Wholesale Financing dated August 10,
              1972 by Lone Star Ford, Inc.
   10.12      Ford Motor Credit Company Automotive Wholesale Plan Application for Wholesale Financing and Security
              Agreement dated August 22, 1984 by Town and Country Ford, Inc.
   10.13**    Wholesale Floor Plan Security Agreement dated October 5, 1990 between Marcus David Corporation (d/b/a Town
              & Country Toyota) and World Omni Financial Corp.
   10.14      Demand Promissory Note dated October 5, 1990 of Marcus David Corporation (d/b/a Town & Country Toyota) in
              favor of World Omni Financial Corp.
   10.15      Security Agreement & Master Credit Agreement (Non-Chrysler Corporation Dealer) dated April 21, 1995
              between Cleveland Chrysler-Plymouth-Jeep-Eagle LLC and Chrysler Credit Corporation
   10.15a     Promissory Note dated April 21, 1995 in favor of Chrysler Credit Corporation by Cleveland Chrysler
              Plymouth Jeep Eagle, LLC
</TABLE>
    
 
                                      II-2
 
<PAGE>
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
EXHIBIT NO.                                                  DESCRIPTION
<C>           <S>
   10.16      Security Agreement & Master Credit Agreement dated April 21, 1995 between Saturn of Chattanooga, Inc. and
              Chrysler Credit Corporation
   10.16a     Promissory Note dated April 21, 1995 in favor of Chrysler Credit Corporation by Saturn of Chattanooga,
              Inc.
   10.17      Security Agreement & Master Credit Agreement (Non-Chrysler Corporation Dealer) dated April 24, 1995
              between Nelson Bowers Ford, L.P. and Chrysler Credit Corporation
   10.17a     Promissory Note dated April 21, 1995 in favor of Chrysler Credit Corporation by Nelson Bowers Ford L.P.
   10.18      Floor Plan Agreement dated May 6, 1996 between European Motors, LLC and NationsBank, N.A.
   10.19      Floor Plan Agreement dated April 11, 1996 between KIA of Chattanooga, LLC and NationsBank, N.A.
   10.19a     Security Agreement dated April 11, 1996 between KIA of Chattanooga, LLC and NationsBank, N.A.
   10.20      Floor Plan Agreement dated October 17, 1996 between European Motors of Nashville, LLC and NationsBank,
              N.A.
   10.20a     Security Agreement dated October 17, 1996 between European Motors of Nashville, LLC and NationsBank, N.A.
   10.21      Floor Plan Agreement dated March 5, 1997 between Nelson Bowers Dodge, LLC (d/b/a Dodge of Chattanooga) and
              NationsBank, N.A.
   10.22      Security Agreement and Master Credit Agreement dated May 15, 1996 between Lake Norman Chrysler Plymouth
              Jeep Eagle, LLC and Chrysler Financial Corporation
   10.22a     Promissory Note dated May 15, 1996 in favor of Chrysler Financial Corporation by Lake Norman Chrysler
              Plymouth Jeep Eagle, LLC
   10.23      Security Agreement & Capital Loan Agreement dated May 15, 1996 between Lake Norman Dodge, Inc and Chrysler
              Financial Corp.
   10.23a     Promissory Note dated May 15, 1996 in favor of Chrysler Financial Corporation by Lake Norman Dodge, Inc.
   10.23b     Promissory Note dated May 15, 1996 in favor of Chrysler Financial Corporation by Lake Norman Dodge, Inc.
   10.24      Security Agreement and Master Credit Agreement (Non-Chrysler Corporation Dealer) dated May 15, 1996
              between Lake Norman Chrysler Plymouth Jeep Eagle, LLC and Chrysler Financial Corporation
   10.24a     Promissory Note dated May 15, 1996 in favor of Chrysler Financial Corporation by Lake Norman Chrysler
              Plymouth Jeep Eagle, LLC
   10.25      Floor Plan Agreement dated September 1, 1996 between NationsBank, N.A. and Dyer & Dyer, Inc.
   10.25a     Security Agreement dated September 1, 1996 between NationsBank, N.A. and Dyer & Dyer, Inc.
   10.26      Security Agreement and Master Credit Agreement (Non-Chrysler Corporation Dealer) dated April 21, 1995
              between Cleveland Village Imports, Inc. (d/b/a Cleveland Village Honda, Inc.) and Chrysler Credit
              Corporation
   10.27      Jaguar Credit Corporation Automotive Wholesale Plan Application for Wholesale Financing and Security
              Agreement dated March 14, 1995 by Jaguar of Chattanooga LLC
   10.28      Assignment of Joint Venturer Interest in Chartown dated as of June 30, 1997 among Town and Country Ford,
              Inc., SMDA LLC and Sonic Financial Corporation
   10.29      Form of Employment Agreement between the Company and O. Bruton Smith
   10.30*     Form of Employment Agreement between the Company and Bryan Scott Smith
   10.31*     Form of Employment Agreement between the Company and Theodore M. Wright
   10.32*     Form of Employment Agreement between the Company and Nelson E. Bowers, II
   10.33*     Tax Allocation Agreement dated as of June 30, 1997 between the Company and Sonic Financial Corporation
   10.34*     Form of Sonic Automotive, Inc. Stock Option Plan
   10.35*     Form of Sonic Automotive, Inc. Employee Stock Purchase Plan
   10.36*     Subscription Agreement dated as of June 30, 1997 between O. Bruton Smith and the Company
   10.37*     Subscription Agreement dated as of June 30, 1997 between Sonic Financial Corporation and the Company
   10.38*     Subscription Agreement dated as of June 30, 1997 between Bryan Scott Smith and the Company
   10.39*     Subscription Agreement dated as of June 30, 1997 between William S. Egan and the Company
   10.40      Asset Purchase Agreement dated as of May 27, 1997 by and among Sonic Auto World, Inc., Lake Norman Dodge,
              Inc., Lake Norman Chrysler-Plymouth-Jeep-Eagle LLC, Quinton M. Gandy and Phil M. Gandy, Jr. (confidential
              portions omitted and filed separately with the SEC)
</TABLE>
    
 
                                      II-3
 
<PAGE>
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
EXHIBIT NO.                                                  DESCRIPTION
<C>           <S>
   10.41      Asset Purchase Agreement dated as of June 24, 1997 by and among Sonic Auto World, Inc., Kia of
              Chattanooga, LLC, European Motors of Nashville, LLC, European Motors, LLC, Jaguar of Chattanooga LLC,
              Cleveland Chrysler-Plymouth-Jeep-Eagle LLC, Nelson Bowers Dodge, LLC, Cleveland Village Imports, Inc.,
              Saturn of Chattanooga, Inc., Nelson Bowers Ford, L.P., Nelson E. Bowers II, Jeffrey C. Rachor, and the
              other shareholders named herein (confidential portions omitted and filed separately with the SEC)
   10.42      Stock Purchase Agreement dated as of July 29, 1997 between Sonic Auto World, Inc. and Ken Marks, Jr., O.K.
              Marks, Sr. and Michael J. Marks (confidential portions omitted and filed separately with the SEC)
   10.43      Asset Purchase Agreement dated as of August 1997 by and among Sonic Automotive, Inc., Dyer & Dyer, Inc.
              and Richard Dyer (confidential portions omitted and filed separately with the SEC)
   10.44      Security Agreement and Master Credit Agreement dated April 21, 1995 between Cleveland Chrysler Plymouth
              Jeep Eagle and Chrysler Credit Corporation
    21.1*     Subsidiaries of the Company
    23.1      Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP
    23.2      Consent of Dixon Odom & Co.
    23.3**    Consent of Parker, Poe, Adams & Bernstein L.L.P. (included in Exhibit 5.1 to this Registration Statement)
      24*     Power of Attorney (included on the signature page to this Registration Statement)
      27*     Financial Data Schedule
    99.1*     Consent of Nelson E. Bowers, II
</TABLE>
    
 
   
 * Filed previously.
    
 
   
** To be furnished by Amendment.
    
 
ITEM 17. UNDERTAKINGS.
 
   
     The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the
Underwriters, at the closing or closings specified in the Purchase Agreement,
certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as may be
required by the Underwriters in order to permit prompt delivery to each
purchaser.
    
 
     The undersigned Registrant hereby further undertakes that:
 
     (1) For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act of
1933, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this
Registration Statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of
prospectus filed by the Registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h)
under the Securities Act shall be deemed part of this Registration Statement as
of the time it was declared effective.
 
     (2) For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act
of 1933, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall
be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered
therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be
the initial bona fide offering thereof.
 
     Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act
of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the
Registrant pursuant to the foregoing, or otherwise, the Registrant has been
advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such
indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Act and is,
therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against
such liabilities (other than the payment by the Registrant of expenses incurred
or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the Registrant in the
successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such
director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being
registered, the Registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter
has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate
jurisdiction the question of whether such indemnification by it is against
public policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by the final
adjudication of such issue.
 
                                      II-4
 
<PAGE>
                                   SIGNATURES
 
   
     Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the Registrant
has duly caused this Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the
undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in Charlotte, North Carolina on August
29, 1997.
    
 
                                         SONIC AUTOMOTIVE, INC.
 
   
                                         By: /s/        THEODORE M. WRIGHT
    
   
                                                    THEODORE M. WRIGHT
                                               VICE PRESIDENT, TREASURER AND
                                                  CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER
    
 
   
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this Registration
Statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the
date indicated:
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                      SIGNATURE                                             TITLE                              DATE
 
<S>                                                     <C>                                              <C>
             /s/                        *               Chairman and Chief Executive Officer             August 29, 1997
                   O. BRUTON SMITH                        (principal executive officer)
 
             /s/                        *               President, Chief Operating Officer               August 29, 1997
                  BRYAN SCOTT SMITH                       and Director
 
          /s/             THEODORE M. WRIGHT            Vice President, Treasurer,                       August 29, 1997
                  THEODORE M. WRIGHT                      Chief Financial Officer
                                                          (principal financial and
                                                          accounting officer) and
                                                          Director
 
             /s/                        *               Director                                         August 29, 1997
                  WILLIAM R. BROOKS
 
        *By: /s/           THEODORE M. WRIGHT
                  THEODORE M. WRIGHT
            (ATTORNEY-IN-FACT FOR EACH OF
                THE PERSONS INDICATED)
</TABLE>
    
 
                                      II-5
 
<PAGE>
                                 EXHIBIT INDEX
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                               SEQUENTIAL
EXHIBIT NO.                                            DESCRIPTION                                              PAGE NO.
<C>           <S>                                                                                              <C>
     1.1**    Form of Purchase Agreement
     3.1*     Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Company
     3.2*     Bylaws of the Company
     4.1**    Form of Class A Common Stock Certificate
     4.2*     Registration Rights Agreement dated as of June 30, 1997 among the Company, O. Bruton Smith,
              Bryan Scott Smith, William S. Egan and Sonic Financial Corporation
     5.1**    Opinion letter of Parker, Poe, Adams & Bernstein, L.L.P. regarding the legality of the
              securities to be registered
    10.1*     Form of Lease Agreement to be entered into between the Company (or its subsidiaries) and
              Nelson E. Bowers, II or his affiliates
    10.2      Form of Lease Agreement to be entered into between the Company (or its subsidiaries) and Marks
              Holding Company, Inc.
    10.3      Lease Agreement dated as of January 1, 1995 between Lone Star Ford, Inc. and Viking Investment
              Associates
    10.4      Lease Agreement dated as of October 23, 1979 between O. Bruton Smith, Bonnie Smith and Town
              and Country Ford, Inc.
    10.5      North Carolina Warranty Deed dated as of April 24, 1987 between O. Bruton Smith and Bonnie
              Smith, as Grantors and STC Properties, as Grantee
    10.6      Lease dated January 13, 1995 between JAG Properties LLC and Jaguar of Chattanooga LLC
    10.7      Lease dated October 18, 1991 by and between Nelson E. Bowers II, Thomas M. Green, Jr., and
              Infiniti of Chattanooga, Inc.
    10.8      Amendment to Lease Agreement dated as of January 13, 1995 among Nelson E. Bowers II, Thomas M.
              Green, Jr., JAG Properties LLC and Infiniti of Chattanooga, Inc.
    10.9      Lease dated March 15, 1996 between Cleveland Properties LLC and Cleveland Chrysler-
              Plymouth-Jeep-Eagle LLC
   10.10      Lease Agreement dated January 2, 1993 among Nelson E. Bowers II, Thomas M. Green, Jr. and
              Cleveland Village Imports, Inc.
   10.11      Ford Motor Credit Company Automotive Wholesale Plan Application for Wholesale Financing dated
              August 10, 1972 by Lone Star Ford, Inc.
   10.12      Ford Motor Credit Company Automotive Wholesale Plan Application for Wholesale Financing and
              Security Agreement dated August 22, 1984 by Town and Country Ford, Inc.
   10.13**    Wholesale Floor Plan Security Agreement dated October 5, 1990 between Marcus David Corporation
              (d/b/a Town & Country Toyota) and World Omni Financial Corp.
   10.14      Demand Promissory Note dated October 5, 1990 of Marcus David Corporation (d/b/a Town & Country
              Toyota) in favor of World Omni Financial Corp.
   10.15      Security Agreement & Master Credit Agreement (Non-Chrysler Corporation Dealer) dated April 21,
              1995 between Cleveland Chrysler-Plymouth-Jeep-Eagle LLC and Chrysler Credit Corporation
   10.15a     Promissory Note dated April 21, 1995 in favor of Chrysler Credit Corporation by Cleveland
              Chrysler Plymouth Jeep Eagle, LLC
   10.16      Security Agreement & Master Credit Agreement dated April 21, 1995 between Saturn of
              Chattanooga, Inc. and Chrysler Credit Corporation
   10.16a     Promissory Note dated April 21, 1995 in favor of Chrysler Credit Corporation by Saturn of
              Chattanooga, Inc.
   10.17      Security Agreement & Master Credit Agreement (Non-Chrysler Corporation Dealer) dated April 24,
              1995 between Nelson Bowers Ford, L.P. and Chrysler Credit Corporation
   10.17a     Promissory Note dated April 21, 1995 in favor of Chrysler Credit Corporation by Nelson Bowers
              Ford L.P.
   10.18      Floor Plan Agreement dated May 6, 1996 between European Motors, LLC and NationsBank, N.A.
   10.19      Floor Plan Agreement dated April 11, 1996 between KIA of Chattanooga, LLC and NationsBank,
              N.A.
   10.19a     Security Agreement dated April 11, 1996 between KIA of Chattanooga, LLC and NationsBank, N.A.
   10.20      Floor Plan Agreement dated October 17, 1996 between European Motors of Nashville, LLC and
              NationsBank, N.A.
</TABLE>
    
 
<PAGE>
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                               SEQUENTIAL
EXHIBIT NO.                                            DESCRIPTION                                              PAGE NO.
<C>           <S>                                                                                              <C>
   10.20a     Security Agreement dated October 17, 1996 between European Motors of Nashville, LLC and
              NationsBank, N.A.
   10.21      Floor Plan Agreement dated March 5, 1997 between Nelson Bowers Dodge, LLC (d/b/a Dodge of
              Chattanooga) and NationsBank, N.A.
   10.22      Security Agreement and Master Credit Agreement dated May 15, 1996 between Lake Norman Chrysler
              Plymouth Jeep Eagle, LLC and Chrysler Financial Corporation
   10.22a     Promissory Note dated May 15, 1996 in favor of Chrysler Financial Corporation by Lake Norman
              Chrysler Plymouth Jeep Eagle, LLC
   10.23      Security Agreement & Capital Loan Agreement dated May 15, 1996 between Lake Norman Dodge, Inc
              and Chrysler Financial Corp.
   10.23a     Promissory Note dated May 15, 1996 in favor of Chrysler Financial Corporation by Lake Norman
              Dodge, Inc.
   10.23b     Promissory Note dated May 15, 1996 in favor of Chrysler Financial Corporation by Lake Norman
              Dodge, Inc.
   10.24      Security Agreement and Master Credit Agreement (Non-Chrysler Corporation Dealer) dated May 15,
              1996 between Lake Norman Chrysler Plymouth Jeep Eagle, LLC and Chrysler Financial Corporation
   10.24a     Promissory Note dated May 15, 1996 in favor of Chrysler Financial Corporation by Lake Norman
              Chrysler Plymouth Jeep Eagle, LLC
   10.25      Floor Plan Agreement dated September 1, 1996 between NationsBank, N.A. and Dyer & Dyer, Inc.
   10.25a     Security Agreement dated September 1, 1996 between NationsBank, N.A. and Dyer & Dyer, Inc.
   10.26      Security Agreement and Master Credit Agreement (Non-Chrysler Corporation Dealer) dated April
              21, 1995 between Cleveland Village Imports, Inc. (d/b/a Cleveland Village Honda, Inc.) and
              Chrysler Credit Corporation
   10.27      Jaguar Credit Corporation Automotive Wholesale Plan Application for Wholesale Financing and
              Security Agreement dated March 14, 1995 by Jaguar of Chattanooga LLC
   10.28      Assignment of Joint Venturer Interest in Chartown dated as of June 30, 1997 among Town and
              Country Ford, Inc., SMDA LLC and Sonic Financial Corporation
   10.29      Form of Employment Agreement between the Company and O. Bruton Smith
   10.30*     Form of Employment Agreement between the Company and Bryan Scott Smith
   10.31*     Form of Employment Agreement between the Company and Theodore M. Wright
   10.32*     Form of Employment Agreement between the Company and Nelson E. Bowers, II
   10.33*     Tax Allocation Agreement dated as of June 30, 1997 between the Company and Sonic Financial
              Corporation
   10.34*     Form of Sonic Automotive, Inc. Stock Option Plan
   10.35*     Form of Sonic Automotive, Inc. Employee Stock Purchase Plan
   10.36*     Subscription Agreement dated as of June 30, 1997 between O. Bruton Smith and the Company
   10.37*     Subscription Agreement dated as of June 30, 1997 between Sonic Financial Corporation and the
              Company
   10.38*     Subscription Agreement dated as of June 30, 1997 between Bryan Scott Smith and the Company
   10.39*     Subscription Agreement dated as of June 30, 1997 between William S. Egan and the Company
   10.40      Asset Purchase Agreement dated as of May 27, 1997 by and among Sonic Auto World, Inc., Lake
              Norman Dodge, Inc., Lake Norman Chrysler-Plymouth-Jeep-Eagle LLC, Quinton M. Gandy and Phil M.
              Gandy, Jr. (confidential portions omitted and filed separately with the SEC)
   10.41      Asset Purchase Agreement dated as of June 24, 1997 by and among Sonic Auto World, Inc., Kia of
              Chattanooga, LLC, European Motors of Nashville, LLC, European Motors, LLC, Jaguar of
              Chattanooga LLC, Cleveland Chrysler-Plymouth-Jeep-Eagle LLC, Nelson Bowers Dodge, LLC,
              Cleveland Village Imports, Inc., Saturn of Chattanooga, Inc., Nelson Bowers Ford, L.P., Nelson
              E. Bowers II, Jeffrey C. Rachor, and the other shareholders named herein (confidential
              portions omitted and filed separately with the SEC)
   10.42      Stock Purchase Agreement dated as of July 29, 1997 between Sonic Auto World, Inc. and Ken
              Marks, Jr., O.K. Marks, Sr. and Michael J. Marks (confidential portions omitted and filed
              separately with the SEC)
</TABLE>
    
 
<PAGE>
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                               SEQUENTIAL
EXHIBIT NO.                                            DESCRIPTION                                              PAGE NO.
<C>           <S>                                                                                              <C>
   10.43      Asset Purchase Agreement dated as of August 1997 by and among Sonic Automotive, Inc., Dyer &
              Dyer, Inc. and Richard Dyer (confidential portions omitted and filed separately with the SEC)
   10.44      Security Agreement and Master Credit Agreement dated April 21, 1995 between Cleveland Chrysler
              Plymouth Jeep Eagle and Chrysler Credit Corporation
    21.1*     Subsidiaries of the Company
    23.1      Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP
    23.2      Consent of Dixon Odom & Co.
    23.3**    Consent of Parker, Poe, Adams & Bernstein L.L.P. (included in Exhibit 5.1 to this Registration
              Statement)
      24*     Power of Attorney (included on the signature page to this Registration Statement)
      27*     Financial Data Schedule
    99.1*     Consent of Nelson E. Bowers, II
</TABLE>
    
 
   
 * Filed Previously
    
 
   
** To be furnished by Amendment.
    


                                COMMERCIAL LEASE

     1.  PARTIES.  This Lease is made this _____ day of ________,  1997,  by and
between Marks  Holding  Company,  Inc., a Florida  corporation,  (herein  called
"Landlord") and Ken Marks Ford, Inc. (herein called "Tenant").

     2.  PREMISES.  Landlord  hereby  leases to Tenant  and Tenant  leases  from
Landlord,  upon all of the  conditions  set  forth  herein,  that  certain  real
property situated in Pinellas County, Florida,  commonly known as __________ and
described as __________  in Exhibit "A" attached  hereto and made a part hereof.
Said real property,  including the land and all improvements  thereon, is herein
called the "Property."

     3. TERM AND POSSESSION.

     3.1  Initial  Term.  The initial  term  hereof  shall be for ten (10) years
commencing  on  [insert  closing  date]  ("Commencement  Date")  and  ending  on
__________, unless sooner terminated pursuant to any provision hereof.

     3.2 Extended Term(s).  The Tenant shall have the option, to be exercised as
hereinafter  provided,  to extend the term of this Lease for two (2)  successive
period(s) of five (5) years(s) each (each such period herein  referred to as the
"Extended Term"),  upon the condition that the Lease is in full force and effect
and there is no default in the  performance of any condition  hereof at the time
of exercise of the option and at the  commencement  of the Extended  Term.  Each
Extended  Term  shall  be upon  the  same  conditions  and  terms,  and the rent
determined and payable, as provided in this Lease, except that there shall be no
privilege to extend the term beyond the expiration of the second  Extended Term.
The Tenant  shall  exercise  the option for an Extended  Term by  notifying  the
Landlord in writing at least twelve (12) months prior to the  expiration  of the
then  current  term.  Upon such  exercise,  this Lease shall be deemed  extended
without the  execution of any further lease or other  instrument.  Any reference
herein to the lease term shall  include,  in addition to the Initial  Term,  the
Extended Term(s) as to which Tenant exercises its option.

     4. RENT.

     4.1 Rent  Payment,  Proration  and Sales  Taxes.  All rental  payments  due
hereunder  shall be paid  without  notice  or  demand,  and  without  abatement,
deduction or setoff for any reason unless specifically provided herein. Rent for
any period  during the term  hereof  which is for less than one month shall be a
pro rata portion of the monthly rent installment  based on the number of days in
such  period  and the  number of days in the month in  question.  Rent  shall be
payable in lawful money of the United  States to Landlord at the address  stated
herein  or to such  other  persons  or at such  other  places  as  Landlord  may
designate in writing. In addition,



<PAGE>



Tenant  shall pay to  Landlord  all sales and use taxes  imposed by the State of
Florida or any other  governmental  authority from time to time,  upon said rent
and any other charges hereunder upon which sales and use taxes are imposed.

     4.2 No Waiver.  The acceptance by the Landlord of monies from the Tenant as
rent or  other  sums  due  shall  not be an  admission  of the  accuracy  or the
sufficiency  of the amount of such rent or other sums due nor shall it be deemed
a waiver by  Landlord  of any right or claim to  additional  or further  rent or
other sums due.

     4.3 Initial Rent. Tenant shall pay to Landlord as rent for the Property for
the first five (5) lease years,  monthly  payments of minimum rent in the amount
of Ninety-Five Thousand Dollars ($95,000.00), in advance, on or before the first
day of each month throughout the first lease year.

     4.4 Rent Adjustments.  Commencing at the beginning of the sixth,  eleventh,
thirteenth,  fifteenth,  seventeenth and nineteenth lease years (if applicable),
the  monthly  minimum  rent  payable  under  Section 4.1 above shall be adjusted
annually by the increase,  if any, from the  Commencement  Date, in the Consumer
Price Index published by the Bureau of Labor  Statistics of the U.S.  Department
of Labor Statistics for All Urban Consumers,  U.S. City Average (1982-84 = 100),
All Items,  herein  referred to as "C.P.I."  The adjusted  monthly  minimum rent
shall be calculated as follows:  the minimum rent payable for the first month of
the term hereof,  as set forth in Section 4.1 above,  shall be  multiplied  by a
fraction,  the numerator of which shall be the C.P.I. for the month  immediately
preceding the effective date of the subject rent adjustment, and the denominator
of which shall be the C.P.I.  for the first month of the lease term.  The sum so
calculated  shall  constitute the new monthly  minimum rent hereunder  until the
subsequent  adjustment,  but in no event shall any adjustment reduce the minimum
rent to an amount lower than the minimum rent payable for the month  immediately
preceding the date of adjustment.  No delay in establishing  the rent adjustment
shall be a waiver of Landlord's  right to later collect the  difference  between
the rental at the rate prior to  adjustment,  which  shall  continue  to be paid
until the adjustment is established,  and the rental rate after  adjustment.  In
the event the compilation  and/or publication of the C.P.I. shall be transferred
to  any  other  governmental   department  or  bureau  or  agency  or  shall  be
discontinued, then the index most nearly the same as the C.P.I. shall be used to
make such calculation.  In the event that Landlord and Tenant cannot agree on an
alternative  index,  then the matter  shall be  submitted  for  decision  to the
American  Arbitration  Association  in  accordance  with the then  rules of said
association  and the  decision  of the  arbitrators  shall be  binding  upon the
parties.  The cost of said  arbitration  shall be paid  equally by Landlord  and
Tenant.

     5. USE.

     5.1 Use. The Property  shall be used and  occupied  only for an  automobile
dealership  and ancillary uses and for no other  purpose.  Without  limiting the
foregoing, Tenant shall not use nor permit the use of the Property in any manner
that

                                       -2-


<PAGE>



will  tend to create  waste or a  nuisance  or, if there  shall be more than one
tenant in the  building  containing  the  Property,  shall  tend to  disturb  or
interfere with the rights of such other tenants.

     5.2  Compliance  with  Law and  Restrictions.  Tenant  shall,  at  Tenant's
expense,  execute  and comply  with all  statutes,  ordinances,  rules,  orders,
regulations and requirements of the federal,  state, county and city government,
and of any and all of their departments and bureaus, applicable to the Property,
as well as all covenants and restrictions of record,  and other  requirements in
effect during the term or any part thereof,  which regulate the use by Tenant of
the  Property.  To the best of  Landlord's  knowledge,  the  Property is in good
operating  condition,  reasonable  wear and tear excepted,  and is in compliance
with all applicable law as of the date hereof.

     6. MAINTENANCE, REPAIRS AND ALTERATIONS.

     6.1 Casualty and Condemnation.  The specific  provisions hereof relating to
repairs after casualty or  condemnation  shall take precedence over the terms of
this Section 7, but only to the extent in conflict herewith.

     6.2 Maintenance.  Tenant shall, at Tenant's sole cost and expense, maintain
the Property and all components  thereof  throughout the lease term,  (including
painters and  maintenance of lighting  fixtures) in good,  safe and clean order,
condition and repair,  including without limitation all plumbing,  heating,  air
conditioning, ventilating, and electrical facilities and all components thereof,
serving the  Property***,  excepting (a)  reasonable  wear and tear, (b) loss or
damage  resulting  from a casualty loss and (c) loss or damage  resulting from a
condemnation.  Upon the occurrence and continuance of an Event of Default,  and,
If Tenant fails to perform  Tenant's  obligations  under this Section 7 or under
any other  section  hereof,  Landlord  may at  Landlord's  option enter upon the
Property after ten (10) days' prior written notice to Tenant (except in the case
of  emergency,  in  which  case no  notice  shall  be  required),  perform  such
obligations  on Tenant's  behalf,  and put the Property in good,  safe and clean
order, condition and repair, and the cost thereof together with interest thereon
at the Default  Rate,  shall be due and payable as  additional  rent to Landlord
together with  Tenant's next rental  installment.  Tenant  expressly  waives the
benefits of any statute now or hereafter in effect which would otherwise  afford
Tenant the right to make  repairs at  Landlord's  expense or to  terminate  this
Lease  because  of  Landlord's  failure  to keep  the  Property  in good  order,
condition and repair.

     6.3 Plate Glass.  Tenant shall maintain all plate glass,  if any, within or
on the perimeter of the Property.

     6.4  Termination  of Lease.  On the last day of the term hereof,  or on any
sooner termination,  Tenant shall surrender the Property to Landlord in the same
condition as received,  ordinary  wear and tear  casualty loss in the process of
repair  and  condemnation  loss  excepted,  clean and free of  debris.  Tenant's
moveable machinery,

                                      -3 -


<PAGE>


furniture,  fixtures  and  equipment,  other  than that  which is affixed to the
Property,  may be removed by Tenant upon  expiration  of the lease term.  Tenant
shall repair all damage caused by this  removal.  Tenant shall repair any damage
to the Property occasioned by the installation or removal of its trade fixtures,
furnishings  and  equipment.  Upon  termination  of this  Lease  for  any  cause
whatsoever,  if  Tenant  fails to  remove  its  effects,  they  shall be  deemed
abandoned,  and Landlord may, at its option,  remove the same in any manner that
the Landlord shall choose,  store them without  liability to the Tenant for loss
thereof,  and the  Tenant  agrees  to pay the  Landlord  on  demand  any and all
expenses  incurred in such removal,  including court costs,  attorney's fees and
storage  charges  for any  length  of time the same  shall be in the  Landlord's
possession.  Tenant shall deliver all keys and  combinations to locks within the
Property to Landlord  upon  termination  of this Lease for any reason.  Tenant's
obligations to perform under this  provision  shall survive the end of the lease
term.

     7. Alterations and Additions.

     (a) Tenant shall not, without  Landlord's  prior written consent,  make any
material  alterations,  improvements,  additions,  or Utility  Installations (as
defined  below) in,  on, or to the  Property.  Landlord  may  require  Tenant to
provide Landlord,  at Tenant's sole cost and expense, a lien and completion bond
in an  amount  equal  to the  estimated  cost of such  improvements,  to  insure
Landlord against any liability for construction  liens and to insure  completion
of the  work.  Landlord  may  require  that  Tenant  remove any  or all of  said
alterations,  improvements, additions or Utility Installations at the expiration
of the term, and restore the Property to its prior condition. Should Tenant make
any alterations,  improvements,  additions or Utility  Installations without the
prior  approval of Landlord,  in addition to all other  remedies of Landlord for
Tenant's breach, Landlord may require that Tenant remove any or all of the same.
As used in this Section, the term "Utility  Installation" shall mean, air lines,
power panels,  electrical  distribution systems,  air conditioning and plumbing,
if any.

     (b) Any material alteration,  improvement, addition or Utility Installation
in or to the  Property  that Tenant  shall  desire to make shall be presented to
Landlord for approval in written form,  with proposed  detailed  description  or
plans.  If  Landlord  shall  give its  consent,  the  consent  shall  be  deemed
conditioned  upon Tenant  acquiring  all  necessary  permits to do the work from
appropriate  governmental agencies, the furnishing of a copy thereof to Landlord
prior to the  commencement  of the  work,  the  compliance  by  Tenant  with all
conditions of said permits.

     (c) Tenant  shall pay,  when due, and hereby  agrees to indemnify  and hold
harmless  Landlord for and from, all claims for labor or materials  furnished or
alleged to have been furnished to or for Tenant,  at or for use in the Property,
which claims are or may be secured by any construction lien against the Property
or any interest therein. Tenant shall give Landlord not less than ten (10) days'
notice prior to the  commencement  of any work on the Property  which might give
rise to any such lien or claim of lien,  and  Landlord  shall  have the right to
post notices of non-

                                      -4 -


<PAGE>




responsibility  in or on the  Property as provided by law. If Tenant  shall,  in
good faith,  contest the validity of any such lien, claim or demand, then Tenant
shall,  at its sole  expense,  defend  itself and Landlord  against the same and
shall pay and satisfy any adverse  judgment that may be rendered  thereon before
the enforcement thereof against the Landlord or the Property, upon the condition
that if Landlord shall  require,  Tenant shall furnish to Landlord a surety bond
satisfactory  to Landlord in an amount equal to such  contested  lien,  claim or
demand  indemnifying  Landlord  against  liability  for the same and holding the
Property  free from the  effect of such  lien,  claim or  demand.  In  addition,
Landlord  may  require  Tenant to pay  Landlord's  attorney's  fees and costs in
participating  in  such  action  if  Landlord  shall  decide  it is in its  best
interests to do so.

     (d) Unless Landlord requires their removal, all alterations,  improvements,
additions  and  Utility  Installations  made on the  Property  shall  become the
property of Landlord and remain upon and be surrendered with the Property at the
expiration of the lease term without compensation to Tenant.

     7.1  Landlord's  Interest Not Subject to Liens.  As provided in  ss.713.10,
Florida  Statutes,  the  interest of Landlord  shall not be subject to liens for
improvements made by Tenant,  and Tenant shall notify any contractor making such
improvements of this provision.  An appropriate  notice of this provision may be
recorded by  Landlord in the Public  Records of  Pinellas  County,  Florida,  in
accordance with said statute, without Tenant's joinder or consent.

     8. INSURANCE; INDEMNITY.

     8.1 Property Insurance - Tenant.  Tenant shall at all times during the term
hereof,  at its  expense,  maintain a policy or policies  insuring  the Property
against loss or damage by fire,  explosion,  and other hazards and contingencies
("all risk," as such term is used in the  insurance  industry),  and plate glass
insurance as required in the reasonable  discretion of Landlord, in an amount of
not less than full replacement value, as same may change from time to time.

     8.2 Liability  Insurance - Tenant.  Tenant shall, at Tenant's sole expense,
obtain and keep in force  during the term  hereof a policy of bodily  injury and
property damage  insurance,  insuring Tenant and Landlord  against any liability
arising out of the use, occupancy or maintenance of the Property and the parking
areas,  walkways,  driveways,  landscaped  areas and other areas exterior to the
Property and appurtenant thereto.  Such insurance shall be in an amount not less
than Five Million Dollars  ($5,000,000.00)  combined single limit,  and umbrella
liability  coverage for an additional Two Million  Dollars  ($2,000,000.00)  Two
Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars  ($250,000)  property  damage].  The policy shall
insure performance by Tenant of the indemnity  provisions of this Section 8. The
limits of said  insurance  shall not,  however,  limit the  liability  of Tenant
hereunder.  Upon demand,  Tenant shall provide Landlord,  at Landlord's expense,
with such increased  amounts of insurance as Landlord may reasonably  require to
afford Landlord adequate protection for risks insured under this

                                      -5-


<PAGE>



Section.  Tenant,  as a material part of the  consideration to Landlord,  hereby
assumes all risk of damage to  property or injury to persons,  in, upon or about
the  Property  arising  from any cause and  Tenant  hereby  waives all claims in
respect thereof against Landlord.

     8.3  Employees  Compensation  - Tenant.  Tenant shall  maintain and keep in
force all employees'  compensation  insurance  required with respect to Tenant's
operations  of the  Property  under the laws of the State of  Florida,  and such
other  insurance  as may be  necessary  to protect  Landlord  against  any other
liability to person or property  arising  hereunder by operation of law, whether
such law is now in force or is adopted subsequent to the execution hereof.

     8.4 Tenant's Default. Should Tenant fail to keep in effect and pay for such
insurance as it is in this section required to maintain,  Landlord may do so, in
which event,  the insurance  premiums  paid by Landlord,  together with interest
thereon at the Default Rate from the date paid by Landlord, shall become due and
payable forthwith and failure of Tenant to pay same on demand shall constitute a
breach hereof.

     8.5 Tenant's Compliance. Tenant shall properly and promptly comply with and
execute all rules,  orders and  regulations  of the  Southeastern  Underwriter's
Association  for fire and other  casualties,  at Tenant's  own cost and expense.
Tenant shall not do or permit to be done  anything  which shall  invalidate  the
insurance  policies  referred  to in this  Section 8.  Tenant  agrees to pay any
increase  in the  amount of  insurance  premiums  over and above the rate now in
force that may be caused by Tenant's use or occupancy  of the  Property.  In the
event any  increase  in  premiums  is caused by the act or omission of Tenant in
violation  of the terms  hereof,  payment by Tenant of such  increase  shall not
release Tenant from liability for such violation.

     8.6 Insurance Policies. Insurance required hereunder shall be with good and
solvent insurance  companies  satisfactory to Landlord;  in the absence of other
specific directions,  such companies shall hold a "General Policyholders Rating"
of at least A minus,  or such other rating as may be required by a lender having
a lien on the  Property,  as set  forth in the  most  current  issue of  "Best's
Insurance  Guide".  All policies  shall name Landlord as an additional  insured.
Tenant shall deliver to Landlord copies of policies of insurance  required to be
provided by Tenant under this Section 8 or certificates evidencing the existence
and amounts of such insurance and its  compliance  with the conditions set forth
in this Section 8. No such policy shall be cancelable or subject to reduction of
coverage or other  modification  except  after  thirty (30) days' prior  written
notice to Landlord,  and the interest of Landlord  under such policies shall not
be affected  by any default by Tenant  under the  provisions  of such  policies.
Tenant  shall,  at  least  thirty  (30)  days  prior to the  expiration  of such
policies,  furnish Landlord with renewals or "binders" thereof,  or Landlord may
order such  insurance and charge the cost thereof to Tenant,  which amount shall
be payable by Tenant upon demand.  If required by any mortgage  encumbering  the
Property, the

                                      -6-


<PAGE>




mortgagee  shall  also be a named or  additional  insured  and the  terms of all
insurance policies shall comply with all other requirements of such mortgage.

     8.7 Waiver of  Subrogation.  Tenant and  Landlord  each hereby  release and
relieve the other,  and waive their entire right of recovery  against the other,
for loss or damage  arising out of, or incident to the perils  actually  insured
against  under this Section 8, which perils occur in, on, or about the Property,
whether due to the negligence of Landlord or Tenant or their agents,  employees,
contractors  and/or  invitees.  Tenant and Landlord  shall,  upon  obtaining the
policies of insurance required  hereunder,  give notice to the insurance carrier
or carriers that the foregoing mutual waiver of subrogation is contained in this
Lease.

     8.8 Indemnity.  Tenant shall indemnify and hold harmless  Landlord from and
against any and all injury,  expense,  damages and claims  arising from Tenant's
use of the Property, whether due to damage to the Property, claims for injury to
the person or property of any other tenant of the building  (if  applicable)  or
any other  person  rightfully  in or about the  Property,  from the  conduct  of
Tenant's  business  or from any  activity,  work or things  done,  permitted  or
suffered by Tenant or its agents, servants, employees,  licensees, customers, or
invitees in or about the  Property or elsewhere  or  consequent  upon or arising
from Tenant's  failure to comply with applicable laws,  statutes,  ordinances or
regulations,  and Tenant shall further indemnify and hold harmless Landlord from
and against  any and all such claims and from and against all costs,  attorney's
fees,  expenses  and  liabilities  incurred  in the  investigation,  handling or
defense  of any such  claim or any action or  proceeding  brought in  connection
therewith  by a third  person  or any  governmental  authority;  and in case any
action or  proceeding is brought  against  Landlord by reason of any such claim,
Tenant upon notice from  Landlord  shall defend the same at Tenant's  expense by
counsel satisfactory to Landlord.  This indemnity shall not require payment as a
condition precedent to recovery.

     8.9  Exemption  of  Landlord  from  Liability.  Tenant  hereby  agrees that
Landlord  shall not be liable for  injury to  Tenant's  business  or any loss of
income  therefrom  or for  damage  to the  goods,  wares,  merchandise  or other
property of Tenant, Tenant's employees, invitees, customers, or any other person
in or about the Property,  whether such damage or injury is caused by or results
from  fire,  steam,  electricity,  gas,  water  or rain,  or from the  breakage,
leakage,  obstruction or other defects of pipes, sprinklers,  wires, appliances,
plumbing,  air  conditioning  or  lighting  fixtures,  or from any other  cause,
whether  the  said  damage  or  injury  results  from  latent  defects  or other
conditions  arising upon the Property or upon other portions of the  building(s)
of which the Property is a part, or from other sources or places and  regardless
of whether the cause of such damage or injury or the means of repairing the same
is inaccessible to Tenant.  Landlord shall not be liable for any damages arising
from any act or  neglect  of any  other  tenant  of the  building  in which  the
Property is located.

     9. DAMAGE OR DESTRUCTION.

                                      -7-

<PAGE>


     9.1 Damage or Destruction. In the event that the Property should be damaged
or destroyed  by fire,  tornado or other  casualty  then  Landlord  shall within
forty-five  (45) days  after the date of such  damage,  commence  to  rebuild or
repair the Property and shall proceed with  reasonable  diligence to restore the
Property to substantially  the same condition in which it was immediately  prior
to the happening of the casualty,  except that Landlord shall not be required to
rebuild,  repair or replace any part of the furniture,  equipment,  fixtures and
other  improvements  which may have been  placed by Tenant or others  within the
Property,  and in any event Landlord's  obligation to repair shall be limited to
the extent proceeds of insurance are available for such purpose. Landlord shall,
unless  such damage is the result of any  negligence  or willful  misconduct  of
Tenant or Tenant's employees or invitees, allow Tenant a fair diminution of rent
during the time that the Property is unfit for occupancy. Notwithstanding any of
the  foregoing,  in the event  any  mortgagee,  under a deed of trust,  security
agreement  or  mortgage  on the  Property,  should  require  that the  insurance
proceeds be used to retire the mortgage debt,  Landlord shall have no obligation
to rebuild and this Lease shall  terminate upon notice to Tenant.  Any insurance
which  may be  carried  by  Landlord  or  Tenant  against  loss or damage to the
Property  shall be for the sole  benefit  of the  Landlord  and  under  its sole
control.  Notwithstanding  the above,  in the event such  damage or  destruction
occurs  in the last two  years of the  Initial  Term or  Extended  Term,  either
Landlord or Tenant may, at their option elect to terminate this Lease.

     9.2 Abatement of Rent; Tenant's Remedies.

     (a) In the event of damage  described in this  Section 9 which  Landlord or
Tenant  repairs or restores,  the rent payable  hereunder  for the period during
which such damage, repair or restoration continues shall be abated in proportion
to the degree to which  Tenant's  use of the  Property is  impaired.  Except for
abatement of rent, if any,  Tenant shall have no claim against  Landlord for any
damage  suffered  by  reason  of  any  such  damage,   destruction,   repair  or
restoration.

     (b) If Landlord  shall be obligated to repair or restore the Property under
the  provisions  of this  Section  9 and  shall  not  commence  such  repair  or
restoration  within ninety (90) days after such obligation shall accrue,  Tenant
may at  Tenant's  option  cancel and  terminate  this  Lease by giving  Landlord
written  notice  of  Tenant's  election  to do so  at  any  time  prior  to  the
commencement  of such  repair or  restoration.  In such event  this Lease  shall
terminate  as of the date of such notice and Tenant  shall have no other  rights
against Landlord.

     10. PROPERTY TAXES.

     10.1 Definition of "Real Property  Taxes".  As used herein,  the term "real
property taxes" shall include any form of tax or assessment,  general,  special,
ordinary  or  extraordinary,   and  any  license  fee,  commercial  rental  tax,
improvement bond or bonds, levy or tax (other than inheritance,  personal income
or estate taxes)


                                      -8-


<PAGE>


imposed on the Property by any authority  having the direct or indirect power to
tax,  including  any  city,  state  or  federal   government,   or  any  school,
agricultural,  sanitary,  fire, street,  drainage or other improvement  district
thereof,  against any legal or equitable interest of Landlord in the Property or
in the real  property of which the Property is a part.  The term "real  property
tax"  shall  also  include  any tax,  fee,  levy,  assessment  or charge  (i) in
substitution of, partially or totally, any tax, fee, levy,  assessment or charge
hereinabove  included  within the  definition of "real property tax" or (ii) the
nature  of which  was  hereinbefore  included  within  the  definition  of "real
property  tax," or (iii)  which is  imposed  as a result of a  transfer,  either
partial or total, of Landlord's possessory interest in the Property, or which is
added to a tax or charge  hereinbefore  included  within the  definition of real
property tax by reason of such  transfer,  or (iv) which is imposed by reason of
this transaction,  any modifications or changes hereto, or any transfers hereof.
The term "real property tax" shall not include any income, estate or inheritance
tax  assessed  against  Landlord,  documentary  stamp tax imposed as a result of
Landlord's  transfer of the fee  interest in the  Property,  or any sales tax on
rent or other payments due from Tenant hereunder.

     10.2 Payment of Taxes. Tenant shall pay the real property taxes, as defined
in Section 10.1,  applicable to the Property  throughout  the lease term. If the
term hereof shall not expire  concurrently  with the expiration of the tax year,
Tenant's liability for real property taxes for the last partial lease year shall
be prorated on an annual basis.

     10.3 Personal  Property  Taxes.  Tenant shall pay prior to delinquency  all
taxes assessed  against and levied upon trade fixtures,  furnishings,  equipment
and all other personal property of Tenant contained on the Property or elsewhere
or on any leasehold  improvements made to the Property by Tenant,  regardless of
the validity thereof or whether title to such improvements  shall be in the name
of Tenant or Landlord.  When possible,  Tenant shall cause said trade  fixtures,
furnishings, equipment and all other personal property to be assessed and billed
separately  from the real  property of  Landlord.  If any of  Tenant's  personal
property  shall be assessed  with  Landlord's  real  property,  Tenant shall pay
Landlord the taxes  attributable to Tenant's  personal  property within ten (10)
days after receipt of a written  statement from Landlord setting forth the taxes
applicable to Tenant's property.

     11. UTILITIES.

     (a) Tenant shall  punctually pay for all water and sewer  charges,  and for
all  gas,  heat,  electricity,  telephone,  garbage  collection  and  all  other
utilities and services consumed during the term hereof at the Property, together
with any taxes thereon.

     (b) If  charges  to be paid by Tenant  hereunder  are not paid when due and
Landlord elects to pay same, interest shall accrue thereon from the date paid by
Landlord at the Default Rate, and such charges and interest shall be

                                      -9-


<PAGE>



added to the subsequent month's rent and shall be collectible from Tenant in the
same  manner  as rent.  Landlord  shall  not be liable  for  damage to  Tenant's
business  and/or  inventory or for any other claim by Tenant  resulting  from an
interruption in utility services.

     12. ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLETTING.

     12.1  Assignment.  Tenant may  assign or sublet  all or any  portion of its
interest in the Lease and the Property.  If Tenant assigns this Lease or sublets
the Property or any portion  thereof,  it shall notify Landlord and shall submit
in writing to  Landlord;  (i) the name of the  assignee or  subtenant;  (ii) the
nature  of  the  assignee's  or  subtenant's  business  to be  conducted  on the
Property; (iii) the terms of the assignment or sublease; and (iv) such financial
information  as Landlord  may  reasonably  request  concerning  the  assignee or
subtenant.

     12.2 No  Release  or  Waiver.  Unless  Landlord  agrees in  writing  to the
contrary,  no  subletting  or  assignment  shall  release  Tenant from  Tenant's
obligation  or alter  the  primary  liability  of  Tenant to pay the rent and to
perform  all  other  obligations  to  be  performed  by  Tenant  hereunder.  The
acceptance of rent by Landlord from any other person shall not be deemed to be a
waiver by  Landlord  of any  provision  hereof.  Consent  to one  assignment  or
subletting  shall  not  be  deemed  consent  to  any  subsequent  assignment  or
subletting.  In the event of default by any assignee of Tenant or any  successor
of Tenant  in the  performance of any of the terms hereof,  Landlord may proceed
directly  against  Tenant without the necessity of exhausting  remedies  against
said  assignee.  Landlord may consent to  subsequent  assignments  or subletting
hereof or amendments or  modifications  to this Lease with  assignees of Tenant,
without notifying Tenant, or any successor of Tenant,  and without obtaining its
or their consent  thereto and such action shall not relieve  Tenant of liability
hereunder.

13. DEFAULTS; REMEDIES.

     13.1 Defaults.  The  occurrence  and  continuance of any one or more of the
following events shall constitute an Event of Default by Tenant:

     (b) The failure by Tenant to make any payment of rent or any other  payment
required to be made by Tenant  hereunder,  as and when due,  where such  failure
shall  continue for a period of five (5) days after written  notice thereof from
Landlord to Tenant.  In the event that  Landlord  serves Tenant with a notice to
pay rent or vacate pursuant to applicable  unlawful  detainer or other statutes,
such notice shall also constitute the notice required by this subsection;

     (c) The  failure  by Tenant to observe  or  perform  any of the  covenants,
conditions or provisions hereof to be observed or performed by Tenant,

                                      -10-


<PAGE>




other than described in Subsection (b) above,  where such failure shall continue
for a period of thirty (30) days after written  notice  thereof from Landlord to
Tenant.

     (d) (i) The making by Tenant of any general  arrangement  or assignment for
the benefit of  creditors;  (ii) Tenant  becomes a "debtor" as defined under the
Federal  Bankruptcy  Code or any successor  statute thereto or any other statute
affording  debtor relief,  whether state or federal,  (unless,  in the case of a
petition filed against Tenant,  the same is dismissed  within thirty (30) days),
or admits in writing its present  insolvency  or  inability  to pay its debts as
they mature;  (iii) the  appointment of a trustee or receiver to take possession
of all or a substantial portion of Tenant's assets located at the Property or of
Tenant's  interest in this Lease;  or (iv) the  attachment,  execution  or other
judicial  seizure of all or a substantial  portion of Tenant's assets located at
the Property or of Tenant's interest in this Lease; and/or

     (e) The  discovery  by Landlord  that any  financial  statement,  warranty,
representation or other information given to Landlord by Tenant, any assignee of
Tenant,  any  subtenant  of Tenant,  any  successor in interest of Tenant or any
guarantor of Tenant's obligation  hereunder,  in connection with this Lease, was
materially false or misleading when made or furnished.

     13.2 Remedies.  Upon the occurrence and during the  continuance of an event
of default by Tenant, Landlord may (but shall not be obligated), with or without
notice or demand and without  limiting  Landlord in the exercise of any right or
remedy which Landlord may have by reason of such default or breach:

          (a)  Terminate  Tenant's  right to  possession  of the Property by any
     lawful  means,  in which case this Lease shall  terminate  and Tenant shall
     immediately surrender possession of the Property to Landlord. In such event
     Landlord  shall be entitled to recover from Tenant all damages  incurred by
     Landlord by reason of Tenant's default, including accrued rent, the cost of
     recovering  possession  of the Property,  expenses of reletting,  including
     necessary renovation and alteration of the Property,  reasonable attorney's
     fees, and any customary and normal real estate commission  actually paid to
     third parties;

          (b) Reenter and take  possession  of the Property and relet or attempt
     to relet same for Tenant's  account,  holding  Tenant liable in damages for
     all  expenses  incurred  by  Landlord  in any  such  reletting  and for any
     difference  between the amount of rents  received  from such  reletting and
     those due and payable under the terms hereof.  In the event Landlord relets
     the Property,  Landlord shall make reasonable efforts to lease the Property
     or portions  thereof for such periods of time and such rentals and for such
     use and upon such covenants and  conditions as Landlord,  in its reasonable
     discretion,  may elect,  and Landlord may make such repairs to the Property
     as Landlord may deem  reasonably  necessary.  Landlord shall be entitled to
     bring such actions or  proceedings  for the recovery of any deficits due to
     Landlord as it may deem advisable,  without being obliged to wait until the
     end of the term, and

                                      -11-



<PAGE>


     commencement  or  maintenance  of any one or  more  actions  shall  not bar
     Landlord from bringing  other or subsequent  actions for further  accruals,
     nor shall  anything done by Landlord  pursuant to this  Subsection  13.2(b)
     limit or prohibit  Landlord's right at any time to pursue other remedies of
     Landlord hereunder;

          (c) Declare all rents and charges due  hereunder  immediately  due and
     payable,  and  thereupon all such rents and fixed charges to the end of the
     term shall thereupon be accelerated, and Landlord may, at once, take action
     to collect the same by distress or otherwise.  In the event of acceleration
     of rents and other charges due hereunder which cannot be exactly determined
     as of the date of acceleration and/or judgment, the amount of said rent and
     charges  shall be as  determined  by trier of fact in a  reasonable  manner
     based on information  such as previous  fluctuations in the C.P.I.  and the
     like;

          (d) Perform any of  Tenant's  obligations  on behalf of Tenant in such
     manner as Landlord shall reasonably deem appropriate,  including payment of
     any moneys necessary to perform such obligation or obtain legal advice, and
     all expenses incurred by Landlord in connection with the foregoing, as well
     as any other  amounts  necessary to  compensate  Landlord for all detriment
     caused by Tenant's failure to perform which in the ordinary course would be
     likely to result  therefrom,  shall be  immediately  due and  payable  from
     Tenant to Landlord  upon  Tenant's  receipt of an invoice from Landlord for
     the same, with interest at the Default Rate;  such  performance by Landlord
     shall not  cure the  default of Tenant  hereunder,  unless  Tenant fails to
     reimburse  Landlord for such performance within five (5) days of demand for
     the same, and Landlord may proceed to pursue any or all remedies  available
     to Landlord on account of Tenant's Event of default;  if necessary Landlord
     may enter upon the Property  after ten (10) days' prior  written  notice to
     Tenant  (except in the case of emergency,  in which case no notice shall be
     required),  perform any of Tenant's  obligations  with  respect to which an
     Event of Default on the part of Tenant is in default; and/or

          (e) Pursue any other  remedy now or  hereafter  available  to Landlord
     under applicable law Unpaid  installments of rent and other unpaid monetary
     obligations  of Tenant under the terms hereof shall bear  interest from the
     date due at the Default Rate.

     13.3 No Waiver. No reentry or taking possession of the Property by Landlord
shall be construed as an election on its part to terminate this Lease,  accept a
surrender  of the  Property or release  Tenant from any  obligations  hereunder,
unless a written  notice of such  intention be given to Tenant.  Notwithstanding
any such  reletting  or reentry or taking  possession,  Landlord may at any time
thereafter elect to terminate this Lease for a previous default.  Pursuit of any
of the  foregoing  remedies  shall  not  preclude  pursuit  of any of the  other
remedies  herein  provided  or any other  remedies  provided  by law,  nor shall
pursuit of any remedy herein  provided  constitute a forfeiture or waiver of any
rent due to Landlord hereunder or of any damages accruing to


                                      -12-


<PAGE>


Landlord  by  reason  of the  violation  of any of  the  terms,  provisions  and
covenants herein contained.  No waiver by Landlord of any violation or breach of
any of the terms, provisions,  and covenants herein contained shall be deemed or
construed to constitute a waiver of any other or subsequent  violation or breach
of any of the terms, provisions, and covenants herein contained.  Forbearance by
Landlord to enforce one or more of the remedies herein provided upon an event of
default  shall not be deemed or construed to constitute a waiver of any other or
subsequent  violation or default. The loss or damage that Landlord may suffer by
reason of  termination  of this Lease or the  deficiency  from any  reletting as
provided  for  above  shall  include  the  expense  of   repossession   and  any
repairs which are the  obligation  of Tenant  under  this  Lease  undertaken  by
Landlord following possession.  Should Landlord at any time terminate this Lease
for  any event  of  default. Subject to Section  13.2,  in addition to any other
remedy Landlord may have,  Landlord may recover from Tenant all damages Landlord
may  incur by reason  of such  default,  including  the cost of  recovering  the
Property and the loss of rent for the  remainder  of the Lease term.  Landlord's
consent to or approval of any act shall not be deemed to render  unnecessary the
obtaining of Landlord's  consent to or approval of any subsequent act by Tenant.
The delivery of keys to any employee or agent of Landlord shall not operate as a
termination hereof or a surrender of the Property.

     13.4 Late Charges.  Tenant hereby  acknowledges that late payment by Tenant
to Landlord of rent and other sums due  hereunder  will cause  Landlord to incur
costs  not  contemplated  by this  Lease,  the  exact  amount  of which  will be
extremely  difficult to ascertain.  Such costs include,  but are not limited to,
processing  and  accounting  charges,  and late charges  which may be imposed on
Landlord  by the terms of any  mortgage  or trust deed  covering  the  Property.
Accordingly,  if any  installment of rent or any other sum due from Tenant shall
not be received by Landlord or  Landlord's  designee  within ten (10) days after
such amount shall be due, then,  without any  requirement  for notice to Tenant,
Tenant  shall pay to  Landlord a late  charge  equal to  $3,000.00.  The parties
hereby agree that such late charge represents a fair and reasonable  estimate of
the costs Landlord will incur by reason of late payment by Tenant. Acceptance of
such late charge by Landlord  shall in no event  constitute a waiver of Tenant's
default  with  respect  to  such  overdue  amount,  nor  prevent  Landlord  from
exercising any of the other rights and remedies granted  hereunder.  The parties
agree that the  payment of late  charges and the payment of interest as provided
elsewhere  herein are distinct and separate from one another in that the payment
of interest is to compensate  Landlord for the use of Landlord's money by Tenant
and the payment of late charges is to compensate Landlord for administrative and
other expenses incurred by Landlord.

     13.5 Interest on Past-Due Obligations. Except as expressly herein provided,
any amount due to Landlord  not paid when due shall bear  interest at a rate per
annum  equal to  18%(the  "Default  Rate")  from the date due.  Payment  of such
interest  shall not  excuse or cure any  default  by Tenant  under  this  Lease,
provided,  however,  that interest shall not be payable on late charges incurred
by Tenant.

                                      -13-


<PAGE>


Notwithstanding  any other term or provision hereof, in no event shall the total
of all amounts  paid  hereunder  by Tenant and deemed to be interest  exceed the
amount permitted by applicable usury laws, and in the event of payment by Tenant
of  interest in excess of such  permitted  amount,  the excess  shall be applied
towards  damages  incurred by Landlord  or  returned  to Tenant,  at  Landlord's
option.

     13.6  Impounds.  In the  event  that a late  charge is  payable  hereunder,
whether or not collected,  for three (3)  installments of rent or other monetary
obligation  which Tenant is late in paying,  Tenant  shall pay to  Landlord,  if
Landlord shall so request, in addition to any other payments required under this
Lease,  monthly  advance  installments,  payable at the same time as the rent is
paid for the month to which it  applies,  in amounts  required as  estimated  by
Landlord to establish a fund for real property tax and insurance expenses on the
Property which are payable by Tenant under the terms hereof.  Such fund shall be
established to insure payment when due, before  delinquency,  of any or all such
real property taxes and insurance  premiums.  If the amounts paid to Landlord by
Tenant under the provisions of this Section 13.6 are  insufficient  to discharge
the obligations of Tenant to pay such real property taxes and insurance premiums
as the same become due, Tenant shall pay to Landlord,  upon  Landlord's  demand,
additional sums necessary to pay such  obligations.  All moneys paid to Landlord
under this  Section 13.6 may be  intermingled  with other monies of Landlord and
shall not bear interest.

     13.7  Default by  Landlord.  Landlord  shall not be in  default  unless (a)
Landlord  breaches its  obligations  under  Section 25 or (b) Landlord  fails to
perform  obligations  required of Landlord  within a reasonable  time, but in no
event later than thirty (30) days after written notice by Tenant to Landlord and
to the holder of any first mortgage or deed of trust covering the Property whose
name and address  shall have  theretofore  been  furnished to Tenant in writing,
specifying the obligation that Landlord has failed to perform;

     14. CONDEMNATION. If the Property or any portion thereof is taken under the
power of eminent domain,  or sold under the threat of the exercise of said power
(either of which is herein called "condemnation"), this Lease shall terminate as
to the part so taken as of the date  the  condemning  authority  takes  title or
possession,  whichever  first occurs.  If more than twenty five percent (25%) of
the Property or such portion thereof as will make the Property  unusable for the
purposes herein leased is taken by condemnation, Tenant may terminate this Lease
by notice to the other, in writing,  only within thirty (30) days after Landlord
shall  have  given  Tenant  written  notice  of  such  condemnation  or  pending
condemnation  (or in the absence of such notice,  within ten (10) days after the
condemning  authority  shall have taken  possession),  such  termination to take
effect as of the date the condemning authority takes possession.  If Tenant does
not terminate  this Lease in  accordance  with the  foregoing,  this Lease shall
remain in full force and effect as to the  portion  of the  Property  remaining,
except  that the rent shall be reduced  in the  proportion  that the area of the
Property taken bears to the total area of the Property, and Tenant shall have no
other rights or remedies as a

                                      -14-




<PAGE>


result of such  condemnation.  Both  Landlord and Tenant shall have the right to
claim and collect any award or settlement from the condemnation  proceedings for
damages  to their  respective  interest  in the  Property,  at their  respective
expense.

     15. ESTOPPEL CERTIFICATE.

     15.1  Certificate.  Tenant  shall at any time  upon not less  than ten (10)
business  days' prior written  notice from  Landlord  execute,  acknowledge  and
deliver to  Landlord  and/or any lender or  purchaser  designated  by Landlord a
statement in writing (i)  certifying  that this Lease is unmodified  and in full
force and effect (or, if modified,  stating the nature of such  modification and
certifying that this Lease, as so modified, is in full force and effect) and the
date to which the rent and other charges are paid in advance, if applicable, and
(ii)  acknowledging  that there are not,  to  Tenant's  knowledge,  any  uncured
defaults on the part of Landlord  hereunder,  or specifying such defaults if any
are claimed. Any such statement may be conclusively relied upon by any purchaser
or encumbrancer of the Property.

     15.2 Failure to Deliver Certificate. At Landlord's option, Tenant's failure
to deliver such statement  within such time shall be a material breach by Tenant
under this Lease or shall be  conclusive  upon  Tenant (i) that this Lease is in
full force and effect,  without  modification  except as may be  represented  by
Landlord, (ii) that there are no uncured defaults in Landlord's performance, and
(iii) that no rent has been paid in advance.

     15.3 Financial Statements.  If Landlord desires to finance,  refinance,  or
sell the Property,  or any part thereof,  Tenant hereby agrees to deliver to any
lender or purchaser  designated  by Landlord the past three (3) years  financial
statements  of Tenant and any  guarantor,  in such  detail as may be  reasonably
required by such lender or purchaser.  All such  financial  statements  shall be
received by Landlord  and such lender or purchaser  in  confidence  and shall be
used only for the purposes of assessing  the status of Tenant's  tenancy and the
value of the Property.

     16. SUBORDINATION.

     Landlord  agrees  to  utilize  its  reasonable  best  efforts  to  obtain a
subordination,  non-disturbance  and  attornment  agreement on terms  reasonably
satisfactory  to Tenant,  with  respect  to all  current  and  future  mortgages
encumbering all or a portion of the Property.

     17. NOTICES.

     (a) Except as provided in subsection (b) below, any notice, demand, request
or other  communication  ("Notice")  required or permitted to be given hereunder
shall be in  writing  and shall be deemed  given  when  mailed by  certified  or
registered mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested,  addressed to Tenant
or to Landlord at the address  noted below the  signature of such party.  Notice
given by any

                                       -15-


<PAGE>




other  means shall be deemed  given when  actually  received in writing.  Either
party may by  notice  to the  other  specify  a  different  address  for  Notice
purposes,  which shall only be effective upon receipt, except that upon Tenant's
taking  possession  of the  Property,  the Property  shall  constitute  Tenant's
address for Notice  purposes.  A copy of all Notices required or permitted to be
given to Landlord  hereunder shall be concurrently  transmitted to such party or
parties at such addresses as Landlord may from time to time hereafter  designate
by notice to Tenant.

     18 INCORPORATION OF PRIOR AGREEMENTS:  AMENDMENTS.  This Lease contains all
agreements of the parties with respect to any matter mentioned  herein. No prior
agreement or  understanding  pertaining  to any such matter shall be  effective.
This Lease may be modified in writing only, signed by the parties in interest at
the time of the modification.  Except as otherwise stated in this Lease,  Tenant
hereby acknowledges that neither the Landlord nor any of its employees or agents
has made any oral or written warranties or representations to Tenant relative to
the condition or use by Tenant of said Property,  and Tenant  acknowledges  that
Tenant assumes all responsibility  regarding the Occupational Safety Health Act,
the legal use and adaptability of the Property,  and the compliance thereof with
all applicable laws and regulations in effect during the term hereof,  except as
otherwise specifically stated in this Lease.

     19. ATTORNEY'S-FEES.  If either party brings an action to enforce the terms
hereof or declare  rights  hereunder,  the  prevailing  party in any such action
shall be entitled to recover  reasonable  attorney's and legal  assistant's fees
and costs incurred in connection  therewith,  on appeal or otherwise,  including
those  incurred  in  arbitration,   mediation,   administrative   or  bankruptcy
proceedings and in enforcing any right to indemnity herein.

     20.  FORCE  MAJEURE.  Whenever  a period of time is herein  prescribed  for
action to be taken by Landlord or Tenant (other than monetary payments,  owed by
Tenant to Landlord),  Landlord or Tenant, as applicable,  shall not be liable or
responsible  for, and there shall be excluded from the  computation for any such
period of time,  any delays due to strikes,  riots,  acts of God,  shortages  of
labor or materials,  war, governmental laws,  regulations or restrictions or any
other causes of any kind whatsoever  which are beyond the control of Landlord or
Tenant, as applicable.

     21. HOLDING OVER. If Tenant, with Landlord's consent, remains in possession
of the Property or any part  thereof  after the  expiration  of the term hereof,
such  occupancy  shall be a tenancy from month to month upon all the  provisions
hereof  pertaining to the  obligations of Tenant,  but all options and rights of
first refusal, if any, granted under the terms hereof shall be deemed terminated
and be of no further effect during said month to month tenancy.  If Tenant shall
hold over without  Landlord's  express  written  consent,  Tenant shall become a
tenant at sufferance and rental shall be

                                      -16-


<PAGE>


due at a rate  equal  to 150%  of the  rent  payable  immediately  prior  to the
expiration of the term.  The  foregoing  provisions  shall not limit  Landlord's
rights hereunder or provided by law in the event of Tenant's default.

     22. LANDLORD'S ACCESS.  Landlord and Landlord's agents shall have the right
to enter the  Property at  reasonable  times for the purpose of  inspecting  the
same,  posting  notices of  non-responsibility,  showing the same to prospective
purchasers,  lenders, or tenants,  performing any obligation of Tenant hereunder
of which Tenant is in default,  all  without  being deemed guilty of an eviction
of Tenant and without abatement of rent,  Landlord hereby  indemnifies and holds
Tenant  harmless  from  all  loss,  claims,   damage,   liability  and  expenses
(including, without limitation, reasonable attorney's fees) incurred as a result
of the exercise by Landlord of its rights  hereunder.  No provision hereof shall
be construed as obligating  Landlord to perform any repairs,  alterations  or to
take any action  not  otherwise  expressly  agreed to be  performed  or taken by
Landlord.  Landlord  may at any time place on or about the  Property  reasonable
"For Sale"  signs and  Landlord  may at any time during the last 365 days of the
term hereof place on or about the Property  reasonable  "For Lease"  signs,  all
without rebate of rent or liability to Tenant.

     23.  QUIET  ENJOYMENT.  Upon Tenant  paying the rent for the  Property  and
observing and  performing  all of the  covenants,  conditions  and provisions on
Tenant's  part to be observed and performed  hereunder,  Tenant shall have quiet
possession  of the  Property  for the entire term  hereof  subject to all of the
provisions hereof.

     24.  LANDLORD'S  LIABILITY.  The term  "Landlord" as used herein shall mean
only the owner or owners at the time in  question of the fee title or a tenant's
interest in a ground lease of the Property,  and in the event of any transfer of
such title or interest,  Landlord  herein  named (and in case of any  subsequent
transfers  then the grantor)  shall be relieved  from and after the date of such
transfer of all liability as respects  Landlord's  obligations  thereafter to be
performed, provided that any funds previously delivered by Tenant to Landlord or
the then grantor at the time of such transfer,  in which Tenant has an interest,
shall be delivered to the grantee. The obligations contained in this Lease to be
performed  by Landlord  shall,  subject to transfer  of funds as  aforesaid,  be
binding on  Landlord's  successors  and  assigns  only during  their  respective
periods of ownership.

     25. BINDING EFFECT: CHOICE OF LAW. This Lease shall bind the parties, their
personal  representatives,  successors and assigns. This Lease shall be governed
by the laws of the State wherein the Property is located.

     26.  SEVERABILITY.  The invalidity of any provision hereof under applicable
law shall in no way affect the validity of any other provision hereof.

     27. TIME OF ESSENCE. Time is of the essence hereof.

     28. ADDITIONAL RENT: SURVIVAL. Any and all monetary obligations of

                                      -17-


<PAGE>



Tenant under the terms  hereof  shall be deemed to be rent,  shall be secured by
any available lien for rent, and to the extent accrued shall survive  expiration
or termination of the term hereof.

     29. COVENANTS AND CONDITIONS.  Each provision hereof  performable by Tenant
shall be deemed both a covenant and a condition.

     30. MERGER.  The voluntary or other surrender hereof by Tenant, or a mutual
cancellation thereof, or a termination by Landlord, shall not work a merger, and
shall, at the option of Landlord,  terminate all or any existing subtenancies or
may, at the option of Landlord,  operate as an  assignment to Landlord of any or
all of such subtenancies.

     31. SECURITY MEASURES.  Tenant hereby  acknowledges that the rental payable
to  Landlord  hereunder  does not  include  the cost of guard  service  or other
security  measures,  and that Landlord  shall have no  obligation  whatsoever to
provide same.  Tenant assumes all  responsibility  for the protection of Tenant,
its agents and invitees from acts of third parties.

     32.  AUTHORITY.  If Tenant is a corporation,  trust,  or general or limited
partnership,  each  individual  executing  this  Lease on behalf of such  entity
represents and warrants that he or she is duly authorized to execute and deliver
this Lease on behalf of said entity, and Tenant shall,  within fifteen (15) days
after  execution  hereof,   deliver  to  Landlord  evidence  of  such  authority
satisfactory to Landlord.

     33.  CONSTRUCTION.  Any conflict between the printed  provisions hereof and
the typewritten or handwritten provisions shall be controlled by the typewritten
or   handwritten   provisions.   Headings  used  herein  shall  not  affect  the
interpretation  hereof,  being merely for convenience.  The terms "Landlord" and
"Tenant"  shall  include the plural and the  singular  and all grammar  shall be
deemed to conform  thereto.  If more than one person executes this Lease,  their
obligations  shall  be  joint  and  several.  The  use of the  words  "include,"
"includes" and  "including"  shall be without  limitation to the items which may
follow.

     34. AUCTIONS. Tenant shall not conduct, nor permit to be conducted,  either
voluntarily or involuntarily, any auction upon the Property without first having
obtained Landlord's prior written consent.

     35.  CAPTIONS.  The parties  mutually  agree that the headings and captions
contained in this Lease are inserted for  convenience or reference only, and are
not to be deemed part of or used in construing this Lease.

     36.  ARBITRATION.  In the event of any  dispute  between the  Landlord  and
Tenant  with  respect  to any issue  specifically  mentioned  in this Lease as a
matter to be  decided  by  arbitration,  such  dispute  shall be  determined  by
arbitration in accordance

                                      -18-


<PAGE>


with the laws of the  State  of  Florida  dealing  with  arbitration,  or in the
absence of such laws,  the rules of the American  Arbitration  Association.  The
decision  resulting from the arbitration shall be binding,  final and conclusive
on the  parties,  and a  decision  thereon  may be  entered  by a  court  having
jurisdiction.

     37. RADON GAS DISCLOSURE.  The following language is required by law in any
contract  involving  the sale or  lease  of any  building  within  the  State of
Florida:

     "RADON GAS: Radon is a naturally  occurring  radioactive  gas that, when it
     has accumulated in a building in sufficient quantities,  may present health
     risks to persons  who are  exposed  to it over  time.  Levels of radon that
     exceed  federal  and state  guidelines  have  been  found in  buildings  in
     Florida.  Additional  information  regarding radon and radon testing may be
     obtained from your county public health unit."

     38. ENVIRONMENTAL COMPLIANCE.

     (a) Tenant shall not use, generate,  manufacture,  produce, store, release,
discharge  or dispose of, on,  under or about the  Property,  or transport to or
from the  Property,  any  Hazardous  Substance  (as  defined  below),  except in
compliance  with  applicable  Environmental  Law,  or allow any other  person or
entity to do so.  Subject to Section 40 (f),  Tenant shall keep and maintain the
Property in compliance with, and shall not cause or permit the Property to be in
violation of, any  Environmental  Laws (as defined below).  It being agreed that
Tenant has no obligations with respect to any pre-existing condition.

     (b) Tenant  shall give  reasonably  prompt  notice to  Landlord  of (i) any
proceeding  against  or formal  written  inquiry  to Tenant by any  governmental
authority  (including  without limitation the Florida  Environmental  Protection
Agency or Florida Department of Health and Rehabilitative Services) with respect
to the presence of any  Hazardous  Substance  on the  Property or the  migration
thereof from or to other  property;  and (ii) all claims received by Tenant that
are made or  threatened  by any third  party  against  Tenant,  Landlord  or the
Property relating to any loss or injury resulting from any Hazardous  Substance.
obtaining  actual  knowledge of any occurrence or condition on any real property
adjoining  or in the  vicinity of the Property  that  reasonably  be expected to
cause the Property or any part thereof to be subject to any  restrictions on the
ownership,  occupancy,   transferability  or  use  of  the  Property  under  any
Environmental Law or any regulation adopted in accordance therewith.

     (c) Tenant  shall,  indemnify and hold harmless  Landlord,  its  directors,
officers, employees, agents, successors and assigns from and against any and all
loss, damage, cost, expense or liability  (including  attorneys' fees and costs)
arising out of or attributable to the use, generation, manufacture,  production,
storage, release, threatened release, discharge, disposal, transport or presence
of a Hazardous

                                      -19-


<PAGE>


Substance  on,  under,  about,  to  or  from  the  Property,  including  without
limitation the costs of any necessary  repair,  cleanup or detoxification of the
Property, in any way arising from the acts of Tenant.

     (d)  "Environmental  Laws"  shall  mean any  federal,  state or local  law,
statute,  ordinance or regulation pertaining to the environmental conditions on,
under or about the Property,  including  without  limitation  the  Comprehensive
Environmental  Response  Compensation and Liability Act of 1980, as amended from
time to time  ("CERCLA"),  42 U.S.C.  Sections  9601 et seq.,  and the  Resource
Conservation and Recovery Act of 1976, as amended from time to time ("RCRA"), 42
U.S.C.  Sections  6901 et seq.  The term  "Hazardous  Substance"  shall  include
without  limitation:  (i) those  substances  included  within the  definition of
"hazardous  substances,"  "hazardous  materials," "toxic  substances," or "solid
waste" in CERCLA,  RCRA,  and the  Hazardous  Materials  Transportation  Act, 49
U.S.C.  Sections 1801 et seq., and in the  regulations  promulgated  pursuant to
said laws; (ii) those  substances  defined as "hazardous  wastes" in any Florida
Statute and in the  regulations  promulgated  pursuant  to any Florida  Statute;
(iii) those substances  listed in the United States Department of Transportation
Table (49 CFR 172.101 and amendments thereto) or by the Environmental Protection
Agency (or any successor  agency) as hazardous  substances  (40 CFR Part 302 and
amendments thereto); (iv) such other substances,  materials and wastes which are
or become regulated under applicable  local,  state or federal law, or which are
classified  as  hazardous  or  toxic  under  federal,  state  or  local  laws or
regulations;  and (v) any material,  waste or substance  which is (1) petroleum,
(2) asbestos,  (3)  polychlorinated  biphenyls,  (4)  designated as a "hazardous
substance"  pursuant to Section  311 of the Clean Water Act, 33 U.S.C.  Sections
1251 et seq.,  or listed  pursuant to Section  307 of the Clean  Water Act,  (5)
flammable explosive, or (6) radioactive materials.

     (e)  Landlord  shall  have the  right to  inspect  the  Property  and audit
Tenant's operations thereon to ascertain Tenant's compliance with the provisions
of this Lease at any reasonable time, Landlord shall have the right, but not the
obligation,  to enter upon the  Property  and perform any  obligation  of Tenant
hereunder  of which  Tenant is in  default,  including  without  limitation  any
remediation  necessary due to environmental impact of Tenant's operations on the
Property,  without waiving or reducing  Tenant's  liability for Tenant's default
hereunder.

     (f) Landlord  shall  indemnify and hold  harmless  Tenant,  its  directors,
officers,  employees, agents, successor and assigns from and against any and all
loss,  damage,  cost,  expense or liability arising out of the use,  generation,
manufacture,   production,  storage,  release,  threatened  release,  discharge,
disposal, transport or presence of a Hazardous Substance on, under, about, to or
from  the  Property,  in  any  way  arising  from  the  acts  of  Landlord,  any
predecessors-in-title  of  Landlord,  any  third  party for  which  Landlord  is
responsible,  or otherwise arising before the date hereof.

     (g) All of the terms and  provisions of this Section 40 shall survive
expiration or  termination  of this Lease for any reason whatsoever.


                                      -20-



<PAGE>



LANDLORD AND TENANT HAVE  CAREFULLY  READ AND REVIEWED  THIS LEASE AND EACH TERM
AND  PROVISION  CONTAINED  HEREIN AND, BY  EXECUTION  OF THIS LEASE,  SHOW THEIR
INFORMED AND VOLUNTARY  CONSENT  THERETO.  THE PARTIES HEREBY AGREE THAT, AT THE
TIME THIS LEASE IS EXECUTED, THE TERMS OF THIS LEASE ARE COMMERCIALLY REASONABLE
AND EFFECTUATE THE INTENT AND PURPOSE OF LANDLORD AND TENANT WITH RESPECT TO THE
PROPERTY.

     LANDLORD AND TENANT HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVE THEIR RIGHT TO A JURY TRIAL IN
THE EVENT OF ANY DISPUTE BETWEEN THEM REGARDING THIS LEASE.

WITNESSES:                                         LANDLORD:


- -----------------------------                      ---------------------------
Signature
                                                   Date:
                                                        ----------------------
- -----------------------------
Print name


                                      -21-


<PAGE>




                                                   Address:

                                                   ---------------------------

- -----------------------------                      ---------------------------
Signature

Print name

                                                   TENANT:
                                                   Ken Marks Ford, Inc.


                                                   By:
- -----------------------------                         ------------------------
Signature                                          Title:
                                                        ----------------------

                                                   Date:
                                                        ----------------------

- -----------------------------
Print name                                         Address:

                                                   ---------------------------
- -----------------------------                      ---------------------------
Signature

- -----------------------------
Print name

0132152.01
07/10/97 5:46 PM (d-1)

                                      -22-


                                    L E A S E

                                     Between

                          Viking Investment Associates

                                       and

                              Lone Star Ford Inc.

                                TABLE OF CONTENTS
                                -----------------

ARTICLE                 SUBJECT                               PAGE
- -------                 -------                               ----
I           Parties                                             1
II          Demised Premises                                    2
III         Term and Use                                        3
TV          Rental                                              4
V           Rental Payments                                     5
VI          Ownership, Possession, and Warranty                 6
VII         Fixtures and Personal Property                      7
VIII        Internal Maintenance and Tenant's Covenent          8
            to Surrender Premises in Good Condition          
IX          External Maintenance                                9
X           Taxes and Insurance                                10
XI          Tax Clause                                         12
XII         Rights of Payment upon Default                     12
XIII        Tenant's Default                                   13
XIV         Utilities                                          14
XV          Assigning and Subletting                           15
XVI         Environmental and ADA Liability                    16
XVII        Destruction by Fire                                17
XVIII       Notices                                            18
XIX         Agreement between Landlord and Tenant              19
XX          Obligations of Successors                          20
XXI         Subordination of Lease                             21

                                      -1-

<PAGE>


STATE OF TEXAS
COUNTY OF HARRIS

                                   ARTICLE I


PARTIES:

     THIS LEASE, made as of the 1st day of January 1995, by and between Lone
Star Ford Inc., hereinafter called "Tenant" and Viking Investment Associates,
hereinafter called "Landlord."


<PAGE>


                                   ARTICLE II

LEASED PREMISES:

     The landlord, in consideration of the covenants, conditioner agreements,
and stipulations of the Tenant hereinafter expressed, does hereby demise and
lease the following premises situated in the City of Houston and State of Texas,
described as follows:

     24.76 Acres in three tracts 
                    Tract I   = 10.67 acres 
                    Tract II  = 9.29 acres 
                    Tract III = 4.8 acres

     Buildings - on Tract I  = Main Garage of 52,500 SF 
                               Showroom of 13,200 SF 
                               Parts Building of 14,025 SF
                 on Tract II = Used Car Building of 2,125 SF 
                 on Tract II = Body Shop of 26,450 SF

     The 24.76 acres are lots 3,6,7 of the F.C. Trickey Subdivision of record in
Volume 176 Page 222 in Harris County Court House also a Part of Abstract 565.


                                      -2-
<PAGE>


                                  ARTICLE III

TERM AND USE:

     To have and to hold the same for a term of ten (10) years to commence on
January 1, 1995.

     Tenant convenants to occupy and use the demised premises during the term of
this lease and any renewals thereof as an office and warehouse and for such
purpose and in such manner as shall not violate the zoning ordinances and other
regulations of the Federal, State, County, or Municipal authorities now in force
or hereafter adopted which in any manner affect the use of the demised premises
or any appurtenances thereto.


                                      -3-
<PAGE>


                                   ARTICLE IV

RENTAL:

     The landlord hereby reserves and the Tenant hereby agrees to pay the
Landlord upon the commencement of the ten(10) year term referred to hereinbefore
an annual rental of $360,000 said payments to be made in twelve equal monthly
installments of $30,000 each, between the first and fifth days of each month
during the lease term except that the first years rent will be reduced to
______________ as an inducement to lease.


                                      -4-
<PAGE>


                                    ARTICLE V

RENTAL PAYMENTS:

     All rental payments provided herein shall be made to Landlord at:

               Viking Investment Associates 
               PO Box 18747 
               Charlotte, NC 28218 

until notice to the contrary is given by Landlord.


                                      -5-
<PAGE>


                                   ARTICLE VI

OWNERSHIP, POSSESSION AND WARRANTY

     The Landlord covenants that it is lawfully seized of the demised premises
and of the parking areas, driveways, and footways and has good right and lawful
authority to enter into this lease for the full term aforesaid, that Landlord
will put the Tenant in actual possession of the demised premises at the
beginning of the term aforesaid, and that Tenant, on paying the said rent and
performing the covenants herein agreed to by it to be performed, shall and may
peaceably and quietly have, hold, and enjoy the demised premises and use the
appurtenances thereto as hereinabove referred to for the said term.


                                      -6-
<PAGE>


                                  ARTICLE VII

FIXTURES AND PERSONAL PROPERTY:

     Any trade fixtures, equipment, and other property installed in or attached
to the demised premises by and at the expense of the Tenant and all light
fixtures provided by Tenant and installed by Landlord and all other items
whether trade fixtures or otherwise, installed by the Tenant shall remain as the
property of the Tenant and the Landlord agrees that the Tenant shall have the
right at any time and from time to time, provided it be not in default
hereunder, to remove any and all of its trade fixtures, equipment, and other
property which it nay have stored or installed on the demised premises;
provided, however, in much event Tenant shall restore the demised premises
substantially to the same condition in which they were at the time the Tenant
took possession.

                                      -7-
<PAGE>


                                  ARTICLE VIII

      INTERNAL MAINTENANCE AND TENANT'S COVENANT TO SURRENDER PREMISES IN
                                 GOOD CONDITION

     Tenant covenants that it will at its own expense keep and maintain in good
order and repair the interior of the improvements, including without limitation
all window glass, plumping, wiring, electrical systems, heating, and air
conditioning system. Tenant further covenants that it will at its own expense
repair any damage to the exterior of said improvements and to the parkway,
driveways, and footways occasioned or necessitated by the negligence or
willfulness of its agents or employees. Tenant covenants and agrees that it will
not make structural changes or alterations without the written consent of the
Landlord; that it will not in any manner deface or injure said premises or any
part thereof; and that it will return said premises peacefully and promptly to
the Landlord at the end of the term of this lease, or at any previous
termination thereof, in as good condition as the same are at the beginning of
the term, loss by fire or other hazard and by ordinary wear and tear excepted.

                                      -8-
<PAGE>


                                  ARTICLE IX

EXTERNAL MAINTENANCE

     Tenant covenants that it will at its own expense keep and maintain The
exterior and principal interior structural portions of the improvements and the
demised premises.


                                      -9-
<PAGE>


                                   ARTICLE X

TAXES AND INSURANCE

     The Tenant shall pay all real estate taxes on the demised premises, parking
areas, and driveways. Tenant will maintain and pay for adequate fire insurance,
with extended coverage, on the demised premises. If during the term of this
lease the demised premises are used by the Tenant for any purpose or in any
manner that causes the improvements to be rated by fire insurance companies as
extra hazardous, Tenant will pay The additional insurance premium caused by such
use.

     (Public Liability Insurance) Landlord shall not be responsible for damages
to property or injuries to persons which may arise from or be incident to the
use and occupancy of the leased premises, nor for damages to the property or
injuries to the person of tenant or of others who may be on said premises at
Tenant's invitation and Tenant shall hold Landlord harmless from any and all
claims for such damages or injuries. It is further agreed that Tenant shall
procure and maintain during the term of this Lease Agreement a comprehensive
general liability policy with a combined single limit of liability of $1,000,000
per occurrence for both bodily injury and property damage. Landlord shall be
named an additional insured under such policy of insurance and be furnished with
a certificate of insurance for this coverage.

     Tenant shall provide for all hazard insurance on its own contents in the
demised premises.

     Tenant shall pay all personal property taxes.


                                      -10-
<PAGE>


                                   ARTICLE XI

TAX CLAUSE:

     The Tenant agrees to pay any and all ad valorem Taxes assessed or levied
against or upon the premises.

     It is understood and agreed that Tenant shall have the right, in its name
or the name of Landlord, to protest or review by legal proceedings or in such
other manner as it may deem suitable any tax or assessment with respect to the
demised premises, provided any such protest or review shall be at the sole cost
or expense of Tenant.


                                      -11-
<PAGE>


                                   ARTICLE XII

RIGHTS OF PAYMENT UPON DEFAULT

     The Landlord agrees that if it shall at any time fail to pay taxes and to
provide and pay for any insurance required of it under the terms of this lease,
then Tenant may at its option without liability for forfeiture pay such taxes or
provide and pay for such insurance and deduct the actual cost thereof from the
rent next thereafter falling due hereunder.

     Landlord further agrees that Tenant shall also have the right at its option
without liability or forfeiture to pay when due or within the grace period
permitted any installment of mortgage indebtedness upon the demised premises
when the payment thereof shall be necessary to preserve Tenant's leasehold
interest hereunder and deduct the payment thereof from the rent thereafter
falling due hereunder.

     Tenant agrees to pay as rent in addition to the rental herein reserved any
and all sums which may become due for reason of failure of Tenant to comply with
all of the covenants of this lease and any and all damages, costs, and expenses
which the Landlord may suffer or incur by reason of any default of the Tenant,
or failure on its part to comply with the covenants of this lease and each of
them, and also any and all damages to the demised premises caused by any act or
neglect of the Tenant. Upon notification from any first Mortgagee on the
aforementioned described property the Tenant hereby agrees to give said
Mortgagee 30 days notice in writing of any defaults under this lease in order
that said Mortgagee may have the right to cure said defaults at their sole
option.


                                      -12-
<PAGE>


                                  ARTICLE XIII

TENANT'S  DEFAULT:

     If the Tenant shall make default in any covenant or agreement to be
performed by it and if after written notice from Landlord to Tenant such default
shall continue for a period of ten (10) days or if the leasehold interest of the
Tenant shall be taken on execution or other process of law or if the Tenant
shall petition to be or be declared bankrupt or insolvent according to law, or
make any conveyance or general assignment for the benefit of creditors, or if a
receiver be appointed for such Tenant's property and such appointment be not
vacated and set aside within thirty (30) days from the date of such appointment,
or if proceedings for reorganization or for composition with creditors be
instituted by or against such Tenant, then, and in any of said cases, the
Landlord may immediately or at any time thereafter and without further notice or
demand enter into and upon said premises for any part thereof and take absolute
possession of the same fully and absolutely without such re-entry working a
forfeiture of the rents to be paid and the covenants to be performed by the
Tenant for the full term of this lease and may at the Landlord's election lease
or sublet such premises or any part thereof on such terms and conditions and for
such rents and for such time as the Landlord may elect and after crediting the
rent actually collected by the Landlord from such reletting on the rentals
stipulated to be paid under this lease by the Tenant, collect from the Tenant
any balance remaining remaining on the rent reserved under this lease.


                                      -13-
<PAGE>


                                  ARTICLE XIV:

UTILITIES:

     During the term of this lease, Tenant shall provide and pay for all lights,
heat, water, and other utilities upon the demised premises.


                                      -14-
<PAGE>


                                   ARTICLE XV

ASSIGNING AND SUBLETTING.

     The Tenant may not assign this lease or sublet the whole or any part of the
demised premises without the written consent of the Landlord, it being
understood and agreed that such consent will not be unreasonably withheld. In
the event the Landlord at any time in writing consents to the assignment of this
lease or to the subletting of the whole or any part of the demised premises,
such assignment or subletting shall be in writing and shall be subject to the
following conditions:

     (a) That neither such assignment nor sublease nor the acceptance of rent by
the Landlord from such assignee or subtenant shall relieve, release, or in any
manner affect the liability of that Tenant hereunder;

     (b) That the said assignee or subtenant by an instrument in writing in
recordable form shall assure and agree to keep, observe, and perform all of the
agreements, conditions, covenants, and terms of this lease on the part of the
Tenant to be kept, observed, and performed, and shall be, and become jointly and
severally liable with the Tenant for the non-performance thereof;

     (c) That a duplicate-original of such instrument of assignment or sublease
and assumption shall be delivered to the Landlord as soon as such assignment or
sublease and assumption have been executed and delivered; and

     (d) That no further or additional assignment of this lease or sublease
shall be made, except upon compliance with and subject to the provisions of this
paragraph.


                                      -15-
<PAGE>


                                   ARTICLE XVI

Environmental and ADA Liability:

     The Tenant assumes all liability caused by non compliace or violation of
Federal, State, County, or City EPA or ADA Ordinances or Rulings. Tenant will
hold Landlord harmless for same.


                                      -16-
<PAGE>


                                  ARTICLE XVII

DESTRUCTION BY FIRE:

     The parties hereto mutually agree that it the improvements erected upon the
demised premises be damaged by fire or other cause insured against by Landlord,
Landlord will repair the said damages as promptly as practicable, under the
supervision of Tenant's engineering department, and Tenant shall meanwhile be
entitled to an abatement in rent to the extent of the loss of use suffered by
it. In the event of the destruction (meaning by "destruction" damage to the
extent of seventy-five (75) percent or more of its value) of the said building
by fire or other cause insured against, either party may, at its option, cancel
and terminate this lease by giving to the other written notice thereof at any
time within thirty (30) days after the date of such destruction.


                                      -17-
<PAGE>


                                  ARTICLE XVIII

NOTICES:

     Whenever in this lease it shall be required or permitted that notice or
demand be given or served by either party to this lease to or on the other, such
notice or demand shall be given or served and shall not be deemed to have been
given or served unless in writing and forwarded by mail addressed as follows: 

To the Landlord:  Viking Investment Associates
                  P.O. Box 18747
                  Charlotte, NC 28218
 
To the Tenant:    Lone Star Ford
                  8477 North Freeway
                  Houston, Texas 77037

                                      -18-
<PAGE>

                                   ARTICLE XIX

AGREEMENT BETWEEN LANDLORD AND TENANT:

     It is expressly understood and agreed by and between the parties hereto
that this lease sets forth all the promises, agreements, conditions, and
understandings between Landlord and Tenant relative to the demised premises, and
that there are no promises, agreements, conditions, or understandings, either
oral or written, between them other than are herein set forth. It is further
understood and agreed that, except as herein otherwise provided, no subsequent
alteration, amendment, change, or addition to this lease shall be binding upon
Landlord or Tenant unless reduced to writing and signed by them.

                                     - 19 -

<PAGE>

                                   ARTICLE XX

OBLIGATIONS OF SUCCESSORS:

     The Landlord and the Tenant agree that all the provisions hereof are to be
construed as covenants and agreements as though the words imparting such
covenants and agreements were used in each separate paragraph hereof and that
all the provisions hereof shall bind and inure to the benefit of the parties
hereto, their respective heirs, legal representatives, successors, and assigns.

                                     - 20 -


<PAGE>


                                   ARTICLE XXI

SUBORDINATION OF LEASE;

     This lease, its terms and conditions, and all the leasehold interest and
rights hereunder, are expressly made, given, and granted subject and subordinate
to the lien of any bona fide mortgage or deed of trust now or hereafter or
imposed upon all or any part of the demised premises, and Tenant agrees to
execute and deliver to Landlord, its successors or assigns, or to any other
person or corporation designated by the Landlord, any instrument or instruments
requested by Landlord consenting to any such mortgage or trust deed placed upon
the premises and subordinating this lease thereto.

     In the event of subordination, all rights of Tenant hereunder shall be
fully preserved and protected as long as Tenant complies with all the covenants
or conditions herein assumed by it.

     IN TESTIMONY WHEREOF, the Landlord and the Tenant have caused these
presents to be executed and delivered as of the day and year stated in Article
I.

                                           Viking Investment Associates
                                       By: Sonic Financial Corp, Partner

Witness:                               By: /s/ William R. Brooks
/s/[ILLEGIBLE]                             -----------------------------
                                           William R. Brooks
                                           VP

                                           Lone Star Ford Inc. 
Witness:                               By: /s/ [ILLEGIBLE]
/s/[ILLEGIBLE]                             -----------------------------




<PAGE>


STATE OF NORTH CAROLINA
COUNTY OF Cabarrus

     I, Betty S. Robinson, a Notary Public for said County and State, do hereby
certify that William R. Brooks personally appeared before me this day and
acknowledged the due execution of the foregoing instrument.

     WITNESS my hand and notarial seal, this the 6 day of December, 1995.

                                           /s/Betty S. Robinson
                                           -------------------
                                           Notary Public

My commission expires:
02/27/99
- ----------------------


STATE OF Texas
COUNTY OF Harris

     I, Carla Stewart, a Notary Public for said County and State, do hereby
certify that Roger L. Swick personally appeared before me this day and
acknowledged the due execution of the foregoing instrument.

     WITNESS my hand and notarial seal, this the 6 day of Dec, 1995.

                                           /s/ Carla Stewart
                                           -----------------
                                           Notary Public

My commission expires:
11-30-97

                                     - 22 -






 STATE OF NORTH CAROLINA,
                                           LEASE
                                           -----
 COUNTY OF MECKLENBURG.

     THIS LEASE AGREEMENT, Made and entered into in duplicate originals as of
the 23rd day of October, 1979, by and between BRUTON SMITH (hereinafter called
"Landlord") and wife BONNIE SMITH, of Mecklenburg County, North Carolina, and
TOWN AND COUNTRY FORD, INCORPORATED, a North Carolina corporation (hereinafter
called "Tenant");

                              W I T N E S S E T H :

     The Landlord, for and in consideration of the rents, covenants, agreements
and stipulations hereinafter mentioned, reserved and contained, to be paid, kept
and performed by the Tenant, has leased, let and demised, and by these presents
does lease, let and demise unto the said Tenant, and the Tenant hereby agrees to
lease, let and demise and take upon the terms and conditions which hereinafter
appear, the following described premises, to-wit:

     The land this day leased and demised (hereinafter called the "demised
     premises") is shown on plat of survey for BRUTON SMITH containing 12.484
     acres prepared by R. B. Pharr & Associates, N.C. R.L.S., dated September 6,
     1979, and more particularly described on Addendum A attached hereto and by
     reference thereto made a part hereof.

     TO HAVE AND TO HOLD all and singular the demised premises unto the Tenant
for a term commencing December 1, 1979 and terminating at 12:00 midnight on the
31st day of October, 2000.

     This Lease is made subject to the following further covenants, agreements
and terms which are mutually agreed upon by and between the parties hereto,
to-wit:

     1. ANNUAL RENTAL. The annual rental for the aforesaid demised premises,
buildings and appurtenances during the term of this lease shall be the sum of
Four Hundred Nine Thousand, Two Hundred and no/100 Dollars ($409,200.00), which


<PAGE>


                                      - 2 -

Tenant covenants and agrees to pay to the Landlord, its successors and assigns,
in monthly installments of Thirty-four Thousand One Hundred and no/100 Dollars
($34,100.00) each on the first day of each and every month during the term of
this Lease. All rent shall be paid to Landlord at the address to which notices
to Landlord are given as specified in paragraph 20 hereof.

     2. TAXES, INSURANCE, REPAIRS AND MAINTENANCE.

          A. Taxes. The Tenant shall pay all taxes and assessments upon the
     demised premises, and upon the buildings and improvements thereon, which
     are assessed during the Lease term or any extension thereof. All taxes
     assessed prior to but payable in whole or in installments after the date of
     this Lease Agreement, and all taxes assessed during the term but payable in
     whole or in installments after the expiration of the Lease term, or any
     extension thereof, shall be adjusted and prorated, so that the Landlord
     shall pay its prorated share for the period prior to the date of this Lease
     Agreement and for the period subsequent to the expiration of the Lease
     Term, or any extension thereof, and the Tenant shall pay its prorated share
     in accordance herewith.

          B. Property Insurance. The Tenant at Tenant's cost shall maintain in
     full force and effect throughout the Lease term, or any extension thereof,
     on the buildings and other improvements located upon the demised premises,

          (1)  policy or policies of standard fire and extended coverage
               insurance, with vandalism, malicious mischief and tornado
               endorsements, to the extent of at least ninety per cent (90%) of
               full replacement value, and

          (2)  policy or policies of rental and rental value insurance coverage
               in an amount at least adequate to cover six (6) months of
               principal and interest installments due on the indebtedness
               secured by the first lien deed of trust upon the demised premises
               together with one-twelfth (1/12) of the annual real estate taxes
               and insurance expenses incurred for a period of at least twelve
               (12) months. 

     All such insurance policy or policies required by this Lease Agreement
     shall be in such form, in such amounts and with such companies as shall be
     satisfactory to and approved by Landlord and the holder of the indebtedness
     secured by first lien deed of trust upon the demised premises. Tenant shall
     provide such insurance as it desires for its property located upon the
     demised premises.

          C. Indemnity and Liability Insurance. The Tenant shall indemnify and
     save harmless the Landlord from and against any and all liability,
     penalties, damages, expenses and judgments by reason of any injury or claim
     of injury to persons or property arising out of the alleged negligence of
     the Tenant, its agents, employees and invitees in the use, occupation or
     control of the demised premises by



<PAGE>


                                      - 3 -

     the Tenant. The Tenant agrees to keep in force such insurance policy or
     policies in such form and with such companies as shall be satisfactory to
     and approved by Landlord and the holder of the indebtedness secured by
     first lien deed of trust upon the premises, covering public liability,
     claims for personal injury, bodily injury, including death, and property
     damage, under a policy or policies of general public liability insurance,
     with coverage limits of not less than Five Hundred Thousand Dollars
     ($500,000) per person and $1,000,000 per occurrence, and property damage
     limits of not less than $500,000. The Tenant shall be obligated to defend
     any suit or claim, whether justified or not, brought against the Landlord
     by any person whatever, arising out of the use of the premises by the
     Tenant, and should the Tenant fail to defend such suit or claim upon
     request by the Landlord, then the Landlord may defend said suit or claim at
     the expense of Tenant.

          D. Repairs and Maintenance. Landlord shall, throughout the Lease term
     or any extension thereof, maintain the outside walls of the buildings
     located upon the demised premises. Tenant shall, throughout the Lease term
     or any extension thereof, at its sole expense, keep and maintain any other
     portions of the demised promises in good order and repair. Tenant shall
     deliver up the said demised premises to the Landlord at the end of the
     Lease term, or any extension thereof, or the said Lease's sooner
     termination, in as good order and repair as the same is at the time of the
     commencement of the Tenant's occupancy, damage or destruction by fire,
     windstorm or other casualty and ordinary wear and tear excepted. Tenant
     shall not be required to make repairs to outside walls unless the condition
     necessitating the repairs was caused by Tenant, its employee(s) or its
     invitee(s).

          On default of the Tenant in making such repairs or replacements, the
     Landlord may, but shall not be required to, make such repairs and
     replacements for the Tenant's account, and the expense thereof shall
     constitute and be collectible as additional rent.

          E. Waiver of Subrogation. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in
     any other provisions of this Lease, Landlord and Tenant covenant and agree
     that: (i) Each is hereby released from liability to the other on account of
     any loss or damage occurring during the term of this Lease to the extent
     that such loss or damage is covetable by insurance whether or not the same
     is caused in whole or in part by Landlord or Tenant and whether or not
     attributable to the negligence of Landlord or Tenant; and (ii) there shall
     be no subrogation of any insurer; provided,



<PAGE>


                                      - 4 -

     however, that the mutual release of liability and provision for no
     subrogation shall not be operative in any case where the effect thereof is
     to invalidate any insurance coverage or increase the cost thereof, but each
     party procuring insurance under this Lease shall be obligated to use its
     best efforts to obtain policies permitting waiver of subrogation without
     additional cost, and if such waiver causes an increase in cost,
     nevertheless to procure such waiver if the other party agrees to pay any
     increase in cost.

     3. FIRE OR OTHER CASUALTY LOSSES -- RESTORATION OF PREMISES. In case of
damage to or destruction of the demised premises by fire, windstorm or other
casualty to such an extent as to render them untenantable, Landlord may, by
written notice to the Tenant given within thirty (30) days after such damage or
destruction, (i) elect to terminate the Lease, or (ii) elect to repair or
rebuild the improvements. If the damage is not such as to render the premises
untenantable or if the Landlord elects to rebuild, the Landlord at its expense
shall repair the damage with reasonable dispatch; and if the damage has rendered
the demised premises untenantable, in whole or in part, there shall be an
abatement and apportionment of the annual rental until the damage has been
repaired to the extent that the Tenant's activities are curtailed in the damaged
portion of the building complex upon the demised premises. In determining what
constitutes reasonable dispatch, consideration shall be given to delays caused
by strikes, adjustments of insurance, and other causes beyond the Landlord's
control.

     4. EMINENT DOMAIN. If the demised premises, or any part thereof, shall be
taken in any proceeding by the public authorities by condemnation, threat of
condemnation, or otherwise, for any public or quasi-public use, Tenant shall be
entitled to an abatement of the rent hereinabove reserved to the Landlord based
upon the extent to which such taking causes a curtailment of the Tenant's
business and activities upon the demised premises. If twenty-five percent (25%)
of the parking lot area or ten percent (10%) of the total improved building area
of the demised premises shall be taken in any proceeding by the public
authorities by condemnation, threat of condemnation or otherwise, for any public
or quasi-public use, the Tenant may at its option forthwith cancel this Lease as
of the date upon which such taking shall become finally effective. All damages
for the taking of any portion



<PAGE>


                                      - 5 -

of the demised premises shall belong to the Landlord, without prejudice,
however, to such rights, if any, as the Tenant may have to claim from the
condemning authority any damage suffered by it to its leasehold interest or
leasehold improvements as the result of such taking.

     5. ASSIGNMENT OR SUBLETTING. Tenant may not sublet the demised premises or
any portion thereof or assign this Lease for the whole or any part of the term
hereof without the consent of the Landlord, which consent may not be
unreasonably withheld. In the event of any such subletting or assignment, Tenant
shall, nevertheless, be and remain bound for the payment of all rentals as and
when each shall become due and payable hereunder and for the carrying out and
performing of all of the other covenants and agreements on the part of the
Tenant to be done and performed hereunder, unless Landlord shall specifically
agree to the contrary.

     6. USE OF PREMISES; COMPLIANCE WITH REGULATIONS, ORDINANCES, ETC. Tenant
agrees that it will not use the demised premises, nor will it suffer or permit
the same to be used, for any other purpose other than an automobile sales and
service establishment, including but not limited to, the sales and service of
all types of motor vehicles, tractors, farm machinery and equipment, the sale of
such merchandise as is sold ordinarily by an automobile dealer, and other
purposes incidental to an automobile sales and service establishment, or for any
other lawful purpose which the Landlord has approved in writing and which
approval shall not be unreasonably withheld. The Tenant shall, throughout the
Lease term or any extension thereof, and at no expense whatsoever to the
Landlord, promptly comply, or cause compliance, with all laws and ordinances and
the orders, rules, regulations and requirements of all Federal, State, County
and municipal governments, and appropriate departments, commissions, boards and
officers thereof, necessitated by Tenant's occupancy and use of the demised
premises. Tenant shall not be required to make structural changes in the
premises in compliance with this paragraph unless necessitated by action of
Tenant, its employee(s) or invitee(s); but Landlord may terminate this Lease on
thirty (30) days' notice if Tenant's use of the property would necessitate any
structural changes and Tenant refuses to make them.



<PAGE>


                                      - 6 -

     7. UTILITIES CHARGES AND PERMITS. The Tenant agrees to pay or cause to be
paid all charges for gas, water, sewer, electricity, light, heat, power,
telephone or other communication service or other utility or service used,
rendered or supplied to, upon or in connection with the demised premises
throughout the Lease term or any extension thereof, and to indemnify the
Landlord and save Landlord harmless against any liability or damage on such
account. The Tenant expressly agrees that the Landlord is not, nor shall
Landlord be, required to furnish the Tenant or any other occupant of the demised
premises, during the Lease term or any extension thereof, any water, sewer, gas,
heat, electricity, light, power or any other facilities, equipment, labor,
materials, or services of any kind whatsoever.

     8. INDEMNITY PROVISIONS. The Tenant covenants and agrees, at its sole cost
and expense, to indemnify and save harmless the Landlord against and from any
and all claims by or on behalf of any person, firm or corporation, arising from
the conduct or management of or from any work or thing whatsoever done in or
about the demised premises during the Lease term or any extension thereof, and
further to indemnify and save the Landlord harmless against and from any and all
claims arising from any condition on the demised premises, or arising from any
breach or default on the part of the Tenant in the performance of any covenant
or agreement on the part of the Tenant to be performed, pursuant to the terms of
this Lease, or arising from any act or negligence of the Tenant, or any of its
agents, contractors, servants, employees or licensees, or arising from any
accident, injury or damage whatsoever caused to any person, firm or corporation
(other than those caused by the Landlord or its servants and employees)
occurring during the Lease term or any extension thereof, in or about the
demised premises, and from and against all costs, counsel fees, expenses and
liabilities incurred in or about any such claim, action or proceeding brought
thereon; and in case any action or proceeding be brought against the Landlord by
reason of any such claim, the Tenant upon notice from the Landlord covenants to
resist or defend any such action or proceeding by counsel satisfactory to
Landlord.



<PAGE>


                                     - 7 -

     The Tenant further covenants and agrees that the Landlord shall not be
responsible or liable to the Tenant, or any person, firm or corporation claiming
by, through or under the Tenant for, or by reason of, any defect in the demised
premises, or from any injury or lose or damage to person or property resulting
therefrom, and the Landlord shall not be responsible or liable to the Tenant, or
any person, firm or corporation claiming by, through or under the Tenant, for
any injury, loss or damage to any persons or to the demised premises, or to any
property of the Tenant, or of any other person, contained in or upon the demised
premises, caused by or arising from any defect whatsoever, or by or from any
injury or damage caused by, arising or resulting from lightning, wind, tempest,
water, snow or ice, in, upon or coming through or falling from the roof, or by
or from other actions of the elements, or from any injury or damage caused by or
arising, or resulting from acts of negligence of any occupant or occupants
(other than the Landlord and its servants and employees) of adjacent, contiguous
or neighboring premises, or any other cause whatsoever.

     The foregoing indemnity provisions shall not apply to losses occasioned by
the negligence of Landlord or its employees.

     9. ALTERATIONS. The Tenant agrees that it will make no structural
alterations to the building or buildings now or hereafter erected upon the
demised premises. The Tenant further agrees that it will not make any other
alterations which would change the character of said building or buildings, or
which would weaken or impair the structural integrity, or lessen the value of
said building or buildings. The Tenant may make non-structural alterations, but
it must remove same (and repair any damage caused thereby) on Landlord's request
at the termination of the Lease.

     10. DEFAULT. If Tenant should become and remain for fifteen (15) days in
default in the payment of rent as and when the same shall become due and payable
hereunder, or should became and remain for thirty (30) days in default in the
performance of any of the terms or covenants of this Lease on its part to be
done after Landlord shall have given Tenant notice of such default in writing,
or if Tenant should be



<PAGE>




                                      - 8 -

adjudged bankrupt or if a permanent receiver should be appointed to take charge
of the business and affairs of Tenant by reason of the Tenant's insolvency, then
in any one or more of such events, Landlord shall have the right to terminate
and cancel this Lease by giving Tenant five (5) days' written notice thereof and
take possession of said premises without prejudice to any other legal remedy it
may have.

     The Tenant covenants and agrees that if it shall at any time fail to pay
any taxes or other charges or to pay for any insurance policies as provided for
herein which the Tenant is obligated to make or perform under this Lease, then
the Landlord may, but shall not be obligated so to do, after ten (10) days'
notice to and demand upon the Tenant and without waiving, or releasing the
Tenant from, any obligations of the Tenant in this lease contained, pay any such
taxes or charges, effect any such insurance coverage and pay premiums therefor,
and may make any other payment or perform any other act which the Tenant is
obligated to perform under this Lease, in such manner and to such extent as
shall be necessary and, in exercising any such rights, pay necessary and
incidental costs and expenses, employ counsel and incur and pay reasonable
attorneys' fees. All sums so paid by the Landlord and all necessary and
incidental costs and expenses in connection with the performance of any such act
by the Landlord together with interest thereon at the rate of eight percent (8%)
per annum from the date of the making of such expenditure by the Landlord, shall
be deemed additional rental hereunder, and, except as otherwise in this Lease
expressly provided, shall be payable to the Landlord on demand or at the option
of the Landlord may be added to any rent then due or thereafter becoming due
under this Lease, and the Tenant covenants to pay any such sum or sums with
interest as aforesaid, and the Landlord shall have (in addition to any other
right or remedy of the Landlord) the same rights and remedies in the event of
the non-payment thereof by the Tenant as in the case of default by the Tenant in
the payment of rent.

     11. WARRANTY OF TITLE AND QUIET ENJOYMENT. Landlord covenants and warrants
that it is lawfully seized of the demised premises and has good, right, and
lawful authority to enter into this Lease Agreement for the full term aforesaid
(and any extension hereof), and that the Landlord will put the Tenant in actual
possession of



<PAGE>




                                      - 9 -

the demised premises on the commencement date hereinabove referred to. Landlord
further covenants and agrees that the Tenant, on paying the annual rental and
observing and keeping the covenants, agreements and stipulations of this Lease
on its past to be kept, shall lawfully, peaceably and quietly hold, occupy and
enjoy the demised preemies during the demised term or any extension thereof
without hindrance, ejection or molestation.

     12. TENANT'S FIXTURES AND EQUIPMENT. Tenant may install such fixtures and
equipment in the building or grounds upon the demised premises as it desires, so
long as such do not affect the structural integrity of the buildings, and are
done in a workmanlike manner in keeping with the original construction, and are
in compliance with all laws, rules, regulations and requirements of all
authorities having jurisdiction thereof. Any such fixtures and equipment shall
remain the exclusive property of the Tenant, and the Tenant shall have the right
at any time, provided it is not in default under this Lease Agreement, to remove
any and/or all of such fixtures and equipment; provided, however, that the
Tenant shall repair any damage to the demised premises occasioned by the removal
of its fixtures and equipment and shall restore the premises to substantially
the same condition in which it was at the time Tenant took possession, normal
wear and tear excepted. The fixtures and equipment enumerated on Addendum B
attached hereto and by reference thereto made a part hereof, located upon the
demised premises, are the property of Landlord and shall remain the property of
the Landlord as if a part of the demised premises.

     13. INSPECTION OF PREMISES. The Landlord and its representatives shall be
permitted to enter the demised premises at all reasonable times during usual
business hours for purposes of inspecting the demised premises, making any
necessary repairs to the demised premises and performing any work therein which
may be necessary by reason of the Tenant's default under the terms of this
Lease, or exhibiting the demised premises for sale, lease or mortgage financing.
Except in emergency situations, Landlord will give Tenant forty-eight (48) hours
notice of its intention to visit the premises. Nothing herein shall imply any
duty upon the part of the Landlord to do any such work which under any provision
of this Lease the Tenant may be required to perform, and the performance thereof
by the Landlord shall not constitute a waiver of the Tenant's default.



<PAGE>


                                     - 10 -

     14. OPTION TO RENEW. The Tenant may, by written notice given to the
Landlord at least one hundred twenty (120) days prior to the expiration of the
original term, elect to extend the Lease for an additional period of twenty (20)
years. In such event rental for such succeeding extension period shall be agreed
upon by the parties at the time of exercise.

     15. SUBORDINATION. Tenant shall, upon request by Landlord, subject and
subordinate all or any of its rights under this Lease to any and all deeds of
trust now existing or hereafter placed upon the demised premises; provided,
however, that Tenant will not be disturbed in the use or enjoyment of the
demised premises so long as Tenant is not in default hereunder. Tenant agrees
that this Lease shall remain in full force and effect notwithstanding any
default or foreclosure under any such deed of trust and that it will attorn to
the mortgagee, trustee or beneficiary of any such deed of trust, and their
successors or assigns, and to the purchaser or assignee under any such
foreclosure.

     16. SUBORDINATION AND ATTORNMENT AGREEMENTS. Tenant agrees to enter into
such subordination and attornment agreements with the owners and holders of
notes secured by deeds of trust on the demised premises, providing that Tenant
will attorn to and recognize any such owner and holder who acquires possession
of the property through foreclosure or otherwise as successor Landlord under
this Lease and shall promptly execute and deliver any instrument such successor
Landlord may request to evidence such agreement to attorn.

     Upon attornment this Lease shall continue in full force and effect as if it
were a direct lease between the successor Landlord and Tenant upon all of the
terms, conditions and covenants as are set forth in this Lease and shall be
applicable after such attornment except that the successor Landlord shall not be
bound by any previous modification of this Lease or by any previous prepayment
of more than one month's rent, unless such modification or prepayment shall have
been expressly approved in writing by the owner and holder of the note secured
by the deed of trust through or by reason of which the successor Landlord shall
have succeeded to the rights of landlord under this Lease. Tenant agrees that it
will not cancel this Lease for reasons other than Landlord's default or amend
this Lease without the prior written consent of the owners and holders of notes
secured by deeds of trust on the demised premises.



<PAGE>


                                     - 11 -

     17. CHANGES IN LEASE TO FACILITATE FINANCING. If, in connection with
obtaining financing or refinancing for the project a banking, insurance, or
other recognized institutional lender shall request reasonable modifications in
this Lease as a condition to such financing or refinancing, Tenant will not
unreasonably withhold, delay or defer its consent thereto, provided that such
modifications do not increase the obligations of Tenant hereunder or materially
adversely affect the leasehold interest hereby created or Tenant's use and
enjoyment of the premises.

     18. ESTOPPEL LETTERS. Landlord or Tenant, as the case may be, will execute,
acknowledge and deliver to the other, promptly, upon request, a certificate of
Landlord or Tenant, as the case may be, certifying (a) that this Lease is
unmodified and in full force and effect (or, if there have been modifications,
that this Lease is in full force and effect, as modified, and stating the date
of each instrument so modifying this Lease), (b) the dates, if any, to which
basic rent, additional rent and other sums payable hereunder have been paid, and
(c) whether, in the opinion of each signer, any default exists hereunder and, if
any such default exists, specifying the nature and period of existence thereof
and what action Landlord or Tenant, as the case may be, is taking or proposes to
take with respect thereto and whether notice thereof has been given to Landlord.

     19. GENERAL PROVISIONS.

     (a) The waiver by Landlord of any default or breach of any covenant,
condition or agreement herein shall not be construed to be a waiver of any
subsequent breach of that covenant, condition or agreement. The acceptance of
rent by Landlord with knowledge of the breach of any covenant of this Lease
shall not be deemed a waiver of such breach. No delay or omission of landlord to
exercise any right or power arising from any default on the part of Tenant shall
impair any such right or power, or shall be construed to be a waiver of any such
default or acquiescence thereto.

     (b) The parties agree to execute and deliver any instruments in writing
necessary to carry out the agreement, term, condition, or assurance in this
Lease whenever occasion shall arise and request for such instrument shall be
made and both parties agree to execute in recordable form a Memorandum of Lease



<PAGE>


                                     - 12 -

for recording in the Mecklenburg County Public Registry.

     (c) This Lease embodies the full agreement of the parties and supersedes,
any and all prior understandings or commitments concerning the subject matter of
this Lease. Any modification or amendment must be in writing and signed by both
parties.

     (d) This Lease and the rights of the Landlord and Tenant and Guarantor
hereunder shall be construed and enforced in accordance with the laws of the
State of North Carolina.

     (e) In the event that any part or provision of this Lease shall be
determined to be invalid or unenforceable, the remaining parts and provisions of
said Lease which can be separated from the invalid, enforceable provision shall
continue in full force and effect.

     (f) Paragraph titles, numbers and captions contained in this Lease are
inserted only as a matter of convenience and for reference, and in no way
define, limit, extend, modify, or describe the scope or intent of this Lease nor
any provision herein.

     (g) This Lease shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the
parties hereto in accordance with its terms, their assigns, administrators,
successors, estates, heirs and legatees respectively, except as herein provided
to the contrary.

     2. NOTICES. Any notice, demand, request, consent, approval or communication
that either party desires or is required to give to the other party or any other
person, including Guarantor and institutional lender, shall be in writing and
either served personally or transmitted by certified mail, postage prepaid, to
the particular party at the address indicated below unless such party shall have
in writing given the other party NOTICE of change of such address. All such
notices shall be deemed given when deposited in the United States Mails
addressed to Tenant or Landlord or other party.

                    LANDLORDS:    Bruton Smith
                                  P. O. Box 18704
                                  Charlotte, North Carolina 28218


<PAGE>


                                     - 13 -

                TENANT:       TOWN AND COUNTRY FORD, INCORPORATED
                              P. O. Box 18704
                              Charlotte, North Carolina 28218

                LENDER:       NORTH CAROLINA NATIONAL BANK
                              c/o NCNB Mortgage Corporation
                              P.O. Box 10338
                              Charlotte, North Carolina 28237

                GUARANTOR:    LONE STAR FORD, INC.
                              8477 North Freeway
                              Houston, Texas 77088

     21. GUARANTY. LONE STAR FORD, INC., a Texas corporation (hereinafter called
"GUARANTOR") as a material inducement to and in consideration of Landlord
entering into this Lease Agreement with Tenant, and the closing of a
$2,500,000.00 twenty-year construction/permanent loan to Landlord by North
Carolina National Bank, Charlotte, N. C., joins in the execution of this Lease
Agreement for the purpose of guaranteeing and does hereby unconditionally
guarantee and promise to and for the benefit of Landlord that Tenant shall
faithfully perform each and every provision of this Lease Agreement that Tenant
is to perform.

     No amendment or modification of this Lease Agreement or Assignment of the
same by Landlord shall be binding on Guarantor unless Guarantor shall have first
given Guarantor's written consent to such amendment, modification or assignment.
Landlord does, however, hereby expressly consent to the assignment of Landlord's
rights in this Lease Agreement and the rents payable hereunder to North Carolina
National Bank, Charlotte, N. C. and/or Monumental Life Insurance Company or
Volunteer State Life Insurance Company, as additional security for the payment
of the $2,500,000.00 indebtedness hereinbefore mentioned. Any renewals,
extensions or modifications of the promissory note evidencing the said
indebtedness shall be and remain binding upon Guarantor. Upon the payment in
full of the said indebtedness, this guaranty shall cease and terminate and
Guarantor shall have no further liability hereunder; provided, however, should
the lien of the deed of trust securing the payment of the promissory note
secured thereby be foreclosed because of Landlord's default in the performance
of Landlord's obligations under the provisions of the said note or deed of
trust, this guaranty shall continue in full force and effect until the
termination of the original term of this Lease Agreement. 

     BONNIE SMITH, wife of BRUTON SMITH, joins in the execution of this Lease
Agreement for the purpose of releasing, and she does hereby release, any rights
which she may have in and to the land described herein by reason of her marital
status.




<PAGE>


                                     - 14 -

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Landlord and Tenant have caused this Lease Agreement to
be duly executed in duplicate originals by the proper persons, all as of the day
and year first above written.

                                          /s/Bruton Smith (SEAL)
                                          ----------------       
                                          Bruton Smith
                                                            LANDLORD


                                          /s/ Bonnie Smith (SEAL)
                                          ----------------- 
[SEAL]                                    Bonnie Smith

                                          TOWN AND COUNTRY FORD, INCORPORATED,

                                          BY /s/ Bruton Smith
                                             ------------------
                                                 President

Attest:                                                          TENANT

/s/[ILLEGIBLE]
- --------------
Secretary

[SEAL]                                    LONE STAR FORD, INC.
                                          BY /s/ Bruton Smith
                                             -------------------
                                             President

Attest.                                                          GUARANTOR


/s/[ILLEGIBLE]
- --------------
Secretary



<PAGE>


                                     - 15 -

STATE OF NORTH CAROLINA,

MECKLENBURG COUNTY.

     I, a Notary Public in and for said state and county, do hereby certify that
BRUTON SMITH and wife, BONNIE SMITH personally appeared before me this day and
acknowledged their due execution of the foregoing and attached instrument for
the purposes therein expressed.

     WITNESS my hand and notarial seal this 6th day of November, 1979.

                                              /s/[Illegible]
                                              --------------
                                              Notary Public

My commission expires:
My Commission Expires September 19, 1984


STATE OF NORTH CAROLINA,

MECKLENBURG COUNTY.

     I, a Notary Public in and for said state and county, do hereby certify that
[Illegible] personallv came before me this day and acknowledge that he is
___________Secretary of TOWN AND COUNTRY FORD, INCORPORATED, a North Carolina
corporation, and that by authority duly given and as the act of the corporation,
the foregoing and attached instrument was signed in its name by its President,
sealed with its corporate seal and attested by [Illegible] as its Secretary.

     WITNESS my hand and official stamp or seal, this 6th day of November, 1979.

                                              /s/[Illegible]
                                              --------------
                                              Notary Public

My commission expires:
My Commission Expires September 19, 1984


STATE OF NORTH CAROLINA,

MECKLENBURG COUNTY.

     I, a Notary Public in and for said state and county, do hereby certify that
[Illegible] personally came before me this day and acknowledge that he is
Asst. Secretary of LONE STAR FORD, INC., a Texas corporation, and that by
authority duly given and as the act of the corporation, the foregoing and
attached instrument was signed in its name by its President, sealed with its
corporate seal and attested by [Illegible] as its Asst. Secretary.

WITNESS my hand and official stamp or seal, this 6th day of November, 1979.

                                              /s/[Illegible]
                                              --------------
                                              Notary Public

My commission expires:
My Commission Expires September 19, 1984



<PAGE>


                                   ADDENDUM A

BEGINNING at a point located in the northeasterly margin of the right of way of
East Independence Boulevard, said point of beginning being located S. 34-23-40
E. 540.17 feet from a new iron pin located at the southwest corner of the
property conveyed to Borough Land Corp. by deed recorded in Deed Book 3589 at
Page 65, Mecklenburg County Public Registry and running thence with the
southerly boundary of a 60-foot Nonexclusive Access Easement N. 55-36-20 E.
750.0 feet to a point; thence S. 34-23-40 E. 725.0 feet to a point; thence S.
55-35-47 W. 750.0 feet to a point located in the northeasterly margin of the
right of way of East Independence Boulevard; and thence with the northeasterly
margin of the right of way of East Independence Boulevard N. 34-23-40 W. 725.0
feet to the point of BEGINNING.

TOGETHER with that certain 60-foot Nonexclusive Access Easement adjoining the
northerly boundary of the above described tract of land, said easement being
more particularly described as follows:

     BEGINNING at a point located in the northeasterly margin of the right of
     way of East Independence Boulevard, said point of beginning being located
     S. 34-23-40 E. 480.17 feet from a new iron pin located at the southwest
     corner of the property conveyed to Borough Land Corp. by deed recorded in
     Deed Book 3589 at Page 65, Mecklenburg County Public Registry and runs
     thence N. 55-36-20 E. 750.0 feet to a point; thence S. 34-23-40 E 60.0
     feet to a point; thence S. 55-36-20 W. 750.0 feet to a point located in the
     northeasterly margin of the right of way of East Independence Boulevard and
     thence with the northeasterly margin of the right of way of East
     Independence Boulevard N. 34-23-40 W. 60.0 feet to the point of BEGINNING.

The above described land and 60-foot Nonexclusive Access Easement are shown on
survey for Bruton Smith made by R. B. Pharr & Associates, dated September 6,
1979.



<PAGE>




                                   ADDENDUM B

The fixtures and equipment listed below shall at all times remain the property
of the landlord as if a part of the demised promises (see paragraph 12 of
Lease):

           Two (2) Furnaces -
               Manufacturer  - Drabo Hastings
               Model         - P-45 WO
               Type          - Waste oil burning
               Serial Numbers- 000136 and 000164
               Capacity      - 450,000 BTU output each

           Carpeting -
               Quantity      - Approximately 1,750 square yards
               Description   - Symmetry nylon
               Color         - Royal spice
               Location      - Hallway between service area and vehicle
                                showroom, business office, salesmen's closing
                                offices, perimeter of vehicle showroom, steps to
                                second floor offices, and sales meeting room.

           Counters -
               Construction  - Wood with white formica covering 
               Location      - Parts department
               Dimensions    - 36" W X 42" H X 28' L
                               36" W X 42" H X 27' L
                               36" W X 42" H X 12' L

           Vehicle Exhaust System - Service Department -
               Manufacturer  - Constructed by general contractor
               Description   - Constructed of 4" diameter galvanized sheet
                                metal in 4 banks, 2 having 15 outlets each and 2
                                having 13 outlets each, totaling approximately
                                600 lineal feet. Outlets attach to tail pipes of
                                vehicles to exhaust carbon monoxide from service
                                department. Each bank is equipped with its own
                                exhaust fan manufactured by Twin City Fan and
                                Blower Company, Type BOV.

           Ceiling Exhaust Fans - Service Department -
               Manufacturer  - Square D Company
               Size          - 1 hp. 36"
               Quantity      - 3
               Description   - Located in ceiling in vicinity of service
                                write-up area to exhaust fumes from vehicles
                                driving in for service

           Overhead Doors -    Service Department -
               Installation  - By general contractor
               Location      - Two each at service write-up entry and exit and
                                2 at rear of service department

           Pneumatic Tube System and Air Pump -

               Tube System   - Tube system constructed by general contractor of
                                3" galvanized tubing to carry documents between
                                the following activity centers: 
                                           Parts department
                                           Service writers 
                                           Service cashier 
                                           Dispatcher 
                                           Truck service department 
                                           Shop foreman

           Air Pump -
               Manufacturer  - Spencer Company
               Size          - 3 hp.
               ID No.        - 63.20669.015
               Location      - Parts department


<PAGE>


                             Page Two of ADDENDUM B

           Wall Exhaust Fans - Body Shop -
               Manufacturer  - Square D Company
               Size          - 1 hp., 36"
               Quantity      - 4
               Location      - Outside walls of body shop

           Gas Heaters - Body Shop -
               Manufacturer  - Crane Company
               Size          - 50,000 BTU output
               Type          - Natural gas
               Quantity      - 7
               Location      - Hung from ceilings in body shop



<PAGE>




                                    EXHIBIT A



BEGINNING at a point located in the northeasterly margin of the right of way of
East Independence Boulevard, said point of beginning being located S. 34-23-40
E. 545.17 feet from a new iron pin located at the southwest corner of the
property conveyed to Borough Land Corp. by deed recorded in Deed Book 3589, Page
65, Mecklenburg County Public Registry, said point of Beginning also being
located at the southwest corner of that certain lot of land conveyed to William
A. Egan, et al., Trustees (Trust BSS-II) by deed dated November 7, 1979, and
recorded in the Mecklenburg County Public Registry, and running thence two
courses and distances with the said William A. Egan, et al., et al., Trustees
land (1) N. 55-36-20 E. 50.0 feet to a point, and (2) N. 34-23-40 W. 5.0 feet to
a point in the southerly boundary of a 60-foot Nonexclusive Access Easement;
thence with the southerly boundary of the said Access Easement N. 55-36-20 E.
700.0 feet to a point; thence S. 34-23-40 E. 725.0 feet to a point; thence S.
55-35-47 W. 700.0 feet to a point located at the southeasterly corner of that
certain lot of land conveyed to William A. Egan, et al., Trustees (Trust MGS-II)
by deed dated November 7, 1979, and recorded in the Mecklenburg County Public
Registry; thence with two courses and distances of the said William A. Egan, et
al., Trustees' land (1) N. 34-23-40 W. 5.0 feet to a point, and (2) S. 55-35-47
W. 50.0 feet to a point, located in the northeasterly margin of the right of way
of East Independence Boulevard and thence with the northeasterly margin of the
right of way of East Independence Boulevard, N. 34-23-40 W. 715.0 feet to the
point of BEGINNING.




LEASE



DEED BOOK   PAGE                                         [STAMP]
  5484      0758                                PRESENTED FOR REGISTRATION
                                                    APR 29  4 24 PM '87

                                                    CHARLES E. CROWDER
                                                    REGISTER OF DEEDS
                                                    MECKLENBURG CO. N.C.

   Excise Tax                                   Recording Time, Book and Page
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Tax Lot No. 133-081-22             Parcel Identifier No.________________________
Verified by _____________________ County on the _______day of __________, 19____
By______________________________________________________________________________

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Mail after recording to Parker, Poe, et al (AGWjr)                     FEE   9.5
                        2600 Charlotte Plaza, Charlotte, NC 28244      < >   9.5
This instrument was prepared by A. Grant Whitney, Jr.                  CASH  9.5
Brief description for the Index    =============================
                                   =============================
                                                            11:26   #3988 0000
                                                            04/29/87

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                      NORTH CAROLINA GENERAL WARRANTY DEED

THIS DEED made this 24th day of April, 1987, by and between

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                    GRANTOR

                     BRUTON SMITH and wife, BONNIE J. SMITH

                                    GRANTEE

              STC PROPERTIES, a North Carolina General Partnership

                                 P.O. Box 18747
                             Charlotte, N.C. 28218


Enter in appropriate block for each party:  name,  address,  and if appropriate,
character of entity, e.g. corporation or partnership.

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

The  designation  Grantor and Grantee as used herein shall include said parties,
their  heirs,  successors,  and assigns,  and shall  include  singular,  plural,
masculine, feminine or neuter as required by context.

WITNESSETH,  that the Grantor, for a valuable consideration paid by the Grantee,
the  receipt of which is hereby  acknowledged,  has and by these  presents  does
grant, bargain, sell and convey unto the Grantee in fee simple, all that certain
lot or parcel of land  situated in the City of Charlotte  Township,  Mecklenburg
County,  North Carolina and more  particularly  described on Exhibit A, attached
hereto and incorporated herein by reference.

The  above-described  land is a portion of the land that was  conveyed to Bruton
Smith by Deed  recorded in Book 4160,  at Page 986,  Mecklenburg  County  Public
Registry.


<PAGE>

DEED BOOK      PAGE
  5484         0759

The  property  hereinabove  described  was  acquired  by Grantor  by  instrument
recorded in ___________________________________________________________________

A map showing the above described property is recorded in Plat Book ____________
page _____.

TO HAVE AND TO HOLD the aforesaid lot or parcel of land and all  privileges  and
appurtenances thereto belonging to the Grantee in fee simple.

And the  Grantor  covenants  with the  Grantee,  that  Grantor  is seized of the
premises  in fee simple,  has the right to convey the same in fee  simple,  that
title is  marketable  and free and clear of all  encumbrances,  and that Grantor
will  warrant  and defend the title  against  the lawful  claims of all  persons
whomsoever except for the exceptions  hereinafter stated.  Title to the property
hereinabove  described is subject to the following exceptions.

See  Exhibit  B,  Permitted  Exceptions,  attached  hereto and  incorporated  by
reference herein.


IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the  Grantor  has  hereunto  set his hand and seal,  or if
corporate,  has caused this instrument to be signed in its corporate name by its
duly authorized officers and its seal to be hereunto affixed by authority of its
Board of Directors, the day and year first above written.


                               USE BLACK INK ONLY

                                        /s/ Bruton Smith              
 ------------------------------         ------------------------------(SEAL)
     (Corporate Name)                       BRUTON SMITH 

By:                                     /s/ Bonnie J. Smith
   ----------------------------         ------------------------------(SEAL)
                                            BONNIE J. SMITH

- ----------------------President         ------------------------------(SEAL)

ATTEST:

- -------------------------------         ------------------------------(SEAL)


- ----------------------Secretary 
(Corporate Seal)

    SEAL-STAMP
  (NOTARY PUBLIC
           SEAL)

Use Black Ink

NORTH CAROLINA,  MECKLENBURG  County, 

I, a Notary Public of the County and State aforesaid,  certify that Bruton Smith
and wife, Bonnie J. Smith,  Grantor,  personally appeared before me this day and
acknowledged  the  execution of the  foregoing  instrument.  Witness my hand and
official stamp or seal, this 24th day of April, 1987.

My  commission  expires:  Commission  Expires  November  18, 1990 /s/ Dorothy K.
Morris Notary Public

================================================================================

SEAL-STAMP

Use Black Ink

NORTH  CAROLINA,  _______________  County I, a Notary  Public of the  County and
State aforesaid, certify that ___________________ personally came before me this
day and acknowledged that _____ he is ________ Secretary of ____________________
a North Carolina  corporation and that by authority duly given and as the act of
the  corporation,  the  foregoing  instrument  was  signed  in its  name  by its
_________ President,  sealed with its corporate seal and attested by ___________
as its _____________ Secretary. Witness my hand and official stamp or seal, this
_____ day of ________, 19___.

My commission expires: _______________________________________     Notary Public

================================================================================

The foregoing  Certificate of Dorothy K. Morris, a Notary Public for said County
and State is certified to be correct.  This instrument and this  certificate are
duly  registered  at the date  and time and in the Book and Page  shown on first
page hereof.

Charles E. Crowder REGISTER OF DEEDS FOR Mecklenburg COUNTY

By /s/ Mary A.<illegible> Deputy - Register of Deeds

                          This 29th day of April, 1987
See Pages 760 - 761

<PAGE>

  
DEED BOOK  PAGE
  5484     0760


                                   EXHIBIT A

To Deed from Bruton Smith and wife, Bonnie J. Smith to STC Properties dated
April 24, 1987.

BEGINNING at a point in the northernmost corner of the land conveyed to R.B.
Borough by deed recorded in Book 4267, Page 370, Mecklenburg County Public
Registry and which point of beginning is also located in the southeasterly
boundary of the land conveyed to MJMRIM & AAM Investment Corp. by deed recorded
in Book 3313, Page 425, Mecklenburg County Public Registry; and runs thence with
the southeasterly boundary of the MJMRIM & AAM Investment Corp. Land N. 55-36-20
E. 403.96 feet to a point in the southerly boundary of Lot 3, Block 29 of
Idlewild #1, Map Book 10, Page 301 Mecklenburg County Public Registry; and runs
thence with the southerly boundaries of Lots 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, and 9, Block 29
of Idlewild #1, Map 10, Page 301, Mecklenburg County Public Registry S. 85-05-02
E. 585.07 feet to a point in the northwesterly corner of Lot 2, Block I of
Cedars East (Section III) as shown on map thereof recorded in Map Book 15, Page
245, Mecklenburg County Public Registry; thence with the westerly boundaries of
Lots 2 and 1, Block I, a 50-foot Street and Lots 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 and 7, Block
D, all of Cedars East (Section III) as shown on map thereof recorded in Map Book
15, Page 245, Mecklenburg County Public Registry and the westerly boundary of
the land conveyed to Chatham Associates L.P. by deed recorded in Book 3976, Page
150 (and shown on map recorded in Map Book 14, Page 439), Mecklenburg County
Public Registry S. 15-16-31 E. 1370.43 feet to a point in the northernmost
corner of the land conveyed to Lincoln National Life Insurance Company by deed
recorded in Book 4528, Page 475 Mecklenburg County Public Registry; thence with
the northwesterly boundary of the Lincoln National Life Insurance Company Land
S. 55-35-47 W. 257.78 feet to a point; thence N. 34-23-40 W. 1205.17 feet to a
point; thence S. 55-36-20 W. 150.00 feet to a point at the easternmost corner of
the land conveyed to R.B. Borough by deed recorded in Book 4267, Page 370,
Mecklenburg County Public Registry; thence with the northeasterly boundary of
the Borough Land N. 34-23-40 W. 400.36 feet to the BEGINNING, containing 19.7996
acres, all as shown on survey prepared by R.B. Pharr & Associates, P.A. dated
September 15, 1986 (File No. W-916).

TOGETHER with the right to use, in common with others, that certain 60-foot
non-exculsive access easement and drainage easement recorded in Book 4253, Page
767, Mecklenburg County Public Registry.


STC Properties 


<PAGE>


DEED BOOK  PAGE 
  5484     0761

                                   EXHIBIT B

Permitted Exceptions to Deed From Bruton Smith and wife Bonnie J. Smith to STC
Properties dated April 24, 1987.

1.   Taxes for the year 1987, not yet due and payable.

2.   Deed of Trust to William H. Cannon, Trustee for NCNB National Bank of North
     Carolina, recorded in Book 4163, Page 32, Mecklenburg County Public
     Registry.

3.   Deed of Trust to Trustee for NCNB National Bank of North Carolina, recorded
     in Book 4616, Page 156, Mecklenburg County Public Registry.

4.   Deed of Trust to Trustee for NCNB National Bank of North Carolina, recorded
     in Book 4874, Page 20, Mecklenburg County Public Registry.

5.   Right of way to the City of Charlotte, recorded in Book 4253, Page 764,
     Mecklenburg County Public Registry.

6.   Terms and conditions of that 60-foot non-exculsive access easement and
     drainage easement recorded in Book 4253, Page 767; fee title to land under
     access easement is subject to Deed of Trust recorded in Book 4253, Page
     769.

7.   Easement for Retention Pond, recorded in Book 4394, Page 614.

8.   Rights of tenant(s) in possession under unrecorded lease(s).

9.   Such state of facts occurring subsequent to September 15, 1986, date of
     survey by R.B. Pharr, as would be disclosed by a current accurate survey
     and inspection of the premises.









                                      LEASE

                                 By and Between

                               JAG PROPERTIES LLC
                                    as Lessor

                                       And

                            JAGUAR OF CHATTANOOGA LLC
                                    as Lessee











<PAGE>


                               TABLE OF CONTENTS
                               -----------------
                                                                           Page
                                                                           ----

  1. Description and Term ................................................  1
     (a) Description ....................................................   1
     (b) Term ...........................................................   1
     (c) Possession .....................................................   1
  2. Rent ................................................................  1
  3. Covenant to Pay Rent and Use ........................................  2
  4. "For Sale" and "To Let" Signs .......................................  2
  5. Acceptance of Premises, Maintenance 
      and Improvements ..................................................   2
  6. Governmental Requirements ...........................................  3
  7. Parking Area and Driveways ..........................................  3
  8. Permits .............................................................  3
  9  Insurance ...........................................................  3
 10. Condemnation ........................................................  5
 11. Covenant on Proceeds ................................................  5
 12. Defaults ............................................................  6
 13. Electrical Wiring ...................................................  7
 14. Waiver of Requirements ..............................................  7
 15. Notices .............................................................  7
 16. Right to Sublease or Assign .........................................  8
 17  Surrender ...........................................................  8
 18. Estoppel Certificates ...............................................  8
 19. Construction of Lease ...............................................  8
 20. Captions ............................................................  8


                                      -i-


<PAGE>




 21. Taxes ...............................................................  8
 22. Lease Acceptance ....................................................  9
 23. Binding Upon Successor ..............................................  9
 24. Attorney Fees .......................................................  9
 25. Definition of Lessor; Liability of
       Lessor Limited ....................................................  9

 SIGNATURES

 EXHIBIT A          Property Description






                                      -ii-


<PAGE>



                                      LEASE

     THIS LEASE by and between JAG PROPERTIES LLC, a Tennessee Limited Liability
Company herein  collectively called the "Lessor," and JAGUAR OF CHATTANOOGA LLC,
a Tennessee Limited Liability Company, hereinafter called the "Lessee."

                              W I T N E S S E T H:

     WHEREAS,  the Lessee  herein  desires  to lease from  Lessor and the Lessor
desires to lease to the Lessee certain premises hereinafter described.

     NOW,  THEREFORE,  in consideration of the covenants,  terms, and conditions
hereinafter set forth, Lessor and Lessee agree as follows:

     1. Description and Term. In consideration of the rents hereinafter reserved
and all terms, conditions,  covenants, and agreements hereinafter contained, the
Lessor  hereby  leases and demises to the Lessee,  and the Lessee  hereby hires,
leases and takes from the Lessor the  following-described  property (hereinafter
called the "Premises"), to wit:

          (a)  Description.  The  Premises,  the  subject of this Lease  between
     Lessor and Lessee,  is the land and buildings  located on the real property
     more particularly described on Exhibit A attached hereto.

          (b) Term.  The term of this Lease shall be twenty-two  (22) years from
     January 1, 1995 until December 31, 2017.

          (c) Possession.  Lessee's possession of the Premises,  carries with it
     all the obligations of Lessee under this Lease, including all covenants and
     conditions and all responsibilities.

     2. Rent. The annual rental for the first five (5) years of the term of this
Lease  shall  be  Eighty  Seven   Thousand  Six  Hundred   Forty-Eight   Dollars
($87,648.00).  The Lessee  agrees to pay said rent in lawful money of the United
States in equal  monthly  installments  of Seven  Thousand  Three  Hundred  Four
Dollars  ($7,304.00)  in advance  of the first day of the Lease  term  beginning
February  1,  1995 and  thereafter  upon the same day of each  successive  month
during the term,  at the  office of the Lessor or at such other  place as Lessor
may designate. Upon the expiration of


<PAGE>


the first five (5) years of the term of this  Lease,  the rent shall be adjusted
by an amount equal to forty percent  (40%) of the increase,  if any, in the debt
service  amount  payable  under  Lessor's  loan  (or  any  renewal,   extension,
modification  or  replacement  thereof)  secured by the  Premises.  Lessor shall
notify Lessee of the amount of such rent adjustment, and said rent shall be paid
in equal monthly  installments in advance of the first day of each month for the
remainder of the term of this Lease.

     3. Covenant to Pay Rent and Use. In consideration of the foregoing letting,
the Lessee does hereby covenant and agree as follows:

          (a) To pay rent as aforementioned and herein provided;

           and

          (b) Not to use and not to permit or suffer the use of the Premises for
     illegal or unlawful  purposes,  but for an  automobile  dealership  for the
     purpose of selling and servicing new and used automobiles.

     4. "For  Sale" and "To Let"  Signs.  During  the last six (6) months of the
term of this Lease or any renewals thereof, unless the Lessee has given a notice
to renew pursuant to paragraph 3 of this Lease, the Lessor may maintain "To Let"
or "For Sale" signs upon the Premises and may freely exhibit the Premises to any
prospective  tenants  and/or  purchasers;  provided,  however,  that  Lessor has
notified Lessee of such exhibition and it occurs during  reasonable  times after
normal business hours or as otherwise agreed.

     5.   Acceptance  of  Premises,   Maintenance  and   Improvements.   At  the
commencement  of the term,  the Lessee  accepts the land and  buildings in their
existing  condition.  No  representation,  statement  or  warranty,  express  or
implied, has been made by or on behalf of the Lessor as to such condition, or as
to the use that may be of such property.  In no event shall the Lessor be liable
for any defect in such property or for any limitation in its use.


                                      -2-


<PAGE>


Lessor shall have no further  responsibility  for  maintenance or repairs of the
Premises  after the  beginning of the term of this Lease.  Lessee agrees to make
all interior and exterior  repairs and/or  improvements  to the buildings at its
own expense and to  reasonably  maintain the Premises for the term of the Lease.
Lessee shall at the end of the Lease term,  or any renewal  thereof,  return the
Premises  to the Lessor in as good a  condition  as when the Lease  term  began,
excepting damage caused by fire or other catastrophe not resulting from Lessee's
gross  negligence  and excepting  ordinary  wear and tear.  Lessee shall make no
repairs,  alterations  or  improvements  to the Premises  which would affect the
structural  integrity of the Premises without first requesting  permission to do
so from the  Lessor  and  obtaining  written  approval  from  Lessor;  provided,
however, such written approval shall not be unreasonably withheld.

     6. Governmental  Requirements.  The Lessee agrees that it shall comply with
all requirements of all laws,  orders,  ordinances,  and regulations which shall
impose any duty upon the owner or occupant of the Premises.

     7. Parking Area and driveways.  Lessee specifically covenants to Lessor and
agrees to maintain for the full term of this Lease,  and any  renewals  thereof,
the driveways and parking areas which are a part of the Premises.

     8. Permits.  Any permits required from any  governmental  agency because of
the use of the  Premises by the Lessee  shall be secured by the Lessee and shall
be its  sole  obligation  and the  failure  to  obtain  any such  permit  or the
revocation  of any such  permit  at any time  shall in no way alter the terms or
conditions of this Lease.

     9. Insurance.

     (a) From the date  hereof and until the end of the term of this  Lease,  or
any renewals thereof,  the Lessee shall keep the Premises  insured,  at its sole
cost and expense,  against claims for personal injury or property damage under a
policy  of  general  public  liability  insurance,   with  limits  of  at  least
$200,000/$500,000  for bodily  injury,  and $100,000 for property  damage.  Such
policies  shall  name the  Lessor  and the  Lessee as the  insureds.  The public
liability policy or a certificate thereof shall be delivered to the


                                      -3-


<PAGE>


     Lessor within twenty (20) days of the  commencement  of the term hereof and
not less than  twenty (20) days  before its  expiration  date during the term of
this Lease, and any renewals thereof.

     (b) From the date hereof  until the end of the term of this  Lease,  or any
renewals  thereof,  the Lessee shall keep its  improvements  which do not become
fixtures insured with fire and extended coverage insurance in an amount equal to
one hundred percent (100%) of the full  replacement  cost of said  improvements.
Any policy providing such coverage shall contain the so-called  special coverage
all-risk endorsement and the full replacement cost endorsement.

     (c) From the date hereof  until the end of the term of this  Lease,  or any
renewals  thereof,  Lessee shall keep the Premises  insured at its sole cost and
expense for fire and extended  coverage  insurance.  The policy  providing  such
coverage shall contain the so-called special coverage all-risk endorsement.

     (d) All policies of insurance required to be maintained by the Lessee shall
name the Lessee and Lessor as the  insureds as their  respective  interests  may
appear.

     (e) All insurance required to be maintained by the Lessee shall be effected
by  valid  and   enforceable   policies   issued  by  insurers   of   recognized
responsibility, satisfactory to the Lessor.

     (f) Lessor  shall cause any  insurance  policy  carried by him,  and Lessee
shall cause each  insurance  policy  carried by it insuring  the fixtures of the
buildings  and  contents in the Premises to be written in such a manner so as to
provide  that the  insurance  company will waive all right of recovery by way of
subrogation  against  Lessor  or Lessee  in  connection  with any loss or damage
covered by any such policies. Neither party shall be liable to the other for any
loss or  damage  caused  by  fire or any of the  risks  enumerated  in  standard
extended coverage  insurance.  If the release or either Lessor or Lessee, as set
forth in the preceding sentence of this paragraph, shall contravene any law with
respect to exculpatory agreements,  the liability of the party in question shall
be deemed not  released but shall be deemed  secondary to the latter's  insurer.
Lessor shall not do or permit to be done any act


                                      - 4-


<PAGE>


or thing upon the Premises  that would  invalidate  or be in conflict  with fire
insurance policies covering the land and buildings.

     10.  Condemnation.  The parties  hereto agree that should the Premises,  or
such portion thereof as will make the Premises  unusable for the purposes herein
leased, be taken or condemned by competent  authority for public or quasi-public
use, then this Lease shall, at the Lessee's option, terminate from the date when
possession  of the parts so taken shall be required  for the use and purpose for
which  they had been  taken.  During  any  period  in which  there is less  than
complete  interference with the operation of the business in the Premises,  then
the rent owing by the Lessee  shall be abated in  proportion  to gross  revenues
volume at the  Premises  during  such period of  interference  as it relates and
compares  to the gross  revenue  of the  Premises  during the last full month of
operation  of the  Premises  prior to such  interference.  In the event that the
means of ingress  and egress are in any way  blocked or  partially  blocked as a
result of any road construction or other improvements,  Lessor agrees to make an
abatement  of rent  during  such  period of  construction  or  improvement.  All
compensation  awarded for such taking of the fee and  leasehold  shall belong to
and be the property of the Lessor; provided,  however, that the Lessor shall not
be  entitled to any portion of the award made to the Lessee for loss of business
and for the cost of  removal  of any stock or other  furnishings  which have not
become fixtures.  Lessee shall,  notwithstanding anything above to the contrary,
have the right to participate as a party in any condemnation  proceedings to the
extent  of  its  leasehold   interest  in  the  property  and  any  interest  in
improvements to the property which have not vested in Lessor.

     11.  Covenant on Proceeds.  If all or part of the Premises shall be damaged
or  destroyed  by fire or  other  casualty,  insured  under  the  standard  fire
insurance policy with so-called special coverage all-risk  endorsement  required
pursuant to paragraph 10(c),  Lessor shall, except as otherwise provided herein,
repair  and/or  rebuild  the  same  with  reasonable  diligence,   but  Lessor's
obligation  hereunder shall not include the improvements or betterments  applied
by any other party,  unless such  improvements or betterments  become  fixtures.
Nothing  hereinabove  contained  shall  impose  upon  Lessor  any  liability  or
responsibility to replace or repair any property belonging to Lessee. This Lease
shall continue in full force and effect,  but rent and additional  rent, if any,
shall abate from the


                                       -5-


<PAGE>


date of such  damage  until  ten (10) days  after the  Lessor  has  repaired  or
restored  said  buildings  in the manner and in the  condition  provided in this
section  and  notified  Lessee of such  fact.  In the  event  that a part of the
Premises  is  rendered  untenable  or not  suitable  for use for the  conduct of
Lessee's  business therein,  a just and proportionate  part of the rent shall be
abated  from the date of such  damage  until  ten (10)  days  after  Lessor  has
repaired same and notified Lessee of such fact. Furthermore,  in connection with
the above, Lessee shall receive a credit or refund, whichever is appropriate, of
any rent paid in advance.

     Notwithstanding  anything  to  the  contrary  contained  in  the  preceding
paragraph,  either party may at its option  terminate  this Lease on thirty (30)
days' notice to the other given within ninety (90) days after the  occurrence of
any damage or destruction of (i) the destruction or damage is caused as a result
of a risk not covered by Lessee's  insurance  policies,  (ii) the  Premises  are
damaged or destroyed  during the last  eighteen  months of the Lease term or any
renewal  term, or (iii) the Premises are  completely  destroyed or so damaged by
fire or other casualty as to render it unfit for use as an outpatient  radiation
therapy facility and the insurance  coverage is insufficient in amount to pay in
full for  necessary  repairs  and  restoration  and if either  party  deems such
repairs or restoration economically unfeasible.

     12.  Defaults.  If Lessee  should  default in the  payment of any rental or
monies due hereunder  when due, or be in default of any  covenant,  agreement or
condition herein provided for, or abandon or vacate the Premises, or bankrupt or
make an  assignment  for  benefit of  creditors,  or in the event a receiver  is
appointed  for  Lessee,  then,  upon the  occurrence  of any one or more of such
contingencies  and after the Lessee has been given notice by  Certified  Mail of
such  default,  Lessee shall have ten (10) days after the receipt of such notice
within which to correct such default or defaults, or if such default shall be of
such nature that it cannot be cured  completely  within such 10-day period,  the
Lessee shall commence to cure such default or defaults  within the 10-day period
and shall  thereafter  proceed with  reasonable  diligence  and in good faith to
remedy such default; otherwise, this Lease may be cancelled at the option of the
Lessor  and  all  rights  of  the  Lessee  terminated.  In  the  event  of  such
cancellation and termination, Lessor shall have


                                       -6-


<PAGE>


the immediate right or at any time thereafter to re-enter and take possession of
the Premises.

     The Lessee shall be liable for the cost of seizure and  repossession of the
Premises and reasonable  attorneys' fees incurred as a result of the seizure and
repossession of the Premises.

     Upon regaining possession of the Premises and upon re-entry therein and the
removal of all persons and property  therefrom,  Lessor shall relet the Premises
at a reasonable  rental and upon such terms as may be reasonably  obtained under
the  circumstances  and  hold  Lessee  liable  for  any  deficiency.  Lessor  is
authorized to make all necessary repairs,  changes, and alterations in or to the
Premises for the new tenant.

     13.  Electrical  Wiring.  The  occupancy  of the  Premises by Lessee  shall
constitute  acceptance  of  the  electrical  wiring  as it is  with  no  further
obligation  upon the Lessor to repair or improve said wiring,  and  specifically
the  Lessee's  occupancy  constitutes  acceptance  of the  electrical  wiring as
suitable  for its use and  purposes in the Premises and the Lessor shall have no
obligation  whatsoever because of said wiring. It is further understood that the
signature of the Lessee hereto constitutes a waiver of any liability on the part
of the  Lessor in case of a fire or other  calamity  caused  by said  electrical
wiring after occupancy. 

     14. Waiver of Requirements.  No requirement  whatsoever of this Lease shall
be deemed  waived or varied,  nor shall the Lessor's  acceptance  of any payment
with knowledge of any default or of Lessor's  failure or delay to take advantage
of any default  constitute  a waiver of the Lessor's  rights  thereby nor of any
subsequent or continued  breach of any  requirement of this Lease.  All remedies
herein  provided for shall be in addition to, and not in  substitution  for, any
remedies otherwise available to the Lessor.

     15.  Notices.  All notices to be given under this Lease shall be in writing
and shall either be served  personally or sent by Certified  Mail to the address
of the parties below  specified.  The Lessor's address for notices shall be 5915
Brainerd Road,  Chattanooga,  Tennessee  37411. The Lessee's address for notices
shall be 5915 Brainerd Road, Chattanooga, Tennessee 37411.


                                       -7-


<PAGE>


     16.  Right to  Sublease  or  Assign.  Lessee  shall  not have the  right to
sublease or assign the Premises in whole or in part.

     17. Surrender. Upon the expiration or other termination of the term of this
Lease,  or any renewals  thereof,  Lessee shall quit and surrender to Lessor the
Premises,  together with all buildings and  improvements  which became fixtures,
broom  clean,  in good  order  and  condition,  damage  caused  by fire or other
catastrophe not resulting from Lessee's gross negligence excepted,  and ordinary
wear and tear also  excepted.  Lessee shall remove all property to be removed at
the  expense  of the  Lessee,  and  Lessee  hereby  agrees  to pay all costs and
expenses  thereby  incurred.  Lessee's  obligations  to observe or perform  this
covenant shall survive the  expiration or other  termination of the term of this
Lease.

     18. Estoppel  Certificates.  Lessee agrees to execute and deliver to Lessor
or Lessor's mortgagee or financial institution estoppel certificates in form and
substance  reasonably  required  by any  lender of  Lessor,  together  with such
additional documents as such lender may reasonably request.

     19.  Construction of Lease. Words of any gender used in this Lease shall be
held to include any other gender, and words in the singular number shall be held
to include the plural,  when sense  requires.  Wherever  used herein,  the words
"Lessor"  and  "Lessee"   shall  be  deemed  to  include  the  heirs,   personal
representatives,  successors, sublessees and assigns of said parties, unless the
context excludes such construction.

     20.  Captions.   The  paragraph  captions  as  to  contents  of  particular
paragraphs  herein are  inserted  only for  convenience  and are in no way to be
construed  as  part  of  this  Lease  or as a  limitation  on the  scope  of the
particular paragraph to which they refer.

     21. Taxes.  Lessee agrees to pay all real estate taxes and  assessments  on
the land and  buildings  due and payable  during the term of this Lease,  or any
renewals thereof.


                                       -8-


<PAGE>


     22.  Lease  acceptance.  This  Lease  contains  all the  oral  and  written
agreements,  representations and arrangements between the parties hereto and any
rights  which the  respective  parties  hereto  may have had under any  previous
contracts  or oral  arrangements  are hereby  cancelled  and  terminated  and no
representations  or  warranties  are made or implied  other than those set forth
herein.  No oral  agreement  or  representations  for rental  shall be deemed to
constitute  a lease  other than this  Lease and not until and unless  this Lease
shall have been properly executed by the Lessee and delivered to and executed by
the Lessor.

     23. Binding Upon Successors. All provisions herein contained shall bind and
inure  to  the   benefit  of  the  parties   hereto,   their   heirs,   personal
representatives, successors and permitted assigns.

     24.  Attorney  Fees. If it should become  necessary for Lessor to employ an
attorney  to  assert  any right of  Lessor  or force  any  obligation  of Lessee
hereunder  after  default by Lessee,  Lessor  shall be entitled  to recover,  in
addition to the other costs and expenses  herein  provided  for, the  reasonable
costs and charges of investigation and of such attorney.

     25. Definition of Lessor; Liability of Lessor Limited. The term "Lessor" as
used in this Lease  means only the owner or ground  Lessor for the time being of
the land which constitutes the leased Premises, so that in the event of any sale
or sales of such  land,  or  assignment  of the  ground  lease,  or  assignment,
transfer or other  conveyance  of his rights  under this Lease,  the said Lessor
shall be and  hereby  is  entirely  freed  and  relieved  of all  covenants  and
obligations of Lessor  hereunder,  and it shall be deemed and construed  without
further  agreement  between  the parties or their  successors  in  interest,  or
between the parties and the  purchaser  at any such sale,  or the  successor  to
Lessor by reason of any  assignment,  transfer or other  conveyance  of Lessor's
interest in this Lease,  that such purchaser or successor has assumed and agreed
to perform all of Lessor's obligations  hereunder.  The preceding sentence shall
also be  applicable to all successor  lessors.  Notwithstanding  anything to the
contrary provided in this Lease, it is agreed that Lessor, his heirs, successors
and  assigns,  shall have  absolutely  no  liability  with respect to any of the
terms,  covenants  and  conditions of this Lease,  and Lessee  hereby  expressly
agrees that it shall look solely to the equity of Lessor or his  successor(s) in
interest in the leased Premises for the


                                       -9-


<PAGE>


satisfaction  of each and every  remedy of Lessee in the event of any  breach by
Lessor or by such  successor  in  interest  of any of the terms,  covenants  and
conditions of this Lease to be performed by Lessor, such exculpation of personal
liability to be absolute and without any exception whatsoever.  Lessee covenants
that no execution  shall be levied against  Lessor,  but only against the leased
Premises, and all judgments shall be so indexed.

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have hereunto set their hands this 13th day
of January, 1995.


                                         LESSOR:

                                         JAG PROPERTIES LLC

                                         /s/  Nelson E. Bowers II, Chief Manager
                                         -------------------------------------
                                         By: Nelson E. Bowers II, Chief Manager



                                         LESSEE:

                                         JAGUAR OF CHATTANOOGA LLC

                                         /s/  Nelson E. Bowers II, Chief Manager
                                         -------------------------------------
                                         By: Nelson E. Bowers II, Chief Manager



                                      -10-


<PAGE>



STATE OF TENNESSEE: 
COUNTY OF HAMILTON:

     Before me, a Notary  Public of the state and county  aforesaid,  personally
appeared NELSON E. BOWERS II, with whom I am personally acquainted (or proved to
me on the basis of  satisfactory  evidence)  and  who,  upon oath,  acknowledged
himself  to be  the  Chief  Manager  of JAG  PROPERTIES  LLC,  the  within-named
bargainor,  or,  a  Limited  Liability  Company,  and  that he as such  Manager,
executed the foregoing instrument for the purposes therein contained, by signing
the name of the Limited Liability Company as he is authorized so to do.

     WITNESS my hand and seal this 13th day of January, 1995.

                                          /s/ [illegible]
                                          ---------------------------
                                          Notary Public


My commission expires: 5/6/98


STATE OF TENNESSEE: 
COUNTY OF HAMILTON:

     Before me, a Notary  Public of the state and county  aforesaid,  personally
appeared NELSON E. BOWERS II, with whom I am personally acquainted (or proved to
me on the basis of  satisfactory  evidence),  and who,  upon oath,  acknowledged
himself to be the Chief Manager of JAGUAR OF CHATTANOOGA  LLC, the  within-named
bargainor,  or,  a  Limited  Liability  Company,  and  that he as such  Manager,
executed the foregoing instrument for the purposes therein contained, by signing
the name of the Limited Liability Company as he is authorized so to do.

     WITNESS my hand and seal this 13th day of January, 1995.


                                          /s/ [illegible]
                                          ---------------------------
                                          Notary Public

My commission expires: 5/6/98



                                      -11-


<PAGE>





                                    Exhibit A


                                  [FLOOR PLAN]




                                      LEASE




                                 By and Between

                  NELSON E. BOWERS II and THOMAS M. GREEN, JR.,
                                    as Lessor

                                       And

                         INFINITI OF CHATTANOOGA, INC.,
                                    as Lessee




<PAGE>


                               TABLE OF CONTENTS
                               -----------------

                                                                            Page
                                                                            ----
RECITALS ...................................................................   1
1.  Description and Term ...................................................   1
    (a) Street Address .....................................................   1
    (b) Description ........................................................   1
    (c) Term ...............................................................   1
    (d) Possession .........................................................   1
2.  Rent ...................................................................   2
3.  Covenant to Pay Rent and Use ...........................................   2
4.  "For Sale" and "To Let" Signs ..........................................   2
5.  Acceptance of Premises, Maintenance
     and Improvements ......................................................   3
6.  Governmental Requirements ..............................................   3
7.  Parking Area and Driveways .............................................   3
8.  Permits ................................................................   3
9.  Insurance ..............................................................   4
10. Condemnation ...........................................................   5
11. Covenant on Proceeds ...................................................   6
12. Defaults ...............................................................   6
13. Electrical Wiring ......................................................   7
14. Waiver of Requirements .................................................   7
15. Notices ................................................................   8
16. Right to Sublease or Assign ............................................   8
17. Surrender ..............................................................   8
18. Estoppel Certificates ..................................................   8
19. Construction of Lease ..................................................   8
20. Captions ...............................................................   9

                                      -i-
<PAGE>


 21. Taxes .................................................................   9
 22. Lease Acceptance ......................................................   9
 23. Binding Upon Successor ................................................   9
 24. Attorney Fees .........................................................   9
 25. Definition of Lessor; Liability of
       Lessor Limited.......................................................   9

SIGNATURES

 EXHIBIT A          Property Description




                                      -ii-


<PAGE>

                                      LEASE


     THIS LEASE by and between  NELSON E.  BOWERS II and THOMAS M.  GREEN,  JR.,
hereinafter collectively called the "Lessor," and INFINITI OF CHATTANOOGA, INC.,
a Tennessee corporation, hereinafter called the "Lessee."

                              W I T N E S S E T H:

     WHEREAS,  the Lessee  herein  desires  to lease from  Lessor and the Lessor
desires to lease to the Lessee certain premises hereinafter described.

     NOW,  THEREFORE,  in consideration of the covenants,  terms, and conditions
hereinafter set forth, Lessor and Lessee agree as follows:

     1. Description and Term. In consideration of the rents hereinafter reserved
and all terms, conditions,  covenants, and agreements hereinafter contained, the
Lessor  hereby  leases and demises to the Lessee,  and the Lessee  hereby hires,
leases and takes from the Lessor the  following-described  property (hereinafter
called the "Premises"), to wit:

          (a) Street Address: 5915 Brainerd Road, Chattanooga, Tennessee 37421.

          (b)  Description.  The  Premises,  the  subject of this Lease  between
     Lessor and Lessee,  is the land and buildings  located on the real property
     more particularly described on Exhibit A attached hereto.

          (c) Term. The term of this Lease shall be twenty-six (26) years from
     July 1, 1991 until June 30, 2017.

          (d) Possession. Lessee shall have the right to immediate possession of
     the  Premises.  Lessee's  possession,  however,  carries  with  it all  the
     obligations  of Lessee  under  this  Lease,  including  all  covenants  and
     conditions and all responsibilities.


<PAGE>


     2.  Rent.  The annual  rental for the first  three (3) years of the term of
this Lease shall be One Hundred Eighty-Three Thousand Dollars ($183,000.00). The
Lessee  agrees to pay said rent in lawful  money of the  United  States in equal
monthly installments of Fifteen Thousand, Two Hundred Fifty Dollars ($15,250.00)
in  advance  of the  first  day of the  Lease  term  beginning  July 1, 1991 and
thereafter  upon the same day of each  successive  month during the term, at the
office of the Lessor or at such other  place as Lessor may  designate.  Upon the
expiration  of the first  three (3)  years of the term of this  Lease,  the rent
shall be  adjusted  by an  amount  equal to the  increase,  if any,  in the debt
service amount pay under Lessor's loan (or any renewal, extension,  modification
or replacement thereof) for the acquisition of the Premises. Lessor shall notify
Lessee of the  amount of such rent  adjustment,  and said rent  shall be paid in
equal  monthly  installments  in  advance of the first day of each month for the
remainder of the term of this Lease.

     3. Covenant to Pay Rent and Use. In consideration of the foregoing letting,
the Lessee does hereby covenant and agree as follows:

          (a) To pay rent as aforementioned and herein provided; and

          (b) Not to use and not to permit or suffer the use of the Premises for
     illegal or unlawful  purposes,  but for an  automobile  dealership  for the
     purpose of selling and servicing new and used automobiles.

     4. "For  Sale" and "To Let"  Signs.  During  the last six (6) months of the
term of this Lease or any renewals thereof, unless the Lessee has given a notice
to renew pursuant to paragraph 3 of this Lease, the Lessor may maintain "To Let"
or "For Sale" signs upon the  Premises  and may freely  exhibit the Premises to
any prospective tenants and/or purchasers;  provided,  however,  that Lessor has
notified Lessee of such exhibition and it occurs during  reasonable  times after
normal business hours or as otherwise agreed.


                                      -2-


<PAGE>


     5. Acceptance of Premises Maintenance and Improvements. At the commencement
of the  term,  the  Lessee  accepts  the land and  buildings  in their  existing
condition.  No representation,  statement or warranty,  express or implied,  has
been made by or on behalf of the Lessor as to such  condition,  or as to the use
that may be of such  property.  In no event  shall the  Lessor be liable for any
defect in such property or for any limitation in its use.

     Lessor shall have no further  responsibility  for maintenance or repairs of
the Premises  after the  beginning of the term of this Lease.  Lessee  agrees to
make all interior and exterior  repairs and/or  improvements to the buildings at
its own expense and to  reasonably  maintain  the  Premises  for the term of the
Lease. Lessee shall at the end of the Lease term, or any renewal thereof, return
the  Premises to the Lessor in as good a condition as when the Lease term began,
excepting damage caused by fire or other catastrophe not resulting from Lessee's
gross  negligence  and excepting  ordinary  wear and tear.  Lessee shall make no
repairs,  alterations  or  improvements  to the Premises  which would affect the
structural  integrity of the Premises without first requesting  permission to do
so from the  Lessor  and  obtaining  written  approval  from  Lessor;  provided,
however, such written approval shall not be unreasonably withheld.

     6. Governmental Requirements. The Lessee agrees that it shall comply with
all requirements of all laws, orders, ordinances, and regulations which shall
impose any duty upon the owner or occupant of the Premises.

     7. Parking Area and Driveways.  Lessee specifically covenants to Lessor and
agrees to maintain for the full term of this Lease,  and any  renewals  thereof,
the driveways and parking areas which are a part of the Premises.

     8. Permits.  Any permits required from any  governmental  agency because of
the use of the  Premises by the Lessee  shall be secured by the Lessee and shall
be its  sole  obligation  and the  failure  to  obtain  any such  permit  or the
revocation  of any such  permit  at any time  shall in no way alter the terms or
conditions of this Lease.

                                      -3-

<PAGE>


9. Insurance.

     (a) From the date  hereof and until the end of the term of this  Lease,  or
any renewals thereof,  the Lessee shall keep the Premises  insured,  at its sole
cost and expense,  against claims for personal injury or property damage under a
policy  of  general  public  liability  insurance,   with  limits  of  at  least
$200,000/$500,000  for bodily  injury,  and $100,000 for property  damage.  Such
policies  shall  name the  Lessor  and the  Lessee as the  insureds.  The public
liability  policy or a  certificate  thereof  shall be  delivered  to the Lessor
within twenty (20) days of the commencement of the term hereof and not less than
twenty (20) days before its expiration  date during the term of this Lease,  and
any renewals thereof.

     (b) From the date hereof  until the end of the term of this  Lease,  or any
renewals  thereof,  the Lessee shall keep its  improvements  which do not become
fixtures insured with fire and extended coverage insurance in an amount equal to
one hundred percent (100%) of the full  replacement  cost of said  improvements.
Any policy providing such coverage shall contain the so-called  special coverage
all-risk endorsement and the full replacement cost endorsement.

     (c) From the date hereof  until the end of the term of this  Lease,  or any
renewals  thereof,  Lessee shall keep the Premises  insured at its sole cost and
expense for fire and extended  coverage  insurance.  The policy  providing  such
coverage shall contain the so-called special coverage all-risk endorsement.

     (d) All policies of insurance required to be maintained by the Lessee shall
name the Lessee and Lessor as the  insureds as their  respective  interests  may
appear.

     (e) All insurance required to be maintained by the Lessee shall be effected
by  valid  and   enforceable   policies   issued  by  insurers   of   recognized
responsibility, satisfactory to the Lessor.

     (f) Lessor shall cause any  insurance  policy  carried by them,  and Lessee
shall cause each  insurance  policy  carried by it insuring  the fixtures of the
buildings  and  contents in the Premises to be written in such a manner so as to
provide  that the  insurance  company will waive all right of recovery by way of
subrogation

                                       -4-

<PAGE>


against  Lessor or Lessee in connection  with any loss or damage  covered by any
such policies. Neither party shall be liable to the other for any loss or damage
caused by fire or any of the risks  enumerated  in  standard  extended  coverage
insurance.  If the  release  or  either  Lessor or  Lessee,  as set forth in the
preceding  sentence of this paragraph,  shall contravene any law with respect to
exculpatory  agreements,  the liability of the party in question shall be deemed
not released but shall be deemed secondary to the latter's insurer. Lessor shall
not do or  permit  to be done any act or  thing  upon the  Premises  that  would
invalidate or be in conflict with fire insurance  policies covering the land and
buildings.

     10.  Condemnation.  The parties  hereto agree that should the Premises,  or
such portion thereof as will make the Premises  unusable for the purposes herein
leased, be taken or condemned by competent  authority for public or quasi-public
use, then this Lease shall, at the Lessee's option, terminate from the date when
possession  of the parts so taken shall be required  for the use and purpose for
which  they had been  taken.  During  any  period  in which  there is less  than
complete  interference with the operation of the business in the Premises,  then
the rent owing by the Lessee shall be abated in proportion to gross sales volume
at the Premises during such period of interference as it relates and compares to
the gross sales of the  Premises  during the last full month of operation of the
Premises prior to such interference.  In the event that the means of ingress and
egress  are in any way  blocked  or  partially  blocked  as a result of any road
construction or other  improvements,  Lessor agrees to make an abatement of rent
during such period of construction or improvement.  All compensation awarded for
such taking of the fee and leasehold  shall belong to and be the property of the
Lessor; provided,  however, that the Lessor shall not be entitled to any portion
of the award made to the Lessee or  sublessee  for loss of business  and for the
cost of  removal  of any  stock  or other  furnishings  which  have  not  become
fixtures. Lessee shall, notwithstanding anything above to the contrary, have the
right to participate as a party in any condemnation proceedings to the extent of
its leasehold  interest in the property and any interest in  improvements to the
property which have not vested in Lessor.


                                      -5-


<PAGE>




     11.  Covenant on Proceeds.  If all or part of the Premises shall be damaged
or  destroyed  by fire or  other  casualty,  insured  under  the  standard  fire
insurance policy with so-called special coverage all-risk  endorsement  required
pursuant to paragraph lO(c),  Lessor shall, except as otherwise provided herein,
repair  and/or  rebuild  the  same  with  reasonable  diligence,   but  Lessor's
obligation  hereunder shall not include the improvements or betterments  applied
by any other party,  unless such  improvements or betterments  become  fixtures.
Nothing  hereinabove  contained  shall  impose  upon  Lessor  any  liability  or
responsibility to replace or repair any property belonging to Lessee. This Lease
shall continue in full force and effect,  but rent and additional  rent, if any,
shall  abate from the date of such  damage  until ten (10) days after the Lessor
has  repaired  or restored  said  buildings  in the manner and in the  condition
provided in this section and notified  Lessee of such fact.  In the event that a
part of the  Premises  is rendered  untenable  or not  suitable  for use for the
conduct of Lessee's business therein,  a just and proportionate part of the rent
shall be abated  from the date of such damage  until ten (10) days after  Lessor
has repaired same and notified Lessee of such fact.  Furthermore,  in connection
with  the  above,  Lessee  shall  receive  a  credit  or  refund,  whichever  is
appropriate, of any rent paid in advance.

     Notwithstanding  anything  to  the  contrary  contained  in  the  preceding
paragraph,  either party may at its option  terminate  this Lease on thirty (30)
days' notice to the other given within ninety (90) days after the  occurrence of
any damage or destruction of (i) the destruction or damage is caused as a result
of a risk not covered by Lessee's  insurance  policies,  (ii) the  Premises  are
damaged or destroyed  during the last  eighteen  months of the Lease term or any
renewal  term, or (iii) the Premises are  completely  destroyed or so damaged by
fire or  other  casualty  as to  render  it  unfit  for use as a new  automobile
dealership and the insurance  coverage is  insufficient in amount to pay in full
for necessary  repairs and restoration and if either party deems such repairs or
restoration economically unfeasible.

     12.  Defaults.  If Lessee  should  default in the  payment of any rental or
monies due hereunder  when due, or be in default of any  covenant,  agreement or
condition herein provided for, or abandon or vacate the Premises, or bankrupt or
make an  assignment  for  benefit of  creditors,  or in the event a receiver  is
appointed for Lessee,


                                       -6-


<PAGE>


then, upon the occurrence of any one or more of such contingencies and after the
Lessee has been given notice by  Certified  Mail of such  default,  Lessee shall
have ten (10) days after the receipt of such notice within which to correct such
default or defaults,  or if such default  shall be of such nature that it cannot
be cured completely within such 10-day period, the Lessee shall commence to cure
such default or defaults within the 10-day period and shall  thereafter  proceed
with reasonable  diligence and in good faith to remedy such default;  otherwise,
this  Lease may be  cancelled  at the option of the Lessor and all rights of the
Lessee  terminated.  In the event of such  cancellation and termination,  Lessor
shall have the  immediate  right or at any time  thereafter to re-enter and take
possession of the Premises.

     The Lessee shall be liable for the cost of seizure and  repossession of the
Premises and reasonable  attorneys' fees incurred as a result of the seizure and
repossession of the Premises.

     Upon regaining possession of the Premises and upon re-entry therein and the
removal of all persons and property  therefrom,  Lessor shall relet the Premises
at a reasonable  rental and upon such terms as may be reasonably  obtained under
the  circumstances  and  hold  Lessee  liable  for  any  deficiency.  Lessor  is
authorized to make all necessary repairs,  changes, and alterations in or to the
Premises for the new tenant.

     13.  Electrical   Wiring.  The  signing  of  this  Lease  shall  constitute
acceptance of the electrical wiring as it is with no further obligation upon the
Lessor to repair or improve said wiring, and specifically the Lessee's signature
to this Lease  constitutes  acceptance of the electrical  wiring as suitable for
its use and purposes in the  Premises  and the Lessor  shall have no  obligation
whatsoever  because of said wiring. It is further  understood that the signature
of the Lessee  hereto  constitutes  a waiver of any liability on the part of the
Lessor in case of a fire or other calamity caused by said electrical wiring.

     14. Waiver of Requirements.  No requirement  whatsoever of this Lease shall
be deemed  waived or varied,  nor shall the Lessor's  acceptance  of any payment
with knowledge of any default or of Lessor's  failure or delay to take advantage
of any default constitute a waiver of the Lessor's rights thereby nor of any


                                       -7-


<PAGE>


subsequent or continued  breach of any  requirement of this Lease.  All remedies
herein  provided for shall be in addition to, and not in  substitution  for, any
remedies otherwise available to the Lessor.

     15.  Notices.  All notices to be given under this Lease shall be in writing
and shall either be served  personally or sent by Certified  Mail to the address
of the parties below  specified.  The Lessor's  address for notices shall be 217
Colmore Circle,  Lookout  Mountain,  Tennessee  37350.  The Lessee's address for
notices shall be 5915 Brainerd Road, Chattanooga, Tennessee 37421.

     16.  Right to  Sublease  or  Assign.  Lessee  shall  not have the  right to
sublease or assign the Premises in whole or in part.

     17. Surrender. Upon the expiration or other termination of the term of this
Lease,  or any renewals  thereof,  Lessee shall quit and surrender to Lessor the
Premises,  together with all buildings and  improvements  which became fixtures,
broom  clean,  in good  order  and  condition,  damage  caused  by fire or other
catastrophe not resulting from Lessee's gross negligence excepted,  and ordinary
wear and tear also  excepted.  Lessee shall remove all property to be removed at
the  expense  of the  Lessee,  and  Lessee  hereby  agrees  to pay all costs and
expenses  thereby  incurred.  Lessee's  obligations  to observe or perform  this
covenant shall survive the  expiration or other  termination of the term of this
Lease.

     18. Estoppel  Certificates.  Lessee agrees to execute and deliver to Lessor
or Lessor's mortgagee or financial institution estoppel certificates in form and
substance  reasonably  required  by any  lender of  Lessor,  together  with such
additional documents as such lender may reasonably request.

     19.  Construction of Lease. Words of any gender used in this Lease shall be
held to include any other gender, and words in the singular number shall be held
to include the plural,  when sense  requires.  Wherever  used herein,  the words
"Lessor"  and  "Lessee"   shall  be  deemed  to  include  the  heirs,   personal
representatives,  successors, sublessees and assigns of said parties, unless the
context excludes such construction.


                                      -8-


<PAGE>


     20.  Captions.  The  paragraph  captions  as  to  contents  of  particular
paragraphs  herein are  inserted  only for  convenience  and are in no way to be
construed  as  part  of  this  Lease  or as a  limitation  on the  scope  of the
particular paragraph to which they refer.

     21. Taxes.  Lessee agrees to pay all real estate taxes and  assessments  on
the land and  buildings  due and payable  during the term of this Lease,  or any
renewals thereof.

     22.  Lease  Acceptance.  This  Lease  contains  all the  oral  and  written
agreements,  representations and arrangements between the parties hereto and any
rights  which the  respective  parties  hereto  may have had under any  previous
contracts  or oral  arrangements  are hereby  cancelled  and  terminated  and no
representations  or  warranties  are made or implied  other than those set forth
herein.  No oral  agreement  or  representations  for rental  shall be deemed to
constitute  a lease  other than this  Lease and not until and unless  this Lease
shall have been properly executed by the Lessee and delivered to and executed by
the Lessor.

     23. Binding Upon Successors. All provisions herein contained shall bind and
inure  to  the   benefit  of  the  parties   hereto,   their   heirs,   personal
representatives, successors and permitted assigns.

     24.  Attorney  Fees. If it should become  necessary for Lessor to employ an
attorney  to  assert  any right of  Lessor  or force  any  obligation  of Lessee
hereunder  after  default by Lessee,  Lessor  shall be entitled  to recover,  in
addition to the other costs and expenses  herein  provided  for, the  reasonable
costs and charges of investigation and of such attorney.

     25. Definition of Lessor: Liability of Lessor Limited. The term "Lessor" as
used in this Lease  means only the owner or ground  Lessor for the time being of
the land which constitutes the leased Premises, so that in the event of any sale
or sales of such  land,  or  assignment  of the  ground  lease,  or  assignment,
transfer or other  conveyance  of his rights  under this Lease,  the said Lessor
shall be and  hereby  is  entirely  freed  and  relieved  of all  covenants  and
obligations of Lessor  hereunder,  and it shall be deemed and construed  without
further  agreement  between  the parties or their  successors  in  interest,  or
between the parties and the  purchaser  at any such sale,  or the  successor  to
Lessor by reason of any


                                      -9-


<PAGE>


assignment,  transfer or other  conveyance  of Lessor's  interest in this Lease,
that such  purchaser  or  successor  has  assumed  and agreed to perform  all of
Lessor's obligations hereunder.  The preceding sentence shall also be applicable
to all successor lessors.  Notwithstanding  anything to the contrary provided in
this Lease, it is agreed that Lessor, his heirs,  successors and assigns,  shall
have  absolutely  no liability  with respect to any of the terms,  covenants and
conditions of this Lease,  and Lessee hereby expressly agrees that it shall look
solely to the equity of Lessor or his  successor(s)  in  interest  in the leased
Premises for the satisfaction of each and every remedy of Lessee in the event of
any  breach by Lessor or by such  successor  in  interest  of any of the  terms,
covenants  and  conditions  of  this  Lease  to be  performed  by  Lessor,  such
exculpation  of  personal  liability  to be absolute  and without any  exception
whatsoever.  Lessee  covenants that no execution shall be levied against Lessor,
but only against the leased Premises, and all judgments shall be so indexed.

     IN WITNESS  WHEREOF the parties have hereunto set their hands this 18th day
of October, 1991.

                                          LESSOR:
                                          /s/  Nelson E. Bowers II
                                          -------------------------
                                          Nelson E. Bowers II

                                          /s/ Thomas M. Green, Jr.
                                          -------------------------
                                          Thomas M. Green, Jr.

                                          LESSEE:

                                          INFINITI OF CHATTANOOGA, INC.

                                          By: /s/ Nelson E. Bowers II
                                          ---------------------------

                                          Title: Pres.
                                          ---------------------------


                                      -10-


<PAGE>




STATE OF TENNESSEE: 
COUNTY OF HAMILTON:

     Before me, a Notary  Public of the state and county  aforesaid,  personally
appeared NELSON E. BOWERS II, with whom I am personally acquainted (or proved to
me on the basis of  satisfactory  evidence)  and who,  upon  oath,  acknowledged
himself to be the person who  executed  the  foregoing  instrument,  and that he
executed the same as his free act and deed.

     WITNESS my hand an seal this 18th day of October, 1991.



                                          /s/ Betty A. Alexander
                                          ------------------------
                                          Notary Public

My commission expires: 7/26/95



STATE OF TENNESSEE: 
COUNTY OF HAMILTON:

     Before me, a Notary  Public of the state and county  aforesaid,  personally
appeared THOMAS M. GREEN,  JR., with whom I am personally  acquainted (or proved
to me on the basis of  satisfactory  evidence) and who, upon oath,  acknowledged
himself to be the person who  executed  the  foregoing  instrument,  and that he
executed the same as his free act and deed.

     WITNESS my hand an seal this 18th day of October, 1991.


                                          /s/ Betty A. Alexander
                                          ------------------------
                                          Notary Public

My commission expires: 7/26/95



                                      -11-


<PAGE>


STATE OF TENNESSEE: 
COUNTY OF HAMILTON:

     Before me, a Notary  Public of the state and county  aforesaid,  personally
appeared Nelson E. Bowers II, with whom I am personally acquainted (or proved to
me on the basis of  satisfactory  evidence),  and who,  upon oath,  acknowledged
himself to be the President of INFINITI OF CHATTANOOGA,  INC., the  within-named
bargainor,  a corporation,  and that he as such officer,  executed the foregoing
instrument  for the  purposes  therein  contained,  by  signing  the name of the
corporation as he is authorized so to do.

     WITNESS my hand an seal this 18th day of October, 1991.


                                          /s/ Betty A. Alexander
                                          ------------------------
                                          Notary Public

My commission expires: 7/26/95




                                      -12-








                          AMENDMENT TO LEASE AGREEMENT

     This  Amendment  entered into as of this the 13th day of January,  1995, by
and among Nelson E. Bowers II and Thomas M. Green, Jr. hereinafter  collectively
referred to as the "Assignor";  JAG Properties LLC a Tennessee Limited Liability
Company  hereinafter  called the "Lessor" and  Infiniti of  Chattanooga,  Inc. a
Tennessee Corporation, hereinafter called the "Lessee."

                                    RECITALS

     WHEREAS,  Assignor  transferred by Quitclaim Deed all of its right,  title,
and interest in 5915 Brainerd Road, Chattanooga,  Tennessee to Lessor on January
13, 1995; and

     WHEREAS, Lessor desires that Assignor transfer all of its right, title, and
interest in the Lease Agreement dated October 18, 1991, by and between  Assignor
and Lessee (the "Lease"); and

     WHEREAS, Lessor desires to amend the Lease; and

     WHEREAS, Lessee has entered into this Amendment for the express purpose
of consenting to the assignment and amending the Lease,

     NOW, THEREFORE, the parties intending to be legally bound agree as follows:

     1. The  parties  agree  that  paragraph  1. (b) of the Lease be  amended by
deleting  the  Exhibit A thereon  and  adopting  the  Exhibit A attached to this
Amendment as the "Premises."

     2. The parties agree that  paragraph 2. of the Lease be amended by deleting
said paragraph in its entirety and adding the following new paragraph 2.:

          2. Rent.  The annual rental for the next five (5) years of the term of
     this  Lease  shall  be  One  Hundred   Thirty-One   Thousand  Four  Hundred
     Seventy-two  Dollars  ($131,472.00).  The Lessee agrees to pay said rent in
     lawful  money of the United  States in equal  monthly  installments  of Ten
     Thousand  Nine Hundred  Fifty-Six  Dollars  ($10,956.00)  in advance of the
     first day of each month beginning  February 1, 1995 and thereafter upon the
     same day of each  successive  month  during the term,  at the office of the
     Lessor or at such other place as Lessor may designate.  Upon the expiration
     of said five (5) year term,  the rent shall be adjusted by an amount  equal
     to sixty percent (60%) of the increase,  if any, in the debt service amount
     payable under Lessor's loan (or any renewal, extension,


<PAGE>



     modification or replacement thereof) secured by the Premises.  Lessor shall
     notify Lessee of the amount of such rent adjustment, and said rent shall be
     paid in equal  monthly  installments  in  advance  of the first day of each
     month for the remainder of the term of this Lease.

     3.  Lessee  has  joined  in this  Amendment  for  the  express  purpose  of
consenting  to this  Amendment  and the  assignment by Assignor to Lessor of the
Lease.  Lessee  further  agrees to be bound by all of the terms,  covenants  and
conditions of the Lease as amended by this Agreement.

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Amendment to Lease as of
the day first above written.

                                    LESSOR:

                                    JAG PROPERTIES LLC


                                    By: /s/ Nelson E. Bowers II, Chief Manager
                                    ------------------------------------------
                                    Nelson E. Bowers II, Chief Manager



                                    LESSEE:

                                    INFINITI OF CHATTANOOGA, INC.

                                    By: /s/ Nelson E. Bowers II, President
                                    ------------------------------------------
                                    Nelson E. Bowers II, President



                                    By: /s/ Nelson E. Bowers II, Assignor
                                    ------------------------------------------
                                    Nelson E. Bowers II, Assignor



                                    ------------------------------------------
                                    Thomas M. Green, Jr., Assignor





                                       2


<PAGE>


STATE OF TENNESSEE )
COUNTY OF HAMILTON )

     Before me, a Notary  Public of the State and County  aforesaid,  personally
appeared NELSON E. BOWERS II, with whom I am personally acquainted (or proved to
me on the basis of  satisfactory  evidence),  and who,  upon oath,  acknowledged
himself to be Chief Manager of JAG PROPERTIES LLC, the within named bargainor, a
Limited  Liability  Company,  and that he as such  Chief  Manager  executed  the
foregoing  instrument for the purposes therein  contained by signing the name of
the Company by himself as such Manager.

     Witness my hand and seal, this 13th day of January, 1995.

                                          /s/ [illegible]
                                          ---------------------------
                                          Notary Public
My commission expires: 01-12-97




STATE OF TENNESSEE )
COUNTY OF HAMILTON )

     Before me, a Notary  Public of the State and County  aforesaid,  personally
appeared NELSON E. BOWERS II, with whom I am personally acquainted (or proved to
me on the basis of  satisfactory  evidence),  and who,  upon oath,  acknowledged
himself to be  President  of INFINITI OF  CHATTANOOGA,  INC.,  the within  named
bargainor,  a  corporation,  and that he as such officer  executed the foregoing
instrument  for the  purposes  therein  contained  by  signing  the  name of the
corporation by himself as such officer.

     Witness my hand and seal, this 13th day of January, 1995.


                                          /s/ [illegible]
                                          ---------------------------
                                          Notary Public
My commission expires: 01-12-97


                                       3


<PAGE>


STATE OF TENNESSEE )
COUNTY OF HAMILTON )

         Before  me,  a  Notary  Public  of  the  State  and  County  aforesaid,
personally appeared NELSON E. BOWERS II, the within named Assignor,  with whom I
am  personally  acquainted  (or  proved  to  me on  the  basis  of  satisfactory
evidence),  and who acknowledged  that he executed the foregoing  instrument for
the purposes therein contained.

     Witness my hand and seal, this 13th day of January, 1995.

                                          /s/ [illegible]
                                          ---------------------------
                                          Notary Public
My commission expires: 01-12-97



STATE OF TENNESSEE )
COUNTY OF HAMILTON )

     Before me, a Notary  Public of the State and County  aforesaid,  personally
appeared  THOMAS  M.  GREEN,  JR.  the  within  named  Assignor,  with whom I am
personally  acquainted (or proved to me on the basis of satisfactory  evidence),
and who acknowledged that he executed the foregoing  instrument for the purposes
therein  contained. 

     Witness my hand and seal, this 13th day of January, 1995.

                                          
                                          ---------------------------
                                          Notary Public

My commission expires: 







                                       4



<PAGE>






                                    Exhibit A

                                  [FLOOR PLAN]







                                      LEASE

     THIS LEASE by and between  CLEVELAND  PROPERTIES  LLC, a Tennessee  Limited
Liability   Company    hereinafter    called   the   "Lessor,"   and   CLEVELAND
CHRYSLER-PLYMOUTH  JEEP-EAGLE,  LLC,  a  Tennessee  Limited  Liability  Company,
hereinafter called the "Lessee."

                              W I T N E S S E T H:

     WHEREAS, the Lessee herein desires to lease from Lessor and the Lessor
desires to lease to the Lessee certain premises hereinafter described.

     NOW,  THEREFORE,  in consideration of the covenants,  terms, and conditions
hereinafter set forth, Lessor and Lessee agree as follows:

     1. Description and Term. In consideration of the rents hereinafter reserved
and all terms, conditions,  covenants, and agreements hereinafter contained, the
Lessor  hereby  leases and demises to the Lessee,  and the Lessee  hereby hires,
leases and takes from the Lessor the property located at 2950 South Lee Highway,
Cleveland Tennessee (hereinafter called the Premises).

     (a) Description. The Premises, the subject of this Lease between Lessor and
Lessee, is the land and buildings located on the real property more particularly
described on Exhibit A attached hereto.

     (b) Term.  The term of this Lease shall be fifteen (15) years from April 1,
1996 until March 31, 2011.

     (c) Possession.  Lessee's  possession of the Premises,  carries with it all
the  obligations  of Lessee  under  this  Lease,  including  all  covenants  and
conditions and all responsibilities.

     2. Rent. The annual rental for the first five (5) years of the term of this
Lease  shall  be  One  Hundred   Sixty-Eight   Thousand  and  No/100ths  Dollars
($168,000.00).  The Lessee agrees to pay said rent in lawful money of the United
States in equal monthly  installments of Fourteen Thousand and No/l00ths Dollars
($14,000.00)  in advance of the first day of the month  beginning April 1, 1996,
and thereafter  upon the same day of each  successive  month during the term, at
the office of the Lessor or at such other  place as Lessor may  designate.  Upon
the  expiration of the first five (5) years of the term of this Lease,  the rent
shall be adjusted by an amount equal to forty percent (40%) of the increase,  if
any, in the debt service  amount  payable  under  Lessor's loan (or any renewal,
extension,  modification or replacement thereof) secured by the Premises. Lessor
shall notify Lessee of the amount of such rent  adjustment,  and said rent shall
be paid in equal monthly  installments in advance of the first day of each month
for the remainder of the term of this Lease.

     3. Covenant to Pay Rent and Use. In consideration of the foregoing letting,
the Lessee does hereby covenant and agree as follows:


<PAGE>


          (a) To payment as aforementioned and herein provided; and

          (b) Not to use and not to permit or suffer the use of the Premises for
     illegal or unlawful  purposes,  but for an  automobile  dealership  for the
     purpose of selling and servicing new and used automobiles

     4. "For  Sale" and "To Let"  Signs.  During  the last six (6) months of the
term of this Lease or any renewals thereof, unless the Lessee has given a notice
to renew pursuant to paragraph 3 of this Lease, the Lessor may maintain "To Let"
or "For Sale" signs upon the Premises and may freely exhibit the Premises to any
prospective  tenants  and/or  purchasers;  provided,  however,  that  Lessor has
notified Lessee of such exhibition and it occurs during  reasonable  times after
normal business hours or as otherwise agreed.

     5.   Acceptance  of  Premises,   Maintenance  and   Improvements.   At  the
commencement  of the term,  the Lessee  accepts the land and  buildings in their
existing condition. No representation,  statement or warranty express or implied
has been made by or on behalf of the Lessor as to such  condition,  or as to the
use that may be of such property. In no event shall the Lessor be liable for any
defect in such property or for any limitation in its use.

     Lessor shall have no further  responsibility  for maintenance or repairs of
the Premises  after the  beginning of the term of this Lease.  Lessee  agrees to
make all interior and exterior  repairs and/or  improvements to the buildings at
its own expense and to  reasonably  maintain  the  Premises  for the term of the
Lease. Lessee shall at the end of the Lease term, or any renewal thereof, return
the  Premises to the Lessor in as good a condition as when the Lease term began,
excepting damage caused by fire or other catastrophe not resulting from Lessee's
gross  negligence  and excepting  ordinary  wear and tear.  Lessee shall make no
repairs,  alterations  or  improvements  to the Premises  which would affect the
structural  integrity of the Premises without first requesting  permission to do
so from the  Lessor  and  obtaining  written  approval  from  Lessor,  provided,
however, such written approval shall not be unreasonably withheld.

         6.  Governmental  Requirements.  The Lessee agrees that it shall comply
with all requirements of all laws,  orders,  ordinances,  and regulations  which
shall impose any duty upon the owner or occupant of the Premises.

     7. Parking Area and Driveways.  Lessee specifically covenants to Lessor and
agrees to maintain for the full term of this Lease,  and any  renewals  thereof,
the driveways and parking areas which are a part of the Premises.

     8. Permits.  Any permits required from any  governmental  agency because of
the use of the  Premises by the Lessee  shall be secured by the Lessee and shall
be its  sole  obligation  and the  failure  to  obtain  any such  permit  or the
revocation  of any such  permit  at any time  shall in no way alter the terms or
conditions of this Lease.


                                       2


<PAGE>


9. Insurance.

     (a) From the date  hereof and until the end of the term of this  Lease,  or
any renewals thereof,  the Lessee shall keep the Premises  insured,  at its sole
cost and expense,  against claims for personal injury or property damage under a
policy  of  general  public  liability  insurance,   with  limits  of  at  least
$200,000/$500,000  for bodily  injury,  and $100,000 for property  damage.  Such
policies  shall  name the  Lessor  and the  Lessee as the  insureds.  The public
liability  policy or a  certificate  thereof  shall be  delivered  to the Lessor
within twenty (20) days of the commencement of the term hereof and not less than
twenty (20) days before its expiration  date during the term of this Lease,  and
any renewals thereof.

     (b) From the date hereof  until the end of the term of this  Lease,  or any
renewals  thereof,  the Lessee shall keep its  improvements  which do not become
fixtures insured with fire and extended coverage insurance in an amount equal to
one hundred percent (100%) of the full  replacement  cost of said  improvements.
Any policy providing such coverage shall contain the so-called  special coverage
all-risk endorsement and the full replacement cost endorsement.

     (c) From the date hereof  until the end of the term of this  Lease,  or any
renewals  thereof,  Lessee shall keep the Premises  insured at its sole cost and
expense for fire and extended  coverage  insurance in the amount of Nine Hundred
Twenty-Five Thousand Dollars  ($925,000.00).  The policy providing such coverage
shall contain the so-called special coverage all-risk endorsement.

     (d) All policies of insurance required to be maintained by the Lessee shall
name the Lessee and Lessor as the  insureds as their  respective  interests  may
appear.

     (e) All insurance required to be maintained by the Lessee shall be effected
by  valid  and   enforceable   policies   issued  by  insurers   of   recognized
responsibility, satisfactory to the Lessor.

     (f) Lessor  shall cause any  insurance  policy  carried by him,  and Lessee
shall cause each  insurance  policy  carried by it insuring  the fixtures of the
buildings  and  contents in the Premises to be written in such a manner so as to
provide  that the  insurance  company will waive all right of recovery by way of
subrogation  against  Lessor  or Lessee  in  connection  with any loss or damage
covered by any such policies. Neither party shall be liable to the other for any
loss or  damage  caused  by  fire or any of the  risks  enumerated  in  standard
extended coverage  insurance.  If the release or either Lessor or Lessee, as set
forth in the preceding sentence of this paragraph, shall contravene any law with
respect to exculpatory agreements,  the liability of the party in question shall
be deemed not  released but shall be deemed  secondary to the latter's  insurer.
Lessor shall not do or permit to be done any act or thing upon the Premises that
would  invalidate or be in conflict with fire  insurance  policies  covering the
land and buildings.

     10.  Condemnation.  The parties  hereto agree that should the Premises,  or
such portion thereof as will make the Premises  unusable for the purposes herein
leased, be taken or condemned by competent  authority for public or quasi-public
use, then this Lease shall, at the Lessee's option,


<PAGE>


terminate from the date when  possession of the parts so taken shall be required
for the use and  purpose  for which  they had been  taken.  During any period in
which  there  is less  than  complete  interference  with the  operation  of the
business in the  Premises,  then the rent owing by the Lessee shall be abated in
proportion  to gross  revenues  volume at the  Premises  during  such  period of
interference  as it relates and  compares to the gross  revenue of the  Premises
during  the  last  full  month  of  operation  of the  Premises  prior  to  such
interference.  In the event that the means of ingress  and egress are in any way
blocked  or  partially  blocked  as a result of any road  construction  or other
improvements,  Lessor  agrees to make an abatement of rent during such period of
construction or improvement. All compensation awarded for such taking of the fee
and  leasehold  shall  belong to and be the  property of the  Lessor,  provided,
however,  that the Lessor shall not be entitled to any portion of the award made
to the Lessee for loss of  business  and for the cost of removal of any stock or
other furnishings which have not become fixtures. Lessee shall,  notwithstanding
anything above to the contrary,  have the right to participate as a party in any
condemnation proceedings to the extent of its leasehold interest in the property
and any  interest  in  improvements  to the  property  which  have not vested in
Lessor.

     11.  Covenant on Proceeds.  If all or part of the Premises shall be damaged
or  destroyed  by fire or  other  casualty,  insured  under  the  standard  fire
insurance policy with so-called special coverage all-risk  endorsement  required
pursuant to paragraph 9(c), Lessor shall,  except as otherwise  provided herein,
repair  and/or  rebuild  the  same  with  reasonable  diligence,   but  Lessor's
obligation  hereunder shall not include the improvements or betterments  applied
by any other party,  unless such  improvements or betterments  become  fixtures.
Nothing  hereinabove  contained  shall  impose  upon  Lessor  any  liability  or
responsibility to replace or repair any property belonging to Lessee. This Lease
shall continue in full force and effect,  but rent and additional  rent, if any,
shall  abate from the date of such  damage  until ten (10) days after the Lessor
has  repaired  or restored  said  buildings  in the manner and in the  condition
provided in this section and notified  Lessee of such fact.  In the event that a
part of the  Premises  is rendered  untenable  or not  suitable  for use for the
conduct of Lessee's business therein,  a just and proportionate part of the rent
shall be abated  from the date of such damage  until ten (10) days after  Lessor
has repaired same and notified Lessee of such fact.  Furthermore,  in connection
with  the  above,  Lessee  shall  receive  a  credit  or  refund,  whichever  is
appropriate, of any rent paid in advance.

     Notwithstanding  anything  to  the  contrary  contained  in  the  preceding
paragraph,  either party may at its option  terminate  this Lease on thirty (30)
days' notice to the other given within ninety (90) days after the  occurrence of
any damage or destruction of (i) the destruction or damage is caused as a result
of a risk not covered by Lessee's  insurance  policies,  (ii) the  Premises  are
damaged or destroyed  during the last  eighteen  months of the Lease term or any
renewal  term, or (iii) the Premises are  completely  destroyed or so damaged by
fire or other casualty as to render it unfit for use as an outpatient  radiation
therapy facility and the insurance  coverage is insufficient in amount to pay in
full for  necessary  repairs  and  restoration  and if either  party  deems such
repairs or restoration economically unfeasible.


     19.  Defaults.  If Lessee  should  default in the  payment of any rental or
monies due



<PAGE>


     hereunder  when  due,  or be in  default  of  any  covenant,  agreement  or
condition herein provided for, or abandon or vacate the Premises, or bankrupt or
make an  assignment  for  benefit of  creditors,  or in the event a receiver  is
appointed  for  Lessee,  then,  upon the  occurrence  of any one or more of such
contingencies  and after the Lessee has been given notice by  Certified  Mail of
such  default,  Lessee shall have ten (10) days after the receipt of such notice
within which to correct such default or defaults, or if such default shall be of
such nature that it cannot be cured  completely  within such 10-day period,  the
Lessee shall commence to cure such default or defaults  within the 10-day period
and shall  thereafter  proceed with  reasonable  diligence  and in good faith to
remedy such default;  otherwise, this Lease may be canceled at the option of the
Lessor  and  all  rights  of  the  Lessee  terminated.  In  the  event  of  such
cancellation  and  termination,  Lessor shall have the immediate right or at any
time thereafter to re-enter and take possession of the Premises.

     The Lessee shall be liable for the cost of seizure and  repossession of the
Premises and reasonable  attorneys' fees incurred as a result of the seizure and
repossession of the Premises.

     Upon regaining possession of the Premises and upon re-entry therein and the
removal of all persons and property  therefrom,  Lessor shall relet the Premises
at a reasonable  rental and upon such terms as may be reasonably  obtained under
the  circumstances  and  hold  Lessee  liable  for  any  deficiency.  Lessor  is
authorized to make all necessary repairs,  changes, and alterations in or to the
Premises for the new tenant.

     13.  Electrical  Wiring.  The  occupancy  of the  Premises by Lessee  shall
constitute  acceptance  of  the  electrical  wiring  as it is  with  no  further
obligation  upon the Lessor to repair or improve said wiring,  and  specifically
the  Lessee's  occupancy  constitutes  acceptance  of the  electrical  wiring as
suitable  for its use and  purposes in the Premises and the Lessor shall have no
obligation  whatsoever because of said wiring. It is further understood that the
signature of the Lessee hereto constitutes a waiver of any liability on the part
of the  Lessor in case of a fire or other  calamity  caused  by said  electrical
wiring after occupancy.

     14. Waiver of Requirements.  No requirement  whatsoever of this Lease shall
be deemed  waived or varied,  nor shall the Lessor's  acceptance  of any payment
with knowledge of any default or of Lessor's  failure or delay to take advantage
of any default  constitute  a waiver of the Lessor's  rights  thereby nor of any
subsequent or continued  breach of any  requirement of this Lease.  All remedies
herein  provided for shall be in addition to, and not in  substitution  for, any
remedies otherwise available to the Lessor.

     15.  Notices.  All notices to be given under this Lease shall be in writing
and shall either be served  personally or sent by Certified  Mail to the address
of the parties below  specified.  The Lessor's address for notices shall be 6025
International  Drive,  Chattanooga,  Tennessee  37421.  The Lessee's address for
notices shall be 2490 South Lee Highway, Cleveland, Tennessee 37311.

     16. Right to Sublease or Assign Lessee shall not have the right to sublease
or assign the Premises in whole or in part.


                                       5


<PAGE>


     17. Surrender. Upon the expiration or other termination of the term of this
Lease,  or any renewals  thereof,  Lessee shall quit and surrender to Lessor the
Premises,  together with all buildings and  improvements  which became fixtures,
broom  clean,  in good  order  and  condition,  damage  caused  by fire or other
catastrophe not resulting from Lessee's gross negligence excepted,  and ordinary
wear and tear also  excepted.  Lessee shall remove all property to be removed at
the  expense  of the  Lessee,  and  Lessee  hereby  agrees  to pay all costs and
expenses  thereby  incurred.  Lessee's  obligations  to observe or perform  this
covenant shall survive the  expiration or other  termination of the term of this
Lease.

     18. Estoppel  Certificates.  Lessee agrees to execute and deliver to Lessor
or Lessor's mortgagee or financial institution estoppel certificates in form and
substance  reasonably  required  by any  lender of  Lessor,  together  with such
additional documents as such lender may reasonably request

     19.  Construction of Lease. Words of any gender used in this Lease shall be
held to include any other gender, and words in the singular number shall be held
to include the plural,  when sense  requires.  Wherever  used herein,  the words
"Lessor"  and  "Lessee"   shall  be  deemed  to  include  the  heirs,   personal
representatives, successors, sublessees, and assigns of said parties, unless the
context excludes such construction.

     20.  Captions.   The  paragraph  captions  as  to  contents  of  particular
paragraphs  herein are  inserted  only for  convenience  and are in no way to be
construed  as  part  of  this  Lease  or as a  limitation  on the  scope  of the
particular paragraph to which they refer.

     21. Taxes.  Lessee agrees to pay all real estate taxes and  assessments  on
the land and  buildings  due and payable  during the term of this Lease,  or any
renewals thereof.

     22.  Lease  Acceptance.  This  Lease  contains  all the  oral  and  written
agreements,  representations and arrangements between the parties hereto and any
rights  which the  respective  parties  hereto  may have had under any  previous
contracts  or oral  arrangements  are  hereby  canceled  and  terminated  and no
representations  or  warranties  are made or implied  other than those set forth
herein.  No oral  agreement  or  representations  for rental  shall be deemed to
constitute  a lease  other than this  Lease and not until and unless  this Lease
shall have been properly executed by the Lessee and delivered to and executed by
the Lessor.

     23. Binding Upon Successors. All provisions herein contained shall bind and
inure  to  the   benefit  of  the  parties   hereto,   their   heirs,   personal
representatives, successors and permitted assigns.

     24.  Attorney  Fees. If it should become  necessary for Lessor to employ an
attorney  to  assert  any right of  Lessor  or force  any  obligation  of Lessee
hereunder  after  default by Lessee,  Lessor  shall be entitled  to recover,  in
addition to the other costs and expenses  herein  provided  for, the  reasonable
costs and charges of investigation and of such attorney.


                                       6


<PAGE>


     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have hereunto set their hands this 15th day
of March, 1996.

                                    LESSOR:

                                    CLEVELAND PROPERTIES, LLC
                                    By: /s/ Nelson E. Bowers II
                                    --------------------------------------
                                    Nelson E. Bowers II, Chief Manager


                                    LESSEE:

                                    CLEVELAND CHRYSLER-PLYMOUTH-JEEP-
                                    EAGLE, LLC
                                    

                                    By:/s/ Nelson E. Bowers II
                                    -------------------------------------
                                    Nelson E. Bowers II, Chief Manager



                                       7


<PAGE>


STATE OF TENNESSEE:
COUNTY OF HAMILTON:

     Before me, a Notary  Public of the state and county  aforesaid,  personally
appeared NELSON E. BOWERS II, with whom I am personally acquainted (or proved to
me on the basis of  satisfactory  evidence), and who,  upon  oath,  acknowledged
himself to be the Chief Manager of CLEVELAND  PROPERTIES,  LLC, the within-named
bargainor,  a Limited Liability Company, and that he, as such Manager,  executed
the foregoing instrument for the purposes therein contained, by signing the name
of the Limited Liability Company as he is authorized so to do.

     WITNESS my hand and seal this 18th day of March, 1996.

                                    /s/ [illegible]
                                    ---------------------------------
                                    Notary Public

My commission expires: 1-21-98



STATE OF TENNESSEE:
COUNTY OF HAMILTON:

     Before me, a Notary  Public of the state and county  aforesaid,  personally
appeared NELSON E. BOWERS II, with whom I am personally acquainted (or proved to
me on the basis of  satisfactory  evidence),  and who,  upon oath,  acknowledged
himself to be the Chief  Manager of CLEVELAND  CHRYSLER-PLYMOUTH-JEEP,  LLC, the
within-named  bargainor,  a  Limited  Liability  Company,  and that he,  as such
Manager,  executed the foregoing  instrument for the purposes therein contained,
by signing the name of the Limited  Liability  Company as he is authorized so to
do.

     WITNESS my hand and seal this 18th day of March, 1996.

                                    /s/ [illegible]
                                    ---------------------------------
                                    Notary Public

My commission expires: 1-21-98



                                       8


<PAGE>


                                                               Commitment No. 96

                                   EXHIBIT A

                                LEGAL DESCRIPTION


[illegible] in the Second Civil District of Bradley County, Tennessee, and being
[illegible] described as follows:


     Being all of Lot Three (3) of  Automobile  Park, as shown by plat of record
     in Plat Book 6,  Page 64,  in the  Register's  Office  of  Bradley  County,
     Tennessee, prepared by Jimmy L. Richmond, Registered Land Surveyor No. 917.


[illegible]  title see Deed recorded in Deed Book 369, Page 140,  Bradley County
[illegible] Office.


















                                      LEASE

                                  BY AND AMONG


                              NELSON E. BOWERS, II

                                       and

                              THOMAS M. GREEN, JR.,
                                   as Lessors


                                       AND


                        CLEVELAND VILLAGE IMPORTS, INC.,
                                    as Lessee




 
 <PAGE>



                                      LEASE

     THIS LEASE by and among NELSON E. BOWERS, II and THOMAS M. GREEN, JR.,
hereinafter collectively called the "Lessor," and CLEVELAND VILLAGE IMPORTS,
INC., a Tennessee corporation, hereinafter called the "Lessee."

                              W I T N E S S E T H:

     WHEREAS, the Lessee herein desires to lease from Lessor and the Lessor
desires to lease to the Lessee certain premises hereinafter described.

     NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the covenants, terms, and conditions
hereinafter set forth, Lessor and Lessee agree as follows:

     1. Description and Term. In consideration of the rents hereinafter reserved
and all terms, conditions, covenants, and agreements hereinafter contained, the
Lessor hereby leases and demises to the Lessee, and the Lessee hereby hires,
leases and takes from the Lessor the following-described property (hereinafter
called the "Premises"), to wit:

          (a) Street Address: 2490 South Lee Highway, Cleveland, Tennessee
     37311.



<PAGE>



          (b) Description. The Premises, the subject of this Lease between
     Lessor and Lessee, is the land and buildings located on the real property
     more particularly described on Exhibit A attached hereto.

          (c) Term. The term of this Lease shall be five (5) years from January
     1, 1993 until December 31, 1997.

          (d) Possession. Lessee shall have the right to immediate possession of
     the Premises. Lessee's possession, however, carries with it all the
     obligations of Lessee under this Lease, including all covenants and
     conditions and all responsibilities.

     2. Rent. The minimum annual rental agreed upon between the parties shall be
Ninety-Six Thousand Dollars ($96,000.00). The Lessee agrees to pay said rent in
lawful money of the United States in equal monthly installments of Eight
Thousand Dollars ($8,000.00) in advance of the first day of the Lease term and
thereafter upon the same day of each successive month during the term, at the
office of the Lessor or at such other place as Lessor may designate.

     3. Options to Renew. The Lessee shall have the right and option to renew
and extend this Lease for two additional terms of five (5) years each under the
same provisions and conditions as is in this Lease; but at such rental as is
agreed upon between the


                                       -2-



<PAGE>



Lessor and Lessee after negotiation; provided, however, the second option shall
not be exercisable by Lessee unless the Lessee has exercised the first option
hereunder.

     In order to qualify to exercise either option set forth above, the Lessee
must give the Lessor written notice by Certified Mail of its intention to
exercise the option not later than six (6) months prior to the expiration of the
term of this Lease, or of the term as extended by the first option hereunder, as
the case may be.

     In no event does this paragraph give the Lessee a tenancy in excess of
fifteen (15) years from the beginning of the original Lease term.

     4. Covenant to Pay Rent and Use. In consideration of the foregoing letting,
the Lessee does hereby covenant and agree as follows:

          (a) To pay rent as aforementioned and herein provided; and

          (b) Not to use and not to permit or suffer the use of the Premises for
     illegal or unlawful purposes, but for an automobile dealership for the
     purpose of selling and servicing new and used automobiles.


                                       -3-


<PAGE>



     5. "For Sale" and "To Let" Signs. During the last six (6) months of the
term of this Lease or any renewals thereof, unless the Lessee has given a notice
to renew pursuant to paragraph 3 of this Lease, the Lessor may maintain "To Let"
or "For Sale" signs upon the Premises and may freely exhibit the Premises to any
prospective tenants and/or purchasers; provided, however, that Lessor has
notified Lessee of such exhibition and it occurs during reasonable times after
normal business hours or as otherwise agreed.

     6. Acceptance of Premises, Maintenance and Improvements. At the
commencement of the term, the Lessee accepts the land and buildings in their
existing condition. No representation, statement or warranty, express or
implied, has been made by or on behalf of the Lessor as to such condition, or as
to the use that may be of such property. In no event shall the Lessor be liable
for any defect in such property or for any limitation in its use.

     Lessor shall have no further responsibility for maintenance or repairs of
the Premises after the beginning of the term of this Lease. Lessee agrees to
make all interior and exterior repairs and/or improvements to the buildings at
its own expense and to reasonably maintain the Premises for the term of the
Lease. Lessee shall at the end of the Lease term, or any renewal thereof, return
the Premises to the Lessor in as good a condition as when the Lease term began,
excepting damage caused by fire or other catastrophe not resulting from Lessee's
gross negligence and excepting ordinary


                                       -4-


<PAGE>



wear and tear. Lessee shall make no repairs, alterations or improvements to the
Premises which would affect the structural integrity of the Premises without
first requesting permission to do so from the Lessor and obtaining written
approval from Lessor; provided, however, such written approval shall not be
unreasonably withheld.

     7. Governmental Requirements. The Lessee agrees that it shall comply with
all requirements of all laws, orders, ordinances, and regulations which shall
impose any duty upon the owner or occupant of the Premises.

     8. Parking Area and Driveways. Lessee specifically covenants to Lessor and
agrees to maintain for the full term of this Lease, and any renewals thereof,
the driveways and parking areas which are a part of the Premises.

     9. Permits. Any permits required from any governmental agency because of
the use of the Premises by the Lessee shall be secured by the Lessee and shall
be its sole obligation and the failure to obtain any such permit or the
revocation of any such permit at any time shall in no way alter the terms or
conditions of this Lease.


                                       -5-


<PAGE>



10. Insurance.

          (a) From the date hereof and until the end of the term of this Lease,
     or any renewals thereof, the Lessee shall keep the Premises insured, at its
     sole cost and expense, against claims for personal injury or property
     damage under a policy of general public liability insurance, with limits of
     at least $200,000, $500, 000 for bodily injury, and $100,000 for property
     damage. Such policies shall name the Lessor and the Lessee as the insureds.
     The public liability policy or a certificate thereof shall be delivered to
     the Lessor within twenty (20) days of the commencement of the term hereof
     and not less than twenty (20) days before its expiration date during the
     term of this Lease, and any renewals thereof.

          (b) From the date hereof until the end of the term of this Lease, or
     any renewals thereof, the Lessee shall keep its improvements which do not
     become fixtures insured with fire and extended coverage insurance in an
     amount equal to one hundred percent (100%) of the full replacement cost of
     said improvements. Any policy providing such coverage shall contain the
     so-called special coverage all-risk endorsement and the full replacement
     cost endorsement.

          (c) From the date hereof until the end of the term of this Lease, or
     any renewals thereof, Lessee shall keep the Premises insured at its sole
     cost and expense for fire and extended coverage insurance in the coverage
     amount of at least One Million Dollars


                                       -6-


<PAGE>



     ($1,000,000.00). The policy providing such coverage shall contain the
     so-called special coverage all-risk endorsement.

          (d) All policies of insurance required to be maintained by the Lessee
     shall name the Lessee and Lessor as the insureds as their respective
     interests may appear.

          (e) All insurance required to be maintained by the Lessee shall be
     effected by valid and enforceable policies issued by insurers of recognized
     responsibility, satisfactory to the Lessor.

          (f) Lessor shall cause any insurance policy carried by them, and
     Lessee shall cause each insurance policy carried by it insuring the
     fixtures of the buildings and contents in the Premises to be written in
     such a manner so as to provide that the insurance company will waive all
     right of recovery by way of subrogation against Lessor or Lessee in
     connection with any loss or damage covered by any such policies. Neither
     party shall be liable to the other for any loss or damage caused by fire or
     any of the risks enumerated in standard extended coverage insurance. If the
     release or either Lessor or Lessee, as set forth in the preceding sentence
     of this paragraph, shall contravene any law with respect to exculpatory
     agreements, the liability of the party in question shall be deemed not
     released but shall be deemed secondary to the latter's insurer. Lessor
     shall not do or permit to be done any act


                                       -7-


<PAGE>



     or thing upon the Premises that would invalidate or be in conflict with
     fire insurance policies covering the land and buildings.

     11. Condemnation. The parties hereto agree that should the Premises, or
such portion thereof as will make the Premises unusable for the purposes herein
leased, be taken or condemned by competent authority for public or quasi-public
use, then this Lease shall, at the Lessee's option, terminate from the date when
possession of the parts so taken shall be required for the use and purpose for
which they had been taken. During any period in which there is less than
complete interference with the operation of the business in the Premises, then
the rent owing by the Lessee shall be abated in proportion to gross sales volume
at the Premises during such period of interference as it relates and compares to
the gross sales of the Premises during the last full month of operation of the
Premises prior to such interference. In the event that the means of ingress and
egress are in any way blocked or partially blocked as a result of any road
construction or other improvements, Lessor agrees to make an abatement of rent
during such period of construction or improvement. All compensation awarded for
such taking of the fee and leasehold shall belong to and be the property of the
Lessor; provided, however, that the Lessor shall not be entitled to any portion
of the award made to the Lessee or sublessee for loss of business and for the
cost of removal of any stock or other furnishings which have not become
fixtures. Lessee shall, notwithstanding anything above to the contrary, have the
right to participate as a party in any


                                       -8-


<PAGE>



condemnation proceedings to the extent of its leasehold interest in the property
and any interest in improvements to the property which have not vested in
Lessor.

     12. Covenant on Proceeds. If all or part of the Premises shall be damaged
or destroyed by fire or other casualty, insured under the standard fire
insurance policy with so-called special coverage all-risk endorsement required
pursuant to paragraph lO(c), Lessor shall, except as otherwise provided herein,
repair and/or rebuild the same with reasonable diligence, but Lessor's
obligation hereunder shall not include the improvements or betterments applied
by any other party, unless such improvements or betterments become fixtures.
Nothing hereinabove contained shall impose upon Lessor any liability or
responsibility to replace or repair any property belonging to Lessee. This Lease
shall continue in full force and effect, but rent and additional rent, if any,
shall abate from the date of such damage until ten (10) days after the Lessor
has repaired or restored said buildings in the manner and in the condition
provided in this section and notified Lessee of such fact. In the event that a
part of the Premises is rendered untenable or not suitable for use for the
conduct of Lessee's business therein, a just and proportionate part of the rent
shall be abated from the date of such damage until ten (10) days after Lessor
has repaired same and notified Lessee of such fact. Furthermore, in connection
with the above, Lessee shall receive a credit or refund, whichever is
appropriate, of any rent paid in advance.


                                       -9-


<PAGE>



     Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in the preceding
paragraph, either party may at its option terminate this Lease on thirty (30)
days' notice to the other given within ninety (90) days after the occurrence of
any damage or destruction of (i) the destruction or damage is caused as a result
of a risk not covered by Lessee's insurance-policies, (ii) the Premises are
damaged or destroyed during the least eighteen months of the Lease term or any
renewal term, or (iii) the Premises are completely destroyed or so damaged by
fire or other casualty as to render it unfit for use as a new automobile
dealership and the insurance coverage is insufficient in amount to pay in full
for necessary repairs and restoration and if either party deems such repairs or
restoration economically unfeasible.

     13. Defaults. If Lessee should default in the payment of any rental or
monies due hereunder when due, or be in default of any covenant, agreement or
condition herein provided for, or abandon or vacate the Premises, or bankrupt or
make an assignment for benefit of creditors, or in the event a receiver is
appointed for Lessee, then, upon the occurrence of any one or more of such
contingencies and after the Lessee has been given notice by Certified Mail of
such default, Lessee shall have ten (10) days after the receipt of such notice
within which to correct such default or defaults, or if such default shall be of
such nature that it cannot be cured completely within such 10-day period, the
Lessee shall commence to cure such default or defaults within the 10-day period
and shall


                                      -10-


<PAGE>



thereafter proceed with reasonable diligence and in good faith to remedy such
default; otherwise, this Lease may be cancelled at the option of the Lessor and
all rights of the Lessee terminated. In the event of such cancellation and
termination, Lessor shall have the immediate right or at any time thereafter to
re-enter and take possession of the Premises.

     The Lessee shall be liable for the cost of seizure and repossession of the
Premises and reasonable attorneys' fees incurred as a result of the seizure and
repossession of the Premises.

     Upon regaining possession of the Premises and upon re-entry therein and the
removal of all persons and property therefrom, Lessor shall relet the Premises
at a reasonable rental and upon such terms as may be reasonably obtained under
the circumstances and hold Lessee liable for any deficiency. Lessor is
authorized to make all necessary repairs, changes, and alterations in or to the
Premises for the new tenant.

     14. Electrical Wiring. The signing of this Lease shall constitute
acceptance of the electrical wiring as it is with no further obligation upon the
Lessor to repair or improve said wiring, and specifically the Lessee's signature
to this Lease constitutes acceptance of the electrical wiring as suitable for
its use and purposes in the Premises and the Lessor shall have no obligation
whatsoever because of said wiring. It is further


                                      -11-


<PAGE>



understood that the signature of the Lessee hereto constitutes a waiver of any
liability on the part of the Lessor in case of a fire or other calamity caused
by said electrical wiring.

     15. Waiver of Requirements. No requirement whatsoever of this Lease shall
be deemed waived or varied, nor shall the Lessor's acceptance of any payment
with knowledge of any default or of Lessor's failure or delay to take advantage
of any default constitute a waiver of the Lessor's rights thereby nor of any
subsequent or continued breach of any requirement of this Lease. All remedies
herein provided for shall be in addition to, and not in substitution for, any
remedies otherwise available to the Lessor.

     16. Notices. All notices to be given under this Lease shall be in writing
and shall either be served personally or sent by Certified Mail to the address
of the parties below specified. The Lessor's address for notices shall be 6025
International Drive, Chattanooga, Tennessee 37421. The Lessee's address for
notices shall be 2490 South Lee Highway, Cleveland, Tennessee 37311.

     17. Right to Sublease or Assign. Lessee shall not have the right to
sublease or assign the Premises in whole or in part.

     18. Surrender. Upon the expiration or other termination of the term of this
Lease, or any renewals thereof, Lessee shall quit and surrender to Lessor the
Premises, together with all buildings


                                      -12-


<PAGE>



and improvements which became fixtures, broom clean, in good order and
condition, damage caused by fire or other catastrophe not resulting from
Lessee's gross negligence excepted, and ordinary wear and tear also excepted.
Lessee shall remove all property to be removed at the expense of the Lessee, and
Lessee hereby agrees to pay all costs and expenses thereby incurred. Lessee's
obligations to observe or perform this covenant shall survive the expiration or
other termination of the term of this Lease.

     19. Construction of Lease. Words of any gender used in this Lease shall be
held to include any other gender, and words in the singular number shall be held
to include the plural, when sense requires. Wherever used herein, the words
"Lessor" and "Lessee" shall be deemed to include the heirs, personal
representatives, successors, sublessees and assigns of said parties, unless the
context excludes such construction.

     20. Captions. The paragraph captions as to contents of particular
paragraphs herein are inserted only for convenience and are in no way to be
construed as part of this Lease or as a limitation on the scope of the
particular paragraph to which they refer.

     21. Taxes. Lessee agrees to pay all real estate taxes and assessments on
the land and buildings due and payable during the term of this Lease, or any
renewals thereof.


                                      -13-


<PAGE>



     22. Lease Acceptance. This Lease contains all the oral and written
agreements, representations and arrangements between the parties hereto and any
rights which the respective parties hereto may have had under any previous
contracts or oral arrangements are hereby cancelled and terminated and no
representations or warranties are made or implied other than those set forth
herein. No oral agreement or representations for rental shall be deemed to
constitute a lease other than this Lease and not until and unless this Lease
shall have been properly executed by the Lessee and delivered to and executed by
the Lessor.

     23. Binding Upon Successors. All provisions herein contained shall bind and
inure to the benefit of the parties hereto, their heirs, personal
representatives, successors and assigns.

     24. Attorney Fees. If it should become necessary for Lessor to employ an
attorney to assert any right of Lessor or force any obligation of Lessee
hereunder after default by Lessee, Lessor shall be entitled to recover, in
addition to the other costs and expenses herein provided for, the reasonable
costs and charges of investigation and of such attorney.              


                                      -14-


<PAGE>



     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have hereunto set their hands this 2nd day
of January, 1993.



                                             LESSOR:
                                             -------


                                             /s/ Nelson E. Bowers, II
                                             -------------------------------
                                             Nelson E. Bowers, II



                                             /s/ Thomas M. Green, Jr.
                                             -------------------------------
                                             Thomas M. Green, Jr.




                                             LESSEE:
                                             -------

                                             CLEVELAND VILLAGE IMPORTS, INC.



                                             By: Nelson E. Bowers, II
                                                 ---------------------------

                                             Title: Pres.
                                                    ------------------------


                                      -15-


<PAGE>



                                    Exhibit A
        To Lease Agreement By and Between Cleveland Village Imports, Inc.,
          Lessee, and Nelson Bowers II and Thomas M. Green, Jr., Lessor

     The following described Real Estate situated in Cleveland, Bradley County,
Tennessee consisting of three point five (3.5) acres of a fifteen acre track
confronting Interstate By-pass 64 and South Lee Highway with access to South Lee
Highway.



48 1/HX/O/sei
01-02-93


                                      -16-



                         
                            AUTOMOTIVE WHOLESALE PLAN
                      APPLICATION FOR WHOLESALE FINANCING
         [LOGO] 
Ford Motor Credit Company

                                                            Date AUGUST 10, 1972

To: Ford Motor Credit Company (hereinafter called "FMCC")

The undersigned        LONE STAR FORD, INC.      (hereinafter called "Dealer"   
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                  (Dealer's Exact Business Name)

of    8600 No. FREEWAY             HOUSTON                   TEXAS  -  77088
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     (Street and Number)           (City)         (Zone)    (State)

hereby requests FMCC to extend to Dealer financing accommodations under the FMCC
Wholesale  Plan as set forth in the August 1962  edition of FMCC  Dealer  Manual
entitled  "Automotive  Finance  Plans for Ford  Motor  Company  Dealers"  or any
subsequent  edition  thereof  (herein called the "Plan"),  and in  consideration
thereof Dealer hereby agrees as follows:

1. Scope of Services -

FMCC, at all times, shall have the right in its sole discretion to determine the
extent to which,  the terms and conditions on which, and the period for which it
will make  advances to or on behalf of Dealer,  or extend credit to Dealer under
the  Plan or  otherwise.  FMCC at any  time  and  from  time to time in its sole
discretion  may  establish,  rescind  or change  limits  or the  extent to which
financing accommodations under the Plan shall be made available to Dealer.


2. Execution of Documents, Etc. -

Dealer shall execute and deliver to FMCC promissory  notes or other evidences of
indebtedness  and/or  trust  receipts,   conditional  sale  contracts,   chattel
mortgages or other title  retention or security  instruments  for the amounts of
credit  extended by FMCC  hereunder and shall execute any  additional  documents
which FMCC may reasonably request to confirm Dealer's obligations to FMCC and to
confirm  FMCC's  title,  title  retention,  lien  or  security  interest  in any
merchandise  financed  by FMCC for  Dealer  under the  Plan,  and  FMCC's  title
retention,  lien or security or other interest in any such merchandise shall not
be impaired by the  delivery to Dealer of such  merchandise  or bills of lading,
certificates of origin,  invoices or other documents  pertaining  thereto, or by
the payment by Dealer of any  curtailment,  security or other deposit or portion
of the amount  financed.  The  execution by Dealer or on Dealer's  behalf of any
document  for the  amount of any credit  extended  shall be deemed  evidence  of
Dealer's  obligation and not payment  thereof.  FMCC may, for and in the name of
Dealer,  endorse and assign any obligation transferred to FMCC by Dealer and any
check or other medium of payment intended to apply on such obligation.  FMCC may
complete  any  blank-space  and fill in omitted  information  on any document or
paper furnished to it by Dealer.


3. Dealer's Possession of Merchandise -

All merchandise  financed hereunder shall be held by Dealer for the sole purpose
of storing and exhibiting  the same for sale in the ordinary  course of Dealer's
business.  Dealer shall keep the merchandise brand new and subject to inspection
by FMCC and free from all taxes,  liens and encumbrances.  Any sum of money that
may be paid by FMCC in release or discharge of any taxes,  liens or encumbrances
on any such  merchandise  or on any documents  executed in connection  therewith
shall be paid by Dealer to FMCC upon demand.  Dealer shall not mortgage,  pledge
or loan all or any  portion  of such  merchandise,  and  shall not  transfer  or
otherwise  dispose  thereof  except by sale in the  ordinary  course of Dealer's
business.  Any  and  all  proceeds  or any  sale  or  other  disposition  of the
merchandise by Dealer shall be received and held by Dealer in trust for FMCC and
shall be fully, faithfully and promptly accounted for and remitted by the Dealer
to FMCC to the  extent  of  Dealer's  obligation  to FMCC with  respect  to such
merchandise.  FMCC's title,  title retention,  lien or security  interest in any
such merchandise  shall attach, to the full extent provided or permitted by law,
to the proceeds,  in whatever  form, of any sale of  disposition  thereof by the
Dealer  until  such   proceeds  are  accounted  for  and  remitted  to  FMCC  as
hereinbefore provided.


4. Furnishing of Information -

To induce FMCC to extend such financing accommodations to it, Dealer submits the
information  concerning its business  organization  and financial  condition set
forth on the reverse side hereof and/or attached hereto,  and certifies that the
same is  complete,  true and  correct  in all  respects  and that the  financial
information  contained therein and/or  subsequently to be furnished to FMCC from
time to time does and shall fairly present the financial  condition of Dealer in
accordance  with  generally  accepted  accounting  principles.  Dealer agrees to
notify  FMCC  promptly  of any  material  change in its  business  organization,
financial condition, or in any information relating thereto previously furnished
to FMCC.  Dealer  acknowledges  and  intends  that FMCC  shall  rely,  and shall
[ILLEGIBLE] the right to rely on such information in extending and continuing to
extend financing  accommodations  to Dealer.  Dealer hereby authorizes FMCC from
time to time and at all  reasonable  times to examine,  appraise  and verify the
existence and condition of all  merchandise,  documents and  commercial or other
property which FMCC has or has had any title, title retention,  lien or security
or interest, and all of Dealer's books and records in any way relating thereto.


5. Credits -

All funds or other  property  belonging  to FMCC  received  by  Dealer  shall be
received  by Dealer in trust for FMCC and shall be  forthwith  remitted to FMCC.
FMCC  shall,  at all  times,  have a  right  to  offset  and  apply  any and all
[ILLEGIBLE]  monies or  properties  of Dealer in FMCC's  possession  or  control
against obligation of Dealer to FMCC.


6. Payment by Dealer -

Dealer promises to pay FMCC promptly when due by acceleration or [ILLEGIBLE] all
curtailments  or other amounts due with respect to merchandise  financed by FMCC
for Dealer hereunder together with all interest and flat charges  established by
FMCC from time to time in its sole discretion under the Plan.


7. General -

Dealer waives the benefit of all homestead and/or exemption laws and [ILLEGIBLE]
that the acceptance by FMCC of any payment after it may have become  [ILLEGIBLE]
the  waiver  by  FMCC  of  any  other  default  shall  not be  deemed  to  alter
[ILLEGIBLE]  Dealer's  obligation  and/or  FMCC's  right  with  respect  to  any
subsequent [ILLEGIBLE] or default.

Neither this agreement,  nor any other agreement between Dealer and FMCC nor any
funds payable by FMCC to Dealer shall be assigned by Dealer  without the express
prior written consent of FMCC in each case.

Any provision  hereof  prohibited by any  applicable law shall be ineffective to
the extent of such prohibition  without  invalidating  the remaining  provisions
hereof.  Except as herein provided, no modification hereof may be made except by
a written  instrument  duly  executed  by, or pursuant  to the  express  written
authority  of, an  executive  officer of FMCC.  This  agreement  shall be deemed
[ILLEGIBLE]  contract  by  Dealer  to  give  trust  receipts  to  FMCC  for  all
merchandise  [ILLEGIBLE]  hereunder at all times when the Uniform Trust Receipts
Act is in  effect  [ILLEGIBLE]  state in which  Dealer's  place of  business  is
located as set forth above.


8. Acceptance and Termination -

Dealer waives notice of FMCC's acceptance hereof and this agreement  [ILLEGIBLE]
deemed  accepted  by FMCC at the time it shall  first  extend  credit  to Dealer
[ILLEGIBLE]  the Plan  and  shall  be  binding  on  Dealer  and  FMCC and  their
respective  successors  and assigns for the date  thereof  until  terminated  by
receipt  of  written  notice  by  either  party  from  the  other,  but any such
termination  shall not relieve party from any  obligation  incurred prior to the
effective date thereof.


Witness                                      LONE STAR FORD, INC.
                                             ----------------------------------
                                               (Dealer's Exact Business Name)


/s/ [ILLEGIBLE]                              By  [ILLEGIBLE]       Title  V.P.
    ---------------------                        ------------------       ------



<PAGE>

                                                            Date August 10, 1972

To  FORD MOTOR COMPANY                      From  LONE STAR FORD, INC.
    -----------------------------                 ------------------------------
(Manufacturer's or Seller's Name)                 (Dealer's Exact Business Name)

HOUSTON DISTRICT SALES OFFICE                      8600 No. FREEWAY
- ---------------------------------                 ------------------------------
(Division-District Sales Office)                       (Street and Number)

P.O. BOX 1851                                      HOUSTON    TEXAS     77088
- ---------------------------------                 ------------------------------
(Street and Number)                                (City)    (Zone)     (State)

HOUSTON       TEXAS       77001
- ----------------------------------
(City)        (Zone)      (State)

Please be advised that the  undersigned  Dealer has applied to Ford Motor Credit
Company for the  wholesale  accommodations  provided  under the FMCC  Automotive
Wholesale  Plan for  purchases  by the  undersigned  from you of new FORD CARS &
                                                                     ---- ---- -
TRUCKS motor  vehicles.  You are hereby  requested and  authorized to handle all
- ------
deliveries to the  undersigned  of such motor  vehicles in  accordance  with the
terms of the FMCC Automotive Wholesale Plan until you are notified in writing to
the contrary by the undersigned. You also are authorized to rescind the sale of,
or divert the shipment of, any of such motor vehicles ordered by the undersigned
in accordance  with the  instructions  of Ford Motor Credit Company from time to
time.

If you have any questions please contact FMCC at:

6300 HILLCROFT                                    LONE STAR FORD, INC.
- ------------------------------                    ------------------------------
(FMCC Branch Address)                             (Dealer's Exact Business Name)

HOUSTON   TEXAS - 77036
- ------------------------------                 By /s/ Charles A. West, V.P.
(City)    (Zone)    (State)                       ------------------------------
                                                                          (Date)
771-8371            DH
- --------------   ------------
Telephone No.    Branch Code

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                        POWER OF ATTORNEY FOR WHOLESALE

KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS:  That the  undersigned  dealer does hereby make,
constitute and appoint R.C. White of Dearborn, Michigan and any other officer or
employee of Ford Motor Credit, a Delaware corporation of Dearborn, Michigan, its
true and lawful attorneys with full power of substitution,  for and in its name,
stead and behalf,  to prepare,  make,  execute,  acknowledge and deliver to Ford
Motor Credit Company from time to time  promissory  notes or other  evidences of
indebtedness and trust receipts,  chattel mortgages,  conditional sale contracts
and other title  retention or security  instruments  necessary or appropriate in
connection  with  the  wholesale  financing  by Ford  Motor  Credit  Company  of
merchandise for the undersigned dealer, under the terms of the Ford Motor Credit
Company Automotive  Wholesale Plan, and generally to perform all acts, and to do
all things necessary of appropriate in discharge of the power hereby  conferred,
including the making of affidavits and the  acknowledging of instruments,  as if
fully done by the undersigned  dealer, and the said attorneys are hereby further
authorized  and  empowered in the  discharge  of the power  hereby  conferred to
execute any instruments by means of either a normal imprinted or other facsimile
signature   or  by   completing   a  printed  form  to  which  an  imprinted  or
other facsimile signature is then affixed.

This Power of  Attorney is  executed  by the  undersigned  dealer to induce Ford
Motor  Credit  Company to make  advances for  merchandise  to be acquired by the
undersigned  dealer and recognizes that such advances are made to manufacturers,
distributors  and other  sellers of such  merchandise  at places  other than the
undersigned  dealer's  place of  business,  and that it is  impractical  for the
undersigned  dealer to execute the promissory  notes,  trust  receipts,  chattel
mortgages,  conditional  sale  contracts  and other title  retention or security
instruments  necessary or appropriate in connection  with such advances  without
unduly  delaying the delivery of such  merchandise  to the  undersigned  dealer.
Accordingly,  this Power of Attorney  may be revoked by the  undersigned  dealer
only by notice in writing  addressed  to Ford Motor  Credit  Company,  Dearborn,
Michigan by registered mail, return receipt requested, stating an effective date
on or after the receipt thereof by Ford Motor Credit Company.

Dated this 10 day of August 1972

                                               LONE STAR FORD, INC.
                                   -------------------------------------------
                                          (Dealer's Exact Business Name)
Witness or Attest:


                                   By /s/ Charles A. West        Title   V.P.
- ----------------------------          ---------------------------     ---------

State of  Texas
        --------------
                         ss.
County of   Harris
          ------------

On  this 10 day of  August  1972  before  me,  the  undersigned  Notary  Public,
personally appeared       Chas. A. West       who acknowledged himself to be the
                   --------------------------
                  (Person Signing for Dealer)

Vice President      of            LONE STAR FORD, INC.,           the grantor of
- -------------------   --------------------------------------------    
     (Title)                        (Dealer's Name)

the  foregoing  Power  of  Attorney,  and that he,  being  authorized  so to do,
executed the foregoing Power of Attorney for the purposes therein contained,  by
signing the name of the said grantor by himself in the capacity indicated.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF I have hereunto set my hand and official seal.

                                        /s/ [ILLEGIBLE]
               (NOTARY'S                    -----------------------------------
                  SEAL  )                             Notary Public

                                        My commission expires  June 1, 1973
                                                             ------------------






[LOGO] Ford Motor Credit Company

                           AUTOMOTIVE WHOLESALE PLAN
                      APPLICATION FOR WHOLESALE FINANCING
                             AND SECURITY AGREEMENT

To: Ford Motor Credit Company (hereinafter called "Ford Credit") 
                                                           Date  August 22, 1984

The undersigned Town And Country Ford, Inc.
              (DEALER'S EXACT BUSINESS NAME)

(hereinafter called "Dealer") of 5401 E. Independence Blvd. Charlotte N.C. 28212
                     (STREET AND NUMBER)         (CITY)     (STATE)   (ZIP CODE)


hereby  requests  Ford Credit to  establish  and maintain for Dealer a wholesale
line of credit  to finance  new and  used  automobiles,  trucks, truck-tractors,
trailers,  semi-trailers,  buses,  mobile homes, motor homes, other vehicles and
other merchandise  (hereinafter  called the  "Merchandise") for Dealer under the
terms of the Ford Credit  Wholesale Plan as set forth in the April, 1979 edition
of the Ford Credit Dealer  Manual  entitled  "Automotive  Finance Plans for Ford
Motor Company Dealers" or any subsequent edition thereof (hereinafter called the
"Plan") and in connection  therewith to make advances to or on behalf of Dealer,
purchase instalment sale contracts  evidencing the sale of Merchandise to Dealer
by the  manufacturer,  distributor or other seller thereof, or otherwise  extend
credit to Dealer. In consideration thereof Dealer hereby agrees as follows:

1. Advances by Ford Credit

Ford  Credit  at all  times  shall  have the  right in its  sole  discretion  to
determine the extent to which, the terms and conditions on which, and the period
for which it will make such  advances,  purchase  such  contracts  or  otherwise
extend  credit to Dealer  (hereinafter  called an  "Advance"  (individually)  or
"Advances" (collectively)), under the Plan or otherwise. Ford Credit may, at any
time and from time to time, in its sole discretion, establish, rescind or change
limits or the  extent to which  financing  accomodations  under the Plan will be
made available to Dealer.  In connection  with the purchase of any such contract
and/or  other  extension  of credit,  Ford  Credit may pay to any  manufacturer,
distributor  or other seller of the  Merchandise  the invoice,  contract  amount
therefor  and be fully  protected  in relying  in good  faith upon any  invoice,
contract or other advice from such manufacturer,  distributor or seller that the
Merchandise described therein has been ordered or shipped to Dealer and that the
amount  therefor is  correctly  stated.  Any such payment made by Ford Credit to
such  manufacturer,  distributor or seller,  and any loan or other  extension of
credit made by Ford Credit directly to Dealer with respect to Merchandise of any
type held by Dealer for sale,  shall be an Advance made by Ford Credit hereunder
and, except with respect to any Advance that is a purchase of an instalment sale
contract,  shall be repayable by Dealer in accordance with the terms hereof. All
rights of Ford  Credit  and  obligations  of Dealer  with  respect  to  Advances
hereunder  that  constitute  the  purchase by Ford Credit of an  insalment  sale
contract shall be pursuant to the provisions of such contract.

From time to time Ford Credit  shall  furnish  statements  to Dealer of Advances
made by Ford  Credit  hereunder.  Dealer  shall  review the same  promptly  upon
receipt and advise Ford Credit in writing of any discrepancy  therein. If Dealer
shall fail to advise Ford Credit of any discrepancy in any such statement within
ten calendar days following the receipt thereof by Dealer,  such statement shall
be deemed to be conclusive  evidence of Advances  made by Ford Credit  hereunder
unless Dealer or Ford Credit  establishes  by a  preponderance  of evidence that
such Advances were not made or were made in different  amounts than as set forth
in such statement.

2. Interest and Service and Insurance Flat Charges

Each  Advance  made by Ford Credit  hereunder  shall bear  interest at the rates
established by Ford Credit from time to time for Dealer,  except that any amount
not paid when due  hereunder  shall bear interest at a rate that is 4 percentage
points higher than the current  pre-default rate up to the maximum contract rate
permitted by the law of the state where Dealer maintains its business as set out
above.  In addition to interest,  the  financing of  Merchandise  under the Plan
shall be subject to service  and  insurance  flat  charges  established  by Ford
Credit from time to time for Dealer.

Ford Credit  shall  advise  Dealer in writing from time to time of any change in
the interest  rate and service and insurance  flat charges  applicable to Dealer
and the effective date of such change.  Such change shall not become  effective,
however, if Dealer elects to terminate this Agreement and pay to Ford Credit the
full unpaid balance  outstanding under Dealer's wholesale line of credit and all
other  amounts due or to become due  hereunder in good funds within ten calendar
days after the receipt of such notice by Dealer.

3. Payments by Dealer

The aggregate amount  outstanding from time to time of all Advances made by Ford
Credit  hereunder  shall  constitute  a  single   obligation  of  Dealer,   not-
withstanding  Advances are made from time to time. Unless otherwise  provided in
the  promissory  note,  instalment  sale contract,  security  agreement or other
instrument  evidencing  the same  from  time to time,  Dealer  shall pay to Ford
Credit,  upon demand, the unpaid balance (or so much thereof as may be demanded)
of all  Advances  plus Ford  Credit's  interest  and flat  charges  with respect
thereto,  and in any event,  without  demand,  the unpaid balance of the Advance
made by Ford Credit  hereunder with respect to an item of the  Merchandise at or
before  the date on which the same is sold,  leased or placed in use by  Dealer.
Dealer  also  shall pay to Ford  Credit,  upon  demand,  the full  amount of any
rebate,  refund  or  other  credit  received  by  Dealer  with  respect  to  the
Merchandise.

If the promissory note,  instalment sale contract,  security  agreement or other
instrument  evidencing  an  Advance  or  Advances  is  payable  in one  or  more
instalments,  Ford Credit may from time to time in its sole  discretion,  extend
any instalment  due  thereunder or on a  month-to-month  basis,  and,  except as
provided below or in any  instalment  sale  contract,  Ford Credit's  failure to
demand any such  instalment when due shall be deemed to be a one month extension
of the same.  Any such  extension,  however,  shall not obligate  Ford Credit to
grant an extension in the future or waive Ford Credit's  right to demand payment
when due.  Following the sale,  lease or use date of an item of the Merchandise,
no instalment  shall be deemed extended  without Ford Credit's  specific written
consent, and Dealer agrees to pay the same, as required, without demand.
 
4. Ford Credit's Security Interest

As security for all Advances now or hereafter made by Ford Credit hereunder, and
for the  observance and  performance of all other  obligations of Dealer to Ford
Credit in connection  with the wholesale  financing of  Merchandise  for Dealer,
Dealer hereby grants to Ford Credit a security  interest in the  Merchandise now
owned or hereafter acquired by Dealer and in the proceeds,  in whatever form, of
any sale or other disposition thereof; and Dealer hereby assigns to Ford Credit,
and grants to Ford Credit a security  interest  in, all amounts  that may now or
hereafter be payable to Dealer by the manufacturer, distributor or seller of any
of the  Merchandise  by way of rebate or  refund  of all or any  portion  of the
purchase price thereof.

5. Dealer's Possession and Sale of Merchandise

Dealer's  possession of the Merchandise shall be for the sole purpose of storing
and  exhibiting  the same for sale or lease in the  ordinary  course of Dealer's
business.  Dealer shall keep the Merchandise brand new and subject to inspection
by Ford Credit and free from all taxes,  liens and encumbrances,  and any sum of
money  that may be paid by Ford  Credit in release  or  discharge  of any taxes,
liens  or  encumbrances  on the  Merchandise  or on any  documents  executed  in
connection therewith shall be paid by Dealer to Ford Credit upon demand.  Except
as may be  necessary  to remove or  transport  the same from a freight  depot to
Dealer's place of business.  Dealer shall not use or operate,  or permit the use
or operation of, the Merchandise for  demonstration,  hire or otherwise  without
the express prior written  consent of Ford Credit in each case, and shall not in
any  event  use the  Merchandise  illegally  or  improperly.  Dealer  shall  not
mortgage,  pledge or loan any of the  Merchandise,  and shall  not  transfer  or
otherwise  dispose of the same except by sale or lease in the ordinary course of
Dealer's business.  Any and all proceeds of any sale, lease or other disposition
of the  Merchandise  by Dealer shall be received and held by Dealer in trust for
Ford  Credit  and shall be fully,  faithfully  and  promptly  accounted  for and
remitted by Dealer to Ford Credit to the extent of Dealer's  obligation  to Ford
Credit with respect to the Merchandise. As used in this paragraph 5 (a) "sale in
the ordinary course of Dealer's business" shall include only (i) a bona fide


<PAGE>


retail  sale to a  purchaser  for his own use at the  fair  market  value of the
merchandise  sold and (ii) an  occasional  sale of such  Merchandise  to another
dealer at a price not less than Dealer's cost of the  Merchandise  sold,  unless
such sale is a part of a plan or  scheme  to  liquidate  all or any  portion  of
Dealer's  business,  and (b) "lease in the ordinary course of Dealer's business"
shall  include  only a bona  fide  lease to a  lessee  for his own use at a fair
rental value of the Merchandise leased.

6. <illegible> of Loss and Unsurance Requirements

The  Merchandise  shall be at  Dealer's  sole  risk of any loss or damage to the
same,  except to the extent of any insurance  proceeds actually received by Ford
Credit with respect thereto under insurance  obtained by Ford Credit pursuant to
the Plan.  Dealer shall  indemnify  Ford Credit against all claims for injury or
damage to persons or  property  caused by the use,  operation  or holding of the
Merchandise  and,  if  requested  to do so by Ford  Credit,  maintain at its own
expense liability insurance in connection  therewith in such form and amounts as
Ford Credit may reasonably require from time to time. In addition,  Dealer shall
insure each item of the Merchandise that is or may be used for  demonstration or
operated for any other purpose  against loss due to  collision,  subject in each
case to the deductible amounts and limitations set forth in the Plan.

7. Credits

All funds or other  property  belonging  to Ford  Credit and  received by Dealer
shall be  received  by Dealer in trust for Ford  Credit and shall be remitted to
Ford Credit forthwith.  Ford Credit, at all times,  shall have a right to offset
and apply any and all credits,  monies or  properties of Dealer in Ford Credit's
possession or control against any obligation of Dealer to Ford Credit.

8. Information Concerning Dealer

To induce Ford Credit to extend financing accommodations  hereunder,  Dealer has
submitted  information   concerning  its  business  organization  and  financial
condition,  and  certifies  that the same is  complete,  true and correct in all
respects and that the financial  information  contained therein and any that may
be  furnished to Ford Credit from time to time  hereafter  does and shall fairly
present the financial  condition of Dealer in accordance with generally accepted
accounting  principles  applied on a consistent  basis.  Dealer agrees to notify
Ford Credit  promptly of any  material  change in its business  organization  or
financial condition or in any information  relating hereto previously  furnished
to Ford Credit. Dealer acknowledges and intends that Ford Credit shall rely, and
shall have the right to rely on such  information in extending and continuing to
extend financing  accommodations to Dealer. Dealer hereby authorizes Ford Credit
from time to time and in all  reasonable  times to examine,  appraise and verify
the existence and condition of all Merchandise,  documents,  commercial or other
paper and other  property in which Ford  Credit has or has had any title,  title
retention and security or other  interest,  and all of Dealer's books and record
in any way relating to its business.

9. Default

The following shall constitute an Event of Default hereunder:

a) Dealer shall fail to promptly  pay any amount now or hereafter  owing to Ford
Credit as and when the same shall become due and payable, or
b) Dealer  shall fail to duly  observe or perform any other  obligation  secured
hereby, or
c) any  representation  made by Dealer to Ford  Credit  shall prove to have been
false or misleading in any material respect as of the date on which the same was
made, or
d) a proceeding in bankruptcy, insolvency or receivership shall be instituted by
or against Dealer or Dealer's property.

Upon the  occurrence  of an Event of Default  Ford  Credit may  accelerate,  and
declare  immediately  due and payable,  all or any part of the unpaid balance of
all Advances made  hereunder  together  with accrued  interest and flat charges,
without notice to anyone. In addition, Ford Credit may take immediate possession
of all property in which it has a security interest hereunder, without demand or
other notice and without  legal  process.  For this  purpose and in  furtherance
thereof if Ford Credit so requests, Dealer shall assemble such property and make
it available to Ford Credit at a reasonably  convenient place designated by Ford
Credit,  and Ford Credit shall have the right, and Dealer hereby  authorizes and
empowers Ford Credit, its agents or representatives,  to enter upon the premises
wherever such property may be and remove same. In the event Ford Credit acquires
possession of such property or any portion  thereof,  as hereinbefore  provided.
Ford  Credit  may,  in its sole  discretion  (i) sell the same,  or any  portion
thereof,  after  five days'  written  notice, at public or private  sale for the
account of Dealer, (ii) declare this agreement,  all wholesale  transactions and
Dealer's  obligations in connection therewith to be terminated and cancelled and
retain  any  sums of money  that may have  been  paid by  Dealer  in  connection
therewith,  and (iii)  enforce any other  remedy that Ford Credit may have under
applicable law. Dealer agrees that the sale by Ford Credit of any new and unused
property  repossessed by Ford Credit to the manufacturer,  distributor or seller
thereof,  or to any  person  designated  by such  manufacturer,  distributor  or
seller, at the invoice cost thereof to Dealer less any credits granted to Dealer
with respect thereto and reasonable costs of transportation and  reconditioning,
shall be deemed to be a commercially  reasonable means of disposing of the same.
Dealer  further agrees that if Ford Credit shall solicit bids from three or more
other dealers in the type of property repossessed by Ford Credit hereunder,  any
sale by Ford  Credit  of such  property  in  bulk or in  parcels  to the  bidder
submitting  the  highest  cash  bid  therefor  also  shall  be  deemed  to  be a
commercially  reasonable means of disposing of the same. Dealer  understands and
agrees,  however,  that such means of disposal  shall not be exclusive  and that
Ford  Credit  shall  have  the  right to  dispose  of any  property  repossessed
hereunder by any commercially  reasonable means. Dealer agrees to pay reasonable
attorney's  fees and legal expenses  incurred by Ford Credit in connection  with
the repossession and sale of any such property. Ford Credit's remedies hereunder
are cumulative and may be enforced successively or concurrently.

10. General

Dealer waives the benefit of all  homestead  and exemption  laws and agrees that
the acceptance by Ford Credit of any payment after it may have become due or the
waiver  by Ford  Credit  of any  other  default  shall not be deemed to alter or
affect  Dealer's  obligations  or  Ford  Credit's  right  with  respect  to  any
subsequent payment or default.

Neither this agreement,  nor any other agreement between Dealer and Ford Credit,
or between  Dealer and any  manufacturer,  distributor  or seller  that has been
assigned to Ford Credit,  nor any funds payable by Ford Credit to Dealer,  shall
be assigned by Dealer  without the express prior written  consent of Ford Credit
in each case.

Any provision  hereof  prohibited by any  applicable law shall be ineffective to
the extent of such prohibition  without  invalidating  the remaining  provisions
hereof.  Except as herein provided, no modification hereof may be made except by
a written  instrument  duly  executed  by, or pursuant  to the  express  written
authority of an executive officer of Ford Credit.

Dealer  shall  execute  and  deliver to Ford  Credit  promissory  notes or other
evidences  of  Dealer's  indebtedness  hereunder,   security  agreements,  trust
receipts,  chattel  mortgages  or  other  security  instruments  and  any  other
documents  which  Ford  Credit  may  reasonably   request  to  confirm  Dealer's
obligations to Ford Credit and to confirm Ford Credit's security interest in the
Merchandise  financed by Ford Credit under the Plan or in any other  property as
provided  hereunder,  and in such event the terms and conditions hereof shall be
deemed to be incorporated  therein.  Ford Credit's security or other interest in
any  Merchandise  shall not be impaired by the delivery to Dealer of Merchandise
or of bills of lading,  certificates  of  origin,  invoices  or other  documents
pertaining  thereto or by the payment by Dealer or any curtailment,  security or
other deposit or portion of the amount  financed.  The execution by Dealer or on
Dealer's  behalf of any document for the amount of any credit  extended shall be
deemed evidence of Dealer's obligation and not payment thereof. Ford Credit may,
for and in the name of Dealer,  endorse and assign any obligation transferred to
Ford Credit by Dealer and any check or other medium of payment intended to apply
upon such  obligation.  Ford  Credit may  complete  any blank  space and fill in
omitted information on any document or paper furnished to it by Dealer.

Unless the context otherwise  clearly  requires,  the terms used herein shall be
given the same meaning as ascribed to them under the  provisions  of the Uniform
Commercial  Code.  Section  headings are inserted for convenience only and shall
not affect any construction or interpretation of this agreement.

This agreement  shall be interpreted in accordance with the laws of the state of
the Dealer's place of business set out above.

11. Acceptance and Termination

Dealer waives notice of Ford  Credit's  acceptance of this  agreement and agrees
that it shall be deemed  accepted by Ford  Credit at the time Ford Credit  shall
first extend credit to Dealer under the Plan. This agreement shall be binding on
Dealer and Ford Credit and their respective successors and assigns from the date
thereof until terminated by receipt of a written notice by either party from the
other,  except that any such termination shall not relieve either party from any
obligation incurred prior to the effective date thereof.



Witness or Attest:   Town And Country Ford, Inc.                                
                     --------------------------------                           
/s/ <illegible>      (DEALER'S EXACT BUSINESS NAME)                             
- ------------------                                                              
                                                                                
                     By /s/ <illegible>                  Title <illegible>      
                     --------------------------------          --------------   
                     


<PAGE>


                        POWER OF ATTORNEY FOR WHOLESALE


KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS:  That the  undersigned  dealer does hereby make,
constitute and appoint S.L. Owens,  J.M. Walsh and F.H. Mason,  all of Dearborn,
Michigan and each of them and any other officer or employee of Ford Motor Credit
Company,  a Delaware  corporation  of  Dearborn,  Michigan,  its true and lawful
attorneys  with  full  power of  substitution,  for and in its  name,  stead and
behalf, to prepare, make, execute,  acknowledge and deliver to Ford Motor Credit
Company from time to time promissory  notes or other evidences of  indebtedness,
bearing such rate of interest as Ford Motor Credit Company may require from time
to time,  and trust  receipts,  chattel  mortgages and other title  retention or
security  instruments  necessary or appropriate in connection with the wholesale
financing by Ford Motor Credit Company of merchandise for the undersigned dealer
under the terms of the Ford Motor Credit Company Automotive  Wholesale Plan, and
generally to perform all acts and to do all things necessary or  appropriate  in
discharge of the power hereby conferred,  including the making of affidavits and
the  acknowledging of instruments,  as if fully done by the undersigned  dealer,
and each of the said attorneys hereby is further authorized and empowered in the
discharge of the power hereby  conferred to execute any  instruments by means of
either a manual,  imprinted  or other  facsimile  signature  or by  completing a
printed form to which an imprinted or other facsimile signature is then affixed.

This Power of  Attorney is  executed  by the  undersigned  dealer to induce Ford
Motor  Credit  Company to make  advances for  merchandise  to be acquired by the
undersigned  dealer and recognizes that such advances are made to manufacturers,
distributors  and other  sellers of such  merchandise  at places  other than the
undersigned  dealer's  place of  business,  and that it is  impractical  for the
undersigned  dealer to execute the promissory  notes,  trust  receipts,  chattel
mortgages  and other  title  retention  or  security  instruments  necessary  or
appropriate  in  connection  with such  advances  without  unduly  delaying  the
delivery of such merchandise to the undersigned dealer. Accordingly,  this Power
of Attorney may be revoked by the  undersigned  dealer only by notice in writing
addressed to Ford Motor Credit Company,  Dearborn,  Michigan by registered mail,
return  receipt  requested,  stating an  effective  date on or after the receipt
thereof by Ford Motor Credit Company.

Dated this 22 day of August 1984


Witness or Attest:                           Town And Country Ford, Inc.
                                           (DEALER'S EXACT BUSINESS NAME)
                                           
/s/ <illegible>                            By /s/ <illegible>    Title  Pres.
- ------------------------------                -----------------         --------

State of North Carolina
                           ss.
County of Mecklenburg 

On this 22 day of  August,  1984,  before  me, the  undersigned  Notary  Public,
personally appeared Bruton Smith who acknowledged himself to be the President of
Town And Country Ford, Inc., the grantor of the foregoing Power of Attorney, and
that he, being authorized so to do, executed the foregoing Power of Attorney for
the  purposes  therein  contained,  by signing  the name of the said  grantor by
himself in the capacity indicated.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF I have hereunto set my hand and official seal.

/s/ Beckie McManus                       [STAMP]            (NOTARY'S SEAL)
- --------------------------            BECKIE McMANUS
Notary Public                         NOTARY PUBLIC
                                      UNION COUNTY, NC                     
                                      MY COMMISSION EXPIRES 2-28-89


               CERTIFIED COPY OF RESOLUTION OF BOARD OF DIRECTORS

The  undersigned  hereby  certifies that he is the Secretary of Town And Country
Ford, Inc. of 5401 E.  Independence  Blvd.,  Charlotte,  N.C. 28212 and that the
following  is a true, correct and complete  copy of  resolutions  adopted by the
board of directors of the said  corporation at a meeting duly called and held on
August  22,  1984 at  which a quorum  was  present  and  voting,  and that  said
resolutions are unchanged and are now in full force and effect:

RESOLVED,  That  the  officers  of this  corporation  be,  and each  hereby  is,
authorized and empowered to execute and deliver on behalf of this corporation an
Application  for Wholesale  Financing to Ford Motor Credit  Company of Dearborn,
Michigan in such form and upon such terms and  conditions as the said Ford Motor
Credit  Company  may  require,  and to  execute  and  deliver  from time to time
promissory  notes or other  evidences  of  indebtedness,  bearing  such  rate of
interest as the said Ford Motor  Credit  Company may require  from time to time,
and trust  receipts,  chattel  mortgages  and other title  retention or security
instruments  as,  and in such form as, the said Ford Motor  Credit  Company  may
require, evidencing any financing extended by the said Ford Motor Credit Company
to this corporation under the terms of the Ford Motor Credit Company  Automotive
Wholesale Plan.

FURTHER  RESOLVED,  That S.L. Owens, J.M. Walsh and F.H. Mason, all of Dearborn,
Michigan,  and each of them and any other  officer or  employee of the said Ford
Motor Credit Company be and each of them hereby is constituted  and appointed an
attorney-in-fact  of this corporation for the purposes set forth in the Power of
Attorney  presented  to this board of  directors  this date,  with full power of
substitution,  and the officers of this corporation are, and each of them hereby
is, authorized and empowered to execute a formal Power of Attorney in such form.

FURTHER RESOLVED,  That the officers of this corporation be, and each hereby is,
authorized and empowered to do other things and to execute all other instruments
and documents necessary or appropriate in the premises.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF I have hereunto set my hand and affixed the corporate seal of
the said corporation this 22 day of August 1984.


/s/ <illegible>
- -----------------------------                     (CORPORATE SEAL)
    SECRETARY





World Omni Financial Corp.

                             DEMAND PROMISSORY NOTE
                                (Line of Credit)

                                                           DATE: October 5, 1990
                                                   Location  Charlotte, NC 28217
$5,500,000.00

     FOR VALUE RECEIVED,  the undersigned ("Maker") promises to pay on DEMAND to
the order of WORLD OMNI FINANCIAL  CORP., a Florida  corporation,  together with
any subsequent holder hereof (hereinafter collectively called the "Holder"), the
principal sum of Five Million Five Hundred Thousand DOLLARS  ($5,500,000.00)  or
such portion  thereof which shall have been advanced to Maker,  with interest as
set forth  below on the  unpaid  balance  until  paid,  and both  principal  and
interest shall be payable in lawful money of the United States of America at the
office of the Holder located at 4601 Charlotte Park Drive  Charlotte,  NC 28217,
or at such other place as Holder may designate in writing.  It is understood and
agreed  that  additional  amounts  may be  advanced by Holder as provided in the
Wholesale Floor Plan Security  Agreement (as hereinafter  defined) securing this
Demand  Promissory  Note  ("Note") and, if no promissory  note  reflecting  such
additional  advance is executed  by Maker,  such  advances  will be added to the
principal of this Note, will accrue interest as set forth below from the date of
advance until paid and will otherwise be payable in accordance with the terms of
this Note.

     All sums due under this Note, including,  without limitation, all principal
and  interest  and all  amounts  advanced  by the  Holder  of  this  Note or any
predecessor or assignor (immediate or remote) with respect hereto,  shall be due
and payable upon DEMAND or, in the absence of any DEMAND,  upon such  additional
terms and  conditions as are set forth in this Note and in the  Wholesale  Floor
Plan  Security  Agreement  dated October 5, 1990,  between World Omni  Financial
Corp. and Maker,  including any amendments  thereto (the  "Wholesale  Floor Plan
Security Agreement"),  which agreement and amendments,  if any, are incorporated
herein by reference.

     Accrued  interest  shall  be paid  monthly  on the  1st  day of each  month
commencing on November 1, 1990. Of that portion of the principal  amount of this
Note  advanced  to enable  Maker to  acquire  new  Vehicles  (as  defined in the
Wholesale Floor Plan Security Agreement), interest shall be a percentage of such
principal amount at an annual rate equal to .75 percent (.75%) plus the interest
rate announced from time to time by Southeast Bank, N.A., as the Prime Rate (the
"Prime  Rate") and shall be computed  on the basis of the actual  number of days
elapsed over a period of 360 days.  On that portion of the  principal  amount of
this Note advanced to enable Maker to acquire used Vehicles, or advanced for any
other  purpose,  other than to enable  Maker to acquire new  Vehicles,  interest
shall be a percentage of such  principal  amount at an annual rate equal to 1.75
percent  (1.75%) plus the interest rate announced from time to time by Southeast
Bank,  N.A.,  as the Prime Rate and shall be computed on the basis of the actual
number of days  elapsed  over a period of 360 days.  Each change in the interest
rate  hereunder  shall be effective as of that date upon which the Prime Rate is
changed.  Interest  shall be computed on a daily basis by applying  the interest
rate effective on that day as a daily rate to the outstanding  principal balance
as of that day.  The  outstanding  principal  balance as of any day shall be the
outstanding  principal  balance  hereunder as  of  the  beginning  of  that day,
plus any advance made  pursuant to this loan charged to Maker's  account on that
day (exclusive of the interest) and less any payments of principal credited to
Maker's account on that day.

     The obligation of Maker to make the payments  required to be made hereunder
shall be absolute and  unconditional  and shall not be subject to  diminution or
delay by setoff, counterclaim, abatement or otherwise.

     Maker shall indicate in writing, at the time of each request for an advance
hereunder, the amount of the requested advance that will be used to enable Maker
to acquire new  vehicles  and the amount of the  requested  advance that will be
used to enable Maker to acquire used vehicles,  which  indications shall be made
in accordance with Holder's normal  business  practices.  Holder shall provide a
monthly  statement to Maker indicating the amount of the advances made hereunder
that have been made to enable Maker to acquire new Vehicles and  indicating  the
amount of the  advances  made  hereunder  that have been made to enable Maker to
acquire used Vehicles, which monthly statement shall be controlling in the event
of any conflict with any writing provided by Maker.

     Each  Event of Default as  defined  in the  Wholesale  Floor Plan  Security
Agreement shall be, and hereby is,  incorporated herein by this reference and by
virtue thereof shall be deemed an event of default  hereunder  (hereinafter,  an
"Event of Default").

     In the event of a default in payment of any  installment  of  principal  or
interest hereof or upon the occurance of any other Event of Default, Holder may,
without  notice,  declare  the  remainder  of the  principal  and  interest  due
hereunder  at once due and  payable.  Failure to exercise  this option shall not
constitute  a waiver of the right to exercise  the same at any other  time.  The
unpaid principal of this Note and accrued interest,  if any, shall bear interest
after default at the rate of 18% per annum until paid.

     Acceptance  of any payment  after its due date shall not be deemed a waiver
of the  right  to  require  prompt  payment  when  due of all  other  sums,  and
acceptance of any payment after Holder has declared its entire  indebtedness due
and  payable  shall not cure any Event of  Default or operate as a waiver of any
right of Holder hereunder.

                                      -1-
<PAGE>


Maker,  and any sureties,  guarantors or endorsers of this Note,  hereby jointly
and severally waive presentment of payment, demand  for payment, protest, notice
of dishonor,  notice of  nonpayment or notice of default (or any other notice of
any kind, all of which are hereby  expressly  waived by Maker and such sureties,
guarantors  and endorsers to the fullest  extent  permitted by law),  and hereby
jointly and severally waive all defenses on the grounds of extension of time for
the payment hereof, renewals, waivers,  modifications,  or substitutions hereof,
releases of Collateral,  or substitution or release of any sureties,  guarantors
and  endorsers  hereof which may be given by Holder to them or either of them or
to anyone who has assumed any obligation for the payment of this Note.

     All payments shall be applied first to fees and costs, including attorney's
fees, if any, next to interest and then to principal,  but  notwithstanding  any
provision in this Note or in any other document executed in connection with this
Note,  Maker's total  liability  during any payment  period for payment of fees,
charges  or other  payments  which may be deemed  interest  shall not exceed the
limits imposed by the usury laws under applicable law. If, for any reason, total
payments which may be deemed interest shall be greater than the limit imposed by
the usury laws under  applicable law for any interest  payment period,  then all
sums in excess of those  lawfully  collectable as interest for that period shall
be applied,  without  further  agreement  or notice,  first to the  reduction of
principal until paid in full with the excess, if any, being repaid to the Maker.
Holder   agrees to accept such sums as a  penalty-free  prepayment of principal,
unless  Holder at any time elects,  by notice in writing,  to waive or limit the
collection  of any sums in  excess of those  lawfully  collectable  as  interest
rather than accept  those sums as a  prepayment  or  principal.  If this Note is
accelerated  by an Event of Default,  any interest on principal  accelerated  to
maturity in excess of the limits imposed by the usury laws under  applicable law
shall be  eliminated.  This Note may be  prepaid in whole or in part at any time
without penalty.

     Upon the occurance of an Event of Default, Holder may employ an attorney or
a law firm to enforce  Holder's  rights  and  remedies,  including  the right to
collect  the  amounts  due  under  this Note and to  protect  or  foreclose  the
Collateral, and Maker's principal,  surety, guarantor and endorsers of this Note
hereby agree, jointly and severally, to pay to Holder reasonable attorneys' fees
(provided,  however,  that if this  Demand  Promissory  Note is  governed by and
construed and enforced  under the laws of the State of Georgia,  Maker shall pay
Holder  attorney'  fees at the rate of 15% of principal  and  interest  owing by
Maker to Holder) and costs, whether or not suit be brought, including attorneys'
fees and costs on appeal,  plus all other reasonable expenses incurred by Holder
in exercising any of the Holder's  rights and remedies upon default,  including,
without  limitation,  court  costs,  other legal  expenses and  attorneys'  fees
incurred in connection with consultation,  arbitration and litigation,  and such
fees, costs, and expenses shall bear interest at the rate of 18% per annum until
paid and shall be  secured  as  provided  by the  Wholesale  Floor Plan Security
Agreement.

     Unless otherwise  defined herein,  all capitalized  terms used herein shall
have the  meanings  given to such terms in the  Wholesale  Floor  Plan  Security
Agreement.

     Holder may  pledge,  transfer or assign  this Note and shall  thereupon  be
relieved of all duties hereunder and with respect to the Collateral.  All rights
and duties of the parties  hereto and any  sureties,  guarantors  and  endorsers
shall  inure  to the  benefit  of and  bind  their  heirs,  distributees,  legal
representatives, successors and assigns.

     This Note is given  for the loan of money,  and is  secured  by a  security
interest in the Collateral granted pursuant to the Wholesale Floor Plan Security
Agreement  and  incorporated  herein by reference.  The  provisions of all other
security  agreements  securing  this Note,  if any, are  incorporated  herein by
reference.

     This Note may not be changed  orally,  but only by an  agreement in writing
and  signed  by the  party  against  whom  enforcement  of any  waiver,  change,
modification or discharge is sought.

     This Note is to be governed by and construed and enforced under the laws of
the State of North Carolina without regard to its conflict of laws principles.

     Maker hereby knowingly, voluntarily and intentionally waives the right to a
trial by jury to any litigation based on this Note, or arising out of, under, or
in connection  with any document or agreement  executed in  connection  with the
transactions contemplated hereby, or arising out of, under or in connection with
any  course of  conduct,  course of dealing  statements  (written  or oral),  or
actions of Maker or any other person.  This waiver of trial by jury provision is
a material inducement for Holder to enter into the transactions  contemplated by
this Note.

     IN TESTIMONY  WHEREOF,  each corporate  Maker caused this  instrument to be
executed  under its hand and seal in its  corporate  name by its  ______________
President,  and caused its corporate seal to be affixed hereto,  all by order of
its Board of Directors, first duly given, this day and year first above written.

                                  Marcus David Corp. D/B/A Town & Country Toyota
                                  ----------------------------------------------
                                                  (Corporate Name)
(Corporate Seal)


ATTEST:                                    By /s/ Bruton Smith (SEAL)
                                              ----------------------
/s/ William R. Brooks (SEAL)             Ollen Bruton Smith, as its President
- ------------------------
        , as its Secretary                   




SECURITY AGREEMENT AND MASTER CREDIT AGREEMENT              [LOGO] CHRYSLER
                                                                   CREDIT



This  Security  Agreement and Master Credit  Agreement  (hereinafter  called the
"Agreement"),  made as of this 21 day of April, 1995; and effective September 1,
1984 or the  date  hereof,  whichever  is  later,  is by and  between  CLEVELAND
CHRYSLER  PLYMOUTH JEEP EAGEL,  LLC,  having its principal  place of business at
2490 South Lee Hwy. - Cleveland,  Tn. 37311 (hereinafter  called "Debtor"),  and
Chrysler Credit Corporation,  a Delaware corporation,  having offices located at
27777  Franklin  Road,  Southfield,   Michigan  48034-8286  (hereinafter  called
"Secured Party").

WHEREAS,  Debtor is engaged in  business  as an  authorized  dealer of  Chrysler
Corporation  and desires  Secured Party to finance the  acquisition by Debtor in
the  ordinary  course  of its  business  of new and  unused  vehicles  sold  and
distributed by Chrysler  Corporation and/or other authorized sellers and of used
vehicles  (all such  unused and used  vehicles  being  hereinafter  collectively
called the "Vehicles").

WHEREAS,  Secured Party is willing to provide  wholesale  financing to Debtor to
finance the  acquisition  of Vehicles  by Debtor (1) by agreeing  with  Chrysler
Corporation to purchase from Chrysler Corporation  receivables evidencing credit
sales of Vehicles by Chrysler  Corporation to Debtor, and (2) by making loans or
advances to Debtor to finance the  acquisition  by Debtor of Vehicles from other
sellers.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual premises herein contained and
other good and valuable consideration paid by each party to the other, the
receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, and intending to be
legally bound hereby, the parties hereto agree as follows:

1.0  Financing - Secured Party agrees to extend to Debtor wholesale financing as
     follows:

     (a)  to purchase  receivables from Chrysler  Corporation  evidencing credit
          sales of Vehicles by Chrysler  Corporation  to Debtor,  at 100% of the
          face amount of such receivables; or

     (b)  by making  loans or advances to Debtor to finance the  acquisition  by
          Debtor of Vehicles from sellers  thereof,  on the terms and conditions
          set forth in  Paragraph  2.1  herein  or as set  forth in the  Vehicle
          financing terms and conditions as they may be made available to Debtor
          from time to time by Secured Party.

     For the purposes of this  Agreement,  amounts  applied by Secured  Party to
     acquire Debtor's  receivables from Chrysler  Corporation as contemplated by
     clause (a) are herein called "Receivable  Purchase Advances",  and loans or
     advances  provided by Secured  Party  directly  to either  Debtor or to the
     seller of  Vehicles  to Debtor as  contemplated  by clause  (b) are  herein
     called  "Direct Loan  Advances",  and all such amounts,  loans and advances
     provided  by Secured  Party  contemplated  by clause (a) and clause (b) are
     herein  collectively  called "Advances".  Debtor  acknowledges that (x) the
     maximum  amount of Advances  which will be made by Secured Party  hereunder
     will  be  established  from  time  to time by  Secured  Party  in its  sole
     discretion  and (y) all such Advances shall be made on and shall be subject
     to the terms and conditions of this Agreement.  It is understood and agreed
     that the making of any Advance  hereunder shall be at the option of Secured
     Party and shall not be obligatory,  and that the right of Debtor to request
     that Secured  Party make  Advances may be terminated at any time by Secured
     Party at its election without notice.

2.0  Evidence of Advances and Payment Terms - Each Receivable  Purchase  Advance
     shall be evidenced by and made against a Credit Sale  Agreement of Chrysler
     Corporation delivered to Secured Party, and Secured Party shall be entitled
     to make  Receivable  Purchase  Advances  against such Credit Sale Agreement
     appropriately  completed  and  executed  on behalf  of  Debtor by  Chrysler
     Corporation  by facsimile  signature  or otherwise  under Power of Attorney
     given  by  Debtor,  without  any  duty  to  inquire  as  to  the  continued
     effectiveness  of such  power or to verify  with  Debtor  the amount of, or
     Vehicles  listed upon, such Credit Sale Agreement and each such Credit Sale
     Agreement  shall  evidence  the valid and  binding  payment  obligation  of
     Debtor. Each Direct Loan Advance shall be made at such time as Debtor shall
     request in accordance with the  then-effective  Vehicle financing terms and
     conditions  referred to above.  Debtor will  execute and deliver to Secured
     Party from time to time its demand promissory notes in aggregate  principal
     amount equal to that amount agreed to by Debtor and Secured Party from time
     to time, such demand promissory notes (the "Promissory  Notes") to evidence
     the  liability  of Debtor to Secured  Party on  account of all Direct  Loan
     Advances and to constitute  additional  evidence of Debtor's  obligation in
     respect of the receivables underlying the Receivable Purchase Advances. The
     maximum liability of Debtor under this Agreement shall at any time be equal
     to the aggregate  principal  amount of all Advances at the time outstanding
     hereunder  plus  interest  and such other  amounts as may be due under this
     Agreement.  Debtor  will pay to  Secured  Party  on  demand  the  aggregate
     principal  amount of all Advances from time to time  outstanding,  and will
     pay upon demand the interest due thereon and such other additional  charges
     as Secured Party shall determine from time to time.

     Notwithstanding  any inconsistent terms of any agreement between Debtor and
     Chrysler Corporation in respect of Debtor's liability under any Credit Sale
     Agreement,  in  consideration  of  Secured  Party's  making  of  Receivable
     Purchase  Advances  and Direct  Loan  Advances,  Debtor will pay to Secured
     Party  interest at the rate(s) per annum  designated  by Secured Party from
     time to time on the amount of each Advance made by Secured Party  hereunder
     from the date of such Advance  until the date of repayment to Secured Party
     of the full amount  thereof.  For the purposes of the  preceding  sentence,
     each  Receivable  Purchase  Advance  shall be  deemed  to have been made by
     Secured  Party on the date on which payment shall have been made by Secured
     Party  to  Chrysler  Corporation  for  the  related  receivable  of  Debtor
     purchased by Secured  Party from Chrysler  Corporation.  Secured Party will
     give notice to Debtor of the interest  rate(s)  established by it from time
     to time under the terms  hereof,  and each such notice shall  constitute an
     agreement  between Debtor and Secured Party as to the  applicability to the
     Advances of the interest rate(s) contained  therein,  to be applicable from
     the dates stated in such notice until such interest  rate(s) are changed by
     subsequent  notice given by Secured Party  pursuant to this  sentence.  All
     interest  accrued on the Advances shall be payable  monthly by Debtor,  and
     shall be due upon  receipt  by  Debtor of the  statement of  Secured  Party
     setting forth the amount of such accrued interest.

<PAGE>

2.1  Debtor  agrees  that  financing  pursuant to this  Agreement  shall be used
     exclusively  for the purpose of acquiring  Vehicles for Debtor's  inventory
     and Debtor shall not sell or otherwise  dispose of such Vehicles  except by
     sale in the ordinary course of business.  If so requested by Secured Party,
     Debtor  agrees to  maintain a  separate  bank  account  into which all cash
     proceeds  of such  sales  or other  dispositions  of such  Vehicle  will be
     deposited.  Debtor  further  agrees that upon the sale of each Vehicle with
     respect to which an Advance  has been made by Secured  Party,  Debtor  will
     promptly  remit to  Secured  Party the total  amount  then  outstanding  of
     Secured  Party's  Advance  on each  such  Vehicle  unless  other  terms  of
     repayment  have been agreed to by Secured  Party.  Debtor agrees to hold in
     trust for Secured Party and shall  forthwith remit to Secured Party, to the
     extent of any unpaid and past due indebtedness  hereunder,  all proceeds of
     each Vehicle when  received by Debtor,  or to allow  Secured  Party to make
     direct  collection  thereof  and credit  Debtor  with all sums  received by
     Secured Party.

3.0  Security - Debtor hereby grants to Secured Party a first and prior security
     interest in and to each and every Vehicle financed  hereunder,  whether now
     owned or hereafter acquired by way of replacement,  substitution,  addition
     or otherwise,  together with all additions and  accessions  thereto and all
     proceeds thereof,  subject only to any prior security interest in a Vehicle
     financed by a Receivable  Purchase Advance which has been granted by Debtor
     to Chrysler  Corporation  and assigned by Chrysler  Corporation  to Secured
     Party in connection  with the making of such Receivable  Purchase  Advance.
     Further,  Debtor also hereby grants to Secured Party a security interest in
     and to all Chattel Paper, Accounts whether or not earned by performance and
     including  without  limitation  all  amounts due from the  manufacturer  or
     distributor  of the  Vehicles  or any of its  subsidiaries  or  affiliates,
     Contract Rights,  Documents,  Instruments,  General  Intangibles,  Consumer
     Goods, Inventory of Automotive Parts, Accessories and Supplies,  Equipment,
     Furniture, Fixtures, Machinery, Tools, and Leasehold Improvements,  whether
     now  owned  or  hereafter  acquired  by way of  replacement,  substitution,
     addition or otherwise,  together with all additions and accessions  thereto
     and all  proceeds  thereof,  as  additional  security  for each  and  every
     indebtedness  and  obligation of Debtor as set forth  herein.  The security
     interest hereby granted shall secure the prompt, timely and full payment of
     (1) all Advances,  (2) all interest  accrued thereon in accordance with the
     terms  of  this  Agreement  and  the  Promissory   Notes,   (3)  all  other
     indebtedness and obligations of Debtor under the Promissory  Notes, (4) all
     costs  and  expenses  incurred  by  Secured  Party  in  the  collection  or
     enforcement  of the Promissory  Notes or of the  receivable  underlying any
     Receivable  Purchase Advance or of the obligations of the Debtor under this
     Agreement, (5) all monies advanced by Secured Party on behalf of Debtor for
     taxes,  levies,  insurance and repairs to and maintenance of any Vehicle or
     other collateral,  and (6) each and every other  indebtedness or obligation
     now or hereafter  owing by Debtor to Secured Party including any collection
     or enforcement costs and expenses or monies advanced on behalf of Debtor in
     connection with any such other indebtedness or obligations. Nothing in this
     Agreement  shall  require  Debtor,  in respect of any  Receivable  Purchase
     Advance,  to proceed  first  under the  security  interest  created by this
     Agreement  or first  under  the  security  interest  granted  by  Debtor to
     Chrysler  Corporation to secure the receivable  underlying  such Receivable
     Purchase Advance and assigned by Chrysler  Corporation to Secured Party and
     the  remedies  of Secured  Party  under each  security  interests  shall be
     cumulative.

3.1  All said  security  set  forth in  Paragraph  3.0 above  shall  hereinafter
     collectively be called  "Collateral".  Debtor hereby  expressly agrees that
     the term  "proceeds" as used in Paragraph  3.0 above shall include  without
     limitation all insurance proceeds on the Collateral,  money, chattel paper,
     goods received in trade including without  limitation  vehicles received in
     trade,  contract rights,  instruments,  documents,  accounts whether or not
     earned by  performance,  general  intangibles,  claims and tort  recoveries
     relating to the  Collateral.  Notwithstanding  that Advances  hereunder are
     made from time to time with respect to specific Vehicles,  each Vehicle and
     the proceeds  thereof and all other  Collateral  hereunder shall constitute
     security for all obligations of Debtor to Secured Party secured hereunder.

3.2  Debtor  hereby  agrees that upon request of the Secured  Party it will take
     such  action  and/or  execute  and  deliver  to  Secured  Party any and all
     documents  (and pay all costs and expenses of recording the same),  in form
     and substance  satisfactory to Secured Party, which will perfect in Secured
     Party its security interest in the Collateral in which Secured Party has or
     is to have a security interest under the terms of this Agreement.

3.3  Secured  Party's  security  interest in the Collateral  shall attach to the
     full extent provided or permitted by law to the proceeds, in whatever form,
     of any  disposition  of said  Collateral  or to any part  thereof by Debtor
     until such  proceeds  are remitted and  accounted  for as provided  herein.
     Debtor  will  notify  Secured  Party  before  Debtor  signs,   executes  or
     authorizes any financing statement regardless of coverage.

3.4  Debtor shall be  responsible  for all loss and damage to the Collateral and
     agrees to keep Collateral  insured  against loss or damage by fire,  theft,
     collision,  vandalism  and against  such other  risks as Secured  Party may
     require from time to time. Insurance and policies evidencing such insurance
     shall be with  such  companies,  in such  amount  and such form as shall be
     satisfactory to Secured Party. If so requested by Secured Party, any or all
     such  policies  of  insurance  shall  contain an  endorsement,  in form and
     substance  satisfactory  to Secured Party,  showing loss payable to Secured
     Party as its interest may appear, and a certificate of insurance evidencing
     such coverage will be provided to Secured Party.

4.0  Debtor's Warranties - Debtor warrants and agrees that the Collateral now is
     and shall always be kept free of all taxes, liens and encumbrances,  except
     as  specifically  disclosed  in  Paragraph  4.1  below or  provided  for in
     Paragraph  3.0 above,  and Debtor shall defend the  Collateral  against all
     other claims and demands whatsoever and shall indemnify,  hold harmless and
     defend Secured Party in connection therewith.  Any sum of money that may be
     paid by  Secured  Party in  release or  discharge  of any  taxes,  liens or
     encumbrances shall be paid to Secured Party on demand as an additional part
     of the obligation secured hereunder.  Debtor hereby agrees not to mortgage,
     pledge or loan (except for designated demonstrators as agreed to in advance
     by Secured  Party in writing) the  Vehicles  and shall not license,  title,
     use,  transfer  or  otherwise  dispose of them  except as  provided in this
     Agreement. Debtor agrees that it will execute in favor of Secured Party any
     form of document  which may be required  to  evidence  further  Advances by
     Secured Party  hereunder,  and shall execute such  additional  documents as
     Secured  Party  may at any time  request  in order to  conform  or  perfect
     Debtor's  title to or Secured  Party's  security  interest in the Vehicles.
     Execution by Debtor of notes,  checks or other  instruments  for the amount
     advanced  shall be deemed  evidence of Debtor's  obligation and not payment
     therefor until collected in full by Secured Party.

4.1  Disclosure of Taxes, Liens and Encumbrances -

             (If there are any, list them here; if none, so state.)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 PLACE FILED             DATE OF FILING             NAME AND ADDRESS OF CREDITOR
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

<PAGE>




5.0  Signatory  Authorization - Debtor hereby authorizes Secured Party or any of
     its  officers,  employees,  agents or any other  person  Secured  Party may
     designate  to  execute  any and all  documents  pursuant  to the  terms and
     conditions of that certain Power of Attorney and Signatory Authorization of
     even date herewith.

6.0  Events of Default and  Remedies/Termination - Time is of the essence herein
     and it is  understood  and agreed that Secured Party may, at its option and
     notwithstanding  any inconsistent terms in any agreement between Debtor and
     Chrysler  Corporation  and/or  Secured Party with respect to the receivable
     underlying any Receivable Purchase Advance by Secured Party, terminate this
     Agreement,   refuse  to  advance  funds  hereunder,   convert   outstanding
     installment payment obligations to payment on Vehicle sale obligations, and
     declare the aggregate of all Advances outstanding hereunder immediately due
     and  payable  upon the  occurrence  of any of the  following  events  (each
     hereinafter  called an Event of  Default),  and that  Debtor's  liabilities
     under this  sentence  shall  constitute  additional  obligations  of Debtor
     secured under this Agreement.

     (a)  Debtor  shall  fail to make any  payment  to  Secured  Party,  whether
          constituting the principal amount of any Advance,  interest thereon or
          any other payment due  hereunder,  when and as due in accordance  with
          the terms of this Agreement or with any demand permitted to be made by
          Secured Party under this  Agreement or any  Promissory  Note, or shall
          fail to pay when due any other amount owing to Secured Party under any
          other agreement between Secured Party and Debtor, or shall fail in the
          due performance or compliance with any other term or condition  hereof
          or thereof,  or shall be in default in the payment of any  liabilities
          constituting  indebtedness  for money borrowed or the deferred payment
          of the purchase  price of property or a rental payment with respect to
          property material to the conduct of Debtor's business;

     (b)  A tax lien or notice  thereof shall have been filed against any of the
          Debtor's  property  or  a  proceeding  in  bankruptcy,  insolvency  or
          receivership  shall be  instituted  by or against  Debtor or  Debtor's
          property  or an  assignment  shall  have been  made by Debtor  for the
          benefit of creditors;

     (c)  In the event that Secured  Party deems itself  insecure for any reason
          or the Vehicles are deemed by Secured Party to be in danger of misuse,
          loss,  seizure or confiscation or other  disposition not authorized by
          this Agreement;

     (d)  Termination of any franchise authorizing Debtor to sell Vehicles;

     (e)  A  misrepresentation  by Debtor for the purpose of obtaining credit or
          an  extension  of credit or a refusal by Debtor to  execute  documents
          relating to the Collateral  and/or Secured Party's  security  interest
          therein  or to  furnish  financial  information  to  Secured  Party at
          reasonable  intervals or to permit persons designated by Secured Party
          to examine Debtor's books or records and to make periodic  inspections
          of the Collateral; or

     (f)  Debtor,   without  Secured  Party's  prior  written   consent,   shall
          guarantee,  endorse  or  otherwise  become  surety  for  or  upon  the
          obligations of others except as may be done in the ordinary  course of
          Debtor's  business,   shall  transfer  or  otherwise  dispose  of  any
          proprietary, partnership or share interest Debtor has in his business,
          or all or  substantially  all of the assets thereof,  shall enter into
          any  merger or  consolidation,  if a  corporation,  or shall  make any
          substantial disbursements or use of funds of Debtor's business, except
          as may be done in the ordinary course of Debtor's business, or assign
          this Agreement in whole or in part or any obligation hereunder.

     Upon  the  occurrence  of an  Event  of  Default,  Secured  Party  may take
     immediate  possession of said Vehicles without demand or further notice and
     without legal process; and for the purpose and furtherance thereof,  Debtor
     shall,  if Secured  Party so requests,  assemble the Vehicles and make them
     available to Secured Party at a reasonably  convenient  place designated by
     Secured  Party and Secured  Party shall have the right,  and Debtor  hereby
     authorizes and empowers  Secured Party to enter upon the premises  wherever
     said  Vehicles may be, to remove same.  In addition,  Secured  Party or its
     assigns shall have all the rights and remedies applicable under the Uniform
     Commercial Code or under any other statute or at common law or in equity or
     under this Agreement. Such rights and remedies shall be cumulative.  Debtor
     hereby  agrees that it shall pay all expenses and  reimburse  Secured Party
     for  any  expenditures,  including  reasonable  attorneys  fees  and  legal
     expenses,  in connection with Secured Party's exercise of any of its rights
     and remedies under this Agreement.

7.0  Inspection: Vehicles/Books and Records - It is hereby understood and agreed
     by and between  Debtor and Secured  Party that Secured Party shall have the
     right of access to and  inspection of the Vehicles and the right to examine
     Debtor's  books and  records,  which  Debtor  warrants  are  genuine in all
     respects.  Debtor  hereby  certifies to Secured Party that all Vehicles and
     books and  records  shall be kept at the  principal  place of  business  of
     Debtor as  hereinabove  stated or at such other  locations  as  approved in
     writing by Secured Party, and Debtor shall not remove or permit the removal
     of the Vehicles or books and records  during the pendency of this Agreement
     except in the  ordinary  course of business  and as  authorized  by Secured
     Party.

7.1  Debtor agrees to furnish to Secured Party after the end of each month,  for
     so long as this Agreement shall be effective, balance sheets and statements
     of profit and loss for each month with respect to Debtor's business in such
     detail and at such times as Secured Party may require from time to time.

8.0  General - Debtor and Secured Party further covenant and agree that:

8.1  Any provision  hereof  prohibited by law shall be ineffective to the extent
     of such prohibition without invalidating the remaining provisions hereof.

8.2  This Agreement  shall be interpreted  according to the laws of the State of
     Debtor's principal place of business as identified above.



<PAGE>


8.3  This  Agreement  cannot be modified  or amended,  except in writing by both
     parties  unless  otherwise  specifically  authorized  herein,  and shall be
     binding and inure to the  benefit of each of the  parties  hereto and their
     respective legal representatives, successors and assigns.

8.4  Interest to be paid in connection  herewith  shall never exceed the maximum
     rate allowable by law applicable  hereto, as the parties intend to strictly
     comply with all law relating to usury. Notwithstanding any provision hereof
     or any other document in connection herewith to the contrary,  Debtor shall
     not pay nor  will  Secured  Party  accept  payment  of any  such  excessive
     interest,  which excessive  interest is hereby canceled,  and Secured Party
     shall be  entitled  at its option to refund any such  interest  erroneously
     paid or credit the same to Debtor's obligations hereunder.

8.5  The terms  and  provisions  of this  Agreement  and of any other  agreement
     between  Debtor and Secured  Party or Debtor,  Secured  Party and  Chrysler
     Corporation  or  Debtor  and  Chrysler  Corporation  with  respect  to  the
     Receivable  underlying  any  Receivable  Purchase  Advance by Secured Party
     should be construed together as one agreement;  provided,  however,  in the
     event of any conflict,  the terms and  provisions of this  Agreement  shall
     govern such conflict.

8.6  No failure or delay on the part of Secured Party in exercising any power or
     right hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof,  nor shall any single or
     partial  exercise of any such right or power  preclude any other or further
     exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right or power hereunder. The
     remedies  herein are in addition to those  available in law or equity,  and
     Secured  Party need not pursue any rights it might have as a Secured  Party
     before  pursuing  payment and  performance  by Debtor or any  guarantor  or
     surety.

8.7  This Agreement may not be assigned by Debtor.

9.0  Notices - Any  notice  given  hereunder  shall be in  writing  and given by
     personal delivery or shall be sent by U.S. Mail, postage prepaid, addressed
     to the party to be charged with such notice at the  respective  address set
     forth below:

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                TO DEBTOR                                  TO SECURED PARTY
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
CLEVELAND CHRYSLER PLYMOUTH JEEP EAGLE, LLC          Chrysler Credit Corporation
2490 South Lee Hwy.                                  P.O. Box 80247
Cleveland, Tn. 37311                                 Chattanooga, Tn. 37414
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have duly executed this Agreement as of
the day and year first above written.

                                     CLEVELAND CHRYSLER PLYMOUTH JEEP EAGLE, LLC
                                     -------------------------------------------
                                                      (DEBTOR)

/s/ J L Allen                        By  /s/ Nelson E. Bowers II
- ---------------------------              ---------------------------------------
       (WITNESS)
   ILLEGIBLE                               Title  President
- ---------------------------                -------------------------------------
       (WITNESS)



                                     CHRYSLER CREDIT CORPORATION

                                     By /s/ ILLEGIBLE
                                        ----------------------------------------

                                     Title    Branch Manager
                                            ------------------------------------





<PAGE>




AMENDMENT TO THE SECURITY AGREEMENT                    [LOGO] CHRYSLER
AND MASTER CREDIT AGREEMENT                                   CREDIT CORPORATION

This   Amendment  to  the  Security   Agreement  and  Master  Credit   Agreement
(hereinafter "Amendment"), by and between the undersigned parties hereto, hereby
amends and is made a part of that certain  Security  Agreement and Master Credit
Agreement  (hereinafter  "Agreement"),  executed by the  undersigned  parties on
given date herewith.

It is hereby  agreed by the  parties  hereto  that the  Agreement  is amended as
follows:


Paragraph 3.0 of the Agreement,  titled "Security", is hereby amended to add the
following  sentence  immediately after the first full sentence in said Paragraph
3.0:

     "Further, Debtor also hereby grants to Secured Party a security interest in
     and to all Chattel Paper, Accounts whether or not earned by performance and
     including  without  limitation  all  amounts due from the  manufacturer  or
     distributor  of the  Vehicles  or any of its  subsidiaries  or  affiliates,
     Contract Rights,  Documents,  Instruments,  General  Intangibles,  Consumer
     Goods, Inventory of Automotive Parts, Accessories and Supplies,  Equipment,
     Furniture, Fixtures, Machinery, Tools, and Leasehold Improvements,  whether
     now  owned  or  hereafter  acquired  by way of  replacement,  substitution,
     addition or otherwise,  together with all additions and accessions  thereto
     and all  proceeds  thereof,  as  additional  security  for each  and  every
     indebtedness and obligation of Debtor as set forth herein."

Except as herein  amended,  the terms and conditions of the Agreement  remain in
full force and effect.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have duly executed this Amendment to the
Agreement as of the day and year as shown below.


                                     CLEVELAND CHRYSLER PLYMOUTH JEEP EAGLE, LLC
                                     -------------------------------------------
                                                      (DEBTOR)

/s/ J L Allen                        By  /s/ Nelson E. Bowers II
- ---------------------------              ---------------------------------------
Witness
                                     Title  President
- ---------------------------                -------------------------------------
Witness



                                     CHRYSLER CREDIT CORPORATION

                                     By /s/ ILLEGIBLE
                                        ----------------------------------------

                                     Date    4/21/95
                                            ------------------------------------




                                 PROMISSORY NOTE


- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
AMOUNT         CITY                     STATE                    DATE

$5,520,000.00  Cleveland                Tennessee                4-21-1995
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


ON DEMAND, FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the undersigned promise(s) to pay to the order of
CHRYSLER CREDIT CORPORATION, a Delaware Corporation, at its office at Cleveland,
Tennessee or at such other place as the holder hereof may direct in writing, the
sum of Five Million Five Hundred  Twenty & 00/100  Dollars  ($5,520,000.00),  in
lawful money of the United States of America,  together  with  interest  thereon
from the date hereof  until paid at the rate or rates  established  from time to
time,  pursuant to paragraph 2.0 of that certain  Security  Agreement and Master
Credit  Agreement dated  __________________,  19__,  between the undersigned and
Chrysler  Credit  Corporation,  which interest shall be payable  monthly in like
lawful money;  provided,  however,  that the rate of interest payable  hereunder
shall not exceed the maximum rate of interest permitted by applicable law.

The undersigned  agrees to pay reasonable  attorneys fees if this note is placed
in the hands of an attorney for collection.

The  makers,   sureties,   guarantors  and  endorsers   hereof  severally  waive
presentment  for payment,  protest and notice of protest and non-payment of this
note,  and consents to any  extension,  renewal or  postponement  of the time of
payment of this note, without notice, at the option of the holder.


- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
DEALER                              BY                       ITS

CLEVELAND CHRYSLER PLYMOUTH JEEP    /s/ Nelson E. Bowers II  President
EAGEL, LLC
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------



84-291-4331 (3/92)                                             [LOGO] CHRYSLER
SECURITY AGREEMENT AND MASTER CREDIT AGREEMENT                        CREDIT
(Non-Chrysler Corporation Dealer)


This  Security  Agreement and Master Credit  Agreement  (hereinafter  called the
"Agreement"), made as of this 21 day of April 1995,; is by and between SATURN OF
CHATTANOOGA,  INC., having its principal place of business at 6025 International
Drive -  Chattanooga,  Tn. 37422  (hereinafter  called  "Debtor"),  and Chrysler
Credit  Corporation,  a Delaware  corporation,  having offices  located at 27777
Franklin Rd.,  Southfield,  Michigan  48034-8286  (hereinafter  called  "Secured
Party").

WHEREAS,  Debtor is engaged in  business as an  authorized  dealer of SATURN and
desires  Secured  Party to finance  the  acquisition  by Debtor in the  ordinary
course of its business of new and unused vehicles sold and distributed by SATURN
DISTRIBUTION  CORPORATION  and/or other authorized  sellers and of used vehicles
(all such unused and used vehicles  being  hereinafter  collectively  called the
"Vehicles").

WHEREAS,  Secured Party is willing to provide  wholesale  financing to Debtor to
finance the  acquisition  of  Vehicles by Debtor by making  loans or advances to
Debtor to finance the acquisition by Debtor of Vehicles.

NOW,  THEREFORE,  in  consideration  of the mutual premises herein contained and
other good and  valuable  consideration  paid by each  party to the  other,  the
receipt and  sufficiency  of which is hereby  acknowledged,  and intending to be
legally bound hereby, the parties hereto agree as follows:

1.0  Financing - Secured Party agrees to extend to Debtor wholesale financing by
     making loans or advances to Debtor to finance the  acquisition by Debtor of
     Vehicles from sellers  thereof,  on the terms and  conditions  set forth in
     Paragraph  2.1 herein or as set forth in the  Vehicle  financing  terms and
     conditions  as they may be made  available  to Debtor  from time to time by
     Secured Party.

     For the purposes of this Agreement,  loans or advances  provided by Secured
     Party  directly to either Debtor or to the seller of Vehicles to Debtor are
     herein called "Advances".  Debtor  acknowledges that (x) the maximum amount
     of  Advances  which  will  be  made  by  Secured  Party  hereunder  will be
     established  from time to time by Secured Party in its sole  discretion and
     (y) all such  Advances  shall be made on and shall be  subject to the terms
     and  conditions of this  Agreement.  It is  understood  and agreed that the
     making of any Advance hereunder shall be at the option of Secured Party and
     shall not be  obligatory,  and that the right of  Debtor  to  request  that
     Secured  Party make Advances may be terminated at any time by Secured Party
     at its election without notice.

2.0  Evidence of Advances and Payment Terms - Each Advance shall be made at such
     time as Debtor shall request in accordance with the then-effective  Vehicle
     financing terms and conditions  referred to above.  Debtor will execute and
     deliver to Secured Party from time to time its demand  promissory  notes in
     aggregate  principal  amount  equal to that amount  agreed to by Debtor and
     Secured  Party  from  time to  time,  such  demand  promissory  notes  (the
     "Promissory Notes") to evidence the liability of Debtor to Secured Party on
     account  of all  Advances.  The  maximum  liability  of Debtor  under  this
     Agreement shall at any time be equal to the aggregate  principal  amount of
     all Advances at the time outstanding hereunder plus interest and such other
     amounts  as may be due under  this  Agreement.  Debtor  will pay to Secured
     Party on demand the aggregate principal amount of all Advances from time to
     time  outstanding,  and will pay upon demand the  interest  due thereon and
     such other additional charges as Secured Party shall determine from time to
     time.

     In  consideration  of Secured Party's making  Advances,  Debtor will pay to
     Secured Party interest at the rate(s) per annum designated by Secured Party
     from  time to time on the  amount of each  Advance  made by  Secured  Party
     hereunder  from the date of such  Advance  until the date of  repayment  to
     Secured Party of the full amount thereof. Secured Party will give notice to
     Debtor of the interest  rate(s)  established  by it from time to time under
     the terms  hereof,  and each such  notice  shall  constitute  an  agreement
     between Debtor and Secured Party as to the applicability to the Advances of
     the interest  rate(s)  contained  therein,  to be applicable from the dates
     stated in such notice until such interest rate(s) are changed by subsequent
     notice  given by Secured  Party  pursuant to this  sentence.  All  interest
     accrued on the Advances  shall be payable  monthly by Debtor,  and shall be
     due upon receipt by Debtor of the  statement of Secured Party setting forth
     the amount of such accrued interest.

2.1  Debtor  agrees  that  financing  pursuant to this  Agreement  shall be used
     exclusively  for the purpose of acquiring  Vehicles for Debtor's  inventory
     and Debtor shall not sell or otherwise  dispose of such Vehicles  except by
     sale in the ordinary course of business.  If so requested by Secured Party,
     Debtor  agrees to  maintain a  separate  bank  account  into which all cash
     proceeds  of such  sales  or other  dispositions  of such  Vehicle  will be
     deposited.  Debtor  further  agrees that upon the sale of each Vehicle with
     respect to which an Advance  has been made by Secured  Party,  Debtor  will
     promptly  remit to  Secured  Party the total  amount  then  outstanding  of
     Secured  Party's  Advance  on each  such  Vehicle  unless  other  terms  of
     repayment  have been agreed to by Secured  Party.  Debtor agrees to hold in
     trust for Secured Party and shall  forthwith remit to Secured Party, to the
     extent of any unpaid and past due indebtedness  hereunder,  all proceeds of
     each Vehicle when  received by Debtor,  or to allow  Secured  Party to make
     direct  collection  thereof  and credit  Debtor  with all sums  received by
     Secured Party.

3.0  Security - Debtor hereby grants to Secured Party a first and prior security
     interest in and to each and every Vehicle financed  hereunder,  whether now
     owned or hereafter acquired by way of replacement,  substitution,  addition
     or otherwise,  together with all additions and  accessions  thereto and all
     proceeds  thereof.  Further,  Debtor also hereby  grants to Secured Party a
     security  interest in and to all  Chattel  Paper,  Accounts  whether or not
     earned by performance and including without limitation all amounts due from
     the  manufacturer or distributor of the Vehicles or any of its subsidiaries
     or   affiliates,   Contract   Rights,   Documents,   Instruments,   General
     Intangibles, Consumer Goods, Inventory of Automotive Parts, Accessories and
     Supplies, Equipment,  Furniture,  Fixtures, Machinery, Tools, and Leasehold
     Improvements,   whether  now  owned  or   hereafter   acquired  by  way  of
     replacement,   substitution,  addition  or  otherwise,  together  with  all
     additions and accessions  thereto and all proceeds  thereof,  as additional
     security for each and every  indebtedness  and  obligation of Debtor as set
     forth herein. The security interest hereby granted shall secure the prompt,
     timely  and full  payment of (1) all  Advances,  (2) all  interest  accrued
     thereon in accordance  with the terms of this  Agreement and the Promissory
     Notes,  (3) all other  indebtedness  and  obligations  of Debtor  under the
     Promissory  Notes, (4) all costs and expenses  incurred by Secured Party in
     the collection or enforcement of the Promissory Notes or of the obligations
     of the Debtor  under this  Agreement,  (5) all monies  advanced  by Secured
     Party on behalf of Debtor for taxes,  levies,  insurance and repairs to and
     maintenance  of any  Vehicle  or other  collateral,  and (6) each and every
     other  indebtedness  or  obligation  now or  hereafter  owing by  Debtor to
     Secured Party including any collection or enforcement costs and expenses or
     monies  advanced  on behalf of Debtor  in  connection  with any such  other
     indebtedness or obligations.



<PAGE>




3.1  All said security set forth in Paragraph 3.0 shall hereinafter collectively
     be  called  "Collateral".  Debtor  hereby  expressly  agrees  that the term
     "proceeds" as used in Paragraph 3.0 shall include  without  limitation  all
     insurance proceeds on the Collateral,  money, chattel paper, goods received
     in trade including without limitation vehicles received in trade,  contract
     rights,  instruments,   documents,   accounts  whether  or  not  earned  by
     performance,  general  intangibles,  claims and tort recoveries relating to
     the Collateral.  Notwithstanding that Advances hereunder are made from time
     to time with  respect to specific  Vehicles,  each Vehicle and the proceeds
     thereof and all other Collateral  hereunder shall  constitute  security for
     all obligations of Debtor to Secured Party secured hereunder.

3.2  Debtor  hereby  agrees that upon request of the Secured  Party it will take
     such  action  and/or  execute  and  deliver  to  Secured  Party any and all
     documents  (and pay all costs and expenses of recording the same),  in form
     and substance  satisfactory to Secured Party, which will perfect in Secured
     Party its security interest in the Collateral in which Secured Party has or
     is to have a security interest under the terms of this Agreement.

3.3  Secured  Party's  security  interest in the Collateral  shall attach to the
     full extent provided or permitted by law to the proceeds, in whatever form,
     of any  disposition  of said  Collateral  or to any part  thereof by Debtor
     until such  proceeds  are remitted and  accounted  for as provided  herein.
     Debtor  will  notify  Secured  Party  before  Debtor  signs,   executes  or
     authorizes any financing statement regardless of coverage.

3.4  Debtor shall be  responsible  for all loss and damage to the Collateral and
     agrees to keep Collateral  insured  against loss or damage by fire,  theft,
     collision,  vandalism  and against  such other  risks as Secured  Party may
     require from time to time. Insurance and policies evidencing such insurance
     shall be with  such  companies,  in such  amount  and such form as shall be
     satisfactory to Secured Party. If so requested by Secured Party, any or all
     such  policies  of  insurance  shall  contain an  endorsement,  in form and
     substance  satisfactory  to Secured Party,  showing loss payable to Secured
     Party as its interest may appear, and a certificate of insurance evidencing
     such coverage will be provided to Secured Party.

4.0  Debtor's Warranties - Debtor warrants and agrees that the Collateral now is
     and shall always be kept free of all taxes, liens and encumbrances,  except
     as  specifically  disclosed  in  Paragraph  4.1  below or  provided  for in
     Paragraph  3.0 above,  and Debtor shall defend the  Collateral  against all
     other claims and demands whatsoever and shall indemnify,  hold harmless and
     defend Secured Party in connection therewith.  Any sum of money that may be
     paid by  Secured  Party in  release or  discharge  of any  taxes,  liens or
     encumbrances shall be paid to Secured Party on demand as an additional part
     of the obligation secured hereunder.  Debtor hereby agrees not to mortgage,
     pledge or loan (except for designated demonstrators as agreed to in advance
     by Secured  Party in writing) the  Vehicles  and shall not license,  title,
     use,  transfer  or  otherwise  dispose of them  except as  provided in this
     Agreement. Debtor agrees that it will execute in favor of Secured Party any
     form of document  which may be required  to  evidence  further  Advances by
     Secured Party  hereunder,  and shall execute such  additional  documents as
     Secured  Party  may at any time  request  in order to  conform  or  perfect
     Debtor's  title to or Secured  Party's  security  interest in the Vehicles.
     Execution by Debtor of notes,  checks or other  instruments  for the amount
     advanced  shall be deemed  evidence of Debtor's  obligation and not payment
     therefor until collected in full by Secured Party.

4.1  Disclosure of Taxes, Liens and Encumbrances -

             (If there are any, list them here; if none, so state.)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 PLACE FILED             DATE OF FILING             NAME AND ADDRESS OF CREDITOR
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


5.0  Signatory  Authorization - Debtor hereby authorizes Secured Party or any of
     its  officers,  employees,  agents or any other  person  Secured  Party may
     designate  to  execute  any and all  documents  pursuant  to the  terms and
     conditions of that certain Power of Attorney and Signatory Authorization of
     even date herewith.

6.0  Events of Default and  Remedies/Termination - Time is of the essence herein
     and it is  understood  and agreed that  Secured  Party may  terminate  this
     Agreement,  refuse to advance funds hereunder, and declare the aggregate of
     all Advances  outstanding  hereunder  immediately  due and payable upon the
     occurrence  of any of the  following  events  (each  hereinafter  called an
     "Event of  Default"),  and that  Debtor's  liabilities  under this sentence
     shall  constitute  additional  obligations  of Debtor  secured  under  this
     Agreement.

     (a)  Debtor  shall  fail to make any  payment  to  Secured  Party,  whether
          constituting the principal amount of any Advance,  interest thereon or
          any other payment due  hereunder,  when and as due in accordance  with
          the terms of this Agreement or with any demand permitted to be made by
          Secured Party under this  Agreement or any  Promissory  Note, or shall
          fail to pay when due any other amount owing to Secured Party under any
          other agreement between Secured Party and Debtor, or shall fail in the
          due performance or compliance with any other term or condition  hereof
          or thereof,  or shall be in default in the payment of any  liabilities
          constituting  indebtedness  for money borrowed or the deferred payment
          of the purchase  price of property or a rental payment with respect to
          property material to the conduct of Debtor's business;

     (b)  A tax lien or notice  thereof shall have been filed against any of the
          Debtor's  property  or  a  proceeding  in  bankruptcy,  insolvency  or
          receivership  shall be  instituted  by or against  Debtor or  Debtor's
          property  or an  assignment  shall  have been  made by Debtor  for the
          benefit of creditors;

<PAGE>




     (c)  In the event that Secured Party deems itself insecure for any reason
          or the Vehicles are deemed by Secured Party to be in danger of misuse,
          loss, seizure or confiscation or other disposition not authorized by
          this Agreement;

     (d)  Termination of any franchise authorizing Debtor to sell Vehicles;

     (e)  A  misrepresentation  by Debtor for the purpose of obtaining credit or
          an  extension  of credit or a refusal by Debtor to  execute  documents
          relating to the Collateral  and/or Secured Party's  security  interest
          therein  or to  furnish  financial  information  to  Secured  Party at
          reasonable  intervals or to permit persons designated by Secured Party
          to examine Debtor's books or records and to make periodic  inspections
          of the Collateral; or

     (f)  Debtor,   without  Secured  Party's  prior  written   consent,   shall
          guarantee,  endorse  or  otherwise  become  surety  for  or  upon  the
          obligations of others except as may be done in the ordinary  course of
          Debtor's  business,   shall  transfer  or  otherwise  dispose  of  any
          proprietary, partnership or share interest Debtor has in his business,
          or all or  substantially  all of the assets thereof,  shall enter into
          any  merger or  consolidation,  if a  corporation,  or shall  make any
          substantial disbursements or use of funds of Debtor's business, except
          as may be done in the ordinary course of Debtor's business,  or assign
          this Agreement in whole or in part or any obligation hereunder.

     Upon  the occurrence  of an  Event  of  Default,  Secured  Party  may  take
     immediate  possession of said Vehicles without demand or further notice and
     without legal process; and for the purpose and furtherance thereof,  Debtor
     shall,  if Secured  Party so requests,  assemble the Vehicles and make them
     available to Secured Party at a reasonably  convenient  place designated by
     Secured  Party and Secured  Party shall have the right,  and Debtor  hereby
     authorizes and empowers  Secured Party to enter upon the premises  wherever
     said  Vehicles may be, to remove same.  In addition,  Secured  Party or its
     assigns shall have all the rights and remedies applicable under the Uniform
     Commercial Code or under any other statute or at common law or in equity or
     under this Agreement. Such rights and remedies shall be cumulative.  Debtor
     hereby  agrees that it shall pay all expenses and  reimburse  Secured Party
     for any  expenditures,  including  reasonable  attorneys'  fees  and  legal
     expenses,  in connection with Secured Party's exercise of any of its rights
     and remedies under this Agreement.

7.0  Inspection: Vehicles/Books and Records - It is hereby understood and agreed
     by and between  Debtor and Secured  Party that Secured Party shall have the
     right of access to and  inspection of the Vehicles and the right to examine
     Debtor's  books and  records,  which  Debtor  warrants  are  genuine in all
     respects.  Debtor  hereby  certifies to Secured Party that all Vehicles and
     books and  records  shall be kept at the  principal  place of  business  of
     Debtor as  hereinabove  stated or at such other  locations  as  approved in
     writing by Secured Party, and Debtor shall not remove or permit the removal
     of the Vehicles or books and records  during the pendency of this Agreement
     except in the  ordinary  course of business  and as  authorized  by Secured
     Party.

7.1  Debtor agrees to furnish to Secured Party after the end of each month,  for
     so long as this Agreement shall be effective, balance sheets and statements
     of profit and loss for each month with respect to Debtor's business in such
     detail and at such times as Secured Party may require from time to time.

8.0  General - Debtor and Secured Party further covenant and agree that:

8.1  Any provision  hereof  prohibited by law shall be ineffective to the extent
     of such prohibition without invalidating the remaining provisions hereof.

8.2  This Agreement  shall be interpreted  according to the laws of the State of
     Debtor's principal place of business as identified above.

8.3  This  Agreement  cannot be modified  or amended,  except in writing by both
     parties  unless  otherwise  specifically  authorized  herein,  and shall be
     binding and inure to the  benefit of each of the  parties  hereto and their
     respective legal representatives, successors and assigns.

8.4  Interest to be paid in connection  herewith  shall never exceed the maximum
     rate allowable by law applicable  hereto, as the parties intend to strictly
     comply with all law relating to usury. Notwithstanding any provision hereof
     or any other document in connection herewith to the contrary,  Debtor shall
     not pay nor  will  Secured  Party  accept  payment  of any  such  excessive
     interest,  which excessive  interest is hereby canceled,  and Secured Party
     shall be  entitled  at its option to refund any such  interest  erroneously
     paid or credit the same to Debtor's obligations hereunder.

8.5  The terms  and  provisions  of this  Agreement  and of any other  agreement
     between  Debtor and  Secured  Party  should be  construed  together  as one
     agreement;  provided,  however, in the event of any conflict, the terms and
     provisions of this Agreement shall govern such conflict.

8.6  No failure or delay on the part of Secured Party in exercising any power or
     right hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof,  nor shall any single or
     partial  exercise of any such right or power  preclude any other or further
     exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right or power hereunder. The
     remedies  herein are in addition to those  available in law or equity,  and
     Secured  Party need not pursue any rights it might have as a Secured  Party
     before  pursuing  payment and  performance  by Debtor or any  guarantor  or
     surety.

8.7  This Agreement may not be assigned by Debtor.



<PAGE>




9.0  Notices - Any  notice  given  hereunder  shall be in  writing  and given by
     personal delivery or shall be sent by U.S. Mail, postage prepaid, addressed
     to the party to be charged with such notice at the  respective  address set
     forth below:

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
           TO DEBTOR                                     TO SECURED PARTY
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 SATURN OF CHATTANOOGA, INC.                      CHRYSLER CREDIT CORPORATION
 6025 International Drive                         P.O. Box 80247
 Chattanooga, Tn. 37422                           Chattanooga, Tn. 37414
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the parties hereto have duly executed this Agreement as of
the day and year first above written.

                                             SATURN OF CHATTANOOGA, INC.

/s/ ILLEGIBLE                                By /s/ Nelson E. Bowers II
- ----------------------------------              -------------------------------
         (WITNESS)

    ILLEGIBLE                                Title  President
- ---------------------------------                  ----------------------------
         (WITNESS)

                                             CHRYSLER CREDIT CORPORATION

                                             By /s/ ILLEGIBLE
                                                -------------------------------

                                             Title  Branch Manager
                                                   ----------------------------
<PAGE>


AMENDMENT TO THE SECURITY AGREEMENT                    [LOGO] CHRYSLER
AND MASTER CREDIT AGREEMENT                                   CREDIT CORPORATION


This   Amendment  to  the  Security   Agreement  and  Master  Credit   Agreement
(hereinafter "Amendment"), by and between the undersigned parties hereto, hereby
amends and is made a part of that certain  Security  Agreement and Master Credit
Agreement (hereinafter "Agreement"), executed by the undersigned parties on even
date herewith.

It is hereby  agreed by the  parties  hereto  that the  Agreement  is amended as
follows:

Paragraph 3.0 of the Agreement,  titled "Security", is hereby amended to add the
following  sentence  immediately after the first full sentence in said Paragraph
3.0:

     "Further, Debtor also hereby grants to Secured Party a security interest in
     and to all Chattel Paper, Accounts whether or not earned by performance and
     including  without  limitation  all  amounts due from the  manufacturer  or
     distributor  of the  Vehicles  or any of its  subsidiaries  or  affiliates,
     Contract Rights,  Documents,  Instruments,  General  Intangibles,  Consumer
     Goods, Inventory of Automotive Parts, Accessories and Supplies,  Equipment,
     Furniture, Fixtures, Machinery, Tools, and Leasehold Improvements,  whether
     now  owned  or  hereafter  acquired  by way of  replacement,  substitution,
     addition or otherwise,  together with all additions and accessions  thereto
     and all  proceeds  thereof,  as  additional  security  for each  and  every
     indebtedness and obligation of Debtor as set forth herein."

Except as herein amended, the terms and conditions of the Agreement remain in
full force and effect.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have duly executed this Amendment to the
Agreement as of the day and year as shown below.


                                             SATURN OF CHATTANOOGA, INC.

/s/ ILLEGIBLE                                By /s/ Nelson E. Bowers II
- ----------------------------------              -------------------------------
Witness

                                             Title  President
- ---------------------------------                  ----------------------------
Witness

                                             CHRYSLER CREDIT CORPORATION

                                             By /s/ ILLEGIBLE
                                                -------------------------------

                                             Date   4-21-95
                                                   ----------------------------


                                PROMISSORY NOTE

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
AMOUNT              CITY                       STATE               DATE

$3,490,000.00       Chattanooga                Tennessee           4-21-1995
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

ON DEMAND, FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the undersigned promise(s) to pay to the order of
CHRYSLER  CREDIT  CORPORATION,   a  Delaware  Corporation,   at  its  office  at
Chattanooga, Tennessee or at such other place as the holder hereof may direct in
writing,  the sum of Three  Million  Four  Hundred  Ninety  Thousand  and 00/100
Dollars  ($3,490,000.00),  in lawful  money of the  United  States  of  America,
together  with  interest  thereon from the date hereof until paid at the rate or
rates  established from time to time,  pursuant to paragraph 2.0 of that certain
Security  Agreement  and Master  Credit  Agreement  dated  ____________________,
19___,  between the undersigned and Chrysler Credit Corporation,  which interest
shall be payable monthly in like lawful money; provided,  however, that the rate
of interest  payable  hereunder  shall not exceed the  maximum  rate of interest
permitted by applicable law.

The undersigned  agrees to pay reasonable  attorneys fees if this note is placed
in the hands of an attorney for collection.

The  makers,   sureties,   guarantors  and  endorsers   hereof  severally  waive
presentment  for payment,  protest and notice of protest and non-payment of this
note,  and consents to any  extension,  renewal or  postponement  of the time of
payment of this note, without notice, at the option of the holder.

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
DEALER                             BY                             ITS

SATURN OF CHATTANOOGA, INC.        /s/ Nelson E. Bowers II        President
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------



84-291-4331 (3/92)                                             [LOGO] CHRYSLER
SECURITY AGREEMENT AND MASTER CREDIT AGREEMENT                        CREDIT
(Non-Chrysler Corporation Dealer)


This  Security  Agreement and Master Credit  Agreement  (hereinafter  called the
"Agreement"),  made as of this 21 day of April, 1995;  is by and between  NELSON
BOWERS FORD L.P., having its principal place of business at 717 South Lee Hwy. -
Cleveland,   Tn.  37311  (hereinafter  called  "Debtor"),  and  Chrysler  Credit
Corporation,  a Delaware  corporation,  having offices located at 27777 Franklin
Rd., Southfield, Michigan 48034-8286 (hereinafter called "Secured Party").

WHEREAS,  Debtor is engaged in  business as an  authorized  dealer of FORD motor
Company and desires  Secured Party to finance the  acquisition  by Debtor in the
ordinary  course of its business of new and unused vehicles sold and distributed
by Ford Motor company and/or other authorized  sellers and of used vehicles (all
such  unused  and  used  vehicles  being  hereinafter  collectively  called  the
"Vehicles").

WHEREAS,  Secured Party is willing to provide  wholesale  financing to Debtor to
finance the  acquisition  of  Vehicles by Debtor by making  loans or advances to
Debtor to finance the acquisition by Debtor of Vehicles.

NOW,  THEREFORE,  in  consideration  of the mutual premises herein contained and
other good and  valuable  consideration  paid by each  party to the  other,  the
receipt and  sufficiency  of which is hereby  acknowledged,  and intending to be
legally bound hereby, the parties hereto agree as follows:

1.0  Financing - Secured Party agrees to extend to Debtor wholesale financing by
     making loans or advances to Debtor to finance the  acquisition by Debtor of
     Vehicles from sellers  thereof,  on the terms and  conditions  set forth in
     Paragraph  2.1 herein or as set forth in the  Vehicle  financing  terms and
     conditions  as they may be made  available  to Debtor  from time to time by
     Secured Party.

     For the purposes of this Agreement,  loans or advances  provided by Secured
     Party  directly to either Debtor or to the seller of Vehicles to Debtor are
     herein called "Advances".  Debtor  acknowledges that (x) the maximum amount
     of  Advances  which  will  be  made  by  Secured  Party  hereunder  will be
     established  from time to time by Secured Party in its sole  discretion and
     (y) all such  Advances  shall be made on and shall be  subject to the terms
     and  conditions of this  Agreement.  It is  understood  and agreed that the
     making of any Advance hereunder shall be at the option of Secured Party and
     shall not be  obligatory,  and that the right of  Debtor  to  request  that
     Secured  Party make Advances may be terminated at any time by Secured Party
     at its election without notice.

2.0  Evidence of Advances and Payment Terms - Each Advance shall be made at such
     time as Debtor shall request in accordance with the then-effective  Vehicle
     financing terms and conditions  referred to above.  Debtor will execute and
     deliver to Secured Party from time to time its demand  promissory  notes in
     aggregate  principal  amount  equal to that amount  agreed to by Debtor and
     Secured  Party  from  time to  time,  such  demand  promissory  notes  (the
     "Promissory Notes") to evidence the liability of Debtor to Secured Party on
     account  of all  Advances.  The  maximum  liability  of Debtor  under  this
     Agreement shall at any time be equal to the aggregate  principal  amount of
     all Advances at the time outstanding hereunder plus interest and such other
     amounts  as may be due under  this  Agreement.  Debtor  will pay to Secured
     Party on demand the aggregate principal amount of all Advances from time to
     time  outstanding,  and will pay upon demand the  interest  due thereon and
     such other additional charges as Secured Party shall determine from time to
     time.

     In  consideration  of Secured Party's making  Advances,  Debtor will pay to
     Secured Party interest at the rate(s) per annum designated by Secured Party
     from  time to time on the  amount of each  Advance  made by  Secured  Party
     hereunder  from the date of such  Advance  until the date of  repayment  to
     Secured Party of the full amount thereof. Secured Party will give notice to
     Debtor of the interest  rate(s)  established  by it from time to time under
     the terms  hereof,  and each such  notice  shall  constitute  an  agreement
     between Debtor and Secured Party as to the applicability to the Advances of
     the interest  rate(s)  contained  therein,  to be applicable from the dates
     stated in such notice until such interest rate(s) are changed by subsequent
     notice  given by Secured  Party  pursuant to this  sentence.  All  interest
     accrued on the Advances  shall be payable  monthly by Debtor,  and shall be
     due upon receipt by Debtor of the  statement of Secured Party setting forth
     the amount of such accrued interest.

2.1  Debtor  agrees  that  financing  pursuant to this  Agreement  shall be used
     exclusively  for the purpose of acquiring  Vehicles for Debtor's  inventory
     and Debtor shall not sell or otherwise  dispose of such Vehicles  except by
     sale in the ordinary course of business.  If so requested by Secured Party,
     Debtor  agrees to  maintain a  separate  bank  account  into which all cash
     proceeds  of such  sales  or other  dispositions  of such  Vehicle  will be
     deposited.  Debtor  further  agrees that upon the sale of each Vehicle with
     respect to which an Advance  has been made by Secured  Party,  Debtor  will
     promptly  remit to  Secured  Party the total  amount  then  outstanding  of
     Secured  Party's  Advance  on each  such  Vehicle  unless  other  terms  of
     repayment  have been agreed to by Secured  Party.  Debtor agrees to hold in
     trust for Secured Party and shall  forthwith remit to Secured Party, to the
     extent of any unpaid and past due indebtedness  hereunder,  all proceeds of
     each Vehicle when  received by Debtor,  or to allow  Secured  Party to make
     direct  collection  thereof  and credit  Debtor  with all sums  received by
     Secured Party.

3.0  Security - Debtor hereby grants to Secured Party a first and prior security
     interest in and to each and every Vehicle financed  hereunder,  whether now
     owned or hereafter acquired by way of replacement,  substitution,  addition
     or otherwise,  together with all additions and  accessions  thereto and all
     proceeds  thereof.  Further,  Debtor also hereby  grants to Secured Party a
     security  interest in and to all  Chattel  Paper,  Accounts  whether or not
     earned by performance and including without limitation all amounts due from
     the  manufacturer or distributor of the Vehicles or any of its subsidiaries
     or   affiliates,   Contract   Rights,   Documents,   Instruments,   General
     Intangibles, Consumer Goods, Inventory of Automotive Parts, Accessories and
     Supplies, Equipment,  Furniture,  Fixtures, Machinery, Tools, and Leasehold
     Improvements,   whether  now  owned  or   hereafter   acquired  by  way  of
     replacement,   substitution,  addition  or  otherwise,  together  with  all
     additions and accessions  thereto and all proceeds  thereof,  as additional
     security for each and every  indebtedness  and  obligation of Debtor is set
     forth herein. The security interest hereby granted shall secure the prompt,
     timely  and full  payment of (1) all  Advances,  (2) all  interest  accrued
     thereon in accordance  with the terms of this  Agreement and the Promissory
     Notes,  (3) all other  indebtedness  and  obligations  of Debtor  under the
     Promissory  Notes, (4) all costs and expenses  incurred by Secured Party in
     the collection or enforcement of the Promissory Notes or of the obligations
     of the Debtor  under this  Agreement,  (5) all monies  advanced  by Secured
     Party on behalf of Debtor for taxes,  levies,  insurance and repairs to and
     maintenance  of any  Vehicle  or other  collateral,  and (6) each and every
     other  indebtedness  or  obligation  now or  hereafter  owing by  Debtor to
     Secured Party including any collection or enforcement costs and expenses or
     monies  advanced  on behalf of Debtor  in  connection  with any such  other
     indebtedness or obligations.



<PAGE>




3.1  All said security set forth in Paragraph 3.0 shall hereinafter collectively
     be  called  "Collateral".  Debtor  hereby  expressly  agrees  that the term
     "proceeds" as used in Paragraph 3.0 shall include  without  limitation  all
     insurance proceeds on the Collateral,  money, chattel paper, goods received
     in trade including without limitation vehicles received in trade,  contract
     rights,  instruments,   documents,   accounts  whether  or  not  earned  by
     performance,  general  intangibles,  claims and tort recoveries relating to
     the Collateral.  Notwithstanding that Advances hereunder are made from time
     to time with  respect to specific  Vehicles,  each Vehicle and the proceeds
     thereof and all other Collateral  hereunder shall  constitute  security for
     all obligations of Debtor to Secured Party secured hereunder.

3.2  Debtor  hereby  agrees that upon request of the Secured  Party it will take
     such  action  and/or  execute  and  deliver  to  Secured  Party any and all
     documents  (and pay all costs and expenses of recording the same),  in form
     and substance  satisfactory to Secured Party, which will perfect in Secured
     Party its security interest in the Collateral in which Secured Party has or
     is to have a security interest under the terms of this Agreement.

3.3  Secured  Party's  security  interest in the Collateral  shall attach to the
     full extent provided or permitted by law to the proceeds, in whatever form,
     of any  disposition  of said  Collateral  or to any part  thereof by Debtor
     until such  proceeds  are remitted and  accounted  for as provided  herein.
     Debtor  will  notify  Secured  Party  before  Debtor  signs,   executes  or
     authorizes any financing statement regardless of coverage.

3.4  Debtor shall be  responsible  for all loss and damage to the Collateral and
     agrees to keep Collateral  insured  against loss or damage by fire,  theft,
     collision,  vandalism  and against  such other  risks as Secured  Party may
     require from time to time. Insurance and policies evidencing such insurance
     shall be with  such  companies,  in such  amount  and such form as shall be
     satisfactory to Secured Party. If so requested by Secured Party, any or all
     such  policies  of  insurance  shall  contain an  endorsement,  in form and
     substance  satisfactory  to Secured Party,  showing loss payable to Secured
     Party as its interest may appear, and a certificate of insurance evidencing
     such coverage will be provided to Secured Party.

4.0  Debtor's Warranties - Debtor warrants and agrees that the Collateral now is
     and shall always be kept free of all taxes, liens and encumbrances,  except
     as  specifically  disclosed  in  Paragraph  4.1  below or  provided  for in
     Paragraph  3.0 above,  and Debtor shall defend the  Collateral  against all
     other claims and demands whatsoever and shall indemnify,  hold harmless and
     defend Secured Party in connection therewith.  Any sum of money that may be
     paid by  Secured  Party in  release or  discharge  of any  taxes,  liens or
     encumbrances shall be paid to Secured Party on demand as an additional part
     of the obligation secured hereunder.  Debtor hereby agrees not to mortgage,
     pledge or loan (except for designated demonstrators as agreed to in advance
     by Secured  Party in writing) the  Vehicles  and shall not license,  title,
     use,  transfer  or  otherwise  dispose of them  except as  provided in this
     Agreement. Debtor agrees that it will execute in favor of Secured Party any
     form of document  which may be required  to  evidence  further  Advances by
     Secured Party  hereunder,  and shall execute such  additional  documents as
     Secured  Party  may at any time  request  in order to  conform  or  perfect
     Debtor's  title to or Secured  Party's  security  interest in the Vehicles.
     Execution by Debtor of notes,  checks or other  instruments  for the amount
     advanced  shall be deemed  evidence of Debtor's  obligation and not payment
     therefor until collected in full by Secured Party.

4.1  Disclosure of Taxes, Liens and Encumbrances -

             (If there are any, list them here; if none, so state.)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 PLACE FILED             DATE OF FILING             NAME AND ADDRESS OF CREDITOR
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


5.0  Signatory  Authorization - Debtor hereby authorizes Secured Party or any of
     its  officers,  employees,  agents or any other  person  Secured  Party may
     designate  to  execute  any and all  documents  pursuant  to the  terms and
     conditions of that certain Power of Attorney and Signatory Authorization of
     even date herewith.

6.0  Events of Default and  Remedies/Termination - Time is of the essence herein
     and it is  understood  and agreed that  Secured  Party may  terminate  this
     Agreement,  refuse to advance funds hereunder, and declare the aggregate of
     all Advances  outstanding  hereunder  immediately  due and payable upon the
     occurrence  of any of the  following  events  (each  hereinafter  called an
     "Event of  Default"),  and that  Debtor's  liabilities  under this sentence
     shall  constitute  additional  obligations  of Debtor  secured  under  this
     Agreement.

     (a)  Debtor  shall  fail to make any  payment  to  Secured  Party,  whether
          constituting the principal amount of any Advance,  interest thereon or
          any other payment due  hereunder,  when and as due in accordance  with
          the terms of this Agreement or with any demand permitted to be made by
          Secured Party under this  Agreement or any  Promissory  Note, or shall
          fail to pay when due any other amount owing to Secured Party under any
          other agreement between Secured Party and Debtor, or shall fail in the
          due performance or compliance with any other term or condition  hereof
          or thereof,  or shall be in default in the payment of any  liabilities
          constituting  indebtedness  for money borrowed or the deferred payment
          of the purchase  price of property or a rental payment with respect to
          property material to the conduct of Debtor's business;

     (b)  A tax lien or notice  thereof shall have been filed against any of the
          Debtor's  property  or  a  proceeding  in  bankruptcy,  insolvency  or
          receivership  shall be  instituted  by or against  Debtor or  Debtor's
          property  or an  assignment  shall  have been  made by Debtor  for the
          benefit of creditors;

<PAGE>




     (c)  In the event that Secured  Party deems itself  insecure for any reason
          or the Vehicles are deemed by Secured Party to be in danger of misuse,
          loss,  seizure or confiscation or other  disposition not authorized by
          this Agreement;

     (d)  Termination of any franchise authorizing Debtor to sell Vehicles;

     (e)  A  misrepresentation  by Debtor for the purpose of obtaining credit or
          an  extension  of credit or a refusal by Debtor to  execute  documents
          relating to the Collateral  and/or Secured Party's  security  interest
          therein  or to  furnish  financial  information  to  Secured  Party at
          reasonable  intervals or to permit persons designated by Secured Party
          to examine Debtor's books or records and to make periodic  inspections
          of the Collateral; or

     (f)  Debtor,   without  Secured  Party's  prior  written   consent,   shall
          guarantee,  endorse  or  otherwise  become  surety  for  or  upon  the
          obligations of others except as may be done in the ordinary  course of
          Debtor's  business,   shall  transfer  or  otherwise  dispose  of  any
          proprietary, partnership or share interest Debtor has in his business,
          or all or  substantially  all of the assets thereof,  shall enter into
          any  merger or  consolidation,  if a  corporation,  or shall  make any
          substantial disbursements or use of funds of Debtor's business, except
          as may be done in the ordinary course of Debtor's business,  or assign
          this Agreement in whole or in part or any obligation hereunder.

     Upon  the occurrence  of an  Event  of  Default,  Secured  Party  may  take
     immediate  possession of said Vehicles without demand or further notice and
     without legal process; and for the purpose and furtherance thereof,  Debtor
     shall,  if Secured  Party so requests,  assemble the Vehicles and make them
     available to Secured Party at a reasonably  convenient  place designated by
     Secured  Party and Secured  Party shall have the right,  and Debtor  hereby
     authorizes and empowers  Secured Party to enter upon the premises  wherever
     said  Vehicles may be, to remove same.  In addition,  Secured  Party or its
     assigns shall have all the rights and remedies applicable under the Uniform
     Commercial Code or under any other statute or at common law or in equity or
     under this Agreement. Such rights and remedies shall be cumulative.  Debtor
     hereby  agrees that it shall pay all expenses and  reimburse  Secured Party
     for any  expenditures,  including  reasonable  attorneys'  fees  and  legal
     expenses,  in connection with Secured Party's exercise of any of its rights
     and remedies under this Agreement.

7.0  Inspection: Vehicles/Books and Records - It is hereby understood and agreed
     by and between  Debtor and Secured  Party that Secured Party shall have the
     right of access to and  inspection of the Vehicles and the right to examine
     Debtor's  books and  records,  which  Debtor  warrants  are  genuine in all
     respects,  Debtor  hereby  certifies to Secured Party that all Vehicles and
     books and  records  shall be kept at the  principal  place of  business  of
     Debtor as  hereinabove  stated or at such other  locations  as  approved in
     writing by Secured Party, and Debtor shall not remove or permit the removal
     of the Vehicles or books and records  during the pendency of this Agreement
     except in the  ordinary  course of business  and as  authorized  by Secured
     Party.

7.1  Debtor agrees to furnish to Secured Party after the end of each month,  for
     so long as this Agreement shall be effective, balance sheets and statements
     of profit and loss for each month with respect to Debtor's business in such
     detail and at such times as Secured Party may require from time to time.

8.0  General - Debtor and Secured Party further covenant and agree that:

8.1  Any provision  hereof  prohibited by law shall be ineffective to the extent
     of such prohibition without invalidating the remaining provisions hereof.

8.2  This Agreement  shall be interpreted  according to the laws of the State of
     Debtor's principal place of business as identified above.

8.3  This  Agreement  cannot be modified  or amended,  except in writing by both
     parties  unless  otherwise  specifically  authorized  herein,  and shall be
     binding and inure to the  benefit of each of the  parties  hereto and their
     respective legal representatives, successors and assigns.

8.4  Interest to be paid in connection  herewith  shall never exceed the maximum
     rate allowable by law applicable  hereto, as the parties intend to strictly
     comply with all law relating to usury. Notwithstanding any provision hereof
     or any other document in connection herewith to the contrary.  Debtor shall
     not pay nor  will  Secured  Party  accept  payment  of any  such  excessive
     interest,  which excessive  interest is hereby canceled,  and Secured Party
     shall be  entitled  at its option to refund any such  interest  erroneously
     paid or credit the same to Debtor's obligations hereunder.

8.5  The terms  and  provisions  of this  Agreement  and of any other  agreement
     between  Debtor and  Secured  Party  should be  construed  together  as one
     agreement;  provided,  however, in the event of any conflict, the terms and
     provisions of this Agreement shall govern such conflict.

8.6  No failure or delay on the part of Secured Party in exercising any power or
     right hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof,  nor shall any single or
     partial  exercise of any such right or power  preclude any other or further
     exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right or power hereunder. The
     remedies  herein are in addition to those  available in law or equity,  and
     Secured  Party need not pursue any rights it might have as a Secured  Party
     before  pursuing  payment and  performance  by Debtor or any  guarantor  or
     surety.

8.7  This Agreement may not be assigned by Debtor.



<PAGE>




9.0  Notices - Any  notice  given  hereunder  shall be in  writing  and given by
     personal delivery or shall be sent by U.S. Mail, postage prepaid, addressed
     to the party to be charged with such notice at the  respective  address set
     forth below:

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
           TO DEBTOR                                     TO SECURED PARTY
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 NELSON BOWERS FORD L.P.                         CHRYSLER CREDIT CORPORATION
 717 south Lee Hwy.                              P.O. Box 80247
 Cleveland, Tn. 37311                            Chattanooga, Tn. 37414
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the parties hereto have duly executed this Agreement as of
the day and year first above written.

                                             NELSON BOWERS FORD L.P.
                                             -----------------------------------
                                                     (DEBTOR)

/s/ ILLEGIBLE                                By /s/ Nelson E. Bowers II
- ----------------------------------              -------------------------------
         (WITNESS)

                                             Title  President
- ---------------------------------                  ----------------------------
         (WITNESS)

                                             CHRYSLER CREDIT CORPORATION

                                             By /s/ ILLEGIBLE
                                                -------------------------------

                                             Title  Branch Manager
                                                   ----------------------------
<PAGE>


AMENDMENT TO THE SECURITY AGREEMENT                    [LOGO] CHRYSLER
AND MASTER CREDIT AGREEMENT                                   CREDIT CORPORATION


This   Amendment  to  the  Security   Agreement  and  Master  Credit   Agreement
(hereinafter "Amendment"), by and between the undersigned parties hereto, hereby
amends and is made a part of that certain  Security  Agreement and Master Credit
Agreement (hereinafter "Agreement"), executed by the undersigned parties on even
date herewith.

It is hereby  agreed by the  parties  hereto  that the  Agreement  is amended as
follows:

Paragraph 3.0 of the Agreement,  titled "Security", is hereby amended to add the
following  sentence  immediately after the first full sentence in said Paragraph
3.0:

     "Further, Debtor also hereby grants to Secured Party a security interest in
     and to all Chattel Paper, Accounts whether or not earned by performance and
     including  without  limitation  all  amounts due from the  manufacturer  or
     distributor  of the  Vehicles  or any of its  subsidiaries  or  affiliates,
     Contract Rights,  Documents,  Instruments,  General  Intangibles,  Consumer
     Goods, Inventory of Automotive Parts, Accessories and Supplies,  Equipment,
     Furniture Fixtures,  Machinery, Tools, and Leasehold Improvements,  whether
     now  owned  or  hereafter  acquired  by way of  replacement,  substitution,
     addition or otherwise,  together with all additions and accessions  thereto
     and all  proceeds  thereof,  as  additional  security  for each  and  every
     indebtedness and obligation of Debtor as set forth herein."

Except as herein amended, the terms and conditions of the Agreement remain in
full force and effect.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have duly executed this Amendment to the
Agreement as of the day and year as shown below.


                                             NELSON BOWERS FORD L.P.
                                             -----------------------------------
                                             Debtor


/s/ ILLEGIBLE                                By /s/ Nelson E. Bowers II
- ----------------------------------              -------------------------------
Witness

                                             Title  President
- ---------------------------------                  ----------------------------
Witness

                                             CHRYSLER CREDIT CORPORATION

                                             By /s/ ILLEGIBLE
                                                -------------------------------

                                             Date  Branch Manager   4-21-95
                                                   ----------------------------


                                PROMISSORY NOTE

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
AMOUNT              CITY                       STATE               DATE

$3,060,000.00       Cleveland                  Tennessee           4-21-1995
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

ON DEMAND, FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the undersigned promise(s) to pay to the order of
CHRYSLER  CREDIT  CORPORATION,   a  Delaware  Corporation,   at  its  office  at
Chattanooga, Tennessee or at such other place as the holder hereof may direct in
writing,   the  sum  of  Three  Million  Sixty   Thousand  and  00/100   Dollars
($3,060,000.00),  in lawful money of the United States of America, together with
interest  thereon  from  the  date  hereof  until  paid  at the  rate  or  rates
established  from  time to  time,  pursuant  to  paragraph  2.0 of that  certain
Security  Agreement  and Master  Credit  Agreement  dated  ____________________,
19___,  between the undersigned and Chrysler Credit Corporation,  which interest
shall be payable monthly in like lawful money; provided,  however, that the rate
of interest  payable  hereunder  shall not exceed the  maximum  rate of interest
permitted by applicable law.

The undersigned  agrees to pay reasonable  attorneys fees if this note is placed
in the hands of an attorney for collection.

The  makers,   sureties,   guarantors  and  endorsers   hereof  severally  waive
presentment  for payment,  protest and notice of protest and non-payment of this
note,  and consents to any  extension,  renewal or  postponement  of the time of
payment of this note, without notice, at the option of the holder.

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
DEALER                             BY                             ITS

NELSON BOWERS FORD L.P,           /s/ Nelson E. Bowers II        President
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------





NationsBank
NationsBank, N.A. (South)                                   Dated: May 6, 1996


                              FLOOR PLAN AGREEMENT


This Floor  Plan  Agreement  is entered  into by and  between  NationsBank,  N.A
(South)  (Bank) 600 Peachtree  Street,  17th Floor,  Atlanta,  Georgia 30308 and
European Motors, LLC (Borrower) 5949 Brainerd Rd., Chattanooga, Tennessee 37421.

1.   BACKGROUND.  Borrower hereby requests Bank to extend to it a line of credit
     (Line)  to  purchase  inventory  to be  secured  by  Borrower's  Collateral
     described  in  paragraph  7  (Collateral).  Bank  agrees to extend the Line
     subject to the terms of this Agreement.

2.   THE LINE OF  CREDIT.  Bank  extends  to  Borrower  a Line in the  amount of
     $6,000,000.00 or such other amount as may be set by Bank from time to time.
     Before  maturity  or  demand,  Borrower  may  borrow,  repay  and  reborrow
     hereunder at anytime, up to an aggregate amount outstanding at any one time
     equal to the principal amount of Note, provided,  however, that Borrower is
     not in default of any  provision of Note,  Floor Plan  Agreement,  Security
     Agreement or any other agreement or obligation  between  Borrower and Bank.
     Any sums Bank may  Advance  in excess of the face  amount of the Note shall
     also be part of the principal  amount the Borrower is obligated to pay Bank
     and shall be subject to all the terms of the Note, Security Agreement,  and
     this Floor Plan Agreement.  The Bank's records of the amounts borrowed from
     time to time shall be conclusive proof thereof.  Borrower  acknowledges and
     agrees  that  notwithstanding  any  provisions  of  any  Note,  Floor  Plan
     Agreement, Security Agreement or any other documents executed in connection
     with a Note, Floor Plan Agreement and Security  Agreement,  the Bank has no
     obligation  to make any  Advance,  and that  all  Advances  are at the sole
     discretion of Bank.

3.   NOTE.  Debt  under the Line shall be  evidenced  by  Borrower's  Floor Plan
     Promissory Note (Note).

4.   RATE. Debt under the Line shall bear interest as set forth in the Note.

5.   DUE DATES.

          (a) Unpaid  principal and interest  hereon shall be due and payable as
     set  forth in the Note,  and as set  forth  below.  Unless  Borrower  is in
     default under the terms of any Security  Agreement  securing the Note, this
     Floor Plan  Agreement  or any other  agreement  relating to this Floor Plan
     Agreement, upon sale of inventory, Borrower will pay to Bank at the earlier
     of Borrower's  receipt of payment for that item of inventory or three ( 3 )
     business  days after that item of inventory is delivered to the customer or
     otherwise disposed of, cash in the amount equal to the original amount




<PAGE>



     advanced less any curtailment  payments made with respect to the item sold.
     If  Borrower  is in  default  at time of sale,  all  proceeds  of sale will
     immediately be remitted to Bank and applied to debt hereunder.

          (b)  Curtailment  payments based on the original  amount advanced with
     respect to specific  items of inventory  shall be paid from time to time by
     Borrower as provided for in Addendum  "A"  attached  hereto and made a part
     hereof for all purposes as if copied word for word herein.

6.   USE OF LINE AND ADVANCES.

          (a) The Advances under this Line shall be exclusively  for the purpose
     of purchasing  inventory to be displayed and  demonstrated  in  conjunction
     with  the  sale of the  inventory  in the  ordinary  course  of  Borrower's
     business unless otherwise agreed to in writing by Bank. Borrower agrees not
     to use the  inventory  for any other  purpose  without  the  prior  written
     approval of Bank. The term  "Advance" as used in this Agreement  shall mean
     the dollar amount loaned by Bank on a motor vehicle  financed under a floor
     plan line of credit and includes but is not limited to any charge  against,
     debit against, draft against, or draw against the line of credit.  Advances
     under the Line  (Advances)  shall be made  against and in payment of drafts
     drawn on Bank,  or in  accordance  with the  written  request  of  Borrower
     executed by the person  signing  this  Agreement on behalf of Borrower or a
     person hereafter designated in writing by Borrower.

          (b) Units of inventory which may be presented as Collateral as well as
     the amount of outstanding debt permitted at any one time in connection with
     the  particular  type of Collateral  being  financed shall be in accordance
     with Addendum "B".

          (c) Bank may  reject as  Collateral  hereunder  any item of  inventory
     which is received by Borrower in damaged condition.  Bank has no obligation
     to inspect  inventory for damage before paying  drafts.  If Bank has paid a
     draft on damaged  inventory,  Borrower  shall  direct the  manufacturer  to
     refund all payments directly to Bank. If the manufacturer fails to make the
     refund within thirty (30) days,  Borrower shall reduce the debt outstanding
     under the Line by the amount Advanced against the damaged item.

          (d) Borrower  will submit or cause to be submitted to Bank invoices or
     bills of sale  representing  the actual cost to Borrower of the  inventory.
     Bank may  advance an amount  equal to  Borrower's  cost (not to exceed NADA
     wholesale  value in the case of used  motor  vehicles)  or such part of the
     cost  thereof as Bank  elects at its sole  discretion.  The  Advance may be
     disbursed  to Borrower  or the  manufacturer  or others from whom  Borrower
     purchases  inventory.  Presentation of drafts or other requests for payment
     by manufacturers or others from whom Borrower purchases inventory



<PAGE>



     shall constitute requests by Borrower that Bank lend Borrower the amount of
     such drafts or other requests for payment pursuant to this Agreement.

          (e) A fee in the amount of $0.00  shall be paid by  Borrower  for each
     unit of inventory presented as Collateral to obtain Advances. The fee shall
     be paid monthly by Borrower.

7.   COLLATERAL.  Borrower  hereby grants to Bank a security  interest in all of
     its inventory of:

     _X_  New Motor Vehicles (now existing or hereafter acquired)

     _X_  Used Motor Vehicles (now existing or hereafter acquired)

     including  all parts and  accessories  added to  vehicles,  now existing or
     hereafter  acquired by Borrower,  including any such goods as may be leased
     or held for  leasing,  together  with  any and all  accounts  and  proceeds
     arising  from the  sale,  lease or  disposition  of said  property  and all
     returned,   refused  and  repossessed   goods,  all  monies  received  from
     manufacturers  by way of  credits,  refunds or  otherwise  with  respect to
     Collateral,  and all proceeds  thereof  (Collateral)  to secure all debt of
     Borrower to Bank under any and all present and future  Advances of whatever
     kind and further  including  but not limited to the Line and all other debt
     and other  obligations  of Borrower  to Bank of any nature now  existing or
     hereafter  arising,  including  but not  limited to debt  arising  directly
     between  Borrower  and  Bank  or  acquired  outright,  conditionally  or as
     Collateral security from another by Bank, absolute or contingent,  joint or
     several,  secured or unsecured,  due or not due,  contractual  or tortious,
     liquidated  or  unliquidated,   arising  under  the  operation  of  law  or
     otherwise,  direct or indirect,  whether incurred  directly or as part of a
     partnership,  association or other group, or whether incurred as principal,
     surety, indorser,  accommodation party or otherwise.  Borrower will execute
     and deliver any documents,  instruments  or agreements  required by Bank to
     evidence debt hereunder, grant, perfect and preserve the security interest,
     and otherwise carry out the terms of this Agreement.  The security interest
     herein described is also evidenced by a Security Agreement between Borrower
     and Bank, and in the event of any conflict between the terms hereof and the
     terms thereof, the terms hereof will apply.

8.   IDENTIFICATION OF COLLATERAL.  Without limiting the foregoing general grant
     of a security interest, as set forth in the Security Agreement,  Collateral
     subject to the security  interest  granted  herein shall include but not be
     limited  to  (i)  inventory  listed  on  invoices   submitted  to  Bank  by
     manufacturers  attached to drafts submitted by  manufacturers  for payment,
     which drafts Bank pays; and/or (ii) inventory in Borrower's  possession set
     out on a list submitted by Borrower as Collateral for Advances  directly to
     Borrower.

9.   TITLE DOCUMENTS.  Title documents consisting of manufacturers'  certificate
     of origin,



<PAGE>



     manufacturers'  statement of origin,  certificates  of title and/or any and
     all  other  title  documents  for each  item of  inventory  shall be in the
     possession of Borrower unless otherwise directed by Bank. In the event Bank
     does require possession of title documents, Borrower shall deliver all such
     documents to Bank immediately upon demand.

10.  PAYMENT OF DRAFTS.  From time to time Bank may make  Advances  hereunder by
     direct  payment  to  manufacturers  or  others,  in which  event,  invoices
     submitted  by  Manufacturers  along with drafts paid by Bank shall serve as
     evidence of Advances under the Line.  Borrower  authorizes  Bank to pay all
     drafts  or  invoices  upon  presentation  by  the  manufacturer  or  others
     supplying inventory to Borrower.

11.  ATTORNEY-IN-FACT.   Borrower   hereby   irrevocably   appoints   Bank   its
     attorney-in-fact,  to execute,  deliver and file from time to time,  in the
     name  of  Borrower  or  Bank,  any  trust  receipts,  security  agreements,
     promissory  notes,  financing  statements,   continuation   statements  and
     amendments  thereto,  and any and all other documents and instruments  that
     Bank may require in connection with evidencing and securing debt under this
     Agreement and carrying out the provisions  hereof,  which appointment shall
     be deemed to be a power coupled with an interest.

12.  QUALITY OF  INVENTORY.  Borrower  shall be  responsible  for the  quantity,
     quality,  condition  and value of the  inventory  selected by Borrower  and
     financed under this  Agreement.  Bank shall have no liability of any nature
     because  of  the  failure  of  any   inventory  to  conform  to  Borrower's
     specifications,  and any  dispute  between the  manufacturer  or others and
     Borrower  with  respect  to such  inventory  shall  not  affect  Borrower's
     obligation to Bank to pay amounts Advanced hereunder.

13.  REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES. Borrower represents and warrants that:

          (a) Borrower has taken all action necessary to make this Agreement and
     all  other  agreements  between  it  and  Bank  legal,  valid  and  binding
     obligations enforceable in accordance with their terms, and Borrower is a:

               (i)___ corporation duly organized,  existing and in good standing
          under the laws of the State of  _____________ , that it is licensed to
          do business  and in good  standing in each state in which the property
          owned  by it or  the  business  transacted  by  it  requires  it to be
          licensed as a foreign corporation.

               (ii) _X_ limited liability company,  duly organized,  and in good
          standing under the laws of the State of Tennessee.

               (iii)___ partnership composed of________________________________

          __________________________________________

          __________________________________________



<PAGE>



               (iv) sole proprietorship owned by ______________________________

          __________________________________________
          
          (b) Borrower is not in default with respect to any  agreement  between
     it and Bank on this date.

          (c) All Collateral is owned by Borrower free and clear of any security
     interests or encumbrances except those granted pursuant hereto.

          (d)  Borrower  is and  will  hereafter  be not in  default  under  any
     agreement with any other party,  and the execution and  performance of this
     Agreement will not be a default under any agreement with any other party by
     which Borrower or any of Borrower's property is bound.

          (e) Borrower does not do financing of any motor vehicle inventory with
     any other source or purchase  inventory from any seller on credit except as
     set out below:  

     ___________________________________________________________________________

     ___________________________________________________________________________

     ________________________________________________________________

     _________________________________________________________________

     Borrower  shall notify Bank  immediately  in the event it buys inventory of
     motor  vehicles  on  credit  or enters  into any such  inventory  financing
     arrangement with any other source,  giving the name and address of the Bank
     or seller and details of the purchase or loan.

          (f) All  financial and other  information  Borrowers  have  heretofore
     submitted  or may  hereafter  submit  is and  will be true,  complete,  and
     correct and reflects or will reflect all direct,  indirect,  and contingent
     liabilities.

          (g)  There  has been no  material  adverse  change  in the  Borrower's
     financial  condition and operations since the date of Borrowers most recent
     financial statements heretofore submitted.

          (h)  Borrower  has and will  maintain,  at all times,  all  franchise,
     distributor  agreements,  licenses,  permits,  and  other  rights  that are
     necessary to the conduct of its business.

          (i) All representations and warranties set forth herein will be deemed
     to be have been made anew with  each  Advance  and shall be  continuing  in
     effect beyond the termination or expiration of this Floor Plan Agreement.



<PAGE>



14.  COVENANTS.  While the Line is in effect,  and thereafter  while Borrower is
     indebted to Bank, Borrower will:

     (a)  _X_  Provide  Bank  within  twenty  (20) days of each  month's  end, a
               company prepared  financial  statement  (including the thirteenth
               (13) month  statement  including all adjustments to net worth) in
               accordance  with  requirements  of  the  franchise(s)  for  which
               Borrower is a dealer.

          _X_  Provide  Bank  within  sixty  (60) days after  Borrower's  fiscal
               year-end a financial  statement  compiled  by a Certified  Public
               Accountant acceptable to the Bank.

          __   Provide   Bank   within   one-hundred-twenty   (120)  days  after
               Borrower's  fiscal year-end a financial  statement  reviewed by a
               Certified Public Accountant acceptable to the Bank.

          ___  Provide Bank within  one-hundred-fifty  (150) days of  Borrower's
               fiscal  year-end  audited  financial  statements  prepared  by  a
               Certified Public Accountant acceptable to the Bank.

     In submitting  such  statements  to Bank an authorized  officer of Borrower
     will certify such statements to be true and accurate, continuing compliance
     with all terms  and  conditions  contained  herein  and in the  other  Loan
     Documents  and  that no  material  violation  or  default  exists  with any
     material agreement.

          _X_  As to  Guarantors,  provide  the Bank a copy of each  Guarantor's
               personal financial  statement within thirty (30) days of calendar
               year-end   in  a  manner  and  form   acceptable   to  the  Bank.
               Additionally,  each  Guarantor  shall  provide the Bank a copy of
               each  Guarantor's  federal  income tax  return and all  schedules
               thereto within thirty (30) days of filing each return.

          (b) Not  merge  into or  consolidate  with  any  other  person,  firm,
     corporation or limited  liability  company nor sell any substantial part of
     its assets to any person,  firm,  corporation or limited  liability company
     except in the ordinary course of business;

          (c) Not sell or enter into any  agreement to sell or deal in new motor
     vehicles manufactured by any manufacturer for whom it is not now a Retailer
     or  Wholesaler,  unless  approved  by Bank in  writing  which  will  not be
     unreasonably withheld;

          (d) Keep all Collateral and inventory insured,  by insurers acceptable
     to Bank,  at all times in an amount at least equal to the amount of debt to
     Bank under the Line with  deductible  amount  satisfactory to Bank, and the
     insurance policy to contain loss



<PAGE>



     payable  clauses to Bank as its interest may appear.  Borrower will deliver
     original  policies or, if permitted by Bank,  certificates of insurance to
     Bank;

          (e) Permit Bank to enter upon the  property of Borrower at any time to
     examine  all  Collateral  and to  examine  Borrower's  books in  connection
     therewith.

          (f) At time of execution of this Floor Plan Agreement  deliver to Bank
     such Landlord Waiver and/or Mortgagee  Waiver and Estoppel  Agreements duly
     executed by the appropriate parties in such form as is satisfactory to Bank
     and Borrower will thereafter furnish to Bank current executed copies of the
     above instruments upon written request of Bank;

          (g) Not allow any material change in ownership or management nor enter
     into any management agreement pursuant to which any third party assumes the
     management of Borrower in anticipation of a sale of Borrower's  business or
     any material part of its assets without Bank's prior written approval;

          (h) Operate business in compliance with all  environmental  protection
     laws and regulations  including  applicable  local,  state, or federal law,
     regulations, or rule of common law;

          (i) Not allow any liens or encumbrances on any of Borrower's assets or
     property without the written consent of Bank;

          (j) Borrower and Guarantor  shall  promptly  notify Bank in writing of
     (i) any  condition,  event or act which comes to Borrower's or  Guarantor's
     attention that would or might  materially  adversely  affect  Borrower's or
     Guarantor's  financial condition or operations,  the Collateral,  or Bank's
     rights under the Guaranty or any Loan  Documents,  (ii) any  litigation  in
     excess of $25,000.00  filed by or against  Borrower or Guarantor,  or (iii)
     any event that has occurred that would constitute an event of default under
     any Loan Documents, including but not limited to any Guaranty.

          (k) See Addendum "C" for additional covenants which are a part of this
     Agreement for all purposes as if they were copied word for word herein.

15.  EVENTS OF DEFAULT.

     The  following  are  events of default  hereunder  and under the other Loan
     Documents:  (a) the  failure to pay or perform any  obligation,  liability,
     indebtedness  or covenant of any Borrower or  Guarantor to Bank,  or to any
     affiliate  of Bank,  whether  under  this Floor  Plan  Agreement,  Security
     Agreement,  Note or any other  agreement  or  instrument  now or  hereafter
     existing,  as  and  when  due  (whether  upon  demand,  at  maturity  or by
     acceleration); (b) the failure to pay



<PAGE>



     or perform any other obligation,  liability or indebtedness of any Borrower
     or Guarantor  whether to Bank or some other party, the collateral for which
     constitutes an encumbrance on the collateral for this Floor Plan Agreement;
     (c) a proceeding being filed or commenced against any Borrower or Guarantor
     for dissolution or liquidation, or any Borrower or Guarantor voluntarily or
     involuntarily  terminating or dissolving or being  terminated or dissolved;
     (d) insolvency  of,  business  failure of, the  appointment of a custodian,
     trustee,  liquidator  or receiver  for or for any of the property of, or an
     assignment for the benefit of creditors by, or the filing of a voluntary or
     involuntary petition under bankruptcy, insolvency or debtor's relief law or
     for any adjustment of indebtedness,  composition or extension by or against
     any Borrower or Guarantor; (e) any lien, encumbrance or additional security
     interest being placed upon any of the Collateral which is security for this
     Floor Plan  Agreement;  (f) acquisition at any time or from time to time of
     title to the whole of or any part of the  Collateral  which is security for
     this Floor Plan Agreement by any person, partnership,  corporation or other
     entity  except for sales  thereof in the ordinary  course of business;  (g)
     Bank determining that any  representation  or warranty made by any Borrower
     or  Guarantor  to Bank is, or was,  untrue or  materially  misleading;  (h)
     failure of any  Borrower or  Guarantor  to timely  deliver  such  financial
     statements,  including  tax returns,  and other  statements of condition or
     other  information  as Bank shall request from time to time; (i) entry of a
     judgment  against  any  Borrower or  Guarantor  which Bank deems to be of a
     material nature,  in Bank's sole discretion;  (j) the seizure or forfeiture
     of, or the issuance of any writ of  possession,  garnishment or attachment,
     or any turnover  order for any property of any Borrower or  Guarantor;  (k)
     Bank reasonably deeming itself insecure or its prospects for payment of the
     debt impaired for any reason; (1) the determination by Bank that a material
     adverse  change has occurred in the financial  condition of any Borrower or
     Guarantor;  (m) the failure to comply with any law regulating the operation
     of Borrower's business; (n) Guarantor undertakes to terminate or revoke any
     guaranty  of  payment of this Note or  defaults  in the  performance  of or
     disputes any of his  obligations  as  Guarantor;  (o) the  inability of the
     Borrower  or  Guarantor  to pay debts as they  mature  owing to Bank or any
     other party.

16.  REMEDIES.  Upon the occurrence of any default hereunder or any of the other
     Loan  Documents,  Bank  shall  have all of the  rights  and  remedies  of a
     creditor  and,  of a secured  party under the  Uniform  Commercial  Code as
     enacted in the State of Georgia,  O.C.G.A ss.11-9 and all other  applicable
     law.  Without  limiting the generality of the  foregoing,  Bank may, at its
     option and without notice or demand:  (a) declare any liability of Borrower
     under this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents accelerated and due
     and payable at once;  and (b) take  possession of any  Collateral  wherever
     located, and sell, resell, assign,  transfer and deliver all or any part of
     said  Collateral  of Borrower or Guarantor at any public or private sale or
     otherwise  dispose of any or all of the  Collateral in its then  condition,
     for cash or on credit or for future delivery,  and in connection  therewith
     Bank may impose  reasonable  conditions  upon any such sale.  Bank,  unless
     prohibited by law the  provisions  of which cannot be waived,  may purchase
     all or any part of said  Collateral to be sold,  free from and in discharge
     of all trusts, claims, rights of redemption and equities of the Borrower or
     Guarantor whatsoever; Borrower and Guarantor acknowledge and agree that the
     sale of any Collateral through any



<PAGE>



     nationally  recognized  broker -  dealer,  investment  banker or any other
     method common in the  securities  industry  shall be deemed a  commercially
     reasonable sale under the Uniform  Commercial Code or any other  equivalent
     statute or federal  law,  and  expressly  waive  notice  thereof  except as
     provided herein;  and (c) set-off against any and all money owed by Bank in
     any  capacity  to  Borrower  or  Guarantor  whether  or  not  due  for  any
     Liabilities  of the Borrower to the Bank under this Agreement and the other
     Loan Documents.

17.  ATTORNEY FEES, COST AND EXPENSES.  Borrower and/or  Guarantor shall pay all
     costs of collection  and  attorney's  fees equal to  reasonable  and actual
     attorney's fees,  including  reasonable  attorney's fees in connection with
     any  suit,  mediation  or  arbitration  proceeding,  out of  court  payment
     agreement, trial, appeal, bankruptcy proceedings or otherwise,  incurred or
     paid by Bank in  enforcing  the payment of any  Liability  or  enforcing or
     preserving  any  right  or  interest  of  Bank  hereunder,   including  the
     collection,  preservation,  sale or delivery of any Collateral from time to
     time pledged to Bank,  and after  deducting  such fees,  costs and expenses
     from the proceeds of sale or collection,  Bank may apply any residue to pay
     any of the  Liabilities  and Guarantor  shall continue to be liable for any
     deficiency with interest at the rate specified in any instrument evidencing
     the Liability or, at the Bank's  option,  equal to the highest lawful rate,
     which shall remain a liability.

18.  PRESERVATION  OF  PROPERTY.  Bank  shall  not be bound  to take  any  steps
     necessary to preserve any rights in any of the property of Borrower  and/or
     Guarantor  pledged  to  Bank  to  secure   Borrower's  and/or   Guarantor's
     obligations   against  prior  parties  who  may  be  liable  in  connection
     therewith,  and  Borrower  and/or  Guarantor  hereby agree to take any such
     steps.  Bank,  nevertheless,  at any time, may (a) take any action it deems
     appropriate  for the care or preservation of such property or of any rights
     of Borrower and/or Guarantor or Bank therein,  (b) demand, sue for, collect
     or receive any money or property at any time due,  payable or receivable on
     account of or in exchange  for any property of Borrower  and/or  Guarantor,
     (c) compromise  and settle with any person liable on such property,  or (d)
     extend the time of payment or otherwise  change the terms thereof as to any
     party  liable   thereon,   all  without   notice  to,   without   incurring
     responsibility  to,  and  without  affecting  any  of  the  obligations  or
     liabilities of Borrower and/or Guarantor.

19.  TERMINATION. The Line may be terminated at any time by either party with or
     without  cause  upon 30 days'  notice in  writing  to the  other.  Upon the
     occurrence of a default  hereunder,  Bank shall have the right to terminate
     the Line and to mature all debt outstanding hereunder,  including principal
     and  interest,  without  notice  to any  person.  Termination  of the  Line
     hereunder  shall not affect the obligations of Borrower with respect to any
     debt incurred prior to termination.  All such obligations shall continue in
     full force and effect until all debt under the Line is paid in full.

20.  OVERLINE DEBT. In the event debt outstanding  under the Line should for any
     reason



<PAGE>



     exceed the  amount of the Line  allowed  hereunder,  all such debt shall be
     payable on demand, but if no demand is made, no later than such time as may
     be specified by Bank at the time of the approval of the temporary overline.
     The overline debt shall bear interest at the rate  specified for debt under
     the Line,  and shall be  governed by all the terms and  conditions  of this
     Agreement  and the  other  Loan  Documents  and  shall  be  secured  by all
     Collateral  for the  Line,  and all  items  of  inventory  financed  by the
     overline  debt shall secure all debt under the Line  including the overline
     and be  governed  by  all  terms  of the  Security  Agreement,  Floor  Plan
     Agreement and Note. Bank shall have no obligation to permit any overline at
     any time but in its sole discretion may do so.

21.  REVIEW OF LINE.  Bank may,  at its  option,  from time to time  review  the
     credit for performance,  pricing,  amount of Line, and Borrower's financial
     condition.
 
22.  CHANGE IN TERMS.  Bank may at its  discretion  amend or modify  any term or
     provision  of this Floor Plan  Agreement,  Security  Agreement or any other
     agreements pertaining to this Agreement, with any change to be effective 15
     days after mailing of notice to Borrower.
 
23.  SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS. This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be
     binding  upon the parties  hereto and each party's  respective  successors,
     heirs,  executors,  administrators,  personal  representatives and assigns.
     Neither this Floor Plan Agreement nor any interest in it may be assigned or
     otherwise  voluntarily or  involuntarily  transferred  by Borrower  without
     Bank's prior written approval.

24.  WAIVER.  (a) Bank may  consent to or waive any action or any failure to act
     by Borrower  with  respect to any  obligation  of Borrower  hereunder.  Any
     consent or waiver on the part of Bank shall be binding  upon Bank only when
     in writing and signed by an officer of Bank,  and no failure to take action
     with respect to any default shall constitute a waiver thereof. No waiver of
     any default shall be a waiver of any other or future default of that or any
     other  nature;  (b) Bank shall not be  required  to proceed  first  against
     Borrower,  or any other person,  firm or corporation,  whether primarily or
     secondarily  liable, or against any collateral held by it, before resorting
     to Guarantor for payment,  and Guarantor shall not be entitled to assert as
     a defense to the  enforceability  of the  Guaranty  any defense of Borrower
     with respect to any Liabilities or Obligations.

25.  GOVERNING LAW. This Floor Plan Agreement  shall be deemed to have been made
     in the  State of  Georgia  at the  address  indicated  above,  and shall be
     governed by, and  construed in  accordance  with,  the laws of the State of
     Georgia, and is performable in the State of Georgia.

26.  MEDIATION,  BINDING ARBITRATION.  The parties will attempt in good faith to
     resolve  any  controversy  or  claim  arising  out of or  relating  to this
     Agreement or the other Loan Documents by  participating in mediation and/or
     binding  arbitration.  Each party agrees that each will bear its respective
     expenses  related  to either  mediation  and/or  arbitration.  The  parties
     further  agree if the matter has not been  resolved  pursuant to  mediation
     within thirty



<PAGE>



     (30) days of notice to mediate given by either party, the controversy shall
     be settled  by  arbitration  and shall be  governed  by the  United  States
     Arbitration Act, 9 U.S.C.  ss.1-16,  (or if not applicable,  the applicable
     state law),  and judgment upon the award  rendered by the Arbitrator may be
     entered by any court having  jurisdiction  thereof.  The parties  recognize
     that Bank could be  prejudiced  by not being able to  foreclose on property
     pledged as  Collateral  to Bank.  The  parties  agree that  nothing in this
     Agreement shall be deemed to (i) limit the  applicability  of any otherwise
     applicable  statutes of limitation  or repose and any waivers  contained in
     this Agreement;  or (ii) be a waiver by the Bank of the protection afforded
     to it by 12 U.S.C.  Sec. 91 or any  substantially  equivalent state law; or
     (iii) limit the right of the Bank hereto (a) to exercise self help remedies
     such as (but not limited to) setoff,  or (b) to foreclose  against any real
     or personal property collateral,  or (c) to obtain from a court provisional
     or ancillary remedies such as (but not limited to) injunctive relief or the
     appointment  of a receiver.  The Bank may  exercise  such self help rights,
     foreclose  upon such  property,  or obtain such  provisional  or  ancillary
     remedies before, during or after the pendency of any arbitration proceeding
     brought pursuant to this agreement.  At Bank's option,  foreclosure under a
     deed of trust or mortgage may be accomplished by any of the following:  the
     exercise  of a power of sale  under  the deed of trust or  mortgage,  or by
     judicial  sale  under  the  deed  of  trust  or  mortgage,  or by  judicial
     foreclosure.   Neither  this   exercise  of  self  help  remedies  nor  the
     institution or  maintenance of an action for  foreclosure or provisional or
     ancillary  remedies  shall  constitute  a waiver of the right of any party,
     including  the claimant in any such action,  to arbitrate the merits of the
     controversy or claim occasioning resort to such remedies.



<PAGE>



27.  ADDITIONAL TERMS. (a) As used herein, the singular number shall include the
     plural (e.g.  "Note"  means Note or Notes);  or (b) In the event that there
     are any written terms that may differ between this Floor Plan Agreement and
     any other agreements,  documents, or negotiations in existence prior to the
     execution of this Floor Plan  Agreement,  Bank and Borrower  agree that the
     terms  of  this  Floor  Plan  Agreement  shall  control  and be  the  final
     agreement.

28.  MERGER.  The terms of any commitment  letter issued by Bank to Borrower for
     this Line are incorporated  herein by reference,  except to the extent that
     such terms are  inconsistent  with the terms of this Floor Plan  Agreement,
     Security  Agreement or Note. Any such inconsistent  terms are of no effect.
     This Floor Plan Agreement  supersedes any Floor Plan Agreements  heretofore
     executed by and between Bank and Borrower,  and all outstanding  Floor Plan
     Agreement  indebtedness  is  hereafter  subject  to all of  the  terms  and
     provisions  of this Floor Plan  Agreement,  and the  outstanding  principal
     balance  of all such  Floor  Plan  indebtedness  is added to the  principal
     balance of this Floor Plan Agreement.
 
29.  NOTICES. Any notice or other communication  required or permitted hereunder
     or under any Note or  Security  Agreement  shall be in writing and shall be
     delivered  personally,  sent by facsimile  transmission  or by first-class,
     certified,  registered  or express  mail,  or by courier,  with postage and
     other  charges  prepaid.  Any such  notice  shall be deemed  given  when so
     delivered  personally,  by courier  or by  facsimile  transmission,  or, if
     mailed,  five (5) days after the date of deposit in the United States mail,
     as follows:

                    If to Borrower, to:
                         European Motors, LLC
                         5949 Brainerd Rd
                         Chattanooga, TN 37421
                         Attention: Nelson E. Bowers, II
                         Facsimile #__________________________________


                    If Bank, to:

                         NationsBank, N.A. (South)
                         600 Peachtree Street, 17th Floor
                         Atlanta, Georgia 30308
                         Attention: Tim Kelley or Bill Brantley

     Either  Bank or  Borrower  may,  by notice  given in  accordance  with this
     provision,  designate  another  address  or person  for  receipt of notices
     hereunder.



<PAGE>



30.  FLOOR PLAN COLLATERAL  AND/OR  INVENTORY  INSPECTION.  Floor Plan inventory
     inspections  will be  conducted  by  Bank  from  time  to time at the  sole
     discretion  of  Bank.  Borrower  agrees  to pay in full any item or unit of
     Collateral  that is not located at Borrower's  premises or accounted for by
     Borrower to Bank.  Borrower  shall make  payment to Bank  immediately  upon
     notice of demand being given to Borrower pursuant to paragraph 29 (NOTICES)
     of the Floor Plan Agreement.

31.  FINAL AGREEMENT. THIS FLOOR PLAN AGREEMENT, THE FLOOR PLAN PROMISSORY NOTE,
     THE SECURITY  AGREEMENT AND ANY OTHER  AGREEMENTS  EXECUTED IN  CONJUNCTION
     WITH THIS FLOOR PLAN REVOLVING LINE OF CREDIT REPRESENT THE FINAL AGREEMENT
     BETWEEN  THE  PARTIES  AND MAY NOT BE  CONTRADICTED  BY  EVIDENCE OF PRIOR,
     CONTEMPORANEOUS OR SUBSEQUENT ORAL AGREEMENTS OF THE PARTIES.  THERE ARE NO
     UNWRITTEN ORAL AGREEMENTS BETWEEN THE PARTIES.

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has caused this Floor Plan Agreement to
be executed under seal on the 6th day of May, 1996.


                                             European Motors, LLC (Seal)
NationsBank, N.A. (South)               Borrower
Bank
By /s/ Timothy W. Kelley                     By /s/ Nelson E. Bowers
   --------------------------                   -------------------------
Timothy W. Kelley                            Nelson E. Bowers, II
Assistant Vice President                     Chief Manager
(Name and Title)                             (Name and Title)



<PAGE>




                                  ADDENDUM "A"

This Addendum "A" to the Floor Plan Agreement  shall be and is  incorporated  by
reference for all purposes as part of the Floor Plan Agreement dated May 6. 1996
between Bank and Borrower.

Curtailments.  Curtailment payments based upon the original amount advanced with
respect to specific items of Collateral  shall be paid on the following types of
units of Collateral based upon either a dollar or percentage amount as billed to
Borrower  and  payment  is due when  billed.  The  Curtailment  payment is to be
applied  against the  original  amount  advanced for a unit of  Collateral.  The
Curtailment  payment  based  upon  either  a  dollar  or  percentage  amount  is
calculated on the original  amount advanced for the unit and not the outstanding
unpaid balance from time to time.

Unit Type      Curtailment Amount       Curtailment Date    Final Payoff Date

New            10% of original          Due 90 days         15 months from
               amount financed.         prior to maturity.  date financed.

Used and                                                    In full at the end
Program                                                     of the 7th month.




Executed under seal this 6th day of May, 1996.

                                   Borrower: European Motors, LLC (Seal)

                                        By:  /s/ Nelson E. Bowers
                                             -------------------------------
                                             Nelson E. Bowers, II
                                             Chief Manager
                                             (Name and Title)

                                        Approved: NationsBank, N.A. (South)
                                        By:  /s/ Timothy W. Kelley
                                             -------------------------------
                                             Timothy W. Kelley
                                             Assistant Vice President
                                             (Name and Title)



<PAGE>



                                  ADDENDUM "B"

This Addendum "B" to the Floor Plan Agreement  shall be and is  incorporated  by
reference for all purposes as part of the Floor Plan Agreement dated May 6. 1996
between Bank and Borrower.

Floor  Plan  Sublimits.   The  following   sublimits  represent  the  amount  of
outstandings permitted at any one time in connection with the particular type of
Collateral being financed;  notwithstanding,  the Bank, in it's sole discretion,
may advance from time to time amounts in excess of the sublimit amounts below:

Unit Type                     Sublimit Amount
- ---------                     ---------------

New Vehicles                  $5,500,000.00

Used Vehicles                 $  500,000.00





Executed under seal on the 6th day of May, 1996.

                                   Borrower: European Motors, LLC (Seal)

                                        By:  /s/ Nelson E. Bowers
                                             -------------------------------
                                             Nelson E. Bowers, II
                                             Chief Manager
                                             (Name and Title)

                                        Approved: NationsBank, N.A. (South)
                                        By:  /s/ Timothy W. Kelley
                                             -------------------------------
                                             Timothy W. Kelley
                                             Assistant Vice President
                                             (Name and Title)



<PAGE>



                                  ADDENDUM "C"


This Addendum "C" to the Floor Plan Agreement  shall be and is  incorporated  by
reference for all purposes as part of the Floor Plan Agreement dated May 6, 1996
between Bank and Borrower. 

As used herein, the following defined terms shall have the following meanings:

     Working Capital - Current assets minus current liabilities.

     Current Assets - Current assets (inclusive of LIFO reserve for new and used
     vehicles)   less  amounts  due  from  officers,   stockholders,   insiders,
     affiliates  and  employees  included  as current  assets,  all  computed in
     accordance with generally accepted accounting principles.

     Current  Liabilities - Current liabilities less amounts included as current
     liabilities  due  to  officers,  stockholders,   insiders,  affiliates  and
     employees,  which have been expressly  subordinated in payment to the Bank,
     all computed in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles.

     Inventory Trust Position - The sum of cash,  contracts in transit,  vehicle
     accounts receivable  (excluding any finance contract  receivable),  new and
     used  vehicle  inventory  (inclusive  of LIFO  reserves  for  new and  used
     vehicles) less new and used vehicle floor plan debt.

     Tangible  Net Worth - Net worth  less  intangible  assets,  less  leasehold
     improvements,  less  amounts  due from  officers,  stockholders,  insiders,
     affiliates and employees, plus 100% times the LIFO reserve for new and used
     vehicles,  plus  amounts  payable  to  officers,  stockholders,   insiders,
     affiliates and employees that are expressly  subordinated in payment to the
     Bank  all  computed  in  accordance  with  generally  accepted   accounting
     principles.

     Total  Liabilities - Total  liabilities  less amounts  payable to officers,
     stockholders,   insiders,  affiliates  and  employees  that  are  expressly
     subordinated  in payment  to the Bank,  all  computed  in  accordance  with
     generally accepted accounting principles.

Additional Covenants. While the Line is effect, and thereafter while Borrower is
indebted to Bank, Borrower will: (Mark block for applicable covenant)

_X_(1)   Maintain Working Capital of not less than $1,000,000.00 based on annual
     CPA prepared Compiled Financial Statements.

___(2)   Maintain a ratio of Current  Assets to Current  Liabilities of not less
     than______ to 1.0 at all times.

_X_(3)   Maintain  Tangible Net Worth of not less than $723,775.00 at all times.


                                        1


<PAGE>



___(4) Not permit the ratio of Total Liabilities to Tangible Net Worth to exceed
     ______ to 1.0 based on annual CPA prepared Compiled Financial Statements.

___(5) Maintain a minimum  Inventory Trust Position of not less than $__________
     at all times.

___(6)   Provide to Bank  within _ days of each month end a monthly  Certificate
     of  Compliance in the form attached  hereto as "Exhibit  A-1",  signed by a
     duly authorized representative of Borrower or Borrower.

_X_(7)   Other: (If additional space is needed,  attach additional pages to this
     Addendum)

     Maintain a Cash Flow  Coverage  Ratio of not less than 1.25 to 1.0 based on
     annual CPA prepared Compiled Financial Statements.

     Cash Flow Coverage Ratio is defined as follows: The aggregate of net income
     after  taxes  plus  depreciation  and  amortization  plus the  annual  LIFO
     Adjustment and other non-cash expenses, less dividends and/or profits taken
     out of the Borrower divided by the aggregate of the current portion of long
     term debt and capital lease obligations.




Executed under seal on the 6th day of May, 1996.

                                   Borrower: European Motors, LLC (Seal)

                                        By:  /s/ Nelson E. Bowers
                                             -------------------------------
                                             Nelson E. Bowers, II
                                             Chief Manager
                                             (Name and Title)

                                        Approved: NationsBank, N.A. (South)
                                        By:  /s/ Timothy W. Kelley
                                             -------------------------------
                                             Timothy W. Kelley
                                             Assistant Vice President
                                             (Name and Title)


                                        2





NationsBank
NationsBank, N.A. (South)                                  Dated: April 11, 1997


                              FLOOR PLAN AGREEMENT


This Floor  Plan  Agreement  is entered  into by and  between  NationsBank,  N.A
(South) (Bank) 600 Peachtree Street, 17th Floor, Atlanta,  Georgia 30308 and Kia
of Chattanooga, LLC (Borrower) 6015 International Drive, Chattanooga,  Tennessee
37421.

1.   BACKGROUND.  Borrower hereby requests Bank to extend to it a line of credit
     (Line)  to  purchase  inventory  to be  secured  by  Borrower's  Collateral
     described  in  paragraph  7  (Collateral).  Bank  agrees to extend the Line
     subject to the terms of this Agreement.

2.   THE LINE OF  CREDIT.  Bank  extends  to  Borrower  a Line in the  amount of
     $2,500,000.00 or such other amount as may be set by Bank from time to time.
     Before  maturity  or  demand,  Borrower  may  borrow,  repay  and  reborrow
     hereunder at anytime, up to an aggregate amount outstanding at any one time
     equal to the principal amount of Note, provided,  however, that Borrower is
     not in default of any  provision of Note,  Floor Plan  Agreement,  Security
     Agreement or any other agreement or obligation  between  Borrower and Bank.
     Any sums Bank may  Advance  in excess of the face  amount of the Note shall
     also be part of the principal  amount the Borrower is obligated to pay Bank
     and shall be subject to all the terms of the Note, Security Agreement,  and
     this Floor Plan Agreement.  The Bank's records of the amounts borrowed from
     time to time shall be conclusive proof thereof.  Borrower  acknowledges and
     agrees  that  notwithstanding  any  provisions  of  any  Note,  Floor  Plan
     Agreement, Security Agreement or any other documents executed in connection
     with a Note, Floor Plan Agreement and Security  Agreement,  the Bank has no
     obligation  to make any  Advance,  and that  all  Advances  are at the sole
     discretion of Bank.

3.   NOTE.  Debt  under the Line shall be  evidenced  by  Borrower's  Floor Plan
     Promissory Note (Note).

4.   RATE. Debt under the Line shall bear interest as set forth in the Note.

5.   DUE DATES.

     (a)  Unpaid  principal and interest  hereon shall be due and payable as set
          forth in the  Note,  and as set forth  below.  Unless  Borrower  is in
          default under the terms of any Security  Agreement  securing the Note,
          this Floor Plan  Agreement  or any other  agreement  relating  to this
          Floor Plan  Agreement,  upon sale of  inventory,  Borrower will pay to
          Bank at the earlier of Borrower's  receipt of payment for that item of
          inventory or three (3)  business  days after that item of inventory is


                                        1
<PAGE>

          delivered to the customer or otherwise disposed of, cash in the amount
          equal to the original amount  advanced less any  curtailment  payments
          made with respect to the item sold.  If Borrower is in default at time
          of sale, all proceeds of sale will immediately be remitted to Bank and
          applied to debt hereunder.

     (b)  Curtailment  payments  based  on the  original  amount  advanced  with
          respect to specific items of inventory shall be paid from time to time
          by Borrower as provided for in Addendum "A" attached hereto and made a
          part hereof for all purposes as if copied word for word herein.

6.   USE OF LINE AND ADVANCES.

     (a)  The Advances under this Line shall be  exclusively  for the purpose of
          purchasing  inventory to be displayed and  demonstrated in conjunction
          with the sale of the  inventory in the ordinary  course of  Borrower's
          business  unless  otherwise  agreed to in  writing  by Bank.  Borrower
          agrees not to use the  inventory  for any other  purpose  without  the
          prior  written  approval of Bank.  The term  "Advance" as used in this
          Agreement  shall  mean the  dollar  amount  loaned  by Bank on a motor
          vehicle financed under a floor plan line of credit and includes but is
          not limited to any charge against,  debit against,  draft against,  or
          draw against the line of credit.  Advances  under the Line  (Advances)
          shall be made  against  and in payment  of drafts  drawn on Bank or in
          accordance with the written request of Borrower executed by the person
          signing  this  Agreement  on behalf of Borrower or a person  hereafter
          designated in writing by Borrower.

     (b)  Units of inventory which may be presented as Collateral as well as the
          amount of  outstanding  debt  permitted at any one time in  connection
          with the  particular  type of Collateral  being  financed  shall be in
          accordance with Addendum "B".

     (c)  Bank may reject as Collateral hereunder any item of inventory which is
          received by Borrower in damaged  condition.  Bank has no obligation to
          inspect  inventory for damage before paying drafts. If Bank has paid a
          draft on damaged inventory,  Borrower shall direct the manufacturer to
          refund all payments  directly to Bank.  If the  manufacturer  fails to
          make the refund  within  thirty (30) days,  Borrower  shall reduce the
          debt  outstanding  under the Line by the amount  Advanced  against the
          damaged item.

     (d)  Borrower  will  submit or cause to be  submitted  to Bank  invoices or
          bills  of  sale  representing  the  actual  cost  to  Borrower  of the
          inventory. Bank may advance an amount equal to Borrower's cost (not to
          exceed NADA  wholesale  value in the case of used motor  vehicles)  or
          such part of the cost  thereof as Bank elects at its sole  discretion.
          The Advance may be disbursed to Borrower or the manufacturer or others
          from whom  Borrower  purchases  inventory.  Presentation  of drafts or
          other  requests  for  payment  by  manufacturers  or others  from whom
          Borrower 

                                        2
<PAGE>

          purchases  inventory shall  constitute  requests by Borrower that Bank
          lend Borrower the amount of such drafts or other  requests for payment
          pursuant to this Agreement.

     (e)  A fee in the amount of $0.00 shall be paid by  Borrower  for each unit
          of inventory presented as Collateral to obtain Advances. The fee shall
          be paid monthly by Borrower.

7.   COLLATERAL Borrower hereby grants to Bank a security interest in all of its
     inventory of:

     _X_  New Motor Vehicles (now existing or hereafter acquired)

     ___  Used Motor Vehicles (now existing or hereafter acquired)

     including  all parts and  accessories  added to  vehicles,  now existing or
     hereafter  acquired by Borrower,  including any such goods as may be leased
     or held for  leasing,  together  with  any and all  accounts  and  proceeds
     arising  from the  sale,  lease or  disposition  of said  property  and all
     returned,   refused  and  repossessed   goods,  all  monies  received  from
     manufacturers  by way of  credits,  refunds or  otherwise  with  respect to
     Collateral,  and all proceeds  thereof  (Collateral)  to secure all debt of
     Borrower to Bank under any and all present and future  Advances of whatever
     kind and further  including  but not limited to the Line and all other debt
     and other  obligations  of Borrower  to Bank of any nature now  existing or
     hereafter  arising,  including  but not  limited to debt  arising  directly
     between  Borrower  and  Bank  or  acquired  outright,  conditionally  or as
     Collateral security from another by Bank, absolute or contingent,  joint or
     several, secured or unsecured, due or not due, contractual or tortious,
     liquidated  or  unliquidated,   arising  under  the  operation  of  law  or
     otherwise,  direct or indirect,  whether incurred  directly or as part of a
     partnership,  association or other group, or whether incurred as principal,
     surety, indorser,  accommodation party or otherwise.  Borrower will execute
     and deliver any documents,  instruments  or agreements  required by Bank to
     evidence debt hereunder, grant, perfect and preserve the security interest,
     and otherwise carry out the terms of this Agreement.  The security interest
     herein described is also evidenced by a Security Agreement between Borrower
     and Bank, and in the event of any conflict between the terms hereof and the
     terms thereof, the terms hereof will apply.

8.   IDENTIFICATION OF COLLATERAL.  Without limiting the foregoing general grant
     of a security interest, as set forth in the Security Agreement,  Collateral
     subject to the security  interest  granted  herein shall include but not be
     limited  to  (i)  inventory  listed  on  invoices   submitted  to  Bank  by
     manufacturers  attached to drafts submitted by  manufacturers  for payment,
     which drafts Bank pays; and/or (ii) inventory in Borrower's  possession set
     out on a list submitted by Borrower as Collateral for Advances  directly to
     Borrower.



                                       3
<PAGE>

9.   TITLE DOCUMENTS.  Title documents consisting of manufacturers'  certificate
     of origin, manufacturers' statement of origin, certificates of title and/or
     any and all other title  documents  for each item of inventory  shall be in
     the possession of Borrower unless otherwise  directed by Bank. In the event
     Bank does require possession of title documents, Borrower shall deliver all
     such documents to Bank immediately upon demand.

10.  PAYMENT OF DRAFTS.  From time to time Bank may make  Advances  hereunder by
     direct  payment  to  manufacturers  or  others,  in which  event,  invoices
     submitted  by  Manufacturers  along with drafts paid by Bank shall serve as
     evidence of Advances under the Line.  Borrower  authorizes  Bank to pay all
     drafts  or  invoices  upon  presentation  by  the  manufacturer  or  others
     supplying inventory to Borrower.

11.  ATTORNEY-IN-FACT.   Borrower   hereby   irrevocably   appoints   Bank   its
     attorney-in-fact,  to execute,  deliver and file from time to time,  in the
     name  of  Borrower  or  Bank,  any  trust  receipts,  security  agreements,
     promissory  notes,  financing  statements,   continuation   statements  and
     amendments  thereto,  and any and all other documents and instruments  that
     Bank may require in connection with evidencing and securing debt under this
     Agreement and carrying out the provisions  hereof,  which appointment shall
     be deemed to be a power coupled with an interest.

12.  QUALITY OF  INVENTORY.  Borrower  shall be  responsible  for the  quantity,
     quality,  condition  and value of the  inventory  selected by Borrower  and
     financed under this  Agreement.  Bank shall have no liability of any nature
     because  of  the  failure  of  any   inventory  to  conform  to  Borrower's
     specifications,  and any  dispute  between the  manufacturer  or others and
     Borrower  with  respect  to such  inventory  shall  not  affect  Borrower's
     obligation to Bank to pay amounts Advanced hereunder.

13.  REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES. Borrower represents and warrants that:

     (a)  Borrower has taken all action necessary to make this Agreement and all
          other  agreements  between  it  and  Bank  legal,  valid  and  binding
          obligations  enforceable in accordance with their terms,  and Borrower
          is a:

      (i)      ___  corporation  duly  organized,  existing and in good standing
                    under the laws of the State of ________, that it is licensed
                    to do business  and in good  standing in each state in which
                    the property  owned by it or the business  transacted  by it
                    requires it to be licensed as a foreign corporation.

      (ii)     _X_  limited  liability  company,  duly  organized,  and in  good
                    standing under the laws of the State of Tennessee.


                                        4
<PAGE>

      (iii)    ___  partnership composed of________________________________

                    _______________________________________________________

                    _______________________________________________________


      (iv)     ___  sole proprietorship owned by __________________________

                    _______________________________________________________
          

     (b)  Borrower is not in default  with respect to any  agreement  between it
          and Bank on this date.

     (c)  All  Collateral  is owned by Borrower  free and clear of any  security
          interests or encumbrances except those granted pursuant hereto.

     (d)  Borrower is and will  hereafter be not in default  under any agreement
          with any  other  party,  and the  execution  and  performance  of this
          Agreement  will not be a default  under any  agreement  with any other
          party by which Borrower or any of Borrower's property is bound.

     (e)  Borrower does not do financing of any motor vehicle inventory with any
          other source or purchase inventory from any seller on credit except as
          set out below:

          ______________________________________________________________________

          ______________________________________________________________________
          

          Borrower shall notify Bank  immediately in the event it buys inventory
          of motor  vehicles  on  credit  or  enters  into  any  such  inventory
          financing  arrangement  with any  other  source,  giving  the name and
          address of the Bank or seller and details of the purchase or loan.

     (f)  All  financial  and  other   information   Borrowers  have  heretofore
          submitted or may hereafter submit is and will be true,  complete,  and
          correct  and  reflects  or will  reflect  all  direct,  indirect,  and
          contingent liabilities.

     (g)  There has been no material adverse change in the Borrower's  financial
          condition  and  operations  since the date of  Borrowers  most  recent
          financial statements heretofore submitted.

     (h)  Borrower  has  and  will  maintain,   at  all  times,  all  franchise,
          distributor agreements,  licenses,  permits, and other rights that are
          necessary to the conduct of its business.

     (i)  All  representations and warranties set forth herein will be deemed to
          be have been made anew with each  Advance and shall be  continuing  in
          effect  beyond  the  termination  or  expiration  of this  Floor  Plan
          Agreement.



                                        5
<PAGE>

14.  COVENANTS.  While the Line is in effect,  and thereafter  while Borrower is
     indebted to Bank, Borrower will:

      (a)      _X_  Provide Bank within  twenty (20) days of each month's end, a
                    company   prepared   financial   statement   (including  the
                    thirteenth (13) month statement including all adjustments to
                    net  worth)  in   accordance   with   requirements   of  the
                    franchise(s) for which Borrower is a dealer.

               _X_  Provide Bank within sixty (60) days after Borrower's  fiscal
                    year-end  a  financial  statement  compiled  by a  Certified
                    Public Accountant acceptable to the Bank.

               ___  Provide  Bank  within  one-hundred-twenty  (120)  days after
                    Borrower's fiscal year-end a financial statement reviewed by
                    a Certified Public Accountant acceptable to the Bank.

               ___  Provide   Bank  within   one-hundred-fifty   (150)  days  of
                    Borrower's  fiscal  year-end  audited  financial  statements
                    prepared by a Certified Public Accountant  acceptable to the
                    Bank.

     In submitting  such  statements  to Bank an authorized  officer of Borrower
     will certify such statements to be true and accurate, continuing compliance
     with all terms  and  conditions  contained  herein  and in the  other  Loan
     Documents  and  that no  material  violation  or  default  exists  with any
     material agreement.

               _X_  As  to   Guarantors,   provide  the  Bank  a  copy  of  each
                    Guarantor's  personal financial statement within thirty (30)
                    days of calendar year-end in a manner and form acceptable to
                    the Bank.  Additionally,  each  Guarantor  shall provide the
                    Bank a copy of each  Guarantor's  federal  income tax return
                    and all schedules  thereto within thirty (30) days of filing
                    each return.

     (b)  Not merge into or consolidate with any other person, firm, corporation
          or limited  liability  company  nor sell any  substantial  part of its
          assets to any person,  firm,  corporation or limited liability company
          except in the ordinary course of business;

     (c)  Not sell or  enter  into any  agreement  to sell or deal in new  motor
          vehicles  manufactured  by any  manufacturer  for whom it is not now a
          Retailer or Wholesaler,  unless approved by Bank in writing which will
          not be unreasonably withheld;



                                       6
<PAGE>

     (d)  Keep all Collateral and inventory insured,  by insurers  acceptable to
          Bank,  at all times in an amount at least  equal to the amount of debt
          to Bank under the Line with  deductible  amount  satisfactory to Bank,
          and the  insurance  policy to contain loss payable  clauses to Bank as
          its interest may appear.  Borrower will deliver original  policies or,
          if permitted by Bank, certificates of insurance to Bank;

     (e)  Permit  Bank to enter upon the  property  of  Borrower  at any time to
          examine all Collateral and to examine  Borrower's  books in connection
          therewith.

     (f)  At time of execution of this Floor Plan Agreement deliver to Bank such
          Landlord Waiver and/or Mortgagee  Waiver and Estoppel  Agreements duly
          executed by the appropriate parties in such form as is satisfactory to
          Bank and Borrower  will  thereafter  furnish to Bank current  executed
          copies of the above instruments upon written request of Bank;

     (g)  Not allow any material  change in ownership  or  management  nor enter
          into any  management  agreement  pursuant  to which  any  third  party
          assumes  the  management  of  Borrower  in  anticipation  of a sale of
          Borrower's  business or any material part of its assets without Bank's
          prior written approval;

     (h)  Operate business in compliance with all environmental  protection laws
          and regulations  including  applicable  local,  state, or federal law,
          regulations, or rule of common law;

     (i)  Not allow any liens or  encumbrances  on any of  Borrower's  assets or
          property without the written consent of Bank;

     (j)  Borrower and Guarantor  shall  promptly  notify Bank in writing of (i)
          any  condition,  event or act which comes to Borrower's or Guarantor's
          attention that would or might materially  adversely affect  Borrower's
          or Guarantor's financial condition or operations,  the Collateral,  or
          Bank's  rights  under the  Guaranty  or any Loan  Documents,  (ii) any
          litigation  in excess of  $25,000.00  filed by or against  Borrower or
          Guarantor,  or (iii) any event that has occurred that would constitute
          an event  of  default  under  any Loan  Documents,  including  but not
          limited to any Guaranty.

     (k)  See Addendum  "C" for  additional  covenants  which are a part of this
          Agreement  for all  purposes  as if they  were  copied  word  for word
          herein.

15.  EVENTS OF DEFAULT.

     The  following  are  events of default  hereunder  and under the other Loan
     Documents:  (a) the  failure to pay or perform any  obligation,  liability,
     indebtedness  or covenant of any Borrower or  Guarantor to Bank,  or to any
     affiliate  of Bank,  whether  under  this Floor  Plan  Agreement,  Security
     Agreement,  Note or any other  agreement  or  instrument 

                                       7
<PAGE>

     now or  hereafter  existing,  as and  when due  (whether  upon  demand,  at
     maturity or by  acceleration);  (b) the failure to pay or perform any other
     obligation,  liability or indebtedness of any Borrower or Guarantor whether
     to Bank or some  other  party,  the  collateral  for which  constitutes  an
     encumbrance  on  the  collateral  for  this  Floor  Plan  Agreement;  (c) a
     proceeding  being filed or commenced  against any Borrower or Guarantor for
     dissolution  or  liquidation,  or any Borrower or Guarantor  voluntarily or
     involuntarily  terminating or dissolving or being  terminated or dissolved;
     (d) insolvency  of,  business  failure of, the  appointment of a custodian,
     trustee,  liquidator  or receiver  for or for any of the property of, or an
     assignment for the benefit of creditors by, or the filing of a voluntary or
     involuntary petition under bankruptcy, insolvency or debtor's relief law or
     for any adjustment of indebtedness,  composition or extension by or against
     any Borrower or Guarantor; (e) any lien, encumbrance or additional security
     interest being placed upon any of the Collateral which is security for this
     Floor Plan  Agreement;  (f) acquisition at any time or from time to time of
     title to the whole of or any part of the  Collateral  which is security for
     this Floor Plan Agreement by any person, partnership,  corporation or other
     entity  except for sales  thereof in the ordinary  course of business;  (g)
     Bank determining that any  representation  or warranty made by any Borrower
     or  Guarantor  to Bank is, or was,  untrue or  materially  misleading;  (h)
     failure of any  Borrower or  Guarantor  to timely  deliver  such  financial
     statements,  including  tax returns,  and other  statements of condition or
     other  information  as Bank shall request from time to time; (i) entry of a
     judgment  against  any  Borrower or  Guarantor  which Bank deems to be of a
     material nature,  in Bank's sole discretion;  (j) the seizure or forfeiture
     of, or the issuance of any writ of  possession,  garnishment or attachment,
     or any turn over order for any property of any Borrower or  Guarantor;  (k)
     Bank reasonably deeming itself insecure or its prospects for payment of the
     debt impaired for any reason; (1) the determination by Bank that a material
     adverse  change has occurred in the financial  condition of any Borrower or
     Guarantor;  (m) the failure to comply with any law regulating the operation
     of Borrower's business; (n) Guarantor undertakes to terminate or revoke any
     guaranty  of  payment of this Note or  defaults  in the  performance  of or
     disputes any of his  obligations  as  Guarantor;  (o) the  inability of the
     Borrower  or  Guarantor  to pay debts as they  mature  owing to Bank or any
     other party.

16.  REMEDIES.  Upon the occurrence of any default hereunder or any of the other
     Loan  Documents,  Bank  shall  have all of the  rights  and  remedies  of a
     creditor  and,  of a secured  party under the  Uniform  Commercial  Code as
     enacted in the State of Georgia,  O.C.G.A. ss.11-9 and all other applicable
     law.  Without  limiting the generality of the  foregoing,  Bank may, at its
     option and without notice or demand:  (a) declare any liability of Borrower
     under this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents accelerated and due
     and payable at once;  and (b) take  possession of any  Collateral  wherever
     located, and sell, resell, assign,  transfer and deliver all or any part of
     said  Collateral  of Borrower or Guarantor at any public or private sale or
     otherwise  dispose of any or all of the  Collateral in its then  condition,
     for cash or on credit or for future delivery,  and in connection  therewith
     Bank may impose reasonable conditions upon any

                                       8

<PAGE>

     such sale. Bank, unless prohibited by law the provisions of which cannot be
     waived,  may purchase all or any part of said  Collateral to be sold,  free
     from and in  discharge  of all trusts,  claims,  rights of  redemption  and
     equities of the Borrower or Guarantor  whatsoever;  Borrower and  Guarantor
     acknowledge  and  agree  that  the  sale  of  any  Collateral  through  any
     nationally  recognized  broker -  dealer,  investment  banker  or any other
     method common in the  securities  industry  shall be deemed a  commercially
     reasonable sale under the Uniform  Commercial Code or any other  equivalent
     statute or federal  law,  and  expressly  waive  notice  thereof  except as
     provided  herein;  and (c) setoff against any and all money owed by Bank in
     any  capacity  to  Borrower  or  Guarantor  whether  or  not  due  for  any
     Liabilities  of the Borrower to the Bank under this Agreement and the other
     Loan Documents.

17.  ATTORNEY FEES. COST AND EXPENSES.  Borrower and/or  Guarantor shall pay all
     costs of collection  and  attorney's  fees equal to  reasonable  and actual
     attorney's fees,  including  reasonable  attorney's fees in connection with
     any  suit,  mediation  or  arbitration  proceeding,  out of  court payment,
     agreement, trial, appeal, bankruptcy proceedings or otherwise,  incurred or
     paid by Bank in  enforcing  the payment of any  Liability  or  enforcing or
     preserving  any  right  or  interest  of  Bank  hereunder,   including  the
     collection,  preservation,  sale or delivery of any Collateral from time to
     time pledged to Bank,  and after  deducting  such fees,  costs and expenses
     from the proceeds of sale or collection,  Bank may apply any residue to pay
     any of the  Liabilities  and Guarantor  shall continue to be liable for any
     deficiency with interest at the rate specified in any instrument evidencing
     the Liability or, at the Bank's  option,  equal to the highest lawful rate,
     which shall remain a liability.

18.  PRESERVATION  OF  PROPERTY.  Bank  shall  not be bound  to take  any  steps
     necessary to preserve any rights in any of the property of Borrower  and/or
     Guarantor  pledged  to  Bank  to  secure   Borrower's  and/or   Guarantor's
     obligations   against  prior  parties  who  may  be  liable  in  connection
     therewith,  and  Borrower  and/or  Guarantor  hereby agree to take any such
     steps.  Bank,  nevertheless,  at any time, may (a) take any action it deems
     appropriate  for the care or preservation of such property or of any rights
     of Borrower and/or Guarantor or Bank therein,  (b) demand, sue for, collect
     or receive any money or property at any time due,  payable or receivable on
     account of or in exchange  for any property of Borrower  and/or  Guarantor,
     (c) compromise  and settle with any person liable on such property,  or (d)
     extend the time of payment or otherwise  change the terms thereof as to any
     party  liable   thereon,   all  without   notice  to,   without   incurring
     responsibility  to,  and  without  affecting  any  of  the  obligations  or
     liabilities of Borrower and/or Guarantor.

19.  TERMINATION. The Line may be terminated at any time by either party with or
     without  cause  upon 30 days'  notice in  writing  to the  other.  Upon the
     occurrence of a default  hereunder,  Bank shall have the right to terminate
     the Line and to mature all debt outstanding hereunder,  including principal
     and  interest,  without  notice  to any  person.  Termination  of the  Line
     hereunder  shall not affect the obligations of Borrower with


                                       9

<PAGE>

     respect to any debt incurred  prior to  termination.  All such  obligations
     shall  continue  in full force and effect  until all debt under the Line is
     paid in full.

20.  OVERLINE DEBT. In the event debt outstanding  under the Line should for any
     reason exceed the amount of the Line allowed hereunder, all such debt shall
     be payable on demand,  but if no demand is made, no later than such time as
     may be  specified  by Bank at the  time of the  approval  of the  temporary
     overline.  The overline debt shall bear interest at the rate  specified for
     debt under the Line,  and shall be governed by all the terms and conditions
     of this  Agreement and the other Loan Documents and shall be secured by all
     Collateral  for the  Line,  and all  items  of  inventory  financed  by the
     overline  debt shall secure all debt under the Line  including the overline
     and be  governed  by  all  terms  of the  Security  Agreement,  Floor  Plan
     Agreement and Note. Bank shall have no obligation to permit any overline at
     any time but in its sole discretion may do so.

21.  REVIEW OF LINE.  Bank may,  at its  option,  from time to time  review  the
     credit for performance,  pricing,  amount of Line, and Borrower's financial
     condition.
 
22.  CHANGE IN TERMS.  Bank may at its  discretion  amend or modify  any term or
     provision  of this Floor Plan  Agreement,  Security  Agreement or any other
     agreements pertaining to this Agreement, with any change to be effective 15
     days after mailing of notice to Borrower.
 
23.  SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS. This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be
     binding  upon  each  party's  respective  successors,   heirs,   executors,
     administrators, personal representatives and assigns. Neither this  Floor
     Plan  Agreement  nor any  interest  in it may be  assigned  by Borrower
     without Bank's prior written approval.

24.  WAIVER (a) Bank may consent to or waive any action or any failure to act by
     Borrower with respect to any obligation of Borrower hereunder.  Any consent
     or  waiver  on the part of Bank  shall be  binding  upon  Bank only when in
     writing  and signed by an officer  of Bank,  and no failure to take  action
     with respect to any default shall constitute a waiver thereof. No waiver of
     any default shall be a waiver of any other or future default of that or any
     other  nature;  (b) Bank shall not be  required  to proceed  first  against
     Borrower,  or any other person,  firm or corporation,  whether primarily or
     secondarily  liable, or against any collateral held by it, before resorting
     to Guarantor for payment,  and Guarantor shall not be entitled to assert as
     a defense to the  enforceability  of the  Guaranty  any defense of Borrower
     with respect to any Liabilities or Obligations.

25.  GOVERNING LAW. This Floor Plan Agreement  shall be deemed to have been made
     in the  State of  Georgia  at the  address  indicated  above,  and shall be
     governed by, and  construed in  accordance  with,  the laws of the State of
     Georgia, and is performable in the State of Georgia.


                                       10

<PAGE>

26.  MEDIATION,  BINDING ARBITRATION.  The parties will attempt in good faith to
     resolve  any  controversy  or  claim  arising  out of or  relating  to this
     Agreement or the other Loan Documents by  participating in mediation and/or
     binding  arbitration.  Each party agrees that each will bear its respective
     expenses  related  to either  mediation  and/or  arbitration.  The  parties
     further  agree if the matter has not been  resolved  pursuant to  mediation
     within  thirty (30) days of notice to mediate  given by either  party,  the
     controversy  shall be settled by  arbitration  and shall be governed by the
     United States  Arbitration  Act, 9 U.S.C.  ss. 1-16, (or if not applicable,
     the  applicable  state law),  and judgment  upon the award  rendered by the
     Arbitrator  may be entered by any court having  jurisdiction  thereof.  The
     parties  recognize  that Bank  could be  prejudiced  by not  being  able to
     foreclose on property pledged as Collateral to Bank. The parties agree that
     nothing in this Agreement shall be deemed to (i) limit the applicability of
     any otherwise  applicable  statutes of limitation or repose and any waivers
     contained  in  this  Agreement;  or  (ii) be a  waiver  by the  Bank of the
     protection  afforded  to it by  12  U.S.C.  Sec.  91 or  any  substantially
     equivalent  state law;  or (iii)  limit the right of the Bank hereto (a) to
     exercise self help remedies such as (but not limited to) setoff,  or (b) to
     foreclose  against  any real or  personal  property  collateral,  or (c) to
     obtain from a court  provisional  or  ancillary  remedies  such as (but not
     limited to) injunctive  relief or the  appointment of a receiver.  The Bank
     may exercise such self help rights, foreclose upon such property, or obtain
     such provisional or ancillary remedies before, during or after the pendency
     of any arbitration proceeding brought pursuant to this agreement. At Bank's
     option,  foreclosure  under a deed of trust or mortgage may be accomplished
     by any of the following:  the exercise of a power of sale under the deed of
     trust or mortgage, or by judicial sale under the deed of trust or mortgage,
     or by judicial foreclosure. Neither this exercise of self help remedies nor
     the  institution or maintenance of an action for foreclosure or provisional
     or ancillary  remedies shall constitute a waiver of the right of any party,
     including  the claimant in any such action,  to arbitrate the merits of the
     controversy or claim occasioning resort to such remedies.

27.  ADDITIONAL TERMS. (a) As used herein, the singular number shall include the
     plural (e.g.  "Note"  means Note or Notes);  or (b) In the event that there
     are any written terms that may differ between this Floor Plan Agreement and
     any other agreements,  documents, or negotiations in existence prior to the
     execution of this Floor Plan  Agreement,  Bank and Borrower  agree that the
     terms  of  this  Floor  Plan  Agreement  shall  control  and be  the  final
     agreement.

28.  MERGER. The terms of any  commitment letter  issued by Bank to Borrower for
     this Line are incorporated  herein by reference,  except to the extent that
     such terms are  inconsistent  with the terms of this Floor Plan  Agreement,
     Security  Agreement or Note. Any such inconsistent  terms are of no effect.
     This Floor Plan Agreement  supersedes any Floor Plan Agreements  heretofore
     executed by and between Bank and Borrower,  and all outstanding  Floor Plan
     Agreement  indebtedness  is  hereafter  subject  to all of  the  terms  and
     provisions  of this Floor Plan  Agreement,  and the  outstanding  principal


                                       11

<PAGE>

     balance  of all such  Floor  Plan  indebtedness  is added to the  principal
     balance of this Floor Plan Agreement.
 
29.  NOTICES. Any notice or other communication  required or permitted hereunder
     or under any Note or  Security  Agreement  shall be in writing and shall be
     delivered  personally,  sent by facsimile  transmission  or by first-class,
     certified,  registered  or express  mail,  or by courier,  with postage and
     other  charges  prepaid.  Any such  notice  shall be deemed  given  when so
     delivered  personally,  by courier  or by  facsimile  transmission,  or, if
     mailed,  five (5) days after the date of deposit in the United States mail,
     as follows:

                    If to Borrower, to:
                         Kia of Chattanooga, LLC
                         6015 International Drive
                         Chattanooga, TN  37421
                         Attention: Nelson E. Bowers, II
                         Facsimile #__________________________________


                    If Bank, to:

                         NationsBank, N.A. (South)
                         600 Peachtree Street, 17th Floor
                         Atlanta, Georgia 30308
                         Attention: Tim Kelley or Bill Brantley

     Either  Bank or  Borrower  may,  by notice  given in  accordance  with this
     provision,  designate  another  address  or person  for  receipt of notices
     hereunder.

                                       12

<PAGE>

30.  FLOOR PLAN COLLATERAL  AND/OR  INVENTORY  INSPECTION.  Floor Plan inventory
     inspections  will be  conducted  by  Bank  from  time  to time at the  sole
     discretion  of  Bank.  Borrower  agrees  to pay in full any item or unit of
     Collateral  that is not located at Borrower's  premises or accounted for by
     Borrower to Bank.  Borrower  shall make  payment to Bank  immediately  upon
     notice of demand being given to Borrower pursuant to paragraph 29 (NOTICES)
     of the Floor Plan Agreement.

31.  FINAL AGREEMENT. THIS FLOOR PLAN AGREEMENT, THE FLOOR PLAN PROMISSORY NOTE,
     THE SECURITY  AGREEMENT AND ANY OTHER  AGREEMENTS  EXECUTED IN  CONJUNCTION
     WITH THIS FLOOR PLAN REVOLVING LINE OF CREDIT REPRESENT THE FINAL AGREEMENT
     BETWEEN  THE  PARTIES  AND MAY NOT BE  CONTRADICTED  BY  EVIDENCE OF PRIOR,
     CONTEMPORANEOUS OR SUBSEQUENT ORAL AGREEMENTS OF THE PARTIES.  THERE ARE NO
     UNWRITTEN ORAL AGREEMENTS BETWEEN THE PARTIES.

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has caused this Floor Plan Agreement to
be executed under seal on the 11th day of April, 1997.


                                             Kia of Chattanooga, LLC (Seal)
NationsBank, N.A. (South)                    Borrower
Bank
By                                           By /s/ Nelson E. Bowers, II
   --------------------------                   -------------------------
Timothy Kelley                               Nelson E. Bowers, II
Assistant Vice President                     Chief Manager



                                       13
<PAGE>


                                  ADDENDUM "A"

This Addendum "A" to the Floor Plan Agreement  shall be and is  incorporated  by
reference for all purposes as part of the Floor Plan Agreement  dated  April 11,
1997 between Bank and Borrower.

Curtailments.  Curtailment payments based upon the original amount advanced with
respect to specific items of Collateral  shall be paid on the following types of
units of Collateral based upon either a dollar or percentage amount as billed to
Borrower  and  payment  is due when  billed.  The  Curtailment  payment is to be
applied  against the  original  amount  advanced for a unit of  Collateral.  The
Curtailment  payment  based  upon  either  a  dollar  or  percentage  amount  is
calculated on the original  amount advanced for the unit and not the outstanding
unpaid balance from time to time.

Unit Type      Curtailment Amount       Curtailment Date       Final Payoff Date
- ---------      ------------------       ----------------       -----------------

New            10% of original          Due 90 days            15 months from
               amount financed.         prior to maturity.     date financed.

Program        2% of original           Due monthly            In full at the 
               amount financed.         beginning at the       end of the 7th
                                        end of the 4th month   month.




Executed under seal this 11th day of April, 1997.



Borrower: Kia of Chattanooga, LLC (Seal)

By /s/ Nelson E. Bowers, II  By:  
   -------------------------      
Nelson E. Bowers, II              
Chief Manager                    
           (Name and Title)

Approved: NationsBank, N.A. (South)

By:  
     -------------------------------
Timothy W. Kelley, Assistant Vice President
               (Name and Title)



<PAGE>



                                  ADDENDUM "B"

This Addendum "B" to the Floor Plan Agreement  shall be and is  incorporated  by
reference for all purposes as part of the Floor Plan  Agreement  dated April 11,
1996 between Bank and Borrower.

Floor  Plan  Sublimits.   The  following   sublimits  represent  the  amount  of
outstandings permitted at any one time in connection with the particular type of
Collateral being financed;  notwithstanding,  the Bank, in it's sole discretion,
may advance from time to time amounts in excess of the sublimit amounts below:

Unit Type                     Sublimit Amount
- ---------                     ---------------

New  Vehicles                 $2,500,000.00





Executed under seal on the 11th day of April, 1997.



Borrower: Kia of Chattanooga, LLC (Seal)

By /s/ Nelson E. Bowers, II  By:  
   -------------------------      
Nelson E. Bowers, II              
Chief Manager                    
           (Name and Title)

Approved: NationsBank, N.A. (South)

By:  
     -------------------------------
Timothy W. Kelley, Assistant Vice President
               (Name and Title)



<PAGE>

                                    10.19a
NATIONSBANK. N.A. (SOUTH)

                               SECURITY AGREEMENT
                                  (Floor Plan)
                               Date April 11, 1997

Between:                                  and

================================================================================

BANK: (SECURED PARTY)                        DEBTOR: (BORROWER)

NATIONSBANK, N.A. (SOUTH)                    Kia of Chattanooga, LLC
600 Peachtree Street 17th Floor              6015 International Drive
Atlanta, Georgia 30308                       Chattanooga, Tennessee 37421

Fulton County                                Hamilton County



(address including county)                   Name and address, including county)
================================================================================
Debtor is: [ ] Individual [ ]  Corporation [ ] Partnership [X] Other Limited
                                                               Liability
                                                               Corporation
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Address is Debtor's: [ ] Residence [X] Place of Business [ ] Chief Executive
Office if more than one place of business
================================================================================

    [This Agreement contains some provisions  preceded by boxes. Mark only those
boxes beside  provisions  which will be  applicable to this  transaction.  A box
which is not marked means that the provision beside it is not applicable to this
transaction.]

SECTION I. CREATION OF SECURITY INTEREST.

     For good and valuable consideration,  the receipt and adequacy of which are
hereby  acknowledged  and  subject  to the  applicable  terms  of a  Floor  Plan
Agreement,  Floor Plan Promissory  Note and this Floor Plan Security  Agreement,
Debtor  hereby  grants  to  Secured  Party  (Bank) a  security  interest  in the
Collateral  described  in  Section  11 of  this  Security  Agreement  to  secure
performance and payment of all obligations and indebtedness of Debtor to Bank of
whatever kind and whenever or however created or incurred.  Said obligations and
indebtedness  includes but is not limited to any and all  liabilities,  fixed or
contingent,  whether  arising by notes,  discounts,  overdraws,  or in any other
manner whatsoever.

SECTION II. COLLATERALS

     The  Collateral  of this  Security  Agreement is inventory of the following
     description:

[X]  New Motor Vehicles (now existing or hereafter acquired)

[ ]  Used Motor Vehicles (now existing or hereafter acquired)

including all parts and accessories added to vehicles, now existing or hereafter
acquired by Debtor (Borrower), including any such goods as may be leased or held
for leasing,  together  with any and all accounts and Proceeds  arising from the
sale,  lease or  disposition  of said  property  and all  returned,  refused and
repossessed  goods,  all monies received from  manufacturers  by way of credits,
refunds or  otherwise  with  respect to  Collateral,  and all  Proceeds  thereof
(Collateral)  to secure all debt of Debtor  (Borrower)  to Secured  Party (Bank)
under any and all  present  and future  Advances  of  whatever  kind and further
including but not limited to the Line and all other debt of Debtor (Borrower) to
Secured Party (Bank) of any nature now existing or hereafter arising,  including
but not limited to debt arising directly  between Debtor  (Borrower) and Bank or
acquired  outright,  conditionally  or as  Collateral  security  from another by
Secured Party, absolute or contingent,  joint or several,  secured or unsecured,
due or not due,  contractual or tortious,  liquidated or  unliquidated,  arising
under the operation of law or otherwise,  direct or indirect,  whether  incurred
directly or as part of a  partnership,  association  or other group,  or whether
incurred as  principal,  surety,  indorser,  accommodation  party or  otherwise.
Debtor  (Borrower)  will  execute  and  deliver any  documents,  instruments  or
agreements  required by Secured Party (Bank) to evidence debt hereunder,  grant,
perfect and preserve the security interest, and otherwise carry out the terms of
the  Floor  Plan  Agreement,  Floor  Plan  Note and  this  Floor  Plan  Security
Agreement. See attached schedule for additional Collateral, if applicable.


                                      1
<PAGE>


     The  inclusion of Proceeds in this  Security  Agreement  does not authorize
Debtor to sell,  dispose of or otherwise  use the  Collateral  in any manner not
specifically  authorized by the Floor Plan Agreement or this Security Agreement.
The term  "Proceeds"  means  proceeds  as said term is  defined  in the  Uniform
Commercial  Code  and  includes  without  limitation  cash,  accounts,   general
intangibles,  documents, inventory (including trade-ins),  instruments,  chattel
paper,  equipment,  and all other property of every kind received upon the sale,
exchange, collection, lease or other disposition of inventory.

SECTION III. PAYMENT OBLIGATIONS OF DEBTOR.

     1.  Debtor  shall  pay  to  Secured   Party  on  demand  all  expenses  and
expenditures,  including  attorney  fees,  plus interest  thereon at the highest
legal rate per annum,  pursuant to the  provisions of the Floor Plan  Agreement,
Floor Plan Note and this Security Agreement.

     2. Debtor shall pay to Secured Party the earned outstanding indebtedness of
Debtor to Secured  Party upon demand or Debtor's  default  pursuant to the terms
and  conditions  contained  in a Floor Plan Note,  Floor Plan  Agreement or this
Security Agreement.

SECTION IV. DEBTOR'S REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES.

     1. The representations  and warranties  contained in a Floor Plan Agreement
between Debtor and Secured Party dated April 11, 1997,  are hereby  incorporated
by reference for all purposes as if copied herein word for word.

     2. Debtor will execute alone or with Secured Party any Financing  Statement
or  other  document  or  procure  any  document,  and pay all  connected  costs,
necessary  to perfect,  continue and protect the  security  interest  under this
Security Agreement against the rights or interest of third persons.

     3. Debtor will at all times keep  Collateral and its Proceeds  separate and
distinct  from other  property of Debtor and shall keep  accurate  and  complete
records of the Collateral and its Proceeds.

     4. Debtor  shall pay prior to  delinquency  all taxes,  charges,  liens and
assessments against the Collateral,  and upon Debtor's failure to do so, Secured
Party  at its  option  may pay any of them and  shall  be the sole  judge of the
legality or validity  thereof and the amount  necessary to  discharge  the same.
Such payment shall become part of the indebtedness secured by this Agreement and
shall be paid to Secured Party by Debtor  immediately and without  demand,  with
interest thereon at the highest legal rate per annum.

     5. The  Collateral  shall remain in Debtor's  possession  or control at all
times  at  Debtor's  risk  of  loss;  and be kept at the  address  shown  at the
beginning of this Agreement, or at _____________________________________________

________________________________________________________________________________
(No. and Street)              (City)               (County)             (State) 

where Secured Party may inspect it at any time. Except for its temporary removal
in connection with its ordinary use, Debtor shall not remove the Collateral from
the above address  without  obtaining  prior written consent from Secured Party.
Debtor shall bear the risk of loss and damage to Collateral at all times.

     6. The  Collateral  will not be  misused  or  abused,  wasted or allowed to
deteriorate,  except for the ordinary wear and tear of its intended primary use,
and will not be used in violation of any statute or ordinance.

     7. The  Collateral  will not be sold,  transferred or disposed of by Debtor
except in the ordinary  course of business or be subjected to any other security
interest unpaid charge,  including rent and taxes, or to any subsequent interest
of a third person  created or suffered by Debtor  voluntarily  or  involuntarily
unless  Secured  Party  consents  in advance in writing to such sale,  transfer,
disposition,  charge, or subsequent  interest,  or unless otherwise  provided in
this Agreement.

     8. Debtor will promptly notify Secured Party in writing of any addition to,
change in or  discontinuance  of: (i) its address as shown at the  beginning  of
this  Security  Agreement;  (ii) the location of its place of business if it has
one  location  or its  chief  executive  office if it has more than one place of
business as set forth in this Security Agreement;  and (iii) the location of the
office where it keeps its records as set forth in this Security Agreement.

     9. If any Collateral is leased or held for lease to customers of Debtor and
is of a type normally used in more than one State (such as automotive equipment,
rolling  stock,  airplanes,  road  building  equipment,   commercial  harvesting
equipment,  construction  machinery and the like), Debtor's place of business if
it has one location or its chief executive  office if it has more than one place
of business is the address shown at the beginning of this Agreement.


                                        2


<PAGE>


     10. The office where Debtor keeps its records is 6015 International  Drive,
Chattanooga, TN 37421 (Hamilton County).

     11. Debtor shall account fully and faithfully to Secured Party for Proceeds
from  disposition  of the  Collateral  in any  manner and shall pay or turn over
pursuant  to  paragraph  5(a) of the Floor Plan  Agreement  in cash,  negotiable
instruments,  drafts, assigned accounts or chattel paper, all Proceeds from each
sale to be applied to Debtor's  indebtedness to Secured Party, subject, if other
than cash, to final payment or collection.

     12. If any Collateral or Proceeds includes  obligations of third parties to
Debtor,  the  transactions  giving rise to the  Collateral  shall conform in all
respects to the  applicable  State or Federal law  including  but not limited to
consumer  credit law.  Debtor shall hold harmless and indemnify Bank against any
cost, loss or expense arising from Debtor's breach of this covenant.

     13. Without the written consent of Bank,  Debtor shall not change its name,
change its  corporate  status,  use any trade name or engage in any  business in
which it was not engaged on the date of this Agreement.

     14. Debtor appoints any officer of Bank as Debtor's  attorney-in-fact  with
full power in Debtor's name and behalf to do every act which Debtor is obligated
to do or may be required to do  hereunder;  however,  nothing in this  paragraph
shall be construed to obligate Bank to take any action  hereunder nor shall Bank
be liable to Debtor for failure to take any action  hereunder.  This appointment
shall be deemed a power  coupled with an interest and shall not be terminable as
long  as  the  obligations  are  outstanding  and  shall  not  terminate  on the
disability or incompetence of the Debtor.

     15.  Debtor will comply  with all State and  Federal  laws and  regulations
applicable to its business, whether now in effect or hereafter enacted including
but not  limited to the wage and hours laws and  relating to the use or disposal
of hazardous materials and wastes.

SECTION V. COVENANTS.

     The  Covenants  contained  in a Floor  Plan  Agreement  between  Debtor and
Secured Party dated April 11, 1997, are hereby incorporated by reference for all
purposes as if copied word for word herein.

SECTION VI. Events of Default.

     Debtor shall be in default under this Security Agreement upon the happening
of any of the following  events or conditions  (hereinafter  called an "Event of
Default"):

     1. The  occurrence  of any  events of  default  referred to in a Floor Plan
Agreement  between Debtor and Secured Party dated April ____,  1997 all of which
are hereby incorporated by reference for all purposes as if copied word for word
herein.

     2. Debtor  defaults in the due  observance or  performance  of any terms or
provisions of this Security Agreement or other Loan Documents.

     3. If any physical damage,  property and/or other insurance,  insuring said
Collateral and the respective interests of the parties therein, is cancelled for
any reason and the Debtor fails or refuses to furnish  written  proof to Secured
Party  of his  having  obtained  substitute  insurance  coverage  replacing  the
cancelled policies.

SECTION VII. SECURED PARTY'S RIGHTS AND REMEDIES.

     A. Rights Exclusive of Default.

          (1) This Security  Agreement,  Secured Party's rights hereunder or the
     indebtedness  hereby  secured may be assigned from time to time, and in any
     such case the Assignee  shall be entitled to all of the rights,  privileges
     and  remedies  granted in this  Security  Agreement to Secured  Party,  and
     Debtor will assert no claims or defenses it may have against  Secured Party
     against the Assignee except those granted in this Security Agreement.

          (2) At its  option,  Secured  Party  may  discharge  taxes,  liens  or
     security  interests or other  encumbrances  at any time levied or placed on
     the Collateral, may pay for insurance on the Collateral and may pay for the
     maintenance and preservation of the Collateral.  Debtor agrees to reimburse
     Secured  Party on demand for any payment  made, or any expense  incurred by
     Secured  Party  pursuant  to the  foregoing  authorization,  plus  interest
     thereon at the highest legal rate per annum.

          (3) Secured Party may execute,  sign, endorse,  transfer or deliver in
     the name of  Debtor  notes,  checks,  drafts or other  instruments  for the
     payment of money and receipts,  certificates  of origin,  applications  for
     certificates  of title  or any  other  documents,  necessary  to  evidence,
     perfect or realize upon the security  interest and  obligations  created by
     this Security Agreement.

          (4)  Secured Party may notify the  account  debtors or obligors of any
     accounts,  chattel  paper,  negotiable  instruments  or other  evidences of
     indebtedness remitted by Debtor to Secured Party as Proceeds to pay Secured
     Party directly.


                                        3

<PAGE>




          (5) Secured Party may at any time demand, sue for, collect or make any
     compromise or settlement with reference to the Collateral as Secured Party,
     in its sole discretion, chooses.

          (6) Secured Party may enter upon Debtor's  premises at any  reasonable
     time to inspect the Collateral and Debtor's books and records pertaining to
     the  Collateral;  Secured  Party may  require the  Debtor to  assemble  the
     Collateral for such inspection in a reasonably convenient place; and in all
     other  ways the  Debtor  shall  assist  the  Secured Party in  making  such
     inspection.

     B. Rights in Event of Default.

          (1) Upon the  occurrence  of an Event of Default,  or if Secured Party
     deems payment of Debtor's obligations to Secured Party to be insecure,  and
     at any time thereafter,  Secured Party may declare all obligations  secured
     hereby  immediately  due and payable and shall have the rights and remedies
     of a Secured  Party  under the  Uniform  Commercial  Code as enacted in the
     State  of  Georgia,  O.C.G.A.  ss.  11-9  and all  other  applicable  laws,
     including without limitation thereto, the right to sell, lease or otherwise
     dispose of any or all of the Collateral and the right to take possession of
     the  Collateral,  and for that  purpose  Secured  Party may enter  upon any
     premises on which the  Collateral  or any part  thereof may be situated and
     remove the same therefrom. Secured Party may require Debtor to assemble the
     Collateral  and  make it  available  to  Secured  Party  at a  place  to be
     designated by Secured Party which is reasonably convenient to both parties.
     Unless  Collateral  threatens  to  decline  speedily  in value or is a type
     customarily  sold in a recognized  market,  Secured  Party will give Debtor
     reasonable  notice of the time and place of any public  sale  thereof or of
     the time after which any private or any other intended  disposition thereof
     is to be made. The  requirements of reasonable  notice shall be met as such
     notice is mailed,  postage  prepaid,  to the address of Debtor shown at the
     beginning of this Security Agreement at least five (5) days before the time
     of sale or  disposition.  After sale, all monies will be applied to amounts
     outstanding  under the Floor  Plan  Agreement,  the Note and this  Security
     Agreement,  and  Debtor  will be  liable  for any  remaining  deficiencies.
     Expenses of  retaking,  holding,  preparing  for sale,  selling or the like
     shall  include  Secured  Party's  reasonable   attorneys'  fees  and  legal
     expenses, plus interest thereon at the highest legal rate per annum. Debtor
     shall remain liable for any deficiency.

          (2)  Secured  Party may remedy any  default  and may waive any default
     without waiving the default  remedied or without waiving any other prior or
     subsequent default.  Secured Party may remedy any default and may waive any
     default without waiving any other prior or subsequent default.

          (3) The remedies of Secured Party  hereunder are  cumulative,  and the
     exercise of any one or more of the  remedies  provided for herein shall not
     be construed as a waiver of any of the other remedies of Secured Party.

          (4) Debtor hereby waives all rights which Debtor has or may have under
     and by virtue of O.C.G.A.  ss. 44-14,  including,  without limitation,  the
     right of Debtor to notice and to a judicial hearing prior to seizure of any
     Collateral by Secured Party.

SECTION VIII. ADDITIONAL AGREEMENTS.

     1. The terms and  conditions  contained in a Floor Plan  Agreement  between
Debtor and Secured  Party  dated  April 11,  1997,  are hereby  incorporated  by
reference for all purposes as if copied word for word herein.

     2.  The  term  "Debtor"  (Borrower)  as used in this  instrument  shall  be
construed  as  singular  or  plural to  correspond  with the  number of  persons
executing this instrument as Debtor. The pronouns used in this instrument are in
the  masculine  gender but shall be  construed as feminine or neuter as occasion
may require.  "Secured  Party"  (Bank) and  "Debtor" as used in this  instrument
include,   without   limitations,   the  heirs,   executors  or  administrators,
successors, representatives, receivers, trustees and assigns of those parties.

     3. Floor Plan inventory inspections will be conducted by Secured Party from
time to time at the sole  discretion of Secured  Party.  Debtor agrees to pay in
full any item or unit of Collateral that is not located at Debtor's  premises or
accounted for by Debtor to Secured  Party.  Debtor shall make payment to Secured
Party (Bank) immediately upon notice of demand being given to Debtor pursuant to
paragraph 29 (NOTICES) of the Floor Plan Agreement.

     4.  (Write  in any  additional  agreements  or  conditions):  See  attached
Schedule, if appropriate.

     5. MEDIATION,  BINDING ARBITRATION.  THE PARTIES WILL ATTEMPT IN GOOD FAITH
TO RESOLVE ANY CONTROVERSY OR CLAIM ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT
BY PARTICIPATING IN MEDIATION AND/OR BINDING ARBITRATION. EACH PARTY AGREES THAT
EACH WILL BEAR THEIR  RESPECTIVE  EXPENSES  RELATED TO EITHER  MEDIATION  AND/OR
ARBITRATION.  THE  PARTIES  FURTHER  AGREE IF THE MATTER  HAS NOT BEEN  RESOLVED
PURSUANT TO  MEDIATION  WITHIN  THIRTY  (30) DAYS OF NOTICE TO MEDIATE  GIVEN BY
EITHER  PARTY,  THE  CONTROVERSY  SHALL BE SETTLED BY  ARBITRATION  AND SHALL BE
GOVERNED BY THE UNITED  STATES  ARBITRATION  ACT, 9 U.S.C.  ss.1-16,  (OR IF NOT
APPLICABLE,  THE APPLICABLE  STATE LAW), AND JUDGMENT UPON THE AWARD RENDERED BY
THE ARBITRATOR MAY BE ENTERED BY ANY


                                       4

<PAGE>

COURT HAVING  JURISDICTION  THEREOF.  THE PARTIES  RECOGNIZE  THAT BANK COULD BE
PREJUDICED  BY NOT BEING ABLE TO FORECLOSE ON PROPERTY  PLEDGED AS COLLATERAL TO
BANK.  THE PARTIES AGREE THAT NOTHING IN THIS  AGREEMENT  SHALL BE DEEMED TO (I)
LIMIT THE  APPLICABILITY OF ANY OTHERWISE  APPLICABLE  STATUTES OF LIMITATION OR
REPOSE AND ANY WAIVERS  CONTAINED IN THIS AGREEMENT;  OR (II) BE A WAIVER BY THE
BANK OF THE PROTECTION  AFFORDED TO IT BY 12 U.S.C. SEC. 91 OR ANY SUBSTANTIALLY
EQUIVALENT  STATE  LAW;  OR (III)  LIMIT  THE  RIGHT OF THE BANK  HERETO  (A) TO
EXERCISE  SELF HELP  REMEDIES  SUCH AS (BUT NOT LIMITED  TO)  SETOFF,  OR (B) TO
FORECLOSE  AGAINST ANY REAL OR PERSONAL  PROPERTY  COLLATERAL,  OR (C) TO OBTAIN
FROM A COURT  PROVISI0NAL  OR  ANCILLARY  REMEDIES  SUCH AS (BUT NOT LIMITED TO)
INJUNCTIVE  RELIEF OR THE APPOINTMENT OF A RECEIVER.  THE BANK MAY EXERCISE SUCH
SELF HELP RIGHTS,  FORECLOSURE UPON SUCH PROPERTY, OR OBTAIN SUCH PROVISIONAL OR
ANCILLARY  REMEDIES  BEFORE,  DURING OR AFTER THE  PENDENCY  OF ANY  ARBITRATION
PROCEEDING  BROUGHT  PURSUANT TO THIS AGREEMENT.  AT BANK'S OPTION,  FORECLOSURE
UNDER A DEED OF TRUST OR MORTGAGE MAY BE  ACCOMPLISHED  BY ANY OF THE FOLLOWING:
THE  EXERCISE  OF A POWER OF SALE  UNDER  THE DEED OF TRUST OR  MORTGAGE,  OR BY
JUDICIAL SALE UNDER THE DEED OF TRUST OR MORTGAGE,  OR BY JUDICIAL  FORECLOSURE.
NEITHER THIS EXERCISE OF SELF HELP REMEDIES NOR THE  INSTITUTION  OR MAINTENENCE
OF AN  ACTION  FOR  FORECLOSURE  OR  PROVISIONAL  OR  ANCILLARY  REMEDIES  SHALL
CONSTITUTE  A WAIVER OF THE RIGHT OF ANY PARTY,  INCLUDING  THE  CLAIMANT IN ANY
SUCH ACTION,  TO ARBITRATE THE MERITS OF THE  CONTROVERSY  OR CLAIM  OCCASIONING
RESORT TO SUCH REMEDIES.

     6. NOTICE OF FINAL AGREEMENT:  THIS WRITTEN SECURITY  AGREEMENT  REPRESENTS
THE FINAL AGREEMENT  BETWEEN THE PARTIES AND MAY NOT BE CONTRADICTED BY EVIDENCE
OF PRIOR,  CONTEMPORANEOUS,  OR SUBSEQUENT ORAL AGREEMENTS OF THE PARTIES. THERE
ARE NO UNWRITTEN ORAL AGREEMENTS BETWEEN THE PARTIES.



Executed under seal this 11th day of April, 1997.







NationsBank, N.A. (South)                         Kia of Chattanooga, LLC (Seal)
  Secured Party                                             Debtor
                        
By:                                               By /s/ Nelson E. Bowers, II  
     -------------------------------                 -------------------------  
Timothy W. Kelley                                    Nelson E. Bowers, II       
Assistant Vice President                              Chief Manager             
         
                                                  
                                        5





NationsBank
NationsBank, N.A. (South)                                Dated: October 17, 1996


                              FLOOR PLAN AGREEMENT


This Floor  Plan  Agreement  is entered  into by and  between  NationsBank,  N.A
(South)  (Bank) 600 Peachtree  Street,  17th Floor,  Atlanta,  Georgia 30308 and
European Motors of Nashville,  LLC (Borrower) 630 Murfreesboro  Rd.,  Nashville,
Tennessee 37210.

1.   BACKGROUND.  Borrower hereby requests Bank to extend to it a line of credit
     (Line)  to  purchase  inventory  to be  secured  by  Borrower's  Collateral
     described  in  paragraph  7  (Collateral).  Bank  agrees to extend the Line
     subject to the terms of this Agreement.

2.   THE LINE OF  CREDIT.  Bank  extends  to  Borrower  a Line in the  amount of
     $5,000,000.00 or such other amount as may be set by Bank from time to time.
     Before  maturity  or  demand,  Borrower  may  borrow,  repay  and  reborrow
     hereunder at anytime, up to an aggregate amount outstanding at any one time
     equal to the principal amount of Note, provided,  however, that Borrower is
     not in default of any  provision of Note,  Floor Plan  Agreement,  Security
     Agreement or any other agreement or obligation  between  Borrower and Bank.
     Any sums Bank may  Advance  in excess of the face  amount of the Note shall
     also be part of the principal  amount the Borrower is obligated to pay Bank
     and shall be subject to all the terms of the Note, Security Agreement,  and
     this Floor Plan Agreement.  The Bank's records of the amounts borrowed from
     time to time shall be conclusive proof thereof.  Borrower  acknowledges and
     agrees  that  notwithstanding  any  provisions  of  any  Note,  Floor  Plan
     Agreement, Security Agreement or any other documents executed in connection
     with a Note, Floor Plan Agreement and Security  Agreement,  the Bank has no
     obligation  to make any  Advance,  and that  all  Advances  are at the sole
     discretion of Bank.

3.   NOTE.  Debt  under the Line shall be  evidenced  by  Borrower's  Floor Plan
     Promissory Note (Note).

4.   RATE. Debt under the Line shall bear interest as set forth in the Note.

5.   DUE DATES.

     (a)  Unpaid  principal and interest  hereon shall be due and payable as set
          forth in the  Note,  and as set forth  below.  Unless  Borrower  is in
          default under the terms of any Security  Agreement  securing the Note,
          this Floor Plan  Agreement  or any other  agreement  relating  to this
          Floor Plan  Agreement,  upon sale of  inventory,  Borrower will pay to
          Bank at the earlier of Borrower's  receipt of payment for that item of
          inventory or three ( 3 ) business days after that item of inventory is


                                        1


<PAGE>

          delivered to the customer or otherwise disposed of, cash in the amount
          equal to the original amount  advanced less any  curtailment  payments
          made with respect to the item sold.  If Borrower is in default at time
          of sale, all proceeds of sale will immediately be remitted to Bank and
          applied to debt hereunder.

     (b)  Curtailment  payments  based  on the  original  amount  advanced  with
          respect to specific items of inventory shall be paid from time to time
          by Borrower as provided for in Addendum "A" attached hereto and made a
          part hereof for all purposes as if copied word for word herein.

6.   USE OF LINE AND ADVANCES.

     (a)  The Advances under this Line shall be  exclusively  for the purpose of
          purchasing  inventory to be displayed and  demonstrated in conjunction
          with the sale of the  inventory in the ordinary  course of  Borrower's
          business  unless  otherwise  agreed to in  writing  by Bank.  Borrower
          agrees not to use the  inventory  for any other  purpose  without  the
          prior  written  approval of Bank.  The term  "Advance" as used in this
          Agreement  shall  mean the  dollar  amount  loaned  by Bank on a motor
          vehicle financed under a floor plan line of credit and includes but is
          not limited to any charge against,  debit against,  draft against,  or
          draw against the line of credit.  Advances  under the Line  (Advances)
          shall be made  against  and in payment  of drafts  drawn on Bank or in
          accordance with the written request of Borrower executed by the person
          signing  this  Agreement  on behalf of Borrower or a person  hereafter
          designated in writing by Borrower.

     (b)  Units of inventory which may be presented as Collateral as well as the
          amount of  outstanding  debt  permitted at any one time in  connection
          with the  particular  type of Collateral  being  financed  shall be in
          accordance with Addendum "B".

     (c)  Bank may reject as Collateral hereunder any item of inventory which is
          received by Borrower in damaged  condition.  Bank has no obligation to
          inspect  inventory for damage before paying drafts. If Bank has paid a
          draft on damaged inventory,  Borrower shall direct the manufacturer to
          refund all payments  directly to Bank.  If the  manufacturer  fails to
          make the refund  within  thirty (30) days,  Borrower  shall reduce the
          debt  outstanding  under the Line by the amount  Advanced  against the
          damaged item.

     (d)  Borrower  will  submit or cause to be  submitted  to Bank  invoices or
          bills  of  sale  representing  the  actual  cost  to  Borrower  of the
          inventory. Bank may advance an amount equal to Borrower's cost (not to
          exceed NADA  wholesale  value in the case of used motor  vehicles)  or
          such part of the cost  thereof as Bank elects at its sole  discretion.
          The Advance may be disbursed to Borrower or the manufacturer or others
          from whom  Borrower  purchases  inventory.  Presentation  of drafts or
          other  requests  for  payment  by  manufacturers  or others  from whom
          Borrower


                                        2


<PAGE>

          purchases  inventory shall  constitute  requests by Borrower that Bank
          lend Borrower the amount of such drafts or other  requests for payment
          pursuant to this Agreement.

     (e)  A fee in the amount of $0.00 shall be paid by  Borrower  for each unit
          of inventory presented as Collateral to obtain Advances. The fee shall
          be paid monthly by Borrower.

7.   COLLATERAL.  Borrower  hereby grants to Bank a security  interest in all of
     its inventory of:

     _X_  New Motor Vehicles (now existing or hereafter acquired)

     _X_  Used Motor Vehicles (now existing or hereafter acquired)

     including  all parts and  accessories  added to  vehicles,  now existing or
     hereafter  acquired by Borrower,  including any such goods as may be leased
     or held for  leasing,  together  with  any and all  accounts  and  proceeds
     arising  from the  sale,  lease or  disposition  of said  property  and all
     returned,   refused  and  repossessed   goods,  all  monies  received  from
     manufacturers  by way of  credits,  refunds or  otherwise  with  respect to
     Collateral,  and all proceeds  thereof  (Collateral)  to secure all debt of
     Borrower to Bank under any and all present and future  Advances of whatever
     kind and further  including  but not limited to the Line and all other debt
     and other  obligations  of Borrower  to Bank of any nature now  existing or
     hereafter  arising,  including  but not  limited to debt  arising  directly
     between  Borrower  and  Bank  or  acquired  outright,  conditionally  or as
     Collateral security from another by Bank, absolute or contingent,  joint or
     several,  secured or unsecured,  due or not due,  contractual  or tortious,
     liquidated  or  unliquidated,   arising  under  the  operation  of  law  or
     otherwise,  direct or indirect,  whether incurred  directly or as part of a
     partnership,  association or other group, or whether incurred as principal,
     surety, indorser,  accommodation party or otherwise.  Borrower will execute
     and deliver any documents,  instruments  or agreements  required by Bank to
     evidence debt hereunder, grant, perfect and preserve the security interest,
     and otherwise carry out the terms of this Agreement.  The security interest
     herein described is also evidenced by a Security Agreement between Borrower
     and Bank, and in the event of any conflict between the terms hereof and the
     terms thereof, the terms hereof will apply.

8.   IDENTIFICATION OF COLLATERAL.  Without limiting the foregoing general grant
     of a security interest, as set forth in the Security Agreement,  Collateral
     subject to the security  interest  granted  herein shall include but not be
     limited  to  (i)  inventory  listed  on  invoices   submitted  to  Bank  by
     manufacturers  attached to drafts submitted by  manufacturers  for payment,
     which drafts Bank pays; and/or (ii) inventory in Borrower's  possession set
     out on a list submitted by Borrower as Collateral for Advances  directly to
     Borrower.


                                        3


<PAGE>


9.   TITLE DOCUMENTS.  Title documents consisting of manufacturers'  certificate
     of origin, manufacturers' statement of origin, certificates of title and/or
     any and all other title  documents  for each item of inventory  shall be in
     the possession of Borrower unless otherwise  directed by Bank. In the event
     Bank does require possession of title documents, Borrower shall deliver all
     such documents to Bank immediately upon demand.

10.  PAYMENT OF DRAFTS.  From time to time Bank may make  Advances  hereunder by
     direct  payment  to  manufacturers  or  others,  in which  event,  invoices
     submitted  by  Manufacturers  along with drafts paid by Bank shall serve as
     evidence of Advances under the Line.  Borrower  authorizes  Bank to pay all
     drafts  or  invoices  upon  presentation  by  the  manufacturer  or  others
     supplying inventory to Borrower.

11.  ATTORNEY-IN-FACT.   Borrower   hereby   irrevocably   appoints   Bank   its
     attorney-in-fact,  to execute,  deliver and file from time to time,  in the
     name  of  Borrower  or  Bank,  any  trust  receipts,  security  agreements,
     promissory  notes,  financing  statements,   continuation   statements  and
     amendments  thereto,  and any and all other documents and instruments  that
     Bank may require in connection with evidencing and securing debt under this
     Agreement and carrying out the provisions  hereof,  which appointment shall
     be deemed to be a power coupled with an interest.

12.  QUALITY OF  INVENTORY.  Borrower  shall be  responsible  for the  quantity,
     quality,  condition  and value of the  inventory  selected by Borrower  and
     financed under this  Agreement.  Bank shall have no liability of any nature
     because  of  the  failure  of  any   inventory  to  conform  to  Borrower's
     specifications,  and any  dispute  between the  manufacturer  or others and
     Borrower  with  respect  to such  inventory  shall  not  affect  Borrower's
     obligation to Bank to pay amounts Advanced hereunder.

13.  REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES. Borrower represents and warrants that:

     (a)  Borrower has taken all action necessary to make this Agreement and all
          other  agreements  between  it and  Bank:  legal,  valid  and  binding
          obligations  enforceable in accordance with their terms,  and Borrower
          is a:

          (i)___ corporation duly organized, existing and in good standing under
               the laws of the State of  _____________  , that it is licensed to
               do  business  and in good  standing  in each  state in which  the
               property owned by it or the business transacted by it requires it
               to be licensed as a foreign corporation.

          (ii) _X_  limited  liability  company,  duly  organized,  and in  good
               standing under the laws of the State of Tennessee.


                                        4


<PAGE>



          (iii)___ partnership composed of_____________________

               ___________________________________________________________

               ___________________________________________________________

          (iv)___ sole proprietorship owned by ______________________________
          
     (b)  Borrower is not in default  with respect to any  agreement  between it
          and Bank on this date.

     (c)  All  Collateral  is owned by Borrower  free and clear of any  security
          interests or encumbrances except those granted pursuant hereto.

     (d)  Borrower is and will  hereafter be not in default  under any agreement
          with any  other  party,  and the  execution  and  performance  of this
          Agreement  will not be a default  under any  agreement  with any other
          party by which Borrower or any of Borrower's property is bound.

     (e)  Borrower does not do financing of any motor vehicle inventory with any
          other source or purchase inventory from any seller on credit except as
          set out below:
          The  floor  plan  financing  of new  Volkswagen  vehicles  only by 1st
          Tennessee.

          ________________________________________________________________

          _________________________________________________________________

          Borrower shall notify Bank  immediately in the event it buys inventory
          of motor  vehicles  on  credit  or  enters  into  any  such  inventory
          financing  arrangement  with any  other  source,  giving  the name and
          address of the Bank or seller and details of the purchase or loan.

     (f)  All  financial  and  other   information   Borrowers  have  heretofore
          submitted or may hereafter submit is and will be true,  complete,  and
          correct  and  reflects  or will  reflect  all  direct,  indirect,  and
          contingent liabilities.

     (g)  There has been no material adverse change in the Borrower's  financial
          condition  and  operations  since the date of  Borrowers  most  recent
          financial statements heretofore submitted.

     (h)  Borrower  has  and  will  maintain,   at  all  times,  all  franchise,
          distributor agreements,  licenses,  permits, and other rights that are
          necessary to the conduct of its business.

     (i)  All  representations and warranties set forth herein will be deemed to
          be have been made anew with each  Advance and shall be  continuing  in
          effect  beyond  the  termination  or  expiration  of this  Floor  Plan
          Agreement.


                                        5


<PAGE>



14.  COVENANTS.  While the Line is in effect,  and thereafter  while Borrower is
     indebted to Bank, Borrower will:

     (a)  _X_  Provide  Bank  within  twenty  (20) days of each  month's  end, a
               company prepared  financial  statement  (including the thirteenth
               (13) month  statement  including all adjustments to net worth) in
               accordance  with  requirements  of  the  franchise(s)  for  which
               Borrower is a dealer.

          _X_  Provide  Bank  within  sixty  (60) days after  Borrower's  fiscal
               year-end a financial  statement  compiled  by a Certified  Public
               Accountant acceptable to the Bank.

          __   Provide   Bank   within   one-hundred-twenty   (120)  days  after
               Borrower's  fiscal year-end a financial  statement  reviewed by a
               Certified Public Accountant acceptable to the Bank.

          ___  Provide Bank within  one-hundred-fifty  (150) days of  Borrower's
               fiscal  year-end  audited  financial  statements  prepared  by  a
               Certified Public Accountant acceptable to the Bank.

     In submitting  such  statements  to Bank an authorized  officer of Borrower
     will certify such statements to be true and accurate, continuing compliance
     with all terms  and  conditions  contained  herein  and in the  other  Loan
     Documents  and  that no  material  violation  or  default  exists  with any
     material agreement.

          _X_  As to  Guarantors,  provide  the Bank a copy of each  Guarantor's
               personal financial  statement within thirty (30) days of calendar
               year-end   in  a  manner  and  form   acceptable   to  the  Bank.
               Additionally,  each  Guarantor  shall  provide the Bank a copy of
               each  Guarantor's  federal  income tax  return and all  schedules
               thereto within thirty (30) days of filing each return.

     (b)  Not merge into or consolidate with any other person, firm, corporation
          or limited  liability  company  nor sell any  substantial  part of its
          assets to any person,  firm,  corporation or limited liability company
          except in the ordinary course of business;

     (c)  Not sell or  enter  into any  agreement  to sell or deal in new  motor
          vehicles  manufactured  by any  manufacturer  for whom it is not now a
          Retailer or Wholesaler,  unless approved by Bank in writing which will
          not be unreasonably withheld;

     (d)  Keep all Collateral and inventory insured,  by insurers  acceptable to
          Bank,  at all times in an amount at least  equal to the amount of debt
          to Bank under the Line


                                        6


<PAGE>



          with deductible amount  satisfactory to Bank, and the insurance policy
          to contain  loss  payable  clauses to Bank as its interest may appear.
          Borrower  will  deliver  original  policies  or, if permitted by Bank,
          certificates of insurance to Bank;

     (e)  Permit  Bank to enter upon the  property  of  Borrower  at any time to
          examine all Collateral and to examine  Borrower's  books in connection
          therewith.

     (f)  At time of execution of this Floor Plan Agreement deliver to Bank such
          Landlord Waiver and/or Mortgagee  Waiver and Estoppel  Agreements duly
          executed by the appropriate parties in such form as is satisfactory to
          Bank and Borrower  will  thereafter  furnish to Bank current  executed
          copies of the above instruments upon written request of Bank;

     (g)  Not allow any material  change in ownership  or  management  nor enter
          into any  management  agreement  pursuant  to which  any  third  party
          assumes  the  management  of  Borrower  in  anticipation  of a sale of
          Borrower's  business or any material part of its assets without Bank's
          prior written approval;

     (h)  Operate business in compliance with all environmental  protection laws
          and regulations  including  applicable  local,  state, or federal law,
          regulations, or rule of common law;

     (i)  Not allow any liens or  encumbrances  on any of  Borrower's  assets or
          property without the written consent of Bank;

     (j)  Borrower and Guarantor  shall  promptly  notify Bank in writing of (i)
          any  condition,  event or act which comes to Borrower's or Guarantor's
          attention that would or might materially  adversely affect  Borrower's
          or Guarantor's financial condition or operations,  the Collateral,  or
          Bank's  rights  under the  Guaranty  or any Loan  Documents,  (ii) any
          litigation  in excess of  $25,000.00  filed by or against  Borrower or
          Guarantor,  or (iii) any event that has occurred that would constitute
          an event  of  default  under  any Loan  Documents,  including  but not
          limited to any  Guaranty.  Identified  in Exhibit  "A" is  lawsuite in
          which  Borrower and Guarantor are parties which has been  disclosed to
          Bank.

     (k)  See Addendum  "C" for  additional  covenants  which are a part of this
          Agreement  for all  purposes  as if they  were  copied  word  for word
          herein. 

15.  EVENTS OF DEFAULT.

     The  following  are  events of default  hereunder  and under the other Loan
     Documents:  (a) the  failure to pay or perform any  obligation,  liability,
     indebtedness  or covenant of any Borrower or  Guarantor to Bank,  or to any
     affiliate  of Bank,  whether  under  this Floor  Plan  Agreement,  Security
     Agreement,  Note or any other  agreement  or  instrument


                                        7


<PAGE>



     now or  hereafter  existing,  as and  when due  (whether  upon  demand,  at
     maturity or by  acceleration);  (b) the failure to pay or perform any other
     obligation,  liability or indebtedness of any Borrower or Guarantor whether
     to Bank or some  other  party,  the  collateral  for which  constitutes  an
     encumbrance  on  the  collateral  for  this  Floor  Plan  Agreement;  (c) a
     proceeding  being filed or commenced  against any Borrower or Guarantor for
     dissolution  or  liquidation,  or any Borrower or Guarantor  voluntarily or
     involuntarily  terminating or dissolving or being  terminated or dissolved;
     (d) insolvency  of,  business  failure of, the  appointment of a custodian,
     trustee,  liquidator  or receiver  for or for any of the property of, or an
     assignment for the benefit of creditors by, or the filing of a voluntary or
     involuntary petition under bankruptcy, insolvency or debtor's relief law or
     for any adjustment of indebtedness,  composition or extension by or against
     any Borrower or Guarantor; (e) any lien, encumbrance or additional security
     interest being placed upon any of the Collateral which is security for this
     Floor Plan  Agreement;  (f) acquisition at any time or from time to time of
     title to the whole of or any part of the  Collateral  which is security for
     this Floor Plan Agreement by any person, partnership,  corporation or other
     entity  except for sales  thereof in the ordinary  course of business;  (g)
     Bank determining that any  representation  or warranty made by any Borrower
     or  Guarantor  to Bank is, or was,  untrue or  materially  misleading;  (h)
     failure of any  Borrower or  Guarantor  to timely  deliver  such  financial
     statements,  including  tax returns,  and other  statements of condition or
     other  information  as Bank shall request from time to time; (i) entry of a
     judgment  against  any  Borrower or  Guarantor  which Bank deems to be of a
     material nature,  in Bank's sole discretion;  (j) the seizure or forfeiture
     of, or the issuance of any writ of  possession,  garnishment or attachment,
     or any turnover  order for any property of any Borrower or  Guarantor;  (k)
     Bank reasonably deeming itself insecure or its prospects for payment of the
     debt impaired for any reason; (1) the determination by Bank that a material
     adverse  change has occurred in the financial  condition of any Borrower or
     Guarantor;  (m) the failure to comply with any law regulating the operation
     of Borrower's business; (n) Guarantor undertakes to terminate or revoke any
     guaranty  of  payment of this Note or  defaults  in the  performance  of or
     disputes any of his  obligations  as  Guarantor;  (o) the  inability of the
     Borrower  or  Guarantor  to pay debts as they  mature  owing to Bank or any
     other party.

16.  REMEDIES.  Upon the occurrence of any default hereunder or any of the other
     Loan  Documents,  Bank  shall  have all of the  rights  and  remedies  of a
     creditor  and,  of a secured  party under the  Uniform  Commercial  Code as
     enacted in the State of Georgia,  O.C.G.A ss. 11-9 and all other applicable
     law.  Without  limiting the generality of the  foregoing,  Bank may, at its
     option and without notice or demand:  (a) declare any liability of Borrower
     under this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents accelerated and due
     and payable at once;  and (b) take  possession of any  Collateral  wherever
     located, and sell, resell, assign,  transfer and deliver all or any part of
     said  Collateral  of Borrower or Guarantor at any public or private sale or
     otherwise  dispose of any or all of the  Collateral in its then  condition,
     for cash or on credit or for future delivery,  and in connection  therewith
     Bank may impose reasonable conditions upon any


                                        8


<PAGE>



     such sale. Bank, unless prohibited by law the provisions of which cannot be
     waived,  may purchase all or any part of said  Collateral to be sold,  free
     from and in  discharge  of all trusts,  claims,  rights of  redemption  and
     equities of the Borrower or Guarantor  whatsoever;  Borrower and  Guarantor
     acknowledge  and  agree  that  the  sale  of  any  Collateral  through  any
     nationally recognized broker-dealer,  investment banker or any other method
     common in the securities industry shall be deemed a commercially reasonable
     sale under the Uniform  Commercial Code or any other equivalent  statute or
     federal law, and expressly waive notice thereof except as provided  herein;
     and (c) set-off  against any and all money owed by Bank in any  capacity to
     Borrower  or  Guarantor  whether  or not  due for  any  Liabilities  of the
     Borrower to the Bank under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents.

17.  ATTORNEY FEES, COST AND EXPENSES.  Borrower and/or  Guarantor shall pay all
     costs of collection  and  attorney's  fees equal to  reasonable  and actual
     attorney's fees,  including  reasonable  attorney's fees in connection with
     any  suit,  mediation  or  arbitration  proceeding,  out of  court  payment
     agreement, trial, appeal, bankruptcy proceedings or otherwise,  incurred or
     paid by Bank in  enforcing  the payment of any  Liability  or  enforcing or
     preserving  any  right  or  interest  of  Bank  hereunder,   including  the
     collection,  preservation,  sale or delivery of any Collateral from time to
     time pledged to Bank,  and after  deducting  such fees,  costs and expenses
     from the proceeds of sale or collection,  Bank may apply any residue to pay
     any of the  Liabilities  and Guarantor  shall continue to be liable for any
     deficiency with interest at the rate specified in any instrument evidencing
     the Liability or, at the Bank's  option,  equal to the highest lawful rate,
     which shall remain a liability.

18.  PRESERVATION  OF  PROPERTY.  Bank  shall  not be bound  to take  any  steps
     necessary to preserve any rights in any of the property of Borrower  and/or
     Guarantor  pledged  to  Bank  to  secure   Borrower's  and/or   Guarantor's
     obligations   against  prior  parties  who  may  be  liable  in  connection
     therewith,  and  Borrower  and/or  Guarantor  hereby agree to take any such
     steps.  Bank,  nevertheless,  at any time, may (a) take any action it deems
     appropriate  for the care or preservation of such property or of any rights
     of Borrower and/or Guarantor or Bank therein,  (b) demand, sue for, collect
     or receive any money or property at any time due,  payable or receivable on
     account of or in exchange  for any property of Borrower  and/or  Guarantor,
     (c) compromise  and settle with any person liable on such property,  or (d)
     extend the time of payment or otherwise  change the terms thereof as to any
     party  liable   thereon,   all  without   notice  to,   without   incurring
     responsibility  to,  and  without  affecting  any  of  the  obligations  or
     liabilities of Borrower and/or Guarantor.

19.  TERMINATION. The Line may be terminated at any time by either party with or
     without  cause  upon 30 days'  notice in  writing  to the  other.  Upon the
     occurrence of a default  hereunder,  Bank shall have the right to terminate
     the Line and to mature all debt outstanding hereunder,  including principal
     and  interest,  without  notice  to any  person.  Termination  of the  Line
     hereunder  shall not affect the obligations of Borrower with


                                        9


<PAGE>



     respect to any debt incurred  prior to  termination.  All such  obligations
     shall  continue  in full force and effect  until all debt under the Line is
     paid in full.

20.  OVERLINE DEBT. In the event debt outstanding  under the Line should for any
     reason exceed the amount of the Line allowed hereunder, all such debt shall
     be payable on demand,  but if no demand is made, no later than such time as
     may be  specified  by Bank at the  time of the  approval  of the  temporary
     overline.  The overline debt shall bear interest at the rate  specified for
     debt under the Line,  and shall be governed by all the terms and conditions
     of this  Agreement and the other Loan Documents and shall be secured by all
     Collateral  for the  Line,  and all  items  of  inventory  financed  by the
     overline  debt shall secure all debt under the Line  including the overline
     and be  governed  by  all  terms  of the  Security  Agreement,  Floor  Plan
     Agreement and Note. Bank shall have no obligation to permit any overline at
     any time but in its sole discretion may do so.

21.  REVIEW OF LINE.  Bank may,  at its  option,  from time to time  review  the
     credit for performance,  pricing,  amount of Line, and Borrower's financial
     condition.
 
22.  CHANGE IN TERMS.  Bank may at its  discretion  amend or modify  any term or
     provision  of this Floor Plan  Agreement,  Security  Agreement or any other
     agreements pertaining to this Agreement, with any change to be effective 15
     days after mailing of notice to Borrower.
 
23.  SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS. This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be
     binding  upon the parties  hereto and each party's  respective  successors,
     heirs,  executors,  administrators,  personal  representatives and assigns.
     Neither this Floor Plan Agreement nor any interest in it may be assigned or
     otherwise  voluntarily or  involuntarily  transferred  by Borrower  without
     Bank's prior written approval.

24.  WAIVER.  (a) Bank may  consent to or waive any action or any failure to act
     by Borrower  with  respect to any  obligation  of Borrower  hereunder.  Any
     consent or waiver on the part of Bank shall be binding  upon Bank only when
     in writing and signed by an officer of Bank,  and no failure to take action
     with respect to any default shall constitute a waiver thereof. No waiver of
     any default shall be a waiver of any other or future default of that or any
     other  nature;  (b) Bank shall not be  required  to proceed  first  against
     Borrower,  or any other person,  firm or corporation,  whether primarily or
     secondarily  liable, or against any collateral held by it, before resorting
     to Guarantor for payment,  and Guarantor shall not be entitled to assert as
     a defense to the  enforceability  of the  Guaranty  any defense of Borrower
     with respect to any Liabilities or Obligations.

25.  GOVERNING LAW. This Floor Plan Agreement  shall be deemed to have been made
     in the  State of  Georgia  at the  address  indicated  above,  and shall be
     governed by, and  construed in  accordance  with,  the laws of the State of
     Georgia, and is performable in the State of Georgia.

                                       10


<PAGE>



26.  MEDIATION  BINDING  ARBITRATION.  The parties will attempt in good faith to
     resolve  any  controversy  or  claim  arising  out of or  relating  to this
     Agreement or the other Loan Documents by  participating in mediation and/or
     binding  arbitration.  Each party agrees that each will bear its respective
     expenses  related  to either  mediation  and/or  arbitration.  The  parties
     further  agree if the matter has not been  resolved  pursuant to  mediation
     within  thirty (30) days of notice to mediate  given by either  party,  the
     controversy  shall be settled by  arbitration  and shall be governed by the
     United States Arbitration Act, 9 U.S.C. ss.1-16, (or if not applicable, the
     applicable  state  law),  and  judgment  upon  the  award  rendered  by the
     Arbitrator  may be entered by any court having  jurisdiction  thereof.  The
     parties  recognize  that Bank  could be  prejudiced  by not  being  able to
     foreclose on property pledged as Collateral to Bank. The parties agree that
     nothing in this Agreement shall be deemed to (i) limit the applicability of
     any otherwise  applicable  statutes of limitation or repose and any waivers
     contained  in  this  Agreement;  or  (ii) be a  waiver  by the  Bank of the
     protection  afforded  to it by  12  U.S.C.  Sec.  91 or  any  substantially
     equivalent  state law;  or (iii)  limit the right of the Bank hereto (a) to
     exercise self help remedies such as (but not limited to) setoff,  or (b) to
     foreclose  against  any real or  personal  property  collateral,  or (c) to
     obtain from a court  provisional  or  ancillary  remedies  such as (but not
     limited to) injunctive  relief or the  appointment of a receiver.  The Bank
     may exercise such self help rights, foreclose upon such property, or obtain
     such provisional or ancillary remedies before, during or after the pendency
     of any arbitration proceeding brought pursuant to this agreement. At Bank's
     option,  foreclosure  under a deed of trust or mortgage may be accomplished
     by any of the following:  the exercise of a power of sale under the deed of
     trust or mortgage, or by judicial sale under the deed of trust or mortgage,
     or by judicial foreclosure. Neither this exercise of self help remedies nor
     the  institution or maintenance of an action for foreclosure or provisional
     or ancillary  remedies shall constitute a waiver of the right of any party,
     including  the claimant in any such action,  to arbitrate the merits of the
     controversy or claim occasioning resort to such remedies.

27.  ADDITIONAL TERMS. (a) As used herein, the singular number shall include the
     plural (e.g.  "Note"  means Note or Notes);  or (b) In the event that there
     are any written terms that may differ between this Floor Plan Agreement and
     any other agreements,  documents, or negotiations in existence prior to the
     execution of this Floor Plan  Agreement,  Bank and Borrower  agree that the
     terms  of  this  Floor  Plan  Agreement  shall  control  and be  the  final
     agreement.

28.  MERGER The terms of any  commitment  letter  issued by Bank to Borrower for
     this Line are incorporated  herein by reference,  except to the extent that
     such terms are  inconsistent  with the terms of this Floor Plan  Agreement,
     Security  Agreement or Note. Any such inconsistent  terms are of no effect.
     This Floor Plan Agreement  supersedes any Floor Plan Agreements  heretofore
     executed by and between Bank and Borrower,  and all outstanding  Floor Plan
     Agreement  indebtedness  is  hereafter  subject  to all of  the  terms  and
     provisions  of this Floor Plan  Agreement,  and the  outstanding  principal
    

                                       11


<PAGE>



     balance  of all such  Floor  Plan  indebtedness  is added to the  principal
     balance of this Floor Plan Agreement.
 
29.  NOTICES. Any notice or other communication  required or permitted hereunder
     or under any Note or  Security  Agreement  shall be in writing and shall be
     delivered  personally,  sent by facsimile  transmission  or by first-class,
     certified,  registered  or express  mail,  or by courier,  with postage and
     other  charges  prepaid.  Any such  notice  shall be deemed  given  when so
     delivered  personally,  by courier  or by  facsimile  transmission,  or, if
     mailed,  five (5) days after the date of deposit in the United States mail,
     as follows:

                    If to Borrower, to:
                         European Motors of Nashville, LLC
                         630 Murfreesboro Rd
                         Nashville, TN 37210
                         Attention: Nelson E. Bowers, II
                         Facsimile #__________________________________


                    If Bank, to:

                         NationsBank, N.A. (South)
                         600 Peachtree Street, 17th Floor
                         Atlanta, Georgia 30308
                         Attention: Tim Kelley or Bill Brantley

     Either  Bank or  Borrower  may,  by notice  given in  accordance  with this
     provision,  designate  another  address  or person  for  receipt of notices
     hereunder.


                                       12


<PAGE>



30.  FLOOR PLAN COLLATERAL  AND/OR  INVENTORY  INSPECTION.  Floor Plan inventory
     inspections  will be  conducted  by  Bank  from  time  to time at the  sole
     discretion  of  Bank.  Borrower  agrees  to pay in full any item or unit of
     Collateral  that is not located at Borrower's  premises or accounted for by
     Borrower to Bank  Borrower  shall make payment to Bank  immediately  upon
     notice of demand being given to Borrower pursuant to paragraph 29 (NOTICES)
     of the Floor Plan Agreement.

31.  FINAL AGREEMENT. THIS FLOOR PLAN AGREEMENT, THE FLOOR PLAN PROMISSORY NOTE,
     THE SECURITY  AGREEMENT AND ANY OTHER  AGREEMENTS  EXECUTED IN  CONJUNCTION
     WITH THIS FLOOR PLAN REVOLVING LINE OF CREDIT REPRESENT THE FINAL AGREEMENT
     BETWEEN  THE  PARTIES  AND MAY NOT BE  CONTRADICTED  BY  EVIDENCE OF PRIOR,
     CONTEMPORANEOUS OR SUBSEQUENT ORAL AGREEMENTS OF THE PARTIES.  THERE ARE NO
     UNWRITTEN ORAL AGREEMENTS BETWEEN THE PARTIES.

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has caused this Floor Plan Agreement to
be executed under seal on the 17th day of October, 1996.


                                       European Motors of Nashville, LLC (Seal)
NationsBank, N.A. (South)              Borrower
Bank
By /s/ Timothy W. Kelley               By /s/ Nelson E. Bowers
   --------------------------             -------------------------
Timothy W. Kelley                      Nelson E. Bowers, II
Assistant Vice President               Chief Manager


                                       13


<PAGE>




                                  ADDENDUM "A"

This Addendum "A" to the Floor Plan Agreement  shall be and is  incorporated  by
reference for all purposes as part of the Floor Plan Agreement dated October 17,
1996 between Bank and Borrower.

Curtailments.  Curtailment payments based upon the original amount advanced with
respect to specific items of Collateral  shall be paid on the following types of
units of Collateral based upon either a dollar or percentage amount as billed to
Borrower  and  payment  is due when  billed.  The  Curtailment  payment is to be
applied  against the  original  amount  advanced for a unit of  Collateral.  The
Curtailment  payment  based  upon  either  a  dollar  or  percentage  amount  is
calculated on the original  amount advanced for the unit and not the outstanding
unpaid balance from time to time.

Unit Type      Curtailment Amount       Curtailment Date     Final Payoff Date
- ---------      ------------------       ----------------     -----------------
                                                             
New            10% of original          Due 90 days          15 months from
               amount financed.         prior to maturity.   date financed.
                                                             
Used and       2% of original           Due monthly          In full at the end
Program        amount financed.         beginning at the     of the 7th month.
                                        end of the 4th month. 
                                                             
                                                            


Executed under seal this 17th day of October, 1996.

Borrower: European Motors of Nashville, LLC (Seal)

By: /s/ Nelson E. Bowers
- ------------------------------------------
Nelson E. Bowers, II
Chief Manager
          (Name and Title)

Approved: NationsBank, N.A. (South)
By: /s/ Timothy W. Kelley
- -------------------------------------------
Timothy W. Kelley, Assistant Vice President
          (Name and Title)



<PAGE>



                                  ADDENDUM "B"

This Addendum "B" to the Floor Plan Agreement  shall be and is  incorporated  by
reference for all purposes as part of the Floor Plan Agreement dated October 17,
1996 between Bank and Borrower.

Floor  Plan  Sublimits.   The  following   sublimits  represent  the  amount  of
outstandings permitted at any one time in connection with the particular type of
Collateral being financed;  notwithstanding,  the Bank, in it's sole discretion,
may advance from time to time amounts in excess of the sublimit amounts below:

Unit Type                     Sublimit Amount
- ---------                     ---------------

New Vehicles                  $4,500,000.00

Used Vehicles                 $500,000.00







Executed under seal this 17th day of October, 1996.

Borrower: European Motors of Nashville, LLC (Seal)

By: /s/ Nelson E. Bowers II
- -------------------------------------------
Nelson E. Bowers, II
Chief Manager
          (Name and Title)

Approved: NationsBank, N.A. (South)
By: /s/ Timothy W. Kelley
- -------------------------------------------
Timothy W. Kelley, Assistant Vice President
               (Name and Title)



<PAGE>


                                   10.20a
NATIONSBANK. N.A. (South)

                               SECURITY AGREEMENT
                                  (Floor Plan)

                             Date: October 17, 1996

Between:                                  and
================================================================================

BANK: (SECURED PARTY)                        DEBTOR: (BORROWER)

NATIONSBANK, N.A. (South)                    European Motors of Nashville, LLC
600 Peachtree Street                         630 Murfreesboro Rd
17th Floor                                   Nashville, Tennessee 37210 
Atlanta, Georgia 30308                       Davidson County            
Fulton County                                



(address including county)                  (Name and address, including county)
================================================================================
Debtor is: [ ] Individual [ ]  Corporation [ ] Partnership [X] Other -
                                   Limited Liability Corporation
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Address is Debtor's: [ ] Residence [X] Place of Business [ ] Chief Executive
                                   Office if more than one place of business
================================================================================

     [This Agreement contains some provisions preceded by boxes. Mark only those
boxes beside provisions which will be applicable to this transaction. A box
which are not marked means that the provision beside it is not applicable to
this transaction.]

SECTION I. CREATION OF SECURITY INTEREST.

     For good and valuable consideration, the receipt and adequacy of which are
hereby acknowledged and subject to the applicable terms of a Floor Plan
Agreement, Floor Plan Promissory Note and this Floor Plan Security Agreement,
Debtor hereby grants to Secured Party (Bank) a security interest in the
Collateral described in Section 11 of this Security Agreement to secure
performance and payment of all obligations and indebtedness of Debtor to Bank of
whatever kind and whenever or however created or incurred. Said obligations and
indebtedness includes but are not limited to any and all liabilities, fixed or
contingent, whether arising by notes, discounts, overdrafts, or in any other
manner whatsoever.

SECTION II. COLLATERAL.

     The Collateral of this Security Agreement is inventory of the following
description:

[X]  New Motor Vehicles (now existing or hereafter acquired)

[X]  Used Motor Vehicles (now existing or hereafter acquired)

including all parts and accessories, now existing or hereafter acquired by
Debtor (Borrower), including any such goods as may be leased or held for
leasing, together with any and all accounts and Proceeds arising from the sale,
lease or disposition of said property and all returned, refused and repossessed
goods, all monies received from manufacturers by way of credits, refunds or
otherwise with respect to Collateral, and all Proceeds thereof (Collateral) to
secure all debt of Debtor (Borrower) to Secured Party (Bank) under any and all
present and future Advances of whatever kind and further including but not
limited to the Line and all other debt of Debtor (Borrower) to Secured Party
(Bank) of any nature now existing or hereafter arising, including but not
limited to debt arising directly between Debtor (Borrower) and Bank or acquired
outright, conditionally or as Collateral security from another by Secured Party,
absolute or contingent, joint or several, secured or unsecured, due or not due,
contractual or tortious, liquidated or unliquidated, arising under the operation
of law or otherwise, direct or indirect, whether incurred directly or as part of
a partnership, association or other group, or whether incurred as principal,
surety, indorser, accommodation party or otherwise. Debtor (Borrower) will
execute and deliver any documents, instruments or agreements required by Secured
Party (Bank) to evidence debt hereunder, grant, perfect and preserve the
security interest, and otherwise carry out the terms of the Floor Plan
Agreement, Floor Plan Note and this Floor Plan Security Agreement. See attached
schedule for additional Collateral, if applicable.


                                        1


<PAGE>



     The inclusion of Proceeds in this Security Agreement does not authorize
Debtor to sell, dispose of or otherwise use the Collateral in any manner not
specifically authorized by the Floor Plan Agreement or this Security Agreement.
The term "Proceeds" means proceeds as said term is defined in the Uniform
Commercial Code and includes without limitation cash, accounts, general
intangibles, documents, inventory (including trade-ins), instruments, chattel
paper, equipment, and all other property of every kind received upon the sale,
exchange, collection, lease or other disposition of inventory.

SECTION III. PAYMENT OBLIGATIONS OF DEBTOR.

     1. Debtor shall pay to Secured Party on demand all expenses and
expenditures, including attorney fees, plus interest thereon at the highest
legal rate per annum, pursuant to the provisions of the Floor Plan Agreement,
Floor Plan Note and this Security Agreement.

     2. Debtor shall pay to Secured Party the outstanding indebtedness of Debtor
to Secured Party upon demand or Debtor's default pursuant to the terms and
conditions contained in a Floor Plan Note, Floor Plan Agreement or this Security
Agreement.

SECTION IV. DEBTOR'S REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES.

     1. The representations and warranties contained in a Floor Plan Agreement
between Debtor and Secured Party dated October 17, 1996, are hereby incorporated
by reference for all purposes as if copied herein word for word.

     2. Debtor will execute alone or with Secured Party any Financing Statement
or other document or procure any document, and pay all connected costs,
necessary to perfect, continue and protect the security interest under this
Security Agreement against the rights or interest of third persons.

     3. Debtor will at all times keep Collateral and its Proceeds separate and
distinct from other property of Debtor and shall keep accurate and complete
records of the Collateral and its Proceeds.

     4. Debtor shall pay prior to delinquency all taxes, charges, liens and
assessments against the Collateral, and upon Debtor's failure to do so, Secured
Party at its option may pay any of them and shall be the sole judge of the
legality or validity thereof and the amount necessary to discharge the same.
Such payment shall become part of the indebtedness secured by this Agreement and
shall be paid to Secured Party by Debtor immediately and without demand, with
interest thereon at the highest lawful rate per annum.

     5. The Collateral shall remain in Debtor's possession or control at all
times at Debtor's risk of loss; and be kept at the address shown at the
beginning of this Agreement, or at _____________________________________________

________________________________________________________________________________
(No. and Street)              (City)               (County)             (State) 

where Secured Party may inspect it at any time. Except for its temporary removal
in connection with its ordinary use, Debtor shall not remove the Collateral from
the above address without obtaining prior written consent from Secured Party.
Debtor shall bear the risk of loss and damage to Collateral at all times.

     6. The Collateral will not be misused or abused, wasted or allowed to
deteriorate, except for the ordinary wear and tear of its intended primary use,
and will not be used in violation of any statute or ordinance.

     7. The Collateral will not be sold, transferred or disposed of by Debtor or
be subjected to any unpaid charge, including rent and taxes, or to any
subsequent interest of a third person created or suffered by Debtor voluntarily
or involuntarily unless Secured Party consents in advance in writing to such
sale, transfer, disposition, charge, or subsequent interest, or unless otherwise
provided in this Agreement.

     8. Debtor will promptly notify Secured Party in writing of any addition to,
change in or discontinuance of: (i) its address as shown at the beginning of
this Security Agreement; (ii) the location of its place of business if it has
one location or its chief executive office if it has more than one place of
business as set forth in this Security Agreement; and (iii) the location of the
office where it keeps its records as set forth in this Security Agreement.

     9. If any Collateral is leased or held for lease to customers of Debtor and
is of a type normally used in more than one State (such as automotive equipment,
rolling stock, airplanes, road building equipment, commercial harvesting
equipment, construction machinery and the like), Debtor's place of business if
it has one location or its chief executive office if it has more than one place
of business is the address shown at the beginning of this Agreement.


                                        2


<PAGE>



     10. The office where Debtor keeps its records is 630 Murfreesboro Rd.,
Nashville, TN 37210 (Davidson County).

     11. Debtor shall account fully and faithfully to Secured Party for Proceeds
from disposition of the Collateral in any manner and shall pay or turn over
pursuant to paragraph 5(a) of the Floor Plan Agreement in cash, negotiable
instruments, drafts, assigned accounts or chattel paper, all Proceeds from each
sale to be applied to Debtor's indebtedness to Secured Party, subject, if other
than cash, to final payment or collection.

     12. If any Collateral or Proceeds includes obligations of third parties to
Debtor, the transactions giving rise to the Collateral shall conform in all
respects to the applicable State or Federal law including but not limited to
consumer credit law. Debtor shall hold harmless and indemnify Bank against any
cost, loss or expense arising from Debtor's breach of this covenant.

     13. Without the written consent of Bank, Debtor shall not change its name,
change its corporate status, use any trade name or engage in any business in
which it was not engaged on the date of this Agreement.

     14. Debtor appoints Bank as Debtor's attorney-in-fact with full power in
Debtor's name and behalf to do every act which Debtor is obligated to do or may
be required to do hereunder; however, nothing in this paragraph shall be
construed to obligate Bank to take any action hereunder nor shall Bank be liable
to Debtor for failure to take any action hereunder. This appointment shall be
deemed a power coupled with an interest and shall not be terminable as long as
the obligations are outstanding and shall not terminate on the disability or
incompetence of the Debtor.

     15. Debtor will comply with all State and Federal laws and regulations
applicable to its business, whether now in effect or hereafter enacted including
but not limited to the wage and hours laws and relating to the use or disposal
of hazardous materials and wastes.

SECTION V. COVENANTS.

     The Covenants contained in a Floor Plan Agreement between Debtor and
Secured Party dated October 17, 1996, are hereby incorporated by reference for
all purposes as if copied word for word herein.

Section VI. EVENTS OF DEFAULT.

     Debtor shall be in default under this Security Agreement upon the happening
of any of the following events or conditions (hereinafter called an "Event of
Default"):

     1. The occurrence of any events of default referred to in a Floor Plan
Agreement between Debtor and Secured Party dated October 17, 1996, are hereby
incorporated by reference for all purposes as if copied word for word herein.

     2. Debtor defaults in the due observance or performance of any terms or
provisions of this Security Agreement or other Loan Documents.

     3. If any physical damage, property and/or other insurance, insuring said
Collateral and the respective interests of the parties therein, is cancelled for
any reason and the Debtor fails or refuses to furnish written proof to Secured
Party of his having obtained substitute insurance coverage replacing the
cancelled policies.

SECTION VII. SECURED PARTY'S RIGHTS AND REMEDIES.

     A. Rights Exclusive of Default.

          (1) This Security Agreement, Secured Party's rights hereunder or the
     indebtedness hereby secured may be assigned from time to time, and in any
     such case the Assignee shall be entitled to all of the rights, privileges
     and remedies granted in this Security Agreement to Secured Party, and
     Debtor will assert no claims or defenses it may have against Secured Party
     against the Assignee except those granted in this Security Agreement.

          (2) At its option, Secured Party may discharge taxes, liens or
     security interests or other encumbrances at any time levied or placed on
     the Collateral, may pay for insurance on the Collateral and may pay for the
     maintenance and preservation of the Collateral. Debtor agrees to reimburse
     Secured Party on demand for any payment made, or any expense incurred by
     Secured Party pursuant to the foregoing authorization, plus interest
     thereon at the highest lawful rate per annum.

          (3) Secured Party may execute, sign, endorse, transfer or deliver in
     the name of Debtor notes, checks, drafts or other instruments for the
     payment of money and receipts, certificates of origin, applications for
     certificates of title or any other documents, necessary to evidence,
     perfect or realize upon the security interest and obligations created by
     this Security Agreement.

          (4) Secured Party may notify the account Debtors or obligors of any
     accounts, chattel paper, negotiable instruments or other evidences of
     indebtedness remitted by Debtor to Secured Party as Proceeds to pay Secured
     Party directly.


                                        3


<PAGE>



          (5) Secured Party may at any time demand, sue for, collect or make any
     compromise or settlement with reference to the Collateral as Secured Party,
     in its sole discretion, chooses.

          (6) Secured Party may enter upon Debtor's premises at any reasonable
     time to inspect the Collateral and Debtor's books and records pertaining to
     the Collateral; Secured Party may require the Debtor to assemble the
     Collateral for such inspection in a reasonably convenient place; and in all
     other ways the Debtor shall assist the Secured Party in making such
     inspection.

     B. Rights in Event of Default.

          (1) Upon the occurrence of an Event of Default, or if Secured Party
     deems payment of Debtor's obligations to Secured Party to be insecure, and
     at any time thereafter, Secured Party may declare all obligations secured
     hereby immediately due and payable and shall have the rights and remedies
     of a Secured Party under the Uniform Commercial Code as enacted in the
     State of Georgia, O.C.G.A. ss.11-9, and all other applicable laws,
     including without limitation thereto, the right to sell, lease or otherwise
     dispose of any or all of the Collateral and the right to take possession of
     the Collateral, and for that purpose Secured Party may enter upon any
     premises on which the Collateral or any part thereof may be situated and
     remove the same therefrom. Secured Party may require Debtor to assemble the
     Collateral and make it available to Secured Party at a place to be
     designated by Secured Party which is reasonably convenient to both parties.
     Unless Collateral threatens to decline speedily in value or is a type
     customarily sold in a recognized market, Secured Party will give Debtor
     reasonable notice of the time and place of any public sale thereof or of
     the time after which any private or any other intended disposition thereof
     is to be made. The requirements of reasonable notice shall be met as such
     notice is mailed, postage prepaid, to the address of Debtor shown at the
     beginning of this Security Agreement at least five (5) days before the time
     of sale or disposition. After sale, all monies will be applied to amounts
     outstanding under the Floor Plan Agreement, the Note and this Security
     Agreement, and Debtor will be liable for any remaining deficiencies.
     Expenses of retaking, holding, preparing for sale, selling or the like
     shall include Secured Party's reasonable attorneys' fees and legal
     expenses, plus interest thereon at the highest legal rate per annum. Debtor
     shall remain liable for any deficiency.

          (2) Secured Party may remedy any default without waiving the default
     remedied or without waiving any other prior or subsequent default. Secured
     Party may remedy any default and may waive any default without waiving any
     other prior or subsequent default.

          (3) The remedies of Secured Party hereunder are cumulative, and the
     exercise of any one or more of the remedies provided for herein shall not
     be construed as a waiver of any of the other remedies of Secured Party.

          (4) Debtor hereby waives all rights which Debtor has or may have under
     and by virtue of O.C.G.A. ss.44-14, including, without limitation, the
     right of Debtor to notice and to a judicial hearing prior to seizure of any
     Collateral by Secured Party. 

SECTION VIII. ADDITIONAL AGREEMENTS.

     1. The terms and conditions contained in a Floor Plan Agreement between
Debtor and Secured Party dated October 17, 1996, are hereby incorporated by
reference for all purposes as if copied word for word herein.

     2. The term "Debtor" (Borrower) as used in this instrument shall be
construed as singular or plural to correspond with the number of persons
executing this instrument as Debtor. The pronouns used in this instrument are in
the masculine gender but shall be construed as feminine or neuter as occasion
may require. "Secured Party" (Bank) and "Debtor" as used in this instrument
include, without limitations, the heirs, executors or administrators,
successors, representatives, receivers, trustees and assigns of those parties.

     3. Floor Plan inventory inspections will be conducted by Secured Party from
time to time at the sole discretion of Secured Party. Debtor agrees to pay in
full any item or unit of Collateral that is not located at Debtor's premises or
accounted for by Debtor to Secured Party. Debtor shall make payment to Secured
Party (Bank) immediately upon notice of demand being given to Debtor pursuant to
paragraph 29 (NOTICES) of the Floor Plan Agreement.

     4. (Write in any additional agreements or conditions): See attached
Schedule, if appropriate.

     5. MEDIATION, BINDING ARBITRATION. THE PARTIES WILL ATTEMPT IN GOOD FAITH
TO RESOLVE ANY CONTROVERSY OR CLAIM ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT
BY PARTICIPATING IN MEDIATION AND/OR BINDING ARBITRATION. EACH PARTY AGREES THAT
EACH WILL BEAR THEIR RESPECTIVE EXPENSES RELATED TO EITHER MEDIATION OR
ARBITRATION. THE PARTIES FURTHER AGREE IF THE MATTER HAS NOT BEEN RESOLVED
PURSUANT TO MEDIATION WITHIN THIRTY (30) DAYS OF NOTICE TO MEDIATE GIVEN BY
EITHER PARTY, THE CONTROVERSY SHALL BE SETTLED BY ARBITRATION AND SHALL BE
GOVERNED BY THE UNITED STATES ARBITRATION ACT, 9 U.S.C. ss.1-16, (OR IF NOT
APPLICABLE, THE APPLICABLE STATE LAW), AND JUDGMENT UPON THE AWARD RENDERED BY
THE ARBITRATOR MAY BE ENTERED BY ANY


                                        4


<PAGE>



COURT HAVING JURISDICTION THEREOF. THE PARTIES RECOGNIZE THAT BANK COULD BE
PREJUDICED BY NOT BEING ABLE TO FORECLOSE ON PROPERTY PLEDGED AS COLLATERAL TO
BANK. THE PARTIES AGREE THAT NOTHING IN THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE DEEMED TO (I)
LIMIT THE APPLICABILITY OF ANY OTHERWISE APPLICABLE STATUTES OF LIMITATION OR
REPOSE AND ANY WAIVERS CONTAINED IN THIS AGREEMENT; OR (II) BE A WAIVER BY THE
BANK OF THE PROTECTION AFFORDED TO IT BY 12 U.S.C. SEC. 91 OR ANY SUBSTANTIALLY
EQUIVALENT STATE LAW; OR (III) LIMIT THE RIGHT OF THE BANK HERETO (A) TO
EXERCISE SELF HELP REMEDIES SUCH AS (BUT NOT LIMITED TO) SETOFF, OR (B) TO
FORECLOSE AGAINST ANY REAL OR PERSONAL PROPERTY COLLATERAL, OR (C) TO OBTAIN
FROM A COURT PROVISIONAL OR ANCILLARY REMEDIES SUCH AS (BUT NOT LIMITED TO)
INJUNCTIVE RELIEF OR THE APPOINTMENT OF A RECEIVER. THE BANK MAY EXERCISE SUCH
SELF HELP RIGHTS, FORECLOSE UPON SUCH PROPERTY, OR OBTAIN SUCH PROVISIONAL OR
ANCILLARY REMEDIES BEFORE, DURING OR AFTER THE PENDENCY OF ANY ARBITRATION
PROCEEDING BROUGHT PURSUANT TO THIS AGREEMENT. AT BANK'S OPTION, FORECLOSURE
UNDER A DEED OF TRUST OR MORTGAGE MAY BE ACCOMPLISHED BY ANY OF THE FOLLOWING:
THE EXERCISE OF A POWER OF SALE UNDER THE DEED OF TRUST OR MORTGAGE, OR BY
JUDICIAL SALE UNDER THE DEED OF TRUST OR MORTGAGE, OR BY JUDICIAL FORECLOSURE.
NEITHER THIS EXERCISE OF SELF HELP REMEDIES NOR THE INSTITUTION OR MAINTENANCE
OF AN ACTION FOR FORECLOSURE OR PROVISIONAL OR ANCILLARY REMEDIES SHALL
CONSTITUTE A WAIVER OF THE RIGHT OF ANY PARTY, INCLUDING THE CLAIMANT IN ANY
SUCH ACTION, TO ARBITRATE THE MERITS OF THE CONTROVERSY OR CLAIM OCCASIONING
RESORT TO SUCH REMEDIES.

     6. NOTICE OF FINAL AGREEMENT: THIS WRITTEN SECURITY AGREEMENT REPRESENTS
THE FINAL AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE PARTIES AND MAY NOT BE CONTRADICTED BY EVIDENCE
OF PRIOR, CONTEMPORANEOUS, OR SUBSEQUENT ORAL AGREEMENTS OF THE PARTIES. THERE
ARE NO UNWRITTEN ORAL AGREEMENTS BETWEEN THE PARTIES.

Executed this 17th day of October, 1996

NationsBank, N.A. (South)               European Motors of Nashville, LLC (Seal)
 Secured Party                               Debtor

By /s/ Timothy W. Kelley                By /s/ Nelson E. Bowers II
   ------------------------                --------------------------
Timothy W. Kelley                       Nelson E. Bowers, II
Assistant Vice President                Chief Manager



                                        5





NationsBank
NationsBank, N.A. (South)                                   Dated: March 5, 1996


                              FLOOR PLAN AGREEMENT


This Floor  Plan  Agreement  is entered  into by and  between  NationsBank,  N.A
(South)  (Bank) 600 Peachtree  Street,  17th Floor,  Atlanta,  Georgia 30308 and
Nelson Bowers Dodge,  LLC DBA Dodge of  Chattanooga  (Borrower)  402 West Martin
Luther King Blvd., Chattanooga, Tennessee 37402.

1.   BACKGROUND.  Borrower hereby requests Bank to extend to it a line of credit
     (Line)  to  purchase  inventory  to be  secured  by  Borrower's  Collateral
     described  in  paragraph  7  (Collateral).  Bank  agrees to extend the Line
     subject to the terms of this Agreement.

2.   THE LINE OF  CREDIT.  Bank  extends  to  Borrower  a Line in the  amount of
     $3,800,000.00 or such other amount as may be set by Bank from time to time.
     Before  maturity  or  demand,  Borrower  may  borrow,  repay  and  reborrow
     hereunder at anytime, up to an aggregate amount outstanding at any one time
     equal to the principal amount of Note, provided,  however, that Borrower is
     not in default of any  provision of Note,  Floor Plan  Agreement,  Security
     Agreement or any other agreement or obligation  between  Borrower and Bank.
     Any sums Bank may  Advance  in excess of the face  amount of the Note shall
     also be part of the principal  amount the Borrower is obligated to pay Bank
     and shall be subject to all the terms of the Note, Security Agreement,  and
     this Floor Plan Agreement.  The Bank's records of the amounts borrowed from
     time to time shall be conclusive proof thereof.  Borrower  acknowledges and
     agrees  that  notwithstanding  any  provisions  of  any  Note,  Floor  Plan
     Agreement, Security Agreement or any other documents executed in connection
     with a Note, Floor Plan Agreement and Security  Agreement,  the Bank has no
     obligation  to make any  Advance,  and that  all  Advances  are at the sole
     discretion of Bank.

3.   NOTE.  Debt  under the Line shall be  evidenced  by  Borrower's  Floor Plan
     Promissory Note (Note).

4.   RATE. Debt under the Line shall bear interest as set forth in the Note.

5.   DUE DATES.

          (a) Unpaid  principal and interest  hereon shall be due and payable as
     set  forth in the Note,  and as set  forth  below.  Unless  Borrower  is in
     default under the terms of any Security  Agreement  securing the Note, this
     Floor Plan  Agreement  or any other  agreement  relating to this Floor Plan
     Agreement, upon sale of inventory, Borrower will pay to Bank at the earlier
     of Borrower's  receipt of payment for



<PAGE>



     that  item of  inventory  or three (3)  business  days  after  that item of
     inventory is  delivered  to the customer or otherwise  disposed of, cash in
     the amount  equal to the  original  amount  advanced  less any  curtailment
     payments  made with respect to the item sold.  If Borrower is in default at
     time of sale, all proceeds of sale will immediately be remitted to Bank and
     applied to debt hereunder.

          (b)  Curtailment  payments based on the original  amount advanced with
     respect to specific  items of inventory  shall be paid from time to time by
     Borrower as provided for in Addendum  "A"  attached  hereto and made a part
     hereof for all purposes as if copied word for word herein.

6.   USE OF LINE AND ADVANCES.

          (a) The Advances under this Line shall be exclusively  for the purpose
     of purchasing  inventory to be displayed and  demonstrated  in  conjunction
     with  the  sale of the  inventory  in the  ordinary  course  of  Borrower's
     business unless otherwise agreed to in writing by Bank. Borrower agrees not
     to use the  inventory  for any other  purpose  without  the  prior  written
     approval of Bank. The term  "Advance" as used in this Agreement  shall mean
     the dollar amount loaned by Bank on a motor vehicle  financed under a floor
     plan line of credit and includes but is not limited to any charge  against,
     debit against, draft against, or draw against the line of credit.  Advances
     under the Line  (Advances)  shall be made  against and in payment of drafts
     drawn on Bank,  or in  accordance  with the  written  request  of  Borrower
     executed by the person  signing  this  Agreement on behalf of Borrower or a
     person hereafter designated in writing by Borrower.

          (b) Units of inventory which may be presented as Collateral as well as
     the amount of outstanding debt permitted at any one time in connection with
     the  particular  type of Collateral  being  financed shall be in accordance
     with Addendum "B".

          (c) Bank may  reject as  Collateral  hereunder  any item of  inventory
     which is received by Borrower in damaged condition.  Bank has no obligation
     to inspect  inventory for damage before paying  drafts.  If Bank has paid a
     draft on damaged  inventory,  Borrower  shall  direct the  manufacturer  to
     refund all payments directly to Bank. If the manufacturer fails to make the
     refund within thirty (30) days,  Borrower shall reduce the debt outstanding
     under the Line by the amount Advanced against the damaged item.

          (d) Borrower  will submit or cause to be submitted to Bank invoices or
     bills of sale  representing  the actual cost to Borrower of the  inventory.
     Bank may  advance an amount  equal to  Borrower's  cost (not to exceed NADA
     wholesale  value in the case of used  motor  vehicles)  or such part of the
     cost  thereof as Bank  elects at its sole  discretion.  The  Advance may be
     disbursed  to Borrower  or the  manufacturer  or others from whom  Borrower
     purchases  inventory.  Presentation of drafts or


                                        2


<PAGE>




     other  requests for payment by  manufacturers  or others from whom Borrower
     purchases  inventory shall  constitute  requests by Borrower that Bank lend
     Borrower the amount of such drafts or other  requests for payment  pursuant
     to this Agreement.

          (e) A fee in the amount of $0.00  shall be paid by  Borrower  for each
     unit of inventory presented as Collateral to obtain Advances. The fee shall
     be paid monthly by Borrower.

7.   COLLATERAL.  Borrower  hereby grants to Bank a security  interest in all of
     its inventory of:

     _X_  New Motor Vehicles (now existing or hereafter acquired)

     _X_  Used Motor Vehicles (now existing or hereafter acquired)

     including  all parts and  accessories  added to  vehicles,  now existing or
     hereafter  acquired by Borrower,  including any such goods as may be leased
     or held for  leasing,  together  with  any and all  accounts  and  proceeds
     arising  from the  sale,  lease or  disposition  of said  property  and all
     returned,   refused  and  repossessed   goods,  all  monies  received  from
     manufacturers  by way of  credits,  refunds or  otherwise  with  respect to
     Collateral,  and all proceeds  thereof  (Collateral)  to secure all debt of
     Borrower to Bank under any and all present and future  Advances of whatever
     kind and further  including  but not limited to the Line and all other debt
     and other  obligations  of Borrower  to Bank of any nature now  existing or
     hereafter  arising,  including  but not  limited to debt  arising  directly
     between  Borrower  and  Bank  or  acquired  outright,  conditionally  or as
     Collateral security from another by Bank, absolute or contingent,  joint or
     several,  secured or unsecured,  due or not due,  contractual  or tortious,
     liquidated  or  unliquidated,   arising  under  the  operation  of  law  or
     otherwise,  direct or indirect,  whether incurred  directly or as part of a
     partnership,  association or other group, or whether incurred as principal,
     surety, indorser,  accommodation party or otherwise.  Borrower will execute
     and deliver any documents,  instruments  or agreements  required by Bank to
     evidence debt hereunder, grant, perfect and preserve the security interest,
     and otherwise carry out the terms of this Agreement.  The security interest
     herein described is also evidenced by a Security Agreement between Borrower
     and Bank, and in the event of any conflict between the terms hereof and the
     terms thereof, the terms hereof will apply.

8.   IDENTIFICATION OF COLLATERAL.  Without limiting the foregoing general grant
     of a security interest, as set forth in the Security Agreement,  Collateral
     subject to the security  interest  granted  herein shall include but not be
     limited  to  (i)  inventory  listed  on  invoices   submitted  to  Bank  by
     manufacturers  attached to drafts submitted by  manufacturers  for payment,
     which drafts Bank pays; and/or (ii) inventory in Borrower's  possession set
     out on a list submitted by Borrower as Collateral for Advances  directly to
     Borrower.


                                        3


<PAGE>



9.   TITLE DOCUMENTS.  Title documents consisting of manufacturers'  certificate
     of origin, manufacturers' statement of origin, certificates of title and/or
     any and all other title  documents  for each item of inventory  shall be in
     the possession of Borrower unless otherwise  directed by Bank. In the event
     Bank does require possession of title documents, Borrower shall deliver all
     such documents to Bank immediately upon demand.

10.  PAYMENT OF DRAFTS.  From time to time Bank may make  Advances  hereunder by
     direct  payment  to  manufacturers  or  others,  in which  event,  invoices
     submitted  by  Manufacturers  along with drafts paid by Bank shall serve as
     evidence of Advances under the Line.  Borrower  authorizes  Bank to pay all
     drafts  or  invoices  upon  presentation  by  the  manufacturer  or  others
     supplying inventory to Borrower.

11.  ATTORNEY-IN-FACT.   Borrower   hereby   irrevocably   appoints   Bank   its
     attorney-in-fact,  to execute,  deliver and file from time to time,  in the
     name  of  Borrower  or  Bank,  any  trust  receipts,  security  agreements,
     promissory  notes,  financing  statements,   continuation   statements  and
     amendments  thereto,  and any and all other documents and instruments  that
     Bank may require in connection with evidencing and securing debt under this
     Agreement and carrying out the provisions  hereof,  which appointment shall
     be deemed to be a power coupled with an interest.

12.  QUALITY OF  INVENTORY.  Borrower  shall be  responsible  for the  quantity,
     quality,  condition  and value of the  inventory  selected by Borrower  and
     financed under this  Agreement.  Bank shall have no liability of any nature
     because  of  the  failure  of  any   inventory  to  conform  to  Borrower's
     specifications,  and any  dispute  between the  manufacturer  or others and
     Borrower  with  respect  to such  inventory  shall  not  affect  Borrower's
     obligation to Bank to pay amounts Advanced hereunder.

13.  REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES. Borrower represents and warrants that:

          (a) Borrower has taken all action necessary to make this Agreement and
     all  other  agreements  between  it  and  Bank  legal,  valid  and  binding
     obligations enforceable in accordance with their terms, and Borrower is a:

               (i)___ corporation duly organized,  existing and in good standing
          under the laws of the State of  _____________ , that it is licensed to
          do business  and in good  standing in each state in which the property
          owned  by it or  the  business  transacted  by  it  requires  it to be
          licensed as a foreign corporation.

               (ii) _X_ limited liability company,  duly organized,  and in good
          standing under the laws of the State of Tennessee.


                                        4


<PAGE>



               (iii)___ partnership composed of________________________________

          __________________________________________

          __________________________________________

               (iv) sole proprietorship owned by ______________________________

          __________________________________________
          
          (b) Borrower is not in default with respect to any  agreement  between
     it and Bank on this date.

          (c) All Collateral is owned by Borrower free and clear of any security
     interests or encumbrances except those granted pursuant hereto.

          (d)  Borrower  is and  will  hereafter  be not in  default  under  any
     agreement with any other party,  and the execution and  performance of this
     Agreement will not be a default under any agreement with any other party by
     which Borrower or any of Borrower's property is bound.

          (e) Borrower does not do financing of any motor vehicle inventory with
     any other source or purchase  inventory from any seller on credit except as
     set out below:  

     ___________________________________________________________________________

     ___________________________________________________________________________

     Borrower  shall notify Bank  immediately  in the event it buys inventory of
     motor  vehicles  on  credit  or enters  into any such  inventory  financing
     arrangement with any other source,  giving the name and address of the Bank
     or seller and details of the purchase or loan.

          (f) All  financial and other  information  Borrowers  have  heretofore
     submitted  or may  hereafter  submit  is and  will be true,  complete,  and
     correct and reflects or will reflect all direct,  indirect,  and contingent
     liabilities.

          (g)  There  has been no  material  adverse  change  in the  Borrower's
     financial  condition and operations since the date of Borrowers most recent
     financial statements heretofore submitted.

          (h)  Borrower  has and will  maintain,  at all times,  all  franchise,
     distributor  agreements,  licenses,  permits,  and  other  rights  that are
     necessary to the conduct of its business.

          (i) All representations and warranties set forth herein will be deemed
     to be have been made anew with  each  Advance  and shall be  continuing  in
     effect beyond the termination or expiration of this Floor Plan Agreement.


                                        5


<PAGE>



14.  COVENANTS.  While the Line is in effect,  and thereafter  while Borrower is
     indebted to Bank, Borrower will:

     (a)  _X_  Provide  Bank within  twenty (20) days of each month's end, a
               company prepared  financial  statement  (including the thirteenth
               (13) month  statement  including all adjustments to net worth) in
               accordance  with  requirements  of  the  franchise(s)  for  which
               Borrower is a dealer.

          _X_  Provide  Bank  within  sixty  (60) days after  Borrower's  fiscal
               year-end a financial  statement  compiled  by a Certified  Public
               Accountant acceptable to the Bank.

          __   Provide   Bank   within   one-hundred-twenty   (120)  days  after
               Borrower's  fiscal year-end a financial  statement  reviewed by a
               Certified Public Accountant acceptable to the Bank.

          ___  Provide Bank within  one-hundred-fifty  (150) days of  Borrower's
               fiscal  year-end  audited  financial  statements  prepared  by  a
               Certified Public Accountant acceptable to the Bank.

     In submitting  such  statements to Bank, an authorized  officer of Borrower
     will certify such statements to be true and accurate, continuing compliance
     with all terms  and  conditions  contained  herein  and in the  other  Loan
     Documents  and  that no  material  violation  or  default  exists  with any
     material agreement.

          _X_  As to  Guarantors,  provide the Bank, a copy of each  Guarantor's
               personal financial  statement within thirty (30) days of calendar
               year-end   in  a  manner  and  form   acceptable   to  the  Bank.
               Additionally,  each  Guarantor  shall  provide the Bank a copy of
               each  Guarantor's  federal  income tax  return and all  schedules
               thereto within thirty (30) days of filing each return.

          (b) Not  merge  into or  consolidate  with  any  other  person,  firm,
     corporation or limited  liability  company nor sell any substantial part of
     its assets to any person,  firm,  corporation or limited  liability company
     except in the ordinary course of business;

          (c) Not sell or enter into any  agreement to sell or deal in new motor
     vehicles manufactured by any manufacturer for whom it is not now a Retailer
     or  Wholesaler,  unless  approved  by Bank in  writing  which  will  not be
     unreasonably withheld;


                                        6


<PAGE>



          (d) Keep all Collateral and inventory insured,  by insurers acceptable
     to Bank,  at all times in an amount at least equal to the amount of debt to
     Bank under the Line with  deductible  amount  satisfactory to Bank, and the
     insurance  policy to contain loss  payable  clauses to Bank as its interest
     may appear.  Borrower  will deliver  original  policies or, if permitted by
     Bank, certificates of insurance to Bank;

          (e) Permit Bank to enter upon the  property of Borrower at any time to
     examine  all  Collateral  and to  examine  Borrower's  books in  connection
     therewith.

          (f) At time of execution of this Floor Plan Agreement  deliver to Bank
     such Landlord Waiver and/or Mortgagee  Waiver and Estoppel  Agreements duly
     executed by the appropriate parties in such form as is satisfactory to Bank
     and Borrower will thereafter furnish to Bank current executed copies of the
     above instruments upon written request of Bank;

          (g) Not allow any material change in ownership or management nor enter
     into any management agreement pursuant to which any third party assumes the
     management of Borrower in anticipation of a sale of Borrower's  business or
     any material part of its assets without Bank's prior written approval;

          (h) Operate business in compliance with all  environmental  protection
     laws and regulations  including  applicable  local,  state, or federal law,
     regulations, or rule of common law;

          (i) Not allow any liens or encumbrances on any of Borrower's assets or
     property without the written consent of Bank;

          (j) Borrower and Guarantor  shall  promptly  notify Bank in writing of
     (i) any  condition,  event or act which comes to Borrower's or  Guarantor's
     attention that would or might  materially  adversely  affect  Borrower's or
     Guarantor's  financial condition or operations,  the Collateral,  or Bank's
     rights under the Guaranty or any Loan  Documents,  (ii) any  litigation  in
     excess of $25,000.00  filed by or against  Borrower or Guarantor,  or (iii)
     any event that has occurred that would constitute an event of default under
     any Loan Documents, including but not limited to any Guaranty.

          (k) See Addendum "C" for additional covenants which are a part of this
     Agreement for all purposes as if they were copied word for word herein.

15.  EVENTS OF DEFAULT.

     The  following  are  events of default  hereunder  and under the other Loan
     Documents:  (a) the  failure to pay or perform any  obligation,  liability,
     indebtedness  or covenant of any Borrower or  Guarantor to Bank,  or to any
     affiliate  of Bank,  whether  under  this Floor  Plan  Agreement'  Security
     Agreement,  Note or any other  agreement  or  instrument


                                      7


<PAGE>



     now or  hereafter  existing,  as and  when due  (whether  upon  demand,  at
     maturity or by  acceleration);  (b) the failure to pay or perform any other
     obligation,  liability or indebtedness of any Borrower or Guarantor whether
     to Bank or some  other  party,  the  collateral  for which  constitutes  an
     encumbrance  on  the  collateral  for  this  Floor  Plan  Agreement;  (c) a
     proceeding  being filed or commenced  against any Borrower or Guarantor for
     dissolution  or  liquidation,  or any Borrower or Guarantor  voluntarily or
     involuntarily  terminating or dissolving or being  terminated or dissolved;
     (d) insolvency  of,  business  failure of, the  appointment of a custodian,
     trustee,  liquidator  or receiver  for or for any of the property of, or an
     assignment for the benefit of creditors by, or the filing of a voluntary or
     involuntary petition under bankruptcy, insolvency or debtor's relief law or
     for any adjustment of indebtedness,  composition or extension by or against
     any Borrower or Guarantor; (e) any lien, encumbrance or additional security
     interest being placed upon any of the Collateral which is security for this
     Floor Plan  Agreement;  (f) acquisition at any time or from time to time of
     title to the whole of or any part of the  Collateral  which is security for
     this Floor Plan Agreement by any person, partnership,  corporation or other
     entity  except for sales  thereof in the ordinary  course of business;  (g)
     Bank determining that any  representation  or warranty made by any Borrower
     or  Guarantor  to Bank is, or was,  untrue or  materially  misleading;  (h)
     failure of any  Borrower or  Guarantor  to timely  deliver  such  financial
     statements,  including  tax returns,  and other  statements of condition or
     other  information  as Bank shall request from time to time; (i) entry of a
     judgment  against  any  Borrower or  Guarantor  which Bank deems to be of a
     material nature,  in Bank's sole discretion;  (j) the seizure or forfeiture
     of, or the issuance of any writ of  possession,  garnishment or attachment,
     or any turnover  order for any property of any Borrower or  Guarantor;  (k)
     Bank reasonably deeming itself insecure or its prospects for payment of the
     debt impaired for any reason; (1) the determination by Bank that a material
     adverse  change has occurred in the financial  condition of any Borrower or
     Guarantor;  (m) the failure to comply with any law regulating the operation
     of Borrower's business; (n) Guarantor undertakes to terminate or revoke any
     guaranty  of  payment of this Note or  defaults  in the  performance  of or
     disputes any of his  obligations  as  Guarantor;  (o) the  inability of the
     Borrower  or  Guarantor  to pay debts as they  mature  owing to Bank or any
     other party.

     16.  REMEDIES.  Upon the occurrence of any default  hereunder or any of the
     other Loan  Documents,  Bank shall have all of the rights and remedies of a
     creditor  and,  of a secured  party under the  Uniform  Commercial  Code as
     enacted in the State of Georgia,  O.C.G.A ss.11-9 and all other  applicable
     law.  Without  limiting the generality of the  foregoing,  Bank may, at its
     option and without notice or demand:  (a) declare any liability of Borrower
     under this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents accelerated and due
     and payable at once;  and (b) take  possession of any  Collateral  wherever
     located, and sell, resell, assign,  transfer and deliver all or any part of
     said  Collateral  of Borrower or Guarantor at any public or private sale or
     otherwise  dispose of any or all of the  Collateral in its then  condition,
     for cash or on credit or for future delivery,  and in connection  therewith
     Bank may impose  reasonable  conditions  upon any


                                       8


<PAGE>



     such sale. Bank, unless prohibited by law the provisions of which cannot be
     waived,  may purchase all or any part of said  Collateral to be sold,  free
     from and in  discharge  of all trusts,  claims,  rights of  redemption  and
     equities of the Borrower or Guarantor  whatsoever;  Borrower and  Guarantor
     acknowledge  and  agree  that  the  sale  of  any  Collateral  through  any
     nationally  recognized  broker -  dealer,  investment  banker  or any other
     method common in the  securities  industry  shall be deemed a  commercially
     reasonable sale under the Uniform  Commercial Code or any other  equivalent
     statute or federal  law,  and  expressly  waive  notice  thereof  except as
     provided herein;  and (c) set-off against any and all money owed by Bank in
     any  capacity  to  Borrower  or  Guarantor  whether  or  not  due  for  any
     Liabilities  of the Borrower to the Bank under this Agreement and the other
     Loan Documents.

17.  ATTORNEY FEES, COST AND EXPENSES.  Borrower and/or  Guarantor shall pay all
     costs of collection  and  attorney's  fees equal to  reasonable  and actual
     attorney's fees,  including  reasonable  attorney's fees in connection with
     any  suit,  mediation  or  arbitration  proceeding,  out of  court  payment
     agreement, trial, appeal, bankruptcy proceedings or otherwise,  incurred or
     paid by Bank in  enforcing  the payment of any  Liability  or  enforcing or
     preserving  any  right  or  interest  of  Bank  hereunder,   including  the
     collection,  preservation,  sale or delivery of any Collateral from time to
     time pledged to Bank,  and after  deducting  such fees,  costs and expenses
     from the proceeds of sale or collection,  Bank may apply any residue to pay
     any of the  Liabilities  and Guarantor  shall continue to be liable for any
     deficiency with interest at the rate specified in any instrument evidencing
     the Liability or, at the Bank's  option,  equal to the highest lawful rate,
     which shall remain a liability.

18.  PRESERVATION  OF  PROPERTY.  Bank  shall  not be bound  to take  any  steps
     necessary to preserve any rights in any of the property of Borrower  and/or
     Guarantor  pledged  to  Bank  to  secure   Borrower's  and/or   Guarantor's
     obligations   against  prior  parties  who  may  be  liable  in  connection
     therewith,  and  Borrower  and/or  Guarantor  hereby agree to take any such
     steps.  Bank,  nevertheless,  at any time, may (a) take any action it deems
     appropriate  for the care or preservation of such property or of any rights
     of Borrower and/or Guarantor or Bank therein,  (b) demand, sue for, collect
     or receive any money or property at any time due,  payable or receivable on
     account of or in exchange  for any property of Borrower  and/or  Guarantor,
     (c) compromise  and settle with any person liable on such property,  or (d)
     extend the time of payment or otherwise  change the terms thereof as to any
     party  liable   thereon,   all  without   notice  to,   without   incurring
     responsibility  to,  and  without  affecting  any  of  the  obligations  or
     liabilities of Borrower and/or Guarantor.

19.  TERMINATION. The Line may be terminated at any time by either party with or
     without  cause  upon 30 days'  notice in  writing  to the  other.  Upon the
     occurrence of a default  hereunder,  Bank shall have the right to terminate
     the Line and to mature all debt outstanding hereunder,  including principal
     and  interest,  without  notice  to any  person.  Termination  of the  Line
     hereunder  shall not affect the obligations of Borrower with


                                        9


<PAGE>



     respect to any debt incurred  prior to  termination.  All such  obligations
     shall  continue  in full force and effect  until all debt under the Line is
     paid in full.

20.  OVERLINE DEBT. In the event debt outstanding  under the Line should for any
     reason exceed the amount of the Line allowed hereunder, all such debt shall
     be payable on demand,  but if no demand is made, no later than such time as
     may be  specified  by Bank at the  time of the  approval  of the  temporary
     overline.  The overline debt shall bear interest at the rate  specified for
     debt under the Line,  and shall be governed by all the terms and conditions
     of this  Agreement and the other Loan Documents and shall be secured by all
     Collateral  for the  Line,  and all  items  of  inventory  financed  by the
     overline  debt shall secure all debt under the Line  including the overline
     and be  governed  by  all  terms  of the  Security  Agreement,  Floor  Plan
     Agreement and Note. Bank shall have no obligation to permit any overline at
     any time but in its sole discretion may do so.

21.  REVIEW OF LINE.  Bank may,  at its  option,  from time to time  review  the
     credit for performance,  pricing,  amount of Line, and Borrower's financial
     condition.
 
22.  CHANGE IN TERMS.  Bank may at its  discretion  amend or modify  any term or
     provision  of this Floor Plan  Agreement,  Security  Agreement or any other
     agreements pertaining to this Agreement, with any change to be effective 15
     days after mailing of notice to Borrower.
 
23.  SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS. This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be
     binding  upon the parties  hereto and each party's  respective  successors,
     heirs,  executors,  administrators,  personal  representatives and assigns.
     Neither this Floor Plan Agreement nor any interest in it may be assigned or
     otherwise  voluntarily or  involuntarily  transferred  by Borrower  without
     Bank's prior written approval.

24.  WAIVER.  (a) Bank may  consent to or waive any action or any failure to act
     by Borrower  with  respect to any  obligation  of Borrower  hereunder.  Any
     consent or waiver on the part of Bank shall be binding  upon Bank only when
     in writing and signed by an officer of Bank,  and no failure to take action
     with respect to any default shall constitute a waiver thereof. No waiver of
     any default shall be a waiver of any other or future default of that or any
     other  nature;  (b) Bank shall not be  required  to proceed  first  against
     Borrower,  or any other person,  firm or corporation,  whether primarily or
     secondarily  liable, or against any collateral held by it, before resorting
     to Guarantor for payment,  and Guarantor shall not be entitled to assert as
     a defense to the  enforceability  of the  Guaranty  any defense of Borrower
     with respect to any Liabilities or Obligations.

25.  GOVERNING LAW. This Floor Plan Agreement  shall be deemed to have been made
     in the  State of  Georgia  at the  address  indicated  above,  and shall be
     governed by, and  construed in  accordance  with,  the laws of the State of
     Georgia, and is performable in the State of Georgia.


                                       10


<PAGE>



26.  MEDIATION,  BINDING ARBITRATION.  The parties will attempt in good faith to
     resolve  any  controversy  or  claim  arising  out of or  relating  to this
     Agreement or the other Loan Documents by  participating in mediation and/or
     binding  arbitration.  Each party agrees that each will bear its respective
     expenses  related  to either  mediation  and/or  arbitration.  The  parties
     further  agree if the matter has not been  resolved  pursuant to  mediation
     within  thirty (30) days of notice to mediate  given by either  party,  the
     controversy  shall be settled by  arbitration  and shall be governed by the
     United States Arbitration Act, 9 U.S.C. ss.1-16, (or if not applicable, the
     applicable  state  law),  and  judgment  upon  the  award  rendered  by the
     Arbitrator  may be entered by any court having  jurisdiction  thereof.  The
     parties  recognize  that Bank  could be  prejudiced  by not  being  able to
     foreclose on property pledged as Collateral to Bank. The parties agree that
     nothing in this Agreement shall be deemed to (i) limit the applicability of
     any otherwise  applicable  statutes of limitation or repose and any waivers
     contained  in  this  Agreement;  or  (ii) be a  waiver  by the  Bank of the
     protection  afforded  to it by  12  U.S.C.  Sec.  91 or  any  substantially
     equivalent  state law;  or (iii)  limit the right of the Bank hereto (a) to
     exercise self help remedies such as (but not limited to) setoff,  or (b) to
     foreclose  against  any real or  personal  property  collateral,  or (c) to
     obtain from a court  provisional  or  ancillary  remedies  such as (but not
     limited to) injunctive  relief or the  appointment of a receiver.  The Bank
     may exercise such self help rights, foreclose upon such property, or obtain
     such provisional or ancillary remedies before, during or after the pendency
     of any arbitration proceeding brought pursuant to this agreement. At Bank's
     option,  foreclosure  under a deed of trust or mortgage may be accomplished
     by any of the following:  the exercise of a power of sale under the deed of
     trust or mortgage, or by judicial sale under the deed of trust or mortgage,
     or by judicial foreclosure. Neither this exercise of self help remedies nor
     the  institution or maintenance of an action for foreclosure or provisional
     or ancillary  remedies shall constitute a waiver of the right of any party,
     including  the claimant in any such action,  to arbitrate the merits of the
     controversy or claim occasioning resort to such remedies.

27.  ADDITIONAL TERMS. (a) As used herein, the singular number shall include the
     plural (e.g.  "Note"  means Note or Notes);  or (b) In the event that there
     are any written terms that may differ between this Floor Plan Agreement and
     any other agreements,  documents, or negotiations in existence prior to the
     execution of this Floor Plan  Agreement,  Bank and Borrower  agree that the
     terms  of  this  Floor  Plan  Agreement  shall  control  and be  the  final
     agreement.

28.  MERGER.  The terms of any commitment  letter issued by Bank to Borrower for
     this Line are incorporated  herein by reference,  except to the extent that
     such terms are  inconsistent  with the terms of this Floor Plan  Agreement,
     Security  Agreement or Note. Any such inconsistent  terms are of no effect.
     This Floor Plan Agreement  supersedes any Floor Plan Agreements  heretofore
     executed by and between Bank and Borrower,  and all outstanding  Floor Plan
     Agreement  indebtedness  is  hereafter  subject  to all of  the  terms  and
     provisions of this Floor Plan Agreement, and the outstanding principal
     

                                       11


<PAGE>



     balance of all such Floor Plan indebtedness is added to the principal
     balance of this Floor Plan Agreement.
 
29.  NOTICES. Any notice or other communication  required or permitted hereunder
     or under any Note or  Security  Agreement  shall be in writing and shall be
     delivered  personally,  sent by facsimile  transmission  or by first-class,
     certified,  registered  or express  mail,  or by courier,  with postage and
     other  charges  prepaid.  Any such  notice  shall be deemed  given  when so
     delivered  personally,  by courier  or by  facsimile  transmission,  or, if
     mailed,  five (5) days after the date of deposit in the United States mail,
     as follows:

                    If to Borrower, to:
                         Nelson Bowers Dodge, LLC
                         402 West Martin Luther King Blvd.
                         Chattanooga, TN 37402
                         Attention: Nelson E. Bowers, II
                         Facsimile #__________________________


                    If Bank, to:

                         NationsBank, N.A. (South)
                         600 Peachtree Street, 17th Floor
                         Atlanta, Georgia 30308
                         Attention: Tim Kelley or Bill Brantley

     Either  Bank or  Borrower  may,  by notice  given in  accordance  with this
     provision,  designate  another  address  or person  for  receipt of notices
     hereunder.


                                       12


<PAGE>



30.  FLOOR PLAN COLLATERAL  AND/OR  INVENTORY  INSPECTION.  Floor Plan inventory
     inspections  will be  conducted  by  Bank  from  time  to time at the  sole
     discretion  of  Bank.  Borrower  agrees  to pay in full any item or unit of
     Collateral  that is not located at Borrower's  premises or accounted for by
     Borrower to Bank.  Borrower  shall make  payment to Bank  immediately  upon
     notice of demand being given to Borrower pursuant to paragraph 29 (NOTICES)
     of the Floor Plan Agreement.

31.  FINAL AGREEMENT. THIS FLOOR PLAN AGREEMENT, THE FLOOR PLAN PROMISSORY NOTE,
     THE SECURITY  AGREEMENT AND ANY OTHER  AGREEMENTS  EXECUTED IN  CONJUNCTION
     WITH THIS FLOOR PLAN REVOLVING LINE OF CREDIT REPRESENT THE FINAL AGREEMENT
     BETWEEN  THE  PARTIES  AND MAY NOT BE  CONTRADICTED  BY  EVIDENCE OF PRIOR,
     CONTEMPORANEOUS OR SUBSEQUENT ORAL AGREEMENTS OF THE PARTIES.  THERE ARE NO
     UNWRITTEN ORAL AGREEMENTS BETWEEN THE PARTIES.

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has caused this Floor Plan Agreement to
be executed under seal on the 5th day of March, 1997.


                                             Nelson Bowers Dodge, LLC (Seal)
NationsBank, N.A. (South)                    Borrower
Bank
By /s/ Timothy W. Kelley                     By /s/ Nelson E. Bowers II
   --------------------------                   -------------------------
Timothy W. Kelley                            Nelson E. Bowers, II
Assistant Vice President                     Chief Manager



<PAGE>




                                  ADDENDUM "A"

This Addendum "A" to the Floor Plan Agreement  shall be and is  incorporated  by
reference  for all purposes as part of the Floor Plan  Agreement  dated March 5,
1997 between Bank and Borrower.

Curtailments.  Curtailment payments based upon the original amount advanced with
respect to specific items of Collateral  shall be paid on the following types of
units of Collateral based upon either a dollar or percentage amount as billed to
Borrower  and  payment  is due when  billed.  The  Curtailment  payment is to be
applied  against the  original  amount  advanced for a unit of  Collateral.  The
Curtailment  payment  based  upon  either  a  dollar  or  percentage  amount  is
calculated on the original  amount advanced for the unit and not the outstanding
unpaid balance from time to time.

Unit Type      Curtailment Amount      Curtailment Date     Final Payoff Date

New            10% of original         Due 90 days          15 months from
               amount financed.        prior to maturity.   date financed.

Used and       2% of original          Due monthly          In full at the end
Program        amount financed.        beginning at the     of the 7th month.
                                       end of the 4th month.



Executed under seal on the 5th day of March, 1997.

Borrower: Nelson Bowers Dodge, LLC (Seal)

By: /s/ Nelson E. Bowers II
- -------------------------------
Nelson E. Bowers, II
Chief Manager
          (Name and Title)

Approved: NationsBank, N.A. (South)
By: /s/ Timothy W. Kelley
- -------------------------------
Timothy W. Kelley, Assistant Vice President
          (Name and Title)



<PAGE>



                                  ADDENDUM "B"

This Addendum "B" to the Floor Plan Agreement  shall be and is  incorporated  by
reference for all purposes as part of the Floor Plan Agreement  dated March 5th,
1996 between Bank and Borrower.

Floor  Plan  Sublimits.   The  following   sublimits  represent  the  amount  of
outstandings permitted at any one time in connection with the particular type of
Collateral being financed;  notwithstanding,  the Bank, in it's sole discretion,
may advance from time to time amounts in excess of the sublimit amounts below:

Unit Type                     Sublimit Amount
- ---------                     ---------------

New Vehicles                  $3,500,000.00

Used Vehicles                 $300,000.00





Executed under seal on the 5th day of March, 1997.

Borrower: Nelson Bowers Dodge, LLC (Seal)

By: /s/ Nelson E. Bowers II
- -------------------------------
Nelson E. Bowers, II
Chief Manager
          (Name and Title)

Approved: NationsBank, N.A. (South)
By: /s/ Timothy W. Kelley
- -------------------------------
Timothy W. Kelley, Assistant Vice President
          (Name and Title)




SECURITY AGREEMENT AND MASTER CREDIT AGREEMENT                   [LOGO] CHRYSLER
                                                                       FINANCIAL

This  Security  Agreement and Master Credit  Agreement  (hereinafter  called the
"Agreement"),  made as of this 15 day of May, 1996,  and effective  September 1,
1984 or the date  hereof,  whichever  is later,  is by and  between  Lake Norman
Chrysler  Plymouth Jeep Eagle,  LLC,  having its principal  place of business at
20435 Chartwell Center Drive, Cornelius, NC 28031 (hereinafter called "Debtor"),
and Chrysler  Financial  Corporation,  a Michigan  corporation,  having officers
located at 27777 Franklin Road,  Southfield,  Michigan  48034-8286  (hereinafter
called "Secured Party").

WHEREAS,  Debtor is engaged in  business  as an  authorized  dealer of  Chrysler
Corporation  and desires  Secured Party to finance the  acquisition by Debtor in
the  ordinary  course  of its  business  of new and  unused  vehicles  sold  and
distributed by Chrysler  Corporation and/or other authorized sellers and of used
vehicles  (all such  unused and used  vehicles  being  hereinafter  collectively
called the "Vehicles").

WHEREAS,  Secured Party is willing to provide  wholesale  financing to Debtor to
finance the  acquisition  of Vehicles  by Debtor (1) by agreeing  with  Chrysler
Corporation to purchase from Chrysler Corporation  receivables evidencing credit
sales of Vehicles by Chrysler  Corporation to Debtor, and (2) by making loans or
advances to Debtor to finance the  acquisition  by Debtor of Vehicles from other
sellers.

NOW,  THEREFORE,  in  consideration  of the mutual premises herein contained and
other good and  valuable  consideration  paid by each  party to the  other,  the
receipt and  sufficiency  of which is hereby  acknowledged,  and intending to be
legally bound hereby, the parties hereto agree as follows:

1.0  Financing - Secured Party agrees to extend to Debtor wholesale financing as
     follows:

     (a)  to purchase  receivables from Chrysler  Corporation  evidencing credit
          sales of Vehicles by Chrysler  Corporation  to Debtor,  at 100% of the
          face amount of such receivables; or

     (b)  by making  loans or advances to Debtor to finance the  acquisition  by
          Debtor of Vehicles from sellers  thereof,  on the terms and conditions
          set forth in  Paragraph  2.1  herein  or as set  forth in the  Vehicle
          financing terms and conditions as they may be made available to Debtor
          from time to time by Secured Party.

     For the purposes of this  Agreement,  amounts  applied by Secured  Party to
     acquire Debtor's  receivables from Chrysler  Corporation as contemplated by
     clause (a) are herein called "Receivable  Purchase Advances",  and loans or
     advances  provided by Secured  Party  directly  to either  Debtor or to the
     seller of  Vehicles  to Debtor as  contemplated  by clause  (b) are  herein
     called  "Direct Loan  Advances",  and all such amounts,  loans and advances
     provided  by Secured  Party  contemplated  by clause (a) and clause (b) are
     herein  collectively  called "Advances".  Debtor  acknowledges that (x) the
     maximum  amount of Advances  which will be made by Secured Party  hereunder
     will  be  established  from  time  to time by  Secured  Party  in its  sole
     discretion  and (y) all such Advances shall by made on and shall be subject
     to the terms and conditions of this Agreement.  It is understood and agreed
     that the  making of any  Advance  hereunder  shall be at the  option of the
     Secured Party and shall not be obligatory,  and that the right of Debtor to
     request that Secured  Party make  Advances may be terminated at any time by
     Secured Party at its election without notice.

2.0  Evidence of Advances and Payment Terms - Each Receivable  Purchase  Advance
     shall be evidenced by and made against a Credit Sale  Agreement of Chrysler
     Corporation delivered to Secured Party, and Secured Party shall be entitled
     to make  Receivable  Purchase  Advances  against such Credit Sale Agreement
     appropriately  completed  and  executed  on behalf  of  Debtor by  Chrysler
     Corporation  by facsimile  signature  or otherwise  under Power of Attorney
     given  by  Debtor,  without  any  duty  to  inquire  as  to  the  continued
     effectiveness  of such  power or to verify  with  Debtor  the amount of, or
     Vehicles  listed upon, such Credit Sale Agreement and each such Credit Sale
     Agreement  shall  evidence  the valid and  binding  payment  obligation  of
     Debtor. Each Direct Loan Advance shall be made at such time as Debtor shall
     request in accordance with the  then-effective  Vehicle financing terms and
     conditions  referred to above.  Debtor will  execute and deliver to Secured
     Party from time to time its demand promissory notes in aggregate  principal
     amount  equal to that amount  agreeed to by Debtor and  Secured  Party from
     time to time,  such demand  promissory  notes (the  "Promissory  Notes") to
     evidence the  liability of Debtor to Secured Party on account of all Direct
     Loan Advances and to constitute  additional evidence of Debtor's obligation
     in respect of the receivables  underlying the Receivable Purchase Advances.
     The maximum  liability of Debtor under this Agreement  shall at any time be
     equal  to the  aggregate  principal  amount  of all  Advances  at the  time
     outstanding  hereunder  plus  interest and such other amounts as may be due
     under  this  Agreement.  Debtor  will pay to  Secured  Party on demand  the
     aggregate  principal amount of all Advances from time to time  outstanding,
     and will pay upon demand the interest due thereon and such other additional
     charges as Secured Party shall determine from time to time.

     Notwithstanding  any inconsistent terms of any agreement between Debtor and
     Chrysler Corporation in respect of Debtor's liability under any Credit Sale
     Agreement,  in  consideration  of  Secured  Party's  making  of  Receivable
     Purchase  Advances  and Direct  Loan  Advances,  Debtor will pay to Secured
     Party  interest at the rate(s) per annum  designated  by Secured Party from
     time to time on the amount of each Advance made by Secured Party  hereunder
     from the date of such Advance  until date of repayment to Secured  Party of
     the full amount thereof.  For the purposes of the preceding sentence,  each
     Receivable  Purchase  Advance  shall be deemed to have been made by Secured
     Party on the date on which payment shall have been made by Secured Party to
     Chrysler  Corporation  for the related  receivable  of Debtor  purchased by
     Secured Party from Chrysler Corporation.  Secured Party will give notice to
     Debtor of the interest  rate(s)  established  by it from time to time under
     the terms  hereof,  and each such  notice  shall  constitute  an  agreement
     between Debtor and Secured Party as to the applicability to the Advances of
     the interest  rate(s)  contained  therein,  to be applicable from the dates
     stated in such notice until such interest rate(s) are changed by subsequent
     notice  given by Secured  Party  pursuant to this  sentence.  All  interest
     accrued on the Advances  shall be payable  monthly by Debtor,  and shall be
     due upon receipt by Debtor of the  statement of Secured Party setting forth
     the amount of such accrued interest.

84-291-4102 (1/96)

<PAGE>


2.1  Debtor  agrees  that  financing  pursuant to this  Agreement  shall be used
     exclusively  for the purpose of acquiring  Vehicles for Debtor's  inventory
     and debtor shall not sell or otherwise  dispose of such Vehicles  except by
     sale in the ordinary course of business.  If so requested by Secured Party,
     Debtor  agrees to  maintain a  separate  bank  account  into which all cash
     proceeds  of such  sales  or other  dispositions  of such  Vehicle  will be
     deposited.  Debtor  further  agrees that upon the sale of each Vehicle with
     respect to which an Advance  has been made by Secured  Party,  Debtor  will
     promptly  remit to  Secured  Party the total  amount  then  outstanding  of
     Secured  Party's  Advance  on each  such  Vehicle  unless  other  terms  of
     repayment  have been agreed to by Secured  Party.  Debtor agrees to hold in
     trust for Secured Party and shall  forthwith remit to Secured Party, to the
     extent of any unpaid and past due indebtedness  hereunder,  all proceeds of
     each Vehicle when  received by Debtor,  or to allow  Secured  Party to make
     direct  collection  thereof  and credit  debtor  with all sums  received by
     Secured Party.

3.0  Security - Debtor hereby grants to Secured Party a first and prior security
     interest in and to each and every Vehicle financed  hereunder,  whether now
     owned or hereafter acquired by way of replacement,  substitution,  addition
     or otherwise,  together with all additions and  accessions  thereto and all
     proceeds thereof,  subject only to any prior security interest in a Vehicle
     financed by a Receivable  Purchase Advance which has been granted by Debtor
     to Chrysler  Corporation  and assigned by Chrysler  Corporation  to Secured
     Party in connection  with the making of such Receivable  Purchase  Advance.
     Further,  Debtor also hereby grants to Secured Party a security interest in
     and to all Chattel Paper, Accounts whether or not earned by performance and
     including  without  limitations  all amounts due from the  manufacturer  or
     distributor  of the  Vehicles  or any of its  subsidiaries  or  affiliates,
     Contract Rights,  Documents,  Instruments,  General  Intangibles,  Consumer
     Goods, Inventory of Automotive Parts, Accessories and Supplies,  Equipment,
     Furniture, Fixtures, Machinery, Tools, and Leasehold Improvements,  whether
     now  owned  or  hereafter  acquired  by way of  replacement,  substitution,
     addition or otherwise,  together with all additions and accessions  thereto
     and all  proceeds  thereof,  as  additional  security  for each  and  every
     indebtedness  and  obligation of Debtor as set forth  herein.  The security
     interest hereby granted shall secure the prompt, timely and full payment of
     (1) all Advances,  (2) all interest  accrued thereon in accordance with the
     terms  of  this  Agreement  and  the  Promissory   Notes,   (3)  all  other
     indebtedness and obligations of Debtor under the Promissory  Notes, (4) all
     costs  and  expenses  incurred  by  Secured  Party  in  the  collection  or
     enforcement  of the Promissory  Notes or of the  receivable  underlying any
     Receivable  Purchase Advance or of the obligations of the Debtor under this
     Agreement, (5) all monies advanced by Secured Party on behalf of Debtor for
     taxes,  levies,  insurance and repairs to and maintenance of any Vehicle or
     other collateral,  and (6) each and every other  indebtedness or obligation
     now or hereafter  owing by Debtor to Secured Party including any collection
     or enforcement costs and expenses or monies advanced on behalf of Debtor in
     connection with any such other indebtedness or obligations. Nothing in this
     Agreement  shall  require  Debtor,  in respect of any  Receivable  Purchase
     Advance,  to proceed  first  under the  security  interest  created by this
     Agreement  or first  under  the  security  interest  granted  by  Debtor to
     Chrysler  Corporation to secure the receivable  underlying  such Receivable
     Purchase Advance and assigned by Chrysler  Corporation to Secured Party and
     the  remedies  of Secured  Party  under such  security  interests  shall be
     cumulative.

3.1  All said  security  set  forth in  Paragraph  3.0 above  shall  hereinafter
     collectively be called  "Collateral".  Debtor hereby  expressly agrees that
     the term  "proceeds" as used in Paragraph  3.0 above shall include  without
     limitation all insurance proceeds on the Collateral,  money, chattel paper,
     goods received in trade including without  limitation  vehicles received in
     trade,  contract rights,  instruments,  documents,  accounts whether or not
     earned by  performance,  general  intangibles,  claims and tort  recoveries
     relating to the  Collateral.  Notwithstanding  that Advances  hereunder are
     made from time to time with respect to specific Vehicles,  each Vehicle and
     the proceeds  thereof and all other  Collateral  hereunder shall constitute
     security for all obligations of Debtor to Secured Party secured hereunder.

3.2  Debtor  hereby  agrees that upon request of the Secured  Party it will take
     such  action  and/or  execute  and  deliver  to  Secured  Party any and all
     documents  (and pay all costs and expenses of recording the same),  in form
     and substance  satisfactory to Secured Party, which will perfect in Secured
     Party its security interest in the Collateral in which Secured Party has or
     is to have a security interest under the terms of this Agreement.

3.3  Secured  Party's  security  interest in the Collateral  shall attach to the
     full extent provided or permitted by law to the proceeds, in whatever form,
     of any  disposition  of said  Collateral  or to any part  thereof by Debtor
     until such  proceeds  are remitted and  accounted  for as provided  herein.
     Debtor  will  notify  Secured  Party  before  Debtor  signs,   executes  or
     authorizes any financing statement regardless of coverage.

3.4  Debtor shall be responsible  for all loss and damages to the Collateral and
     agrees to keep Collateral  insured  against loss or damage by fire,  theft,
     collision,  vandalism  and against  such other  risks as Secured  Party may
     require from time to time. Insurance and policies evidencing such insurance
     shall be with  such  companies,  in such  amount  and such form as shall be
     satisfactory to Secured Party. If so requested by Secured Party, any or all
     such  policies  of  insurance  shall  contain an  endorsement,  in form and
     substance  satisfactory to Secured Party.,  showing loss payable to Secured
     Party as its interest may appear, and a certificate of insurance evidencing
     such coverage will be provided to Secured Party.

4.0  Debtor's Warranties - Debtor warrants and agrees that the Collateral now is
     and shall always be kept free of all taxes, liens and encumbrances,  except
     as  specifically  disclosed  in  Paragraph  4.1  below or  provided  for in
     Paragraph  3.0 above,  and Debtor shall defend the  Collateral  against all
     other claims and demands whatsoever and shall indemnify,  hold harmless and
     defend Secured Party in connection therewith.  Any sum of money that may be
     paid by  Secured  Party in  release or  discharge  of any  taxes,  liens or
     encumbrances shall be paid to Secured Party on demand as an additional part
     of the obligation secured hereunder.  Debtor hereby agrees not to mortgage,
     pledge or loan (except for designated demonstrators as agreed to in advance
     by Secured  Party in writing) the  Vehicles  and shall not license,  title,
     use,  transfer  or  otherwise  dispose of them,  except as provided in this
     Agreement. Debtor agrees that it will execute in favor of Secured Party any
     form of document  which may be required  to  evidence  further  Advances by
     Secured Party  hereunder,  and shall execute such  additional  documents as
     Secured  Party  may at any time  request  in order to  conform  or  perfect
     Debtor's  title to or Secured  Party's  security  interest in the Vehicles.
     Execution by Debtor of notes,  checks or other  instruments  for the amount
     advanced  shall be deemed  evidence of Debtor's  obligation and not payment
     therefor until collected in full by Secured Party.

4.1  Disclosure of Taxes, Liens and Encumbrances -

             (If there are any, list them here; if none, so state.)

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PLACE FILED             DATE OF FILING              NAME AND ADDRESS OF CREDITOR
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

<PAGE>


5.0  Signatory  Authorization - Debtor hereby authorizes Secured Party or any of
     its  officers,  employees,  agents or any other  person  Secured  Party may
     designate  to  execute  any and all  documents  pursuant  to the  terms and
     conditions of that certain Power of Attorney and Signatory Authorization of
     even date herewith.

6.0  Events of Default and  Remedies/Termination - Time is of the essence herein
     and it is  understood  and agreed that Secured Party may, at its option and
     notwithstanding  any inconsistent terms in any agreement between Debtor and
     Chrysler  Corporation  and/or  Secured Party with respect to the receivable
     underlying any Receivable Purchase Advance by Secured Party, terminate this
     Agreement,   refuse  to  advance  funds  hereunder,   convert   outstanding
     installment payment obligations to payment on Vehicle sale obligations, and
     declare the aggregate of all Advances outstanding hereunder immediately due
     and  payable  upon the  occurrence  of any of the  following  events  (each
     hereinafter  called an "Event of Default"),  and that Debtor's  liabilities
     under this  sentence  shall  constitute  additional  obligations  of Debtor
     secured under this Agreement.

     (a)  Debtor  shall  fail to make any  payment  to  Secured  Party,  whether
          constituting the principal amount of any Advance,  interest thereon or
          any other payment due  hereunder,  when and as due in accordance  with
          the terms of this Agreement or with any demand permitted to be made by
          Secured Party under this  Agreement or any  Promissory  Note, or shall
          fail to pay when due any other  amount  owing to Secured  Party  under
          this  Agreement  or any  Promissory  Note,  or  shall  fail in the due
          performance or compliance  with any other term or condition  hereof or
          thereof,  or shall be in  default in the  payment  of any  liabilities
          constituting  indebtedness  for money borrowed or the deferred payment
          of the purchase  price of property or a rental payment with respect to
          property material to the conduct of Debtor's business;

     (b)  A tax lien or notice  thereof shall have been filed against any of the
          Debtor's  property  or  a  proceeding  in  bankruptcy,  insolvency  or
          receivership  shall be  instituted  by or against  Debtor or  Debtor's
          property  or an  assignment  shall  have been  made by Debtor  for the
          benefit of creditors;

     (c)  In the event that Secured  Party deems itself  insecure for any reason
          or the Vehicles are deemed by Secured Party to be in danger of misuse,
          loss,  seizure or confiscation or other  disposition not authorized by
          this Agreement;

     (d)  Termination of any franchise authorizing Debtor to sell Vehicles;

     (e)  A  misrepresentation  by Debtor for the purpose of obtaining credit or
          an  extension  of credit or a refusal by Debtor to  execute  documents
          relating to the Collateral  and/or Secured Party's  security  interest
          therein  or to  furnish  financial  information  to  Secured  Party at
          reasonable  intervals or to permit persons designated by Secured Party
          to examine Debtor's books or records and to make periodic  inspections
          of the Collateral; or

     (f)  Debtor,   without  Secured  Party's  prior  written   consent,   shall
          guarantee,  endorse  or  otherwise  become  surety  for  or  upon  the
          obligations of others except as may be done in the ordinary  course of
          Debtor's  business,   shall  transfer  or  otherwise  dispose  of  any
          proprietary, partnership or share interest Debtor has in his business,
          or all or  substantially  all of the assets thereof,  shall enter into
          any  merger or  consolidation,  if a  corporation,  or shall  make any
          substantial disbursements or use of funds of Debtor's business, except
          as may be done in the ordinary course of Debtor's business,  or assign
          this Agreement in whole or in part or any obligation hereunder.

     Upon  the  occurrence  of an  Event  of  Default,  Secured  Party  may take
     immediate  possession of said Vehicles without demand or further notice and
     without legal process; and for the purpose and furtherance thereof,  Debtor
     shall,  if Secured  Party so requests,  assemble the Vehicles and make them
     available to Secured Party at a reasonably  convenient  place designated by
     Secured  Party and Secured  Party shall have the right,  and Debtor  hereby
     authorizes and empowers  Secured Party to enter upon the premises  wherever
     said  Vehicles may be, to remove same.  In addition,  Secured  Party or its
     assigns shall have all the rights and remedies applicable under the Uniform
     Commercial Code or under any other statute or at common law or in equity or
     under this Agreement. Such rights and remedies shall be cumulative.  Debtor
     hereby  agrees that it shall pay all expenses and  reimburse  Secured Party
     for any  expenditures,  including  reasonable  attorneys'  fees  and  legal
     expenses,  in connection with Secured Party's exercise of any of its rights
     and remedies under this Agreement.

7.0  Inspection: Vehicles/Books and Records - It is hereby understood and agreed
     by and between  Debtor and Secured  Party that Secured Party shall have the
     right of access to and  inspection of the Vehicles and the right to examine
     Debtor's  books and  records,  which  Debtor  warrants  are  genuine in all
     respects.  Debtor  hereby  certifies to Secured Party that all Vehicles and
     books and  records  shall be kept at the  principal  place of  business  of
     Debtor as  hereinabove  stated or at such other  locations  as  approved in
     writing by Secured Party, and Debtor shall not remove or permit the removal
     of the Vehicles or books and records  during the pendency of this Agreement
     except in the  ordinary  course of business  and as  authorized  by Secured
     Party.

7.1  Debtor agrees to furnish to Secured Party after the end of each month,  for
     so long as this Agreement shall be effective, balance sheets and statements
     of profit and loss for each month with respect to Debtor's business in such
     detail and at such times at Secured Party may require from time to time.

8.0  General - Debtor and Secured Party further covenant and agree that:

8.1  Any provision  hereof  prohibited by law shall be ineffective to the extent
     of such prohibition without invalidating the remaining provisions hereof.

8.2  This Agreement  shall be interpreted  according to the laws of the State of
     Debtor's principal place of business as identified above.



<PAGE>


8.3  This  Agreement  cannot be modified  or amended,  except in writing by both
     parties  unless  otherwise  specifically  authorized  herein,  and shall be
     binding and inure to the  benefit of each of the  parties  hereto and their
     respective legal representatives, successors and assigns.

8.4  Interest to be paid in connection  herewith  shall never exceed the maximum
     rate allowable by law applicable  hereto, as the parties intend to strictly
     comply with all law relating to usury. Notwithstanding any provision hereof
     or any other document in connection herewith to the contrary,  Debtor shall
     not pay nor  will  Secured  Party  accept  payment  of any  such  excessive
     interest,  which excessive  interest is hereby canceled,  and Secured Party
     shall be  entitled  at its option to refund any such  interest  erroneously
     paid or credit the same to Debtor's obligations hereunder.

8.5  The terms  and  provisions  of this  Agreement  and of any other  agreement
     between  Debtor and Secured  Party or Debtor,  Secured  Party and  Chrysler
     Corporation  or  Debtor  and  Chrysler  Corporation  with  respect  to  the
     Receivable  underlying  any  Receivable  Purchase  Advance by Secured Party
     should be construed together as one agreement;  provided,  however,  in the
     event of any conflict,  the terms and  provisions of this  Agreement  shall
     govern such conflict.

8.6  No failure or delay on the part of Secured Party in exercising any power or
     right hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof,  nor shall any single or
     partial  exercise of any such right or power  preclude any other or further
     exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right or power hereunder. The
     remedies  herein are in addition to those  available in law or equity,  and
     Secured  Party need not pursue any rights it might have as a Secured  Party
     before  pursuing  payment and  performance  by Debtor or any  guarantor  or
     surety.

8.7  This Agreement may not be assigned by Debtor.

9.0  Notices - Any  notice  given  hereunder  shall be in  writing  and given by
     personal delivery or shall be sent by U.S. Mail, postage prepaid, addressed
     to the party to be charged with such notice at the  respective  address set
     forth below:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
               TO DEBTOR                                                                         TO SECURED PARTY
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                                                <C>
Lake Norman Chrysler Plymouth Jeep Eagle, LLC                                      Chrysler Financial Corporation
20435 Chartwell Center Drive                                                       P.O. Box 560217
Cornelius, NC 28031                                                                Charlotte, NC 28256-0217

Attention: Phil M. Gandy, Jr.                                                      Attention: Branch Manager
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the parties hereto have duly executed this Agreement as of
the day and year first above written.

                                   Lake Norman Chrysler Plymouth Jeep Eagle, LLC
                                   ---------------------------------------------
                                                     (DEBTOR)

/s/ [illegible]                    By   /s/  Phil M. Gandy, Jr.
- -------------------------------         ----------------------------------------
        (WITNESS)                       Phil M. Gandy, Jr.


/s/ [illegible]                    Title Member
- -------------------------------          ---------------------------------------
        (WITNESS)



                                   CHRYSLER FINANCIAL CORPORATION


                                   By   /s/  [illegible]
                                        ----------------------------------------

                                   Title Zone Manager
                                         ---------------------------------------



                                PROMISSORY NOTE

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
AMOUNT              CITY                       STATE               DATE

$2,000,000.00       Cornelius                  North Carolina      May 15, 1996
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

ON DEMAND, FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the undersigned promise(s) to pay to the order of
CHRYSLER FINANCIAL  CORPORATION,  a Michigan Corporation,  at its office at 8801
J.M. Keynes Dr., Charlotte, NC 28262 or at such other place as the holder hereof
may direct in writing, the sum of Two Million Dollars ($2,000,000.00), in lawful
money of the United States of America,  together with interest  thereon from the
date  hereof  until  paid at the rate or rates  established  from  time to time,
pursuant to paragraph 2.0 of that certain  Security  Agreement and Master Credit
Agreement dated May 15, (yr.) 96, between the undersigned and Chrysler Financial
Corporation,  which  interest  shall be payable  monthly in like  lawful  money;
provided,  however, that the rate of interest payable hereunder shall not exceed
the maximum rate of interest permitted by applicable law.

The undersigned  agrees to pay reasonable  attorneys fees if this note is placed
in the hands of an attorney for collection.

The  makers,   sureties,   guarantors  and  endorsers   hereof  severally  waive
presentment  for payment,  protest and notice of protest and non-payment of this
note,  and consents to any  extension,  renewal or  postponement  of the time of
payment of this note, without notice, at the option of the holder.

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
DEALER                             BY                             ITS

Lake Norman Chrysler               /s/ Philip M. Gandy, Jr.       Member
Plymouth Jeep Eagle, LLC           Philip M. Gandy, Jr.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------



                                                            [LOGO] CHRYSLER 
                                                                   FINANCIAL

SECURITY AGREEMENT AND CAPITAL LOAN AGREEMENT

THIS SECURITY AND CAPITAL LOAN AGREEMENT (hereinafter called the "Agreement")
dated this 15 day of May 1996, is by and between LAKE NORMAN DODGE, INC., having
its principal place of business at 20700 TORRENCE CHAPEL RD., PO BOX 457,
CORNELIUS, NC, 28031 (hereinafter called "Borrower"), and Chrysler Financial
Corporation, a Michigan corporation, having offices located at 27777 Franklin
Rd., Southfield, MI 48034 (hereinafter called "Lender").

WHEREAS, Borrower is engaged in business as an authorized motor vehicle dealer,
which includes the sale and service of new and used motor vehicles, parts, and
accessories (which business hereinafter shall be called "Borrower's Business")
and desires to borrow funds from Lender to be used as working capital in the
ordinary course of operating Borrower's Business, or as otherwise agreed to by
Lender in writing; and

WHEREAS, Lender is willing to lend to Borrower said capital funds on the terms
and conditions hereinafter set forth.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and other good and valuable
consideration paid by each party to the other, the receipt and sufficiency of
which is hereby acknowledged, and intending to be legally bound hereby, the
parties hereto agree as follows:

SECTION 1.0 DEFINITIONS - When used in this Agreement, the following terms shall
have the following meanings:

"Account" shall mean any right to payment for Goods sold or leased or for
services rendered which is not evidenced by an Instrument of Chattel Paper,
whether or not such account has been earned by performance.

"Affiliate" with respect to Borrower shall mean any person, entity or business
organization which, directly or indirectly, controls, is controlled by or is
under common control with the Borrower.

"Books" shall mean all books, records and correspondence relating to the
Collateral, including but not limited to, all ledgers, computer and automatic
machinery software and programs, printouts and computer runs and other computer
prepared information.

"Chattel Paper" shall mean a writing or writings which evidence both a monetary
obligation and a security interest in or a lease of specific Goods.

"Collateral" shall mean all property and interests in property or rights in
which a security interest is granted by Borrower to Lender in this Agreement
pursuant to Section 3 hereof.

"Commitment Letter" shall mean that certain letter attached hereto, if any,
between Borrower and Lender, setting forth certain terms and conditions of the
Loan.

"Contract Right" shall mean any right of Borrower to payment under a contract
for the sale of Goods or the rendering of services, which right is at the time
not yet earned by performance.

"Documents" shall mean any bill of lading, dock warrant or receipt, warehouse
receipt or order for the delivery of Goods.

"Effective Net Worth" shall mean the reported net worth of Borrower plus
subordinated notes payable and net LIFO reserve, minus Affiliate, officer and
employee receivables, net unamortized leasehold improvements, intangible assets
and all other assets not directly related to Borrower's Business.

"Equipment" shall mean Goods together with any and all accessions, parts and
appurtenances thereto, used or bought for use or hereafter bought for use
primarily in Borrower's Business which are not included in the definition of
Inventory.

"Event of Default" shall mean the occurrence of any of the events as contained
in Section 8 of this Agreement.

"General Intangibles" shall mean any personal property (including things in
action) other than Goods, Accounts, Chattel Paper, Documents, Instruments and
money.

"Goods" shall mean all things which are moveable at the time the security
interest attaches or which are fixtures.

"Instrument" shall mean a negotiable instrument or a security or any other
writing which evidences a right to the payment of money.

"Inventory" shall mean any and all Goods, now owned or hereafter acquired by
Borrower, which are held for sale or lease or are furnished or to be furnished
under a contract or service.

"Obligations" shall mean any and all liability, obligation, or indebtedness owed
pursuant to the terms and conditions of this Agreement and any and all other
agreements, promissory notes, guaranties and contractual arrangements or every
kind and nature between Borrower and Lender, whether now or hereafter in
existence.

"Proceeds" shall mean whatever is received upon the sale, exchange, collection
or other disposition of the Collateral or proceeds, whether cash proceeds or
non-cash proceeds.

"Net Working Capital" shall mean the excess of Borrower's current assets over
Borrower's current liabilities.

SECTION 2.0 THE LOAN

2.1  Lender hereby agrees to loan to Borrower, and Borrower hereby agrees to
     borrow from Lender, an amount which shall be evidenced by a promissory note
     (the "Note") to be executed by Borrower concurrently herewith, which Note
     shall be in substance and form satisfactory to Lender. The amount borrowed
     may be increased from time to time upon written request of Borrower
     approved by Lender. The initial loan and any new advances evidencing
     increases to the initial loan (hereinafter in the aggregate referred to as
     the "Loan") shall be subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement.
     The Loan may be prepaid at any time in whole or in part without penalty.

2.2  The Note shall evidence the terms or repayment of the Loan.
     The Loan shall bear interest upon the unpaid balance thereof at that rate
     of interest stated in the Note.
     Principal and interest shall be due and payable on the date(s) and in the
     amounts as specified in the Note.

2.3  Borrower and Lender agree that it is their respective intentions, and they
     do specifically agree: (a) that this Agreement, the Note issued hereunder,
     and any subsequent promissory notes issued hereunder evidencing new
     advances, and any subsequent agreements between the parties, provide for
     cross collateralization and cross rights to declare a default whereby all
     Collateral is security for all Obligations; (b) upon the occurrence of an
     Event of Default, all Obligations shall be matured, immediately due and
     payable, notwithstanding any maturity date thereof, or agreements thereto,
     to the contrary, and (c) that the agreements contained in this Section 2.3
     shall be, and are hereby, made a part of all agreements between Borrower
     and Lender, whether now or hereafter in existence.

SECTION 3.0 SECURITY

3.1  As security for the prompt and complete payment and performance when due of
     all Obligations due Lender, Borrower hereby grants to Lender a continuing
     security interest in all of Borrower's right, title and interest in, to and
     under the following Collateral, whether now owned or hereafter acquired:
 
     (a) all of Borrower's Accounts, Books, Contract Rights, Documents,
     Instruments, Chattel Paper and General Intangibles;

     (b) all of Borrower's Equipment, furniture, fixtures, machinery and
     supplies;
 
     (c) all of Borrower's Inventory including but not limited to all new and
     used motor vehicles and all automotive parts and accessories; and



<PAGE>



     (d) all Proceeds and products of any of the foregoing.

3.2  As further and additional security, Borrower hereby assigns to Lender all
     credits which are now or hereafter become due to the Borrower from Chrysler
     Motors Corporation, its subsidiaries, affiliates or associated companies,
     or such other manufacturer from which Borrower purchases its inventory.

SECTION 4.0 BORROWER'S WARRANTIES - To induce Lender to enter into this
Agreement to make the loan contemplated hereby, Borrower represents and warrants
as follows:

4.1  Borrower operates Borrower's Business in the form of business organization
     and from the principal place of business as set forth in the introductory
     paragraph of this Agreement, and Borrower is in good standing, duly
     authorized, licensed and franchised to operate Borrower's Business.

4.2  All balance sheets, statements of profit and loss and other financial data
     which have been furnished by Borrower to Lender fairly present the
     financial condition of Borrower's Business as of the dates stated therein,
     and the results of its operations for the periods for which the same are
     furnished; all other information, reports, papers and data furnished to
     Lender are accurate and correct in all material respects and complete
     insofar as completeness may be necessary to give Lender a true and accurate
     knowledge of the subject matter; and there has been no change in the
     business, earnings, prospects, assets, liabilities or condition (financial
     or otherwise) of Borrower's Business from that set forth in the most recent
     financial statements furnished by Borrower to Lender other than changes in
     the ordinary course of Borrower's Business, none of which changes have been
     materially adverse.

4.3  None of the assets of Borrower's Business is, as of the date hereof,
     subject to any mortgage, pledge, lien or encumbrance in favor of anyone
     other than Lender except liens of the kind permitted by Section 6.2 hereof,
     unless otherwise agreed to by Lender in writing.

4.4  There is not now pending against Borrower, nor, to the knowledge of counsel
     to Borrower or Borrower or to the officers, managers or principals of
     Borrower's Business, is there threatened any litigation or legal,
     administrative or tax proceedings, investigations or other action or
     matter, the outcome of which in the opinion of counsel to Borrower or
     Borrower or such officers, managers or principals could materially
     adversely affect the continued operation or condition (financial or
     otherwise) of Borrower's Business.

4.5  Borrower warrants that there exists on the date of this Agreement no Event
     of Default and no event which with the lapse of time would become an Event
     of Default.

4.6  Borrower warrants that it is and shall remain the lawful owner of the
     Collateral, free of all liens and claims whatsoever, other than the
     security interest created hereby or pursuant hereto, or specifically
     allowed by this Agreement, and has the authority and right to subject the
     Collateral to the security interest granted to Lender by this Agreement.

SECTION 5.0 BORROWER'S AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS - Borrower hereby covenants and
agrees that, for so long as there shall remain any indebtedness hereunder:

5.1  Borrower will maintain the existence in good standing of Borrower's
     Business, and continue to keep in full force and effect any and all
     licenses, franchises and other authorizations necessary to conduct
     Borrower's Business.

5.2  Borrower will keep proper Books of the operations of Borrower's Business
     satisfactory to Lender. Borrower will furnish to Lender within 20 days
     after the end of each month, for so long as this Agreement shall be
     effective, balance sheets and statements of profit and loss for each month
     with respect to Borrower's Business (and, upon request of Lender,
     Affiliates of Borrower), in such detail as Lender reasonably may require
     from time to time; and within 120 days after the close of each of
     Borrower's fiscal years hereafter, for so long as this Agreement shall
     remain in effect, Borrower will furnish Lender a completed, executed copy
     of a report of an examination of the financial affairs of Borrower's
     Business (and, upon request of Lender, Affiliates of Borrower) made by
     independent certified public accountants selected by Borrower and
     acceptable to Lender, such report of Borrower's Business and Affiliates,
     where applicable, to be in such detail and with such certification as
     Lender reasonably may require from time to time; and Borrower will furnish
     such other financial statements as Lender reasonably may require from time
     to time. Borrower will permit Lender to inspect and make copies of the
     Books of Borrower's Business at all reasonable times and from time to time.
     All such balance sheets, statements of profit and loss and other financial
     statements as Borrower may furnish hereunder will fairly present the
     financial condition of Borrower's Business and Affiliates, where
     applicable, as of the dates and for the periods for which the same are
     furnished and shall be certified as true and correct by an appropriate
     officer of Borrower or Affiliate, as applicable.
 
5.3  At the time any asset of Borrower's Business is assigned, mortgaged,
     pledged or otherwise hypothecated to Lender as security for any Obligation,
     Borrower will be the lawful owner thereof; the same being free from all
     encumbrances except as specifically stated in the instrument by which the
     same shall be so assigned, mortgaged, pledged or otherwise hypothecated;
     and the Borrower will warrant and defend the same against all claims and
     demands of any kind or nature.

5.4  Borrower promptly will pay when due all contractual obligations calling for
     the payment of money, taxes, assessments and charges imposed upon Borrower
     and upon Borrower's Business and Borrowers's properties, assets,
     operations, products, income or securities and also promptly will pay all
     claims which constitute, or, if unpaid, may become a lien, charge or
     encumbrance upon Borrower's Business or any of Borrower's properties,
     assets, operations, products, income or securities.

5.5  Borrower shall be responsible for all loss and damage to Borrower's
     Business and agrees to keep Borrower's Business insured against loss or
     damage by fire, theft, collision and vandalism and against such other
     losses as Lender may require from time to time. Insurance policies for the
     said insurance shall be with such companies and in such amounts and in such
     form as shall be satisfactory to Lender. All such policies of insurance
     shall contain an endorsement in form and substance satisfactory to Lender,
     showing loss payable to Lender as its interest may appear, and a
     certificate of insurance evidencing such coverage will be provided to
     Lender.

5.6  Borrower will, upon request of Lender, execute such financing statements
     and other documents (and pay the cost of filing or recording the same in
     all public offices deemed necessary by Lender) and do all such other acts
     and things as Lender may from time to time request, to establish and
     maintain a valid first perfected security interest in the Collateral. (free
     of all other liens and claims whatsoever except as otherwise expressly
     provided herein) to secure the payment of the Obligations.

5.7  Borrower will keep, at the address designated above, all Books concerning
     the Collateral, which Books will be of such character as will enable Lender
     or its designees to determine at any time the status of the Collateral.

5.8  Borrower will, upon request of Lender, stamp on its Books concerning the
     Collateral, a notation or other notice(s), in form satisfactory to Lender,
     or take such other action to place third parties on notice of the security
     interest of Lender in the Collateral.

5.9  Borrower will, upon request of Lender, immediately deliver to Lender,
     appropriately endorsed to the order of Lender, any note, trade acceptance,
     installment contract, chattel paper or other writing for the payment of
     money which shall be received by Borrower and which may at any time
     evidence any obligation to Borrower for payment for Goods sold or services
     rendered.

5.10 Borrower will not sell, assign, create or permit to exist any lien on or
     security interest in any Collateral to or in favor of anyone other than
     Lender, other than the sale of Inventory in the ordinary course of
     Borrower's Business.

5.11 Borrower will, at Borrower's sole cost and expense, keep the Collateral in
     as good and substantial repair and condition as the same is now or at the
     time the lien and security interest granted by this Agreement shall attach
     thereto, reasonable wear and tear excepted, making repairs and replacements
     when and where necessary. Borrower will further take all action necessary
     to insure the real estate upon which the Borrower's Business is located
     shall be free of hazardous conditions, substances and pollutants of any
     kind.

5.12 Borrower shall apply the proceeds of the Loan for the purposes set forth in
     this Agreement and shall furnish such evidence thereof as Lender may
     request.

5.13 Borrower shall maintain a value of Collateral to Loan ratio as may be
     established by Lender in writing from time to time.



<PAGE>


SECTION 6.0 BORROWER'S NEGATIVE COVENANTS - Borrower hereby covenants and agrees
that, for so long as there shall remain any Obligation owing to Lender, it will
not, without the prior written consent of Lender:

6.1  Create or have outstanding any indebtedness for money borrowed other than
     from Lender.

6.2  Create, permit or suffer to exist any mortgage, lien or other encumbrance
     to be levied upon or become a charge against Borrower's Business or any of
     its properties, assets, operations, products, income or securities other
     than mortgages, liens or other encumbrances in favor of Lender, liens for
     taxes not delinquent of being contested in good faith, liens or mechanics
     or materialmen arising in the ordinary course of Borrower's Business with
     respect to liabilities which are not overdue or which are being contested
     in good faith, and liens resulting from deposits or pledges to secure
     payments or worker's compensation, unemployment insurance, old age pensions
     or social security.

6.3  Endorse, guarantee or become surety for the payment of any debt or
     liability, of any individual, partnership or corporation, directly or
     contingently, except for recourse on the obligations of retail purchasers
     of Inventory from Borrower and in connection with endorsing checks and
     other negotiable instruments for deposit and collection.

6.4  Sell, exchange, transfer or otherwise dispose of any of its properties,
     assets, operations or products except in the normal course of Borrower's
     Business; consolidate Borrower's Business with or merge Borrower's Business
     into any other business concern or permit any other business concern to
     consolidate with or merge into Borrower's Business; or sell, exchange,
     transfer, lease or otherwise dispose of all or any substantial part or its
     capital assets; or make or have outstanding any loan or advance to any
     individual, partnership or corporation, purchase any security of any
     corporation or invest in the obligations of any individual, partnership or
     corporation.

6.5  Make expenditures in any fiscal year in excess of that amount agreed to by
     Lender in writing from time to time.

6.6  Permit the Net Working Capital and Effective Net Worth of Borrower's
     Business to be less than those amounts agreed to by Lender in writing from
     time to time.

6.7  Make any loan to or increase the present salary or drawing account of any
     principal, officer or manager of Borrower's Business, directly or
     indirectly, or permit any of the foregoing to withdraw from Borrower's
     Business money in any manner other than in the normal and usual course of
     Borrower's Business.

6.8  Make a distribution of dividends to its stockholders.

SECTION 7.0 OWNERSHIP AND MANAGEMENT OF BORROWER'S BUSINESS

7.1  Lender has elected to enter into this Agreement and to make the Loan
     contemplated hereby with reliance and confidence in the integrity and
     ability of the persons presently having ownership interest in or being in
     the active management and operation of Borrower's Business as disclosed to
     Lender concurrently herewith, and in reliance that said persons are and
     shall continue to have the same ownership interest in or be in the active
     management and operation of Borrower's Business or both, as the case may
     be, so long as this Agreement remains effective and the Obligations remain
     outstanding.

SECTION 8.0 EVENTS OF DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES

8.1  Each one or more of the following acts or occurences shall constitute and
     Event of Default hereunder:

     (a) If Borrower fails to make the due and punctual payment of all or any
     portion of any payment of principal or interest due or to become due
     hereunder or the Note or under any other agreement between Borrower and
     Lender, including, without limiting the generality of the foregoing,
     failure in the prompt payment of notes evidencing the financing of
     Borrower's inventory of new and/or used motor vehicles or any other
     Obligations; or

     (b) If failure shall be made in the due observance or performance of any
     covenant, agreement or condition to be performed by Borrower or any
     guarantor hereof, or

     (c) If any representative or warranty made by Borrower to Lender shall have
     been determined by Lender to be untrue in any material respect as of the
     date that any such representation or warranty was made; or

     (d) The occurance (i) of Borrower becoming insolvent or bankrupt, or
     ceasing, being unable or admitting in writing its inability to pay its
     debts as they mature, or making a general assignment for the benefit of, or
     entering into any composition or arrangement with creditors (ii) of
     proceedings for the appointment of a receiver, trustee, or liquidator of
     the Borrower or of a substantial part of its assets, being authorized or
     instituted by or against Borrower or (iii) of proceedings under the United
     States Bankruptcy Code or other bankruptcy, reorganization, readjustment of
     debt, insolvency, dissolution, liquidation or other similar law of any
     jurisdiction being authorized or instituted against the Borrower; or

     (e) If there is now or shall hereafter be any change in the ownership
     interest in or active management and operation of Borrower's Business; or

     (f) If Lender deems it is insecure for any reason or Borrower's Business is
     in danger of misuse, loss, seizure or confiscation; or

     (g) If any judgement against or levy, execution, attachment or other
     proceedings are commenced or obtained in connection with a judgment or
     otherwise against, or a receiver appointed of, or writ of attachment or
     garnishment is issued against the Borrower or a substantial part of the
     assets of Borrower; or

     (h) If Lender in good faith reasonably believes the margin of Collateral to
     the outstanding Obligations is so insufficient that the prospect of payment
     is impaired or otherwise insecure; or

     (i) The termination of any franchise authorizing Borrower to sell motor
     vehicles at the address stated above.

8.2  Upon the existence of an Event of Default, all outstanding Obligations of
     Borrower to Lender will (notwithstanding any provisions to the contrary)
     without demand or notice of any kind, thereupon immediately become due and
     payable, and Lender may, without any notice to Borrower, notify any parties
     obligated to Borrower on any of the Collateral to make payment to Lender of
     any amounts due or to become due thereunder and enforce collection of any
     of the Collateral by suit or otherwise, and surrender, release or exchange
     all or any part thereof; or compromise, extend or renew for any period
     (whether or not longer than the original period) any indebtedness
     thereunder or evidenced thereby. Upon request of Lender, Borrower will, at
     its own expense, notify any parties obligated to Borrower on any of the
     Collateral to make payment to Lender of any amounts due or to become due
     thereunder. In addition, Lender may take possession of the Collateral and
     any Books concerning same wherever they may be found, with or without
     process of law, and may dispose of the Collateral or any portion thereof in
     any manner permitted by law. Unless otherwise agreed to by the parties in
     writing, any notification of intended disposition of any of the Collateral
     required by law shall be deemed reasonably and properly made if given at
     least seven days before such disposition.


SECTION 9.0 APPOINTMENT OF LENDER AS ATTORNEY

9.1  When an Event of Default shall occur and be continuing, Borrower hereby
     irrevocably appoints Lender as attorney-in-fact with power of substitution
     to act for Borrower in Borrower's name or in the name of Lender or
     otherwise, for the use and benefit of Lender hereunder, at the expense of
     Borrower, provided that in no event shall this appointment impose any duty
     on Lender to act initially or thereafter, as this appointment is made
     solely to allow Lender to protect its interests in the Collateral from time
     to time at its option. This special power of attorney shall include, but
     not be limited to, the hereinafter enumerated acts:

     (a) to execute and deliver, or otherwise take any action deemed appropriate
     by Lender regarding any deed, lease, assignment, security agreement,
     certificate of title, chattel mortgage, vehicle registration, bill of
     sale, release and such other instruments as may be necessary to sell,
     assign, transfer, pledge or otherwise deal with the property of Borrower
     which is or shall hereafter become Collateral of Lender under this
     Agreement and any amendments hereto;

     (b) to demand, collect, receive payment on, release and otherwise take any
     action deemed appropriate by Lender regarding all claims or money due or to
     become due to the Borrower in connection with the purchase, sale, damage or
     destruction of any of the Collateral, to settle and compromise any such
     claim, to receive and open any mail addressed to Borrower, and to endorse
     checks for collection, settlement, or compromise; and

     (c) to prosecute or otherwise take any action deemed appropriate by Lender
     in the name of Lender or in the name of Borrower, or otherwise, any action
     or proceeding to collect any such claim or to enforce the right of Borrower
     for the benefit of Lender.

SECTION 10.0 GENERAL - Borrower and Lender further agree that:

10.1 Lender shall, at all times, have the right to set off and apply any and all
     credits, monies or properties of Borrower in Lender's possession or control
     against any Obligations of Borrower to Lender. All payments by Borrower or
     other funds of Borrower held or received by Lender, other than regular
     monthly installments or principal and interest due on the Note, shall be
     applied to the last maturing installments under said Note in inverse order
     of maturity.



<PAGE>



10.2 The acceptance by Lender of any installment or payment after it becomes due
     or the waiver by Lender of any other Event of Default shall not be deemed
     to alter or affect Borrower's Obligations and/or Lender's rights with
     respect to any subsequent payment or Event of Default.

10.3 All of the agreements, representations and warranties contained in this
     Agreement or in any other instrument or document delivered pursuant thereto
     shall survive the delivery of the Note and any extensions, renewals or
     substitutions thereof shall continue in full force and effect as long as
     there shall remain Obligations owing to Lender from Borrower.

10.4 All negotiations, correspondence and memoranda passed between the parties
     hereto with regard to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement other
     than the Commitment Letter, if any) are merged hereby and this Agreement
     cancels and supersedes all prior agreements between the parties with regard
     thereto. This Agreement may be assigned, altered, modified or abridged only
     by a written instrument duly executed by the authorized representatives of
     Lender and Borrower.

10.5 It is intended that this Agreement shall not be in violation of any valid
     law applicable hereto now or hereafter from time to time in effect in any
     jurisdiction and in event any provision hereof an any way contravenes any
     of said laws, this Agreement shall be considered valid except as to such
     provisions.

10.6 Any notice given hereunder shall be in writing and given by personal
     delivery or shall be sent by U.S. mail, postage prepaid, addressed to the
     party to be charged with such notice, at the respective address as set
     forth above, or such other address as may be provided in writing.

10.7 This Agreement shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of the
     executors, administrators, legal representatives, successors and assigns of
     the parties.

10.8 This Agreement, and all rights and obligations hereunder, shall be governed
     by the laws of the State in which the Borrower is located, as indicated by
     its address set forth above.

10.9 Interest to be paid in connection herewith shall never exceed the maximum
     rate allowable by law applicable hereto, as the parties intend to strictly
     comply with all law relating to usury. Notwithstanding any provisions
     hereof or any other document in connection herewith to the contrary, Debtor
     shall not pay nor will Secured Party accept payment of any such excessive
     interest, which excessive interest is hereby canceled, and Secured Party
     shall be entitled at its option to refund any such interest erroneously
     paid or credit the same to Debtor's obligation hereunder.

SECTION 11.0 AUTHORITY - Borrower shall furnish to Lender upon execution of this
Agreement such proof of its authority to enter into this Agreement, to make the
Note and to deposit the said security with Lender as Lender from time to time
reasonably may request, including, without limiting the generality of the
foregoing, an opinion of Borrower's counsel and, if Borrower is a corporation,
certified copies of resolutions of Borrower's stockholders, board of directors,
or other managers.

SECTION 12.0 WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL - LENDER AND BORROWER ACKNOWLEDGE AND AGREE
THAT THERE MAY BE A CONSTITUTIONAL RIGHT TO A JURY TRIAL IN CONNECTION WITH ANY
CLAIM, DISPUTE OR LAWSUIT ARISING BETWEEN THEM, BUT THAT SUCH RIGHT MAY BE
WAIVED. ACCORDINGLY, THE PARTIES AGREE:

(A)  NOTWITHSTANDING SUCH CONSTITUTIONAL RIGHT, IN THIS COMMERCIAL MATTER THE
     PARTIES BELIEVE AND AGREE THAT IT SHALL BE IN THEIR BEST INTEREST TO WAIVE
     SUCH RIGHT AND, ACCORDINGLY, HEREBY WAIVE SUCH RIGHT TO A JURY TRIAL AND
     FURTHER AGREE THAT THE BEST FORUM FOR HEARING ANY CLAIM, DISPUTE OR
     LAWSUIT, IF ANY, ARISING IN CONNECTION WITH THIS AGREEMENT OR RELATIONSHIP
     BETWEEN LENDER AND BORROWER, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, IN CONNECTION
     WITH THE COLLECTION OF THE LOAN OR OTHER OBLIGATIONS SHALL BE A COURT OF
     COMPETENT JURISDICTION SITTING WITHOUT A JURY.

(B)  THIS WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL IS FREELY, KNOWINGLY AND VOLUNTARILY GIVEN BY
     EACH PARTY, WITHOUT ANY DURESS OR COERCION, AFTER EACH PARTY HAS CONSULTED
     WITH ITS COUNSEL AND HAS CAREFULLY AND COMPLETELY READ ALL OF THE TERMS AND
     PROVISIONS OF THIS AGREEMENT, SPECIFICALLY INCLUDING THIS WAIVER OF JURY
     TRIAL PROVISION.

(C)  NEITHER LENDER NOR BORROWER SHALL BE DEEMED TO HAVE RELINQUISHED THIS
     PROVISION WAIVING JURY TRIAL EXCEPT BY A WRITING SIGNED BY AN OFFICER OF
     LENDER AND BORROWER RELINQUISHING THIS WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL PROVISION.


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed and delivered this
Agreement on the date first above written.


                              LAKE NORMAN DODGE, INC.



                              BY:  [ILLEGIBLE]
                                 --------------------------

                                   Its:  Pres.


                              CHRYSLER FINANCIAL CORPORATION



                              BY:  /s/ T.J Madden            T.J. Madden
                                   -----------------------
                                   Its Vice President





                                                       [LOGO]CHRYSLER
                                                             FINANCIAL


                                 PROMISSORY NOTE


$1,000,000.00                       CORNELIUS                    NORTH CAROLINA


     FOR  VALUE  RECEIVED,   LAKE  NORMAN  DODOGE,   INC.   (hereinafter  called
"Borrower"),  promises  to pay to the order of  Chrysler  Financial  Corporation
(hereinafter  called "Lendor") at its offices at ONE UNIVERSITY PLACE, 8801 J.M.
KEYNES DRIVE,  STE.  400,  CHARLOTTE,  NC, 28262,  or at such other place as the
holder hereof from time to time may  designate in writing,  the principal sum of
ONE MILLION AND 00/100 Dollars ($1,000,000.00) in eighty four (84) equal monthly
installments   of  ELEVEN   THOUSAND  NINE  HUNDRED  FOUR  AND  76/100   Dollars
($11,904.76) each,  commencing on the 15th day of JULY, 1996 and on the 15th day
of each succeeding  month  thereafter until the required number of equal monthly
installments has been paid in full,  together with interest thereon at that rate
of  interest  announced  by Lender from time to time and in effect on the unpaid
balance  outstanding  hereunder,  with  interest  after  maturity at the highest
lawful contract rate.  Accrued  interest through the end of each preceding month
shall be due and payable with each  installment of principal,  provided that all
unpaid  interest  accrued to the date thereof  shall be due and payable with the
last installment of principal.

This Promissory Note evidences  borrowing under, and is subject to, the terms of
that certain Security  Agreement and Capital Loan Agreement between the Borrower
and Lender dated May 15th, 1996, and the terms,  conditions and promises of that
agreement are hereby  incorporated in this Promissory Note by reference as fully
as if set out herein.

All parties to this  Promissory  Note waive  presentment  for  payment,  demand,
notice of nonpayment,  protest,  notice of protest and,  without further notice,
hereby  consent to renewal,  extensions  or partial  payments,  either before or
after maturity.

Nothing herein shall limit any rights  granted to Lender by other  instrument or
by law.


LAKE NORMAN DODGE, INC.



By: /s/ ILLEGIBLE
   ----------------------
  Its: PRESIDENT
       


Date:   5-15-96
     --------------------


                                                                     Loan #14394




                                                                [LOGO] CHRYSLER
                                                                       FINANCIAL

                                 PROMISSORY NOTE

$1,000,000.00                       CORNELIUS                     NORTH CAROLINA

     FOR  VALUE  RECEIVED,   LAKE  NORMAN  DODGE,   INC.   (hereinafter   called
"Borrower"),  promises  to pay to the order of  Chrysler  Financial  Corporation
(hereinafter  called "Lender") at its offices at ONE UNIVERSITY PLACE, 8801 J.M.
KEYNES DRIVE,  STE.  400,  CHARLOTTE,  NC, 28262,  or at such other place as the
holder  hereof from time to time may  designate in writing the  principal sum of
ONE MILLION AND 00/100 Dollars  ($1,000,000.00) in 84 equal monthly installments
of ELEVEN  THOUSAND  NINE HUNDRED  FOUR AND 76/100  Dollars  ($11,904.76)  each,
commencing on the 15th day of JULY,  1996 and on the 15th day of each succeeding
month  thereafter  until the required number of equal monthly  installments  has
been  paid in full,  together  with  interest  thereon  at the rate of  interest
announced  by  Lender  from time to time and in  effect  on the  unpaid  balance
outstanding  hereunder,  with  interest  after  maturity at the  highest  lawful
contract rate. Accrued interest through the end of each preceding month shall be
due and payable with each  installment  of  principal,  provided that all unpaid
interest  accrued to the date  thereof  shall be due and  payable  with the last
installment of principal.

This Promissory Note evidences  borrowing under, and is subject to, the terms of
that certain Security  Agreement and Capital Loan Agreement between the Borrower
and Lender  dated  5-15-1996,  and the terms,  conditions  and  promises of that
agreement are hereby  incorporated in this Promissory Note by reference as fully
as if set out herein.

All parties to this  Promissory  Note waive  presentment  for  payment,  demand,
notice of nonpayment,  protest,  notice of protest and,  without further notice,
hereby  consent to renewal,  extensions  or partial  payments,  either before or
after maturity.

Nothing herein shall limit any rights  granted to Lender by other  instrument or
by law.


LAKE NORMAN DODGE, INC.



By: /s/ ILLEGIBLE
   ----------------------
  Its: PRES.
       


Date:  
     --------------------


                                                                     Loan #14394



84-291 4331 (1/96)
SECURITY AGREEMENT AND MASTER CREDIT AGREEMENT                  [LOGO] CHRYSLER
(Non-Chrysler Corporation Dealer)                                      FINANCIAL

This  Security  Agreement and Master Credit  Agreement  {hereinafter  called the
"Agreement"), made as of this 15 day of May 1996,; is by and between Lake Norman
Chrysler  Plymouth Jeep Eagle,  LLC,  having its principal  place of business at
20435 Chartwell Center Drive, Cornelius, NC 28031 (hereinafter called "Debtor"),
and Chrysler  Financial  Corporation,  a Michigan  corporation,  having  offices
located at 27777  Franklin Rd.,  Southfield,  Michigan  48034-8286  (hereinafter
called "Secured Party").

WHEREAS,  Debtor is engaged in  business  as an  authorized  dealer of  Chrysler
Corporation  and desires  Secured Party to finance the  acquisition by Debtor in
the  ordinary  course  of its  business  of new and  unused  vehicles  sold  and
distributed by Chrysler  Corporation and/or other authorized sellers and of used
vehicles  (all such  unused and used  vehicles  being  hereinafter  collectively
called the "Vehicles").

WHEREAS,  Secured Party is willing to provide  wholesale  financing to Debtor to
finance the  acquisition  of  Vehicles by Debtor by making  loans or advances to
Debtor to finance the acquisition by Debtor of Vehicles.

NOW,  THEREFORE,  in  consideration  of the mutual premises herein contained and
other good and  valuable  consideration  paid by each  party to the  other,  the
receipt and  sufficiency  of which is hereby  acknowledged,  and intending to be
legally bound hereby, the parties hereto agree as follows:

1.0  Financing - Secured Party agrees to extend to Debtor wholesale financing by
     making loans or advances to Debtor to finance the  acquisition by Debtor of
     Vehicles from sellers  thereof,  on the terms and  conditions  set forth in
     Paragraph  2.1 herein or as set forth in the  Vehicle  financing  terms and
     conditions  as they may be made  available  to Debtor  from time to time by
     Secured Party.

     For the purposes of this Agreement,  loans or advances  provided by Secured
     Party  directly to either Debtor or to the seller of Vehicles to Debtor are
     herein called "Advances".  Debtor  acknowledges that (x) the maximum amount
     of  Advances  which  will  be  made  by  Secured  Party  hereunder  will be
     established  from time to time by Secured Party in its sole  discretion and
     (y) all such  Advances  shall be made on and shall be  subject to the terms
     and  conditions of this  Agreement.  It is  understood  and agreed that the
     making of any Advance hereunder shall be at the option of Secured Party and
     shall not be  obligatory,  and that the right of  Debtor  to  request  that
     Secured  Party make Advances may be terminated at any time by Secured Party
     at its election without notice.

2.0  Evidence of Advances and Payment Terms - Each Advance shall be made at such
     time as Debtor shall request in accordance with the then-effective  Vehicle
     financing terms and conditions  referred to above.  Debtor will execute and
     deliver to Secured Party from time to time its demand  promissory  notes in
     aggregate  principal  amount  equal to that amount  agreed to by Debtor and
     Secured  Party  from  time to  time,  such  demand  promissory  notes  (the
     "Promissory Notes") to evidence the liability of Debtor to Secured Party on
     account  of all  Advances.  The  maximum  liability  of Debtor  under  this
     Agreement shall at any time be equal to the aggregate  principal  amount of
     all Advances at the time outstanding hereunder plus interest and such other
     amounts  as may be due under  this  Agreement.  Debtor  will pay to Secured
     Party on demand the aggregate principal amount of all Advances from time to
     time  outstanding,  and will pay upon demand the  interest  due thereon and
     such other additional charges as Secured Party shall determine from time to
     time.

     In  consideration  of Secured Party's making  Advances,  Debtor will pay to
     Secured Party interest at the rate(s) per annum designated by Secured Party
     from  time to time on the  amount of each  Advance  made by  Secured  Party
     hereunder  from the date of such  Advance  until the date of  repayment  to
     Secured Party of the full amount thereof. Secured Party will give notice to
     Debtor of the interest  rate(s)  established  by it from time to time under
     the terms  hereof,  and each such  notice  shall  constitute  an  agreement
     between Debtor and Secured Party as to the applicability to the Advances of
     the interest  rate(s)  contained  therein,  to be applicable from the dates
     stated in such notice until such interest rate(s) are changed by subsequent
     notice  given by Secured  Party  pursuant to this  sentence.  All  interest
     accrued on the Advances  shall be payable  monthly by Debtor,  and shall be
     due upon receipt by Debtor of the  statement of Secured Party setting forth
     the amount of such accrued interest.

2.1  Debtor  agrees  that  financing  pursuant to this  Agreement  shall be used
     exclusively  for the purpose of acquiring  Vehicles for Debtor's  inventory
     and Debtor shall not sell or otherwise  dispose of such Vehicles  except by
     sale in the ordinary course of business.  If so requested by Secured Party,
     Debtor  agrees to  maintain a  separate  bank  account  into which all cash
     proceeds  of such  sales  or other  dispositions  of such  Vehicle  will be
     deposited.  Debtor  further  agrees that upon the sale of each Vehicle with
     respect to which an Advance  has been made by Secured  Party,  Debtor  will
     promptly  remit to  Secured  Party the total  amount  then  outstanding  of
     Secured  Party's  Advance  on each  such  Vehicle  unless  other  terms  of
     repayment  have been agreed to by Secured  Party.  Debtor agrees to hold in
     trust for Secured Party and shall  forthwith remit to Secured Party, to the
     extent of any unpaid and past due indebtedness  hereunder,  all proceeds of
     each Vehicle when  received by Debtor,  or to allow  Secured  Party to make
     direct  collection  thereof  and credit  Debtor  with all sums  received by
     Secured Party.

3.0  Security - Debtor hereby grants to Secured Party a first and prior security
     interest in and to each and every Vehicle financed  hereunder,  whether now
     owned or hereafter acquired by way of replacement,  substitution,  addition
     or otherwise,  together with all additions and  accessions  thereto and all
     proceeds  thereof.  Further,  Debtor also hereby  grants to Secured Party a
     security  interest in and to all  Chattel  Paper,  Accounts  whether or not
     earned by performance and including without limitation all amounts due from
     the  manufacturer or distributor of the Vehicles or any of its subsidiaries
     or   affiliates,   Contract   Rights,   Documents,   Instruments,   General
     Intangibles, Consumer Goods, Inventory of Automotive Parts, Accessories and
     Supplies, Equipment,  Furniture,  Fixtures, Machinery, Tools, and Leasehold
     Improvements,   whether  now  owned  or   hereafter   acquired  by  way  of
     replacement,   substitution,  addition  or  otherwise,  together  with  all
     additions and accessions  thereto and all proceeds  thereof,  as additional
     security for each and every  indebtedness  and  obligation of Debtor as set
     forth herein. The security interest hereby granted shall secure the prompt,
     timely  and full  payment of (1) all  Advances,  (2) all  interest  accrued
     thereon in accordance  with the terms of this  Agreement and the Promissory
     Notes,  (3) all other  indebtedness  and  obligations  of Debtor  under the
     Promissory  Notes, (4) all costs and expenses  incurred by Secured Party in
     the collection or enforcement of the Promissory Notes or of the obligations
     of the Debtor  under this  Agreement,  {5) all monies  advanced  by Secured
     Party on behalf of Debtor for taxes,  levies,  insurance and repairs to and
     maintenance  of any  Vehicle  or other  collateral,  and (6) each and every
     other  indebtedness  or  obligation  now or  hereafter  owing by  Debtor to
     Secured Party including any collection or enforcement costs and expenses or
     monies  advanced  on behalf of Debtor  in  connection  with any such  other
     indebtedness or obligations.



<PAGE>

3.1  All said security set forth in Paragraph 3.0 shall hereinafter collectively
     be  called  "Collateral".  Debtor  hereby  expressly  agrees  that the term
     "proceeds" as used in Paragraph 3.0 shall include  without  limitation  all
     insurance proceeds on the Collateral,  money, chattel paper, goods received
     in trade including without limitation vehicles received in trade,  contract
     rights,  instruments,   documents,   accounts  whether  or  not  earned  by
     performance,  general  intangibles,  claims and tort recoveries relating to
     the Collateral.  Notwithstanding that Advances hereunder are made from time
     to time with  respect to specific  Vehicles,  each Vehicle and the proceeds
     thereof and all other Collateral  hereunder shall  constitute  security for
     all obligations of Debtor to Secured Party secured hereunder.

3.2  Debtor  hereby  agrees that upon request of the Secured  Party it will take
     such  action  and/or  execute  and  deliver  to  Secured  Party any and all
     documents  (and pay all costs and expenses of recording the same),  in form
     and substance  satisfactory to Secured Party, which will perfect in Secured
     Party its security interest in the Collateral in which Secured Party has or
     is to have a security interest under the terms of this Agreement.

3.3  Secured  Party's  security  interest in the Collateral  shall attach to the
     full extent provided or permitted by law to the proceeds, in whatever form,
     of any  disposition  of said  Collateral  or to any part  thereof by Debtor
     until such  proceeds  are remitted and  accounted  for as provided  herein.
     Debtor  will  notify  Secured  Party  before  Debtor  signs,   executes  or
     authorizes any financing statement regardless of coverage.

3.4  Debtor shall be  responsible  for all loss and damage to the Collateral and
     agrees to keep Collateral  insured  against loss or damage by fire,  theft,
     collision,  vandalism  and against  such other  risks as Secured  Party may
     require from time to time. Insurance and policies evidencing such insurance
     shall be with  such  companies,  in such  amount  and such form as shall be
     satisfactory to Secured Party. If so requested by Secured Party, any or all
     such  policies  of  insurance  shall  contain an  endorsement,  in form and
     substance  satisfactory  to Secured Party,  showing loss payable to Secured
     Party as its interest may appear, and a certificate of insurance evidencing
     such coverage will be provided to Secured Party.

4.0  Debtor's Warranties - Debtor warrants and agrees that the Collateral now is
     and shall always be kept free of all taxes, liens and encumbrances,  except
     as  specifically  disclosed  in  Paragraph  4.1  below or  provided  for in
     Paragraph  3.0 above,  and Debtor shall defend the  Collateral  against all
     other claims and demands whatsoever and shall indemnify,  hold harmless and
     defend Secured Party in connection therewith.  Any sum of money that may be
     paid by  Secured  Party in  release or  discharge  of any  taxes,  liens or
     encumbrances shall be paid to Secured Party on demand as an additional part
     of the obligation secured hereunder.  Debtor hereby agrees not to mortgage,
     pledge or loan (except for designated demonstrators as agreed to in advance
     by Secured  Party in writing) the  Vehicles  and shall not license,  title,
     use,  transfer  or  otherwise  dispose of them  except as  provided in this
     Agreement. Debtor agrees that it will execute in favor of Secured Party any
     form of document  which may be required  to  evidence  further  Advances by
     Secured Party  hereunder,  and shall execute such  additional  documents as
     Secured  Party  may at any time  request  in order to  conform  or  perfect
     Debtor's  title to or Secured  Party's  security  interest in the Vehicles.
     Execution by Debtor of notes,  checks or other  instruments  for the amount
     advanced  shall be deemed  evidence of Debtor's  obligation and not payment
     therefor until collected in full by Secured Party.

4.1 Disclosure of Taxes, Liens and Encumbrances -

             (If there are any, list them here; if none, so state.)

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PLACE FILED              DATE OF FILING          NAME AND ADDRESS OF CREDITOR
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

5.0  Signatory  Authorization - debtor hereby authorizes Secured Party or any of
     its  officers,  employees,  agents or any other  person  Secured  Party may
     designate  to  execute  any and all  documents  pursuant  to the  terms and
     conditions of that certain Power of Attorney and Signatory Authorization of
     even date herewith.

6.0  Events of Default and  Remedies/Termination - Time is of the essence herein
     and it is  understood  and agreed that  Secured  Party may  terminate  this
     Agreement,  refuse to advance funds hereunder, and declare the aggregate of
     all Advances  outstanding  hereunder  immediately  due and payable upon the
     occurrence  of any of the  following  events  {each  hereinafter  called an
     "Event of  Default"),  and that  Debtor's  liabilities  under this sentence
     shall  constitute  additional  obligations  of Debtor  secured  under  this
     Agreement.

     (a)  Debtor  shall  fail to make any  payment  to  Secured  Party,  whether
          constituting the principal amount of any Advance,  interest thereon or
          any other payment due  hereunder,  when and as due in accordance  with
          the terms of this Agreement or with any demand permitted to be made by
          Secured Party under this  Agreement or any  Promissory  Note, or shall
          fail to pay when due any other amount owing to Secured Party under any
          other agreement between Secured Party and Debtor, or shall fail in the
          due performance or compliance with any other term or condition  hereof
          or thereof,  or shall be in default in the payment of any  liabilities
          constituting  indebtedness  for money borrowed or the deferred payment
          of the purchase  price of property or a rental payment with respect to
          property material to the conduct of Debtor's business;

     (b)  A tax lien or notice  thereof shall have been filed against any of the
          Debtor's  property  or  a  proceeding  in  bankruptcy,  insolvency  or
          receivership  shall be  instituted  by or against  Debtor or  Debtor's
          property  or an  assignment  shall  have been  made by Debtor  for the
          benefit of creditors;



<PAGE>

     (c)  In the event that Secured  Party deems itself  insecure for any reason
          or the Vehicles are deemed by Secured Party to be in danger of misuse,
          loss,  seizure or confiscation or other  disposition not authorized by
          this Agreement;

     (d) Termination of any franchise authorizing Debtor to sell Vehicles;

     (e)  A  misrepresentation  by Debtor for the purpose of obtaining credit or
          an  extension  of credit or a refusal by Debtor to  execute  documents
          relating to the Collateral  and/or Secured Party's  security  interest
          therein  or to  furnish  financial  information  to  Secured  Party at
          reasonable  intervals or to permit persons designated by Secured Party
          to examine Debtor's books or records and to make periodic  inspections
          of the Collateral; or

     (f)  Debtor,   without  Secured  Party's  prior  written   consent,   shall
          guarantee,  endorse  or  otherwise  become  surety  for  or  upon  the
          obligations of others except as may be done in the ordinary  course of
          Debtor's  business,   shall  transfer  or  otherwise  dispose  of  any
          proprietary, partnership or share interest Debtor has in his business,
          or all or  substantially  all of the assets thereof,  shall enter into
          any  merger or  consolidation,  if a  corporation,  or shall  make any
          substantial disbursements or use of funds of Debtor's business, except
          as may be done in the ordinary course of Debtor's business,  or assign
          this Agreement in whole or in part or any obligation hereunder.

Upon the  occurrence of an Event of Default,  Secured  Party may take  immediate
possession of said Vehicles  without  demand or further notice and without legal
process; and for the purpose and furtherance  thereof,  Debtor shall, if Secured
Party so requests,  assemble  the  Vehicles  and make them  available to Secured
Party at a reasonably  convenient  place designated by Secured Party and Secured
Party shall have the right,  and Debtor hereby  authorizes and empowers  Secured
Party to enter upon the premises  wherever said Vehicles may be, to remove same.
In addition, Secured Party or its assigns shall have all the rights and remedies
applicable  under the Uniform  Commercial  Code or under any other statute or at
common law or in equity or under this Agreement.  Such rights and remedies shall
be cumulative. Debtor hereby agrees that it shall pay all expenses and reimburse
Secured Party for any  expenditures,  including  reasonable  attorneys' fees and
legal expenses, in connection with Secured Party's exercise of any of its rights
and remedies under this Agreement.

7.0  Inspection: Vehicles/Books and Records - It is hereby understood and agreed
     by and between  Debtor and Secured  Party that Secured Party shall have the
     right of access to and  inspection of the Vehicles and the right to examine
     Debtor's  books and  records,  which  Debtor  warrants  are  genuine in all
     respects.  Debtor  hereby  certifies to Secured Party that all Vehicles and
     books and  records  shall be kept at the  principal  place of  business  of
     Debtor as  hereinabove  stated or at such other  locations  as  approved in
     writing by Secured Party, and Debtor shall not remove or permit the removal
     of the Vehicles or books and records  during the pendency of this Agreement
     except in the  ordinary  course of business  and as  authorized  by Secured
     Party.

7.1  Debtor agrees to furnish to Secured Party after the end of each month,  for
     so long as this Agreement shall be effective, balance sheets and statements
     of profit and loss for each month with respect to Debtor's business in such
     detail and at such times as Secured Party may require from time to time.

8.0  General - Debtor and Secured Party further covenant and agree that:

8.1  Any provision hereof  prohibited by law shall be  ineffective to the extent
     of such prohibition without invalidating the remaining provisions hereof.

8.2  This Agreement  shall be interpreted  according to the laws of the State of
     Debtor's principal place of business as identified above.

8.3  This  Agreement  cannot be modified  or amended,  except in writing by both
     parties  unless  otherwise  specifically  authorized  herein,  and shall be
     binding  and inure to the benefit of each of the parties s hereto and their
     respective legal representatives, successors and assigns.

8.4  Interest to be paid in connection  herewith  shall never exceed the maximum
     rate allowable by law applicable  hereto, as the parties intend to strictly
     comply with all law relating to usury. Notwithstanding any provision hereof
     or any other document in connection herewith to the contrary,  Debtor shall
     not pay nor  will  Secured  Party  accept  payment  of any  such  excessive
     interest,  which excessive  interest is hereby canceled,  and Secured Party
     shall be  entitled  at its option to refund any such  interest  erroneously
     paid or credit the same to Debtor's obligations hereunder.

8.5  The terms  and  provisions  of this  Agreement  and of any other  agreement
     between  Debtor and  Secured  Party  should be  construed  together  as one
     agreement;  provided,  however, in the event of any conflict, the terms and
     provisions of this Agreement shall govern such conflict.

8.6  No failure or delay on the part of Secured Party in exercising any power or
     right hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof,  nor shall any single or
     partial  exercise of any such right or power  preclude any other or further
     exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right or power hereunder. The
     remedies  herein are in addition to those  available in law or equity,  and
     Secured  Party need not pursue any rights it might have as a Secured  Party
     before  pursuing  payment and  performance  by Debtor or any  guarantor  or
     surety.

8.7  This Agreement may not be assigned by Debtor.



<PAGE>

9.0  Notices - Any  notice  given  hereunder  shall be in  writing  and given by
     personal delivery or shall be sent by U.S. Mail, postage prepaid, addressed
     to the party to be charged with such notice at the  respective  address set
     forth below.

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 TO DEBTOR                               TO SECURED PARTY
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Lake Norman Chrysler Plymouth Jeep Eagle, LLC   Chrysler Financial Corporation
20435 Chartwell Center Drive                    P.O. Box 560217
Cornelius, NC 28031                             Charlotte, NC 28256-0217

Attention: Phil M. Gandy, Jr.                   Attention: Branch Manager
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the parties hereto have duly executed this Agreement as of
the day and year first above written.


                                   Lake Norman Chrysler Plymouth Jeep Eagle, LLC
                                   ---------------------------------------------
                                                     (DEBTOR)
/s/ ILLEGIBLE
- ----------------------------       By /s/ Phil M. Gandy, Jr.
         (WITNESS)                    ------------------------------------------
                                      Phil M. Gandy, Jr.


- ----------------------------       Title  Member
          (WITNESS)                      ---------------------------------------



                                          CHRYSLER FINANCIAL CORPORATION

                                By /s/ ILLEGIBLE
                                      ------------------------------------------

                                   Title  Zone Manager
                                      ------------------------------------------



                          PROMISSORY NOTE - JEEP EAGLE

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
AMOUNT              CITY                       STATE               DATE

$2,000,000.00       Cornelius                  North Carolina      May 15, 1996
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

ON DEMAND, FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the undersigned promise(s) to pay to the order of
CHRYSLER FINANCIAL  CORPORATION,  a Michigan Corporation,  at its office at 8801
J.M. Keynes Dr., Charlotte, NC 28262 or at such other place as the holder hereof
may direct in writing, the sum of Two Million Dollars ($2,000,000.00), in lawful
money of the United States of America,  together with interest  thereon from the
date  hereof  until  paid at the rate or rates  established  from  time to time,
pursuant to paragraph 2.0 of that certain  Security  Agreement and Master Credit
Agreement dated May 15, (yr.) 96, between the undersigned and Chrysler Financial
Corporation,  which  interest  shall be payable  monthly in like  lawful  money,
provided,  however, that the rate of interest payable hereunder shall not exceed
the maximum rate of interest permitted by applicable law.

The undersigned  agrees to pay reasonable  attorneys fees if this note is placed
in the hands of an attorney for collection.

The  makers,   sureties,   guarantors  and  endorsers   hereof  severally  waive
presentment  for payment,  protest and notice of protest and non-payment of this
note,  and consents to any  extension,  renewal or  postponement  of the time of
payment of this note, without notice, at the option of the holder.

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
DEALER                             BY                             ITS

Lake Norman Chrysler               /s/ Phil M. Gandy, Jr.         Member
Plymouth Jeep Eagle, LLC           Phil M. Gandy, Jr.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------





NationsBank
NationsBank, N.A. (South)                               Dated: September 1, 1996


                              FLOOR PLAN AGREEMENT


This Floor  Plan  Agreement  is entered  into by and  between  NationsBank,  N.A
(South) (Bank) 600 Peachtree Street, 17th Floor, Atlanta, Georgia 30308 and Dyer
& Dyer, Inc. 5260 Peachtree Industrial Blvd Chamblee, Georgia 30341 (Borrower).

1.   BACKGROUND.  Borrower hereby requests Bank to extend to it a line of credit
     (Line)  to  purchase  inventory  to be  secured  by  Borrower's  Collateral
     described  in  paragraph  7  (Collateral).  Bank  agrees to extend the Line
     subject to the terms of this Agreement.

2.   THE LINE OF  CREDIT.  Bank  extends  to  Borrower  a Line in the  amount of
     $8,000,000.00 or such other amount as may be set by Bank from time to time.
     Before  maturity  or  demand,  Borrower  may  borrow,  repay  and  reborrow
     hereunder at anytime, up to an aggregate amount outstanding at any one time
     equal to the principal amount of Note, provided,  however, that Borrower is
     not in default of any  provision of Note,  Floor Plan  Agreement,  Security
     Agreement or any other agreement or obligation  between  Borrower and Bank.
     Any sums Bank may  Advance  in excess of the face  amount of the Note shall
     also be part of the principal  amount the Borrower is obligated to pay Bank
     and shall be subject to all the terms of the Note, Security Agreement,  and
     this Floor Plan Agreement.  The Bank's records of the amounts borrowed from
     time to time shall be conclusive proof thereof.  Borrower  acknowledges and
     agrees  that  notwithstanding  any  provisions  of  any  Note,  Floor  Plan
     Agreement, Security Agreement or any other documents executed in connection
     with a Note, Floor Plan Agreement and Security  Agreement,  the Bank has no
     obligation  to make any  Advance,  and that  all  Advances  are at the sole
     discretion of Bank.

3.   NOTE.  Debt  under the Line shall be  evidenced  by  Borrower's  Floor Plan
     Promissory Note (Note).

4.   RATE. Debt under the Line shall bear interest as set forth in the Note.

5.   DUE DATES.

     (a)  Unpaid  principal and interest  hereon shall be due and payable as set
          forth in the  Note,  and as set forth  below.  Unless  Borrower  is in
          default under the terms of any Security  Agreement  securing the Note,
          this Floor Plan  Agreement  or any other  agreement  relating  to this
          Floor Plan  Agreement,  upon sale of  inventory,  Borrower will pay to
          Bank at the earlier of Borrower's  receipt of payment for that item of
          inventory or three (3)  business  days after that item of inventory is
          delivered to the customer or otherwise disposed of, cash in the amount
          equal to the original amount  advanced less any  curtailment  payments
          made with respect to the item sold.  If Borrower is in default at time
          of sale, all proceeds of sale will immediately be remitted to Bank and
          applied to debt hereunder.

     (b)  Curtailment  payments  based  on the  original  amount  Advanced  with
          respect to specific items of inventory shall be paid from time to time
          by Borrower as provided for in Addendum "A" attached hereto and made a
          part hereof for all purposes as if copied word for word herein.


                                      -1-
<PAGE>

6.   USE OF LINE AND ADVANCES.

     (a)  The Advances under this Line shall be  exclusively  for the purpose of
          purchasing  inventory to be displayed and  demonstrated in conjunction
          with the sale of the  inventory in the ordinary  course of  Borrower's
          business  unless  otherwise  agreed to in  writing  by Bank.  Borrower
          agrees not to use the  inventory  for any other  purpose  without  the
          prior  written  approval of Bank.  The term  "Advance" as used in this
          Agreement  shall  mean the  dollar  amount  loaned  by Bank on a motor
          vehicle financed under a floor plan line of credit and includes but is
          not limited to any charge against,  debit against,  draft against,  or
          draw against the line of credit evidenced by a Note.  Advances  under
          the Line  (Advances) shall be made  against  and in payment  of drafts
          drawn on Bank,  or in accordance with the written request of Borrower
          executed by the person signing  this  Agreement  on behalf of Borrower
          or a person  hereafter designated in writing by Borrower.

     (b)  Units of inventory which may be presented as Collateral as well as the
          amount of  outstanding  debt  permitted at any one time in  connection
          with the  particular  type of Collateral  being  financed  shall be in
          accordance with Addendum "B".

     (c)  Bank may reject as Collateral hereunder any item of inventory which is
          received by Borrower in damaged  condition.  Bank has no obligation to
          inspect  inventory for damage before paying drafts. If Bank has paid a
          draft on damaged inventory,  Borrower shall direct the manufacturer to
          refund all payments  directly to Bank.  If the  manufacturer  fails to
          make the refund  within  thirty (30) days,  Borrower  shall reduce the
          debt  outstanding  under the Line by the amount  Advanced  against the
          damaged item.

     (d)  Borrower  will  submit or cause to be  submitted  to Bank  invoices or
          bills  of  sale  representing  the  actual  cost  to  Borrower  of the
          inventory. Bank may advance an amount equal to Borrower's cost (not to
          exceed NADA  wholesale  value in the case of used motor  vehicles)  or
          such part of the cost  thereof as Bank elects at its sole  discretion.
          The Advance may be disbursed to Borrower or the manufacturer or others
          from whom  Borrower  purchases  inventory.  Presentation  of drafts or
          other  requests  for  payment  by  manufacturers  or others  from whom
          Borrower  purchases  inventory shall  constitute  requests by Borrower
          that Bank lend  Borrower  the amount of such drafts or other  requests
          for payment pursuant to this Agreement.

     (e)  A fee in the amount of $2.50 shall be paid by  Borrower  for each unit
          of inventory presented as Collateral to obtain Advances. The fee shall
          be paid monthly by Borrower.

7.   COLLATERAL Borrower hereby grants to Bank a security interest in all of its
     inventory of:

          _X_  New Motor Vehicles (now existing or hereafter acquired)

          _X_  Used Motor Vehicles (now existing or hereafter acquired)

     including  all parts and  accessories  added to  vehicles,  now existing or
     hereafter  acquired by Borrower,  including any such goods as may be leased
     or held for  leasing,  together  with  any and all  accounts  and  proceeds
     arising  from the  sale,  lease or  disposition  of said  property  and all
     returned,   refused  and  repossessed   goods,  all  monies  received  from
     manufacturers  by way of  credits,  refunds or  otherwise  with  respect to
     Collateral,  and all proceeds  thereof  (Collateral)  to secure all debt of
     Borrower to Bank under any and all present and future  Advances of whatever
     kind and further  including  but not limited to the Line and all other debt
     and other  obligations  of Borrower  to Bank of any nature now  existing or
     hereafter  arising,  including  but not  limited to debt  arising  directly
     between  Borrower  and  Bank  or  acquired  outright,  conditionally  or as
     Collateral security from another by Bank, absolute or contingent,  joint or
     several, secured or unsecured, due or not due, contractual or tortious,

                                      -2-
<PAGE>

     liquidated  or  unliquidated,   arising  under  the  operation  of  law  or
     otherwise,  direct or indirect,  whether incurred  directly or as part of a
     partnership,  association or other group, or whether incurred as principal,
     surety, indorser,  accommodation party or otherwise.  Borrower will execute
     and deliver any documents,  instruments  or agreements  required by Bank to
     evidence debt hereunder, grant, perfect and preserve the security interest,
     and otherwise carry out the terms of this Agreement.  The security interest
     herein described is also evidenced by a Security Agreement between Borrower
     and Bank, and in the event of any conflict between the terms hereof and the
     terms thereof, the terms hereof will apply.

8.   IDENTIFICATION OF COLLATERAL.  Without limiting the foregoing general grant
     of a security interest, as set forth in the Security Agreement,  Collateral
     subject to the security  interest  granted  herein shall include but not be
     limited  to  (i)  inventory  listed  on  invoices   submitted  to  Bank  by
     manufacturers  attached to drafts submitted by  manufacturers  for payment,
     which drafts Bank pays; and/or (ii) inventory in Borrower's  possession set
     out on a list submitted by Borrower as Collateral for Advances  directly to
     Borrower.

9.   TITLE DOCUMENTS.  Title documents consisting of manufacturers'  certificate
     of origin, manufacturers' statement of origin, certificates of title and/or
     any and all other title  documents  for each item of inventory  shall be in
     the possession of Borrower unless otherwise  directed by Bank. In the event
     Bank does require possession of title documents, Borrower shall deliver all
     such documents to Bank immediately upon demand.

10.  PAYMENT OF DRAFTS.  From time to time Bank may make  Advances  hereunder by
     direct  payment  to  manufacturers  or  others,  in which  event,  invoices
     submitted  by  Manufacturers  along with drafts paid by Bank shall serve as
     evidence of Advances under the Line.  Borrower  authorizes  Bank to pay all
     drafts  or  invoices  upon  presentation  by  the  manufacturer  or  others
     supplying inventory to Borrower.

11.  ATTORNEY-IN-FACT.   Borrower   hereby   irrevocably   appoints   Bank   its
     attorney-in-fact,  to execute,  deliver and file from time to time,  in the
     name  of  Borrower  or  Bank,  any  trust  receipts,  security  agreements,
     promissory  notes,  financing  statements,   continuation   statements  and
     amendments  thereto,  and any and all other documents and instruments  that
     Bank may require in connection with evidencing and securing debt under this
     Agreement and carrying out the provisions  hereof,  which appointment shall
     be deemed to be a power coupled with an interest.

12.  QUALITY OF  INVENTORY.  Borrower  shall be  responsible  for the  quantity,
     quality,  condition  and value of the  inventory  selected by Borrower  and
     financed under this  Agreement.  Bank shall have no liability of any nature
     because  of  the  failure  of  any   inventory  to  conform  to  Borrower's
     specifications,  and any  dispute  between the  manufacturer  or others and
     Borrower  with  respect  to such  inventory  shall  not  affect  Borrower's
     obligation to Bank to pay amounts Advanced hereunder.

13.  REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES. Borrower represents and warrants that:

     Borrower is a:

      (i)      _X_  corporation  duly  organized,  existing and in good standing
                    under the laws of the State of Georgia , that it is licensed
                    to do business  and in good  standing in each state in which
                    the property  owned by it or the business  transacted  by it
                    requires it to be licensed as a foreign corporation.

      (ii)     ___  limited  liability  company,  duly  organized,  and in  good
                    standing under the laws of the State of _________.


                                      -3-
<PAGE>

      (iii)    ___  partnership composed of________________________________

                    _______________________________________________________

                    _______________________________________________________


      (iv)     ___  sole proprietorship owned by __________________________

                    _______________________________________________________
          

     (b)  Borrower is not in default  with respect to any  agreement  between it
          and Bank on this date.

     (c)  All  Collateral  is owned by Borrower  free and clear of any  security
          interests or encumbrances except those granted pursuant hereto.

     (d)  Borrower is not in default  under any agreement with any  other party,
          and the  execution  and  performance  of this Agreement  will not be a
          default  under any  agreement  with any other party by which Borrower
          or any of Borrower's property is bound.

     (e)  Borrower does not do financing of any motor vehicle inventory with any
          other source or purchase inventory from any seller on credit except as
          set out below:

          None.
          

          Borrower shall notify Bank  immediately in the event it buys inventory
          of motor  vehicles  on  credit  or  enters  into  any  such  inventory
          financing  arrangement  with any  other  source,  giving  the name and
          address of the Bank or seller and details of the purchase or loan.

     (f)  Borrower and Guarantor  shall  promptly  notify Bank in writing of (i)
          any  condition,  event or act which comes to Borrower's or Guarantor's
          attention that would or might materially  adversely affect  Borrower's
          or Guarantor's financial condition or operations,  the Collateral,  or
          Bank's  rights  under the  Guaranty  or any Loan  Documents,  (ii) any
          litigation filed by or against Borrower or Guarantor,  (iii) any event
          that has occurred that would  constitute an event of default under any
          Loan Documents, including but not limited to any Guaranty.

     (g)  All financial and other information  heretofore  submitted by Borrower
          is true, complete, and correct and reflects all direct,  indirect, and
          contingent liabilities.

     (h)  There has been no material adverse change in the Borrower's  financial
          condition  and  operations  since the date of  Borrowers  most  recent
          financial statements heretofore submitted.

     (i)  Borrower  has  and  will  maintain,   at  all  times,  all  franchise,
          distributor agreements,  licenses,  permits, and other rights that are
          necessary to the conduct of our business.

14.  COVENANTS.  While the Line is in effect,  and thereafter  while Borrower is
     indebted to Bank, Borrower will:

      (a)      _X_  Provide Bank within  twenty (20) days of each month's end, a
                    company   prepared   financial   statement   (including  the
                    thirteenth (13) month statement including all adjustments to
                    net  worth)  in   accordance   with   requirements   of  the
                    franchise(s) for which Borrower is a dealer.

                                      -4-
<PAGE>

               ___  Provide  within  sixty  (60) days  after  Borrower's  fiscal
                    year-end  a  financial  statement  compiled  by a  Certified
                    Public Accountant acceptable to the Bank.

               _X_  Provide   within   one-hundred-twenty   (120)   days   after
                    Borrower's fiscal year-end a financial  statement audited by
                    a Certified Public Accountant acceptable to the Bank.

               ___  Provide  within  one-hundred-fifty  (150) days of Borrower's
                    fiscal year-end audited financial  statements  prepared by a
                    Certified Public Accountant acceptable to the Bank.

     In submitting  such  statements  to Bank an authorized  officer of Borrower
     will certify such statements to be true and accurate, continuing compliance
     with all  terms  and  conditions  contained  herein  and  that no  material
     violation or default exists with any material agreement.

               _X_  As  to   Guarantors,   provide  the  Bank  a  copy  of  each
                    Guarantor's  personal financial statement within thirty (30)
                    days of calendar year-end in a manner and form acceptable to
                    the Bank.  Additionally,  each  Guarantor  shall provide the
                    Bank a copy of each  Guarantor's  federal  income tax return
                    within thirty (30) days of filing each return.

     (b)  Not merge into or consolidate with any other person, firm, corporation
          or limited  liability  company  nor sell any  substantial  part of its
          assets to any person,  firm,  corporation or limited liability company
          except in the ordinary course of business;

     (c)  Not sell or  enter  into any  agreement  to sell or deal in new  motor
          vehicles  manufactured  by any  manufacturer  for whom it is not now a
          Retailer or Wholesaler,  unless approved by Bank in writing;

     (d)  Keep all Collateral and inventory insured,  by insurers  acceptable to
          Bank,  at all times in an amount at least  equal to the amount of debt
          to Bank under the Line with  deductible  amount  satisfactory to Bank,
          and the  insurance  policy to contain loss payable  clauses to Bank as
          its interest may appear.  Borrower will deliver original  policies or,
          if permitted by Bank, certificates of insurance to Bank;

     (e)  Permit  Bank to enter upon the  property  of  Borrower  at any time to
          examine all Collateral and to examine  Borrower's  books in connection
          therewith.

     (f)  At time of execution of this Floor Plan Agreement deliver to Bank such
          Landlord Waiver and/or Mortgagee  Waiver and Estoppel  Agreements duly
          executed by the appropriate  parties in such form that is satisfactory
          to Bank and Borrower will thereafter  furnish to Bank current executed
          copies of the above instruments upon written request of Bank;

     (g)  Not allow any material  change in ownership  or  management  nor enter
          into any  management  agreement  pursuant  to which  any  third  party
          assumes  the  management  of  Borrower  in  anticipation  of a sale of
          Borrower's  business or any material part of its assets without Bank's
          prior written approval;

     (h)  Operate business in compliance with all environmental  protection laws
          and regulations  including  applicable  local,  state, or federal law,
          regulations, or rule of common law;

     (i)  Not allow any liens or  encumbrances  on any of  Borrower's  assets or
          property without the written consent of Bank;

     (j)  See Addendum  "C" for  additional  covenants  which are a part of this
          Agreement  for all  purposes  as if they  were  copied  word  for word
          herein.

                                      -5-
<PAGE>

15.  EVENTS OF DEFAULT.

     The  following are events of default  hereunder:  (a) the failure to pay or
     perform any obligation, liability, indebtedness or covenant of any Borrower
     or Guarantor to Bank, or to any affiliate of Bank, whether under this Floor
     Plan  Agreement,  Security  Agreement,  Note  or  any  other  agreement  or
     instrument now or hereafter existing, as and when due (whether upon demand,
     at  maturity  or by  acceleration);  (b) the  failure to pay or perform any
     other  obligation,  liability or  indebtedness of any Borrower or Guarantor
     whether to Bank or some other party,  the collateral for which  constitutes
     an encumbrance on the collateral for this Floor Plan  Agreement;  (c) death
     of any  Borrower or Guarantor  (if an  individual),  or a proceeding  being
     filed or commenced  against any Borrower or Guarantor  for  dissolution  or
     liquidation,  or any Borrower or  Guarantor  voluntarily  or  involuntarily
     terminating or dissolving or being terminated or dissolved;  (d) insolvency
     of,  business  failure  of,  the  appointment  of  a  custodian,   trustee,
     liquidator  or receiver for or for any of the property of, or an assignment
     for the  benefit  of  creditors  by,  or the  filing  of a  petition  under
     bankruptcy,  insolvency  or debtor's  relief law or for any  adjustment  of
     indebtedness,  composition  or  extension  by or against  any  Borrower  or
     Guarantor;  (e) any lien or additional  security interest being placed upon
     any of the Collateral which is security for this Floor Plan Agreement;  (f)
     acquisition  at any time or from  time to time of title to the  whole of or
     any part of the Collateral  which is security for this Floor Plan Agreement
     by  any  person,  partnership,   corporation  or  other  entity;  (g)  Bank
     determining  that any  representation  or warranty  made by any Borrower or
     Guarantor to Bank is, or was, untrue or materially misleading;  (h) failure
     of any Borrower or Guarantor to timely deliver such  financial  statements,
     including  tax  returns,   and  other  statements  of  condition  or  other
     information  as Bank  shall  request  from  time to  time;  (i)  entry of a
     judgment  against  any  Borrower or  Guarantor  which Bank deems to be of a
     material nature,  in Bank's sole discretion;  (j) the seizure or forfeiture
     of, or the issuance of any writ of  possession,  garnishment or attachment,
     or any turnover  order for any property of any Borrower or  Guarantor;  (k)
     Bank  reasonably   deeming  itself   insecure  for  any  reason;   (l)  the
     determination  by Bank that a material  adverse  change has occurred in the
     financial condition of any Borrower or Guarantor; (m) the failure to comply
     with any law regulating the operation of Borrower's business; (n) Guarantor
     undertakes  to  terminate or revoke any guaranty of payment of this Note or
     defaults  in the  performance  of or  disputes  any of his  obligations  as
     Guarantor;  (o) the  inability of the Borrower or Guarantor to pay debts as
     they mature owing to Bank or any other party.

16.  REMEDIES. Upon the occurrence of any default hereunder, Bank shall have all
     of the remedies of a creditor and, to the extent  applicable,  of a secured
     party,  under all applicable  law.  Without  limiting the generality of the
     foregoing,  Bank may,  at its option  and  without  notice or  demand:  (a)
     declare any liability accelerated and due and payable at once; and (b) take
     possession of any Collateral  wherever located,  and sell, resell,  assign,
     transfer  and  deliver  all or any part of said  Collateral  of Borrower or
     Guarantor at any public or private sale or otherwise  dispose of any or all
     of the  Collateral  in its then  condition,  for cash or on  credit  or for
     future  delivery,  and in connection  therewith Bank may impose  reasonable
     conditions  upon  any  such  sale.  Bank,  unless  prohibited  by  law  the
     provisions of which cannot be waived,  may purchase all or any part of said
     Collateral  to be sold,  free from and  discharge  of all  trusts,  claims,
     rights or redemption and equities of the Borrower or Guarantor  whatsoever;
     Borrower  and  Guarantor  acknowledge  and  agree  that  the  sale  of  any
     Collateral  through any nationally  recognized broker - dealer,  investment
     banker  or any other  method  common in the  securities  industry  shall be
     deemed a commercially  reasonable sale under the Uniform Commercial Code or
     any other  equivalent  statute or federal law, and expressly  waives notice
     thereof  except as  provided  herein;  and (c)  set-off  against any or all
     liabilities of Borrower or Guarantor all money owed by Bank in any capacity
     to Borrower or Guarantor  whether or not due, and also set-off  against all
     other  Liabilities  of Borrower or Guarantor to Bank all money owed by Bank
     in any capacity to any Borrower or  Guarantor,  and Bank shall be deemed to
     have  exercised such right of set-off and to have made a charge against any
     such money immediately upon the occurrence of such default although made or
     entered on the books subsequent thereto.


                                      -6-
<PAGE>

17.  ATTORNEY FEES, COST AND EXPENSES. Borrower  and/or  Guarantor shall pay all
     costs of collection and attorney's fees equal to the greater of (a) fifteen
     percent  (15%) of the first  $500.00 of any  Liability  due and ten percent
     (10%) on the excess of $500.00 Liability due and unpaid if Bank proceeds to
     collect such Liability  through the services of an attorney at law, whether
     through the initiation of legal  proceedings or otherwise,  plus reasonable
     attorney's  fees  incurred  in  appellate  proceedings,  or (b)  reasonable
     attorney's fees,  including  reasonable  attorney's fees in connection with
     any  suit,  mediation  or  arbitration  proceeding,  out of  court  payment
     agreement, trial, appeal, bankruptcy proceedings or otherwise,  incurred or
     paid by Bank in  enforcing  the payment of any  Liability  or  enforcing or
     preserving  any  right  or  interest  of  Bank  hereunder,   including  the
     collection,  preservation,  sale or delivery of any Collateral from time to
     time pledged to Bank,  and after  deducting  such fees,  costs and expenses
     from the proceeds of sale or collection,  Bank may apply any residue to pay
     any of the  Liabilities  and Guarantor  shall continue to be liable for any
     deficiency with interest at the rate specified in any instrument evidencing
     the Liability or, at the Bank's  option,  equal to the highest lawful rate,
     which shall remain a liability.

18.  PRESERVATION  OF  PROPERTY.  Bank  shall  not be bound  to take  any  steps
     necessary to preserve any rights in any of the property of Borrower  and/or
     Guarantor  pledged  to  Bank  to  secure   Borrower's  and/or   Guarantor's
     obligations   against  prior  parties  who  may  be  liable  in  connection
     therewith,  and  Borrower  and/or  Guarantor  hereby agree to take any such
     steps.  Bank,  nevertheless,  at any time, may (a) take any action it deems
     appropriate  for the care or preservation of such property or of any rights
     of Borrower and/or Guarantor or Bank therein,  (b) demand, sue for, collect
     or receive any money or property at any time due,  payable or receivable on
     account of or in exchange  for any property of Borrower  and/or  Guarantor,
     (c) compromise  and settle with any person liable on such property,  or (d)
     extend the time of payment or otherwise  change the terms thereof as to any
     party  liable   thereon,   all  without   notice  to,   without   incurring
     responsibility  to,  and  without  affecting  any  of  the  obligations  or
     liabilities of Borrower and/or Guarantor.

19.  TERMINATION. The Line may be terminated at any time by either party with or
     without  cause  upon 30 days'  notice in  writing  to the  other.  Upon the
     occurrence of a default  hereunder,  Bank shall have the right to terminate
     the Line and to mature all debt outstanding hereunder,  including principal
     and interest, without notice to any person or lapse of time. Termination of
     the Line  hereunder  shall not  affect the  obligations  of  Borrower  with
     respect to any debt incurred  prior to  termination.  All such  obligations
     shall  continue  in full force and effect  until all debt under the Line is
     paid in full.

20.  OVERLINE DEBT. In the event debt outstanding  under the Line should for any
     reason exceed the amount of the Line allowed hereunder, all such debt shall
     be payable on demand,  but if no demand is made, no later than such time as
     may be  specified  by Bank at the  time of the  approval  of the  temporary
     overline.  The overline debt shall bear interest at the rate  specified for
     debt under the Line,  and shall be governed by all the terms and conditions
     of this  Agreement and the other Loan Documents and shall be secured by all
     Collateral  for the  Line,  and all  items  of  inventory  financed  by the
     overline  debt shall secure all debt under the Line  including the overline
     and be  governed  by  all  terms  of the  Security  Agreement,  Floor  Plan
     Agreement and Note. Bank shall have no obligation to permit any overline at
     any time but in its sole discretion may do so.

21.  REVIEW OF LINE.  Bank may,  at its  option,  from time to time  review  the
     credit for performance,  pricing,  amount of Line, and Borrower's financial
     condition.
 
22.  CHANGE IN TERMS.  Bank may at its  discretion  amend or modify  any term or
     provision  of this Floor Plan  Agreement,  Security  Agreement or any other
     agreements pertaining to this Agreement, with any change to be effective 15
     days after mailing of notice to Borrower.
 
23.  SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS. This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be
     binding  upon  each  party's  respective  successors,   heirs,   executors,
     administrators, personal representatives and assigns if


                                      -7-
<PAGE>

     applicable. Neither this Floor Plan Agreement nor any interest in it may be
     assigned by Borrower without Bank's prior written approval.

24.  WAIVER (a) Bank may consent to or waive any action or any failure to act by
     Borrower with respect to any obligation of Borrower hereunder.  Any consent
     or  waiver  on the part of Bank  shall be  binding  upon  Bank only when in
     writing  and signed by an officer  of Bank,  and no failure to take  action
     with respect to any default shall constitute a waiver thereof. No waiver of
     any default shall be a waiver of any other or future default of that or any
     other  nature;  (b) Bank shall not be  required  to proceed  first  against
     Borrower,  or any other person,  firm or corporation,  whether primarily or
     secondarily  liable, or against any collateral held by it, before resorting
     to Guarantor for payment,  and Guarantor shall not be entitled to assert as
     a defense the  enforceability  of the  Guaranty  any defense of Borrower
     with respect to any Liabilities or Obligations.

25.  GOVERNING LAW. This Floor Plan Agreement  shall be deemed to have been made
     in the  State of  Georgia  at the  address  indicated  above,  and shall be
     governed by, and  construed in  accordance  with,  the laws of the State of
     Georgia, and is performable in the State of Georgia.

26.  MEDIATION,  BINDING ARBITRATION.  The parties will attempt in good faith to
     resolve  any  controversy  or  claim  arising  out of or  relating  to this
     Agreement by participating in mediation  and/or binding  arbitration.  Each
     party  agrees  that each will bear  their  respective  expenses  related to
     either  mediation or  arbitration.  The parties further agree if the matter
     has not been  resolved  pursuant to  mediation  within  thirty (30) days of
     notice to mediate given by either party,  the controversy  shall be settled
     by arbitration and shall be governed by the United States  Arbitration Act,
     9 U.S.C.  ss.1-16,  and judgment upon the award  rendered by the Arbitrator
     may be entered by any court having jurisdiction thereof.

27.  ADDITIONAL TERMS. (a) As used herein, the singular number shall include the
     plural (e.g.  "Note"  means Note or Notes);  or (b) In the event that there
     are any written terms that may differ between this Floor Plan Agreement and
     any other agreements,  documents, or negotiations in existence prior to the
     execution of this Floor Plan  Agreement,  Bank and Borrower  agree that the
     terms  of  this  Floor  Plan  Agreement  shall  control  and be  the  final
     agreement.

28.  MERGER. The terms of any  commitment  letter  issued by Bank to Borrower
     for this Line are incorporated  herein by reference,  except to the extent
     that such terms are  inconsistent  with the terms of this Floor Plan
     Agreement, Security  Agreement or Note. Any such inconsistent  terms are of
     no effect. This Floor Plan Agreement  supersedes any Floor Plan Agreements
     heretofore executed by and between Bank and Borrower,  and all outstanding
     Floor Plan Agreement  indebtedness  is  hereafter  subject  to all of  the
     terms  and provisions  of this Floor Plan  Agreement,  and the  outstanding
     principal balance  of all such  Floor  Plan  indebtedness are added to the
     principal balance of this Floor Plan Agreement.

29.  NOTICES. Any notice or other communication  required or permitted hereunder
     or under any Note or  Security  Agreement  shall be in writing and shall be
     delivered  personally,  sent by facsimile  transmission  or by first-class,
     certified,  registered  or express  mail,  or by courier,  with postage and
     other  charges  prepaid.  Any such  notice  shall be deemed  given  when so
     delivered  personally,  by courier  or by facsimile


                                      -8-
<PAGE>

     transmission, or, if mailed, five (5) days after the date of deposit in the
     United States mail, as follows:

                    If to Borrower, to:
                         Dyer & Dyer, Inc.
                         5260 Peachtree Industrial Blvd
                         Chamblee, Georgia 30341
                         Attention: Richard S. Dyer, Jr.
                         Facsimile #__________________________________


                    If Bank, to:

                         NationsBank, N.A. (South)
                         600 Peachtree Street, 17th Floor
                         Atlanta, Georgia 30308-2213
                         Attention: James A. Dennis

     Either  Bank or  Borrower  may,  by notice  given in  accordance  with this
     provision,  designate  another  address  or person  for  receipt of notices
     hereunder.

30.  FLOOR PLAN COLLATERAL  AND/OR  INVENTORY  INSPECTION.  Floor Plan inventory
     inspections  will be  conducted  by Secured  Party from time to time at the
     sole discretion of Secured Party.  Debtor agrees to pay in full any item or
     unit of  Collateral  that is not located at Debtor's  premises or accounted
     for by Debtor to Secured Party.  Debtor shall make payment to Secured Party
     (Bank)  immediately upon notice of demand being given to Debtor pursuant to
     paragraph 29 (NOTICES) of the Floor Plan Agreement.

31.  FINAL  AGREEMENT.  THIS FLOOR PLAN AGREEMENT,  FLOOR PLAN PROMISSORY  NOTE,
     SECURITY  AGREEMENT AND ANY OTHER  AGREEMENTS  EXECUTED IN CONJUNCTION WITH
     THIS FLOOR PLAN  REVOLVING LINE OF CREDIT  REPRESENTS  THE FINAL  AGREEMENT
     BETWEEN  THE  PARTIES  AND MAY NOT BE  CONTRADICTED  BY  EVIDENCE OF PRIOR,
     CONTEMPORANEOUS OR SUBSEQUENT ORAL AGREEMENTS OF THE PARTIES.  THERE ARE NO
     UNWRITTEN ORAL AGREEMENTS BETWEEN THE PARTIES.

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has caused this Floor Plan Agreement to
be executed under seal on the 9th day of November, 1996.


                                             Dyer & Dyer, Inc.
NationsBank, N.A. (South)                    Borrower
Bank
By                                           By /s/ Richard S. Dyer Jr.
   --------------------------                   -------------------------
James A. Dennis, Vice President              Richard S. Dyer Jr., President
(Name and Title)                             (Name and Title)



                                      -9-
<PAGE>


                                  ADDENDUM "A"

This Addendum "A" to the Floor Plan Agreement  shall be and is  incorporated  by
reference for all purposes as part of the Floor Plan Agreement  dated  September
1, 1996 between Bank and Borrower.

Curtailments.  Curtailment payments based upon the original amount advanced with
respect to specific items of Collateral  shall be paid on the following types of
units of Collateral based upon either a dollar or percentage amount as billed to
Borrower  and  payment  is due when  billed.  The  Curtailment  payment is to be
applied  against the  original  amount  advanced for a unit of  Collateral.  The
Curtailment  payment  based  upon  either  a  dollar  or  percentage  amount  is
calculated on the original  amount advanced for the unit and not the outstanding
unpaid balance from time to time.

Unit Type      Curtailment Amount       Curtailment Date    Final Payoff Date

New            10% of original          Due 90 days         15 months from
               amount financed.         prior to maturity.  date financed.

Demonstrators  2% of original           Due monthly         15 months from
               amount financed.         beginning in the    date financed.
                                        month the vehicle
                                        reached 5,000 miles.



Dated: 11/9/96

                                        Dyer & Dyer, Inc.
                                        ------------------------------------
                                        Borrower

                                        By:  /s/ Richard S. Dyer, Jr.
                                             -------------------------------
                                             Richard S. Dyer, Jr., President
                                             (Name and Title)

                                        Approved: NationsBank, N.A. (South)

                                        By:  
                                             -------------------------------
                                             James A. Dennis, Vice President
                                             (Name and Title)



<PAGE>



                                  ADDENDUM "B"

This Addendum "B" to the Floor Plan Agreement  shall be and is  incorporated  by
reference for all purposes as part of the Floor Plan Agreement  dated  September
1, 1996 between Bank and Borrower.

Floor  Plan  Sublimits.   The  following   sublimits  represent  the  amount  of
outstandings permitted at any one time in connection with the particular type of
Collateral being financed;  notwithstanding,  the Bank, in it's sole discretion,
may advance from time to time amounts in excess of the sublimit amounts below:

Unit Type                     Sublimit Amount
- ---------                     ---------------

New                           $8,000,000.00





Dated: 11/9/96

                                        Dyer & Dyer, Inc.
                                        ------------------------------------
                                        Borrower

                                        By:  /s/ Richard S. Dyer, Jr.
                                             -------------------------------
                                             Richard S. Dyer, Jr., President
                                             (Name and Title)

                                        Approved: NationsBank, N.A. (South)

                                        By:  
                                             -------------------------------
                                             James A. Dennis, Vice President
                                             (Name and Title)



<PAGE>



                                  ADDENDUM "C"


This Addendum "C" to the Floor Plan Agreement  shall be and is  incorporated  by
reference for all purposes as part of the Floor Plan Agreement  dated  September
1, 1996 between Bank and Borrower.

As used herein, the following defined terms shall have the following meanings:

     Working Capital - Current assets minus current liabilities.

     Current Assets - Current assets (inclusive of LIFO reserve for new and used
     vehicles)   less  amounts  due  from  officers,   stockholders,   insiders,
     affiliates  and  employees  included  as current  assets,  all  computed in
     accordance with generally accepted accounting principles.

     Current  Liabilities - Current liabilities less amounts included as current
     liabilities  due  to  officers,  stockholders,   insiders,  affiliates  and
     employees,  which have been expressly  subordinated  in payment to the Bank
     all computed in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles.

     Tangible Net Worth - Stated net worth less intangible assets, less
     leasehold improvements, less amounts due from officers/affiliates, plus 70%
     times LIFO Reserve (new vehicles only), plus Accounts Payable or Notes
     Payable to officers/affiliates formally subordination to the Bank.

     Inventory Trust Position - Cash,  plus contracts in transit,  plus accounts
     receivable - vehicles  (excluding any receivable from finance  activities),
     new and  used  inventories  (inclusive  of LIFO  reserves  for new and used
     vehicles) less new and used Floor Plan liabilities.

     Total  Liabilities - Total  liabilities  less amounts  payable to officers,
     stockholders,   insiders,  affiliates  and  employees  that  are  expressly
     subordinated  in payment  to the Bank,  all  computed  in  accordance  with
     generally accepted accounting principles.

Additional Covenants. While the Line is effect, and thereafter while Borrower is
indebted to Bank, Borrower will: (Mark block for applicable covenant)

|_|  (1)  Maintain  Working  Capital  of not less  than  $ N/A at all times.

|X|  (2)  Maintain a ratio of current assets to current  liabilities of not less
          than 2 to 1.0 at all times.

|_|  (3)  Maintain  Tangible Net Worth of not less than $ N/A at all times.

|X|  (4)  Not permit the ratio of total  liabilities  to  Tangible  Net Worth to
          exceed  1.3 to  1.0  at all times.

|_|  (5)  Maintain a minimum Inventory  Trust Position of not less than $ N/A at
          all times.

|_|  (6)  Provide  to  Bank  within  N/A  days  of  each  month  end  a  monthly
          Certificate  of  Compliance  in the form  attached  hereto as "Exhibit
          A-1",  signed  by a duly  authorized  representative  of  Borrower  or
          Borrower.

|X|  (7)  Provide to Bank  within  120 days of each  fiscal  year end  financial
          statements  audited by a Certified  Public  Accountant  acceptable  to
          Bank,  to  include a balance  sheet,  operating  statement,  cash flow
          statement  and net worth  reconciliation.  Such audit shall include an
          unqualified opinion from such auditor.

|X| (8)   Other: (If additional space is needed, attach additional pages to this
          Addendum)


<PAGE>



                                10.25a
NATIONSBANK. N.A. (SOUTH)

                               SECURITY AGREEMENT
                                  (Floor Plan)
                             Date September 1, 1996

Between:                                  and

================================================================================

BANK: (SECURED PARTY)                        DEBTOR: (BORROWER)

NATIONSBANK, N.A. (SOUTH)                    Dyer & Dyer, Inc.
600 Peachtree Street 17th Floor              5260 Peachtree Industrial Blvd.
Atlanta, Georgia 30308                       Chamblee, Georgia 30341


Fulton County                                Dekalb County



(address including county)                   Name and address, including county)
================================================================================
Debtor is: [ ] Individual [X]  Corporation [ ] Partnership [ ] Other _________

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Address is Debtor's: [ ] Residence [X] Place of Business [ ] Chief Executive
Office if more than one place of business
================================================================================

    [This Agreement contains some provisions  preceded by boxes. Mark only those
boxes beside  provisions  which will be  applicable to this  transaction.  A box
which is not marked means that the provision beside it is not applicable to this
transaction.]

SECTION I. CREATION OF SECURITY INTEREST.

     For good and valuable consideration,  the receipt and adequacy of which are
hereby  acknowledged  and  subject  to the  applicable  terms  of a  Floor  Plan
Agreement,  Floor Plan Promissory  Note and this Floor Plan Security  Agreement,
Debtor  hereby  grants  to  Secured  Party  (Bank) a  security  interest  in the
Collateral  described  in  Section  II of  this  Security  Agreement  to  secure
performance and payment of all obligations and indebtedness of Debtor to Bank of
whatever kind and whenever or however created or incurred.  Said obligations and
indebtedness  includes but is not limited to any and all  liabilities,  fixed or
contingent,  whether  arising by notes,  discounts,  overdraws,  or in any other
manner whatsoever.

SECTION II. COLLATERALS

     The  Collateral  of this  Security  Agreement is inventory of the following
     description:

[X]  New Motor Vehicles
[X]  Used Motor Vehicles

including  all parts and  accessories,  now  existing or  hereafter  acquired by
Debtor  (Borrower),  including  any  such  goods  as may be  leased  or held for
leasing,  together with any and all accounts and Proceeds arising from the sale,
lease or disposition of said property and all returned,  refused and repossessed
goods,  all monies  received from  manufacturers  by way of credits,  refunds or
otherwise with respect to Collateral,  and all Proceeds thereof  (Collateral) to
secure all debt of Debtor  (Borrower)  to Secured Party (Bank) under any and all
future  Advances of whatever  kind and further  including but not limited to the
Line and all other  debt of Debtor  (Borrower)  to Secured  Party  (Bank) of any
nature now existing or hereafter arising, including but not limited to

                                      -1-

<PAGE>




debt arising directly between Debtor  (Borrower) and Bank or acquired  outright,
conditionally or as Collateral security from another by Secured Party,  absolute
or  contingent,  joint  or  several,  secured  or  unsecured,  due or  not  due,
contractual or tortious, liquidated or unliquidated, arising under the operation
of law or otherwise, direct or indirect, whether incurred directly or as part of
a  partnership,  association or other group,  or whether  incurred as principal,
surety,  indorser,  accommodation  party or otherwise.  Debtor  (Borrower)  will
execute and deliver any documents, instruments or agreements required by Secured
Party  (Bank)  to evidence  debt  hereunder,  grant,  perfect and  preserve  the
security interest, and otherwise carry out the terms of the Floor Plan Agreement
and  Floor  Plan  Security  Agreement.  See  attached  schedule  for  additional
Collateral, if applicable.

     The  inclusion of Proceeds in this  Security  Agreement  does not authorize
Debtor to sell,  dispose of or otherwise  use the  Collateral  in any manner not
specifically  authorized by the Floor Plan Agreement or this Security Agreement.
The term  "Proceeds"  means  proceeds  as said term is  defined  in the  Uniform
Commercial  Code  and  includes  without  limitation  cash,  accounts,   general
intangibles,  documents, inventory (including trade-ins),  instruments,  chattel
paper,  equipment,  and all other property of every kind received upon the sale,
exchange, collection, lease or other disposition of inventory.

SECTION III. PAYMENT OBLIGATIONS OF DEBTOR.

     1.  Debtor  shall  pay  to  Secured   Party  on  demand  all  expenses  and
expenditures,  including  attorney  fees,  plus interest  thereon at the highest
legal rate per annum,  pursuant to the  provisions of the Floor Plan  Agreement,
Floor Plan Note and this Security Agreement.

     2. Debtor shall pay to Secured Party the earned outstanding indebtedness of
Debtor  to  Secured  Party  upon  Debtor's  default  pursuant  to the  terms and
conditions contained in a Floor Plan Note, Floor Plan Agreement or this Security
Agreement.

SECTION IV. DEBTOR'S REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES.

     1. The representations  and warranties  contained in a Floor Plan Agreement
between   Debtor  and  Secured  Party  dated   September  1,  1996,  are  hereby
incorporated by reference for all purposes as if copied herein word for word.

     2. Debtor will execute alone or with Secured Party any Financing  Statement
or  other  document  or  procure  any  document,  and pay all  connected  costs,
necessary to protect the security interest under this Security Agreement against
the rights or interest of third persons.

     3. Debtor will at all times keep  Collateral and its Proceeds  separate and
distinct  from other  property of Debtor and shall keep  accurate  and  complete
records of the Collateral and its Proceeds.

     4. Debtor  shall pay prior to  delinquency  all taxes,  charges,  liens and
assessments against the Collateral,  and upon Debtor's failure to do so, Secured
Party  at its  option  may pay any of them and  shall  be the sole  judge of the
legality or validity  thereof and the amount  necessary to  discharge  the same.
Such payment shall become part of the indebtedness secured by this Agreement and
shall be paid to Secured Party by Debtor  immediately and without  demand,  with
interest thereon at the highest legal rate per annum.

     5. The  Collateral  shall remain in Debtor's  possession  or control at all
times  at  Debtor's  risk  of  loss;  and be kept at the  address  shown  at the
beginning of this Agreement, or at _____________________________________________

________________________________________________________________________________
(No. and Street)              (City)               (County)             (State) 

where Secured Party may inspect it at any time. Except for its temporary removal
in connection with its ordinary use, Debtor shall not remove the Collateral from
the above address without obtaining prior written consent from Secured Party.

     6. The  Collateral  will not be  misused  or  abused,  wasted or allowed to
deteriorate,  except for the ordinary wear and tear of its intended primary use,
and will not be used in violation of any statute or ordinance.

     7. The Collateral will not be sold, transferred or disposed of by Debtor or
be  subjected  to  any  unpaid  charge,  including  rent  and  taxes,  or to any
subsequent  interest of a third person created or suffered by Debtor voluntarily
or  involuntarily  unless  Secured Party  consents in advance in writing to such
sale, transfer, disposition, charge, or subsequent interest, or unless otherwise
provided in this Agreement.

                                      -2-

4726~47



<PAGE>




     8. Debtor will promptly notify Secured Party in writing of any addition to,
change in or  discontinuance  of: (i) its address as shown at the  beginning  of
this  Security  Agreement;  (ii) the location of its place of business if it has
one  location  or its  chief  executive  office if it has more than one place of
business as set forth in this Security Agreement;  and (iii) the location of the
office where it keeps its records as set forth in this Security Agreement.

     9. If any Collateral is leased or held for lease to customers of Debtor and
is of a type normally used in more than one State (such as automotive equipment,
rolling  stock,  airplanes,  road  building  equipment,   commercial  harvesting
equipment,  construction  machinery and the like), Debtor's place of business if
it has one location or its chief executive  office if it has more than one place
of business is the address shown at the beginning of this Agreement.

     10. The office where Debtor keeps its records is

                         5260 Peachtree Industrial Blvd.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                (No. and Street)

 Chamblee                          Dekalb                            Georgia
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  (City)                          (County)                           (State)

     11. Debtor shall account fully and faithfully to Secured Party for Proceeds
from  disposition  of the  Collateral  in any  manner and shall pay or turn over
pursuant  to  paragraph  5(a) of the Floor Plan  Agreement  in cash,  negotiable
instruments,  drafts, assigned accounts or chattel paper, all Proceeds from each
sale lo be applied to Debtor's  indebtedness to Secured Party, subject, if other
than cash, to final payment or collection.

     12. If any Collateral or Proceeds  includes obligations of third parties to
Debtor,  the  transactions  giving rise to the  Collateral  shall conform in all
respects to the  applicable  State or Federal law  including  but not limited to
consumer  credit law.  Debtor shall hold harmless and indemnify Bank against any
cost, loss or expense arising from Debtor's breach of this covenant.

     13. Without the written consent of Bank,  Debtor shall not change its name,
change its  corporate  status,  use any trade name or engage in any  business in
which it was not engaged on the date of this Agreement.

     14. Debtor  appoints Bank as Debtor's  attorney-in-fact  with full power in
Debtor's  name and behalf to do every act which Debtor is obligated to do or may
be  required  to do  hereunder,  however,  nothing  in this  paragraph  shall be
construed to obligate Bank to take any action hereunder nor shall Bank be liable
to Debtor for failure to take any action  hereunder.  This appointment  shall be
deemed a power  coupled with an interest and shall not be  terminable as long as
the  obligations  are  outstanding  and shall not terminate on the disability or
incompetence of the Debtor.

     15.  Debtor will comply  with all State and  Federal  laws and  regulations
applicable to its business, whether now in effect or hereafter enacted including
but not  limited to the wage and hours laws and  relating to the use or disposal
of hazardous materials and wastes.

SECTION V. COVENANTS.

     The  Covenants  contained  in a Floor  Plan  Agreement  between  Debtor and
Secured Party dated September 1, 1996, are hereby  incorporated by reference for
all purposes as if copied word for word herein.

SECTION VI. Events of Default.

     Debtor shall be in default under this Security Agreement upon the happening
of any of the following  events or conditions  (hereinafter  called an "Event of
Default"):

     1. The Events of Default contained in a Floor Plan Agreement between Debtor
and Secured Party dated September 1, 1996, are hereby  incorporated by reference
for all purposes as if copied word for word herein.

     2. If any Physical Damage,  property and/or other insurance,  insuring said
Collateral and the respective interests of the parties therein, is cancelled for
any reason and the Debtor fails or refuses to furnish  written  proof to Secured
Party  of his  having  obtained  substitute  insurance  coverage  replacing  the
cancelled policies.


                                      -3-

<PAGE>




SECTION VI. SECURED PARTY'S RIGHTS AND REMEDIES.

     A. Rights Exclusive of Default.

          (1) This Security  Agreement,  Secured Party's rights hereunder or the
     indebtedness  hereby  secured may be assigned from time to time, and in any
     such case the Assignee  shall be entitled to all of the rights,  privileges
     and  remedies  granted in this  Security  Agreement to Secured  Party,  and
     Debtor will assert no claims or defenses he may have against  Secured Party
     against the Assignee except those granted in this Security Agreement.

          (2) At its  option,  Secured  Party  may  discharge  taxes,  liens  or
     security  interests or other  encumbrances  at any time levied or placed on
     the Collateral, may pay for insurance on the Collateral and may pay for the
     maintenance and preservation of the Collateral.  Debtor agrees to reimburse
     Secured  Party on demand for any payment  made, or any expense  incurred by
     Secured  Party  pursuant  to the  foregoing  authorization,  plus  interest
     thereon at the highest legal rate per annum.

          (3) Secured Party may execute,  sign, endorse,  transfer or deliver in
     the name of  Debtor  notes,  checks,  drafts or other  instruments  for the
     payment of money and receipts,  certificates  of origin,  applications  for
     certificates  of title  or any  other  documents,  necessary  to  evidence,
     perfect or realize upon the security  interest and  obligations  created by
     this Security Agreement.

          (4)  Secured Party may notify the  account  Debtors or Obligors of any
     accounts,  chattel  paper,  negotiable  instruments  or other  evidences of
     indebtedness remitted by Debtor to Secured Party as Proceeds to pay Secured
     Party directly.

          (5) Secured Party may at any time demand, sue for, collect or make any
     compromise or settlement with reference to the Collateral as Secured Party,
     in its sole discretion, chooses.

          (6) Secured Party may enter upon Debtor's  premises at any  reasonable
     time to inspect the Collateral and Debtor's books and records pertaining to
     the  Collateral;  Secured  Party may  require the  Debtor to  assemble  the
     Collateral for such inspection in a reasonably convenient place; and in all
     other  ways the  Debtor  shall  assist  the  Secured Party in  making  such
     inspection.

     B. Rights in Event of Default.

          (1) Upon the  occurrence  of an Event of Default,  or if Secured Party
     deems payment of Debtor's obligations to Secured Party to be insecure,  and
     at any time thereafter,  Secured Party may declare all obligations  secured
     hereby  immediately  due and payable and shall have the rights and remedies
     of a Secured Party under the Uniform Commercial Code of Georgia,  including
     without limitation  thereto,  the right to sell, lease or otherwise dispose
     of any or all of the  Collateral  and the right to take  possession  of the
     Collateral,  and for that purpose Secured Party may enter upon any premises
     on which the  Collateral or any part thereof may be situated and remove the
     same therefrom. Secured Party may require Debtor to assemble the Collateral
     and make it  available  to  Secured  Party at a place to be  designated  by
     Secured  Party  which is  reasonably  convenient  to both  parties.  Unless
     Collateral  threatens to decline speedily in value or is a type customarily
     sold in a  recognized  market,  Secured  Party will give Debtor  reasonable
     notice  of the time and place of any  public  sale  thereof  or of the time
     after which any private or any other intended  disposition thereof is to be
     made. The requirements of reasonable  notice shall be met as such notice is
     mailed, postage prepaid, to the address of Debtor shown at the beginning of
     this  Security  Agreement at least five (5) days before the time of sale or
     disposition.  After sale, all monies will be applied to Security Agreement,
     and  Debtor  will be liable for any  remaining  deficiencies.  Expenses  of
     retaking,  holding,  preparing for sale,  selling or the like shall include
     Secured  Party's  reasonable  attorneys'  fees  and  legal  expenses,  plus
     interest  thereon at the highest legal rate per annum.  Debtor shall remain
     liable for any deficiency.

          (2)  Secured  Party may remedy any  default  and may waive any default
     without waiving the default  remedied or without waiving any other prior or
     subsequent default. '

          (3) The remedies of Secured Party  hereunder are  cumulative,  and the
     exercise of any one or more of the  remedies  provided for herein shall not
     be construed as a waiver of any of the other remedies of Secured Party.

 
                                      -4-

<PAGE>




SECTION VII. ADDITIONAL AGREEMENTS.

     1. The terms and  conditions  contained in a Floor Plan  Agreement  between
Debtor and Secured Party dated  September 1, 1996,  are hereby  incorporated  by
reference for all purposes as if copied word for word herein.

     2.  The  term  "Debtor"  (Borrower)  as used in this  instrument  shall  be
construed  as  singular  or  plural to  correspond  with the  number of  persons
executing this instrument as Debtor. The pronouns used in this instrument are in
the  masculine  gender but shall be  construed as feminine or neuter as occasion
may require.  "Secured  Party"  (Bank) and  "Debtor" as used in this  instrument
include the heirs,  executors or  administrators,  successors,  representatives,
receivers, trustees and assigns of those parties.

     3. Floor Plan inventory inspections will be conducted by Secured Party from
time to time at the sole  discretion of Secured  Party.  Debtor agrees to pay in
full any item or unit of Collateral that is not located at Debtor's  premises or
accounted for by Debtor to Secured  Party.  Debtor shall make payment to Secured
Party (Bank) immediately upon notice of demand being given to Debtor pursuant to
paragraph 29 (NOTICES) of the Floor Plan Agreement.

     4.  (Write  in any  additional  agreements  or  conditions):  See  attached
Schedule, if appropriate.

     5. MEDIATION,  BINDING ARBITRATION.  THE PARTIES WILL ATTEMPT IN GOOD FAITH
TO RESOLVE ANY CONTROVERSY OR CLAIM ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT
BY PARTICIPATING IN MEDIATION AND/OR BINDING ARBITRATION. EACH PARTY AGREES THAT
EACH WILL  BEAR  THEIR  RESPECTIVE  EXPENSES  RELATED  TO  EITHER  MEDIATION  OR
ARBITRATION.  THE  PARTIES  FURTHER  AGREE IF THE MATTER  HAS NOT BEEN  RESOLVED
PURSUANT TO  MEDIATION  WITHIN  THIRTY  (30) DAYS OF NOTICE TO MEDIATE  GIVEN BY
EITHER  PARTY,  THE  CONTROVERSY  SHALL BE SETTLED BY  ARBITRATION  AND SHALL BE
GOVERNED BY THE UNITED STATES  ARBITRATION ACT, 9 U.S.C.  ss.1-16,  AND JUDGMENT
UPON THE AWARD  RENDERED BY THE  ARBITRATOR  MAY BE ENTERED BY ANY COURT  HAVING
JURISDICTION THEREOF.

     6. NOTICE OF FINAL AGREEMENT:  THIS WRITTEN SECURITY  AGREEMENT  REPRESENTS
THE FINAL AGREEMENT  BETWEEN THE PARTIES AND MAY NOT BE CONTRADICTED BY EVIDENCE
OF PRIOR,  CONTEMPORANEOUS,  OR SUBSEQUENT ORAL AGREEMENTS OF THE PARTIES. THERE
ARE NO UNWRITTEN ORAL AGREEMENTS BETWEEN THE PARTIES.

Executed this 9th day of November, 1996

NationsBank, N.A. (South)                    Dyer &: Dyer. Inc.
Secured Party                                Debtor

By _______________________________           By ________________________________


James A. Dennis, Vice President              Richard S. Dyer. Jr. President
(Print or Type Name and Title)               (Print or Type Name and Title)



                                      -5-



84-291-4331 (3/92)                                             [LOGO] CHRYSLER
SECURITY AGREEMENT AND MASTER CREDIT AGREEMENT                        CREDIT
(Non-Chrysler Corporation Dealer)


This  Security  Agreement and Master Credit  Agreement  (hereinafter  called the
"Agreement"), made as of this 21 day of April, 1995; is by and between CLEVELAND
VILLAGE IMPORTS,  INC. dba CLEVELAND  VILLAGE HONDA,  INC., having its principal
place of business at 2490 South Lee Hwy. -  Cleveland,  Tn.  37311  (hereinafter
called  "Debtor"),  and Chrysler  Credit  Corporation,  a Delaware  corporation,
having offices located at 27777 Franklin Rd.,  Southfield,  Michigan  48034-8286
(hereinafter called "Secured Party").

WHEREAS, Debtor is engaged in business as an authorized dealer of AMERICAN HONDA
MOTOR CO., INC. and desires  Secured Party to finance the  acquisition by Debtor
in the  ordinary  course of its  business  of new and unused  vehicles  sold and
distributed by AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC.  and/or other  authorized  sellers
and of used  vehicles  (all such  unused  and used  vehicles  being  hereinafter
collectively called the "Vehicles").

WHEREAS,  Secured Party is willing to provide  wholesale  financing to Debtor to
finance the  acquisition  of  Vehicles by Debtor by making  loans or advances to
Debtor to finance the acquisition by Debtor of Vehicles.

NOW,  THEREFORE,  in  consideration  of the mutual premises herein contained and
other good and  valuable  consideration  paid by each  party to the  other,  the
receipt and  sufficiency  of which is hereby  acknowledged,  and intending to be
legally bound hereby, the parties hereto agree as follows:

1.0  Financing - Secured Party agrees to extend to Debtor wholesale financing by
     making loans or advances to Debtor to finance the  acquisition by Debtor of
     Vehicles from sellers  thereof,  on the terms and  conditions  set forth in
     Paragraph  2.1 herein or as set forth in the  Vehicle  financing  terms and
     conditions  as they may be made  available  to Debtor  from time to time by
     Secured Party.

     For the purposes of this Agreement,  loans or advances  provided by Secured
     Party  directly to either Debtor or to the seller of Vehicles to Debtor are
     herein called "Advances".  Debtor  acknowledges that (x) the maximum amount
     of  Advances  which  will  be  made  by  Secured  Party  hereunder  will be
     established  from time to time by Secured Party in its sole  discretion and
     (y) all such  Advances  shall be made on and shall be  subject to the terms
     and  conditions of this  Agreement.  It is  understood  and agreed that the
     making of any Advance hereunder shall be at the option of Secured Party and
     shall not be  obligatory,  and that the right of  Debtor  to  request  that
     Secured  Party make Advances may be terminated at any time by Secured Party
     at its election without notice.

2.0  Evidence of Advances and Payment Terms - Each Advance shall be made at such
     time as Debtor shall request in accordance with the then-effective  Vehicle
     financing terms and conditions  referred to above.  Debtor will execute and
     deliver to Secured Party from time to time its demand  promissory  notes in
     aggregate  principal  amount  equal to that amount  agreed to by Debtor and
     Secured  Party  from  time to  time,  such  demand  promissory  notes  (the
     "Promissory Notes") to evidence the liability of Debtor to Secured Party on
     account  of all  Advances.  The  maximum  liability  of Debtor  under  this
     Agreement shall at any time be equal to the aggregate  principal  amount of
     all Advances at the time outstanding hereunder plus interest and such other
     amounts  as may be due under  this  Agreement.  Debtor  will pay to Secured
     Party on demand the aggregate principal amount of all Advances from time to
     time  outstanding,  and will pay upon demand the  interest  due thereon and
     such other additional charges as Secured Party shall determine from time to
     time.

     In  consideration  of Secured Party's making  Advances,  Debtor will pay to
     Secured Party interest at the rate(s) per annum designated by Secured Party
     from  time to time on the  amount of each  Advance  made by  Secured  Party
     hereunder  from the date of such  Advance  until the date of  repayment  to
     Secured Party of the full amount thereof. Secured Party will give notice to
     Debtor of the interest  rate(s)  established  by it from time to time under
     the terms  hereof,  and each such  notice  shall  constitute  an  agreement
     between Debtor and Secured Party as to the applicability to the Advances of
     the interest  rate(s)  contained  therein,  to be applicable from the dates
     stated in such notice until such interest rate(s) are changed by subsequent
     notice  given by Secured  Party  pursuant to this  sentence.  All  interest
     accrued on the Advances  shall be payable  monthly by Debtor,  and shall be
     due upon receipt by Debtor of the  statement of Secured Party setting forth
     the amount of such accrued interest.

2.1  Debtor  agrees  that  financing  pursuant to this  Agreement  shall be used
     exclusively  for the purpose of acquiring  Vehicles for Debtor's  inventory
     and Debtor shall not sell or otherwise  dispose of such Vehicles  except by
     sale in the ordinary course of business.  If so requested by Secured Party,
     Debtor  agrees to  maintain a  separate  bank  account  into which all cash
     proceeds  of such  sales  or other  dispositions  of such  Vehicle  will be
     deposited.  Debtor  further  agrees that upon the sale of each Vehicle with
     respect to which an Advance  has been made by Secured  Party,  Debtor  will
     promptly  remit to  Secured  Party the total  amount  then  outstanding  of
     Secured  Party's  Advance  on each  such  Vehicle  unless  other  terms  of
     repayment  have been agreed to by Secured  Party.  Debtor agrees to hold in
     trust for Secured Party and shall  forthwith remit to Secured Party, to the
     extent of any unpaid and past due indebtedness  hereunder,  all proceeds of
     each Vehicle when  received by Debtor,  or to allow  Secured  Party to make
     direct  collection  thereof  and credit  Debtor  with all sums  received by
     Secured Party.

3.0  Security - Debtor hereby grants to Secured Party a first and prior security
     interest in and to each and every Vehicle financed  hereunder,  whether now
     owned or hereafter acquired by way of replacement,  substitution,  addition
     or otherwise,  together with all additions and  accessions  thereto and all
     proceeds  thereof.  Further,  Debtor also hereby  grants to Secured Party a
     security  interest in and to all  Chattel  Paper,  Accounts  whether or not
     earned by performance and including without limitation all amounts due from
     the  manufacturer or distributor of the Vehicles or any of its subsidiaries
     or   affiliates,   Contract   Rights,   Documents,   Instruments,   General
     Intangibles, Consumer Goods, Inventory of Automotive Parts, Accessories and
     Supplies, Equipment,  Furniture,  Fixtures, Machinery, Tools, and Leasehold
     Improvements,   whether  now  owned  or   hereafter   acquired  by  way  of
     replacement,   substitution,  addition  or  otherwise,  together  with  all
     additions and accessions  thereto and all proceeds  thereof,  as additional
     security for each and every  indebtedness  and  obligation of Debtor is set
     forth herein. The security interest hereby granted shall secure the prompt,
     timely  and full  payment of (1) all  Advances,  (2) all  interest  accrued
     thereon in accordance  with the terms of this  Agreement and the Promissory
     Notes,  (3) all other  indebtedness  and  obligations  of Debtor  under the
     Promissory  Notes, (4) all costs and expenses  incurred by Secured Party in
     the collection or enforcement of the Promissory Notes or of the obligations
     of the Debtor  under this  Agreement,  (5) all monies  advanced  by Secured
     Party on behalf of Debtor for taxes,  levies,  insurance and repairs to and
     maintenance  of any  Vehicle  or other  collateral,  and (6) each and every
     other  indebtedness  or  obligation  now or  hereafter  owing by  Debtor to
     Secured Party including any collection or enforcement costs and expenses or
     monies  advanced  on behalf of Debtor  in  connection  with any such  other
     indebtedness or obligations.



<PAGE>




3.1  All said security set forth in Paragraph 3.0 shall hereinafter collectively
     be  called  "Collateral".  Debtor  hereby  expressly  agrees  that the term
     "proceeds" as used in Paragraph 3.0 shall include  without  limitation  all
     insurance proceeds on the Collateral,  money, chattel paper, goods received
     in trade including without limitation vehicles received in trade,  contract
     rights,  instruments,   documents,   accounts  whether  or  not  earned  by
     performance,  general  intangibles,  claims and tort recoveries relating to
     the Collateral.  Notwithstanding that Advances hereunder are made from time
     to time with  respect to specific  Vehicles,  each Vehicle and the proceeds
     thereof and all other Collateral  hereunder shall  constitute  security for
     all obligations of Debtor to Secured Party secured hereunder.

3.2  Debtor  hereby  agrees that upon request of the Secured  Party it will take
     such  action  and/or  execute  and  deliver  to  Secured  Party any and all
     documents  (and pay all costs and expenses of recording the same),  in form
     and substance  satisfactory to Secured Party, which will perfect in Secured
     Party its security interest in the Collateral in which Secured Party has or
     is to have a security interest under the terms of this Agreement.

3.3  Secured  Party's  security  interest in the Collateral  shall attach to the
     full extent provided or permitted by law to the proceeds, in whatever form,
     of any  disposition  of said  Collateral  or to any part  thereof by Debtor
     until such  proceeds  are remitted and  accounted  for as provided  herein.
     Debtor  will  notify  Secured  Party  before  Debtor  signs,   executes  or
     authorizes any financing statement regardless of coverage.

3.4  Debtor shall be  responsible  for all loss and damage to the Collateral and
     agrees to keep Collateral  insured  against loss or damage by fire,  theft,
     collision,  vandalism  and against  such other  risks as Secured  Party may
     require from time to time. Insurance and policies evidencing such insurance
     shall be with  such  companies,  in such  amount  and such form as shall be
     satisfactory to Secured Party. If so requested by Secured Party, any or all
     such  policies  of  insurance  shall  contain an  endorsement,  in form and
     substance  satisfactory  to Secured Party,  showing loss payable to Secured
     Party as its interest may appear, and a certificate of insurance evidencing
     such coverage will be provided to Secured Party.

4.0  Debtor's Warranties - Debtor warrants and agrees that the Collateral now is
     and shall always be kept free of all taxes, liens and encumbrances,  except
     as  specifically  disclosed  in  Paragraph  4.1  below or  provided  for in
     Paragraph  3.0 above,  and Debtor shall defend the  Collateral  against all
     other claims and demands whatsoever and shall indemnify,  hold harmless and
     defend Secured Party in connection therewith.  Any sum of money that may be
     paid by  Secured  Party in  release or  discharge  of any  taxes,  liens or
     encumbrances shall be paid to Secured Party on demand as an additional part
     of the obligation secured hereunder.  Debtor hereby agrees not to mortgage,
     pledge or loan (except for designated demonstrators as agreed to in advance
     by Secured  Party in writing) the  Vehicles  and shall not license,  title,
     use,  transfer  or  otherwise  dispose of them  except as  provided in this
     Agreement. Debtor agrees that it will execute in favor of Secured Party any
     form of document  which may be required  to  evidence  further  Advances by
     Secured Party  hereunder,  and shall execute such  additional  documents as
     Secured  Party  may at any time  request  in order to  conform  or  perfect
     Debtor's  title to or Secured  Party's  security  interest in the Vehicles.
     Execution by Debtor of notes,  checks or other  instruments  for the amount
     advanced  shall be deemed  evidence of Debtor's  obligation and not payment
     therefor until collected in full by Secured Party.

4.1  Disclosure of Taxes, Liens and Encumbrances -

             (If there are any, list them here; if none, so state.)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 PLACE FILED             DATE OF FILING             NAME AND ADDRESS OF CREDITOR
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


5.0  Signatory  Authorization - Debtor hereby authorizes Secured Party or any of
     its  officers,  employees,  agents or any other  person  Secured  Party may
     designate  to  execute  any and all  documents  pursuant  to the  terms and
     conditions of that certain Power of Attorney and Signatory Authorization of
     even date herewith.

6.0  Events of Default and  Remedies/Termination - Time is of the essence herein
     and it is  understood  and agreed that  Secured  Party may  terminate  this
     Agreement,  refuse to advance funds hereunder, and declare the aggregate of
     all Advances  outstanding  hereunder  immediately  due and payable upon the
     occurrence  of any of the  following  events  (each  hereinafter  called an
     "Event of  Default"),  and that  Debtor's  liabilities  under this sentence
     shall  constitute  additional  obligations  of Debtor  secured  under  this
     Agreement.

     (a)  Debtor  shall  fail to make any  payment  to  Secured  Party,  whether
          constituting the principal amount of any Advance,  interest thereon or
          any other payment due  hereunder,  when and as due in accordance  with
          the terms of this Agreement or with any demand permitted to be made by
          Secured Party under this  Agreement or any  Promissory  Note, or shall
          fail to pay when due any other amount owing to Secured Party under any
          other agreement between Secured Party and Debtor, or shall fail in the
          due performance or compliance with any other term or condition  hereof
          or thereof,  or shall be in default in the payment of any  liabilities
          constituting  indebtedness  for money borrowed or the deferred payment
          of the purchase  price of property or a rental payment with respect to
          property material to the conduct of Debtor's business;

     (b)  A tax lien or notice  thereof shall have been filed against any of the
          Debtor's  property  or  a  proceeding  in  bankruptcy,  insolvency  or
          receivership  shall be  instituted  by or against  Debtor or  Debtor's
          property  or an  assignment  shall  have been  made by Debtor  for the
          benefit of creditors;

<PAGE>




     (c)  In the event that Secured  Party deems itself  insecure for any reason
          or the Vehicles are deemed by Secured Party to be in danger of misuse,
          loss,  seizure or confiscation or other  disposition not authorized by
          this Agreement;

     (d)  Termination of any franchise authorizing Debtor to sell Vehicles;

     (e)  A  misrepresentation  by Debtor for the purpose of obtaining credit or
          an  extension  of credit or a refusal by Debtor to  execute  documents
          relating to the Collateral  and/or Secured Party's  security  interest
          therein  or to  furnish  financial  information  to  Secured  Party at
          reasonable  intervals or to permit persons designated by Secured Party
          to examine Debtor's books or records and to make periodic  inspections
          of the Collateral; or

     (f)  Debtor,   without  Secured  Party's  prior  written   consent,   shall
          guarantee,  endorse  or  otherwise  become  surety  for  or  upon  the
          obligations of others except as may be done in the ordinary  course of
          Debtor's  business,   shall  transfer  or  otherwise  dispose  of  any
          proprietary, partnership or share interest Debtor has in his business,
          or all or  substantially  all of the assets thereof,  shall enter into
          any  merger or  consolidation,  if a  corporation,  or shall  make any
          substantial disbursements or use of funds of Debtor's business, except
          as may be done in the ordinary course of Debtor's business,  or assign
          this Agreement in whole or in part or any obligation hereunder.

     Upon  the occurrence  of an  Event  of  Default,  Secured  Party  may  take
     immediate  possession of said Vehicles without demand or further notice and
     without legal process; and for the purpose and furtherance thereof,  Debtor
     shall,  if Secured  Party so requests,  assemble the Vehicles and make them
     available to Secured Party at a reasonably  convenient  place designated by
     Secured  Party and Secured  Party shall have the right,  and Debtor  hereby
     authorizes and empowers  Secured Party to enter upon the premises  wherever
     said  Vehicles may be, to remove same.  In addition,  Secured  Party or its
     assigns shall have all the rights and remedies applicable under the Uniform
     Commercial Code or under any other statute or at common law or in equity or
     under this Agreement. Such rights and remedies shall be cumulative.  Debtor
     hereby  agrees that it shall pay all expenses and  reimburse  Secured Party
     for any  expenditures,  including  reasonable  attorneys'  fees  and  legal
     expenses,  in connection with Secured Party's exercise of any of its rights
     and remedies under this Agreement.

7.0  Inspection: Vehicles/Books and Records - It is hereby understood and agreed
     by and between  Debtor and Secured  Party that Secured Party shall have the
     right of access to and  inspection of the Vehicles and the right to examine
     Debtor's  books and  records,  which  Debtor  warrants  are  genuine in all
     respects.  Debtor  hereby  certifies to Secured Party that all Vehicles and
     books and  records  shall be kept at the  principal  place of  business  of
     Debtor as  hereinabove  stated or at such other  locations  as  approved in
     writing by Secured Party, and Debtor shall not remove or permit the removal
     of the Vehicles or books and records  during the pendency of this Agreement
     except in the  ordinary  course of business  and as  authorized  by Secured
     Party.

7.1  Debtor agrees to furnish to Secured Party after the end of each month,  for
     so long as this Agreement shall be effective, balance sheets and statements
     of profit and loss for each month with respect to Debtor's business in such
     detail and at such times as Secured Party may require from time to time.

8.0  General - Debtor and Secured Party further covenant and agree that:

8.1  Any provision  hereof  prohibited by law shall be ineffective to the extent
     of such prohibition without invalidating the remaining provisions hereof.

8.2  This Agreement  shall be interpreted  according to the laws of the State of
     Debtor's principal place of business as identified above.

8.3  This  Agreement  cannot be modified  or amended,  except in writing by both
     parties  unless  otherwise  specifically  authorized  herein,  and shall be
     binding and inure to the  benefit of each of the  parties  hereto and their
     respective legal representatives, successors and assigns.

8.4  Interest to be paid in connection  herewith  shall never exceed the maximum
     rate allowable by law applicable  hereto, as the parties intend to strictly
     comply with all law relating to usury. Notwithstanding any provision hereof
     or any other document in connection herewith to the contrary,  Debtor shall
     not pay nor  will  Secured  Party  accept  payment  of any  such  excessive
     interest,  which excessive  interest is hereby canceled,  and Secured Party
     shall be  entitled  at its option to refund any such  interest  erroneously
     paid or credit the same to Debtor's obligations hereunder.

8.5  The terms  and  provisions  of this  Agreement  and of any other  agreement
     between  Debtor and  Secured  Party  should be  construed  together  as one
     agreement;  provided,  however, in the event of any conflict, the terms and
     provisions of this Agreement shall govern such conflict.

8.6  No failure or delay on the part of Secured Party in exercising any power or
     right hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof,  nor shall any single or
     partial  exercise of any such right or power  preclude any other or further
     exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right or power hereunder. The
     remedies  herein are in addition to those  available in law or equity,  and
     Secured  Party need not pursue any rights it might have as a Secured  Party
     before  pursuing  payment and  performance  by Debtor or any  guarantor  or
     surety.

8.7  This Agreement may not be assigned by Debtor.



<PAGE>




9.0  Notices - Any  notice  given  hereunder  shall be in  writing  and given by
     personal delivery or shall be sent by U.S. Mail, postage prepaid, addressed
     to the party to be charged with such notice at the  respective  address set
     forth below:

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
           TO DEBTOR                                     TO SECURED PARTY
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 CLEVELAND VILLAGE IMPORTS, INC. dba             CHRYSLER CREDIT CORPORATION
 CLEVELAND VILLAGE HONDA, INC.                   P.O. Box 80247
 2490 South Lee Hwy.                             Chattanooga, Tn. 37414
 Cleveland, Tn. 347411
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the parties hereto have duly executed this Agreement as of
the day and year first above written.

                                             CLEVELAND VILLAGE IMPORTS, INC. dba
                                             CLEVELAND VILLAGE HONDA, INC.      
                                             -----------------------------------
                                                         (DEBTOR)

/s/ ILLEGIBLE                                By /s/ Nelson E. Bowers II
- ----------------------------------              -------------------------------
         (WITNESS)

                                             Title  President
- ---------------------------------                  ----------------------------
         (WITNESS)

                                             CHRYSLER CREDIT CORPORATION

                                             By /s/ ILLEGIBLE
                                                -------------------------------

                                             Title  Branch Manager
                                                   ----------------------------



Jaguar Credit Corporation


                            AUTOMOTIVE WHOLESALE PLAN
                       APPLICATION FOR WHOLESALE FINANCING
                             AND SECURITY AGREEMENT

To: Jaguar Credit Corporation (hereinafter called "JCC ")         Date 3/14/95

The undersigned     JAGUAR OF CHATTANOOGA LLC (hereinafter called "Dealer") of
5915 Brainerd Road            Chattanooga              TN             37421
(STREET AND NUMBER)           (CITY)                   (STATE)        (ZIP CODE)

hereby  requests  JCC to establish  and maintain for Dealer a wholesale  line of
credit to finance new and used  automobiles,  trucks,  other  vehicles and other
merchandise for (hereinafter called the "Merchandise") Dealer under the terms of
the JCC Wholesale Plan as set forth in the September,  1993,  edition of the JCC
Dealer Manual entitled  "Automotive Finance Plans for Dealers" or any subsequent
edition thereof  (hereinafter called the "Plan") and in connection  therewith to
make  advances to or on behalf of Dealer,  purchase  instalment  sale  contracts
evidencing the sale of Merchandise to Dealer by the manufacturer, distributor or
other seller thereof,  or otherwise  extend credit to Dealer.  In  consideration
thereof Dealer hereby agrees as follows:

1. Advances by JCC

JCC at all times shall have the right in its sole  discretion  so determine  the
extent to which,  the terms and conditions on which, and the period for which it
will make advances, purchase such contracts or otherwise extend credit to Dealer
(hereinafter  called an "Advance"  (individually) or "Advances"  (collectively),
under the Plan or otherwise. JCC, at any time and from time to time, in its sole
discretion, establish, rescind or change limits or the extent to which financing
accommodations  under the Plan will be made  available to Dealer.  In connection
with the purchase of any such contract and/or other extension of credit. JCC may
pay to any manufacturer,  distributor or other seller of Merchandise the invoice
or contract  amount  therefor,  and be fully  protected in relying in good faith
upon any invoice, contract or other advice from such manufacturer distributor or
seller that the  Merchandise  described  therein has been  ordered or shipped to
Dealer and that the amount therefor is correctly  stated.  Any such payment made
by JCC to any such  manufacturer,  distributor  or seller,  and any ban or other
extension of credit made by JCC  directly to Dealer wish respect to  Merchandise
of any type held by Dealer for sale,  shall be an Advance made by JCC  hereunder
and, except with respect to any Advance that is a purchase of an instalment sale
contract,  shall be repayable to Dealer in accordance with the terms hereof. All
rights of JCC and obligations of Dealer with respect to Advances  hereunder that
constitute the purchase by JCC of an instalment  sale contract shall be pursuant
to the  provisions  of  such  contract.  From  time to time  JCC  shall  furnish
statements to Dealer of Advances made by JCC hereunder.  Dealer shall review the
same promptly upon receipt and advise JCC in writing of any discrepancy therein.
If Dealer  shall fail to advise  JCC of any  discrepancy  in any such  statement
within ten calendar days following the receipt thereof by Dealer, such statement
shall be deemed to be  conclusive  evidence  of advances  made by JCC  hereunder
unless  Dealer or JCC  establishes  by a  preponderance  of  evidence  that such
Advances  were not made or were made in  different  amounts than as set forth in
such statement.

2. Interest and Service and Insurance Flat Charges

Each Advance made by JCC hereunder shall bear interest at the rates  established
by JCC from time to time for  Dealer,  except  that any amount not paid when due
hereunder shall bear interest at a rate that is 4 percentage  points higher than
the current  pre-default  rate up to the maximum  contract rate permitted by the
law of the state  where  Dealer  maintains  his  business  as set out above.  In
addition to  interest,  the  financing  of  Merchandise  under the Plan shall be
subject to service  and flat  charges  established  by JCC from time to time for
Dealer. JCC shall advise Dealer in writing from time to time of any change in
the interest  rate and  service  and  flat  charges  applicable  so  Dealer  and
the effective date of such change. Such change shall not become effective,
however, if Dealer  elects to  terminate  this  Agreement  and pay to JCC the
full unpaid balance  outstanding  under  Dealer's  wholesale  line of  credit
and all other amounts due or to become due  hereunder in good funds  within ten
calendar  days after the receipt of such notice by Dealer.

3. Payments by Dealer

The aggregate  amount  outstanding from time to time of all Advances made by JCC
hereunder  shall  constitute  a single  obligation  of  Dealer,  notwithstanding
Advances are made from time to time. Unless otherwise provided in the promissory
note,   instalment  sale  contract,   security  agreement  or  other  instrument
evidencing  the same from time to time.  Dealer  shall pay to JCC , upon demand,
the unpaid  balance (or so much thereof as may be demanded) of all Advances plus
JCC 'interest and flat charges,  with respect thereto, and in any event, without
demand the unpaid  balance of the Advance made by JCC hereunder  with respect to
an item of the  Merchandise  at or  before  the date on which  the same is sold,
leased or placed in use by Dealer.  Dealer also shall pay to JCC,  upon  demand,
the full amount of any rebate,  refund or other  credit  received by Dealer with
respect to the Merchandise.

If the promissory note,  instalment sale contract,  security  agreement or other
instrument  evidencing  an  Advance  or  Advances  is  payable  in one  or  more
installments, JCC may from time to time in its sole  discretion,  extend  any
instalment due thereunder on a  month-to-month  basis,  and,  except as provided
below or in any  instalment  sale  contract.  JCC'  failure  to demand  any such
instalment when due shall be deemed to be a one month extension of the same. Any
such  extension,  however,  shall not  obligate JCC to grant an extension in the
future or waive JCC' right to demand payment when due. Following the sale, lease
or use  date  of an item of the  Merchandise,  no  instalment  shall  be  deemed
extended  without JCC' specific  written  consent,  and Dealer agrees to pay the
same, as required, without demand.

4. JCC' Security Interest

As security for all Advances now or hereafter made by JCC hereunder, and for the
observance  and  performance  of  all  other  obligations  of  Dealer  to JCC in
connection with the wholesale financing of Merchandise for Dealer, Dealer hereby
grants to JCC a security  interest  in all motor  vehicles  and  vehicles of all
types,  all motor vehicle parts and  accessories  inventory,  and all equipment,
wherever  located,  whether now owned or hereafter  acquired,  and all accounts,
notes receivable,  insurance proceeds,  chattel paper, instruments and documents
relating  thereto and proceeds  thereof;  all  accounts and general  intangibles
including sums  receivable from vendors by way of holdbacks,  rebates,  refunds,
discounts, bonuses

<PAGE>

and the like. All fixtures and furniture.

5. Dealer's Possession and Safe of Merchandise

Dealer's possession of the Merchandise financed shall be for the sole purpose of
storing  and  exhibiting  the same for safe or lease in the  ordinary  course of
Dealer's  business.  Dealer shall keep the Merchandise  brand new and subject to
inspection by JCC and free from all taxes, liens and encumbrances,  and any sums
of money that may be paid by JCC in release or discharge of any taxes,  liens or
encumbrances  on the  Merchandise  or on any  documents  executed in  connection
therewith shall be paid by Dealer to JCC upon demand. Except as may be necessary
to  remove or  transport  the same from a  freight  depot to  Dealer's  place of
business,  Dealer shall not use or operate,  or permit the use or operation  of,
the Merchandise for demonstration or otherwise without the express prior written
consent  of JCC in each  case,  and shall  not in any event use the  Merchandise
illegally or  improperly.  Dealer shall not mortgage,  pledge or loan any of the
Merchandise,  and shall not transfer or otherwise  dispose of the same except by
sale or lease in the ordinary course of Dealer's business.  Any and all proceeds
of any sale,  lease or other  disposition of the  Merchandise by Dealer shall be
received and held by Dealer in trust for JCC and shall be fully,  faithfully and
promptly  accounted  for and remitted by Dealer to JCC to the extent of Dealer's
obligation to JCC with respect to the Merchandise.  As used in this paragraph 5,
(a) "sale in the ordinary course of Dealer's  business" shall include only (i) a
bona fide retail safe to a purchaser for his own use at the fair market value of
the Merchandise sold, and (ii) an occasional sale of such Merchandise to another
dealer at a price not less than Dealer's cost of the  Merchandise  sold,  unless
such sale is a part of a plan or  scheme  to  liquidate  all or any  portion  of
Dealer's  business,  and (b) "lease in the ordinary course of Dealer's business"
shall  include  only a bona  fide-lease  to a  lessee  for his own use at a fair
rental value of the Merchandise leased.

6. Risk of Loss and Insurance Requirements

The Merchandise shall be at Dealer's sole risk of any loss or damage to the same
except to the extent of any  insurance  proceeds actually  received  by JCC with
respect  thereto under  insurance  obtained by JCC pursuant to the Plan.  Dealer
shall  indemnify  JCC  against  all  claims  for  injury or damage to persons or
property  caused by the use,  operation  or holding of the  Merchandise  and, if
requested to do so by JCC,  maintain at its own expense  liability  insurance in
connection therewith in such form and amounts as JCC may reasonably require from
time to time. In addition, Dealer shall insure each them of the Merchandise that
is or may be used for  demonstration  or operated for any other purpose  against
loss due to  collision,  subject  in each  case to the  deductible  amounts  and
limitations set forth in the Plan.

7. Credits

All funds or other  property  belonging  to JCC and  received by Dealer shall be
received by Dealer in trust for JCC and shall be remitted to JCC forthwith. JCC,
at all times, shall have a right to offset and apply any and all credits, monies
or properties of Dealer in JCC  possession or control  against any obligation of
Dealer to JCC.

8. Information Concerning Dealer

To induce JCC to extend financing accommodations hereunder, Dealer has submitted
information  concerning its business  organization and financial condition,  and
certifies  that the same is complete  to, true and correct in all  respects  and
that the financial  information  contained therein and any that may be furnished
to JCC from time to time  hereafter  does and shall fairly present the financial
condition of Dealer in accordance with generally accepted accounting  principles
applied  on a  consistent  basis  Dealer  agrees to notify JCC  promptly  of any
material change in its business  organization  or financial  condition or in any
information relating thereto previously furnished to JCC Dealer acknowledges and
intends  that  JCC  shall  rely,  and  shall  have the  right  to rely,  on such
information in extending and continuing to extend  financing  accommodations  to
Dealer.  Dealer hereby  authorized  JCC from time to time and at all  reasonable
times to  examine,  appraise  and  verity the  existence  and  condition  of ail
Merchandise,  documents,  commercial or other paper and other  property in which
JCC has or has had any title, title retention, lien, security or other interest,
and all of Dealer's books and records in any way relating to its business.

9. Default

The following shall constitute an Event of Default hereunder:

(a) Dealer shall fail to promptly  pay any amount now or hereafter  owing to JCC
as and when the same shall become due and payable, or

(b) Dealer  shall fail to duly observe or perform any other  obligation  secured
hereby, or

(c) any  representation  made by Dealer to JCC shall prove to have been false or
misleading in any material respect as of the date on which the same was made, or

(d) a proceeding in bankruptcy,  insolvency or receivership  shall be instituted
by or against Dealer or Dealer's property.

Upon the  occurrence  of an Event of Default,  JCC may  accelerate,  and declare
immediately  due  and  payable,  all or any  part of the unpaid  balance  of all
Advances made hereunder together with accrued interest and flat charges, without
notice to anyone. In addition, JCC may take immediate possession of all property
in which it has a security  interest  hereunder,  without demand or other notice
and without legal process.  For this purpose and in furtherance  thereof, if JCC
so requests, Dealer shall assemble such property and make it available to JCC at
a reasonably  convenient  place designated by JCC, and JCC shall have the right,
and Dealer hereby  authorizes and empowers JCC , its agents or  representatives,
to enter upon the premises wherever such property may be and remove same. In the
event JCC  acquires  possession  of such  property  or any portion  thereof,  as
hereinbefore provided, JCC may, in its sole discretion (i) sell the same, or any
portion thereof,  after five days' written notice, at public or private sale for
the account of Dealer, (ii) declare this agreement,  all wholesale  transactions
and Dealer's  obligations in connection  therewith to be terminated and canceled
and  retain  any sums of money  that may have been paid by Dealer in  connection
therewith, and (iii) enforce any other remedy that JCC may have under applicable
law.  Dealer  agrees  that  the  sale  by JCC of any  new  and  unused  property
repossessed by PRIMUS to the manufacturer,  distributor or seller thereof, or to
any person  designated  by such  manufacturer,  distributor  or  seller,  at the
invoice cost  thereof to Dealer less any credits  granted to Dealer with respect
thereto and reasonable  costs of  transportation  and  reconditioning,  shall be
deemed to be a commercially  reasonable  means of disposing of the same.  Dealer
further  agrees that if JCC shall  solicit bids from three or more other dealers
in the type of property  repossessed by JCC  hereunder,  any sale by JCC of such
property in bulk or in parcels to the bidder  submitting  the  highest  cash bid
therefor also shall be deemed to be a commercially reasonable means of disposing
of the same. Dealer understands and agrees, however, that such means of disposal
shall not be  exclusive,  and that JCC shall  have the right to  dispose  of any
property  repossessed  hereunder by any commercially  reasonable  means.  Dealer
agrees to pay reasonable  attorney's fees and legal expenses  incurred by JCC in
connection with the  repossession  and safe of any such property.  JCC' remedies
hereunder are cumulative and may be enforced successively or concurrently.

10. General

Dealer waives the benefit of all  homestead  and exemption  laws and agrees that
the  acceptance by JCC of any payment after it may have become due or the waiver
by JCC of any other  default  shall  not be deemed  to after or affect  Dealer's
obligations or JCC right with respect to any subsequent payment or default.



<PAGE>



Neither  this  agreement,  nor any other  agreement  Dealer and JCC,  or between
Dealer and any  manufacturer,  distributor  or seller that has been  assigned to
JCC, nor any funds payable by JCC to Dealer, shall be assigned by Dealer without
the express prior written consent of JCC in each case.

Any provision  hereof  prohibited by any  applicable law shall be ineffective to
the extent of such prohibition  without  invalidating  the remaining  provisions
hereof.  Except as herein provided, no modification hereof may be made except by
a written  instrument  duly  executed  by, or pursuant  to the  express  written
authority of an executive officer of JCC.

Dealer shall execute and deliver to JCC promissory  notes or other  evidences of
Dealer's indebtedness hereunder,  security agreements,  trust receipts,  chattel
mortgages or other security  instruments  and any other  documents which JCC may
reasonably  request to confirm Dealer's  obligations to JCC and to confirm JCC '
security  interest in the  Merchandise  financed by JCC under the Plan or in any
other property as provided hereunder, and in such event the terms and conditions
hereof  shall be  deemed  to be  incorporated  therein.  JCC  security  or other
interest in any the Merchandise  shall not be impaired by the delivery to Dealer
of Merchandise or of bills of lading,  certificates of origin, invoices or other
documents  pertaining  thereto or by the  payment by Dealer of any  curtailment,
security or other  deposit or portion of the amount  financed.  The execution by
Dealer  or on  Dealer's  behalf of any  document  for the  amount of any  credit
extended  shall be  deemed  evidence  of  Dealer's  obligation  and not  payment
thereof.  JCC  may,  for and in the  name of  Dealer,  endorse  and  assign  any
obligation transferred to JCC by Dealer and any check or other medium of payment
intended to apply upon such  obligation.  JCC may  complete  any blank space and
fill in omitted information on any document or paper furnished to it by Dealer.

Unless the context otherwise  clearly  requires,  the terms used herein shall be
given the same meaning as ascribed to them under the  provisions  of the Uniform
Commercial  Code.  Section  headings are inserted for convenience only and shall
not affect any construction or interpretation of this agreement.

This agreement  shall be interpreted in accordance with the laws of the state of
the Dealer's place of business set out above.

11. Acceptance and Termination

Dealer  waives notice of JCC'  acceptance  of this  agreement and agrees that it
shall be deemed  accepted  by JCC at the time JCC shall first  extend  credit to
Dealer  under the Plan.  This  agreement  shall be binding on Dealer and JCC and
their  respective  successors and assigns from the date thereof until terminated
by receipt of a written  notice by either party from the other,  except that any
such  termination  shall not relieve either party from any  obligation  incurred
prior to the effective date thereof.

Witness or Attest:                 JAGUAR OF CHATTANOOGA LLC
                                   -----------------------------
                                   (DEALERS EXACT BUSINESS NAME)


/s/ Donald C. Walker               By /s/ Nelson E. Bowers II     Title Pres
- --------------------                  -----------------------           -------



<PAGE>



                         POWER OF ATTORNEY FOR WHOLESALE

KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS:  That the  undersigned  dealer does hereby make,
constitute  and  appoint  T.S.  Murphy,  D.J.  Jansen,  and S.M.  Mankin  all of
Nashville,  Tennessee  and each of them and any other  officer  or  employee  of
Jaguar Credit Corporation,  a New York corporation of Nashville,  Tennessee, its
true and lawful attorneys with full power of substitution,  for and in its name,
stead and behalf, to prepare,  make, execute,  acknowledge and deliver to Jaguar
Credit  Corporation  from time to time  promissory  notes or other  evidences of
indebtedness,  bearing such rate of interest as Jaguar  Credit  Corporation  may
require from time to time, and trust receipts, chattel mortgages and other title
retention or security  instruments  necessary or appropriate in connection  with
the wholesale  financing by Jaguar Credit  Corporation  of  merchandise  for the
undersigned Dealer under the terms of the Jaguar Credit  Corporation  Automotive
Wholesale Plan, and generally to perform all acts and to do all things necessary
or appropriate in discharge of the power hereby conferred,  including the making
of affidavits  and the  acknowledging  of  instruments,  as if fully done by the
undersigned  dealer, and each of the said attorneys hereby is further authorized
and  empowered in the  discharge  of the power  hereby  conferred to execute any
instruments by means of either a manual,  imprinted or other facsimile signature
or by  completing  a  printed  form to which  an  imprinted  or other  facsimile
signature is then affixed.

This Power of Attorney is executed by the  undersigned  dealer to induce  Jaguar
Credit  Corporation  to make  advances  for  merchandise  to be  acquired by the
undersigned  dealer and recognizes that such advances are made to manufacturers,
distributors  and other  sellers of such  merchandise  at places  other than the
undersigned  dealer's  place of  business,  and that it is  impractical  for the
undersigned  Dealer to execute the promissory  notes,  trust  receipts,  chattel
mortgages  and other  title,  retention  or security  instruments  necessary  or
appropriate  in  connection  with such  advances  without  unduly  delaying  the
delivery of such merchandise to the undersigned dealer. Accordingly,  this Power
of Attorney may be revoked by the  undersigned  dealer only by notice in writing
addressed to Jaguar Credit Corporation, Nashville. Tennessee by registered mail,
return  receipt  requested,  stating an  effective  date on or after the receipt
thereof by Jaguar Credit Corporation.

Dated this 14 day of MARCH , 1995

Witness or Attest:                 JAGUAR OF CHATTANOOGA LLC
                                   -----------------------------
                                   (DEALERS EXACT BUSINESS NAME)


/s/ Donald C. Walker               By /s/ Nelson E. Bowers II     Title Pres
- --------------------                  -----------------------           -------




State of ___________________________
                                        ss.
County of __________________________

On this ___ day  of______________,  19__,  before  me,  the  undersigned  Notary
Public, personally appeared  _________________________  who acknowledged himself
to be the ___________________________ of      JAGUAR OF CHATTANOOGA LLC
               (TITLE)                              (DEALERS NAME)
the grantor of the foregoing Power of Attorney, and that he, being authorized so
to do,  executed  the  foregoing  Power  of Attorney  for the  purposes  therein
contained,  by signing the name of the said  grantor by himself in the  capacity
indicated.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF I have hereunto set my hand and official seal.


_______________________________________________
              NOTARY PUBLIC
                                                  (NOTARY'S SEAL)
My commission expires __________________________



<PAGE>



               CERTIFIED COPY OF RESOLUTION OF BOARD OF GOVERNORS

The  undersigned  hereby  certifies  that  he is  the  Secretary  of 
JAGUAR  OF CHATTANOOGA LLC      of 5915 Brainerd Road, Chattanooga, TN 37421
(DEALERS EXACT COMPANY NAME)               (DEALERS ADDRESS)
 
and that the  following  is a true,  correct and  complete  copy of  resolutions
adopted by the board of  governors  of the said company at a meeting duly called
and held on MARCH 14, 1995 at which a quorum was  present  and voting,  and that
said resolutions are unchanged and are now in full force and effect:

RESOLVED,  That the officers of this company be, and each hereby is,  authorized
and  empowered to execute and deliver on behalf of this  company an  Application
for Wholesale Financing to Jaguar Credit Corporation of Nashville, Tennessee, in
such  form and  upon  such  terms  and  conditions  as the  said  Jaguar  Credit
Corporation may require, and to execute and deliver from time to time promissory
notes or other evidences of  indebtedness,  bearing such rate of interest as the
said  Jaguar  Credit  Corporation  may  require  from  time to time,  and  trust
receipts,  chattel  mortgages and other title retention or security  instruments
as,  and in such  form as,  the said  Jaguar  Credit  Corporation  may  require,
evidencing any financing  extended by the said Jaguar Credit Corporation to this
company under the terms of the Jaguar Credit  Corporation  Automotive  Wholesale
Plan.

FURTHER  RESOLVED.  That  T.S.  Murphy,  D.J.  Jansen,  and S.M.  Mankin  all of
Nashville,  Tennessee, and each of them and any other officer or employee of the
said Jaguar Credit  Corporation  be and each of them hereby is  constituted  and
appointed an  attorney-in-fact of this company for the purposes set forth in the
Power of Attorney  presented  to this board of  governors  this date,  with full
power of  substitution,  and the  officers of this company are, and each of them
hereby is,  authorized  and  empowered  to execute a formal Power of Attorney in
such form.

FURTHER  RESOLVED.  That the  officers  of this  company be, and each hereby is,
authorized  and  empowered  to do all  other  things  and to  execute  all other
instruments and documents necessary or appropriate in the premises.

IN WITH  WHEREOF I have  hereunto  set my hand and  affixed the seal of the said
company this 14 day of March, 1995


/s/ Donald C. Walker
- --------------------
     SECRETARY



                                                  (COMPANY SEAL)



STATE OF NORTH CAROLINA                                   ASSIGNMENT OF
                                                   JOINT VENTURER INTEREST IN
                                                            CHARTOWN
COUNTY OF MECKLENBURG                            A NORTH CAROLINA JOINT VENTURE


         THIS ASSIGNMENT OF JOINT VENTURER INTEREST (the "Assignment"), entered
into as of this 30th day of June, 1997, by and between TOWN AND COUNTRY FORD,
INC., a North Carolina corporation (the "Assignor"), and SONIC FINANCIAL
CORPORATION, a North Carolina limited liability company (the "Assignee").


                                    RECITALS

         1. Chartown, a North Carolina joint venture ("Chartown"), was formed on
December 18, 1984 by Joint Venture Agreement, as amended on April 24, 1987,
December 7, 1988 and March 2, 1995, and amended and restated on March 3, 1995,
and further amended on June 30, 1997 (as amended, the "Chartown Joint Venture
Agreement").

         2. As of the date of this Assignment, the Assignor holds a 50% interest
in the profits and losses of Chartown and had a capital account balance as of
December 31, 1996 of $[0.00].

         3. The Assignor desires to assign all of its interest in Chartown (the
"Interest") to the Assignee and to withdraw as a Joint Venturer of Chartown.

         4. The Assignee agrees to accept the Assignment of the Assignor's
interest in Chartown and to assume all the liabilities of the Assignor with
respect to the Interest.

         5. SMDA Properties LLC, a North Carolina limited liability company
("LLC") that is the sole Joint Venturer of Chartown other than the Assignor, is
willing to consent to the Assignment and to have the Chartown Joint Venture
Agreement amended to the extent necessary to reflect the Assignment and the
withdrawal of the Assignor as a Joint Venturer of Chartown.

         NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and of the mutual
covenants and conditions set forth herein and for other good and valuable
consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, it
is hereby agreed as follows:

         The Assignor hereby assigns the Interest to the Assignee, its
successors and assigns. The Interest includes, but is not limited to, all of the
Assignor's capital account and rights to distributions of cash and property and
allocations of profits accruing after the close of business on June 30, 1997.
Commencing after the close of business on June 30, 1997, the Assignee shall have
the right to receive from Chartown all of the distributions and the share of
income, profits or other compensation to which the Assignor would otherwise be
entitled and all of the rights relating to the Assignor's capital account in
Chartown and all other rights of the Assignor in Chartown under the Chartown


                                        1

<PAGE>



Joint Venture Agreement and applicable law and shall become a substitute Joint
Venturer of Chartown in place of the Assignor.

         The Assignor hereby covenants that it shall execute all further title
certificates, or other evidences of ownership as may be necessary to vest title
to the Interest in the Assignee or its successors or assigns.

         IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Assignor has signed and sealed this Assignment
effective this the 30th day of June, 1997.

                             ASSIGNOR:

ATTEST:                      TOWN AND COUNTRY FORD, INC.


By:                          By:    /s/ William R. Brooks
Title:                              William R. Brooks, Vice President


         [Corporate Seal]


         The undersigned, being the Assignee, hereby accepts the assignment of
the Interest and agrees to be bound by the provisions of the Chartown Joint
Venture Agreement with respect to the Interest hereby assigned to it. In
consideration of this Assignment, the Assignee hereby assumes all obligations
and liabilities of the Assignor with respect to the Interest and with respect to
Chartown. Additionally, the Assignee hereby agrees to indemnify and hold the
Assignor harmless from and against any and all demands, claims, actions, suits,
liabilities, damages, losses, judgments, costs and expenses (including
reasonable attorneys' fees and court costs), whether known or unknown, relating
to, resulting from or arising out of Chartown or the Assignor's ownership of the
Interest. In particular, and without limiting the foregoing, the Assignee agrees
to indemnify and hold Assignor harmless from and against any tax liability of
any type, whether known or unknown, relating to, resulting from or arising out
of the Transfers.

                                   ASSIGNEE:

ATTEST:                            SONIC FINANCIAL CORPORATION


By:                                By:   /s/ William R. Brooks
Title:                                       William R. Brooks, Vice President


         [Corporate Seal]


                                        2

<PAGE>



         The undersigned, being the sole Joint Venturer of Chartown other than
the Assignor, hereby consents to the Assignment and to the amendment of the
Chartown Joint Venture Agreement to reflect the Assignment and the withdrawal of
the Assignor as a Joint Venturer of Chartown.

                         JOINT VENTURER:

                         SMDA PROPERTIES LLC


                         By:   /s/ O. Bruton Smith
                                  O. Bruton Smith, Member

                         By:  SONIC FINANCIAL CORPORATION, Member

                                  By:   /s/ William R. Brooks
                                           William R. Brooks, Vice President


                                        3
<PAGE>



                              EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

         This Employment Agreement ("Agreement") made this _____day of
_______________, 1997 between SONIC AUTOMOTIVE, INC. its successors or assigns,
subsidiary corporations or affiliates (collectively, the "Employer") and O.
BRUTON SMITH ("Employee").

                                 R E C I T A L S

         WHEREAS, Employer desires to retain the services of Employee; and

         WHEREAS, Employee is prepared to perform those duties as set forth in
this Agreement.

         NOW, THEREFORE, the parties intending to be legally bound agree as
follows:

                  1. Term of Employment. Employer hereby employs Employee, and
Employee hereby accepts employment from Employer for the period commencing
effective upon consummation of the initial public offering of Employer (the
"Commencement Date") and ending three (3) years thereafter, unless sooner
terminated (the "Employment Period").

                  2. Duties of Employee. Employee shall be employed by Employer
as its Chief Executive Officer and shall report directly to the Company's Board
of Directors. Employee's duties shall include, but not be limited to, rendering
such services as the Board of Directors may, from time to time, assign to
Employee. Employee shall devote approximately fifty percent (50%) of his working
time to the performance of the his duties for Employer.

         3. Compensation. For all services rendered by Employee under this
Agreement, he shall be entitled to compensation in accordance with the
following:

                           (a) Base Salary. During the Employment Period, the
Employee shall receive an annual base salary ("Annual Base Salary") of Three
Hundred Fifty Thousand and NO/100 Dollars ($350,000.00), which shall be paid in
equal monthly installments in the amount of Twenty-Nine Thousand One Hundred
Sixty-Six and 66/100 Dollars ($29,166.66).

                           (b) Additional Salary and Bonus. In addition to the
Annual Base Salary, Employer shall pay to the Employee such additional amounts
as may be determined and ratified from time to time by the Compensation
Committee of Employer's Board of Directors.

         4. Fringe Benefits. During the Employment Period, Employee shall
receive fringe benefits in keeping with those provided to other similarly
situated employees of Employer.

         5. Termination of Employment. Employee shall serve at the leisure of
the Board of Directors and Employee's employment may be terminated by the Board
of Directors at any time.


                                              
                                        1

<PAGE>



                  6. Restrictive Covenants. For purposes of this Agreement,
"Restrictive Covenants" mean the provisions of this paragraph 6. It is
stipulated and agreed that Employer is engaged in the business of owning and
operating automobile and/or truck dealerships, which business includes, without
limitation, the marketing, selling and leasing of new and used vehicles and the
servicing of automobiles and trucks (the "Business"). It is further stipulated
and agreed that as a result of Employee's employment by Employer, and as a
result of Employee's continued employment hereunder, Employee has and will have
access to valuable, highly confidential, privileged and proprietary information
relating to Employer's Business. The unauthorized use or disclosure by Employee
of any of the Confidential Information (the "Confidential Information") would
seriously damage Employer in its Business. In consideration of the provisions of
this paragraph 6, and the compensation and benefits referred to in paragraphs 3
and 4 hereof, Employee agrees as follows:

                           (a) During the term of this Agreement and after its
termination or expiration for any reason, Employee will not, without Employer's
prior written consent, use, disclose, or make accessible to any third person or
entity, any aspect of the Confidential Information.

                           (b) During the term of this Agreement and for a
period of two years after the date of the expiration or termination of this
Agreement for any reason (the "Restrictive Period"), Employee shall not,
directly or indirectly:

                                    (i) Employ or solicit the employment of any
                           person who at any time during the twelve (12)
                           calendar months immediately preceding the termination
                           or expiration of this Agreement for any reason was
                           employed by Employer;

                                    (ii) Provide or solicit the provision of
                           products or services, similar to those provided by
                           Employer to any person or entity within the
                           "Restricted Territory", as hereinafter defined, who
                           purchased or leased automobiles, trucks or services
                           from Employer at any time during the twelve (12)
                           calendar months immediately preceding the termination
                           or expiration of this Agreement for any reason;

                                    (iii) Interfere or attempt to interfere with
                           the terms or other aspects of the relationship
                           between Employer and any person or entity from whom
                           Employer has purchased automobiles, trucks, parts,
                           supplies, inventory or services at any time during
                           the twelve (12) calendar months immediately preceding
                           the termination or expiration of this Agreement for
                           any reason;

                                    (iv) Engage in competition with Employer or
                           its respective successors and assigns by engaging,
                           directly or indirectly, in a business involving the
                           sale or leasing of automobiles or trucks or which is
                           otherwise substantially similar to the Business,
                           within the "Restricted Territory", as hereinafter
                           defined; or

                                               
                                        2

<PAGE>


                                    (v) Provide information to, solicit or sell
                           for, organize or own any interest in (either directly
                           or thorough any parent, affiliate or subsidiary
                           corporation, partnership, or other entity), or become
                           employed or engaged by, or act as agent for, any
                           person, corporation or other entity that is directly
                           or indirectly engaged in a business in the
                           "Restricted Territory", as hereinafter defined, which
                           is substantially similar to the Business or
                           competitive with Employer's business; provided,
                           however, that nothing herein shall preclude the
                           Employee from holding not more than three percent
                           (3%) of the outstanding shares of any publicly held
                           company which may be so engaged in a trade or
                           business identical or similar to the Business of the
                           Employer. As used herein, "Restricted Territory"
                           means:

                           (1)      all Standard Metropolitan Statistical Areas,
                                    as determined by the United States Office of
                                    Management and Budget, in which Employer has
                                    an office, store or other place of business
                                    on the date of the expiration or termination
                                    of this Agreement for any reason.
                           (2)      all counties in which Employer has an
                                    office, store or other place of business on
                                    the date of the expiration or termination of
                                    this Agreement for any reason.

                           7. Remedies. It is stipulated that a breach by
Employee of the Restrictive Covenants would cause irreparable damage to Employer
and that Employer, in addition to other remedies, shall be entitled to an
injunction restraining Employee from violating or continuing any violation of
such Restrictive Covenants.

                           8. Entire Agreement. This Agreement contains the
entire agreement of the parties hereto, and shall not be modified or changed in
any respect except by a writing executed by the parties hereto.

                           9. Governing Law; Forum. This Agreement and any
dispute arising from it shall be governed by and construed according to the laws
of the State of North Carolina.

         IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement to
be effective as of the date first above written.
                      EMPLOYEE:

                                                           (SEAL)
                      O. Bruton Smith

                      EMPLOYER:

                      SONIC AUTOMOTIVE, INC.

                      By:      ____________________________________
                      Title:   ____________________________________

                                        3

<PAGE>





                                                                  EXECUTION COPY


================================================================================






                            ASSET PURCHASE AGREEMENT


                                  by and among


                             SONIC AUTO WORLD, INC.,

                            LAKE NORMAN DODGE, INC.,

                  LAKE NORMAN CHRYSLER-PLYMOUTH-JEEP-EAGLE LLC,

                                QUINTON M. GANDY

                                       and

                               PHIL M. GANDY, JR.



              -----------------------------------------------------



                            Dated as of May 27, 1997




================================================================================

                                                    

<PAGE>



                                TABLE OF CONTENTS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                       Page
                                                                                                       ----
<S>                                                                                                     <C>
Article 1 - Purchase and Sale of Assets; Assumption of Liabilities.......................................1
             1.1  Agreement of Purchase and Sale.........................................................1
             1.2  Assumed Liabilities....................................................................2
             1.3  Purchase Price; Allocation.............................................................2
             1.4  Instruments of Conveyance and Transfer; Further Assurances; Access.....................4
             1.5  Offers of Employment to Sellers' Employees.............................................5

Article 2 - Closing......................................................................................5

Article 3 - Representations, Warranties and Covenants of the Sellers.....................................5
             3.1  Organization; Good Standing; Qualifications............................................5
             3.2  Authority; Consents; Enforceability....................................................6
             3.3  Investments............................................................................7
             3.4  Financial Statements...................................................................7
             3.5  Absence of Certain Changes.............................................................7
             3.6  Material Contracts.....................................................................9
             3.7  Title to Purchased Assets and Related Matters.........................................11
             3.8  Real Property of the Sellers..........................................................11
             3.9  Machinery, Equipment, Etc.............................................................12
             3.10  Inventories of the Sellers...........................................................13
             3.11  Accounts Receivable of the Sellers...................................................13
             3.12  Approvals, Permits and Authorizations................................................13
             3.13  Compliance with Laws.................................................................14
             3.14  Insurance............................................................................14
             3.15  Taxes................................................................................15
             3.16  Litigation...........................................................................16
             3.17  Powers of Attorney...................................................................16
             3.18  Broker's and Finder's Fees...........................................................16
             3.19  Employee Relations...................................................................16
             3.20  Compensation.........................................................................17
             3.21  Patents; Trademarks; Trade Names; Copyrights; Licenses, Etc..........................17
             3.22  Certain Liabilities..................................................................17
             3.23  No Undisclosed Liabilities...........................................................18
             3.24  Certain Transactions.................................................................18
             3.25  Business Generally...................................................................18
             3.26  Employee Benefits....................................................................18
             3.27  Sellers and Shareholders Not Foreign Persons.........................................19
             3.28  Suppliers and Customers..............................................................20
             3.29  Environmental Matters................................................................20
             3.30  Bank Accounts and Safe Deposit Boxes.................................................22
             3.31  Warranties...........................................................................22
             3.32  Interest in Competitors and Related Entities.........................................22
             3.33  Availability of Sellers' Employees...................................................22
             3.34  Misstatements and Omissions..........................................................23
</TABLE>

                                        i

<PAGE>



<TABLE>
<S>                                                                                                     <C>
Article 4 - Representations and Warranties of the Buyer.................................................23
             4.1  Organization and Good Standing........................................................23
             4.2  Authority; Consents; Enforceability...................................................23
             4.3  Broker's and Finder's Fees............................................................24
             4.4  Litigation............................................................................24
             4.5  Misstatements or Omissions............................................................24

Article 5 - Pre-closing Covenants of the Shareholders and the Sellers...................................24
             5.1  Provide Access to Information; Cooperation with Buyer.................................24
             5.2  Operation of Business of the Sellers..................................................25
             5.3  Other Changes.........................................................................26
             5.4  Additional Information................................................................26
             5.5  Publicity.............................................................................26
             5.6  Other Negotiations....................................................................27
             5.7  Closing Conditions....................................................................27
             5.8  Environmental Audit...................................................................27
             5.9  Hart-Scott-Rodino Compliance..........................................................28
             5.10  .....................................................................................28

Article 6 - Pre-closing Covenants of the Buyer..........................................................28
             6.1  Publicity; Disclosure.................................................................28
             6.2  Closing Conditions....................................................................29
             6.3  Application to Chrysler Corporation...................................................29
             6.4  Hart-Scott-Rodino Compliance..........................................................29

Article 7 - Conditions Precedent to Obligations of the Buyer............................................29
             7.1  Representations and Warranties........................................................29
             7.2  Performance of Obligations of the Sellers.............................................29
             7.3  Closing Certificate...................................................................29
             7.4  Opinion of Counsel....................................................................30
             7.5  Supporting Documents..................................................................30
             7.6  Bill of Sale, Etc.....................................................................30
             7.7  Dealership Leases and Consulting Agreements...........................................31
             7.8  Books and Records.....................................................................31
             7.9  Change of Name of Sellers; Use of Sellers' Name by Buyer..............................31
             7.10  Consents.............................................................................31
             7.11  No Litigation........................................................................31
             7.12  Authorizations.......................................................................32
             7.13  [Intentionally left blank]...........................................................32
             7.14  Approval of Legal Matters............................................................32
             7.15  [Intentionally left blank]...........................................................32
             7.16  [Intentionally left blank]...........................................................32
             7.17  Hart-Scott-Rodino Waiting Period.....................................................32
             7.18  IPO..................................................................................32
             7.19  Certification of Used Car Inventories................................................32
</TABLE>


                                       ii

<PAGE>



<TABLE>
<S>                                                                                                     <C>
Article 8 - Conditions Precedent to Obligations of the Sellers..........................................33
             8.1  Representations and Warranties........................................................33
             8.2  Performance of Obligations of the Buyer...............................................33
             8.3  Closing Certificate...................................................................33
             8.4  Payment of Purchase Price.............................................................33
             8.5  Opinion of Counsel....................................................................33
             8.6  Supporting Documents..................................................................33
             8.7  Approval of Legal Matters.............................................................34
             8.8  No Litigation.........................................................................34
             8.9  Hart-Scott-Rodino Waiting Period......................................................34

Article 9 - Transfer Taxes; Proration of Charges........................................................35
             9.1  Certain Taxes and Fees................................................................35
             9.2  Proration of Certain Charges..........................................................35

Article 10 - Survival of Representations and Warranties; Indemnification................................35
             10.1  Survival of Representations and Warranties...........................................35
             10.2  Agreement to Indemnify by the Sellers................................................35
             10.3  Agreement to Indemnify by the Buyer..................................................36
             10.4  Claims for Indemnification...........................................................37
             10.5  Procedures Regarding Third Party Claims..............................................37
             10.6  Effectiveness........................................................................38

Article 11 - Termination and Termination Fee............................................................39
             11.1  Payment of Buyer's Termination Fee; Sellers' Exclusive Remedy;
                    Buyer's Ability to Terminate........................................................39
             11.2  Payment of Sellers' Termination Fee..................................................39
             11.3  Security for Termination Fees........................................................40
             11.4  Effect of Termination................................................................41

Article 12 - Guaranty of Shareholders...................................................................41
             12.1  Guaranty.............................................................................41
             12.2  Notice to the Shareholders...........................................................41
             12.3  Absoluteness of Guaranty.............................................................41
             12.4  Guaranty Not Affected................................................................41
             12.5  Waiver...............................................................................42
             12.6  No Subrogation.......................................................................42
             12.7  Reinstatement........................................................................43
             12.8  Effectiveness........................................................................43

Article 13 - Additional Covenants and Agreements........................................................43
             13.1  Non-Competition Covenant.............................................................43
             13.2  Bulk Sales Compliance................................................................44
             13.3  Additional Agreements on Vehicles....................................................44
             13.4  Additional Agreements on Health Care Continuation Coverage Costs.....................44
             13.5  Expenses Associated with Preparation of Financial Statements.........................45
</TABLE>


                                       iii

<PAGE>


<TABLE>
<S>                                                                                                     <C>
Article 14 - Miscellaneous Provisions...................................................................45
             14.1  Access to Books and Records after Closing............................................45
             14.2  Confidentiality......................................................................45
             14.3  Remedies.............................................................................45
             14.4  Notices..............................................................................46
             14.5  Parties in Interest; No Third Party Beneficiaries....................................47
             14.6  Assignability........................................................................47
             14.7  Entire Agreement; Amendment..........................................................47
             14.8  Headings.............................................................................47
             14.9  Counterparts.........................................................................47
             14.10  Governing Law.......................................................................48
             14.11  Knowledge...........................................................................48
             14.12  Jurisdiction; Arbitration...........................................................48
             14.13  Waivers.............................................................................49
             14.14  Severability........................................................................49
             14.15  Expenses............................................................................49
             14.16  Regarding Termination Fees..........................................................49
</TABLE>

                                       iv

<PAGE>
                            ASSET PURCHASE AGREEMENT

     THIS ASSET PURCHASE  AGREEMENT (this  "Agreement") is made and entered into
as of this 27th day of May,  1997,  by and  among  SONIC  AUTO  WORLD,  INC.,  a
Delaware  corporation  (the "Buyer"),  LAKE NORMAN  CHRYSLER-PLYMOUTH-JEEP-EAGLE
LLC, a North Carolina limited liability company (the "LLC"),  LAKE NORMAN DODGE,
INC., a North Carolina  corporation  and a member of the LLC (the  "Corporation"
and collectively  with the LLC, the "Sellers"),  QUINTON M. GANDY, a shareholder
of the  Corporation  and a member of the LLC ("QMG")  and PHIL M. GANDY,  JR., a
shareholder   of  the   Corporation   ("PMG",   and   together   with  QMG,  the
"Shareholders").

                              W I T N E S S E T H:

     WHEREAS,  the  Buyer  desires  to  purchase,  or to  cause  a  wholly-owned
subsidiary  of Buyer to  purchase,  from the  Sellers  substantially  all of the
assets and properties of the Sellers relating to their respective businesses and
operations,  subject to certain  exceptions  as  hereinafter  specified,  and to
assume,  or to cause a  wholly-owned  subsidiary  of Buyer  to  assume,  certain
liabilities  of  each  of  the  Sellers,  all  upon  the  terms  and  conditions
hereinafter set forth; and

     WHEREAS,  the  Sellers are willing to sell,  transfer,  convey,  assign and
deliver the same to the Buyer, or a wholly-owned  subsidiary of the Buyer,  upon
the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth; and

     WHEREAS, the Shareholders desire that the foregoing be effected.

     NOW,  THEREFORE,  in consideration of the foregoing premises and the mutual
representations, warranties, covenants and agreements hereinafter set forth, the
parties hereto agree as follows:


                                    ARTICLE 1
             PURCHASE AND SALE OF ASSETS; ASSUMPTION OF LIABILITIES

     1.1  Agreement  of  Purchase  and Sale.  On the terms  and  subject  to the
conditions  of this  Agreement  and in  reliance  upon the  representations  and
warranties contained herein and non-competition covenant and agreement herein of
the  Sellers  and the  Shareholders,  at the Closing (as such term is defined in
Article 2 hereof), the Sellers shall sell, transfer,  convey, assign and deliver
(or cause to be sold,  transferred,  conveyed,  assigned and  delivered)  to the
Buyer,  and the Buyer shall purchase and accept delivery of, all of the Sellers'
right,  title and  interest  in and to all of the assets of the Sellers of every
kind,  character and  description,  tangible or  intangible,  real,  personal or
mixed, and wherever located, including,  without limitation, all of the Sellers'
right,  title and  interest in and to the names "Lake  Norman  Dodge,  Inc." and
"Lake Norman  Chrysler-Plymouth-Jeep-Eagle LLC", and all variations thereof, but
excluding, however, the assets described on Schedule 1.1 (the "Excluded Assets")
(said  assets,  other than the  Excluded  Assets,  constituting  the  "Purchased
Assets").  The  Purchased  Assets will be sold free and clear of all  mortgages,
deeds of trust, liens,

                                                         

<PAGE>



pledges,  charges,  security  interests,  contractual  restrictions,  claims  or
encumbrances of any kind or character (collectively, "Encumbrances"), other than
those Encumbrances set forth on Schedule 3.7 which secure indebtedness (and only
such indebtedness) included in the Assumed Liabilities (as defined below).

     1.2 Assumed Liabilities. On the terms and subject to the conditions of this
Agreement  and in reliance upon the  representations  and  warranties  contained
herein,  at the Closing the Buyer shall  assume and  undertake to perform all of
the   liabilities   and  obligations  of  each  of  the  Sellers  (the  "Assumed
Liabilities"),   but  excluding,   however,   the  liabilities  and  obligations
specifically  described on Schedule 1.2 (such  liabilities and obligations being
hereinafter referred to as the "Excluded Liabilities").

     1.3 Purchase Price; Allocation.

     (a)  Purchase  Price.  In  addition to the  assumption  by the Buyer of the
Assumed  Liabilities,  as full  consideration  to be paid by the  Buyer  for the
Purchased  Assets,  the Buyer shall pay to the Sellers  the  aggregate  purchase
price of (i) Fifteen Million,  Two-Hundred  Thousand Dollars  ($15,200,000) (the
"Cash Consideration"),  plus (ii) the positive Net Book Value (as defined below)
of the Purchased Assets,  not to exceed Three Million Dollars  ($3,000,000),  on
the date of the Closing  (the  "Adjustment  Amount" and  together  with the Cash
Consideration,  the "Purchase Price").  The Cash Consideration,  plus the sum of
Two Million Five Hundred Thousand Dollars  ($2,500,000) (the "Initial Adjustment
Amount  Payment") shall be payable to the Sellers at Closing by wire transfer of
immediately  available  funds to the  accounts  of the  Sellers,  which shall be
designated by the Sellers in writing at least one full Business Day prior to the
Closing Date. The sum of Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($500,000) (the "Escrowed
Adjustment  Amount") shall be placed in escrow under arrangements  acceptable to
both parties of the Closing Date.  For purposes of this  Agreement,  a "Business
Day" is a day  other  than a  Saturday,  a Sunday  or a day on which  banks  are
required or authorized to be closed in the State of North Carolina.

     (aa) Installment Method. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Sellers may, by
notice to the Buyer not later than four Business Days prior to Closing, elect to
receive payment of the Cash  Consideration and Initial Adjustment Amount Payment
in two installments,  the first such installment being in an amount specified in
such  notice and payable on the  Closing  Date and the second  such  installment
being payable on or before January 1, 1998. If Sellers elect to receive payments
in installments pursuant to this paragraph,  at the Closing, the Buyer shall pay
the first  installment  in cash and shall  execute  and deliver to the Sellers a
promissory  note for the  principal  amount  of the  second  installment  (after
deduction  of all  letter  of  credit  issuance  fees  and  expenses  (including
associated  attorneys'  fees)  actually  payable  to the issuer of the letter of
credit securing such promissory  note). Such promissory note shall bear interest
at a rate equal to the same rate the Buyers would be able to obtain by investing
an amount  equal to the  principal  amount  of the note in the  letter of credit
bank's  money  market  funds and shall be  secured by an  irrevocable  letter of
credit  authorizing  Sellers to draw  thereon upon  certification  to the issuer
thereof that Buyer has failed to pay such note when due.  Such  promissory  note
and  letter  of credit  shall be on terms  and  pursuant  to  written  documents
mutually agreed by Sellers and Buyer.

                                        2

<PAGE>



     (b)  Adjustment  Procedures.  The Buyer will prepare an unaudited  combined
balance  sheet (the  "Closing  Balance  Sheet") of the Sellers as of the Closing
Date,  consisting of a  computation  of the book value as of the Closing Date of
the Purchased Assets (excluding  goodwill and other intangible  assets) less the
book value of the Assumed  Liabilities,  all as determined  in  accordance  with
generally accepted accounting principles applied consistently with the Financial
Statements (as defined in Section 3.4(a));  provided,  however,  that: inventory
shall be valued on a FIFO  basis;  the GE  Shareholder  Payments  (as defined in
Section  3.4(b))  shall be excluded;  and there shall be included  such reserves
and/or  write-offs  for  doubtful  accounts  receivable  and bad  debts  and for
damaged,  spoiled, obsolete or slow-moving inventory as shall be consistent with
the  Seller's  past  year-end  practices.  The net book value  reflected  on the
Closing Balance Sheet is hereinafter called the "Net Book Value". The Buyer will
deliver  the  Closing  Balance  Sheet to the  Sellers  within 30 days  after the
Closing Date. If within 30 days following  delivery of the Closing Balance Sheet
(or the next Business Day if such 30th day is not a Business  Day),  the Sellers
have not given Buyer  notice of their  objection to the  computation  of the Net
Book Value as set forth in the Closing Balance Sheet (such notice must contain a
statement  of the  basis of the  Seller's  objection),  then the Net Book  Value
reflected in the Closing  Balance  Sheet will be deemed  mutually  agreed by the
Buyer and the Sellers and will be used in computing the  Adjustment  Amount.  If
the Sellers  give such notice of  objection,  then the issues in dispute will be
submitted  to a "Big Six"  accounting  firm,  other than  Deloitte & Touche LLP,
mutually  acceptable  to the  Buyer  and the  Sellers  (the  "Accountants")  for
resolution.   If  issues  in  dispute  are  submitted  to  the  Accountants  for
resolution,  (i) each party will furnish to the Accountants  such workpapers and
other  documents  and  information  relating  to  the  disputed  issues  as  the
Accountants may request and are available to the party or its  Subsidiaries  (or
its  independent  public  accountants),  and will be afforded the opportunity to
present to the Accountants  any material  relating to the  determination  and to
discuss the  determination  with the  Accountants;  (ii) the Accountants will be
instructed  to determine  the Net Book Value based upon their  resolution of the
issues in dispute;  (iii) such  determination by the Accountants of the Net Book
Value,  as set forth in a notice  delivered to both parties by the  Accountants,
will be  binding  and  conclusive  on the  parties;  and (iv) the  Buyer and the
Sellers  shall  each  bear  50%  of  the  fees  of  the   Accountants  for  such
determination unless the determination by the Accountants results in an increase
of the Adjustment  Amount by more than 10% over the Adjustment Amount based upon
the Net Book Value reflected on the Closing Balance Sheet prepared by the Buyer,
in which case the Buyer shall pay all fees of the Accountant.

     To the extent that the Net Book Value, as mutually agreed by the parties or
as determined by the Accountants, exceeds the Initial Adjustment Amount Payment,
the Buyer shall be obligated to pay the amount of such excess,  up to the amount
of the Escrowed  Adjustment  Amount,  promptly to the  Sellers,  one-half to the
Corporation  and one-half to the LLC. In furtherance  of such  obligation of the
Buyer,  the parties  shall execute and deliver to the escrow agent with whom the
Escrowed  Adjustment Amount is on deposit a joint instruction to pay such excess
to the Sellers,  with any remaining balance of the Escrowed Adjustment Amount to
be paid to the Buyer.  To the extent that the Net Book Value, as mutually agreed
by the parties or as  determined  by the  Accountants,  is less than the Initial
Adjustment  Amount  Payment,  the  Sellers  shall  be  obligated,   jointly  and
severally, to pay the amount of such shortfall in the Net Book Value promptly to
the Buyer. In furtherance of such  obligation of the Sellers,  the parties shall
execute and deliver to the escrow agent with whom

                                        3

<PAGE>



the Escrowed  Adjustment  Amount is on deposit a joint  instruction to pay up to
the entire amount of the Escrowed  Adjustment Amount to the Buyer. To the extent
that the  amount  of such  shortfall  in the Net Book  Value  shall  exceed  the
Escrowed  Adjustment  Amount,  the  Sellers  shall  be  obligated,  jointly  and
severally,  to pay such excess  amount of shortfall  promptly to the Buyer.  Any
interest earned on the Escrowed Amount shall be paid to the Buyer or the Sellers
in proportion to the  respective  principal  amounts of the Escrowed  Adjustment
Amount received by each of them.

     (c)  Allocation.  The  allocation  of the  Purchase  Price and the  Assumed
Liabilities  among the Purchased  Assets is to be mutually agreed by the Sellers
and the Buyer at the  Closing;  provided  that (i) the amount  allocated  to the
covenants  set  forth in  Section  13.1  shall be  $10,000,  (ii) the  aggregate
allocation  between the  Corporation  and the LLC shall be equal,  and (iii) the
aggregate  allocation to the Purchased  Assets (other than  goodwill)  shall not
exceed the Adjustment Amount computed in paragraph (b) above.


     1.4 Instruments of Conveyance and Transfer; Further Assurances; Access.

     (a)  Instruments  of Conveyance and Transfer.  At the Closing,  each of the
Sellers shall deliver to the Buyer a Bill of Sale and Assignment,  substantially
in the form of Exhibit 1.4(a) (the "Bill of Sale") and such other  endorsements,
certificates of title,  assignments and other good and sufficient instruments of
conveyance and transfer, as shall be necessary to vest in the Buyer good, valid,
marketable and insurable title to the Purchased  Assets in accordance  herewith.
Simultaneously therewith, the Sellers shall take all steps as may be required to
transfer to the Buyer actual  possession and exclusive  operating control of the
Purchased Assets.

     (b) Consulting Agreements. At the Closing, the Shareholders will enter into
consulting  agreements  with the Buyer on terms  reasonably  satisfactory to the
Shareholders and the Buyer (the "Consulting  Agreements")  pursuant to which the
Shareholders will provide part-time  consulting services (including  advertising
and promotional assistance) to the Buyer on an as needed basis.

     (c) Dealership  Leases.  At the Closing,  the Shareholders  will enter into
leases to the Buyer's wholly-owned subsidiary (with the guaranty of the Buyer or
other security  required by the terms of the leases),  as lessee,  regarding the
real   properties   associated   with  the   Sellers'   dealership   businesses,
substantially in the form of Exhibit 1.4(c) (the "Dealership Leases").

     (d) Further Assurances.  The Sellers further agree that, from and after the
Closing, they will execute and deliver to the Buyer such additional  instruments
and documents and take such further action as the Buyer may  reasonably  require
in order to more fully vest,  record  and/or  perfect  the Buyer's  title to, or
interest in, the Purchased Assets.

     (e) Shareholders'  Covenant to Close. The Shareholders further covenant and
agree to take all necessary officer,  director and stockholder or member actions
to cause the Sellers to perform their  obligations  at and prior to the Closing,
as contemplated by this Agreement.

                                        4

<PAGE>



     1.5 Offers of Employment to Sellers' Employees.  On or prior to the date of
the Closing, the Buyer may offer employment to such of the Sellers' employees as
the Buyer shall  select,  such  employment  to begin on or after the date of the
Closing and to be upon such terms and  conditions  as determined by the Buyer in
its sole discretion, but the Buyer has no obligation to employ any person.


                                    ARTICLE 2
                                     CLOSING

     The sale and purchase of the  Purchased  Assets  contemplated  hereby shall
take place at a closing (the  "Closing") at the offices of Parker,  Poe, Adams &
Bernstein L.L.P., 2500 Charlotte Plaza, Charlotte, North Carolina, at 10:00 a.m.
local time on the fifth (5th)  Business Day, or such shorter period as the Buyer
may  choose,  following  the date the Buyer  gives  notice of the Closing to the
Sellers,  but in no event later than September 30, 1997,  unless another date or
place is agreed to in writing by the  Sellers  and the Buyer.  The date on which
the Closing actually occurs is hereinafter referred to as the "Closing Date".


                                    ARTICLE 3
            REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES AND COVENANTS OF THE SELLERS

     The Sellers,  jointly and  severally,  hereby  represent and warrant to the
Buyer as follows:

     3.1  Organization;  Good  Standing;  Qualifications.  The  Corporation is a
corporation duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws
of the State of North Carolina.  The Corporation is not required to be qualified
as a foreign  corporation in any  jurisdiction.  The LLC is a limited  liability
company duly organized,  validly existing and in good standing under the laws of
the State of North  Carolina.  The LLC has not been  dissolved,  its articles of
organization  have not been  revoked or  suspended,  it has not been merged into
another  limited  liability  company  in a  transaction  in which it was not the
survivor, and, if its term of duration is limited, its term has not expired. The
LLC is not required to be qualified as a foreign  limited  liability  company in
any jurisdiction.

     3.2 Authority; Consents; Enforceability.

     (a)  Authority.  Each of the  Sellers  has full  organizational  power  and
authority to carry on its business as now conducted, to execute and deliver this
Agreement  and the other  agreements,  documents  and  instruments  contemplated
hereby,  to consummate the transactions  contemplated  hereby and thereby and to
perform its obligations hereunder and thereunder.  The execution and delivery by
each of the Sellers of this  Agreement and the other  agreements,  documents and
instruments  contemplated hereby, the consummation by each of the Sellers of the
transactions  contemplated hereby and thereby and the performance by each of the
Sellers of its

                                        5

<PAGE>



obligations  hereunder and thereunder  have been duly and validly  authorized by
all  necessary  organizational  action,  including,   without  limitation,   all
necessary  shareholder or member  action,  as the case may be. The execution and
delivery  by each of the  Sellers of this  Agreement  and the other  agreements,
documents  and  instruments   contemplated   hereby,  the  consummation  of  the
transactions  contemplated hereby and thereby and the performance by each of the
Sellers of its obligations  hereunder and thereunder do not and will not, except
as set  forth on  Schedule  3.2(a),  (i)  conflict  with or  violate  any of the
provisions of the articles of incorporation or by-laws,  each as amended, of the
Corporation, (ii) conflict with or violate any of the provisions of the articles
of  organization  or operating  agreement,  each as amended,  of the LLC,  (iii)
violate any law,  ordinance,  rule or regulation or any judgment,  order,  writ,
injunction  or  decree  or  similar  command  of any  court,  administrative  or
governmental  agency or other  body  applicable  to either of the  Sellers,  the
Purchased Assets or the Assumed  Liabilities,  (iv) violate or conflict with the
terms of, or result in the  acceleration  of, any  indebtedness or obligation of
either of the Sellers  under,  or violate or conflict with or result in a breach
of, or constitute a default under, any Material Contract,  as defined in Section
3.6, to which either of the Sellers is a party or by which either of the Sellers
or any of the Purchased Assets or Assumed Liabilities are bound or affected,  or
(v) result in the  creation or  imposition  of any  Encumbrance  upon any of the
Purchased Assets.

     (b)  Consents.  Except  as  set  forth  in  Schedule  3.2(b),  no  consent,
authorization or approval of, or notice to, or filing or registration  with, any
governmental  body or  authority,  or any other  third  party,  is  required  in
connection  with the  execution  and  delivery  by either of the Sellers of this
Agreement and the other agreements, documents and instruments to be executed and
delivered  in  connection   herewith,   the  consummation  of  the  transactions
contemplated  hereby and thereby and the  performance  by each of the Sellers of
its obligations hereunder or thereunder. Upon receipt from the Buyer of a notice
that the Buyer  anticipates  the Closing to occur within  approximately  30 days
from the date of such notice (the "30-Day  Notice"),  the Sellers shall commence
reasonable commercial efforts to obtain all consents, authorizations, approvals,
notices, filings and registrations set forth on Schedule 3.2(b). The Buyer shall
reasonably  cooperate  with the Sellers in such  efforts by them.  Originals  or
certified copies thereof,  to the extent available,  will have been delivered to
the Buyer prior to the Closing.

     (c)  Enforceability.  This Agreement  constitutes,  and all  instruments of
conveyance and other  agreements,  documents and  instruments to be executed and
delivered by each of the Sellers in connection  herewith shall, when so executed
and delivered,  constitute,  the legal, valid and binding obligations of each of
the Sellers,  enforceable  against each of the Sellers in accordance  with their
respective  terms,  except to the extent that  enforceability  may be limited by
bankruptcy,  insolvency  and other  similar laws  affecting the  enforcement  of
creditors' rights generally.

     3.3 Investments.  Other than the Corporation's  membership  interest in the
LLC and customary  investments of cash in marketable  securities or as set forth
on Schedule 3.3,  neither  Seller owns,  directly or  indirectly,  any shares of
capital stock or other equity ownership or proprietary or membership interest in
any corporation, limited liability company, partnership, association, trust,

                                        6

<PAGE>



joint  venture or other  entity,  nor has any  commitment  to  contribute to the
capital of, make loans to, or share in the losses of, any enterprise.

     3.4 Financial Statements. (a) The Sellers have delivered to the Buyer prior
to the date hereof:

          (i) The reviewed  but  unaudited  balance  sheets for the Sellers on a
     combined  basis as of  December  31,  1996,  and the related  reviewed  but
     unaudited  statements of income,  stockholders'  equity and changes in cash
     flows of the  Sellers  on a combined  basis for the fiscal  year then ended
     (including the notes thereto and any other information  included  therein),
     accompanied,  in each case,  by the report of  Dellinger & Deese PLLC,  the
     Sellers'  independent  certified  public  accountants  (collectively,   the
     "Annual Financial Statements"); and

          (ii) The unaudited balance sheet of the Sellers on a combined basis as
     of  March  31,  1997  and  the  related  unaudited  statements  of  income,
     stockholders'  equity and changes in cash flow for the three  month  period
     then ended (collectively, the "Interim Financial Statements"), as certified
     by each of the Sellers'  respective  President and Manager, as the case may
     be, (the Annual Financial  Statements and the Interim Financial  Statements
     are hereinafter collectively referred to as the "Financial Statements").


     (b) The Financial  Statements (i) include the payments by Dealer  Financial
Services,  Inc. and GE Capital  Corporation to the  Shareholders (as reported on
Internal Revenue Service Forms 1099) pursuant to which the Shareholders  receive
commissions on General Electric  service  contracts sold by the Sellers (the "GE
Shareholder Payments"), (ii) are in accordance with the books and records of the
Sellers,  which books and records are true, correct and complete in all material
respects,  (iii) fully and fairly present the financial condition and results of
the operations of the Sellers as of and for the periods indicated, and (iv) have
been  prepared in  accordance  with  generally  accepted  accounting  principles
consistently applied, except as set forth on Schedule 3.4.

     3.5 Absence of Certain  Changes.  Since  December 31, 1996 the Sellers have
operated  their  businesses in the ordinary  course and,  except as set forth on
Schedule 3.5, there has not been incurred, nor has there occurred:

     (a) Any (i) damage,  destruction or loss not covered by insurance,  or (ii)
any  damage,  destruction  or loss  covered  by  insurance  and in excess of one
million dollars  ($1,000,000),  in either case adversely affecting the Purchased
Assets or the business of either of the Sellers;

     (b) Except for such liens as may be  disclosed  on Schedule  3.7, any sale,
transfer,  pledge or other  disposition of any tangible or intangible  assets of
the either of the Sellers  (except  sales of vehicle and parts  inventory in the
ordinary course of business) having an aggregate book value of $75,000 or more;


                                                         7

<PAGE>



     (c) Any  termination,  amendment,  cancellation  or waiver of any  Material
Contract  (as  defined in Section  3.6  hereof) or any  termination,  amendment,
cancellation or waiver of any material rights or claims of either of the Sellers
under any  Material  Contract  (except  in each case in the  ordinary  course of
business and consistent with past practices);

     (d) Any material change in the accounting methods,  procedures or practices
followed by either of the Sellers or any change in  depreciation or amortization
policies or rates theretofore adopted by the Sellers;

     (e) Except as may be disclosed on Schedules 3.8(b),  3.9(b), 3.22 and 3.23,
any  obligation or liability  for  indebtedness  for (i) borrowed  money (or the
guaranty  thereof),  or (ii) the  deferred  purchase  price of assets or for the
leasing of real or  personal  property  requiring  total  payments in any single
instance in excess of $10,000 incurred by either of the Sellers (whether jointly
or severally) to any person or entity;

     (f) Any material  change in policies,  operations or practices with respect
to business  operations  followed by either of the Sellers,  including,  without
limitation,  with respect to selling methods, returns,  discounts or other terms
of sale, or with respect to the policies, operations or practices of the Sellers
concerning the employees of the Sellers;

     (g) Any statute,  rule,  regulation or order adopted or  promulgated  which
materially  and adversely  affects the  Purchased  Assets or the business of the
Sellers  or the  ability  of the  Sellers  to  enter  into  valid,  binding  and
enforceable agreements;

     (h) Any capital  appropriation  or  expenditure  or commitment  therefor on
behalf of the  Sellers in excess of $50,000  individually,  or  $100,000  in the
aggregate;

     (i) Any general  uniform  increase,  other than in the  ordinary  course of
business,  in the compensation of employees of either of the Sellers (including,
without limitation, any increase, other than in the ordinary course of business,
pursuant to any bonus, incentive pay system,  pension,  profit-sharing,  defined
compensation  or other plan or commitment)  (other than any bonus which is fully
paid and  satisfied  prior to Closing),  or any increase in excess of $25,000 in
any such compensation payable to any individual officer, director, consultant or
agent  thereof,  or any  loans or  commitments  therefor  made by  either of the
Sellers  to  any  persons,  including  any  officers,  directors,  stockholders,
employees, consultants or agents of the Sellers or any of their affiliates;

     (j) Any  account  receivable  in excess of  $50,000 or note  receivable  in
excess of $50,000  owing to either of the Sellers which (i) has been written off
as  uncollectible,  in whole or in part,  (ii) has had  asserted  against it any
claim,  refusal or right of  setoff,  or (iii) the  account  or note  debtor has
refused to, or  threatened  not to, pay for any reason,  or such account or note
debtor has become insolvent or bankrupt;

     (k) Any other change in the condition  (financial or  otherwise),  business
operations,  assets,  earnings,  business or  prospects of either of the Sellers
which has, or could

                                        8

<PAGE>



reasonably  be  expected to have,  a material  adverse  effect on the  Purchased
Assets or the business or operations of the Sellers; or

     (l) Any  agreement,  whether  in  writing  or  otherwise,  by either of the
Sellers to take or do any of the actions enumerated in this Section 3.5.

     3.6 Material Contracts.

     (a) List of Material  Contracts.  Set forth on Schedule 3.6(a) is a list of
all  of   the   following   contracts,   agreements,   documents,   instruments,
understandings  or  arrangements,  written or oral,  relating  to the  Purchased
Assets or the Assumed  Liabilities,  other than  vehicle and parts  purchase and
sale  contracts  made in the  ordinary  course of  business  (collectively,  the
"Material Contracts"):

          (i) purchase or sales orders and other contracts for the sale of goods
     or services in excess of $50,000 individually;

          (ii) purchase  orders or contracts  involving the  expenditure of more
     than  $50,000 in any  instance  for the  purchase of  materials,  supplies,
     equipment or services and which are not cancelable  within thirty (30) days
     without penalty;

          (iii)  contracts  which  have a term in  excess  of one (1)  year  and
     involve the expenditure of more than $75,000;

          (iv)  contracts and  agreements  relating to the leasing (as lessor or
     lessee)  or to the  conditional  purchase  or  sale by the  Sellers  of any
     property,  real,  personal  or mixed and  pursuant  to which  the  Sellers'
     outstanding obligations exceed $10,000;

          (v) contracts,  commitments  and  arrangements  with any  governmental
     body, agency or authority;

          (vi) indentures,  mortgages,  deeds of trust,  promissory  notes, loan
     agreements,  capital  leases  (except to the extent covered in (iv) above),
     security agreements or other agreements or commitments for the borrowing of
     money,  or the  deferred  purchase  price of assets  (except  to the extent
     covered in (iv) above),  or which  otherwise  evidence  indebtedness of the
     Sellers for  borrowed  money or which create an  Encumbrance  on any of the
     Purchased Assets;

          (vii)  guarantees of the obligations of a third party or agreements to
     indemnify third parties;

          (viii)  agreements which restrict the Sellers from doing business with
     any other  person or entity in any  geographic  area or from  producing  or
     selling any product;


                                        9

<PAGE>



          (ix)  contracts  or  agreements  with any of the  Shareholders  or any
     affiliate (as defined below) of any of the Shareholders;

          (x) license agreements (as licensee or licensor) with third parties;

          (xi)  employment,   severance,   change  of  control,   parachute,  or
     consulting  agreements or arrangements and collective bargaining agreements
     and other related agreements, other than oral at-will arrangements with any
     employees  the  termination  of which will not  require  the payment of any
     money;

          (xii) distributor,  dealer, sales, advertising, agency, manufacturer's
     representative,  franchise  or  similar  agreements  or any other  contract
     relating to the payment of a commission, including, but not limited to, all
     agreements with Chrysler  Corporation,  General Motors Corporation or other
     vehicle manufacturer or distributor;

          (xiii) profit-sharing,  deferred compensation, bonus, incentive, stock
     option, pension, retirement, stock purchase, hospitalization,  insurance or
     similar plan, agreement or policy, formal or informal,  funded or unfunded,
     providing benefits to any current or former director, officer,  shareholder
     or employee;

          (xiv) any agreement, arrangement,  commitment or understanding for the
     sale  of any of the  Purchased  Assets,  outside  the  ordinary  course  of
     business; and

          (xv) any other  agreement,  understanding  or arrangement,  written or
     oral,  which,  in the  judgment  of the Sellers  and the  Shareholders,  is
     material  to the  business  of the  Sellers,  the  Purchased  Assets or the
     Assumed Liabilities and not otherwise described in this Section 3.6.

     True copies of all written Material  Contracts and written summaries of all
oral Material Contracts described or required to be described on Schedule 3.6(a)
will be  delivered to the Buyer or its counsel  promptly  after the date hereof.
For purposes of this  Agreement,  an  "affiliate" is any person or entity which,
directly  or  indirectly  through  one  or  more  intermediaries,  controls,  is
controlled by or is under common control with a person or entity and the concept
of "control" means the possession, direct or indirect, of the power to direct or
cause the  direction  of the  management  and policies of such person or entity,
whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise.

     (b) Performance, Defaults, Enforceability.  Except as set forth on Schedule
3.6(b),  the  Sellers  have in all  material  respects  performed  all of  their
obligations  required to be performed by them to the date hereof, and are not in
default or alleged to be in default in any material respect,  under any Material
Contract, and there exists no event, condition or occurrence which, after notice
or lapse of time or both, would  constitute such a default.  Except as set forth
on Schedule  3.6(b),  to the  knowledge  of the  Sellers,  no other party to any
Material  Contract  is in  default  in any  respect  of  any of its  obligations
thereunder. Each of the Material Contracts is valid and in

                                       10

<PAGE>



full force and effect, and, except as set forth in Schedule 3.6(b), the transfer
and  assignment  to the  Buyer of all of the  Material  Contracts,  will not (i)
require the consent of any party thereto or (ii) constitute an event  permitting
termination thereof.

     3.7 Title to Purchased Assets and Related  Matters.  The Sellers have good,
marketable and insurable title to all of the tangible Purchased Assets, free and
clear of all  Encumbrances,  except  those  described on Schedule 3.7 or another
schedule  hereto  and  liens  for  taxes  not  yet  due and  payable,  liens  of
materialmen,  mechanics  and the like,  incurred and  discharged in the ordinary
course of business,  and liens in the ordinary  course of business in connection
with workers'  compensation,  unemployment insurance and the like. Except as set
forth in Schedule 3.7 or another  schedule  hereto,  the Purchased  Assets:  (i)
include all  properties  and assets  (real,  personal  and mixed,  tangible  and
intangible,  and all  leases,  licenses  and other  agreements)  utilized by the
Sellers in carrying on their  business in the ordinary  course;  (ii) are in the
exclusive  possession  and control of the Sellers and no person or entity  other
than the Sellers  are  entitled to  possession  of any portion of the  Purchased
Assets;  and (iii) do not include any  contracts  for future  services,  prepaid
items or deferred  charges the full value or benefit of which will not be usable
by or transferable to the Buyer.

     3.8 Real Property of the Sellers.

     (a) Owned Real  Property.  The  Sellers do not own and have never owned any
real property.

     (b)  Leased  Premises.   Schedule  3.8(b)  contains  a  complete  list  and
description  (including  buildings  and other  structures  thereon)  of all real
property  of which the  Sellers  are  individually  or jointly  tenants  (herein
collectively  the "Leased  Premises"),  true and  complete  copies of the leases
thereof (except  existing  leases to be replaced by the Dealership  Leases) have
been delivered to the Buyer.  Except as set forth in Schedule 3.8(b), the Leased
Premises are in good physical condition and repair, except for ordinary wear and
tear and any  damage,  destruction  or loss  which  would not be a breach of the
Sellers'  representations and warranties  contained in Section 3.5(a) above. The
Sellers have no knowledge of any event or condition which currently exists which
would create a legal or other  impediment  to the use of the Leased  Premises as
currently  used, or would increase the additional  charges or other sums payable
by the tenant under any of the leases (together with the Dealership  Leases, the
"Leases") (including,  without limitation, any pending tax reassessment or other
special  assessment  affecting  the  Leased  Premises).  Except  as set forth in
Schedule 3.8(b),  the improvements and building systems which comprise a part of
the Leased  Premises as to which the Sellers are responsible for the maintenance
and repair thereof are in good  condition,  maintenance  and repair,  except for
ordinary wear and tear and any damage,  destruction or loss which would not be a
breach of the  Sellers'  representations  and  warranties  contained  in Section
3.5(a)  above.  Except for  easements and  restrictions  of record,  there is no
person or entity  other than the  Sellers in or entitled  to  possession  of the
Leased Premises.

     (c)  Easements,  Etc. The Leased  Premises  have  sufficient  easements and
rights,  including,  but not limited to, easements for power lines, water lines,
sewers, roadways and

                                       11

<PAGE>



other  means of ingress and egress,  to conduct the  businesses  the Sellers now
conduct,  all such easements and rights are unconditional  appurtenant rights to
the  Leased  Premises  for terms not less than  those of the  Leases,  including
without  limitation,  renewal periods with respect to the Leased  Premises,  and
none of such  easements or rights are subject to any  forfeiture or  divestiture
rights.

     (d)  Condemnation.  Neither  the whole nor any portion of any of the Leased
Premises has been condemned, expropriated, ordered to be sold or otherwise taken
by any public authority,  with or without payment or compensation  therefor, and
the Sellers do not know of any such condemnation, expropriation, sale or taking,
or have any grounds to  anticipate  that any such  condemnation,  expropriation,
sale or taking is threatened or  contemplated.  The Sellers have no knowledge of
any pending assessments which would affect the Leased Premises.

     (e) Zoning, Etc. Except as set forth in Schedule 3.8(e), none of the Leased
Premises is in violation of any public or private  restriction or any law or any
building,  zoning,  health,  safety,  fire  or  other  law,  ordinance,  code or
regulation,  and,  except as set forth on  Schedule  3.8(e),  no notice from any
governmental  body has been  served  upon the  Sellers or upon any of the Leased
Premises claiming any violation of any building, zoning, health, safety, fire or
other  law,  ordinance,  code or  regulation  or  requiring  or  calling  to the
attention  of  the  Sellers  the  need  for  any  work,  repair,   construction,
alterations or installation on or in connection with said properties, with which
the Sellers have not complied.

Notwithstanding  anything to the contrary contained herein, all  representations
and  warranties  of the Sellers in this Section 3.8 are made to the knowledge of
the Sellers  insofar as such  representations  and  warranties  relate to Leased
Premises  not  owned  by the  Sellers,  the  Shareholders  or  their  respective
affiliates.

     3.9 Machinery, Equipment, Etc.

     (a) Owned  Equipment.  Schedule  3.9(a)  sets forth a list of all  material
machinery, equipment, tools, motor vehicles, furniture and fixtures owned by the
Sellers  and  included  in  the  Purchased  Assets  (collectively,   the  "Owned
Equipment").

     (b) Leased  Equipment.  Schedule  3.9(b)  contains  a list of all  personal
property  leases or other  agreements,  whether  written or oral,  having  total
remaining payments in excess of $10,000 and under which the Sellers individually
or jointly are lessees of or hold or operate any items of machinery,  equipment,
motor  vehicles,  furniture  and fixtures or other  property  owned by any third
party (collectively the "Leased Equipment").

     (c) Maintenance of Equipment.  Except as set forth on Schedule 3.9(c),  the
Owned  Equipment  and  the  Leased  Equipment  is in good  operating  condition,
maintenance  and  repair in  accordance  with  industry  standards,  except  for
ordinary wear and tear and any damage,  destruction or loss which would not be a
breach of the  Sellers'  representations  and  warranties  contained  in Section
3.5(a) above.


                                       12

<PAGE>



     3.10 Inventories of the Sellers. All inventories of the Sellers included in
the Purchased Assets consist in all material  respects of items of a quality and
quantity  usable and  salable in the normal  course of their  businesses  at the
values at which such  inventories  are carried,  are generally  sufficient to do
business in the ordinary  course,  and the levels of inventories  are consistent
with the levels maintained by the Sellers in the ordinary course consistent with
past practices and the Sellers' obligations under their agreements with Chrysler
Corporation or other vehicle  manufacturer or  distributor.  The values at which
such inventories are carried are based on (a) the LIFO method in the case of new
vehicle  inventory,  and (b) the FIFO  method in the case of used  vehicles  and
spare parts  inventories,  and are stated in accordance with generally  accepted
accounting  principles  consistently  applied  by the  Sellers  at the  lower of
historic cost or market.

     3.11 Accounts Receivable of the Sellers.  The Sellers have delivered to the
Buyer a true and  correct  aged list of all unpaid  accounts  receivable  of the
Sellers as of May 1, 1997.  All accounts  receivable of the Sellers  included in
the Purchased  Assets will constitute  legal,  valid and binding and enforceable
claims with respect to which the  rendition of services or the sale of goods has
been completed in bona fide transactions in the ordinary course of business, are
collectible at the aggregate  recorded amounts thereof,  subject to the Sellers'
customary bad debt write-off which would,  but for the Closing,  be taken at the
end of 1997,  in the  ordinary  course  of the  Sellers'  business,  and are not
subject to any known offsets or counterclaims.

     3.12 Approvals, Permits and Authorizations. Set forth on Schedule 3.12 is a
list of all governmental licenses,  permits,  certificates of inspection,  other
authorizations,  filings and  registrations  which are necessary in all material
respects  for the  Sellers to own the  Purchased  Assets  and to  operate  their
businesses as presently  conducted  (collectively,  the  "Authorizations").  All
Authorizations  have been duly and  lawfully  secured or made by the Sellers and
are in full  force  and  effect.  There  is no  proceeding  pending  or  overtly
threatened or, to the Sellers'  knowledge,  any basis for a claim,  to revoke or
limit any Authorization. From the date hereof to and including the Closing Date,
the  Sellers  will  make all  reasonable  commercial  efforts  to  maintain  the
Authorizations.  As of the  Closing,  all  Authorizations  will  be  transferred
pursuant to this  Agreement to the Buyer to the extent  permitted  by law.  Upon
receipt of the 30-Day Notice,  the Sellers will take all  reasonable  commercial
steps to obtain,  and will cooperate with the Buyer to obtain,  all consents and
approvals  required  to  effect  such  transfer.  With  respect  to  renewal  of
Authorizations, the Sellers have made, in a timely manner, all filings, reports,
notices and other  communications  with the appropriate  governmental  body, and
have otherwise taken, in a timely manner, all other action, known or anticipated
to be required to be taken by the  Sellers,  reasonably  necessary to secure the
renewal of the respective  Authorizations  prior to the date of their respective
expirations.

     3.13 Compliance with Laws. The Sellers have conducted their  operations and
businesses in all material respects in compliance with, and all of the Purchased
Assets comply in all material  respects with, (i) all applicable laws, rules and
regulations  (including,  without  limitation,  any laws,  rules and regulations
relating  to  anticompetitive  practices,  contracts,  discrimination,  employee
benefits,  employment,  health, safety, and zoning, but excluding  Environmental
Laws which are the  subject  of Section  3.29  hereof)  and (ii) all  applicable
orders,  rules,  writs,  judgments,  injunctions,  decrees and  ordinances.  The
Sellers have not received any currently pending

                                       13

<PAGE>



notification of any asserted present or past failure by them to comply with such
laws,  rules  or  regulations,   or  such  orders,   rules,  writs,   judgments,
injunctions,  decrees or ordinances.  Set forth on Schedule 3.13 are all orders,
writs,  judgments,  injunctions,  decrees  or other  awards  of any court or any
governmental instrumentality presently applicable to the Purchased Assets or the
Sellers or their  businesses and  operations.  The Sellers have delivered to the
Buyer copies of all reports,  if any, of the Sellers  required to be prepared by
the Sellers  within the last 2 years under the Federal  Occupational  Safety and
Health Act of 1970, as amended, and under all other applicable health and safety
laws and  regulations.  The  deficiencies,  if any, noted on such reports or any
deficiencies  noted by  inspection  through the Closing Date have been, or as of
the Closing Date, will have been, corrected by the Sellers.

     3.14 Insurance.

     (a) Schedule 3.14(a) of this Agreement sets forth a list of all policies of
liability,   theft,   fidelity,   life,  fire,  product   liability,   workmen's
compensation,  health and any other  insurance  and bonds  maintained  by, or on
behalf of, the Sellers on their  properties,  operations,  inventories,  assets,
businesses or personnel  (specifying  the insurer,  amount of coverage,  type of
insurance, policy number and any pending claims in excess of $5,000 thereunder).
Each such insurance policy identified  therein is and shall remain in full force
and effect on and as of the Closing Date  (subject to  cancellation  immediately
thereafter  unless  continued  by the Buyer) and the  Sellers are not in default
with respect to any provision  contained in any such  insurance  policy and have
not  failed to give any  notice or present  any claim  under any such  insurance
policy in a due and timely fashion. No notice of cancellation or termination has
been received with respect to any such policy.  The Sellers have not, during the
last three (3) fiscal years,  been denied or had revoked or rescinded any policy
of insurance.

     (b) Set forth on Schedule 3.14(b) is a summary of information pertaining to
property damage and personal injury claims in excess of $5,000 against either of
the Sellers during the past five (5) years,  all of which are fully satisfied or
are being  defended  by the  insurance  carrier  and  involve no exposure to the
Sellers.

     3.15 Taxes.

     (a) All federal, state and local tax returns and reports required as of the
date hereof to be filed by the Sellers for taxable  periods  ending prior to the
date hereof have been duly and timely filed (after  giving  effect to applicable
extension  periods) by the Sellers with the appropriate  governmental  agencies,
and all such returns and reports are true, correct and complete.

     (b) All federal, state and local income,  profits,  franchise,  sales, use,
occupation,  property, excise, payroll, withholding,  employment,  estimated and
other taxes of any nature, including interest,  penalties and other additions to
such taxes ("Taxes"), payable by, or due from, the Sellers for all periods prior
to the date  hereof  have been  fully  paid or  adequately  reserved  for by the
Sellers or, with  respect to Taxes  required  to be  accrued,  the Sellers  have
properly  accrued or will properly  accrue such Taxes in the ordinary  course of
business consistent with past practice

                                       14

<PAGE>



of the Sellers,  in all cases except to the extent (i) the requirement to pay or
accrue such tax is unknown to the Sellers and  immaterial  as to amount and (ii)
being contested in good faith by appropriate  proceedings with adequate reserves
therefor.

     (c) The federal income tax returns of the Sellers have not been examined by
the Internal Revenue Service ("IRS") since the taxable period ended December 31,
1993.  Except as set forth on Schedule  3.15,  the Sellers have not received any
notice of any assessed or proposed claim or deficiency against it in respect of,
or of any present dispute between it and any governmental agency concerning, any
Taxes.  Except as set forth on Schedule 3.15, no examination or audit of any tax
return or report of either of the Sellers by any applicable  taxing authority is
currently  in  progress  and  there are no  outstanding  agreements  or  waivers
extending  the statutory  period of  limitation  applicable to any tax return or
report of the Sellers.  Copies of all  federal,  state and local tax returns and
reports  required to be filed by the Sellers  for the years ended  December  31,
1995 and 1994,  together with all schedules and attachments  thereto,  have been
previously delivered to the Buyer.

     (d) The  Corporation,  with the  consent of the  Shareholders,  has validly
elected under Subchapter S of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the
"Code"),  to be  taxed as a small  business  corporation  for the  Corporation's
taxable year  beginning  January 1, 1987,  and such tax  election has  continued
uninterrupted  for that  time and is still in effect  and will  remain in effect
through the Closing.  The Corporation and the Shareholders  from the date hereof
though the  Closing  will not cause or allow the  Corporation's  election  to be
taxed  as a  small  business  corporation  under  Subchapter  S of the  Code  to
terminate and will not perform or fail to perform any act which might jeopardize
the continued validity of said election through such date.


     (e) The Sellers are not now, and have never been, members of a consolidated
group for federal  income tax  purposes or a  consolidated,  combined or similar
group for state tax  purposes.  No consent  under Code Section 341 has been made
affecting  the  Sellers.  Neither of the Sellers is a party to any  agreement or
arrangement that would result in the payment of any "excess parachute  payments"
under Code Section 280G.  Except as set forth on Schedule  3.15, the Sellers are
not  required to make any  adjustment  under Code  Section  481(a).  No power of
attorney relating to Taxes is currently in effect affecting the Sellers.

     3.16  Litigation.  Except  as set  forth in  Schedule  3.16,  there  are no
actions, suits, claims, investigations or legal or administrative or arbitration
proceedings pending or overtly  threatened,  against the Sellers with respect to
the  Purchased  Assets  or the  Assumed  Liabilities  or the  businesses  of the
Sellers,  other than  customer  complaints  in the ordinary  course of business.
Except as set forth on Schedule  3.6(b),  the  Sellers  know of no basis for the
institution of any such action,  suit, claim,  investigation or proceeding.  The
Sellers are not now under any judgment,  order, writ, injunction,  decree, award
or  other  similar  command  of  any  court,   administrative  agency  or  other
governmental authority applicable to the businesses of the Sellers or any of the
Purchased Assets or Assumed Liabilities.


                                       15

<PAGE>



     3.17 Powers of Attorney. Except as set forth on Schedule 3.17, there are no
persons,  firms,  associations,  corporations,  business  organizations or other
entities  holding  general or special  powers of attorney from the Sellers other
than the  registered  corporate  agents  of the  Sellers  in the  State of North
Carolina and powers of attorney  granted under and embodied in the written terms
of the Material Contracts.

     3.18  Broker's  and  Finder's  Fees.  The  Sellers  have not  incurred  any
liability  to any broker,  finder or agent or any other person or entity for any
fees or  commissions  with  respect  to the  transactions  contemplated  by this
Agreement,  and the Sellers  hereby  agree to assume all  liability  to any such
broker,  finder or agent or any other person or entity  claiming any such fee or
commission.

     3.19 Employee Relations.  The Sellers employ a total of 226 employees as of
May 14,  1997.  Except as set forth in  Schedule  3.19:  (a) the Sellers are not
delinquent  in the payment (i) to or on behalf of any past or present  employees
of any wages,  salaries,  commissions,  bonuses,  benefit plan  contributions or
other  compensation  for all periods prior to the date hereof or the date of the
Closing,  as the case may be, (ii) of any amount which is due and payable to any
state or state fund  pursuant  to any  workers'  compensation  statute,  rule or
regulation  or any amount which is due and payable to any workers'  compensation
claimant or any other party  arising  under or with  respect to a claim that has
been  filed  under  state  statutes  and  approved  in the  ordinary  course  in
accordance with the Sellers' policies regarding workers' compensation and/or any
applicable state statute or administrative  procedure;  (b) there is no material
unfair labor practice charge or complaint against the Sellers pending before the
National Labor Relations  Board,  and, to the knowledge of the Sellers,  none is
threatened; (c) there is no labor strike, dispute, slowdown or stoppage actually
in progress or, to the knowledge of the Sellers, threatened against the Sellers;
(d) there are no collective  bargaining  agreements  currently in effect between
the Sellers and labor unions or organizations  representing any employees of the
Sellers; (e) no collective bargaining agreement is currently being negotiated by
the Sellers; (f) there are no union organizational  drives in progress and there
has been no formal or informal request to the Sellers for collective  bargaining
or for an employee  election from any union or from the National Labor Relations
Board; (g) no union representation or jurisdictional  dispute or question exists
respecting  the  employees  of  the  Sellers;   (h)  no  material  grievance  or
arbitration  proceedings  are pending and no claim  therefor  has been  asserted
against the Sellers;  and (i) no material  dispute  exists between either of the
Sellers  and any of their  sales  representatives  or, to the  knowledge  of the
Sellers,  between  any such sales  representatives  with  respect to  territory,
commissions, products or any other terms of their representation.

     3.20  Compensation.  Schedule  3.20  contains a schedule  of all  employees
(including  sales   representatives)   and  consultants  of  the  Sellers  whose
individual cash  compensation for the year ended December 31, 1996, or projected
for the year ended  December 31, 1997,  is in excess of $100,000,  together with
the amount of total  compensation  paid to each such person for the twelve month
period ended  December 31, 1996 and the current  aggregate base salary or hourly
rate  (including any incentive pay system,  bonus or  commission)  for each such
person.


                                       16

<PAGE>



     3.21 Patents; Trademarks; Trade Names; Copyrights; Licenses, Etc.

     (a) Except as set forth on Schedule 3.21, there are no patents, trademarks,
trade names, service marks, service names and registered  copyrights,  which are
material to the Sellers' businesses,  and there are no applications  therefor or
licenses thereof,  inventions,  computer software,  logos, or slogans, which are
owned or leased by the Sellers or used in the conduct of the Sellers'  business.
Except as set forth on  Schedule  3.21,  the  Sellers  are not  individually  or
jointly a party to, and do not pay a royalty  to anyone  under,  any  license or
similar  agreement.  There is no existing  claim,  or, to the  knowledge  of the
Sellers,  any  basis  for any  claim,  against  the  Sellers  that  any of their
operations,  activities  or products  infringe  the patents,  trademarks,  trade
names,  copyrights  or other  property  rights of  others or that  either of the
Sellers is wrongfully or otherwise using the property  rights of others.  To the
Sellers' knowledge, no third party is violating the Sellers' intangible property
rights.

     (b) The Sellers are the owners of the names "Lake Norman  Dodge,  Inc." and
"Lake Norman  Chrysler-Plymouth-Jeep-Eagle  LLC" in the State of North  Carolina
and, to the  knowledge of the Sellers,  no person uses, or has the right to use,
such name or any derivation  thereof in connection with the  manufacture,  sale,
marketing or  distribution of products or services  commonly  associated with an
automobile dealership in North Carolina.

     3.22 Certain Liabilities.

     (a) Part 1 of Schedule  3.22 sets forth a true and complete aged listing of
all accounts payable owing by the Sellers as of May 1,1997. All accounts payable
by the  Sellers to third  parties as of the date  hereof  arose in the  ordinary
course of business and none are  delinquent or past due,  except as may be noted
on such Schedule and except to the extent  payment  thereof is being disputed in
an appropriate  manner and the disputed  amounts are adequately  reserved on the
respective Sellers' books of account.

     (b) Part 2 of Schedule  3.22 sets forth a list of all  indebtedness  of the
Sellers as of the close of business on the day  preceding the date hereof (other
than accounts  payable)  including,  without  limitation,  money  borrowed,  the
deferred  purchase price of assets,  letters of credit and  capitalized  leases,
indicating, in each case, the name or names of the lender, the date of maturity,
the rate of  interest,  any  prepayment  penalties  or  premiums  and the unpaid
principal amount of such indebtedness as of such date.

     3.23 No  Undisclosed  Liabilities.  The  Sellers  do not have any  material
liabilities or obligations of any nature, known or unknown, fixed or contingent,
matured  or  unmatured,   other  than  those  (a)  reflected  in  the  Financial
Statements,  (b) incurred in the ordinary  course of business  since the date of
the Financial  Statements,  (c) fully insured by third party insurance carriers,
or (d) disclosed specifically on Schedule 3.23.

     3.24 Certain Transactions.  Except as set forth in Schedule 3.24, there are
no transactions  between any Seller and any of the  Shareholders  (including the
Shareholders' affiliates),

                                       17

<PAGE>



or the  Sellers'  or  Shareholders'  (including  the  Shareholders'  affiliates)
directors,  officers or salaried employees,  or the family members or affiliates
of any of the  above  (other  than  for  services  as  employees,  officers  and
directors),  including,  without  limitation,  any contract,  agreement or other
arrangement  providing for the  furnishing  of services to or by,  providing for
rental of real or personal property to or from, or otherwise  requiring payments
to or from, any of the Shareholders,  or any such officer,  director or salaried
employee, family member, or affiliate or any corporation,  partnership, trust or
other  entity in which such  family  member,  affiliate,  officer,  director  or
employee has a  substantial  interest or is a  shareholder,  officer,  director,
trustee or partner.

     3.25 Business Generally.  The Sellers have not agreed to sell the Purchased
Assets  to  the  Buyer  based  in  whole  or in  part  on the  knowledge  of any
information concerning the Sellers which has, or could reasonably be expected to
have, a material adverse effect on the businesses and operations of the Sellers,
taken as a whole, and which has not been disclosed to the Buyer hereunder.

     3.26 Employee Benefits.

     (a) Schedule 3.26 lists each "employee benefit plan" (as defined in Section
3(3)  of the  Employee  Retirement  Income  Security  Act of  1974,  as  amended
("ERISA"))  maintained by the Sellers or to which the Sellers  contribute or are
required to contribute  and also lists each deferred  compensation  plan,  bonus
plan,  severance plan, stock option plan,  "phantom" stock plan,  employee stock
purchase plan, cafeteria plan, and each other employee benefit plan,  agreement,
arrangement,  policy or commitment of the Sellers,  whether  formal or informal,
written or oral, funded or unfunded,  covering  employees or former employees of
the Seller (each such plan being hereinafter called an "Employee Benefit Plan").
For this  purpose  and for the  purpose  of all of the  representations  in this
Section 3.26, the term Sellers shall include the  Shareholders  and all entities
which by reason of common  control are treated  together with the Sellers and/or
Shareholders as a single employer in accordance with Section 414 of the Internal
Revenue Code (the "Code").

     (b) The Sellers do not maintain or contribute to, and have never maintained
or  contributed  to, an Employee  Benefit Plan subject to Title IV of ERISA or a
"multiemployer plan" (as defined in Section 3(37) of ERISA).

     (c) Each Employee  Benefit Plan and any related trust agreements or annuity
contracts  (or  any  other  funding   instruments)  has  been  administered  and
maintained to date in substantial  compliance  with the provisions of its terms,
ERISA and the Code,  where required,  and all other  applicable  laws, rules and
regulations;  and a favorable  determination as to the  qualification  under the
Code of each  Employee  Benefit  Plan  intended  to be so  qualified,  and  each
amendment thereto, has been made by the IRS.

     (d) No Employee  Benefit  Plan is funded by means of a VEBA or is otherwise
subject to the funding  rules of Sections 419 and 419A of the Code.  The Sellers
comply  and have  substantially  complied  with  the  health  care  continuation
coverage (COBRA)  requirements of Section 4980B of the Code and Sections 601-608
of  ERISA  and  any   applicable   state  health  care   continuation   coverage
requirements. Sellers have made no promises or incurred any liability,

                                       18

<PAGE>



pursuant to an Employee  Benefit Plan or otherwise,  to provide medical or other
welfare benefits to retired or former employees of the Sellers (other than COBRA
or state mandated continuation coverage, where applicable).

     (e) To the  knowledge  of the  Sellers,  neither  the  Sellers nor any plan
fiduciary of any  Employee  Benefit  Plan has engaged in any  transaction  which
would result in any tax, penalty or liability for prohibited  transactions under
ERISA  or the  Code  nor  have  any  plan  fiduciaries  breached  any  of  their
responsibilities  or obligations imposed upon fiduciaries under Title I of ERISA
which  may  result  in any  claim  being  made  under or by or on  behalf of any
Employee  Benefit  Plan by any  party  with  standing  to make  such  claim.  No
litigation  concerning any Employee  Benefit Plan is pending or, to the Sellers'
knowledge,  threatened  or probable of  assertion,  nor, to the knowledge of the
Sellers,  is  there  outstanding  any  complaint  to  the  Department  of  Labor
concerning any such plan.

     (f) True and complete copies of each Employee  Benefit Plan,  related trust
agreements or annuity contracts (or any other funding instruments),  most recent
Summary Plan Descriptions  thereof, all records concerning any IRS or Department
of Labor audit, if any, of the same or of deductions for contributions  thereto,
the three most recent  Annual  Reports on Form 5500 Series  required to be filed
with any governmental agency for each Employee Benefit Plan and annual financial
statements  for the last  three (3) plan  years of any  Employee  Benefit  Plan,
together  with test results  demonstrating  compliance  with coverage and either
contributions  or benefits  non-discrimination,  as  required by the Code,  have
heretofore been delivered by the Sellers to the Buyer.

     (g) All  Employee  Benefit  Plans,  related  trust  agreements  or  annuity
contracts (or any other funding  instruments)  are legally valid and binding and
in full force and effect, and there are no material defaults thereunder. None of
the rights of the Sellers thereunder will be impaired by the consummation of the
transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

     3.27 Sellers and Shareholders Not Foreign Persons.  Neither the Sellers nor
any of the  Shareholders  is a  "foreign  person" as that term is defined in the
Code and the  regulations  promulgated  pursuant  thereto,  and the Buyer has no
obligation under Section 1445 of the Code to withhold or pay over to the IRS any
part of the "amount realized" (as such term is defined in the regulations issued
under Section 1445 of the Code) by the Sellers  and/or the  Shareholders  in the
transactions contemplated hereby.

     3.28  Suppliers and  Customers.  Except as set forth in Schedule  3.28, the
Sellers are not required to provide  bonding or any other security  arrangements
in connection  with any  transactions  with any of its  respective  customers or
suppliers.  Except as  disclosed  on  Schedule  3.28,  to the  knowledge  of the
Sellers, no material supplier or creditor intends or has threatened to terminate
or modify any of their respective relationships with the Sellers.


                                       19

<PAGE>



     3.29 Environmental Matters.

     (a) For purposes of this Section 3.29,  the following  terms shall have the
following meaning:

          (i)  "Environmental  Law" means all present and future federal,  state
     and local laws, statutes,  regulations,  rules,  ordinances and common law,
     and  all  judgments,  decrees,  orders,  agreements,  or  permits,  issued,
     promulgated,  approved or entered  thereunder by any  government  authority
     relating to pollution,  Hazardous Materials, worker safety or protection of
     human health or the environment.

          (ii)  "Hazardous  Material"  means  any  waste,  pollutant,  chemical,
     hazardous material, hazardous substance, toxic substance,  hazardous waste,
     special waste,  solid waste,  petroleum or  petroleum-derived  substance or
     waste (regardless of specific gravity), or any constituent or decomposition
     product of any such pollutant, material, substance or waste, including, but
     not limited to, any hazardous substance or constituent contained within any
     waste and any other pollutant, material, substance or waste regulated under
     or as defined by any Environmental Law.

     (b)  The  Sellers   have   obtained   all   permits,   licenses  and  other
authorizations or approvals  required under  Environmental  Laws for the conduct
and operation of the Purchased Assets in all material  respects  ("Environmental
Permits").  All such Environmental Permits are in good standing, the Sellers are
and  have  been in  compliance  in all  material  respects  with the  terms  and
conditions of all such Environmental  Permits, and no appeal or any other action
is pending or threatened to revoke any such Environmental Permit.

     (c) Except as may be disclosed in the environmental  reports referred to in
Section  3.29(l),  the  Sellers  and the  Purchased  Assets are and have been in
compliance in all material respects with all Environmental Laws.

     (d) Except as may be disclosed in the environmental  reports referred to in
Section  3.29(l),  neither the Sellers nor the  Shareholders  has  received  any
written or oral order, notice, complaint, request for information, claim, demand
or other  communication from any government  authority or other person,  whether
based in contract,  tort, implied or express warranty,  strict liability, or any
other common law theory, or any criminal or civil statute,  arising from or with
respect to (i) the presence of any Hazardous Material or any other environmental
condition or a release or threatened release on, in or under the Leased Premises
or any other property  formerly owned,  used or leased by the Sellers,  (ii) any
other circumstances  forming the basis of any actual or alleged violation by the
Sellers of any  Environmental  Law or any  liability  of the  Sellers  under any
Environmental  Law, (iii) any remedial or removal action required to be taken by
the Sellers under any  Environmental  Law, or (iv) any harm, injury or damage to
real or personal  property,  natural  resources,  the  environment or any person
alleged to have  resulted from the  foregoing,  nor are the Sellers aware of any
facts which might  reasonably  give rise to such  notice or  communication.  The
Sellers  have  not  entered  into  any  agreements  concerning  any  removal  or
remediation of Hazardous Materials

                                       20

<PAGE>



     (e) No lawsuits,  claims, civil actions,  criminal actions,  administrative
proceedings,  investigations  or  enforcement  or other  actions  are pending or
overtly  threatened under any  Environmental  Law with respect to the Sellers or
the Leased Premises.

     (f) Except as may be disclosed in the environmental  reports referred to in
Section 3.29(l) or as disclosed on Schedule 3.29, no Hazardous  Materials are or
have been released,  discharged,  spilled or disposed of onto, or migrated onto,
the Leased Premises or any other property  previously owned,  operated or leased
by the  Sellers,  and no  environmental  condition  exists  (including,  without
limitation, the presence,  release,  threatened release or disposal of Hazardous
Materials)  related to the Leased Premises,  to any property  previously  owned,
operated  or  leased  by  the  Sellers,  or to  the  Sellers'  past  or  present
operations,  which would  constitute  a violation  of any  Environmental  Law or
otherwise give rise to costs, liabilities or obligations under any Environmental
Law.

     (g)  Neither  the Sellers  nor any of their  predecessors  in interest  has
transported or disposed of, or arranged for the  transportation  or disposal of,
any  Hazardous  Materials  to any  location  (i) which is listed on the National
Priorities  List,  the  CERCLIS  list  under  the  Comprehensive   Environmental
Response,  Compensation  and Liability  Act of 1980, as amended,  or any similar
federal, state or local list, (ii) which is the subject of any federal, state or
local  enforcement  action  or other  investigation,  or (iii)  about  which the
Sellers or the Shareholders  have received or have reason to expect to receive a
potentially  responsible  party notice or other  notice under any  Environmental
Law.

     (h) No  environmental  lien has attached or is threatened to be attached to
the Leased Premises.

     (i) No employee of the Sellers in the course of his or her employment  with
the Sellers has been  exposed to any  Hazardous  Materials  or other  substance,
generated, produced or used by the Sellers which could give rise to any material
claim (whether or not such claim has been asserted) against the Sellers.

     (j) Except as set forth on Schedule  3.29(j) and except as may be disclosed
in the environmental  reports referred to in Section 3.29(l),  the Property does
not contain any: (i) septic tanks into which process wastewater or any Hazardous
Materials have been disposed;  (ii) asbestos;  (iii)  polychlorinated  biphenyls
(PCBs);  (iv)  underground  injection or monitoring  wells;  or (v)  underground
storage tanks.

     (k) Except as provided in the written terms of the Material Contracts,  the
Sellers  have not agreed to assume,  defend,  undertake,  guarantee,  or provide
indemnification for, any liability,  including without limitation any obligation
for corrective or remedial action,  of any other person under any  Environmental
Law for environmental matters or conditions.


                                       21

<PAGE>



     (l)  Except as set  forth on  Schedule  3.29(l),  to the  knowledge  of the
Sellers,  there have been no  environmental  studies or reports made relating to
the Leased Premises or any other property or facility previously owned, operated
or leased by the Sellers.

     (m)  Notwithstanding   anything  to  the  contrary  contained  herein,  all
representations  and warranties of the Sellers in paragraphs (e) through (j) and
(l) of this  Section 3.29 are made to the  knowledge  of the Sellers  insofar as
such  representations  and  warranties  relate to real property not owned by the
Sellers, the Shareholders or their respective affiliates.

     3.30 Bank  Accounts and Safe Deposit  Boxes.  Schedule  3.30 lists all bank
accounts,  credit cards and safe deposit boxes in the name of, or controlled by,
the Sellers,  and details about the persons  having access to or authority  over
such accounts, credit cards and safe deposit boxes.

     3.31  Warranties.  Set forth on Schedule 3.31 are descriptions or copies of
the forms of all express,  unexpired warranties and disclaimers of warranty made
by the  Sellers  (separate  and  distinct  from any  applicable  manufacturers',
suppliers' or other  third-parties'  warranties or disclaimers of warranties) to
customers or users of the vehicles,  parts, products or services of the Sellers.
Except for no more than $300,000 per year of warranty repairs and accommodations
made for customers in the ordinary course of business,  there has been no breach
of warranty or breach of  representation  claim  against the Sellers  during the
past five years which has resulted in any cost,  expenditure  or exposure to the
Seller of more than $10,000 individually.

     3.32 Interest in Competitors and Related  Entities.  Except as set forth on
Schedule 3.32, no Shareholder  and no affiliate of any  Shareholder  (i) has any
direct or indirect  interest in any person or entity  engaged or involved in any
business  which is  competitive  with the business of the Sellers,  (ii) has any
direct or indirect  interest in any person or entity which is a lessor of assets
or properties to, material supplier of, or provider of services to, the Sellers,
or (iii) has a beneficial  interest in any contract or agreement to which either
of the Sellers is a party; provided,  however, the foregoing  representation and
warranty  shall not apply to any person or entity,  or any interest or agreement
with any person or entity,  which is a publicly  held  corporation  in which the
Shareholders  individually  and  collectively own less than 3% of the issued and
outstanding voting stock.

     3.33 Availability of Sellers'  Employees.  There have been no actions taken
by the  Sellers,  their  affiliates,  or any of their  respective  shareholders,
officers,  directors,  members,  managers or employees, to discourage, or in any
way prevent,  any of the  employees of the Sellers from being hired by the Buyer
after Closing.

     3.34 Misstatements and Omissions. No representation or warranty made by the
Sellers in this  Agreement,  and no statement  contained in any  certificate  or
Schedule  furnished or to be furnished by the Sellers or any of the Shareholders
pursuant  hereto,  contains or will  contain any untrue  statement of a material
fact or omits or will omit to state a material  fact  necessary in order to make
such representation or warranty or such statement not misleading.



                                       22

<PAGE>



                                    ARTICLE 4
                   REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE BUYER

     The Buyer hereby represents and warrants to the Sellers as follows:

     4.1  Organization  and  Good  Standing.  The  Buyer is a  corporation  duly
organized,  validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of
Delaware.

     4.2 Authority; Consents; Enforceability.

     (a) Authority.  The Buyer has full corporate power and authority to execute
and deliver the Agreement and the other agreements and documents and instruments
contemplated  hereby,  to consummate the  transactions  contemplated  hereby and
thereby and to perform its obligations  hereunder and thereunder.  The execution
and delivery by the Buyer of this Agreement and the other agreements,  documents
and  instruments  contemplated  hereby,  the  consummation  by the  Buyer of the
transactions contemplated hereby and thereby and the performance by the Buyer of
its obligations  hereunder and thereunder have been duly and validly  authorized
by all necessary  corporate  action on the part of the Buyer.  The execution and
delivery by the Buyer of this Agreement and the other agreements,  documents and
instruments   contemplated   hereby,  the  consummation  by  the  Buyer  of  the
transactions contemplated hereby and thereby and the performance by the Buyer of
its  obligations  hereunder and thereunder will not (i) conflict with or violate
any of the  provisions of the  Certificate  of  Incorporation  or By-laws of the
Buyer,  (ii) violate any law,  ordinance,  rule or  regulation  or any judgment,
order, writ, injunction or decree or similar command of any court administrative
or  governmental  agency  or other  body  applicable  to the Buyer or any of its
assets,  or (iii)  violate  or  conflict  with the  terms  of,  or result in the
acceleration  of, any  indebtedness or obligation of the Buyer under, or violate
or conflict  with or result in a breach by the Buyer of, or constitute a default
under, any material instrument,  agreement or indenture or any mortgage, deed of
trust or similar contract to which the Buyer is a party or by which the Buyer or
any of its assets may be otherwise bound or affected.

     (b)  Consents.  Except  as  set  forth  in  Schedule  4.2(b),  no  consent,
authorization or approval of, or notice to, or filing or registration  with, any
governmental  body or  authority,  or any other  third  party,  is  required  in
connection  with the execution  and delivery by the Buyer of this  Agreement and
the other agreements,  documents and instruments to be executed and delivered in
connection  herewith,   the  consummation  by  the  Buyer  of  the  transactions
contemplated  hereby  and  thereby  and  the  performance  by the  Buyer  of its
obligations hereunder and thereunder.  The Buyer shall use reasonable commercial
efforts to obtain all consents, authorizations,  approvals, notices, filings and
registrations  set  forth on  Schedule  4.2(b).  The  Sellers  shall  reasonably
cooperate with the Buyer in such efforts by it.

     (c) Enforceability.  This Agreement constitutes,  and all other agreements,
documents  and  instruments  to be  executed  and  delivered  by  the  Buyer  in
connection  herewith  shall,  when so executed and  delivered,  constitute,  the
legal, valid and binding obligations of the Buyer, enforceable against the Buyer
in accordance with their respective terms, except to the extent that

                                       23

<PAGE>



enforceability  may be limited by bankruptcy,  insolvency and other similar laws
affecting the enforcement of creditors' rights generally.

     4.3 Broker's and Finder's Fees. The Buyer has not incurred any liability to
any  broker,  finder  or agent or any other  person  or  entity  for any fees or
commissions with respect to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, and
the Buyer hereby  agrees to assume all  liability to any such broker,  finder or
agent or any other person or entity claiming any such fee or commission.

     4.4 Litigation.  There are no actions,  suits,  claims,  investigations  or
legal or  administrative or arbitration  proceedings  pending or, to the Buyer's
knowledge,  threatened  or probable of  assertion,  against the Buyer before any
court,  governmental  or  administrative  agency or other body  relating to this
Agreement  and/or the  transactions  contemplated  hereby.  The Buyer is not now
under any judgment, order, writ, injunction,  decree or other similar command of
any court,  administrative  agency or other governmental  agency which relate to
this Agreement and/or the transactions contemplated hereby.

     4.5  Misstatements or Omissions.  No representation or warranty made by the
Buyer in this  Agreement,  and no  statement  contained  in any  certificate  or
Schedule  furnished or to be  furnished  by the Buyer to the Sellers  and/or the
Shareholders pursuant hereto,  contains or will contain an untrue statement of a
material fact or omits or will omit to state a material fact  necessary in order
to make such representation or warranty or such statement not misleading.


                                    ARTICLE 5
                              PRE-CLOSING COVENANTS
                       OF THE SHAREHOLDERS AND THE SELLERS

     The Sellers and the Shareholders  hereby,  jointly and severally,  covenant
and agree that from and after the date hereof until the Closing:

     5.1 Provide Access to Information; Cooperation with Buyer.

     (a) Access.  Subject to the  Buyer's  compliance  with  Section  14.2,  the
Sellers shall afford to the Buyer,  its attorneys,  accountants,  and such other
representatives  of the Buyer as the Buyer  shall  designate  to the  Sellers in
writing, free and full access at all reasonable times, and upon reasonable prior
notice,  to the Purchased  Assets and the  properties,  books and records of the
Sellers, and to interview personnel,  suppliers and customers of the Sellers, in
order  that the  Buyer  may have full  opportunity  to make  such  investigation
(hereinafter  referred to as the "Buyer's due diligence") as it shall reasonably
desire of the Purchased Assets (including, without limitation, any appraisals or
inspections  thereof),  Assumed Liabilities and the businesses and operations of
the Sellers, provided, however that, unless the Sellers shall otherwise consent,
until the transaction has been publicly  announced (a) the Buyer's due diligence
shall be  conducted  off-site and not at the  Sellers'  premises,  except in the
context of any Environmental Audit as provided under Section 5.8

                                       24

<PAGE>



or any  physical  inspection  of the roof,  walls and  systems  of the  Sellers'
premises,  and (b) the Buyer's  discussions with the Sellers' personnel shall be
limited to discussions with PMG, QMG, Phil M. (Bunky) Gandy, III, James Pentalow
and the Sellers'  accountants  and  attorneys.  In addition,  the Sellers  shall
provide  to the Buyer and its  representatives  such  additional  financial  and
operating data and other information in respect of the Purchased Assets, Assumed
Liabilities  and the business and  properties  of the Sellers as the Buyer shall
from time to time reasonably request.

     (b)  Cooperation in IPO  Preparation.  The Sellers and  Shareholders  shall
cooperate  with  the  Buyer  in  the  preparation  of  any  description  of  the
transactions  contemplated  by this Agreement  deemed by the Buyer,  in its sole
discretion,  as necessary  for the  completion  of any  registration  statement,
prospectus or amendment or supplement  thereto  prepared in connection  with the
closing of the Initial Public Offering ("IPO") of the Buyer's securities.

     (c) Cooperation in Obtaining Buyer's Consents. The Sellers and Shareholders
shall  use  reasonable  best  efforts  in  cooperating  with  the  Buyer  in the
preparation  of and  delivery to Chrysler  Corporation,  as soon as  practicable
after the date hereof,  of an  application  and other  information  necessary to
obtain  Chrysler  Corporation's  consent to or the approval of the  transactions
contemplated by this Agreement in  satisfaction  of the conditions  expressed in
Section 7.10.

     5.2 Operation of Business of the Sellers.  At all times before the Closing,
the Sellers shall (a) maintain their corporate  existence in good standing,  (b)
operate their  businesses  substantially  as presently  operated and only in the
ordinary  course and consistent with past operations and, except as set forth on
Schedule 5.2,  their  obligations  under any existing  agreements  with Chrysler
Corporation,  (c) use their  reasonable,  commercial  best  efforts to  preserve
intact  their   present   business   organizations   and   employees  and  their
relationships  with persons having business dealings with them,  including,  but
not limited to, Chrysler Corporation and any floor plan financing creditors, (d)
comply in all material respects with all applicable laws, rules and regulations,
(e) maintain  their  insurance  coverages as currently  maintained,  (f) pay all
Taxes,  charges and  assessments  when due,  subject to any valid  objection  or
contest of such amounts asserted in good faith and adequately  reserved against,
(g) make all debt service payments when  contractually due and payable,  (h) pay
all accounts payable and other current liabilities when due, except as set forth
on Schedule  5.2,  (i) maintain the Welfare  Benefit  Plans and Pension  Benefit
Plans, if any, (j) except as set forth on Schedules 3.8(b) and 3.9(b),  maintain
the  property,  plant and  equipment  included in the  Purchased  Assets in good
operating  condition,  ordinary  wear and tear  excepted,  (k) as of the Closing
Date,  not  maintain  any used cars in  inventory  for longer than 90 days,  (l)
maintain  their books and records of account in the usual,  regular and ordinary
manner,  and (m) use their reasonable efforts to encourage such personnel of the
Sellers as the Buyer may  designate in writing to become  employees of the Buyer
after the date of the Closing.

     5.3 Other Changes. The Sellers shall not, without the prior written consent
of the Buyer,  (a) issue any debt or equity security or any options or warrants,
(b)  enter  into any  subscriptions,  agreements,  plans  or  other  commitments
pursuant to which the Sellers are or may become obligated to issue any shares of
its capital stock or any securities convertible into shares of

                                       25

<PAGE>



their capital stock or membership  interests,  as the case may be, (c) otherwise
change or modify their capital  structure,  (d) engage in any  reorganization or
similar  transaction,  (e) agree to take any of the foregoing actions, (f) enter
into any contract,  agreement,  undertaking or commitment  which would have been
required to be set forth in  Schedule  3.6(a) if in effect on the date hereof or
enter into any contract,  agreement,  undertaking or commitment  which cannot be
assigned to the Buyer or a permitted  assignee of the Buyer, or (g) take, cause,
agree to take or cause,  or permit to occur  any of the  actions  or events  set
forth in clauses (b), (d), (e), (f), (h), (i), item (i) of clause (j), or (l) of
Section 3.5 of this  Agreement.  The Sellers will not agree to any  termination,
amendment,   cancellation  or  waiver  of  any  Material  Contract,  or  to  any
termination,  amendment, cancellation or waiver of any material rights or claims
of either of the Sellers  under any Material  Contract,  where the effect of any
such termination,  amendment,  cancellation or waiver would be to materially and
adversely  affect  the  Purchased  Assets  or  the  ability  of the  Sellers  to
consummate the transactions at the Closing under this Agreement.

     5.4  Additional  Information.  The Sellers  shall furnish to the Buyer such
additional  information  with  respect  to any  matters  or  events  arising  or
discovered subsequent to the date hereof which, if existing or known on the date
hereof,  would have rendered any  representation or warranty made by the Sellers
or any  information  contained  in any Schedule  hereto or in other  information
supplied in connection  herewith then  inaccurate or incomplete.  The receipt of
such  additional  information  by the Buyer shall not operate as a waiver by the
Buyer of the  obligation of the Sellers to satisfy the conditions to Closing set
forth in Section 7.1 hereof;  provided,  however,  if such information  shall be
furnished to the Buyer in a writing which shall also  specifically  refer to one
or more  representations and warranties of the Sellers contained herein which in
the absence of such  information is inaccurate or incomplete,  then if the Buyer
waives the  condition to Closing set forth in said Section 7.1 hereof and elects
to  close  the  transactions  contemplated  hereunder,  the  furnishing  of such
additional  information  shall be deemed to have  amended as of the  Closing any
such  representation  and warranty so  specifically  referred to by the Sellers.
Notwithstanding  the foregoing,  the Sellers may amend the Schedules prepared by
it and  attached  hereto at any time during the twenty (20) day period after the
date hereof by delivering copies of such amendments,  as marked to show changes,
to the Buyer and its attorneys. Such amendments shall be incorporated as part of
this Agreement and shall be deemed to amend the  representation  and warranty to
which any such  schedule  relates so long as Buyer  does not elect to  terminate
this  Agreement  pursuant to Section  11.1 on or prior to the Early  Termination
Date (as defined in Section 11.1).

     5.5  Publicity.  Except  as may be  required  by  law  or as  necessary  in
connection with the transactions  contemplated hereby, the Sellers shall not (i)
make any press release or other public  announcement  relating to this Agreement
or the transactions  contemplated hereby,  without the prior written approval of
the  Buyer  and (ii)  otherwise  disclose  the  existence  and  nature  of their
discussions or negotiations  regarding the transactions  contemplated  hereby to
any  person or entity  other  than  their  accountants,  attorneys  and  similar
professionals, all of whom shall be subject to the nondisclosure obligations set
forth in this  Section  5.5,  Section  6.1 and  Section  14.2,  as agents of the
Sellers  and the  Shareholders,  as the  case may be.  Notwithstanding  anything
herein to the contrary,  each party (i) will hold,  and will use its  reasonable
best efforts to cause its officers, directors,  employees, lenders, accountants,
representatives, agents, consultants and advisors to hold, in strict

                                       26

<PAGE>



confidence  all  information  (other  than such  information  as may be publicly
available)  furnished  to such party by the other party in  connection  with the
transactions  contemplated by this Agreement (collectively,  the "Information");
and (ii) will not,  without the prior  written  consent of the party owning such
information  and except as may be required to be disclosed  in any  registration
statement filed by the Buyer in connection with the IPO, release or disclose any
information  to any other person,  except to such party's  officers,  directors,
employees, lenders, attorneys, accountants, representatives, agents, consultants
and  advisors  who  need  to  know  the   Information  in  connection  with  the
consummation  of the  transactions  contemplated  by  this  Agreement,  who  are
informed  of the  confidential  nature of the  Information,  and who agree to be
bound by the terms and conditions of this Section 5.5. In the event any party or
any Person to whom a party transmits the Information  pursuant to this Agreement
becomes legally  compelled to disclose any of the  Information,  such party will
provide the other party that owns such  Information  with prompt  notice so that
the owning party may seek a protective order or other appropriate remedy. If the
transactions  contemplated by this Agreement are not  consummated,  all tangible
embodiments of the Information  will be returned to the party that is the source
of such Information immediately upon such party's request.

     5.6 Other  Negotiations.  Neither the  Sellers nor any of the  Shareholders
shall pursue,  initiate,  encourage or engage in any negotiations or discussions
with, or provide any  information to, any other person or entity (other than the
Buyer and its representatives and Affiliates)  regarding the sale of the assets,
capital  stock  or  membership  interests  of  the  Sellers  or  any  merger  or
consolidation  or similar  transaction  involving  the Sellers,  until 5:00 p.m.
Eastern Time on September 30, 1997.

     5.7 Closing  Conditions.  The Sellers shall use all reasonable best efforts
to satisfy  promptly  the  conditions  to Closing  set forth in Article 7 hereof
required herein to be satisfied by the Sellers.

     5.8   Environmental   Audit.  The  Sellers  shall  allow  an  environmental
consulting  firm  selected by the Buyer (the  "Environmental  Auditor")  to have
prompt   access  to  the   Property   in  order  to  conduct  an   environmental
investigation,  satisfactory to the Buyer in scope (such scope being  sufficient
to result in a Phase I environmental  audit report and a Phase II  environmental
audit report, if desired by the Buyer), of, and to prepare a report with respect
to,  the  Property  (the  "Environmental  Audit").  The Buyer  hereby  initially
designates  Law  Engineering  as the  Environmental  Auditor.  The Sellers shall
provide to the  Environmental  Auditor:  (i)  reasonable  access to all of their
existing   records   concerning  the  matters  which  are  the  subject  of  the
Environmental  Audit; and (ii) reasonable access to the employees of the Sellers
and the last known  addresses  of former  employees  of the Sellers who are most
familiar with the matters which are the subject of the Environmental  Audit (the
Sellers agreeing to use reasonable efforts to have such former employees respond
to any  reasonable  requests or inquiries  by the  Environmental  Auditor).  The
Sellers shall otherwise  cooperate with the Environmental  Auditor in connection
with the  Environmental  Audit. The Buyer and the Sellers shall each bear 50% of
the costs,  fees and expenses incurred in connection with the preparation of the
Environmental Audit.

     5.9 Hart-Scott-Rodino Compliance. Subject to the determination by the Buyer
that any of the following  actions is not required,  the Sellers shall cooperate
with the Buyer and shall

                                       27

<PAGE>



promptly  file  Notification  and  Report  Forms  under  the   Hart-Scott-Rodino
Antitrust  Improvements Act of 1976, as amended (the "HSR Act") with the Federal
Trade  Commission  (the "FTC") and the Antitrust  Division of the  Department of
Justice (the "Antitrust Division") and respond as promptly as practicable to all
inquiries  received  from  the  FTC or the  Antitrust  Division  for  additional
information or documentation.

     5.10 Additional Covenants with Respect to Governmental Requirements.  Prior
to the Closing, the Sellers shall deliver to the Buyer the following material in
a form and content satisfactory to the Buyer and its counsel:

          (a) A copy of a duly issued  permanent,  unconditional  certificate of
     occupancy with respect to the LLC's principal  facility on Chartwell Drive,
     together  with  written  confirmation  from  the  applicable   governmental
     authority  that no fines,  penalties  or other  amounts  are or may  become
     payable on account of the circumstances  described in the initial paragraph
     of Schedule 3.8(e); and

          (b)  Written  confirmation  from the Town of  Cornelius  that the site
     leased by the LLC from  Lake-Side  Automotive,  Inc. is not in violation of
     the Land Development Code and that no fines, penalties or other amounts are
     or may become  payable on account  of the  circumstances  described  in the
     second paragraph of Schedule 3.8(e).


                                    ARTICLE 6
                       PRE-CLOSING COVENANTS OF THE BUYER

     The Buyer hereby  covenants and agrees that, from and after the date hereof
until the Closing:

     6.1  Publicity;   Disclosure.  Before  the  filing  by  the  Buyer  of  any
registration statement regarding the IPO and except as may be required by law or
as necessary in connection with the transactions  contemplated hereby, the Buyer
shall not (i) make any press  release or other public  announcement  relating to
this  Agreement  or the  transactions  contemplated  hereby,  without  the prior
written approval of the Sellers and the Shareholders, or (ii) otherwise disclose
the  existence  and nature of its  discussions  or  negotiations  regarding  the
transactions  contemplated  hereby  to any  person  or  entity  other  than  its
accountants,  attorneys and similar professionals,  all of whom shall be subject
to the nondisclosure  obligations set forth in this Section 6.1 and Sections 5.5
and 14.2, as agents of the Buyer.  Subject to the Buyer's legal  obligations and
the advice of its IPO  underwriters,  the Buyer shall  submit to the Sellers for
their  pre-approval  (such approval shall not be  unreasonably  withheld) of the
content  of  any   disclosures  in  the  IPO  context  about  the   transactions
contemplated hereby.


                                       28

<PAGE>



     6.2 Closing Conditions.  The Buyer shall use all reasonable best efforts to
satisfy  promptly  the  conditions  to  Closing  set  forth in  Article 8 hereof
required herein to be satisfied by the Buyer.

     6.3  Application  to  Chrysler  Corporation.   Subject  to  the  reasonable
cooperation of the Sellers,  the Buyer shall provide to Chrysler  Corporation no
later  than 30 days after the  execution  and  delivery  of this  Agreement  any
application or other information  necessary to satisfy the conditions of Section
7.10.

     6.4 Hart-Scott-Rodino Compliance. Subject to the determination by the Buyer
that any of the  following  actions is not required,  the Buyer shall  cooperate
with the Sellers and shall promptly file Notification and Report Forms under the
HSR Act with the FTC and the  Antitrust  Division  and  respond as  promptly  as
practicable to all inquiries received from the FTC or the Antitrust Division for
additional information or documentation,  and Buyer shall pay all filing fees in
connection therewith.


                                    ARTICLE 7
                CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO OBLIGATIONS OF THE BUYER

     The  obligations  of the Buyer under this  Agreement at the Closing and the
consummation by the Buyer of the transactions contemplated hereby are subject to
the satisfaction or fulfillment by the Sellers,  prior to or at the Closing,  of
each of the following conditions, unless waived by the Buyer:

     7.1 Representations and Warranties. The representations and warranties made
by the  Sellers in this  Agreement  shall be true and  correct  in all  material
respects  at and as of the date of this  Agreement  and at and as of the Closing
Date as though such  representations  and warranties were made at and as of such
times.

     7.2  Performance  of  Obligations  of the Sellers.  The Sellers  shall have
performed and complied with all their  covenants,  agreements,  obligations  and
restrictions  pursuant to this  Agreement  required to be  performed or complied
with prior to or at the Closing.

     7.3 Closing  Certificate.  The Sellers shall have  delivered a certificate,
signed by each of the Sellers' respective President and Manager, as the case may
be, and dated the date of the Closing,  certifying  to the  satisfaction  of the
conditions set forth in Sections 7.1 and 7.2 hereof.

     7.4  Opinion  of  Counsel.  The Buyer  shall  have  received  an opinion of
Robinson, Bradshaw & Hinson, P.A., counsel to the Sellers, dated the date of the
Closing, in a form reasonably acceptable to the Buyer and its counsel.


                                       29

<PAGE>



     7.5  Supporting  Documents.  The Buyer shall have received from the Sellers
the following:

     (a) A copy of the  Articles of  Incorporation  of the  Corporation  and all
amendments  thereto,  certified as of a recent date by the Secretary of State of
the State of North  Carolina and a copy of the Articles of  Organization  of the
LLC  and  all the  amendments  thereto,  certified  as of a  recent  date by the
Secretary of State of the State of North Carolina;

     (b) One or more  certificates  of the  Secretary  of State of the  State of
North  Carolina  dated  as of a  recent  date  as to the  due  incorporation  or
organization and good standing of the Sellers,  and stating that the Sellers owe
no  franchise  taxes in such state and  listing  all  charter  documents  of the
Sellers on file with said official;

     (c)  Certificates  of  the  Secretary  or an  Assistant  Secretary  of  the
Corporation,  and of the  Manager of the LLC,  and dated the date of the Closing
and certifying (i) that attached thereto is a true, complete and correct copy of
the  By-laws of the  Corporation  or the  Operating  Agreement  of the LLC as in
effect  on  the  date  of  such   certification,   (ii)  that  the  Articles  of
Incorporation  of the  Corporation  and the  Articles  of  Organization  and the
Operating  Agreement of the LLC have not been amended since the date of the last
amendment  referred to in the certificate  delivered  pursuant to Subsection (a)
above, (iii) that attached thereto are true,  complete and correct copies of the
resolutions  duly  adopted by the Board of  Directors  of the  Corporation,  the
Managers of the LLC, the  shareholders of the Corporation and the members of the
LLC  approving  the  transactions   contemplated   hereby  and  authorizing  the
execution,  delivery and  performance  by the Sellers of this  Agreement and the
sale and  transfer  of the  Purchased  Assets  as in  effect on the date of such
certification,  and (iv) as to the  incumbency  and signatures of those officers
and managers of the Sellers executing any instrument or other document delivered
in connection with such transactions;

     (d) Uniform  Commercial  Code Search Reports on Form UCC-11 with respect to
the Sellers from the states and local  jurisdictions  where the principal places
of business of the Sellers and the Purchased Assets are located; and

     (e) Such reasonable  additional  supporting documents and other information
as the Buyer or its counsel may reasonably request.

     7.6 Bill of Sale,  Etc.  The Buyer shall have  received  from the Sellers a
duly executed Bill of Sale and all necessary deeds,  assignments,  documents and
instruments to effect the transfers,  conveyances  and  assignments to the Buyer
referred to in Article 1 hereof,  free and clear of all Encumbrances,  except as
permitted by Section 1.1 hereof, and the Sellers shall have taken such action as
shall be necessary to put the Buyer in actual  possession and exclusive  control
of each of the Purchased Assets (including,  without limitation, the delivery of
keys).

                                       30

<PAGE>



     7.7  Dealership  Leases and  Consulting  Agreements.  The Buyer  shall have
received  Dealership  Leases,  duly  executed  by the  lessors  thereunder,  and
Consulting Agreements from the Shareholders.

     7.8 Books and Records.  The Buyer shall have received all books and records
of, or pertaining to, the businesses of the Sellers and the Purchased Assets and
Assumed  Liabilities,  except the corporate minute books and stock or membership
interest  record books of the Sellers,  which are not required to be transferred
to the Buyer pursuant to Section 1.1 hereof.

     7.9  Change of Name of  Sellers;  Use of  Sellers'  Name by  Buyer.  At the
Closing,  the  Sellers  shall  deliver  to the Buyer all  documents,  including,
without  limitation  resolutions  of the Board of  Directors or Managers and the
shareholders or members, as the case may be, of the Sellers, necessary to effect
a change of corporate and limited  liability  company names of the Sellers after
the  Closing to names  other than "Lake  Norman  Dodge,  Inc." and "Lake  Norman
Chrysler-Plymouth-Jeep-Eagle LLC" or any variation thereof, which names shall be
sufficiently  different from the name of the Buyer and "Lake Norman Dodge, Inc."
and "Lake Norman  Chrysler-Plymouth-Jeep-Eagle  LLC" as to distinguish them upon
the records in the office of the Secretary of State of North  Carolina from such
names.  The  Sellers  shall also have  delivered  to the Buyer at the  Closing a
written  consent to the use by the Buyer or any parent,  subsidiary or affiliate
of the Buyer,  or any  successor or assignee of any thereof,  of the names "Lake
Norman Dodge,  Inc." and "Lake Norman  Chrysler-Plymouth-Jeep-Eagle  LLC" or any
variant thereof and an agreement satisfactory to the Buyer that the Sellers will
not   use   the   names   "Lake   Norman   Dodge,   Inc."   and   "Lake   Norman
Chrysler-Plymouth-Jeep-Eagle  LLC" or any variant  thereof  except to the extent
necessary for the winding down of the affairs of the Corporation and the LLC.

     7.10  Consents.  The Buyer shall have received duly executed  copies of all
consents, authorizations, approvals, notices, registrations and filings referred
to in  Schedules  3.2(b)  and  3.6(b),  which are  required  to  consummate  the
transactions contemplated hereby, and including, but not limited to, the consent
of Chrysler Corporation to the transactions contemplated hereby.

     7.11 No Litigation. No action, suit or other proceeding shall be pending or
threatened  before any court,  tribunal  or  governmental  authority  seeking or
threatening  to  restrain  or  prohibit  the  consummation  of the  transactions
contemplated by this Agreement, or seeking to obtain damages in respect thereof,
or involving a claim that  consummation  thereof  would result in a violation of
any law,  rule,  decree  or  regulation  of any  governmental  authority  having
appropriate  jurisdiction  and no order,  decree  or ruling of any  governmental
authority or court shall have been entered challenging the legality, validity or
propriety  of, or  otherwise  relating to, this  Agreement  or the  transactions
contemplated  hereby or  prohibiting,  restraining  or otherwise  preventing the
consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby.

                                       31

<PAGE>



     7.12  Authorizations.  The  Buyer  shall  have  received  in its  name  all
authorizations  of the types  referred to in Section 3.12 of this  Agreement and
the Sellers shall have provided reasonable commercial assistance to the Buyer or
assisted the Buyer in obtaining or making all such Authorizations.

     7.13 [Intentionally left blank]

     7.14 Approval of Legal Matters.  The form of all instruments,  certificates
and documents to be executed and delivered by the Sellers to the Buyer  pursuant
to this Agreement and all legal matters in respect of the transactions as herein
contemplated shall be reasonably satisfactory to the Buyer and its counsel, none
of whose approval shall be unreasonably withheld or delayed.

     7.15 [Intentionally left blank]

     7.16 [Intentionally left blank]

     7.17 Hart-Scott-Rodino Waiting Period. All applicable waiting periods under
the HSR Act,  shall have expired  without any  indication  by the  Department of
Justice or the Federal Trade Commission that either of them intends to challenge
the transactions contemplated hereby, or, if any such challenge or investigation
is made or commenced,  the conclusion of such challenge or investigation permits
the transactions contemplated hereby in all material respects.

     7.18 IPO. The Buyer shall have closed its IPO.

     7.19   Certification  of  Used  Car  Inventories.   The  President  of  the
Corporation  and the Manager of the LLC shall have delivered to the Buyer at the
Closing  certificates  as of the Closing  Date to the effect that neither of the
Sellers  has any used car or truck  that  has been in  inventory  for more  than
ninety (90) days.


                                    ARTICLE 8
                       CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO OBLIGATIONS
                                 OF THE SELLERS

     The  obligations of the Sellers under this Agreement at the Closing and the
consummation by the Sellers of the transactions  contemplated hereby are subject
to the satisfaction or fulfillment by the Buyer, prior to or at the Closing,  of
each of the following conditions, unless waived by the Sellers:

     8.1 Representations and Warranties. The representations and warranties made
by the  Buyer  in this  Agreement  shall  be true and  correct  in all  material
respects at and

                                       32

<PAGE>



as of the date of this  Agreement  and at and as of the date of the  Closing  as
though such representations and warranties were made at and as of such times.

     8.2 Performance of Obligations of the Buyer. The Buyer shall have performed
and complied with all its covenants,  agreements,  obligations and  restrictions
pursuant to this Agreement required to be performed or complied with prior to or
at the Closing.

     8.3  Closing  Certificate.  The Buyer shall have  delivered a  certificate,
signed by the Buyer's President and dated the date of the Closing, certifying to
the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Sections 8.1 and 8.2.

     8.4 Payment of Purchase Price. The Buyer shall have tendered to the Sellers
payment of the Cash  Consideration and the Initial Adjustment Amount Payment (or
the  applicable  consideration  under  Section 1.3 (aa)) and shall have tendered
payment of the Escrowed Adjustment Amount to the escrow agent therefor.

     8.5  Opinion of  Counsel.  The  Sellers  shall have  received an opinion of
Parker,  Poe, Adams & Bernstein L.L.P.,  counsel to the Buyer, dated the date of
the Closing, in a form reasonably acceptable to the Sellers and their counsel.

     8.6 Supporting Documents. The Sellers shall have received the following:

     (a) A copy  of the  Certificate  of  Incorporation  of the  Buyer,  and all
amendments  thereto,  certified as of a recent date by the Secretary of State of
the State of Delaware;


     (b) A certificate  of the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware dated
as of a recent date as to the due incorporation and good standing of the Buyer;

     (c) A certificate  of the Secretary or an Assistant  Secretary of the Buyer
dated the date of the Closing,  and  certifying  (i) that attached  thereto is a
true,  complete and correct copy of the By-laws of the Buyer as in effect on the
date of such  certification,  (ii) that the Certificate of  Incorporation of the
Buyer has not been amended since the date of the last  amendment  referred to in
the certificate  delivered pursuant to Subsection (a) above, (iii) that attached
thereto are true, complete and correct copies of the resolutions duly adopted by
the Board of  Directors of the Buyer  approving  the  transactions  contemplated
hereby and authorizing  the execution,  delivery and performance by the Buyer of
this  Agreement as in effect on the date of such  certification,  and (iv) as to
the  incumbency and  signatures of certain  officers of the Buyer  executing any
instrument or other document delivered in connection with such transactions; and


                                       33

<PAGE>



     (d) Copies of all authorizations, consents, approvals, notices, filings and
registrations referred to in Section 4.2(b) hereof.

     8.7 Approval of Legal Matters.  The form of all  certificates,  instruments
and  documents  to be  executed  and/or  delivered  by the Buyer to the  Sellers
pursuant to this Agreement and all legal matters in respect of the  transactions
as herein  contemplated shall be reasonably  satisfactory to the Sellers and its
counsel, none of whose approval shall be unreasonably withheld or delayed.

     8.8 No Litigation.  No action, suit or other proceeding shall be pending or
threatened  before any court,  tribunal  or  governmental  authority  seeking or
threatening  to  restrain  or  prohibit  the  consummation  of the  transactions
contemplated by this Agreement, or seeking to obtain damages in respect thereof,
or involving a claim that consummation  thereof would result in the violation of
any law,  rule,  decree  or  regulation  of any  governmental  authority  having
appropriate  jurisdiction,  and no order,  decree or ruling of any  governmental
authority or court shall have been entered challenging the legality, validity or
propriety  of, or  otherwise  relating to, this  Agreement  or the  transactions
contemplated  hereby or  prohibiting,  restraining  or otherwise  preventing the
consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby.

     8.9 Hart-Scott-Rodino  Waiting Period. All applicable waiting periods under
the HSR Act shall have expired without any indication by the Antitrust  Division
or  the  FTC  that  either  of  them  intends  to  challenge  the   transactions
contemplated  hereby,  or, if any such  challenge  or  investigation  is made or
commenced,  the  conclusion  of such  challenge  or  investigation  permits  the
transactions contemplated hereby in all material respects.


                                    ARTICLE 9
                      TRANSFER TAXES; PRORATION OF CHARGES

     9.1  Certain  Taxes and Fees.  All  sales,  transfer,  documentary,  stamp,
recording  and other  similar  taxes  and/or fees which may be due or payable in
connection with the sale of the Purchased  Assets pursuant hereto shall be borne
by the Sellers.

     9.2 Proration of Certain Charges. The following taxes, charges and payments
("Charges")  shall,  to the extent not  reflected  in the Closing  Date  Balance
Sheet, be prorated on a per diem basis and  apportioned  between the Sellers and
the Buyer as of the date of the  Closing:  personal  property,  use,  intangible
taxes,  utility  charges,  rental  or  lease  charges,   license  fees,  general
assessments imposed with respect to the Purchased Assets,  employee payrolls and
insurance premiums.  The Sellers shall be liable for that portion of the Charges
relating  to, or arising in respect of,  periods on or prior to the Closing Date
and the Buyer shall be liable for that  portion of the Charges  relating  to, or
arising in respect of, any period after the Closing Date.


                                       34

<PAGE>




                                   ARTICLE 10
                           SURVIVAL OF REPRESENTATIONS
                         AND WARRANTIES; INDEMNIFICATION

     10.1 Survival of Representations and Warranties.  All statements  contained
in any schedule or certificate  delivered hereunder or in connection herewith by
or on behalf of any of the parties  pursuant to this  Agreement  shall be deemed
representations  and  warranties  by the  respective  parties  hereunder  unless
otherwise  expressly provided herein. The  representations and warranties of the
Sellers and the Buyer contained in this Agreement,  including those contained in
any Schedule or certificate delivered hereunder or in connection herewith, shall
survive the Closing * with the exception of the  representations  and warranties
contained  in the first  sentence of Section 3.7 and in Sections  3.15 and 3.26,
which shall  survive the Closing * . As to each  representation  and warranty of
the parties  hereto,  the date to which such  representation  and warranty shall
survive is hereinafter referred to as the "Survival Date."

     10.2  Agreement  to  Indemnify  by the  Sellers.  Subject  to the terms and
conditions of Sections  10.4 and 10.5,  the Sellers  hereby  agree,  jointly and
severally, to indemnify and save the Buyer, its affiliates, and their respective
shareholders,  officers, directors,  employees,  successors and assigns (each, a
"Buyer  Indemnitee")  harmless from and against,  for and in respect of, any and
all demands,  judgments,  injuries,  penalties,  damages,  losses,  obligations,
liabilities, claims, actions or causes of action, encumbrances,  costs, expenses
, (including, without limitation,  reasonable attorneys' fees and expert witness
fees)  suffered,  sustained,  incurred  or  required  to be  paid  by any  Buyer
Indemnitee (collectively,


* Confidential portions omitted and filed separately with the Commission.

                                       35

<PAGE>



"Buyer's  Damages")  arising out of, based upon,  resulting  from, in connection
with or as a result of:

     (a) any fraud or the untruth,  inaccuracy  or breach of any  representation
and  warranty of the Sellers  contained in or made  pursuant to this  Agreement,
including in any Schedule or  certificate  delivered  hereunder or in connection
herewith;

     (b) the  breach or  nonfulfillment  of any  covenant  or  agreement  of the
Sellers  contained  in this  Agreement  or in any other  agreement  document  or
instrument delivered hereunder or pursuant hereto; or

     (c) the  defense by the Buyer of any claim by any person  against the Buyer
or the  Purchased  Assets under any federal or state  bankruptcy,  insolvency or
other similar law seeking to avoid or otherwise set aside the transfer of any of
the Purchased  Assets  pursuant to this Agreement,  whether or not settled,  and
whether or not the Buyer is successful  in the defense of such claim,  except in
all cases to the extent such claim arises under any Assumed Liability.

     Except to the extent Buyer's  Damages arise out of (i) the Sellers'  fraud,
(ii) the Excluded  Liabilities,  or (iii) the Sellers' obligations under Section
1.3: (a) the Sellers have no  obligation to pay Buyer's  Damages,  and the Buyer
shall  have no  right  of  indemnification,  unless  Buyer's  Damages  exceed  a
cumulative  aggregate total of * , and, (b) to the extent Buyer's Damages exceed
a cumulative  aggregate total of * , the Sellers shall be obligated to indemnify
for  Buyer's  Damages  in excess  of * ,  subject  to a maximum  indemnification
obligation of an aggregate of * . To the extent that Buyer's Damages result from
any fraudulent conduct on the Sellers' part or from the Excluded  Liabilities or
from the Sellers'  obligations  under Section 1.3, the  indemnification  amounts
payable by Sellers  under this Section 10.2 shall not be to such * threshold and
shall be up to the full  amount of  Buyer's  Damages  without  restriction.  The
parties hereby  acknowledge that the above stated figure of * was established to
facilitate  the  administration  of claims  for  indemnification  by the  Buyer.
Accordingly, such figure is not intended by any of the parties as, and shall not
be construed or interpreted as, an expression or understanding of the parties in
respect of the term  "material"  or the concept of  materiality  as used in this
Agreement.

     10.3  Agreement  to  Indemnify  by the  Buyer.  Subject  to the  terms  and
conditions of Sections  10.4 and 10.5,  the Buyer hereby agrees to indemnify and
save the Sellers and the  Shareholders  (each, a "Seller  Indemnitee")  harmless
from  and  against,  for and in  respect  of,  any and all  demands,  judgments,
injuries, penalties, damages, losses, obligations,  liabilities, claims, actions
or causes  of  action,  encumbrances,  costs and  expenses  (including,  without
limitation,  reasonable  attorneys'  fees and  expert  witness  fees)  suffered,
sustained,   incurred  or   required  to  be  paid  by  any  Seller   Indemnitee
(collectively,  "Sellers'  Damages")  arising out of, based upon,  in connection
with or as a result of:

* Confidential portions omitted and filed separately with the Commission.

                                       36

<PAGE>



     (a) any fraud or the untruth,  inaccuracy  or breach of any  representation
and  warranty of the Buyer  contained  in or made  pursuant  to this  Agreement,
including in any Schedule or  certificate  delivered  hereunder or in connection
herewith;

     (b) the breach or  nonfulfillment of any covenant or agreement of the Buyer
contained in this  Agreement or in any other  agreement,  document or instrument
delivered hereunder or pursuant hereto; or

     (c) the  assertion  against the Sellers of any of the Assumed  Liabilities,
including  any claims,  liabilities  or  obligations  arising  from the Sellers'
operation of their  dealership  businesses,  regardless  of whether such claims,
liabilities or obligations arise before or after the Closing Date, provided that
such  claims,  liabilities  or  obligations  are not the  subject of a claim for
indemnification by a Buyer Indemnitee under Section 10.2.

     10.4 Claims for Indemnification.  No claim for indemnification with respect
to a breach of a representation  and warranty shall be made under this Agreement
after the applicable  Survival Date unless prior to such Survival Date the Buyer
Indemnitee  or the Seller  Indemnitee,  as the case may be, shall have given the
Sellers  or the  Buyer,  as the case may be,  written  notice of such  claim for
indemnification based upon actual loss sustained, or potential loss anticipated,
as a result  of the  existence  of any  claim,  demand,  suit or cause of action
against such Buyer Indemnitee or Seller Indemnitee, as the case may be.

     10.5 Procedures Regarding Third Party Claims. The procedures to be followed
by the Buyer and the Sellers and  Shareholders  with respect to  indemnification
hereunder regarding claims by third persons shall be as follows:

     (a) Promptly after receipt by any Buyer Indemnitee or Seller Indemnitee, as
the case may be, of  notice  of the  commencement  of any  action or  proceeding
(including,  without  limitation,  any  notice  relating  to a tax audit) or the
assertion of any claim by a third person, which the person receiving such notice
has reason to believe may result in a claim by it for indemnity pursuant to this
Agreement,  such  person  (the  "Indemnified  Party")  shall give notice of such
action,  proceeding or claim to the party against whom indemnification  pursuant
hereto is sought (the "Indemnifying Party"),  setting forth in reasonable detail
the  nature  of  such  action  or  claim,   including   copies  of  any  written
correspondence from such third person to such Indemnified Party.

     (b) The  Indemnifying  Party  shall be  entitled,  at its own  expense,  to
participate in the defense of such action,  proceeding or claim, and, if (i) the
action,  proceeding  or claim  involved  seeks (and  continues  to seek)  solely
monetary  damages,  (ii)  the  Indemnifying  Party  confirms,  in  writing,  its
obligation  hereunder to indemnify and hold harmless the Indemnified  Party with
respect to such damages in their entirety  pursuant to Sections 10.2 or 10.3, as
the case may be, and (iii) the  Indemnifying  Party  shall  have made  provision
which,  in the  reasonable  judgment of the  Indemnified  Party,  is adequate to
satisfy any adverse judgment as a result of its indemnification  obligation with
respect to such action,

                                       37

<PAGE>



proceeding or claim, then the Indemnifying Party shall be entitled to assume and
control such defense with counsel chosen by the Indemnifying  Party and approved
by the Indemnified Party,  which approval shall not be unreasonably  withheld or
delayed.  The Indemnified  Party shall be entitled to participate  therein after
such assumption, the costs of such participation following such assumption to be
at its own expense.  Upon assuming such defense,  the  Indemnifying  Party shall
have full rights to enter into any monetary  compromise or  settlement  which is
dispositive of the matters involved;  provided,  that such settlement is paid in
full by the  Indemnifying  Party  and  will  not have  any  direct  or  indirect
continuing material adverse effect upon the Indemnified Party.

     (c) With  respect to any  action,  proceeding  or claim as to which (i) the
Indemnifying  Party  does not have the right to assume  the  defense or (ii) the
Indemnifying Party shall not have exercised its right to assume the defense, the
Indemnified  Party shall  assume and  control  the  defense of and contest  such
action,  proceeding  or claim  with  counsel  chosen by it and  approved  by the
Indemnifying  Party,  which  approval  shall  not be  unreasonably  withheld  or
delayed.  The Indemnifying Party shall be entitled to participate in the defense
of such action,  the cost of such  participation  to be at its own expense.  The
Indemnifying Party shall be obligated to pay the reasonable  attorneys' fees and
expenses  of the  Indemnified  Party to the extent  that such fees and  expenses
relate to claims as to which indemnification is due under Sections 10.2 or 10.3,
as the case may be. The  Indemnified  Party shall have full rights to dispose of
such action;  provided,  however,  in the event that the Indemnified Party shall
settle or compromise  any claims  involved in the action  insofar as they relate
to,  or  arise  out of,  the same  facts as gave  rise to any  claim  for  which
indemnification  is due under  Sections  10.2 or 10.3,  as the case may be,  the
Indemnified  Party shall obtain the prior  written  consent of the  Indemnifying
Party, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed.

     (d) Both the Indemnifying  Party and the Indemnified  Party shall cooperate
fully with one another in connection with the defense,  compromise or settlement
of any such claim,  proceeding  or action,  including,  without  limitation,  by
making available to the other all pertinent information and witnesses within its
control.

     (e) Any Indemnified Party shall be entitled (but shall not be obligated) to
make a setoff and reduction of any amounts owed by such Indemnified Party to any
Indemnifying  Party equal to Buyer's  Damages where the  Indemnified  Party is a
Buyer  Indemnitee or Sellers'  Damages where the  Indemnified  Party is a Seller
Indemnitee.

     10.6  Effectiveness.  The  provisions of this Article 10 shall be effective
upon consummation of the Closing, and prior to the Closing,  shall have no force
and effect.



                                       38

<PAGE>



                                   ARTICLE 11
                         TERMINATION AND TERMINATION FEE

     11.1 Payment of Buyer's Termination Fee; Sellers' Exclusive Remedy; Buyer's
Ability to Terminate.

     (a) Payment of Buyer's Termination Fee. If the Closing does not occur on or
before  September  30, 1997 for any reason other than (i) (A) fraud or bad faith
on the part of the Sellers or the Shareholders or (B) the failure to satisfy, or
the  non-fulfillment  of,  the  conditions  precedent  to  the  Buyer's  Closing
conditions  stated in Sections 7.1, 7.2 or 7.3 or (to the extent not included in
Sections  7.1,  7.2 or 7.3) in Sections  7.6,  7.7 (insofar as it relates to the
Dealership  Leases),  7.8,  7.9,  or  7.17,  or (ii)  the  failure  of  Chrysler
Corporation to consent to or approve of the  transactions  contemplated  hereby,
then the Buyer  shall pay to the order of the Sellers in  immediately  available
funds a termination fee (the "Buyer's Termination Fee") equal to $1,500,000.  If
the  Closing  does not occur on or before  September  30,  1997  because  of the
failure of  Chrysler  Corporation  to consent to or approve of the  transactions
contemplated  hereby, then the Buyer shall pay in immediately  available funds a
Buyer's  Termination Fee equal to $1,000,000.  The Buyer's  Termination  Fee, if
any,  shall be payable on the second  Business Day following  September 30, 1997
and,  subject  to any  award of fees and  expenses  in the  event  the  Seller's
entitlement to the Buyer's Termination Fee is subject to a dispute under Section
14.12,  shall be the Sellers'  sole and  exclusive  remedy for any failure,  for
whatever reason, of the Closing to occur on or before September 30, 1997. Unless
otherwise  provided in this Agreement,  the Sellers and the Shareholders are not
entitled  to specific  performance  of any  provision  of this  Agreement.  Upon
payment of the Buyer's  Termination Fee, this Agreement shall terminate,  except
as provided in Section 11.4.

     (b) Buyer's Ability to Terminate  Without  Liability.  Notwithstanding  the
foregoing  provisions of this Section 11.1, (i) until the earlier of (A) 30 days
after the execution and delivery of this Agreement by the Buyer and (B) the date
the Buyer  files a  registration  statement  with the  Securities  and  Exchange
Commission  in  connection  with the IPO, or (ii) if, prior to the filing of any
registration statement in connection with the IPO, either the Antitrust Division
or the  FTC  makes a  "second  request"  for  performance  under  the HSR Act or
indicates  that  it  will  be  challenging  or  investigating  the  transactions
contemplated  hereby,  the  Buyer  may  terminate  this  Agreement  without  any
liability  or other  obligation  therefor,  including,  but not  limited to, any
obligations  to pay any Buyer's  Termination  Fee under this  Section 11.1 or to
indemnify any Seller  Indemnitee  under Section  10.3.  The date of  termination
hereunder shall be referred to herein as the "Early Termination Date".

     11.2 Payment of Sellers' Termination Fee.

     (a)  Sellers'  Termination  Fee. If the Closing does not occur on or before
September  30,  1997  because  of any (i)  fraud or bad faith on the part of the
Sellers

                                       39

<PAGE>



or the Shareholders or (ii) the failure to satisfy,  or the  non-fulfillment of,
the conditions  precedent to the Buyer's Closing  conditions  stated in Sections
7.1, 7.2 or 7.3 or (to the extent not  included in Sections  7.1, 7.2 or 7.3) in
Sections 7.6, 7.7 (insofar as it relates to the Dealership  Leases),  7.8, 7.9 ,
or 7.17,  then the  Sellers  shall pay to the order of the Buyer in  immediately
available  funds  a  termination  fee  on  September  30,  1997  (the  "Sellers'
Termination Fee") equal to $250,000. The Sellers' Termination Fee, if any, shall
be payable on the second Business Day following  September 30, 1997 and shall be
the  exclusive  remedy of the Buyer unless there is fraud on the Sellers' or the
Shareholders'  part or the  Sellers or the  Shareholders  shall  have  failed to
comply with their  material  covenants,  agreements and  obligations  under this
Agreement  required to be performed  or complied  with before or at the Closing.
Upon payment of the Sellers'  Termination  Fee, this Agreement shall  terminate,
except as provided in Section 11.4.

     (b)  Termination of Agreement by Buyer.  Notwithstanding  the provisions of
Section 11.2(a), if the Buyer shall terminate this Agreement pursuant to Section
11.1(b)  above,  the  Seller  shall  have  no  obligation  to pay  the  Sellers'
Termination  Fee under this Section 11.2 or to indemnify the Buyer under Section
10.2.

     11.3 Security for Termination Fees.

     (a) Buyer's Termination Fee Security. As of the date of this Agreement, the
Buyer shall  either (i)  deposit  into  escrow  with any  nationally  recognized
banking  organization the full amount of the Buyer's  Termination Fee, the terms
of such  escrow  being in  accordance  with the  terms of  Exhibit  11.3(a)  and
otherwise pursuant to such written  agreements and documents  acceptable to both
parties (the "Buyer's Escrow") or (ii) procure an irrevocable  standby letter of
credit drawn on a bank reasonably  acceptable to the Sellers,  or other security
satisfactory  to the  Sellers,  securing  the  payment of the full amount of the
Buyer's  Termination Fee, the terms of such letter of credit being in accordance
with the  terms of  Exhibit  11.3(a)  and  otherwise  pursuant  to such  written
agreements  and documents  acceptable  to both parties (the  "Buyer's  Letter of
Credit" and  together  with the Buyer's  Escrow,  the "Buyer's  Termination  Fee
Security"). If the Closing occurs, all amounts held under the Buyer's Escrow may
be  applied  toward  payment  of the  Purchase  Price.  The Buyer  shall pay all
expenses and costs  associated with the Buyer's  Termination  Fee Security.  The
Sellers  agree not to make any draw under the Buyer's  Termination  Fee Security
unless  and until the  Sellers  shall be  entitled  to  payment  of the  Buyer's
Termination Fee in accordance with Section 11.1.

     (b) Sellers'  Termination  Fee Security.  As of the date of this Agreement,
the Sellers shall either (i) deposit into escrow with any nationally  recognized
banking  organization the full amount of Sellers'  Termination Fee, the terms of
such escrow being in accordance  with the terms of Exhibit 11.3(b) and otherwise
pursuant to such written  agreements  and  documents  acceptable to both parties
(the "Sellers' Escrow") or (ii) procure an irrevocable  standby letter of credit
drawn  on  a  bank  reasonably  acceptable  to  the  Buyer,  or  other  security
satisfactory to the Buyer, securing the payment of the full amount of the

                                       40

<PAGE>



Sellers' Termination Fee, the terms of such letter of credit being in accordance
with the  terms of  Exhibit  11.3(b)  and  otherwise  pursuant  to such  written
agreements  and documents  acceptable to both parties (the  "Sellers'  Letter of
Credit" and together with the Sellers'  Escrow,  the "Sellers'  Termination  Fee
Security").  The Sellers  shall pay all expenses and costs  associated  with the
Sellers'  Termination Fee Security.  The Buyer agrees not to make any draw under
the  Sellers'  Termination  Fee  Security  unless  and until the Buyer  shall be
entitled to payment of the Sellers'  Termination  Fee in accordance with Section
11.2.

         11.4  Effect of  Termination.  In the  event  that  this  Agreement  is
terminated as  contemplated  by this Article 11, this  Agreement  shall be of no
further force or effect and neither party shall have any further  liabilities or
obligations  hereunder,  except as specifically  provided under this Article 11,
and provided that the provisions of Sections 5.5, 14.2, 14.4, 14.7, 14.11, 14.12
and 14.13 shall survive such termination.  Upon any such termination, each party
will  authorize the  cancellation  of any  outstanding  letters of credit and/or
escrow arrangements established pursuant to this Article 11.

                                   ARTICLE 12
                            GUARANTY OF SHAREHOLDERS

     12.1  Guaranty.  The  Shareholders  hereby  guarantee  the due and punctual
payment,  observance  and  performance  by the  Sellers  of each  and all of the
obligations  and  liabilities  of the Sellers under this Agreement and all other
agreements,  documents  and  instruments  to be executed  and  delivered  by the
Sellers  pursuant to, or in connection with, this Agreement  (collectively,  the
"Other Agreements"),  including,  without limitation, the Sellers' obligation to
indemnify  and save the Buyer  harmless,  in accordance  with the  provisions of
Article 10 of this Agreement.  All of the foregoing  liabilities and obligations
of the Sellers under this Agreement and the Other Agreements,  together with any
and all reasonable  fees,  costs and expenses  (including,  without  limitation,
attorneys'  fees)  which may be paid or incurred  by the Buyer in  enforcing  or
collecting  liabilities and obligations of the Shareholders under this Guaranty,
are  hereinafter  called,   collectively,   the  "Guaranteed  Obligations"  and,
individually, a "Guaranteed Obligation."

     12.2 Notice to the Shareholders.  The Shareholders hereby agree that if any
Guaranteed  Obligation is not paid,  observed or performed,  as the case may be,
when and as due, the Buyer may notify the Shareholders of such  non-performance,
whereupon the  Shareholders  shall cause the Sellers to promptly pay, observe or
perform or the Shareholders  will promptly pay, observe or perform,  as the case
may be, such Guaranteed Obligation.

     12.3  Absoluteness of Guaranty.  The obligations of the Shareholders  under
this  Guaranty  shall be absolute  and  unconditional,  present and  continuing,
irrespective of any bankruptcy proceeding involving the Sellers or any voluntary
or  involuntary  liquidation,  dissolution  or winding  up of the  affairs of or
termination  of the existence of the Sellers,  or any  circumstance  which might
constitute a legal or equitable discharge of a guarantor.


                                       41

<PAGE>



     12.4 Guaranty Not Affected.  Each of the  Shareholders  hereby consents and
agrees that, at any time and from time to time:

     (a) the time,  manner,  place  and/or  terms  and  conditions  of  payment,
observance or  performance of all or any of the  Guaranteed  Obligations  may be
extended,  amended,  modified or changed pursuant to agreement between the Buyer
and the Sellers;

     (b) any action may be taken under or in respect of this Agreement or any of
the  Other  Agreements,  and the  exercise  of any  remedy,  power or  privilege
thereunder may be waived, omitted or not enforced;

     (c) the time for  performance of or compliance  with any term,  obligation,
covenant or  agreement on the part of the Sellers to be performed or observed by
the Sellers under this Agreement or any of the Other Agreements may be extended,
or such performance or compliance  waived,  or failure in or departure from such
performance or compliance consented to; and

     (d) this  Agreement  and/or any of the Other  Agreements  may be amended or
modified in any respect by the parties thereto, all in such manner and upon such
terms as the parties  thereto may deem proper,  and without notice to or further
assent from the  Shareholders,  and all without  affecting  this Guaranty or the
obligations of the  Shareholders  hereunder,  which shall continue in full force
and effect until all of the Guaranteed  Obligations  and all  obligations of the
Shareholders hereunder shall have been fully paid, observed and performed.

Notwithstanding  the provisions of this Article XII, the Shareholders shall have
the  benefit  of any and all  defenses  to the  payment  or  performance  of the
Guaranteed  Obligations  available to the Sellers,  such that the obligations of
the Shareholders  under this Article 12 shall be no greater than the obligations
of the Sellers with respect to the  obligations  of the Seller which  constitute
the Guaranteed Obligations.

     12.5 Waiver. Each of the Shareholders hereby waives notice of acceptance of
this Guaranty, presentment,  demand, protest, or (except as set forth in Section
12.2  hereof) any notice of any kind  whatsoever,  with respect to any or all of
the  Guaranteed  Obligations,  and  promptness  in  making  any  claim or demand
hereunder;  and no act or omission of any kind shall in any way affect or impair
this  Guaranty.  Each of the  Shareholders,  except as set forth in Section 12.2
hereof, also waives any requirement, and any right to require, that any right or
power be  exercised  or any  action be taken  against  the  Sellers or any other
person or entity or any assets for any of the Guaranteed Obligations.

     12.6 No Subrogation. Notwithstanding any payment, observance or performance
made by the  Shareholders  pursuant to this Article 12, until all obligations of
the Sellers to the Buyer have been paid in full, the  Shareholders  hereby waive
any and all

                                       42

<PAGE>



rights of  subrogation  to all of the Buyer's rights against the Sellers and any
and all rights of reimbursement, assignment, indemnification or implied contract
or any similar  rights  against  the  Sellers or against  any  endorser or other
guarantor of all or any part of any obligations of the Sellers to the Buyer with
respect  to any  liabilities  of the  Shareholders  under this  Article  12. If,
notwithstanding  the foregoing,  any amount shall be paid to the Shareholders on
account of any subrogation rights at any time when all of the obligations of the
Sellers to the Buyer shall not have been paid in full, such amount shall be held
by the  Shareholders in trust for the Buyer,  segregated from other funds of the
Shareholders,  and shall, forthwith upon receipt by the Shareholders,  be turned
over to the Buyer in the exact form received by the Shareholders  (duly endorsed
by the  Shareholders  to the Buyer,  if  required),  to be applied  against  the
obligations of the Sellers to the Buyer,  whether matured or unmatured,  in such
order as the Buyer may determine.

     12.7  Reinstatement.  This  Guaranty  shall  continue to be effective or be
reinstated,  as  the  case  may  be,  if at  any  time  payment,  observance  or
performance,  or any  part  thereof,  of any of the  Guaranteed  Obligations  is
rescinded  or must  otherwise  be  restored  or  returned  by the Buyer upon the
insolvency,  bankruptcy  or  reorganization  of the Sellers,  all as though such
payment, observance or performance had not been made.

     12.8 Effectiveness.  The obligations of the Shareholders under this Article
12 shall  be  effective  upon  the  consummation  of the  Closing;  prior to the
Closing,  the provisions of this Article 12 shall be of no force or effect.  The
obligations of each Shareholder  hereunder shall be joint and several;  however,
the maximum  liability  of each  Shareholder  hereunder  shall be limited to the
maximum amount of the Purchase Price paid by the Buyer.


                                   ARTICLE 13
                       ADDITIONAL COVENANTS AND AGREEMENTS

     13.1  Non-Competition  Covenant.  Because the sale of the Purchased  Assets
involves  the sale of the  goodwill of the  Sellers,  the  Shareholders  and the
Sellers  covenant and agree that they will not,  either  directly or indirectly,
alone or with others, either as an employee, owner, partner, agent, stockholder,
member,  director,  officer  or  otherwise,  enter into or engage in, or provide
financing  to,  the  business  of  operating  a  Chrysler,  Plymouth,  Dodge  or
Jeep-Eagle  car  or  truck  dealership  (the   "Competitive   Business")  within
Mecklenburg County, North Carolina or any county in North or South Carolina that
is contiguous with Mecklenburg  County,  North Carolina (the "Restrictive Area")
for a period of three years after the Closing Date (the  "Restrictive  Period").
Neither the Shareholders nor the Sellers will  individually,  collectively or in
conjunction with others,  directly or indirectly,  within the Restrictive  Area,
(i) for the Restrictive Period,  solicit or accept any Competitive Business from
any person or entity  which was a customer of the  Sellers  during the 12 months
prior to the date of Closing; or (ii) for a period of one year after the Closing
Date,  directly  or  indirectly  solicit  or hire any  employee  of the Buyer or
encourage any such employee to

                                       43

<PAGE>



leave  such  employment  unless  such  employee  has  already   terminated  such
employment  with the Buyer or the Buyer and the Seller have  mutually  agreed in
advance to the solicitation or employment. Notwithstanding the foregoing, direct
family  relations of QMG and PMG, except for Phil M. (Bunky) Gandy, are excluded
from the operation of clause (ii) of the preceding sentence unless such relative
shall have executed an employment  agreement with the Buyer,  in which case said
clause  (ii)  shall  apply  for a period  equal  to the term of such  employment
agreement.  The  Sellers  and the  Shareholders  also agree that in the event of
breach of these  covenants,  the Buyer may  protect its  property  rights in the
goodwill of the Purchased Assets by injunction or otherwise.

     13.2 Bulk Sales  Compliance.  The Buyer  hereby  waives  compliance  by the
Sellers with the  provisions of any  applicable  bulk sales law, and the parties
acknowledge  that such  compliance  shall not be a  condition  precedent  to the
Closing.

     13.3  Additional  Agreements  on Vehicles.  The Buyer agrees to provide the
Shareholders  personally  (and not for commercial  resale) the right to purchase
during each year after the Closing Date, for ten years,  14 vehicles  (including
trucks)  from  the  Buyer or one of  Buyer's  wholly-owned  subsidiaries  at the
Buyer's or its  subsidiary's  actual  cost  (equal to factory  invoice  less (i)
factory holdback, (ii) dealer rebates, and (iii) any other factory incentive.

     13.4  Additional  Agreements on Health Care  Continuation  Coverage  Costs.
Subject to the terms and  conditions of this Section  13.4,  the Buyer agrees to
pay  premiums  to  provide   continuing   health  insurance   coverage  for  the
Shareholders and also for their eligible spouses and dependents who were covered
under the Sellers' health plans for the three month period immediately preceding
the  date  of this  Agreement  (the  "Eligible  Dependents").  Health  insurance
coverage shall be provided to the Shareholders and their Eligible  Dependents to
the extent such coverage is available to and subject to the terms and conditions
applicable  to  management  employees  of the Buyer and their  dependents  under
Buyer's health plan.  Each  Shareholder  and Eligible  Dependent  shall have the
opportunity to elect to have such  continuation  coverage  provided  through the
reimbursement of premiums under a separate individual insurance policy purchased
by the  Shareholder  or Eligible  Dependent for a period not to exceed two years
and  up  to  the  cost  of  COBRA   premiums  under  the  Buyer's  health  plan.
Alternatively,  to the extent a  Shareholder  or Eligible  Dependent  is a COBRA
qualified  beneficiary,  such  Shareholder or Eligible  Dependent shall have the
opportunity to elect to receive COBRA  continuation  coverage for the applicable
period under Buyer's  health plan and Buyer will pay the premiums for such COBRA
continuation coverage;  provided,  however, that in the event a Shareholder's or
Eligible Dependent's COBRA continuation coverage extends beyond eighteen months,
Buyer will pay the  premiums  only for an  additional  six months (so that Buyer
will pay  premiums for a maximum of two years) and the  Shareholder  or Eligible
Dependent will be liable and responsible for all premiums due for coverage after
such time.  Notwithstanding  the foregoing,  if a Shareholder  elects to receive
COBRA  continuation  coverage,  the two  year  reimbursement  option  previously
described will not be available to the Shareholder's

                                       44

<PAGE>



Eligible  Dependents,  and if an  Eligible  Dependent  elects to  receive  COBRA
continuation  coverage,  the two year reimbursement option will not be available
to the Shareholder  through which the Eligible Dependent is claiming coverage or
any  of  that  Shareholder's  other  Eligible  Dependents.  Notwithstanding  the
foregoing,  Buyer's  obligation  under  this  Section  13.4  with  respect  to a
Shareholder or Eligible Dependent shall end in the event that the Shareholder or
Eligible  Dependent becomes eligible for Part A or Part B of Medicare or becomes
eligible to participate in another group health plan or policy. Each Shareholder
shall have sole responsibility for any income tax liabilities arising out of the
Buyer's  payment or  reimbursement  of health  care  coverage  premiums  for the
Shareholder and his Eligible Dependents and the benefits of such coverage.

     13.5 Expenses  Associated  with  Preparation of Financial  Statements.  The
Buyer  agrees to pay at Closing all costs and  expenses  incurred by Seller,  if
any, for the  preparation  of the Interim  Financial  Statements and the Closing
Balance Sheet.  The Buyer also agrees to pay any incremental  additional cost of
combining the financial  data relating to the GE  Shareholder  Payments with the
financial  data from the  Sellers'  other  operations  to produce the  Financial
Statements.  The Sellers  agree to pay all other costs and  expenses  associated
with the preparation of the Financial Statements.


                                   ARTICLE 14
                            MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

     14.1 Access to Books and Records  after  Closing.  The Buyer  shall,  for a
period of seven years following the Closing,  give, and shall cause to be given,
to the Sellers and its  authorized  representatives  such access,  during normal
business  hours and upon prior  notice,  to such books and records  constituting
part of the Purchased Assets as shall be reasonably necessary for the Sellers in
connection  with the  preparation  and filing of the  Sellers'  tax  returns for
periods prior to the Closing,  and to make extracts and copies of such books and
records at the expense of the Sellers.

     14.2  Confidentiality.  Notwithstanding  anything  herein to the  contrary,
after the  Closing,  each party shall hold in strict  confidence  documents  and
information  concerning the other,  the other's  affiliates and their respective
businesses and properties  (including that of the Sellers) and the  transactions
contemplated  hereby,  except that either party may disclose such  documents and
information  to  (i)  any  governmental  authority  reviewing  the  transactions
contemplated  hereby or as  required  in either  party's  judgment  pursuant  to
federal  or  state  laws;  (ii)  such  persons  as are  required  to  have  such
information  in either  party's  good faith  judgment in order to assist  either
party in consummating the transactions contemplated hereby, and except that upon
the Closing,  the Buyer may disclose  such  documents  and  information  to such
persons as it may desire in order to carry on the business heretofore  conducted
by the Sellers,  or (iii) in connection with the pursuit or defense of any claim
between parties arising under this Agreement.


                                       45

<PAGE>



     14.3 Remedies.  Unless otherwise  provided in Article 11 of this Agreement,
each of the parties to this  Agreement  is entitled to all remedies in the event
of breach provided at law or in equity,  specifically including, but not limited
to, specific performance.

     14.4 Notices.  All notices,  claims,  certificates,  requests,  demands and
other communications  hereunder shall be given in writing and shall be delivered
personally  or  sent  by  telecopier  or by a  nationally  recognized  overnight
courier,  postage  prepaid,  and shall be deemed to have been duly given when so
delivered personally or sent by telecopier,  with receipt confirmed,  or one (1)
Business Day after the date of deposit with such nationally recognized overnight
courier. All such notices,  claims,  certificates,  requests,  demands and other
communications shall be addressed to the respective parties at the addresses set
forth below or to such other address as the person to whom notice is to be given
may have furnished to the others in writing in accordance herewith.

If to the Buyer, to:

    Sonic Auto World, Inc.
    P.O. Box 18747
    5401 East Independence
    Charlotte, North Carolina 28218
    Telecopier No.:  (704) 532-3312
    Attention:  Theodore Wright

with a copy to:

    Parker, Poe Adams & Bernstein L.L.P.
    2500 Charlotte Plaza
    Charlotte, North Carolina  28244
    Telecopier No.:  (704) 334-4706
    Attention:  Edward W. Wellman, Jr., Esq.

If to the Sellers, to the addresses of each of the Shareholders below

If to the Shareholders, to:

    Mr. Quinton M. Gandy                and    Mr. Phil M. Gandy, Jr.
    123 Bridgeport Drive                       2120 Captiva Court
    Mooresville, North Carolina  28115         Cornelius, North Carolina  28031
    Telecopier No.: (704) 892-9695             Telecopier No.: (704) 892-9695


                                       46

<PAGE>



in either case, with a copy to:

    Robinson, Bradshaw & Hinson, P.A.
    1900 Independence Center
    101 North Tryon Street
    Charlotte, North Carolina  28246
    Telecopier No.: (704) 378-4000
    Attention: Karen Gledhill, Esq.

     The Buyer,  the  Sellers  or the  Shareholders  may  change the  address or
telecopier  number to which such  communications  are to be  directed  by giving
written notice to the others in the manner provided in this Agreement.

     14.5 Parties in Interest; No Third Party Beneficiaries.

     (a) Subject to Section 14.6 hereof,  this Agreement  shall be binding upon,
inure to the benefit of and be  enforceable  by the  respective  successors  and
assigns of the parties hereto.

     (b) Nothing in this Agreement,  expressed or implied,  is intended or shall
be construed to confer upon or give to any employee of the Sellers or the Buyer,
or any other person,  firm,  corporation or legal entity, other than the parties
hereto and their successors and permitted assigns, any rights, remedies or other
benefits under or by reason of this Agreement.

     14.6  Assignability.  This  Agreement  shall not be assignable by any party
hereto  without the prior written  consent of the other  parties,  provided that
Buyer may assign its rights under the  Agreement  (a) at any time after the date
hereof, to any affiliate of Buyer presently  existing or hereafter  formed,  and
(b) at any time after the  Closing,  to any person or entity that shall  acquire
all or substantially all of the assets of the Buyer; provided,  however, that no
such  assignment  by the Buyer shall release it from its  obligations  hereunder
without the consent of the Sellers and the Shareholders.

     14.7 Entire  Agreement;  Amendment.  This  Agreement and the other writings
referred to herein or delivered pursuant hereto contain the entire understanding
of  the  parties  hereto  with  respect  to its  subject  matter.  There  are no
representations,  promises, warranties,  covenants or undertakings other than as
expressly  set forth  herein or therein.  This  Agreement  supersedes  all prior
agreements  and  understandings  between the parties  hereto with respect to its
subject matter, including,  without limitation, the Letter of Intent dated April
18, 1997, as  supplemented  by an Addendum  dated April 25, 1997 and an Addendum
dated May 9, 1997.  This  Agreement may be amended or modified only by a written
instrument duly executed by the parties  hereto,  and any condition to a party's
obligations hereunder may only be waived in writing by such party.


                                       47

<PAGE>



     14.8 Headings.  The article,  section and paragraph  headings  contained in
this  Agreement are for reference  purposes only and shall not affect in any way
the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement.

     14.9  Counterparts.  This  Agreement  may  be  executed  in any  number  of
counterparts, and each such counterpart hereof shall be deemed to be an original
instrument,  and  all  such  counterparts  together  shall  constitute  but  one
agreement.

     14.10  Governing Law. This Agreement  shall be governed by and construed in
accordance with the laws of the State of North  Carolina,  without giving effect
to its principles of conflicts of law.

     14.11  Knowledge.  Whenever any  representation  or warranty of the Sellers
contained  herein or in any other document  executed and delivered in connection
herewith is based upon the  knowledge of the Sellers,  such  knowledge  shall be
deemed to mean (a) matters  actually known to either of the  Shareholders  or to
Phil M. (Bunky) Gandy III or Jim Pentalow,  or (ii)  information of which any of
such persons would  reasonably be expected to be aware in the prudent  discharge
of his duties in the ordinary course of business  (including  consultation  with
legal counsel).

     14.12  Jurisdiction;  Arbitration.  (a) Subject to the other  provisions of
this  Section  14.12,  any  judicial  proceeding  brought  with  respect to this
Agreement must be brought in any court of competent jurisdiction in the State of
North Carolina, and, by execution and delivery of this Agreement, each party (i)
accepts,  generally  and  unconditionally,  the exclusive  jurisdiction  of such
courts and any related  appellate court,  and irrevocably  agrees to be bound by
any  judgment  rendered  thereby in  connection  with this  Agreement,  and (ii)
irrevocably waives any objection it may now or hereafter have as to the venue of
any such suit, action or proceeding  brought in such court or that such court is
an inconvenient forum.

     (b) Any dispute,  claim or  controversy  arising out of or relating to this
Agreement,   or  the  interpretation  or  breach  hereof   (including,   without
limitation,  any of the  foregoing  based  upon a claim to any  termination  fee
hereunder),  shall be  resolved  by  binding  arbitration  under the  commercial
arbitration rules of the American  Arbitration  Association (the "AAA Rules") to
the extent such AAA Rules are not  inconsistent  with this  Agreement.  Judgment
upon  the  award  of  the  arbitrators  may  be  entered  in  any  court  having
jurisdiction  thereof or such court may be asked to judicially confirm the award
and order its enforcement,  as the case may be. The demand for arbitration shall
be made by any party hereto within a reasonable time after the claim, dispute or
other  matter in question  has arisen,  and in any event shall not be made after
the date when institution of legal proceedings,  based on such claim, dispute or
other  matter  in  question,  would  be  barred  by the  applicable  statute  of
limitations.  The arbitration panel shall consist of three (3) arbitrators,  one
of whom shall be appointed by each party  hereto  within  thirty (30) days after
any request for arbitration hereunder. The two arbitrators thus appointed shall

                                       48

<PAGE>



choose the third  arbitrator  within  thirty (30) days after their  appointment;
provided,  however,  that if the two  arbitrators  are  unable  to  agree on the
appointment  of the third  arbitrator  within 30 days after  their  appointment,
either arbitrator may petition the American Arbitration  Association to make the
appointment.  The place of arbitration shall be Charlotte,  North Carolina.  The
arbitrators  shall be instructed to render their decision within sixty (60) days
after their selection and to allocate all costs and expenses of such arbitration
(including legal and accounting fees and expenses of the respective  parties) to
the parties in the proportions that reflect their relative success on the merits
(including the successful assertion of any defenses).

     (c) Nothing  contained in this Section 14.12 shall prevent any party hereto
from seeking any equitable relief to which it would otherwise be entitled from a
court of competent jurisdiction in the State of North Carolina.

     14.13  Waivers.  Any party to this  Agreement may, by written notice to the
other  parties  hereto,  waive any provision of this  Agreement  from which such
party is  entitled  to  receive a benefit.  The waiver by any party  hereto of a
breach of any provision of this Agreement shall not operate or be construed as a
waiver of any subsequent breach of such provision or any other provision of this
Agreement.

     14.14  Severability.  In the event that any provision,  or part thereof, of
this  Agreement  shall be held to be  invalid,  illegal  or  unenforceable,  the
validity,  legality and  enforceability  of the remaining  provisions,  or parts
thereof, shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

     14.15 Expenses.  Except as otherwise set forth herein,  each party shall be
responsible  for its own legal fees and other  costs and  expenses  incurred  in
connection  with this  Agreement and the  negotiation  and  consummation  of the
transactions contemplated hereby.

     14.16 Regarding Termination Fees. In the event that the Buyer's Termination
Fee or the  Sellers'  Termination  Fee  were  determined  by any  court or other
tribunal to  constitute  liquidated  damages,  the Buyer and the Sellers  hereby
acknowledge and agree that (a) they  reasonably  anticipate that the damages for
the  matters  contemplated  by  Sections  11.1 and  11.2  will be  difficult  to
ascertain  because of their  indefiniteness  or uncertainty  and (b) the Buyer's
Termination  Fee and the Sellers'  Termination  Fee are reasonable  estimates of
such damages.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Section 14.16 shall in no way
prevent any party hereto from  seeking any other legal or equitable  remedies to
which it would otherwise be entitled  hereunder.  The provisions of this Section
14.16 shall also survive any  termination of this Agreement as  contemplated  by
Article 11 hereof.

                      [Signatures begin on following page.]


                                       49

<PAGE>



     IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the parties  hereto have caused this  Agreement to be
duly executed all as of the day, month and year first above written.

                                            SONIC AUTO WORLD, INC.

     
                                            By: /s/ Bryan Scott Smith
                                                -------------------------------
                                                Name: Bryan Scott Smith
                                                Title: Chief Executive Officer


                                            LAKE NORMAN DODGE, INC.


                                            By: /s/ Phil M. Gandy, Jr.
                                                -------------------------------
                                                Name: Phil M. Gandy, Jr.
                                                Title: President

                                            LAKE NORMAN CHRYSLER-PLYMOUTH- JEEP-
                                            EAGLE LLC


                                            By: /s/ Quinton M. Gandy
                                                -------------------------------
                                                Name: Quinton M. Gandy
                                                Title: Manager



                                            /s/ Quinton M. Gandy
                                            -----------------------------------
                                            Quinton M. Gandy



                                            /s/ Phil M. Gandy, Jr.
                                            -----------------------------------
                                            Philip M. Gandy, Jr.


                                       50

<PAGE>



                            List of Schedules

Schedule 1.1               -   Excluded Assets

Schedule 1.2               -   Excluded Liabilities

Schedule 3.2(a)            -   Required Authorizations to Agreement

Schedule 3.2(b)            -   Required Consents to Agreement

Schedule 3.3               -   Investments

Schedule 3.4               -   Exceptions to Financial Statements of the Sellers

Schedule 3.5               -   Certain Changes

Schedule 3.6(a)            -   Material Contracts

Schedule 3.6(b)            -   Required Consents for Sale of Purchased Assets
                               and Transfer of Assumed Liabilities

Schedule 3.7               -   Encumbrances

Schedule 3.8(b)            -   Leased Premises & Condition Exceptions

Schedule 3.8(e)            -   Zoning

Schedule 3.9(a)            -   Owned Equipment

Schedule 3.9(b)            -   Leased Equipment

Schedule 3.9(c)            -   Maintenance of Machinery and Equipment

Schedule 3.12              -   Approvals, Permits and Authorizations

Schedule 3.13              -   Compliance with Laws

Schedule 3.14(a)           -   Insurance Policies

Schedule 3.14(b)           -   Property Damage and Personal Injury Claims

Schedule 3.15              -   Taxes

Schedule 3.16              -   Litigation


                                        1

<PAGE>



Schedule 3.17              -   Powers of Attorney

Schedule 3.19              -   Employee Relations

Schedule 3.20              -   Compensation

Schedule 3.21              -   Patents; Trademarks; Trade Names; Copyrights;
                               Licenses; Etc.

Schedule 3.22              -   Accounts Payable and Indebtedness

Schedule 3.23              -   Other Liabilities

Schedule 3.24              -   Affiliate Transactions

Schedule 3.26              -   Employee Benefits

Schedule 3.28              -   Suppliers and Customers

Schedule 3.29              -   Hazardous Materials

Schedule 3.29(j)           -   Environmental Conditions

Schedule 3.29(l)           -   Environmental Studies and Reports

Schedule 3.30              -   Bank Accounts and Safe Deposit Boxes

Schedule 3.31              -   Warranties

Schedule 3.32              -   Interests in Competitors

Schedule 4.2(b)            -   Buyer Consents

Schedule 5.2               -   Operation of Business



                                        2

<PAGE>



                                List of Exhibits



Exhibit 1.4(a)-1           -   Bill of Sale and Assignment/Corporation

Exhibit 1.4(a)-2           -   Bill of Sale and Assignment/LLC

Exhibit 1.4(c)             -   Forms of Dealership Leases

Exhibit 11.3(a)            -   Terms of Letter of Credit - Buyer's Termination
                               Fee Security

Exhibit 11.3(b)            -   Terms of Letter of Credit - Sellers' Termination
                               Fee Security


                                        1


================================================================================



                            ASSET PURCHASE AGREEMENT


                                  by and among


                             SONIC AUTO WORLD, INC.,

                            KIA OF CHATTANOOGA, LLC,

                       EUROPEAN MOTORS OF NASHVILLE, LLC,

                              EUROPEAN MOTORS, LLC,

                           JAGUAR OF CHATTANOOGA LLC,

                   CLEVELAND CHRYSLER-PLYMOUTH-JEEP EAGLE LLC,

                            NELSON BOWERS DODGE, LLC,

                        CLEVELAND VILLAGE IMPORTS, INC.,

                          SATURN OF CHATTANOOGA, INC.,

                            NELSON BOWERS FORD, L.P.,

                              NELSON E. BOWERS II,

                               JEFFREY C. RACHOR,

                     AND THE OTHER SHAREHOLDERS NAMED HEREIN


                            Dated as of June 24, 1997


================================================================================


<PAGE>

                                TABLE OF CONTENTS

                                                                            Page
                                                                            ----
Article 1 - Purchase and Sale of Assets; Assumption of Liabilities.............1
        1.1  Agreement of Purchase and Sale....................................1
        1.2  Assumed Liabilities...............................................1
        1.3  Purchase Price; Allocation........................................2
        1.4  Instruments of Conveyance and Transfer; Dealership Leases;
                  Employment Agreement.........................................4
        1.5  Offers of Employment to Sellers' Employees........................5

Article 2 - Closing............................................................5

Article 3 - Representations and Warranties of the Sellers......................6
        3.1  Organization; Good Standing; Qualifications.......................6
        3.2  Authority; Consent................................................6
        3.3  Ownership; Investments............................................6
        3.4  Financial Statements..............................................7
        3.5  Absence of Certain Changes........................................7
        3.6  Material Contracts................................................8
        3.7  Title to Purchased Assets and Related Matters.....................9
        3.8  Real Property of the Sellers......................................9
        3.9  Machinery, Equipment, Etc.........................................9
        3.10  Inventories of the Sellers......................................10
        3.11  Accounts Receivable of the Sellers..............................10
        3.12  Approvals, Permits and Authorizations...........................10
        3.13  Compliance with Laws............................................10
        3.14  Insurance.......................................................11
        3.15  Taxes...........................................................11
        3.16  Litigation......................................................11
        3.17  Powers of Attorney..............................................12
        3.18  Broker's and Finder's Fees......................................12
        3.19  Employee Relations..............................................12
        3.20  Compensation....................................................12
        3.21  Patents; Trademarks; Trade Names; Copyrights; Licenses, Etc.....12
        3.22  Accounts Payable................................................13
        3.23  No Undisclosed Liabilities......................................13
        3.24  Certain Transactions............................................13
        3.25  Business Generally..............................................13
        3.26  Employee Benefits...............................................13
        3.27  Sellers and Shareholders Not Foreign Persons....................14
        3.28  Suppliers and Customers.........................................14
        3.29  Environmental Matters...........................................15
        3.30  Bank Accounts and Safe Deposit Boxes............................16
        3.31  Warranties......................................................16


                                        i

<PAGE>



        3.32  Interest in Competitors and Related Entities....................17
        3.33  Availability of Sellers' Employees..............................17
        3.34  Misstatements and Omissions.....................................17

Article 4 - Representations and Warranties of the Buyer.......................17
        4.1  Organization and Good Standing...................................17
        4.2  Authority; Consents; Enforceability..............................17
        4.3  Broker's and Finder's Fees.......................................18
        4.4  Litigation.......................................................18
        4.5  Misstatements or Omissions.......................................18

Article 5 - Pre-closing Covenants of the Shareholders and the Sellers.........18
        5.1  Provide Access to Information; Cooperation with Buyer............19
        5.2  Operation of Business of the Sellers.............................19
        5.3  Other Changes....................................................20
        5.4  Additional Information...........................................20
        5.5  Publicity........................................................20
        5.6  Other Negotiations...............................................20
        5.7  Closing Conditions...............................................21
        5.8  Environmental Audit..............................................21
        5.9  Hart-Scott-Rodino Compliance.....................................21
        5.10  Audit of Sellers at Buyer's Expense.............................21

Article 6 - Pre-closing Covenants of the Buyer................................21
        6.1  Publicity; Disclosure............................................21
        6.2  Closing Conditions...............................................22
        6.3  Application to Automobile Manufactures and Distributors.  .......22
        6.4  Hart-Scott-Rodino Compliance.....................................22

Article 7 - Conditions Precedent to Obligations of the Buyer..................22
        7.1  Representations and Warranties...................................22
        7.2  Performance of Obligations of the Sellers........................22
        7.3  Closing Certificate..............................................22
        7.4  Opinions of Counsel..............................................23
        7.5  Supporting Documents.............................................23
        7.6  Bills of Sale, Etc...............................................23
        7.7  Dealership Leases and Other Agreements...........................24
        7.8  Books and Records................................................24
        7.9  Change of Name of Sellers; Use of Sellers' Name by Buyer.........24
        7.10  Consents........................................................24
        7.11  No Litigation...................................................24
        7.12  Authorizations..................................................25
        7.13  No Material Adverse Change or Undisclosed Liability.............25
        7.14  Approval of Legal Matters.......................................25
        7.15  Adverse Laws....................................................25
        7.16  Hart-Scott-Rodino Waiting Period................................25

                                       ii

<PAGE>


Article 8 - Conditions Precedent to Obligations of the Sellers................25
        8.1  Representations and Warranties...................................25
        8.2  Performance of Obligations of the Buyer..........................25
        8.3  Closing Certificate..............................................26
        8.4  Payment of Purchase Price........................................26
        8.5  Opinion of Counsel...............................................26
        8.6  Supporting Documents.............................................26
        8.7  Approval of Legal Matters........................................26
        8.8  Dealership Leases; Other Agreements; Guaranty....................26
        8.9  No Litigation....................................................26
        8.10  Hart-Scott-Rodino Waiting Period................................27
        8.11  Releases of Shareholders........................................27

Article 9 - Transfer Taxes....................................................27
        9.1  Certain Taxes and Fees...........................................27

Article 10 - Survival of Representations and Warranties; Indemnification......27
        10.1  Survival of Representations and Warranties......................27
        10.2  Agreement to Indemnify by the Sellers and Shareholders..........28
        10.3  Agreement to Indemnify by the Buyer.............................28
        10.4  Claims for Indemnification......................................29
        10.5  Procedures Regarding Third Party Claims.........................29
        10.6  Effectiveness...................................................30
        10.7  Certain Provisions Relating to Claims for Buyer's Damages.......30

Article 11 - Termination and Termination Fee..................................31
        11.1  Termination.....................................................31
        11.2  Procedure and Effect of Termination.............................32

Article 12 - Miscellaneous Provisions.........................................32
        12.1  Access to Books and Records after Closing.......................32
        12.2  Notices.........................................................33
        12.3  Parties in Interest; No Third Party Beneficiaries...............35
        12.4  Assignability...................................................35
        12.5  Entire Agreement; Amendment.....................................35
        12.6  Headings........................................................35
        12.7  Counterparts....................................................35
        12.8  Governing Law...................................................35
        12.9  Knowledge.......................................................35
        12.10  Jurisdiction; Arbitration......................................36
        12.11  Waivers........................................................36
        12.12  Severability...................................................37
        12.13  Expenses.......................................................37

                                       iii

<PAGE>




                            ASSET PURCHASE AGREEMENT

     THIS ASSET PURCHASE  AGREEMENT (this  "Agreement") is made and entered into
as of this 24th day of June,  1997,  by and among  SONIC  AUTO  WORLD,  INC.,  a
Delaware corporation (the "Buyer"), KIA OF CHATTANOOGA, LLC, a Tennessee limited
liability  company,  EUROPEAN  MOTORS OF  NASHVILLE,  LLC, a  Tennessee  limited
liability company,  EUROPEAN MOTORS, LLC, a Tennessee limited liability company,
JAGUAR OF CHATTANOOGA  LLC, a Tennessee  limited  liability  company,  CLEVELAND
CHRYSLER-PLYMOUTH-JEEP  EAGLE LLC, a Tennessee limited liability company, NELSON
BOWERS DODGE,  LLC, a Tennessee limited  liability  company  (collectively,  the
"LLCs"),  CLEVELAND VILLAGE IMPORTS,  INC., a Tennessee  corporation,  SATURN OF
CHATTANOOGA,  INC., a Tennessee corporation (collectively,  the "Corporations"),
NELSON BOWERS FORD, L.P., a Tennessee limited partnership (the "Partnership" and
together with the LLCs and the  Corporations,  the "Sellers"),  NELSON E. BOWERS
II, a  shareholder  of the  Corporations  and a member of the LLCs,  JEFFREY  C.
RACHOR,  a shareholder of certain of the Corporations and a member of certain of
the LLCs,  and the other persons who are  signatories  to this Agreement and who
are  shareholders,  members or partners,  as the case may be, of the  respective
Sellers (collectively, the "Shareholders").

                              W I T N E S S E T H:

     In consideration of the mutual representations,  warranties,  covenants and
agreements hereinafter set forth, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:


                                    ARTICLE 1
             PURCHASE AND SALE OF ASSETS; ASSUMPTION OF LIABILITIES

     1.1  Agreement  of  Purchase  and Sale.  On the terms  and  subject  to the
conditions of this  Agreement,  at the Closing (as defined in Article 2 hereof),
the Sellers  shall sell,  transfer,  convey,  assign and deliver (or cause to be
sold, transferred, conveyed, assigned and delivered) to the Buyer, and the Buyer
shall  purchase and accept  delivery of, all of the  Sellers'  right,  title and
interest in and to all of the assets of the Sellers of every kind, character and
description,  tangible or  intangible,  real,  personal or mixed,  and  wherever
located, including, without limitation, the assets described on Schedule 1.1(a),
but excluding,  however,  the assets described on Schedule 1.1(b) (the "Excluded
Assets");  said assets,  other than the Excluded Assets,  are hereinafter called
the "Purchased Assets".  The Purchased Assets will be sold free and clear of all
mortgages,   deeds  of  trust,  liens,  pledges,  charges,  security  interests,
contractual  restrictions,  claims  or  encumbrances  of any  kind or  character
(collectively,  "Encumbrances"),  other  than  the  Encumbrances  set  forth  on
Schedule 1.1(c) (the "Permitted Encumbrances").

     1.2 Assumed Liabilities. On the terms and subject to the conditions of this
Agreement  and in reliance upon the  representations  and  warranties  contained
herein,  at the Closing the Buyer shall  assume and  undertake to perform all of
the liabilities and obligations of the Sellers


                                        1

<PAGE>



specifically described on Schedule 1.2 (the "Assumed  Liabilities").  Except for
the  Assumed  Liabilities,  the Buyer shall not  assume,  and the Sellers  shall
retain and remain  responsible  for, any and all  liabilities and obligations of
the Sellers of any nature whatsoever,  whether past, current or future,  whether
accrued, contingent, known or unknown (such retained liabilities and obligations
being hereinafter called the "Retained Liabilities").

     1.3 Purchase Price; Allocation.

     (a)  Purchase  Price.  In  addition to the  assumption  by the Buyer of the
Assumed  Liabilities,  as the full consideration to be paid by the Buyer for the
Purchased  Assets,  the Buyer shall pay to the Sellers  the  aggregate  purchase
price of (i)  $23,000,000,  minus the  Rental  Cost  Adjustment  (as  defined in
Section 1.3(c) below) (as so adjusted, the "Base Price"), plus (ii) the positive
Net Book Value (as defined in Section 1.3(d) below),  not to exceed  $10,500,000
(the  "Adjustment  Amount"  and,  together  with the Base Price,  the  "Purchase
Price").

     (b) Payment of Purchase Price. The Purchase Price shall be paid as follows:

          (1) The Base Price,  plus $4,500,000 (the "Initial  Adjustment  Amount
     Payment")  shall be payable to the  Sellers at Closing by wire  transfer of
     immediately  available  funds to the account or  accounts  of the  Sellers,
     which  shall be  designated  by the  Sellers  in  writing at least one full
     Business Day prior to the Closing Date, in the percentage  shares specified
     in  Schedule  1.3(e).  The  sum of  $1,000,000  (the  "Escrowed  Adjustment
     Amount")  shall be placed in escrow with Chicago Title  Insurance  Company,
     c/o Milligan Reynolds Title Agency, Inc. (the "Escrow Agent"), by the Buyer
     in accordance with the escrow agreement in the form of Exhibit 1.3(A), with
     such other  changes  thereto as the Escrow Agent shall  reasonably  request
     (the "Escrow  Agreement").  The Initial  Adjustment  Amount Payment and the
     Escrowed Adjustment Amount are sometimes hereinafter  collectively referred
     to as the "Initial  Adjustment  Amount." For purposes of this Agreement,  a
     "Business  Day" is a day other than a Saturday,  a Sunday or a day on which
     banks are required to be closed in the State of North Carolina.

          (2) At the  Closing,  the  Buyer  shall  execute  and  deliver  to the
     respective  Sellers  one or more  promissory  notes in the form of  Exhibit
     1.3(B) (the "Notes").  The Notes shall: be in an aggregate principal amount
     of $5,000,000 less the amount, if any, by which the Net Book Value shall be
     less than  $10,500,000;  bear interest on the outstanding  principal amount
     thereof at the prime rate from time to time as  announced  by  NationsBank,
     N.A.  (Carolinas) in Charlotte,  North  Carolina,  less 0.5% per annum;  be
     payable in  twenty-eight  equal quarterly  installments;  and be subject to
     offset as  provided  therein,  all as more  particularly  provided  in said
     Exhibit  1.3(B).  The Notes shall be  guaranteed by Sonic  Financial  Corp.
     pursuant to a Guaranty in the form of Exhibit 1.3(C) (the "Guaranty").

     (c) Rental Cost Adjustment.  The amount of the rental cost adjustment shall
be determined  prior to the Closing in accordance  with the procedures set forth
in Schedule 1.3(c) (the "Rental Cost Adjustment").


                                        2

<PAGE>



     (d) Adjustment Amount Procedures.

     (1) Not later than 60 days after the  Closing  Date,  the  Sellers,  acting
through Nelson E. Bowers,  II, as agent for the Sellers (the "Sellers'  Agent"),
will prepare and deliver to the Buyer an unaudited  balance  sheet (the "Closing
Balance  Sheet")  of  the  Sellers  as of  the  Closing  Date,  consisting  of a
computation  of the tangible  book value as of the Closing Date of the Purchased
Assets (excluding  goodwill and other intangible  assets) less the book value as
of the Closing Date of the Assumed Liabilities,  all as determined in accordance
with  generally  accepted  accounting  principles;   provided,   however,  that:
inventory  shall  be  valued  on a FIFO  basis;  and  there  shall  be  included
appropriate  reserves and/or write-offs for doubtful accounts receivable and bad
debts  and  for  damaged,   spoiled,  obsolete  or  slow-moving  inventory.  The
preparation of the Closing  Balance Sheet shall include a physical  inventory as
of the Closing Date and the Buyer shall have the right to have a  representative
present  at such  inventory.  The Buyer  shall also have the right to review the
Sellers' and their  accountants'  work papers related to such  preparation.  The
tangible net book value  reflected on the Closing  Balance Sheet is  hereinafter
called the "Net Book Value". If within 30 days following delivery of the Closing
Balance Sheet (or the next Business Day if such 30th day is not a Business Day),
the Buyer has not given the Sellers'  Agent  notice of the Buyer's  objection to
the  computation of the Net Book Value as set forth in the Closing Balance Sheet
(such  notice to contain a statement in  reasonable  detail of the nature of the
Buyer's  objection),  then the Net Book Value  reflected in the Closing  Balance
Sheet will be deemed  mutually  agreed by the Buyer and the  Sellers and will be
used in  computing  the  Adjustment  Amount.  If the Buyer shall have given such
notice of  objection  in a timely  manner,  then the issues in  dispute  will be
submitted to a "Big Six"  accounting  firm mutually  acceptable to the Buyer and
the Sellers' Agent (the "Accountants") for resolution.  If issues in dispute are
submitted to the Accountants for resolution,  (i) each party will furnish to the
Accountants such workpapers and other documents and information  relating to the
disputed issues as the Accountants may request and are available to the party or
its subsidiaries (or its independent public  accountants),  and will be afforded
the  opportunity  to present to the  Accountants  any  material  relating to the
determination  and to discuss the determination  with the Accountants;  (ii) the
Accountants  will be instructed to determine the Net Book Value based upon their
resolution of the issues in dispute; (iii) such determination by the Accountants
of the Net Book Value, as set forth in a notice delivered to both parties by the
Accountants,  will be binding and conclusive on the parties;  and (iv) the Buyer
and the Sellers shall each bear 50% of the fees and expenses of the  Accountants
for such  determination.  If issues in dispute are submitted to the Accountants,
any portion of the  Escrowed  Adjustment  Amount in excess of that which,  based
upon such issues in dispute,  would be  necessary to satisfy any  potential  Net
Book Value Shortfall (as hereinafter  defined) shall be released to the Sellers'
Agent  within 5  Business  Days  after  the  submission  of such  issues  to the
Accountants,  and the Sellers'  Agent and the Buyer shall execute and deliver to
the Escrow Agent a joint instruction to such effect.

     (2) To the extent that the Net Book Value, as deemed mutually agreed by the
parties or as determined by the Accountants,  as aforesaid,  exceeds the Initial
Adjustment  Amount  Payment,  the Buyer shall be  obligated to pay the amount of
such excess, up to the amount of the Escrowed Adjustment Amount, promptly to the
Sellers.  In  furtherance  of such  obligation  of the Buyer,  the parties shall
execute and deliver to the Escrow Agent a joint instruction to pay such


                                        3

<PAGE>



excess to the Sellers in the  percentage  shares set forth in  Schedule  1.3(e),
with any remaining  balance of the Escrowed  Adjustment Amount to be paid to the
Buyer.  To the extent that the Net Book Value,  as deemed mutually agreed by the
parties or as determined by the Accountants,  as aforesaid,  exceeds the Initial
Adjustment  Amount,  the  Buyer  shall be  obligated  to pay the  amount of such
excess, up to $5,000,000, pursuant to the provisions of the Notes. To the extent
that  the Net Book  Value,  as  deemed  mutually  agreed  by the  parties  or as
determined by the Accountants, as aforesaid, is less than the Initial Adjustment
Amount (the "Net Book Value  Shortfall"),  the Sellers shall be obligated to pay
the amount of the Net Book Value Shortfall promptly to the Buyer. In furtherance
of such obligation of the Sellers,  the parties shall execute and deliver to the
Escrow Agent a joint  instruction to pay up to the entire amount of the Escrowed
Adjustment  Amount to the Buyer.  To the extent  that the amount of the Net Book
Value Shortfall shall exceed the Escrowed  Adjustment  Amount, the Sellers shall
be obligated to pay such excess amount of the Net Book Value Shortfall  promptly
to the Buyer.  Any interest  earned on the Escrowed  Adjustment  Amount shall be
paid to the  Buyer or the  Sellers,  as the case may be,  in  proportion  to the
respective  principal amounts of the Escrowed Adjustment Amount received by each
of them.

     (e)  Allocation.  The  allocation  of the  Purchase  Price and the  Assumed
Liabilities as among the respective Sellers and as to the Purchased Assets shall
be as set forth in Schedule 1.3(e).

     1.4 Instruments of Conveyance and Transfer;  Dealership Leases;  Employment
Agreement.

     (a)  Instruments  of Conveyance and Transfer.  At the Closing,  each of the
Sellers shall deliver to the Buyer a Bill of Sale and Assignment,  substantially
in the form of Exhibit 1.4(A) (the "Bills of Sale"),  and such other instruments
of  assignment,  conveyance  and transfer,  as shall be necessary to vest in the
Buyer good title to the Purchased Assets in accordance herewith.  Simultaneously
therewith,  the  Sellers  shall take all steps as may be required to transfer to
the Buyer actual  possession  and exclusive  operating  control of the Purchased
Assets.

     (b) Employment Agreements. At the Closing, Nelson E. Bowers, II and Jeffrey
C. Rachor (the  "Principals")  will enter into  employment  agreements  with the
Buyer, substantially in the forms of Exhibits 1.4(B)(1) and (2) (the "Employment
Agreements").

     (c)  Dealership  Leases.  At  the  Closing,  Nelson  E.  Bowers,  II or his
affiliates  will enter into  leases  with the Buyer,  as lessee,  regarding  the
Leased  Premises (as defined in Section 3.8(a) below) owned by them, such leases
to be substantially in the form of Exhibit 1.4(C) (the "Dealership Leases"). For
purposes of this Agreement,  the term "affiliate" shall mean any entity directly
or  indirectly  controlling,  controlled  by or under  common  control  with the
specified  person,  whether by stock ownership,  agreement or otherwise,  or any
parent,  child or sibling of such specified  person and the concept of "control"
means the  possession,  direct or indirect,  of the power to direct or cause the
direction  of the  management  and  policies of such  person or entity,  whether
through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise.



                                       4

<PAGE>



     (d)  Non-Competition  Agreement.  At  the  Closing,  the  Sellers  and  the
Shareholders  will  enter  into a  non-competition  agreement  with the Buyer in
substantially in the form of Exhibit 1.4(D) (the "Non-Competition Agreement").

     (e) Further Assurances.  The Sellers further agree that, from and after the
Closing, they will execute and deliver to the Buyer such additional  instruments
and documents and take such further action as the Buyer may  reasonably  request
in order to more fully vest,  record  and/or  perfect  the Buyer's  title to, or
interest in, the Purchased Assets.

     (f) Shareholders'  Covenant to Close. The Shareholders further covenant and
agree to take all necessary officer, director and stockholder, partner or member
actions to cause the Sellers to perform  their  obligations  at and prior to the
Closing, as contemplated by this Agreement.

     1.5 Offers of  Employment to Sellers'  Employees.  On or before the Closing
Date,  the Buyer may offer  employment to such of the Sellers'  employees as the
Buyer shall select, in its sole discretion, such employment to begin on or after
the date of the Closing and to be upon such terms and  conditions  as determined
by the Buyer in its sole  discretion,  but the Buyer has no obligation to employ
any  person,  except  the  Principals  pursuant  to the terms of the  Employment
Agreements.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Buyer agrees to offer employment
to a sufficient number of the Sellers'  employees to avoid triggering any notice
requirements under the Worker Adjustment Retraining  Notification Act, 29 U.S.C.
ss. 2101 et seq. (the "Warn Act").


                                    ARTICLE 2
                                     CLOSING

     The sale and purchase of the  Purchased  Assets  contemplated  hereby shall
take place at a closing (the  "Closing")  at the offices of Grant,  Konvalinka &
Harrison, P.C., Republic Centre, Ninth Floor, 633 Chestnut Street,  Chattanooga,
Tennessee,  at 10:00 a.m.  local time on the fifth (5th)  Business  Day, or such
shorter  period as the  Buyer may  choose,  following  the date the Buyer  gives
notice of the Closing to the Sellers,  but in no event  earlier than October 20,
1997 or later than  October 31, 1997 or such later date as shall be necessary to
finalize the  determination  of the Rental Cost Adjustment  (October 31, 1997 or
such later date being  hereinafter  called the "Closing Date Deadline"),  unless
another date or place is agreed to in writing by the Sellers and the Buyer.  The
date on which the  Closing  actually  occurs is  hereinafter  referred to as the
"Closing Date".




                                        5

<PAGE>



                                    ARTICLE 3
                  REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE SELLERS

     The Sellers hereby represent and warrant to the Buyer as follows:

     3.1 Organization; Good Standing;  Qualifications.  Each of the Sellers is a
corporation,  limited liability  company or limited  partnership duly organized,
validly  existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Tennessee.
Each of the  Sellers is  qualified  as foreign  corporation,  limited  liability
company or limited partnership and in good standing in the jurisdictions  listed
with  respect  to  it  on  Schedule  3.1,  which   jurisdictions  are  the  only
jurisdictions  where the nature of such Seller's business and its assets require
such  qualification  except where the failure to be so qualified will not have a
material adverse effect on the Purchased Assets, or on the financial  condition,
business or operations of the Sellers taken as a whole.

     3.2 Authority;  Consent.  Each of the Sellers has full  corporate,  limited
liability  company  or  limited  partnership,  as the  case  may be,  power  and
authority to carry on its business as now conducted, to execute and deliver this
Agreement  and the other  agreements,  documents  and  instruments  contemplated
hereby,  to consummate the transactions  contemplated  hereby and thereby and to
perform its obligations hereunder and thereunder.  The execution and delivery by
each of the Sellers of this  Agreement and the other  agreements,  documents and
instruments  contemplated hereby, the consummation by each of the Sellers of the
transactions  contemplated hereby and thereby and the performance by each of the
Sellers of its  obligations  hereunder  and  thereunder:  (i) have been duly and
validly  authorized by all necessary  corporate,  limited  liability  company or
limited partnership, as the case may be, action, including,  without limitation,
all necessary  shareholder,  member or partner  action,  as the case may be; and
(ii) do not and will not, except as set forth on Schedule 3.2, (A) conflict with
or violate any of the provisions of the certificate of  incorporation,  by-laws,
articles of organization, operating agreement, or limited partnership agreement,
as the case may be, each as amended,  with  respect to any of the  Sellers,  (B)
violate any law,  ordinance,  rule or regulation or any judgment,  order,  writ,
injunction  or  decree  or  similar  command  of any  court,  administrative  or
governmental  agency  or  other  body  applicable  to any of  the  Sellers,  the
Purchased  Assets or the Assumed  Liabilities,  (C) violate or conflict with the
terms of, or result in the  acceleration  of, any  indebtedness or obligation of
either of the Sellers  under,  or violate or conflict with or result in a breach
of, or  constitute  a default  under,  any  material  instrument,  agreement  or
indenture or any mortgage,  deed of trust or similar contract to which either of
the Sellers is a party or by which either of the Sellers or any of the Purchased
Assets or Assumed Liabilities are bound or affected,  (D) result in the creation
or  imposition  of any  Encumbrance  upon any of the  Purchased  Assets,  or (E)
require the  consent,  authorization  or approval of, or notice to, or filing or
registration with, any governmental body or authority, or any other third party.

     3.3 Ownership; Investments.

     (a) Ownership.  All issued and  outstanding  shares of capital stock of the
Corporations,  all  limited  liability  company  interests  of the  LLCs and all
partnership interests of the Partnership, are held of record and beneficially by
the Shareholders, free and clear of any


                                        6

<PAGE>



Encumbrances.  Schedule 3.3(a) hereto sets forth a list of all Sellers and their
respective  stockholders,  members  or  partners,  indicating  in each  case the
respective percentage ownership interests thereof. No Seller has any outstanding
securities or other instruments,  agreements or arrangements of any character or
nature  whatsoever  under which such Seller is or may be  obligated to issue any
shares of its capital stock (in the case of the Corporation) or admit any person
as a member or partner (in the case of the LLCs or the Partnership).

     (b) Investments. Except as set forth on Schedule 3.3(b), the Sellers do not
own,  directly  or  indirectly,  any  shares of  capital  stock or other  equity
ownership or  proprietary  or membership  interest in any  corporation,  limited
liability  company,  partnership,  association,  trust,  joint  venture or other
entity,  and they do not have any  commitment  to  contribute to the capital of,
make loans to, or share in the losses of, any enterprise.

     3.4 Financial Statements.  The Sellers have delivered to the Buyer prior to
the date hereof: (a) The unaudited balance sheets for the Sellers as of December
31, 1996, and the related unaudited statements of income,  stockholders' equity,
members'  equity or  partners'  equity,  as the case may be, and changes in cash
flows of the Sellers for the fiscal year then ended (including the notes thereto
and  any  other  information  included  therein),   (collectively,  the  "Annual
Financial  Statements");  and (b) The unaudited balance sheets of the Sellers as
of March 31, 1997 and the related unaudited statements of income,  stockholders'
equity,  members' equity or partners' equity, as the case may be, and changes in
cash flow for the three month  period  then ended  (collectively,  the  "Interim
Financial  Statements");  (the  Annual  Financial  Statements  and  the  Interim
Financial Statements are hereinafter  collectively referred to as the "Financial
Statements").  The Financial Statements (i) are in accordance with the books and
records of the Sellers,  which books and records are true,  correct and complete
in all material respects,  (ii) fully and fairly present the financial condition
and  results  of  the  operations  of the  Sellers  as of and  for  the  periods
indicated,  and (iii) have been prepared in accordance  with generally  accepted
accounting principles consistently applied, except as set forth on Schedule 3.4.

     3.5 Absence of Certain  Changes.  Since  December 31, 1996 the Sellers have
operated their businesses in the ordinary course, consistent with past practices
and,  except  as set  forth  on  Schedule  3.5 or as  reflected  in the  Interim
Financial Statements,  there has not been incurred,  nor has there occurred: (a)
Any damage,  destruction or loss (whether or not covered by insurance) adversely
affecting the  Purchased  Assets or the business of any of the Sellers in excess
of $100,000; (b) Any sale, transfer, pledge or other disposition of any tangible
or intangible  assets of any of the Sellers  (except sales of vehicles and parts
inventory in the ordinary course of business)  having an aggregate book value of
$100,000 or more; (c) Any termination,  amendment, cancellation or waiver of any
Material  Contract  (as  defined in  Section  3.6  hereof)  or any  termination,
amendment,  cancellation or waiver of any rights or claims of any of the Sellers
under any  Material  Contract  (except  in each case in the  ordinary  course of
business and consistent with past  practices);  (d) Any change in the accounting
methods, procedures or practices followed by any of the Sellers or any change in
depreciation  or  amortization  policies  or rates  theretofore  adopted  by the
Sellers;  (e) Any material  change in  policies,  operations  or practices  with
respect  to  business  operations  followed  by any of the  Sellers,  including,
without limitation, with respect to selling methods, returns, discounts


                                        7

<PAGE>



or other terms of sale, or with respect to the policies, operations or practices
of the Sellers  concerning the employees of the Sellers or the employee  benefit
plans of the Sellers; (f) Any capital appropriation or expenditure or commitment
therefor  on  behalf of the  Sellers  in excess  of  $100,000  individually,  or
$200,000 in the aggregate;  (g) Any general uniform increase,  other than in the
ordinary course of business,  in the cash or other  compensation of employees of
any of  the  Sellers,  or  any  increase  in  excess  of  $50,000  in  any  such
compensation  payable to any individual officer,  director,  consultant or agent
thereof, or any loans or commitments  therefor made by any of the Sellers to any
persons, including any officers, directors, stockholders, employees, consultants
or agents of the Sellers or any of their affiliates;  (h) Any account receivable
in excess of $100,000 or note  receivable in excess of $100,000  owing to any of
the  Sellers  which (i) has been  written off as  uncollectible,  in whole or in
part, (ii) has had asserted against it any claim, refusal or right of setoff, or
(iii) the account or note debtor has refused to, or  threatened  not to, pay for
any reason, or such account or note debtor has become insolvent or bankrupt; (i)
any  write-down  or write-up of the value of any  inventory  or equipment of the
Sellers or any increase in inventory  levels in excess of historical  levels for
comparable  periods;  (j)  Any  other  change  in the  condition  (financial  or
otherwise),  business operations, assets, earnings, business or prospects of any
of the Sellers  which has, or could  reasonably  be expected to have, a material
adverse effect on the Purchased  Assets, or on the business or operations of the
Sellers taken as a whole; or (k) Any agreement, whether in writing or otherwise,
by either of the  Sellers to take or do any of the  actions  enumerated  in this
Section 3.5.

     3.6 Material Contracts.

     (a) List of Material  Contracts.  Set forth on Schedule 3.6(a) is a list of
all  contracts,   agreements,   documents,   instruments,   guarantees,   plans,
understandings  or  arrangements,  written or oral,  which are  material  to the
business of the Sellers,  as currently  conducted or to the Purchased  Assets or
the Assumed Liabilities (collectively, the "Material Contracts"). True copies of
all written  Material  Contracts  and  written  summaries  of all oral  Material
Contracts  described or required to be  described  on Schedule  3.6(a) have been
furnished to the Buyer.

     (b) Performance, Defaults, Enforceability. The Sellers have in all material
respects performed all of their obligations  required to be performed by them to
the date  hereof,  and are not in  default  or  alleged  to be in default in any
material  respect,  under any Material  Contract,  and, to the  knowledge of the
Sellers,  there exists no event,  condition or occurrence which, after notice or
lapse of time or both, would constitute such a default.  To the knowledge of the
Sellers, no other party to any Material Contract is in default in any respect of
any of its obligations  thereunder.  Each of the Material Contracts is valid and
in full  force and  effect  and  enforceable  against  the  parties  thereto  in
accordance  with their  respective  terms,  except where any lack of validity or
enforceability would not have a material adverse effect on the Purchased Assets,
or on the financial condition,  business or operations of the Sellers taken as a
whole, and, except as set forth in Schedule 3.6(b),  the transfer and assignment
to the Buyer of all of the Material Contracts,  will not (i) require the consent
of any party thereto or (ii) constitute an event permitting termination thereof.



                                        8

<PAGE>



         3.7 Title to Purchased Assets and Related Matters. The Sellers
have good and valid title to all of the Purchased Assets,  free and clear of all
Encumbrances,  except those  described on Schedule  3.7.  Except as set forth in
Schedule 3.7, the Purchased Assets (including,  without limitation, the Material
Contracts) and the Leased Premises (as defined in Section 3.8 below) include all
properties and assets (real,  personal and mixed,  tangible and intangible,  and
all leases,  licenses and other agreements)  utilized by the Sellers in carrying
on their business in the ordinary  course.  Except as set forth on Schedule 3.7,
the  Purchased  Assets (i) are in the  exclusive  possession  and control of the
Sellers and no person or entity other than the Sellers is entitled to possession
of any portion of the  Purchased  Assets;  and (ii) do not include any contracts
for future services, prepaid items or deferred charges the full value or benefit
of which will not be usable by or  transferable  to the Buyer,  or any goodwill,
organizational expense or other similar intangible asset.

     3.8 Real Property of the Sellers.

     (a)  Leased  Premises.   Schedule  3.8(a)  contains  a  complete  list  and
description  (including  buildings and other structures  thereon and the name of
the owner  thereof) of all real  property  which is used by the Sellers in their
respective  businesses  and  operations,  indicating  which parcels of such real
property  are to be leased  under the  Dealership  Leases to the Buyer and which
parcels  are subject to  existing  leases  which are to be assigned to the Buyer
(such existing leases being hereinafter called the "Existing Leases").  All such
real property on Schedule 3.8(a) is hereinafter  collectively  called either the
"Real Property" or the "Leased  Premises".  True, correct and complete copies of
all Existing Leases have been delivered to the Buyer.

     (b)  Easements,  etc. The Real Property  enjoys all easements and rights of
way over the  property of others  necessary  for the  operation  of the Sellers'
businesses.  No portion of the Real  Property  has been  condemned  or otherwise
taken by any public authority,  and the Sellers have no knowledge of any pending
or  threatened  condemnation  or  taking  thereof.  None  of  the  buildings  or
improvements on the Real Property encroaches on any adjoining property or on any
easements  or rights  of way.  The  Sellers  have no  knowledge  of any event or
condition which currently  exists which would create a legal or other impediment
to the use of the  Real  Property  as  currently  used,  or would  increase  the
additional  charges  or  other  sums  payable  by the  tenant  under  any of the
Dealership Leases or the Existing Leases  (including,  without  limitation,  any
pending  tax  reassessment  or  other  special  assessment  affecting  the  Real
Property).  The buildings and improvements  (including  building  systems) which
comprise a part of the Real  Property  are in good  condition,  maintenance  and
repair, ordinary wear and tear excepted. There is no person or entity other than
the Sellers in or entitled to possession of the Real  Property.  Notwithstanding
the terms of this  paragraph  (b),  all of the  representations  and  warranties
contained in this paragraph (b) are made to the knowledge of the Sellers insofar
as they  relate to Real  Property  which is not owned by the  Sellers  or any of
their affiliates.

     3.9 Machinery,  Equipment,  Etc.  Schedule  3.9(a) sets forth a list of all
material  machinery,  equipment,  tools, motor vehicles,  furniture and fixtures
owned by the Sellers and included in the Purchased Assets, including which items
are  owned  by  the   Sellers   and  which  items  are  leased  to  the  Sellers
(collectively, the "Equipment"). With respect to Equipment which is leased,


                                       9

<PAGE>



Schedule 3.9(a) also contains a list of all leases or other agreements,  whether
written or oral, relating thereto. The Equipment is in good operating condition,
maintenance and repair in accordance with industry standards taking into account
the age thereof and ordinary wear and tear excepted.

     3.10 Inventories of the Sellers. All inventories of the Sellers included in
the  Purchased  Assets  consist of items of a quality  and  quantity  usable and
salable in the normal course of their businesses, are generally sufficient to do
business in the ordinary  course,  and the levels of inventories  are consistent
with the levels maintained by the Sellers in the ordinary course consistent with
past  practices and the Sellers'  obligations  under their  agreements  with all
applicable vehicle manufacturers or distributors.

     3.11  Accounts  Receivable of the Sellers.  All accounts  receivable of the
Sellers  included  in the  Purchased  Assets are  collectible  at the  aggregate
recorded  amounts  thereof,   subject  to  adjustments  for  doubtful   accounts
consistent with the Sellers' past year-end practices,  in the ordinary course of
the  Sellers'   business,   and  are  not  subject  to  any  known   offsets  or
counterclaims.

     3.12 Approvals, Permits and Authorizations. Set forth on Schedule 3.12 is a
list of all governmental licenses,  permits,  certificates of inspection,  other
authorizations, filings and registrations which are necessary for the Sellers to
own the Purchased Assets and to operate their businesses as presently conducted,
except where the failure to have or maintain any of the foregoing would not have
a  material  adverse  effect  on  the  Purchased  Assets,  or on  the  financial
condition, business or operations of the Sellers taken as a whole (collectively,
the "Authorizations"). All Authorizations have been duly and lawfully secured or
made by the  Sellers and are in full force and  effect.  There is no  proceeding
pending or, to the Sellers' knowledge,  threatened or probable of assertion,  to
revoke or limit any  Authorization.  Except as indicated on Schedule  3.12,  all
Authorizations may be lawfully  transferred to the Buyer as contemplated by this
Agreement and,  except as indicated on Schedule 3.12,  none of the  transactions
contemplated   by  this   Agreement  will   terminate,   violate  or  limit  the
effectiveness,  either  by  virtue  of  the  terms  thereof  or  because  of the
non-assignability thereof, of any Authorization.

     3.13 Compliance with Laws. The Sellers have conducted their  operations and
businesses  in  compliance  with,  and all of the  Purchased  Assets  and Leased
Premises  comply with (i) all  applicable  laws,  rules,  regulations  and codes
(including,  without limitation, any laws, rules, regulations and codes relating
to  anticompetitive  practices,  contracts,  discrimination,  employee benefits,
employment,   health,   safety,   fire,   building  and  zoning,  but  excluding
Environmental  Laws which are the subject of Section  3.29  hereof) and (ii) all
applicable orders, rules, writs, judgments, injunctions, decrees and ordinances,
except where the failure to comply would not have a material  adverse  effect on
the Purchased Assets, or on the financial  condition,  business or operations of
the Sellers taken as a whole.  The Sellers have not received any notification of
any asserted  present or past failure by them to comply with such laws, rules or
regulations,  or such orders, rules, writs, judgments,  injunctions,  decrees or
ordinances.  Set  forth on  Schedule  3.13  are all  orders,  writs,  judgments,
injunctions,  decrees  and  other  awards  of  any  court  or  any  governmental
instrumentality  applicable  to the  Purchased  Assets or the  Sellers  or their
businesses and operations. The Sellers have delivered to the Buyer copies of all
reports, if any, of the Sellers required under the Federal


                                       10

<PAGE>



Occupational  Safety  and Health Act of 1970,  as  amended,  and under all other
applicable  health and safety laws and regulations.  The  deficiencies,  if any,
noted on such  reports  or any  deficiencies  noted by  inspection  through  the
Closing Date have been corrected by the Sellers.

     3.14 Insurance.

     (a) Schedule 3.14(a) of this Agreement sets forth a list of all policies of
liability,   theft,   fidelity,   life,  fire,  product   liability,   workmen's
compensation,  health and any other  insurance  and bonds  maintained  by, or on
behalf of, the Sellers on their  properties,  operations,  inventories,  assets,
businesses or personnel  (specifying  the insurer,  amount of coverage,  type of
insurance, policy number and any pending claims in excess of $5,000 thereunder).
Each such insurance policy identified  therein is and shall remain in full force
and effect on and as of the  Closing  Date and the Sellers are not in default in
any  material  respect  with  respect  to any  provision  contained  in any such
insurance  policy and have not  failed to give any  notice or present  any claim
under any such  insurance  policy in a due and  timely  fashion.  The  insurance
maintained  by, or on behalf of, the Sellers is adequate in accordance  with the
standards  of business of  comparable  size in the industry in which the Sellers
operate and no notice of  cancellation  or  termination  has been  received with
respect to any such  policy.  The  Sellers  have not,  during the last three (3)
fiscal years, been denied or had revoked or rescinded any policy of insurance.

     (b) Set forth on Schedule 3.14(b) is a summary of information pertaining to
property  damage and personal  injury claims in excess of $5,000  against any of
the Sellers during the past three (3) years, all of which are fully satisfied or
are being  defended  by the  insurance  carrier  and  involve no exposure to the
Sellers.

     3.15 Taxes.  All federal,  state and local tax returns and reports required
as of the date  hereof to be filed by the Sellers  for  taxable  periods  ending
prior to the date hereof have been duly and timely filed by the Sellers with the
appropriate  governmental  agencies,  and all federal,  state and local  income,
profits,   franchise,   sales,  use,  occupation,   property,  excise,  payroll,
withholding,  employment,  estimated  and other taxes of any  nature,  including
interest,  penalties and other additions to such taxes ("Taxes") shown to be due
on such tax returns have been paid and the respective Sellers will pay all Taxes
ultimately  determined by any taxing authority to have been required to be shown
on such tax  returns.  All  Taxes  for all  periods  arising  on or prior to the
Closing  Date for which tax  returns  are not  required to be filed prior to the
Closing Date have been  adequately  reserved for by the Sellers or, with respect
to Taxes  required to be  accrued,  the Sellers  have  properly  accrued or will
properly  accrue such Taxes in the ordinary  course of business  consistent with
past practice of the Sellers.  Saturn of Chattanooga made a valid election to be
treated as an "S Corporation" for federal income tax purposes which election has
been continuously in effect since May 10, 1990.

     3.16  Litigation.  Except  as set  forth in  Schedule  3.16,  there  are no
actions, suits, claims, investigations or legal or administrative or arbitration
proceedings  pending,  or to the Sellers'  knowledge,  threatened or probable of
assertion,  against  the Sellers  with  respect to the  Purchased  Assets or the
Assumed  Liabilities  or the  businesses of the Sellers.  The Sellers know of no
basis for


                                       11

<PAGE>



the  institution of any such suit or  proceeding.  The Sellers are not now under
any judgment, order, writ, injunction, decree, award or other similar command of
any court,  administrative agency or other governmental  authority applicable to
the  businesses  of  the  Sellers  or any of the  Purchased  Assets  or  Assumed
Liabilities.

     3.17 Powers of Attorney. Except as set forth in Schedule 3.17, there are no
persons,  firms,  associates,  corporations,  business  organizations  or  other
entities holding general or special powers of attorney from the Sellers.

     3.18 Broker's and Finder's Fees. Except for Stephens Inc., the Sellers have
not incurred any liability to any broker, finder or agent or any other person or
entity for any fees or commissions with respect to the transactions contemplated
by this  Agreement,  and the Sellers hereby agree to assume all liability to any
such broker, finder or agent or any other person or entity claiming any such fee
or commission.

     3.19 Employee  Relations.  The Sellers employ a total of approximately  350
employees as of the date hereof.  Except as set forth in Schedule  3.19: (a) the
Sellers  are not  delinquent  in the  payment (i) to or on behalf of any past or
present employees of any cash or other compensation for all periods prior to the
date hereof or the date of the  Closing,  as the case may be, (ii) of any amount
which is due and  payable to any state or state fund  pursuant  to any  workers'
compensation  statute, rule or regulation or any amount which is due and payable
to any workers'  compensation  claimant;  (b) there are no collective bargaining
agreements  currently  in  effect  between  the  Sellers  and  labor  unions  or
organizations  representing  any  employees  of the Sellers;  (c) no  collective
bargaining  agreement is currently being  negotiated by the Sellers;  (d) to the
knowledge of the Sellers,  there are no union organizational  drives in progress
and there has been no formal or informal  request to the Sellers for  collective
bargaining or for an employee election from any union or from the National Labor
Relations Board; and (e) no dispute exists between either of the Sellers and any
of their sales representatives or, to the knowledge of the Sellers,  between any
such sales representatives with respect to territory,  commissions,  products or
any other terms of their representation.

     3.20  Compensation.  Schedule  3.20  contains a schedule  of all  employees
(including  sales   representatives)   and  consultants  of  the  Sellers  whose
individual cash  compensation for the year ended December 31, 1996, or projected
for the year ended  December 31, 1997,  is in excess of $100,000,  together with
the amount of total  compensation  paid to each such person for the twelve month
period ended  December 31, 1996 and the current  aggregate base salary or hourly
rate (including any bonus or commission) for each such person.

     3.21 Patents; Trademarks; Trade Names; Copyrights; Licenses, Etc. Except as
set forth on Schedule  3.21,  there are no  patents,  trademarks,  trade  names,
service marks, service names and registered copyrights which are material to the
Sellers' businesses and there are no applications  therefor or licenses thereof,
inventions,  computer software,  logos or slogans,  which are owned or leased by
the Sellers or used in the conduct of the Sellers' business. The Sellers are not
individually  or  jointly a party to,  nor pay a royalty  to anyone  under,  any
license or similar


                                       12

<PAGE>



agreement.  There is no existing claim, or, to the knowledge of the Sellers, any
basis  for  any  claim,  against  the  Sellers  that  any of  their  operations,
activities or products infringe the patents, trademarks, trade names, copyrights
or other  property  rights of others or that any of the Sellers is wrongfully or
otherwise using the property rights of others. The Sellers are the owners of the
names  set forth on  Schedule  3.21 (the  "Proprietary  Names")  in the State of
Tennessee and, to the knowledge of the Sellers, no person uses, or has the right
to use, such name or any derivation  thereof in connection with the manufacture,
sale, marketing or distribution of products or services commonly associated with
an automobile dealership.

     3.22 Accounts Payable. All accounts payable of the Sellers to third parties
as of the date hereof  arose in the  ordinary  course of  business  and none are
delinquent or past due.

     3.23 No  Undisclosed  Liabilities.  The  Sellers  do not have any  material
liabilities or obligations of any nature, known or unknown, fixed or contingent,
matured  or  unmatured,   other  than  those  (a)  reflected  in  the  Financial
Statements,  (b) incurred in the ordinary  course of business  since the date of
the  Financial  Statements  and of the type and kind  reflected in the Financial
Statements, or (c) disclosed specifically on Schedule 3.23.

     3.24 Certain Transactions.  Except as set forth in Schedule 3.24, there are
no contracts,  agreements or other  arrangements  between the Sellers and any of
the Shareholders  (including the Shareholders'  affiliates),  or the Sellers' or
Shareholders'  (including the Shareholders'  affiliates) directors,  officers or
salaried  employees,  or the family  members or  affiliates  of any of the above
(other than for  services in the  ordinary  course as  employees,  officers  and
directors).

     3.25 Business Generally.  The Sellers are not aware of the existence of any
conditions,  including,  without limitation, any actual or potential competitive
factors  in the  markets  in which the  Sellers  participate,  and  which  could
reasonably be expected to have a material  adverse  effect on the businesses and
operations of the Sellers, and which have not been disclosed to the Buyer, other
than general business and economic conditions affecting the industry and markets
in which the Sellers participate.

     3.26 Employee Benefits.

     (a) The Sellers have listed on Schedule  3.26(a) and have  delivered to the
Buyer true and  complete  copies of all  Employee  Plans (as defined  below) and
related  documents,  established,  maintained  or  contributed  to by the Seller
(which  shall  include  for  this  purpose  and  for the  purpose  of all of the
representations  in this  Section  3.26,  the  Shareholders  and all  employers,
whether or not  incorporated,  that are treated  together  with the Sellers as a
single employer with the meaning of Section 414 of the Code). The term "Employee
Plan"  shall  include  all  plans  described  in  Section  3(3) of the  Employee
Retirement  Income  Security Act of 1974,  as amended  ("ERISA")  and also shall
include,  without  limitation,  any deferred  compensation,  stock,  employee or
retiree  pension  benefit,  welfare  benefit or other similar fringe or employee
benefit  plan,  program,  policy,  contract  or  arrangement,  written  or oral,
qualified or nonqualified, funded or unfunded, foreign or


                                       13

<PAGE>



domestic,  covering  employees or former employees of the Sellers and maintained
or contributed to by the Sellers.

     (b) Where  applicable,  each  Employee  Plan (i) has been  administered  in
material compliance with the terms of such Employee Plan and the requirements of
ERISA and the Code;  and (ii) is in material  compliance  with the reporting and
disclosure  requirements  of ERISA and the Code.  The Sellers do not maintain or
contribute  to, and have never  maintained or  contributed  to, an Employee Plan
subject  to  Title IV of ERISA or a  "multiemployer  plan."  There  are no facts
relating  to  any  Employee  Plan  that  (i)  have  resulted  in  a  "prohibited
transaction"  of a material  nature or have resulted or is reasonably  likely to
result in the imposition of a material excise tax, penalty or liability pursuant
to  Section  4975 of the  Code,  (ii)  have  resulted  in a  material  breach of
fiduciary  duty or  violation  of Part 4 of  Title I of  ERISA,  or  (iii)  have
resulted or could result in any material  liability  (whether or not asserted as
of the date  hereof) of the Sellers or any ERISA  affiliate  pursuant to Section
412 of the Code arising under or related to any event, act or omission occurring
on or prior to the date hereof.  Each  Employee Plan that is intended to qualify
under Section  401(a) or to be exempt under Section  501(c)(g) of the Code is so
qualified or exempt as of the date hereof in each case as such Employee Plan has
received favorable  determination letters from the Internal Revenue Service with
respect  thereto.  To  the  knowledge  of the  Sellers,  the  amendments  to and
operation of any Employee Plan subsequent to the issuance of such  determination
letters do not adversely  affect the qualified status of any such Employee Plan.
No Employee Plan has an "accumulated  funding deficiency" as of the date hereof,
whether or not waived, and no waiver has been applied for. The Sellers have made
no promises or incurred any  liability  under any Employee  Plan or otherwise to
provide  health or other  welfare  benefits to former  employees of the Sellers,
except as  specifically  required  by law.  There are no pending or, to the best
knowledge  of the Sellers,  threatened  claims  (other than  routine  claims for
benefit) or lawsuits with respect to any of Sellers'  Employee Plans. As used in
this Section 3.26, all technical  terms  enclosed in quotation  marks shall have
the meaning set forth in ERISA.

     3.27 Sellers and Shareholders Not Foreign Persons.  Neither the Sellers nor
any of the  Shareholders  is a  "foreign  person" as that term is defined in the
Code and the  regulations  promulgated  pursuant  thereto,  and the Buyer has no
obligation under Section 1445 of the Code to withhold or pay over to the IRS any
part of the "amount realized" (as such term is defined in the regulations issued
under Section 1445 of the Code) by the Sellers  and/or the  Shareholders  in the
transactions contemplated hereby.

     3.28  Suppliers  and  Customers.  The Sellers  are not  required to provide
bonding or any other security  arrangements in connection with any  transactions
with any of its  respective  customers  or  suppliers.  To the  knowledge of the
Sellers,  no such supplier,  customer or creditor intends or has threatened,  or
reasonably  could be expected,  to  terminate or modify any of their  respective
relationships with the Sellers.



                                       14

<PAGE>



     3.29 Environmental Matters.

     (a) For purposes of this Section 3.29,  the following  terms shall have the
following meaning: (i) "Environmental Law" means all present federal,  state and
local laws,  statutes,  regulations,  rules,  ordinances and common law, and all
judgments,   decrees,  orders,  agreements,  or  permits,  issued,  promulgated,
approved  or  entered  thereunder  by  any  government   authority  relating  to
pollution,   Hazardous   Materials,   or  protection  of  human  health  or  the
environment.  (ii) "Hazardous Materials" means any waste,  pollutant,  chemical,
hazardous  material,  hazardous  substance,  toxic  substance,  hazardous waste,
special waste, solid waste,  petroleum or  petroleum-derived  substance or waste
(regardless of specific gravity), or any constituent or decomposition product of
any such pollutant, material, substance or waste, including, but not limited to,
any hazardous substance or constituent  contained within any waste and any other
pollutant,  material,  substance or waste  regulated  under or as defined by any
Environmental Law.

     (b) The Sellers  have  obtained all  material  permits,  licenses and other
authorizations or approvals  required under  Environmental  Laws for the conduct
and  operation  of the  Purchased  Assets  ("Environmental  Permits").  All such
Environmental  Permits  are in good  standing,  the Sellers are and have been in
compliance in all material  respects  with the terms and  conditions of all such
Environmental  Permits,  and no appeal or any other action is pending or, to the
knowledge of the Sellers, threatened to revoke any such Environmental Permit.

     (c) Except as set forth in Schedule  3.29,  the  Sellers and the  Purchased
Assets  are and  have  been in  compliance  in all  material  respects  with all
Environmental Laws.

     (d) Except as set forth in  Schedule  3.29,  neither  the  Sellers  nor the
Shareholders  has received any written  order,  notice,  complaint,  request for
information,  claim, demand or other communication from any government authority
or other person,  whether based in contract,  tort, implied or express warranty,
strict  liability,  or any other  common law  theory,  or any  criminal or civil
statute, arising from or with respect to (i) the presence, release or threatened
release of any Hazardous Material or any other environmental condition on, in or
under the Real Property,  (ii) any other circumstances  forming the basis of any
actual or  alleged  violation  by the  Sellers of any  Environmental  Law or any
liability  of the Sellers  under any  Environmental  Law,  (iii) any remedial or
removal action required to be taken by the Sellers under any Environmental  Law,
or (iv) any  harm,  injury  or  damage  to real or  personal  property,  natural
resources,  the  environment  or any person  alleged to have  resulted  from the
foregoing,  nor are the Sellers aware of any facts which might  reasonably  give
rise to such notice or communication.  To the knowledge of the Sellers,  none of
the Sellers has entered into any agreement concerning any removal or remediation
of Hazardous Materials.

     (e)  Except as set forth in  Schedule  3.29,  no  lawsuits,  claims,  civil
actions,  criminal  actions,   administrative  proceedings,   investigations  or
enforcement  or other  actions are pending or, to the  knowledge of the Sellers,
threatened under any  Environmental  Law with respect to the Sellers or the Real
Property.



                                       15

<PAGE>



     (f) Except as set forth in Schedule  3.29, to the knowledge of the Sellers,
no  Hazardous  Materials  are or have  been  released,  discharged,  spilled  or
disposed of onto,  or migrated  onto,  the Real  Property or any other  property
previously  owned,  operated  or leased  by the  Sellers,  and no  environmental
condition  exists  (including,   without  limitation,  the  presence,   release,
threatened  release or  disposal  of  Hazardous  Materials)  related to the Real
Property,  to any property previously owned,  operated or leased by the Sellers,
or to the  Sellers'  past  or  present  operations,  which  would  constitute  a
violation of any Environmental Law or otherwise give rise to costs,  liabilities
or obligations under any Environmental Law.

     (g) Except as set forth in Schedule  3.29,  neither the Sellers nor, to the
knowledge of the Sellers,  any of their predecessors in interest has transported
or disposed of, or arranged for the transportation or disposal of, any Hazardous
Materials to any location (i) which is listed on the National  Priorities  List,
the CERCLIS list under the Comprehensive  Environmental  Response,  Compensation
and Liability Act of 1980, as amended,  or any similar  federal,  state or local
list,  (ii) which is the  subject  of any  federal,  state or local  enforcement
action  or  other  investigation,  or  (iii)  about  which  the  Sellers  or the
Shareholders  have  received  or, to the  knowledge  of the  Sellers,  expect to
receive  a  potentially  responsible  party  notice  or other  notice  under any
Environmental Law.

     (h) No environmental lien has attached or, to the knowledge of the Sellers,
is threatened to be attached to the Real Property.

     (i) [Intentionally Deleted]

     (j)  Except as set forth on  Schedule  3.29,  none of the  Sellers or their
respective affiliates has installed or operated on the Real Property and, to the
knowledge of the Sellers,  the Real Property  does not contain,  any: (i) septic
tanks  into  which  process  wastewater  or any  Hazardous  Materials  have been
disposed;   (ii)  asbestos;   (iii)   polychlorinated   biphenyls  (PCBs);  (iv)
underground injection or monitoring wells; or (v) underground storage tanks.

     (k) [Intentionally Deleted]

     (l) Except as set forth on Schedule  3.29, to the knowledge of the Sellers,
there have been no  environmental  studies or reports made  relating to the Real
Property or any other property or facility previously owned,  operated or leased
by the Sellers.

     3.30 Bank  Accounts and Safe Deposit  Boxes.  Schedule  3.30 lists all bank
accounts,  credit cards and safe deposit boxes in the name of, or controlled by,
the Sellers,  and details about the persons  having access to or authority  over
such accounts, credit cards and safe deposit boxes.

     3.31  Warranties.  Set forth on Schedule 3.31 are descriptions or copies of
the forms of all express  warranties  and  disclaimers  of warranty  made by the
Sellers (separate and distinct from any applicable manufacturers', suppliers' or
other  third-parties'  warranties or disclaimers of warranties)  during the past
five (5) years to customers or users of the vehicles, parts, products or


                                       16

<PAGE>



services  of the  Sellers.  There have been no breach of  warranty  or breach of
representation  claims  against the Sellers during the past five (5) years which
have  resulted in any cost,  expenditure  or  exposure to the Sellers  more than
$100,000 individually or in the aggregate.

     3.32 Interest in Competitors and Related  Entities.  Except as set forth on
Schedule 3.32, no Shareholder  and no affiliate of any  Shareholder  (i) has any
direct or indirect  interest in any person or entity  engaged or involved in any
business  which is  competitive  with the business of the Sellers,  (ii) has any
direct or indirect  interest in any person or entity which is a lessor of assets
or properties to, material supplier of, or provider of services to, the Sellers,
or (iii) has a beneficial  interest in any contract or agreement to which either
of the Sellers are a party; provided,  however, the foregoing representation and
warranty  shall not apply to any person or entity,  or any interest or agreement
with any person or entity,  which is a publicly  held  corporation  in which the
Shareholders  individually  and  collectively own less than 3% of the issued and
outstanding voting stock.

     3.33  Availability of Sellers'  Employees.  Except as set forth in Schedule
3.33, there have been no actions taken by the Sellers, their affiliates,  or any
of  their  respective  shareholders,  officers,  directors,  members,  partners,
managers  or  employees,  to  discourage,  or in  any  way  prevent,  any of the
employees of the Sellers from being hired by the Buyer after Closing,  and as of
the Closing each of the Sellers' employees will be available without penalty for
employment by the Buyer.

     3.34 Misstatements and Omissions. No representation or warranty made by the
Sellers in this  Agreement,  and no statement  contained in any  certificate  or
Schedule  furnished or to be furnished by the Sellers or any of the Shareholders
pursuant  hereto,  contains or will  contain any untrue  statement of a material
fact or omits or will omit to state a material  fact  necessary in order to make
such representation or warranty or such statement not misleading.


                                    ARTICLE 4
                   REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE BUYER

     The Buyer hereby represents and warrants to the Sellers as follows:

     4.1  Organization  and  Good  Standing.  The  Buyer is a  corporation  duly
organized,  validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of
Delaware.

     4.2 Authority; Consents; Enforceability.

     (a) Authority.  The Buyer has full corporate power and authority to execute
and deliver the Agreement and the other agreements and documents and instruments
contemplated  hereby,  to consummate the  transactions  contemplated  hereby and
thereby and to perform its obligations  hereunder and thereunder.  The execution
and delivery by the Buyer of this Agreement and the other agreements,  documents
and  instruments  contemplated  hereby,  the  consummation  by the  Buyer of the
transactions contemplated hereby and thereby and the performance by the Buyer


                                       17

<PAGE>



of its  obligations  hereunder  and  thereunder:  (i) have been duly and validly
authorized by all necessary  corporate action on the part of the Buyer; and (ii)
do not and will not, except as set forth on Schedule  4.2(a),  (A) conflict with
or violate any of the provisions of the Certificate of  Incorporation or By-laws
of the  Buyer,  (B)  violate  any  law,  ordinance,  rule or  regulation  or any
judgment,  order,  writ,  injunction  or decree or similar  command of any court
administrative  or governmental  agency or other body applicable to the Buyer or
any of its assets,  or (C)  violate or conflict  with the terms of, or result in
the  acceleration  of, any  indebtedness  or obligation  of the Buyer under,  or
violate or conflict  with or result in a breach by the Buyer of, or constitute a
default under, any material instrument,  agreement or indenture or any mortgage,
deed of trust or similar  contract to which the Buyer is a party or by which the
Buyer or any of its assets may be otherwise  bound or  affected;  or (D) require
the  consent,  authorization  or  approval  of,  or  notice  to,  or  filing  or
registration with, any governmental body or authority, or any other third party.

     4.3 Broker's and Finder's Fees. The Buyer has not incurred any liability to
any  broker,  finder  or agent or any other  person  or  entity  for any fees or
commissions with respect to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, and
the Buyer hereby  agrees to assume all  liability to any such broker,  finder or
agent or any other person or entity claiming any such fee or commission.

     4.4 Litigation.  There are no actions,  suits,  claims,  investigations  or
legal or  administrative or arbitration  proceedings  pending or, to the Buyer's
knowledge,  threatened  or probable of  assertion,  against the Buyer before any
court,  governmental  or  administrative  agency or other body  relating to this
Agreement  and/or the  transactions  contemplated  hereby.  The Buyer is not now
under any judgment, order, writ, injunction,  decree or other similar command of
any court,  administrative  agency or other governmental  agency which relate to
this Agreement and/or the transactions contemplated hereby.

     4.5  Misstatements or Omissions.  No representation or warranty made by the
Buyer in this  Agreement,  and no  statement  contained  in any  certificate  or
Schedule  furnished or to be  furnished  by the Buyer to the Sellers  and/or the
Shareholders pursuant hereto,  contains or will contain an untrue statement of a
material fact or omits or will omit to state a material fact  necessary in order
to make such representation or warranty or such statement not misleading.


                                    ARTICLE 5
                              PRE-CLOSING COVENANTS
                       OF THE SHAREHOLDERS AND THE SELLERS

     The Sellers  hereby  covenant and agree that from and after the date hereof
until the Closing:



                                       18

<PAGE>



     5.1 Provide Access to Information; Cooperation with Buyer.

     (a)  Access.  The  Sellers  shall  afford  to  the  Buyer,  its  attorneys,
accountants,  and such  other  representatives  of the Buyer as the Buyer  shall
designate to the Sellers, free and full access at all reasonable times, and upon
reasonable prior notice,  to the Purchased Assets and the properties,  books and
records of the Sellers, and to interview  personnel,  suppliers and customers of
the  Sellers,  in order  that the Buyer may have full  opportunity  to make such
investigation as it shall  reasonably  desire of the Purchased  Assets,  Assumed
Liabilities and the businesses and operations of the Sellers.  In addition,  the
Sellers  shall  provide  to the Buyer and its  representatives  such  additional
financial and operating  data and other  information in respect of the Purchased
Assets,  Assumed  Liabilities  and the business and properties of the Sellers as
the Buyer shall from time to time reasonably request.

     (b) Cooperation in IPO Preparation. At the Buyer's expense, the Sellers and
Shareholders   shall  cooperate  with  the  Buyer  in  the  preparation  of  any
description of the  transactions  contemplated  by this Agreement  deemed by the
Buyer,  in  its  sole  discretion,  as  necessary  for  the  completion  of  any
registration  statement,  prospectus or amendment or supplement thereto prepared
in connection  with the closing of the Initial  Public  Offering  ("IPO") of the
Buyer's securities.

     (c) Cooperation in Obtaining  Consents.  The Sellers and Shareholders shall
use reasonable best efforts in cooperating  with the Buyer in the preparation of
and delivery to all applicable automobile manufacturers or distributors, as soon
as practicable  after the date hereof,  of an application and other  information
necessary to obtain such automobile  manufacturer's or distributor's  consent to
or  the  approval  of  the  transactions   contemplated  by  this  Agreement  as
contemplated by Section 7.10.

     5.2 Operation of Business of the Sellers.  At all times before the Closing,
the Sellers shall (a) maintain their  corporate,  limited  liability  company or
limited partnership, as the case may be, existence in good standing, (b) operate
their businesses  substantially  as presently  operated and only in the ordinary
course and  consistent  with past  operations  and their  obligations  under any
existing   agreements   with  all   applicable   automobile   manufacturers   or
distributors,  (c) use their  reasonable  best efforts to preserve  intact their
present  business  organizations  and  employees  and their  relationships  with
persons having business dealings with them,  including,  but not limited to, all
applicable automobile manufacturers or distributors and any floor plan financing
creditors,  (d) comply in all material  respects with all applicable laws, rules
and  regulations,  (e)  maintain  their  insurance  coverages,  (f) file all tax
returns when due and pay all Taxes, charges and assessments reflected thereon as
due and  payable,  as well as any  Taxes  ultimately  determined  by any  taxing
authority to be due and payable,  and make all proper accruals for Taxes not yet
due and payable,  (g) make all debt service payments when  contractually due and
payable,  (h) pay all accounts  payable and other current  liabilities when due,
(i) maintain the Employee Plans, (j) maintain the property,  plant and equipment
included in the Purchased Assets in good operating  condition in accordance with
industry standards taking into account the age thereof, (k) maintain their books
and records of account in the usual,  regular and ordinary manner, (l) use their
reasonable best efforts to encourage


                                       19

<PAGE>



such  personnel  of the Sellers as the Buyer may  designate in writing to become
employees  of the  Buyer  after  the  date of the  Closing,  and  (m) use  their
reasonable  best efforts to pay  dividends  and make  distributions  only to the
extent that such payment or making will, as nearly as possible,  result in a Net
Book Value of not less than $10,500,000.

     5.3 Other Changes. The Sellers shall not, without the prior written consent
of the Buyer (a) engage in any reorganization or similar transaction,  (b) agree
to take any of the foregoing  actions,  (c) enter into any contract,  agreement,
undertaking  or  commitment  which  would have been  required to be set forth in
Schedule  3.6(a) if in effect  on the date  hereof or enter in to any  contract,
agreement,  undertaking or commitment which cannot be assigned to the Buyer or a
permitted  assignee of the Buyer, or (d) take, cause, agree to take or cause, or
permit to occur any of the  actions or events  set forth in Section  3.5 of this
Agreement.

     5.4  Additional  Information.  The Sellers  shall furnish to the Buyer such
additional  information  with  respect  to any  matters  or  events  arising  or
discovered subsequent to the date hereof which, if existing or known on the date
hereof,  would have rendered any  representation or warranty made by the Sellers
or any  information  contained  in any Schedule  hereto or in other  information
supplied in connection  herewith then  inaccurate or incomplete.  The receipt of
such  additional  information  by the Buyer shall not operate as a waiver by the
Buyer of the  obligation of the Sellers to satisfy the conditions to Closing set
forth in Section 7.1 hereof;  provided,  however,  if such information  shall be
furnished to the Buyer in a writing which shall also  specifically  refer to one
or more  representations and warranties of the Sellers contained herein which in
the absence of such  information is inaccurate or incomplete,  then if the Buyer
waives in writing the  condition to Closing set forth in said Section 7.1 hereof
and elects to close the transactions  contemplated hereunder,  the furnishing of
such  additional  information  shall be deemed to have amended as of the Closing
any such representation and warranty so specifically referred to by the Sellers.

     5.5  Publicity.  Except  as may be  required  by  law  or as  necessary  in
connection with the transactions  contemplated hereby, the Sellers shall not (i)
make any press release or other public  announcement  relating to this Agreement
or the transactions  contemplated hereby,  without the prior written approval of
the  Buyer  and (ii)  otherwise  disclose  the  existence  and  nature  of their
discussions or negotiations  regarding the transactions  contemplated  hereby to
any  person or entity  other  than  their  accountants,  attorneys  and  similar
professionals,  all of whom shall be subject to this nondisclosure obligation as
agents of the Sellers and the Shareholders,  as the case may be. The Sellers and
the  Shareholders  shall  cooperate  with  the  Buyer  in  the  preparation  and
dissemination of any public  announcements  of the transactions  contemplated by
this Agreement.

     5.6 Other  Negotiations.  Neither the  Sellers nor any of the  Shareholders
shall pursue,  initiate,  encourage or engage in any negotiations or discussions
with, or provide any  information to, any person or entity (other than the Buyer
and its  representatives  and  affiliates)  regarding  the  sale of the  assets,
capital  stock or  membership  interests  of any of the Sellers or any merger or
consolidation or similar transaction involving any of the Sellers.



                                       20

<PAGE>



     5.7 Closing  Conditions.  The Sellers shall use all reasonable best efforts
to satisfy  promptly  the  conditions  to Closing  set forth in Article 7 hereof
required herein to be satisfied by the Sellers.

     5.8 Environmental   Audit.   The  Sellers   shall  allow  an  environmental
consulting  firm  selected by the Buyer (the  "Environmental  Auditor")  to have
prompt  access  to the  Real  Property  in  order to  conduct  an  environmental
investigation,  satisfactory to the Buyer in scope (such scope being  sufficient
to result in a Phase I environmental  audit report and a Phase II  environmental
audit report, if desired by the Buyer), of, and to prepare a report with respect
to, the Property (the "Environmental  Audit").  The Sellers shall provide to the
Environmental  Auditor:  (i) reasonable  access to all of their existing records
concerning  the matters which are the subject of the  Environmental  Audit;  and
(ii)  reasonable  access to the  employees  of the  Sellers  and the last  known
addresses  of former  employees  of the Sellers who are most  familiar  with the
matters which are the subject of the  Environmental  Audit (the Sellers agreeing
to  use  reasonable  efforts  to  have  such  former  employees  respond  to any
reasonable  requests or inquiries  by the  Environmental  Auditor).  The Sellers
shall otherwise cooperate with the Environmental  Auditor in connection with the
Environmental  Audit,  it being  understood that the Buyer shall bear all of the
costs,  fees and expenses  incurred in connection  with the  preparation  of the
Environmental Audit.

     5.9 Hart-Scott-Rodino Compliance. Subject to the determination by the Buyer
that any of the following  actions is not required,  the Sellers shall  promptly
prepare  and file  Notification  and Report  Forms  under the  Hart-Scott-Rodino
Antitrust  Improvements Act of 1976, as amended (the "HSR Act") with the Federal
Trade  Commission  (the "FTC") and respond as  promptly  as  practicable  to all
inquiries  received from the FTC or the Antitrust  Division of the Department of
Justice (the "Antitrust Division") for additional information or documentation.

     5.10  Audit of  Sellers  at  Buyer's  Expense.  The  Sellers  shall  allow,
cooperate with and assist Buyer's  accountants,  and shall instruct the Seller's
accountants to cooperate,  in the preparation of audited financial statements of
the Sellers as necessary  for the IPO;  provided  that the expense of such audit
shall be borne by the Buyer.


                                    ARTICLE 6
                       PRE-CLOSING COVENANTS OF THE BUYER

     The Buyer hereby  covenants and agrees that, from and after the date hereof
until the Closing:

     6.1 Publicity; Disclosure. Except as may be required by law or as necessary
in connection with the  transactions  contemplated  hereby or in connection with
the preparation and filing of any registration  statement regarding the IPO, the
Buyer shall not (i) make any press release or other public announcement relating
to this Agreement or the  transactions  contemplated  hereby,  without the prior
written approval of the Sellers and the Shareholders, or (ii) otherwise disclose
the  existence  and nature of its  discussions  or  negotiations  regarding  the
transactions contemplated


                                       21

<PAGE>



hereby to any person or entity other than its accountants, attorneys and similar
professionals,  all of whom shall be subject to this nondisclosure obligation as
agents  of the  Buyer.  The  Buyer  shall  cooperate  with the  Sellers  and the
Shareholders in the preparation and dissemination of any public announcements of
the  transactions  contemplated by this Agreement.  Subject to the Buyer's legal
obligations  and the advice of its IPO  underwriters,  the Buyer shall submit to
the Sellers for their pre- approval  (such  approval  shall not be  unreasonably
withheld)  of the  content  of any  disclosures  in the IPO  context  about  the
transactions contemplated hereby.

     6.2 Closing Conditions.  The Buyer shall use all reasonable best efforts to
satisfy  promptly  the  conditions  to  Closing  set  forth in  Article 8 hereof
required herein to be satisfied by the Buyer.

     6.3 Application to Automobile Manufactures and Distributors. Subject to the
reasonable cooperation of the Sellers, the Buyer shall provide to all applicable
automobile  manufacturers  and  distributors  promptly  after the  execution and
delivery of this Agreement any application or other  information with respect to
such  application  necessary in  connection  with the seeking of the consents of
such manufacturers and distributors contemplated by Section 7.10.

     6.4 Hart-Scott-Rodino Compliance. Subject to the determination by the Buyer
that any of the  following  actions is not  required,  the Buyer shall  promptly
prepare and file  Notification  and Report  Forms under the HSR Act with the FTC
and respond as promptly as practicable to all inquiries received from the FTC or
the Antitrust  Division for additional  information or documentation,  and Buyer
shall pay all filing fees in connection therewith.

                                    ARTICLE 7
                CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO OBLIGATIONS OF THE BUYER

     The  obligations  of the Buyer under this  Agreement at the Closing and the
consummation by the Buyer of the transactions contemplated hereby are subject to
the satisfaction or fulfillment by the Sellers,  prior to or at the Closing,  of
each of the following conditions, unless waived in writing by the Buyer:

     7.1 Representations and Warranties. The representations and warranties made
by the  Sellers in this  Agreement  shall be true and  correct  in all  material
respects  at and as of the date of this  Agreement  and at and as of the Closing
Date as though such  representations  and warranties were made at and as of such
times.

     7.2  Performance  of  Obligations  of the Sellers.  The Sellers  shall have
performed and complied with all their  covenants,  agreements,  obligations  and
restrictions  pursuant to this  Agreement  required to be  performed or complied
with prior to or at the Closing.

     7.3 Closing  Certificate.  The Sellers shall have  delivered a certificate,
signed  by each of the  Sellers'  respective  Presidents,  General  Partners  or
Managers, as the case may be, and dated


                                       22

<PAGE>



the Closing Date,  certifying to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in
Sections 7.1 and 7.2 hereof.

     7.4 Opinions of Counsel. The Buyer shall have received an opinion of Grant,
Konvalinka  &  Harrison,  P.C.,  counsel  to the  Sellers,  and Miller & Martin,
counsel to The John T. Lupton Trust u/w Thomas  Cartter  Lupton,  each dated the
Closing Date, in form and substance  reasonably  acceptable to the Buyer and its
counsel.

     7.5  Supporting  Documents.  The Buyer shall have received from the Sellers
the following:

          (a)  To  the  extent  applicable,  one  or  more  certificates  of the
     Secretary of State of the State of  Tennessee  dated as of a recent date as
     to the due incorporation or organization and existence of the Sellers;

          (b) To the extent  applicable,  one or more  certificates of officials
     from  the  jurisdictions  listed  on  Schedule  3.1  hereto  as to the good
     standing of the Sellers in such jurisdictions;

          (c) A certificate of the Secretary,  an Assistant  Secretary,  General
     Partner  or  Manager,  as  appropriate,  of each of the  Sellers  dated the
     Closing Date and  certifying (i) that attached  thereto are true,  complete
     and correct copies of the certificates of incorporation  and by-laws of the
     Corporations,  the certificate of limited  partnership and the agreement of
     limited  partnership of the Partnership or the operating  agreements of the
     LLCs,  as  applicable,  each as  amended to and as in effect on the date of
     such  certification,  (ii) that  attached  thereto are true,  complete  and
     correct copies of the  resolutions  duly adopted by the Boards of Directors
     and  shareholders  of  the  Corporations,   the  General  Partner  and  (if
     applicable) the limited partners of the Partnership and the Manager and (if
     applicable)   the  members  of  the  LLCs,   approving   the   transactions
     contemplated hereby and authorizing the execution, delivery and performance
     by the Sellers of this Agreement and the sale and transfer of the Purchased
     Assets, as in effect on the date of such certification, and (iii) as to the
     incumbency and  signatures of those  officers of the Sellers  executing any
     instrument   or  other   document   delivered  in   connection   with  such
     transactions;

          (d) Uniform Commercial Code Search Reports on Form UCC-11 with respect
     to each of the Sellers  from the states and local  jurisdictions  where the
     principal  places of business of the Sellers and the  Purchased  Assets are
     located; and

          (e)  Such  reasonable   additional   supporting  documents  and  other
     information as the Buyer or its counsel may reasonably request.

     7.6 Bills of Sale,  Etc. The Buyer shall have received from the  respective
Sellers  duly  executed  Bills of Sale  and all  necessary  deeds,  assignments,
documents and  instruments to effect the transfers,  conveyances and assignments
to the Buyer  referred to in Article 1 hereof,  and the Sellers shall have taken
such action as shall be necessary to put the Buyer in actual possession


                                       23

<PAGE>



and  exclusive  control  of each of the  Purchased  Assets  (including,  without
limitation, the delivery of keys).

     7.7 Dealership Leases and Other  Agreements.  The Buyer shall have received
the  Dealership  Leases,  the  Employment  Agreements  and  the  Non-Competition
Agreement, duly executed by the parties thereto other than the Buyer.

     7.8 Books and Records.  The Buyer shall have received all books and records
of, or pertaining to, the businesses of the Sellers and the Purchased Assets and
Assumed Liabilities, except to the extent included in the Excluded Assets.

     7.9 Change of Name of Sellers;  Use of Sellers' Name by Buyer.  The Sellers
shall have delivered to the Buyer all documents,  including, without limitation,
resolutions  of the Board of  Directors,  General  Partner or  Managers  and the
shareholders, partners or members, as the case may be, of the Sellers, necessary
to effect a change of names of the Sellers after the Closing to names other than
the Proprietary Names or any variation thereof which names shall be sufficiently
different from the name of the Buyer and the Proprietary Names as to distinguish
them upon the records in the office of the Secretary of State of Tennessee  from
such names. The Sellers shall also have delivered to the Buyer a written consent
to the use by the Buyer or any parent,  subsidiary or affiliate of the Buyer, or
any  successor  or  assignee of any  thereof,  of the  Proprietary  Names or any
variant thereof and an agreement satisfactory to the Buyer that the Sellers will
not use the Proprietary Names or any variant thereof, except as may be necessary
for the winding up of the affairs of the Sellers.

     7.10  Consents.  The Buyer shall have received duly executed  copies of all
consents, authorizations, approvals, notices, registrations and filings referred
to in Schedules 3.2 and 3.6(b), which are required for the Sellers to consummate
the transactions  contemplated  hereby,  and including,  but not limited to, the
consents of all applicable automobile manufacturers and distributors;  provided,
however, the receipt of any such consent,  authorization or approval relative to
the transfer of the Saturn of Chattanooga,  Inc. dealership  agreement shall not
be a condition to closing so long as the Buyer and the  applicable  Seller shall
have entered into a mutually satisfactory  arrangement (to be negotiated in good
faith) whereby the business and assets of such Seller  included in the Purchased
Assets  will be  operated  by such  Seller or the Buyer for the  account  of the
Buyer.

     7.11 No Litigation. No action, suit or other proceeding shall be pending or
threatened  before any court,  tribunal  or  governmental  authority  seeking or
threatening  to  restrain  or  prohibit  the  consummation  of the  transactions
contemplated by this Agreement, or seeking to obtain damages in respect thereof,
or involving a claim that  consummation  thereof  would result in a violation of
any law,  rule,  decree  or  regulation  of any  governmental  authority  having
appropriate  jurisdiction,  and no order,  decree or ruling of any  governmental
authority or court shall have been entered challenging the legality, validity or
propriety  of  this  Agreement  or  the  transactions   contemplated  hereby  or
prohibiting,  restraining  or  otherwise  preventing  the  consummation  of  the
transactions contemplated hereby.



                                       24

<PAGE>



     7.12 Authorizations. The Buyer shall have received evidence of the transfer
to the Buyer of all Authorizations referred to in Section 3.12 of this Agreement
or, to the extent the Authorizations  are not  transferrable,  the Sellers shall
have effectively  obtained or made on behalf of the Buyer, or assisted the Buyer
in obtaining or making, all such Authorizations.

     7.13 No Material Adverse Change or Undisclosed Liability.  There shall have
been no material  adverse change or development in (a) the business,  prospects,
properties,  earnings,  results of  operations  or  financial  condition  of the
Sellers taken as a whole,  (b) the Purchased Assets taken as a whole, or (c) the
Assumed Liabilities taken as a whole.

     7.14 Approval of Legal Matters.  The form of all instruments,  certificates
and documents to be executed and delivered by the Sellers to the Buyer  pursuant
to this Agreement and all legal matters in respect of the transactions as herein
contemplated shall be reasonably satisfactory to the Buyer and its counsel, none
of whose approval shall be unreasonably withheld or delayed.

     7.15 Adverse  Laws. No statute,  rule,  regulation or order shall have been
adopted or promulgated which materially  adversely affects the Purchased Assets,
the Assumed Liabilities or the businesses of the Sellers.

     7.16 Hart-Scott-Rodino Waiting Period. All applicable waiting periods under
the HSR Act shall have expired without any indication by the Antitrust  Division
or  the  FTC  that  either  of  them  intends  to  challenge  the   transactions
contemplated  hereby  or,  if any such  challenge  or  investigation  is made or
commenced,  the  conclusion  of such  challenge  or  investigation  permits  the
transactions contemplated hereby in all material respects.


                                    ARTICLE 8
                       CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO OBLIGATIONS
                                 OF THE SELLERS

     The  obligations of the Sellers under this Agreement at the Closing and the
consummation by the Sellers of the transactions  contemplated hereby are subject
to the satisfaction or fulfillment by the Buyer, prior to or at the Closing,  of
each of the following conditions, unless waived in writing by the Sellers:


     8.1 Representations and Warranties. The representations and warranties made
by the  Buyer  in this  Agreement  shall  be true and  correct  in all  material
respects  at and as of the date of this  Agreement  and at and as of the Closing
Date as though such  representations  and warranties were made at and as of such
times.

     8.2 Performance of Obligations of the Buyer. The Buyer shall have performed
and complied with all its covenants,  agreements,  obligations and  restrictions
pursuant to this Agreement required to be performed or complied with prior to or
at the Closing.


                                       25

<PAGE>



     8.3  Closing  Certificate.  The Buyer shall have  delivered a  certificate,
signed by the Buyer's  President and dated the Closing  Date,  certifying to the
satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Sections 8.1 and 8.2 hereto.

     8.4  Payment of  Purchase  Price.  The Buyer  shall  have:  tendered to the
Sellers  payment of the Base Price and the Initial  Adjustment  Amount  Payment;
placed into escrow the  Escrowed  Adjustment  Amount;  and  tendered  the Notes,
executed by the Buyer, to the respective Sellers.

     8.5  Opinion of  Counsel.  The  Sellers  shall have  received an opinion of
Parker,  Poe, Adams & Bernstein L.L.P.,  counsel to the Buyer, dated the Closing
Date,  in form  and  substance  reasonably  acceptable  to the  Sellers  and the
Shareholders and their counsel.

     8.6 Supporting Documents. The Sellers shall have received the following:

          (a) A  certificate  of the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware
     dated as of a recent date as to the due  incorporation and good standing of
     the Buyer;

          (b) A certificate  of the  Secretary or an Assistant  Secretary of the
     Buyer dated the Closing Date, and certifying (i) that attached thereto is a
     true,  complete and correct copy of the  certificate of  incorporation  and
     by-laws  of the  Buyer,  as  amended  and as in  effect on the date of such
     certification,  (ii) that attached  thereto are true,  complete and correct
     copies of the  resolutions  duly  adopted by the Board of  Directors of the
     Buyer approving the  transactions  contemplated  hereby and authorizing the
     execution,  delivery and performance by the Buyer of this Agreement,  as in
     effect on the date of such  certification,  and (iii) as to the  incumbency
     and signatures of certain officers of the Buyer executing any instrument or
     other document delivered in connection with such transactions; and

          (c)  Copies  of  all  authorizations,  consents,  approvals,  notices,
     filings and registrations referred to in Section 4.2(a) hereof.

     8.7 Approval of Legal Matters.  The form of all  certificates,  instruments
and  documents  to be  executed  and/or  delivered  by the Buyer to the  Sellers
pursuant to this Agreement and all legal matters in respect of the  transactions
as herein  contemplated  shall be reasonably  satisfactory  to the Sellers,  the
Shareholders  and their  respective  counsel,  none of whose  approval  shall be
unreasonably withheld or delayed.

     8.8 Dealership Leases; Other Agreements; Guaranty. The Sellers' Agent shall
have received the Dealership Leases and the Employment Agreements, duly executed
by the Buyer,  and all of the Sellers  shall have  received the  Guaranty,  duly
executed by Sonic Financial Corp.

     8.9 No Litigation.  No action, suit or other proceeding shall be pending or
threatened  before any court,  tribunal  or  governmental  authority  seeking or
threatening  to  restrain  or  prohibit  the  consummation  of the  transactions
contemplated by this Agreement, or seeking to obtain damages


                                       26

<PAGE>



in respect thereof, or involving a claim that consummation  thereof would result
in a  violation  of any law,  rule,  decree or  regulation  of any  governmental
authority having appropriate jurisdiction, and no order, decree or ruling of any
governmental  authority  or  court  shall  have  been  entered  challenging  the
legality,   validity  or  propriety  of  this  Agreement  or  the   transactions
contemplated  hereby or  prohibiting,  restraining  or otherwise  preventing the
consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby.

     8.10 Hart-Scott-Rodino Waiting Period. All applicable waiting periods under
the HSR Act shall have expired without any indication by the Antitrust  Division
or  the  FTC  that  either  of  them  intends  to  challenge  the   transactions
contemplated  hereby,  or, if any such  challenge  or  investigation  is made or
commenced,  the  conclusion  of such  challenge  or  investigation  permits  the
transactions contemplated hereby in all material respects.

     8.11 Releases of  Shareholders.  The Buyer shall have,  with the reasonable
cooperation  of the  Sellers,  used its  reasonable  best  efforts to obtain the
release of the  Shareholders  from any  guarantees of obligations of the Sellers
included in the Assumed  Liabilities,  it being understood that the Shareholders
will otherwise be indemnified,  pursuant to Section 10.3(c) hereof,  against any
liability incurred by them under such guarantees of such Assumed Liabilities.


                                    ARTICLE 9
                                 TRANSFER TAXES

     9.1  Certain  Taxes and Fees.  All  sales,  transfer,  documentary,  stamp,
recording  and other  similar  taxes  and/or  fees and Taxes which may be due or
payable in connection  with the sale of the  Purchased  Assets  pursuant  hereto
shall be borne equally as between the Buyer (50%) and the Sellers (50%).

                                   ARTICLE 10
                           SURVIVAL OF REPRESENTATIONS
                         AND WARRANTIES; INDEMNIFICATION

     10.1 Survival of Representations and Warranties.  All statements  contained
in any schedule or certificate  delivered hereunder or in connection herewith by
or on behalf of any of the parties  pursuant to this  Agreement  shall be deemed
representations  and  warranties  by the  respective  parties  hereunder  unless
otherwise  expressly provided herein. The  representations and warranties of the
Sellers and the Buyer contained in this Agreement,  including those contained in
any Schedule or certificate delivered hereunder or in connection herewith, shall
survive  the  Closing  * with  the  exception  of (a)  the  representations  and
warranties  of the Sellers  contained in Section  3.29,  which shall survive the
Closing * , and (b) the  representations and warranties of the Sellers contained
in Sections 3.7, 3.15 and 3.23, which shall survive the Closing * . As to each


*    Confidential portions omitted and filed separately with the Commission.


                                       27

<PAGE>



representation  and  warranty  of the  parties  hereto,  the date to which  such
representation  and warranty  shall  survive is  hereinafter  referred to as the
"Survival Date."

     10.2 Agreement to Indemnify by the Sellers and Shareholders. Subject to the
terms and conditions of Sections 10.4, 10.5 and 10.7 hereof, each of the Sellers
and the  Shareholders  hereby  agrees  to  indemnify  and  save the  Buyer,  its
affiliates, and their respective shareholders,  officers, directors,  employees,
successors and assigns (each, a "Buyer  Indemnitee")  harmless from and against,
for and in respect  of, any and all  demands,  judgments,  injuries,  penalties,
fines, damages, losses, obligations,  liabilities,  claims, actions or causes of
action, encumbrances, costs, expenses (including, without limitation, reasonable
attorneys'  fees,   consultants'  fees  and  expert  witness  fees),   suffered,
sustained,   incurred  or   required   to  be  paid  by  any  Buyer   Indemnitee
(collectively, "Buyer's Damages") arising out of, based upon, in connection with
or as a result of:

          (a) the  untruth,  inaccuracy  or  breach  of any  representation  and
     warranty of the Sellers  contained in or made  pursuant to this  Agreement,
     including  in  any  Schedule  or  certificate  delivered  hereunder  or  in
     connection   herewith;   provided,   however,   (i)  the  Sellers  and  the
     Shareholders  shall have no obligation to pay Buyer's  Damages  pursuant to
     this Subsection  10.2(a) unless and until (and only to the extent that) all
     claims with respect of Buyer's Damages exceed a cumulative  aggregate total
     of * and (ii) the maximum indemnification obligation of the Sellers and the
     Shareholders for Buyer's Damages pursuant to this Subsection  10.2(a) shall
     be an aggregate total of * ;

          (b) the breach or  nonfulfillment  of any covenant or agreement of any
     of the  Sellers  contained  in this  Agreement  or in any  other  agreement
     document or instrument delivered hereunder or pursuant hereto;

          (c) the assertion against any Buyer Indemnitee or any of the Purchased
     Assets of any  liability  or  obligation  arising  out of or based upon the
     ownership or operation,  prior to the Closing,  of the Purchased Assets and
     the Leased  Premises  including,  without  limitation,  any of the Retained
     Liabilities, but excluding, however, any of the Assumed Liabilities; or

          (d) all  claims  of  creditors  asserted  by  reason  of the  parties'
     non-compliance with any applicable bulk sales laws.

     10.3  Agreement  to  Indemnify  by the  Buyer.  Subject  to the  terms  and
conditions  of  Sections  10.4 and 10.5  hereof,  the  Buyer  hereby  agrees  to
indemnify  and  save  the  Sellers  and  the   Shareholders   (each,  a  "Seller
Indemnitee")  harmless  from and  against,  for and in  respect  of, any and all
demands,   judgments,   injuries,   penalties,   damages,  losses,  obligations,
liabilities,  claims,  actions  or causes  of  action,  encumbrances,  costs and
expenses (including,  without limitation,  reasonable attorneys' fees and expert
witness fees) suffered, sustained, incurred or required to be paid by any Seller
Indemnitee arising out of, based upon, in connection with or as a result of:



*    Confidential portions omitted and filed separately with the Commission.


                                       28

<PAGE>



          (a) the  untruth,  inaccuracy  or  breach  of any  representation  and
     warranty of the Buyer  contained  in or made  pursuant  to this  Agreement,
     including  in  any  Schedule  or  certificate  delivered  hereunder  or  in
     connection herewith;

          (b) the breach or  nonfulfillment  of any covenant or agreement of the
     Buyer  contained in this Agreement or in any other  agreement,  document or
     instrument delivered hereunder or pursuant hereto;

          (c) the assertion  against any Seller Indemnitee of any of the Assumed
     Liabilities; or

          (d)  the  assertion  against  any  Seller  Indemnitee  of any  claims,
     liabilities,  or  obligations  arising  from the Buyer's  operation  of the
     Purchased Assets and the Leased Premises after the Closing Date,  except to
     the extent that such claims, liabilities or obligations arise out of or are
     based upon the Retained Liabilities.

     10.4 Claims for Indemnification.  No claim for indemnification with respect
to a breach of a representation  and warranty shall be made under this Agreement
after the applicable  Survival Date unless prior to such Survival Date the Buyer
Indemnitee  or the Seller  Indemnitee,  as the case may be, shall have given the
Sellers  or the  Buyer,  as the case may be,  written  notice of such  claim for
indemnification based upon actual loss sustained, or potential loss anticipated,
as a result  of the  existence  of any  claim,  demand,  suit or cause of action
against such Buyer Indemnitee or Seller Indemnitee, as the case may be.

     10.5 Procedures Regarding Third Party Claims. The procedures to be followed
by  the  Buyer  and  the  Sellers   and  the   Shareholders   with   respect  to
indemnification hereunder regarding claims by third persons shall be as follows:

          (a)  Promptly  after  receipt  by  any  Buyer   Indemnitee  or  Seller
     Indemnitee, as the case may be, of notice of the commencement of any action
     or proceeding (including,  without limitation, any notice relating to a tax
     audit) or the  assertion of any claim by a third  person,  which the person
     receiving such notice has reason to believe may result in a claim by it for
     indemnity pursuant to this Agreement, such person (the "Indemnified Party")
     shall give notice of such action,  proceeding or claim to the party against
     whom indemnification  pursuant hereto is sought (the "Indemnifying Party"),
     setting  forth in  reasonable  detail the  nature of such  action or claim,
     including  copies of any written  correspondence  from such third person to
     such Indemnified Party.

          (b) The Indemnifying Party shall be entitled,  at its own expense,  to
     participate in the defense of such action, proceeding or claim, and, if (i)
     the action,  proceeding  or claim  involved  seeks (and  continues to seek)
     solely monetary damages,  (ii) the Indemnifying Party confirms, in writing,
     its  obligation  hereunder to indemnify and hold  harmless the  Indemnified
     Party with respect to such damages in their  entirety  pursuant to Sections
     10.2 or 10.3 hereof,  as the case may be, and (iii) the Indemnifying  Party
     shall  have  made  provision  which,  in  the  reasonable  judgment  of the
     Indemnified  Party, is adequate to satisfy any adverse judgment as a result
     of its


                                       29

<PAGE>



     indemnification  obligation  with  respect to such  action,  proceeding  or
     claim, then the Indemnifying  Party shall be entitled to assume and control
     such defense with counsel chosen by the Indemnifying  Party and approved by
     the Indemnified Party, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld or
     delayed.  The  Indemnified  Party shall be entitled to participate  therein
     after  such  assumption,  the costs of such  participation  following  such
     assumption  to be at its own  expense.  Upon  assuming  such  defense,  the
     Indemnifying  Party  shall  have  full  rights to enter  into any  monetary
     compromise  or settlement  which is  dispositive  of the matters  involved;
     provided,  that such settlement is paid in full by the  Indemnifying  Party
     and will not have any direct or indirect continuing material adverse effect
     upon the Indemnified Party.

          (c) With  respect to any action,  proceeding  or claim as to which (i)
     the  Indemnifying  Party does not have the right to assume  the  defense or
     (ii) the  Indemnifying  Party shall not have  exercised its right to assume
     the defense,  the Indemnified Party shall assume and control the defense of
     and contest such action,  proceeding or claim with counsel chosen by it and
     approved  by  the   Indemnifying   Party,   which  approval  shall  not  be
     unreasonably   withheld.  The  Indemnifying  Party  shall  be  entitled  to
     participate in the defense of such action,  the cost of such  participation
     to be at its own expense.  The Indemnifying Party shall be obligated to pay
     the reasonable attorneys' fees and expenses of the Indemnified Party to the
     extent  that  such  fees  and  expenses   relate  to  claims  as  to  which
     indemnification  is due under Sections 10.2 or 10.3 hereof, as the case may
     be. The Indemnified  Party shall have full rights to dispose of such action
     and enter into any monetary compromise or settlement; provided, however, in
     the event that the Indemnified  Party shall settle or compromise any claims
     involved in the action insofar as they relate to, or arise out of, the same
     facts as gave  rise to any claim  for  which  indemnification  is due under
     Sections 10.2 or 10.3 hereof,  as the case may be, it shall act  reasonably
     and in good faith in doing so.

          (d)  Both the  Indemnifying  Party  and the  Indemnified  Party  shall
     cooperate fully with one another in connection with the defense, compromise
     or settlement of any such claim, proceeding or action,  including,  without
     limitation,  by making available to the other all pertinent information and
     witnesses within its control.

     10.6  Effectiveness.  The  provisions of this Article 10 shall be effective
upon consummation of the Closing, and prior to the Closing,  shall have no force
and effect.

     10.7 Certain Provisions Relating to Claims for Buyer's Damages.

     (a) With respect to any claim by a Buyer  Indemnitee  or Buyer  Indemnitees
for indemnification  hereunder, the Buyer, on behalf of such Buyer Indemnitee or
Buyer Indemnitees, shall first exercise its right of postponement and offset and
reduction  under the Notes (and/or draw against the Escrowed  Adjustment  Amount
(in the case of a right to payment under Section  1.3(d)(2)).  Any such right of
postponement,  offset  and  reduction  under  the  Notes  shall be made pro rata
according to the outstanding  principal balances of the Notes,  except in a case
(such as the bankruptcy of a particular  payee under the Notes) where such right
is  stayed  or  otherwise  prohibited  by law or order  of a court of  competent
jurisdiction,  in which case such right shall be exercised pro rata according to
the outstanding principal balances of the Notes as to which there


                                       30

<PAGE>



shall be no such stay or  prohibition.  The  exercise of such right  against the
Notes shall be made without regard to whether the claim or claims giving rise to
indemnification  are attributable to any particular  Seller or group of Sellers,
and/or their respective Shareholders.

     (b) To the extent that any Buyer Indemnitee or Buyer Indemnitees shall have
claims for  Buyer's  Damages  which  exceed that which can be  satisfied  by the
exercise of rights under  paragraph  (a) above,  such Buyer  Indemnitee or Buyer
Indemnitees  shall only be entitled to seek  indemnification  from the Seller or
Sellers, and their respective  Shareholders,  to whom the breach or the facts or
circumstances giving rise to such claims are attributable.  In such a situation,
the liability of any such Seller and its Shareholders shall be joint and several
as between  such Seller and such  Shareholders,  however the  liability  of such
Shareholders  as  among  themselves  shall be  several  in  proportion  to their
respective stockholder, membership or partnership interests, as the case may be,
in such Seller.

                                   ARTICLE 11
                         TERMINATION AND TERMINATION FEE

     11.1 Termination.  Notwithstanding  any other provision herein contained to
the contrary,  this Agreement may be terminated at any time prior to the Closing
Date as follows:

          (a) This Agreement may be terminated by written consent of the parties
     hereto;

          (b) The Buyer may terminate this Agreement by giving written notice to
     the  Sellers at any time prior to the  Closing (1) in the event the Sellers
     have breached any material representation,  warranty, or covenant contained
     in this  Agreement in any material  respect,  provided that the Buyer shall
     have notified the Sellers of the breach and the breach shall have continued
     without cure or remedy for a period of thirty (30) days after the notice of
     breach,  or (2) if the  Closing  shall not have  occurred  on or before the
     Closing Date Deadline by reason of the failure of any  condition  precedent
     under Article 7 hereof other than any condition  contained in Sections 7.4,
     7.11,  7.13(a) or (b), 7.14,  7.15, or 7.16  (provided,  however,  that the
     Buyer may not terminate under this subsection (b) if the Buyer is in breach
     of  any  material  representation,  warranty,  or  covenant  of  the  Buyer
     contained in this Agreement);

          (c) The Sellers may terminate  this Agreement by giving written notice
     to the Buyer at any time  prior to the  Closing  (1) in the event the Buyer
     has breached any material  representation,  warranty, or covenant contained
     in this Agreement in any material respect,  provided that the Sellers shall
     have notified the Buyer of the breach and the breach has continued  without
     cure or remedy for a period of thirty (30) days after the notice of breach,
     or (2) if the Closing shall not have occurred on or before the Closing Date
     Deadline by reason of the failure of any condition  precedent under Article
     8 hereof other than any  condition  contained in Sections  8.5,  8.7,  8.9,
     8.10, or 8.11 (provided,  however, that the Sellers may not terminate under
     this   subsection   (c)  if  any  Seller  is  in  breach  of  any  material
     representation, warranty, or covenant contained in this Agreement);


                                       31


<PAGE>



          (d) The Buyer may terminate  this  Agreement if, after any initial HSR
     Act filing, the FTC makes a "second request" for information, or the FTC or
     the Antitrust  Division  challenges the transactions  contemplated  hereby;
     provided  that the Buyer  delivers  written  notice to the  Sellers  of its
     termination  hereunder  within fifteen (15) days of the Buyer's  receipt of
     such second request or of notice of such challenge; or

          (e) The Buyer may terminate this Agreement  within thirty (30) days of
     the date  hereof  if,  and  only if,  the  Buyer is not  satisfied,  in its
     reasonable discretion, with the results of any environmental audit or other
     environmental investigation undertaken with respect to the Real Property.

     11.2 Procedure and Effect of Termination.  If either party  terminates this
Agreement  pursuant to Section  11.1 above,  all rights and  obligations  of the
parties  hereunder  shall  terminate  without any  liability of any party to any
other party except as set forth below:

          (a) If this  Agreement  is  terminated  by the Buyer  pursuant  to the
     provisions of Section  11.1(b) above,  then the Sellers shall, on demand of
     the Buyer,  promptly pay to the Buyer in immediately  available  funds,  as
     liquidated  damages for the loss of the  transaction,  a termination fee of
     $500,000 (the "Sellers' Termination Fee").

          (b) If this  Agreement is  terminated  by the Sellers  pursuant to the
     provisions of Section 11.1(c) above,  then the Buyer shall,  upon demand of
     the Sellers, promptly pay to the Sellers in immediately available funds, as
     liquidated  damages for the loss of the  transaction,  a termination fee of
     $1,500,000 (the "Buyer's  Termination  Fee").  The Buyer's  Termination Fee
     shall be guaranteed by Sonic  Financial  Corp.  pursuant to the Guaranty in
     the form of Exhibit 1.3(C) hereto.

     The  respective  rights of the parties to terminate  this  Agreement  under
     Sections  11.1(b)  or  11.1(c),  as the  case  may be,  and to be paid  the
     Sellers'  Termination Fee or the Buyer's  Termination  Fee, as the case may
     be,  shall be the  respective  parties'  sole and  exclusive  remedies  for
     damages; in the event of such termination by either party, such party shall
     have no right to equitable  relief for any breach or alleged breach of this
     Agreement,  other  than for  specific  performance  for the  payment of the
     Sellers'  Termination Fee or the Buyer's  Termination  Fee, as the case may
     be.

          (c) Except as  specifically  provided in this  Section  11.2,  nothing
     contained  in this  Section  11.2 shall  prevent any party from seeking any
     equitable  relief to which it would  otherwise  be entitled in the event of
     breach by the other party.



                                   ARTICLE 12
                            MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

     12.1 Access to Books and Records after Closing. The Buyer shall,  following
the  Closing,  give,  and  shall  cause  to be  given,  to the  Sellers  and its
authorized representatives such


                                       32

<PAGE>


access,  during normal  business hours and upon prior notice,  to such books and
records  constituting  part of the  Purchased  Assets  as  shall  be  reasonably
necessary for the Sellers in connection  with the  preparation and filing of the
Sellers' tax returns for periods prior to the Closing,  and to make extracts and
copies of such books and records at the expense of the Sellers.

     12.2 Notices.  All notices,  claims,  certificates,  requests,  demands and
other communications  hereunder shall be given in writing and shall be delivered
personally  or  sent  by  telecopier  or by a  nationally  recognized  overnight
courier,  postage  prepaid,  and shall be deemed to have been duly given when so
delivered personally or sent by telecopier,  with receipt confirmed,  or one (1)
Business Day after the date of deposit with such nationally recognized overnight
courier. All such notices,  claims,  certificates,  requests,  demands and other
communications shall be addressed to the respective parties at the addresses set
forth below or to such other address as the person to whom notice is to be given
may have furnished to the others in writing in accordance herewith.

If to the Buyer, to:

        Sonic Auto World, Inc.
        5401 East Independence Boulevard
        P.O. Box 18747
        Charlotte, North Carolina 28218
        Telecopier No.:  (704) 532-3312
        Attention:  Theodore Wright

with a copy to:

        Parker, Poe, Adams & Bernstein L.L.P.
        2500 Charlotte Plaza
        Charlotte, North Carolina  28244
        Telecopier No.:  (704) 334-4706
        Attention:  Edward W. Wellman, Esq.

If to  the  Sellers  or the  Sellers'  Agent,  to the  Sellers  c/o  The  Bowers
Transportation Group, LLC at the following address:

        Bowers Transportation Group, LLC
        c/o Grant, Konvalinka & Harrison, P.C.
        900 Republic Centre
        633 Chestnut Street
        Chattanooga, Tennessee 37450
        Telecopier No.: (423) 756-6518
        Attention: John Konvalinka, Esq.



                                       33

<PAGE>



If to the Shareholders, to:


        Mr. Nelson E. Bowers, II
        c/o Grant, Konvalinka & Harrison, P.C.
        900 Republic Centre
        633 Chestnut Street
        Chattanooga, Tennessee 37402
        Telecopier No.: (423) 756-6518

        Mr. Jeffrey C. Rachor
        c/o Grant, Konvalinka & Harrison, P.C.
        900 Republic Centre
        633 Chestnut Street
        Chattanooga, Tennessee 37402
        Telecopier No: (423) 756-6518

        Mr. John T. Lupton
        702 Tallan Building
        Two Union Square
        Chattanooga, Tennessee 37402
        Telecopier No: (423) 757-0504

in either case, with a copy to:

        Grant, Konvalinka & Harrison, P.C.
        900 Republic Centre
        633 Chestnut Street
        Chattanooga, Tennessee  37450
        Telecopier No.: (423) 756-6518
        Attention:    John Konvalinka, Esq.

        and:

        Miller & Martin
        Suite 1000 Volunteer Building
        832 Georgia Avenue
        Chattanooga, Tennessee 37402
        Telecopier No.: (423) 785-8480
        Attention:  Joel W. Richardson, Jr., Esq.

     The Buyer,  the  Sellers  or the  Shareholders  may  change the  address or
telecopier  number to which such  communications  are to be  directed  by giving
written notice to the others in the manner provided in this Agreement.


                                       34

<PAGE>



     12.3 Parties in Interest; No Third Party Beneficiaries.

     (a) Subject to Section 12.4 hereof,  this Agreement  shall be binding upon,
inure to the benefit of and be  enforceable  by the  respective  successors  and
assigns of the parties hereto.

     (b) Nothing in this Agreement,  expressed or implied,  is intended or shall
be construed to confer upon or give to any employee of the Sellers, or any other
person,  firm,  corporation  or legal entity,  other than the parties hereto and
their successors and permitted assigns,  any rights,  remedies or other benefits
under or by reason of this Agreement.

     (c) In the case of any  Shareholder  who is  acting  in the  capacity  of a
trustee  or  in  any  other  fiduciary  capacity,  the  terms,   conditions  and
obligations of this Agreement  shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon
both the Shareholder and the trust estate  represented by such Shareholder,  but
such Shareholder  acting as a trustee or other fiduciary shall not be personally
liable with respect to the terms, conditions and obligations of this Agreement.

     12.4  Assignability.  This  Agreement  shall not be assignable by any party
hereto  without the prior written  consent of the other  parties,  provided that
Buyer may  assign its  rights  under the  Agreement  to any  affiliate  of Buyer
presently  existing or  hereafter  formed and to any person or entity that shall
acquire all or substantially all of the assets of the Buyer; provided,  however,
that no such  assignment  by the Buyer  shall  release  it from its  obligations
hereunder without the consent of the Sellers.

     12.5 Entire  Agreement;  Amendment.  This  Agreement and the other writings
referred to herein or delivered pursuant hereto contain the entire understanding
of the parties  hereto and supersedes  all prior  agreements and  understandings
between the parties  hereto with respect to its subject  matter.  This Agreement
may be amended or modified  only by a written  instrument  duly  executed by the
parties hereto.

     12.6 Headings.  The article,  section and paragraph  headings  contained in
this  Agreement are for reference  purposes only and shall not affect in any way
the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement.

     12.7  Counterparts.  This  Agreement  may  be  executed  in any  number  of
counterparts, and each such counterpart hereof shall be deemed to be an original
instrument,  and  all  such  counterparts  together  shall  constitute  but  one
agreement.

     12.8 Governing  Law. This  Agreement  shall be governed by and construed in
accordance with the laws of the State of Tennessee, without giving effect to its
principles of conflicts of law.

     12.9  Knowledge.  Whenever  any  representation  or warranty of the Sellers
contained  herein or in any other document  executed and delivered in connection
herewith is based upon the


                                       35

<PAGE>



knowledge of the Sellers,  such knowledge  shall be deemed to include the actual
knowledge, if any, of any of the Sellers or any of the Shareholders,  as well as
information  of which Nelson E. Bowers II or Jeffrey C. Rachor would  reasonably
be expected to be aware in the prudent  discharge  of his duties in the ordinary
course of business (including  consultation with legal counsel) on behalf of the
Sellers.

     12.10  Jurisdiction;  Arbitration.  (a) Subject to the other  provisions of
this  Section  12.10,  any  judicial  proceeding  brought  with  respect to this
Agreement must be brought in any court of competent jurisdiction in the State of
Tennessee,  and, by  execution  and delivery of this  Agreement,  each party (i)
accepts,  generally  and  unconditionally,  the exclusive  jurisdiction  of such
courts and any related  appellate court,  and irrevocably  agrees to be bound by
any  judgment  rendered  thereby in  connection  with this  Agreement,  and (ii)
irrevocably waives any objection it may now or hereafter have as to the venue of
any such suit, action or proceeding  brought in such court or that such court is
an inconvenient forum.

     (b) Any dispute,  claim or  controversy  arising out of or relating to this
Agreement,   or  the  interpretation  or  breach  hereof   (including,   without
limitation,  any of the  foregoing  based  upon a claim to any  termination  fee
hereunder),  shall be  resolved  by  binding  arbitration  under the  commercial
arbitration rules of the American  Arbitration  Association (the "AAA Rules") to
the extent such AAA Rules are not  inconsistent  with this  Agreement.  Judgment
upon  the  award  of  the  arbitrators  may  be  entered  in  any  court  having
jurisdiction  thereof or such court may be asked to judicially confirm the award
and order its enforcement,  as the case may be. The demand for arbitration shall
be made by any party hereto within a reasonable time after the claim, dispute or
other  matter in question  has arisen,  and in any event shall not be made after
the date when institution of legal proceedings,  based on such claim, dispute or
other  matter  in  question,  would  be  barred  by the  applicable  statute  of
limitations.  The arbitration panel shall consist of three (3) arbitrators,  one
of whom shall be appointed by each party  hereto  within  thirty (30) days after
any request for arbitration hereunder.  The two arbitrators thus appointed shall
choose the third  arbitrator  within  thirty (30) days after their  appointment;
provided,  however,  that if the two  arbitrators  are  unable  to  agree on the
appointment  of the third  arbitrator  within 30 days after  their  appointment,
either arbitrator may petition the American Arbitration  Association to make the
appointment. The place of arbitration shall be Atlanta, Georgia. The arbitrators
shall be instructed to render their decision  within sixty (60) days after their
selection and to allocate all costs and expenses of such arbitration  (including
legal and accounting fees and expenses of the respective parties) to the parties
in the proportions that reflect their relative success on the merits  (including
the successful assertion of any defenses).

     (c) Nothing  contained  in this  Section  12.10 shall (i) prevent any party
hereto from seeking any equitable relief to which it would otherwise be entitled
from a court of competent jurisdiction, or (ii) prevent the Buyer from enforcing
its rights under the Non- Competition Agreement in the State of North Carolina.

     12.11  Waivers.  Any party to this  Agreement may, by written notice to the
other  parties  hereto,  waive any provision of this  Agreement  from which such
party is entitled to receive


                                       36

<PAGE>



a benefit.  The waiver by any party hereto of a breach of any  provision of this
Agreement shall not operate or be construed as a waiver of any subsequent breach
of such provision or any other provision of this Agreement.

     12.12  Severability.  In the event that any provision,  or part thereof, of
this  Agreement  shall be held to be  invalid,  illegal  or  unenforceable,  the
validity,  legality and  enforceability  of the remaining  provisions,  or parts
thereof, shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

     12.13 Expenses.  Except as otherwise set forth herein,  each party shall be
responsible  for its own legal fees and other  costs and  expenses  incurred  in
connection  with this  Agreement and the  negotiation  and  consummation  of the
transactions contemplated hereby. 

                      [Signatures begin on following page]


                                       37

<PAGE>



     IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the parties  hereto have caused this  Agreement to be
duly executed all as of the day, month and year first above written.


THE BUYER:                       SONIC AUTO WORLD, INC.


                                 By: /s/ Bryan Scott Smith
                                     ------------------------------
                                     Name: Bryan Scott Smith
                                     Title: Chief Executive Officer


THE SELLERS:                     KIA OF CHATTANOOGA, LLC


                                 By: /s/ Neslon E. Bowers, II
                                     ------------------------------
                                    Name: Nelson E. Bowers, II
                                    Title: Chief Manager


                                 EUROPEAN MOTORS OF NASHVILLE, LLC


                                 By: /s/ Neslon E. Bowers, II
                                    ------------------------------
                                    Name: Nelson E. Bowers, II
                                    Title: Chief Manager


                                 EUROPEAN MOTORS, LLC


                                 By: /s/ Neslon E. Bowers, II
                                    ------------------------------
                                    Name: Nelson E. Bowers, II
                                    Title: Chief Manager





                                  SP-1

<PAGE>



                                 JAGUAR OF CHATTANOOGA LLC


                                 By: /s/ Neslon E. Bowers, II
                                     ------------------------------
                                     Name: Nelson E. Bowers, II
                                     Title: Chief Manager


                                 CLEVELAND CHRYSLER-PLYMOUTH-JEEP
                                 EAGLE LLC


                                 By: /s/ Neslon E. Bowers, II
                                     ------------------------------
                                     Name: Nelson E. Bowers, II
                                     Title: Chief Manager


                                 NELSON BOWERS DODGE, LLC


                                 By: /s/ Neslon E. Bowers, II
                                     ------------------------------
                                     Name: Nelson E. Bowers, II
                                     Title: Chief Manager


                                 CLEVELAND VILLAGE IMPORTS, INC.


                                 By: /s/ Neslon E. Bowers, II
                                     ------------------------------
                                     Name: Nelson E. Bowers, II
                                     Title: President


                                 SATURN OF CHATTANOOGA, INC.


                                 By: /s/ Neslon E. Bowers, II
                                     ------------------------------
                                     Name: Nelson E. Bowers, II
                                     Title: President



                                      SP-2

<PAGE>



                            NELSON BOWERS FORD, L.P.

                                 By: Nebco of Southeast Tennessee, Inc.
                                     Its:   General Partner


                                 By: /s/ Neslon E. Bowers, II
                                     ------------------------------
                                     Name: Nelson E. Bowers, II
                                     Title: President



THE SHAREHOLDERS:                    /s/ Neslon E. Bowers, II          (SEAL)
                                     ------------------------------
                                     NELSON E. BOWERS, II



                                     /s/ Jeffrey C. Rachor             (SEAL)
                                     ------------------------------
                                     JEFFREY C. RACHOR



                                     /s/ Paul W. Painter, Sr., Trustee (SEAL)
                                     ------------------------------
                                     Paul W. Painter, Sr., Trustee



                                     /s/ Danny McVay                   (SEAL)
                                     ------------------------------
                                     DANNY McVAY



                                     /s/ Frank E. Fowler, II           (SEAL)
                                     ------------------------------
                                     FRANK E. FOWLER, II



                                     /s/ Dewayne B. McCamish           (SEAL)
                                     ------------------------------
                                     DEWAYNE B. McCAMISH



                                     /s/ Rex Allen                     (SEAL)
                                     ------------------------------
                                     REX ALLEN



                                  SP-3

<PAGE>



                                 NEBCO OF SOUTHEAST TENNESSEE, INC.


                                 By: /s/ Neslon E. Bowers, II
                                     ------------------------------
                                     Name: Nelson E. Bowers, II
                                     Title: President
 

                                 INFINITI OF CHATTANOOGA, INC


                                 By: /s/ Neslon E. Bowers, II
                                     ------------------------------
                                     Name: Nelson E. Bowers, II
                                     Title: President



                                     /s/ John T. Lupton               (SEAL)
                                     ------------------------------
                                        JOHN T. LUPTON


                                 JOHN T. LUPTON TRUST U/W THOMAS
                                 CARTTER LUPTON


                                 By: /s/  John T. Lupton, Trustee
                                     ------------------------------
                                          John T. Lupton, Trustee


                                     By: /s/ Joel W. Richardson, Jr., Trustee
                                         ------------------------------------
                                         Joel W. Richardson, Jr., Trustee


                                     By: /s/ David S. Gonzenbach, Trustee
                                         ------------------------------------
                                         David S. Gonzenbach, Trustee










                                      SP-4

<PAGE>



                                List of Schedules
                                -----------------


Schedule 1.1(a)           -    Purchased Assets

Schedule 1.1(b)           -    Excluded Assets

Schedule 1.1(c)           -    Permitted Encumbrances

Schedule 1.2              -    Assumed Liabilities

Schedule 1.3(c)           -    Rental Cost Adjustment Procedures

Schedule 1.3(e)           -    Allocation of Purchase Price and Assumed
                               Liabilities

Schedule 3.1              -    Jurisdictions of Foreign Qualification of
                               Sellers

Schedule 3.2              -    Required Authorizations and Consents to
                               Agreement

Schedule 3.3(a)           -    Ownership Interests in Sellers

Schedule 3.3(b)           -    Investments

Schedule 3.4              -    Financial Statements of the Sellers

Schedule 3.5              -    Certain Changes

Schedule 3.6(a)           -    Material Contracts

Schedule 3.6(b)           -    Required Consents for Transfers of Material
                               Contracts

Schedule 3.7              -    Encumbrances

Schedule 3.8(a)           -    Real Property; Leased Premises

Schedule 3.9(a)           -    Equipment

Schedule 3.12             -    Approvals, Permits and Authorizations

Schedule 3.13             -    Compliance with Laws

Schedule 3.14(a)          -    Insurance Policies



<PAGE>



Schedule 3.14(b)          -    Property Damage and Personal Injury
                               Claims

Schedule 3.16             -    Litigation

Schedule 3.17             -    Powers of Attorney

Schedule 3.19             -    Employee Relations

Schedule 3.20             -    Compensation

Schedule 3.21             -    Patents; Trademarks; Trade Names;
                               Copyrights; Licenses; Etc. and Proprietary
                               Names

Schedule 3.23             -    Other Liabilities

Schedule 3.24             -    Affiliate Transactions

Schedule 3.26             -    Employee Plans

Schedule 3.29             -    Environmental Matters

Schedule 3.30             -    Bank Accounts and Safe Deposit Boxes

Schedule 3.31             -    Warranties

Schedule 3.32             -    Interests in Competitors

Schedule 3.33             -    Availability of Sellers' Employees

Schedule 4.2(a)           -    Buyer Consents





<PAGE>


                                List of Exhibits
                                ----------------



Exhibit 1.3(A)            -     Form of Escrow Agreement

Exhibit 1.3(B)            -     Form of Notes

Exhibit 1.3(C)            -     Form of Guaranty by Sonic Financial Corporation

Exhibit 1.4(A)            -     Form of Bills of Sale and Assignment

Exhibit 1.4(B)(1)         -     Form of Employment Agreement -- Bowers

Exhibit 1.4(B)(2)         -     Form of Employment Agreement -- Rachor

Exhibit 1.4(C)            -     Form of Dealership Leases

Exhibit 1.4(D)            -     Form of Non-Competition Agreement





                            STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENT

                                     BETWEEN

                             SONIC AUTO WORLD, INC.

                                       AND

              KEN MARKS, JR., O.K. MARKS, SR. and MICHAEL J. MARKS

                            DATED AS OF JULY 29, 1997



<PAGE>


                                TABLE OF CONTENTS


                                                                            Page
                                                                            ----

ARTICLE 1 - Purchase and Sale..............................................  1
  1.1     Agreement of Purchase and Sale ..................................  1
  1.2     Purchase Price ..................................................  1
  1.3     Delivery of the Shares ..........................................  3
  1.4     Dealership Lease; Guaranty; Employment Agreement;
          Non-Competition Agreement .......................................  3

ARTICLE 2 - Closing........................................................  4

ARTICLE 3 - Representations and Warranties of the Sellers..................  4
  3.1      Ownership of Shares.............................................  4
  3.2      Sellers' Power and Authority; Consents and Approvals............  4
  3.3      Execution and Enforceability....................................  4
  3.4      Litigation Regarding Sellers....................................  5
  3.5      Interest in Competitors and Related Entities; Certain 
           Transactions....................................................  5
  3.6      Sellers Not Foreign Persons.....................................  5
  3.7      Organization; Good Standing; Qualifications; and Power..........  5
  3.8      Capitalization..................................................  6
  3.9      Subsidiaries and Investments....................................  6
  3.10     No Violation; Conflicts.........................................  6
  3.11     Title to Assets; Related Matters................................  6
  3.12     Possession......................................................  7
  3.13     Financial Statements............................................  7
  3.14     Accounts Receivable.............................................  7
  3.15     Inventories.....................................................  7
  3.16     Real Property; Machinery and Equipment..........................  8
  3.17     Patents; Trademarks; Trade Names; Copyrights; Licenses, Etc.....  9
  3.18     Certain Liabilities.............................................  9
  3.19     No Undisclosed Liabilities......................................  9
  3.20     Absence of Changes..............................................  9
  3.21     Tax Matters..................................................... 10
  3.22     Compliance with Laws, Etc....................................... 11
  3.23     Litigation Regarding the Corporation............................ 11
  3.24     Permits, Etc.................................................... 11
  3.25     Employees; Labor Relations...................................... 12
  3.26     Compensation.................................................... 12
  3.27     Employee Benefits............................................... 12
  3.28     Powers of Attorney.............................................. 13
  3.29     Material Agreements............................................. 13
  3.30     Brokers' or Finders' Fees, Etc.................................. 14
  3.31     Bank Accounts, Credit Cards, Safe Deposit Boxes                  
           and Cellular Telephones......................................... 14
                                                                             


<PAGE>



  3.32     Insurance....................................................... 14
  3.33     Warranties...................................................... 14
  3.34     Directors and Officers.......................................... 14
  3.35     Suppliers and Customers......................................... 14
  3.36     Environmental Matters........................................... 15
  3.37     Business Generally.............................................. 16
  3.38     Misstatements and Omissions..................................... 17
                                                                            
ARTICLE 4 - Representations and Warranties of the Buyer.................... 17
  4.1      Organization and Good Standing.................................. 17
  4.2      Buyer's Power and Authority; Consents and Approvals............. 17
  4.3      Execution and Enforceability.................................... 17
  4.4      Litigation Regarding Buyer...................................... 17
  4.5      No Violation; Conflicts......................................... 18
  4.6      Financing....................................................... 18
  4.7      Brokers' or Finders' Fees, Etc.................................. 18
  4.8      Misstatements and Omissions..................................... 18
                                                                            
ARTICLE 5 - Pre-Closing Covenants of the Sellers........................... 18
  5.1      Provide Access to Information; Cooperation with Buyer........... 18
  5.2      Operation of Business of the Corporation........................ 19
  5.3      Books of Account................................................ 19
  5.4      Employees....................................................... 19
  5.5      Issuance of Securities.......................................... 19
  5.6      Other Changes................................................... 20
  5.7      Additional Information.......................................... 20
  5.8      Publicity....................................................... 20
  5.9      Other Negotiations.............................................. 20
  5.10     Closing Conditions.............................................. 20
  5.11     Environmental Audit............................................. 20
  5.12     Audited Financial Statements.................................... 21
  5.13     Hart-Scott-Rodino............................................... 21
                                                                            
ARTICLE 6 - Pre-Closing Covenants of Buyer................................. 21
  6.1      Publicity....................................................... 21
  6.2      Closing Conditions.............................................. 21
  6.3      Application to Automobile Manufacturers and Distributors........ 21
  6.4      Hart-Scott-Rodino............................................... 22
                                                                            
ARTICLE 7 - Conditions to Obligations of the Buyer at the Closing.......... 22
  7.1      Representations and Warranties.................................. 22
  7.2      Performance of Obligations of the Sellers....................... 22
  7.3      Closing Documentation........................................... 22
  7.4      Approval of Legal Matters....................................... 23
  7.5      No Litigation................................................... 23
  7.6      No Material Adverse Change or Undisclosed Liability............. 24
  7.7      No Adverse Laws................................................. 24
                                                                            
                                                         

<PAGE>



  7.8      Affiliate Transactions.......................................... 24
  7.9      Escrow Agreement................................................ 24
  7.10     Execution of Dealership Lease................................... 24
  7.11     Employment Agreement............................................ 24
  7.12     Non-Competition Agreement....................................... 24
  7.13     Cancellation of Stock Options................................... 24
  7.14     Return of Letter of Credit.  ................................... 24
  7.15     Hart-Scott-Rodino Waiting Period................................ 24
                                                                            
ARTICLE 8 - Conditions to Obligations of the Sellers at the Closing........ 25
  8.1      Representations and Warranties.................................. 25
  8.2      Performance of Obligations of the Buyer......................... 25
  8.3      Closing Documentation........................................... 25
  8.4      Approval of Legal Matters....................................... 26
  8.5      No Litigation................................................... 26
  8.6      Dealership Lease; Guaranty...................................... 26
  8.7      Escrow Agreement................................................ 26
  8.8      Employment Agreement............................................ 26
  8.9      Hart-Scott-Rodino Waiting Period................................ 26
                                                                            
ARTICLE 9 - Survival of Representations and Warranties, Indemnification, 
           Etc............................................................. 26
  9.1      Survival........................................................ 26
  9.2      Agreement to Indemnify by Sellers............................... 27
  9.3      Agreement to Indemnify by Buyer................................. 28
  9.4      Claims for Indemnification...................................... 28
  9.5      Procedures Regarding Third Party Claims......................... 28
  9.6      Effectiveness................................................... 29
                                                                            
ARTICLE 10 - Termination................................................... 30
  10.1     Termination..................................................... 30
  10.2     Procedure and Effect of Termination............................. 30
  10.3     Payment of Buyer's Termination Fee; Sellers' Exclusive Remedy... 30
  10.4     Payment of Sellers' Termination Fee; Buyer's Election of         
           Remedies........................................................ 31
                                                                            
ARTICLE 11 - Certain Taxes and Expenses.................................... 31
  11.1     Certain Taxes and Expenses...................................... 31
                                                                            
ARTICLE 12 - Certain Post-Closing Covenants................................ 31
  12.1     Change of Corporation's Name.................................... 31
  12.2     Stay-on Bonuses to Employees of Corporation..................... 31
                                                                            
ARTICLE 13 - Miscellaneous................................................. 32
  13.1     Certain Tax Returns............................................. 32
  13.2     Parties in Interest; No Third-Party Beneficiaries............... 32
  13.3     Entire Agreement; Amendments.................................... 32
  13.4     Assignment...................................................... 32
  13.5     Remedies........................................................ 32
                                                                           


<PAGE>


  13.6     Headings........................................................ 32
  13.7     Notices......................................................... 33
  13.8     Counterparts.................................................... 34
  13.9     Governing Law................................................... 34
  13.10    Waivers......................................................... 34
  13.11    Severability.................................................... 34
  13.12    Knowledge....................................................... 34
  13.13    Jurisdiction; Arbitration....................................... 34
  13.14    Power of Attorney of Ken Marks, Jr.............................. 35
                                                                            
                                                                            
                                                                            
                                                         

<PAGE>



                            STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENT


     THIS STOCK PURCHASE  AGREEMENT dated as of July 29, 1997 (this "Agreement")
between SONIC AUTO WORLD,  INC., a Delaware  corporation (the "Buyer"),  and KEN
MARKS, JR., O.K. MARKS, SR. and MICHAEL J. MARKS (the "Sellers").

                              W I T N E S S E T H:

     WHEREAS,  the Sellers own in the aggregate 500 shares of common stock,  par
value  $1.00 per  share  (the  "Shares"),  of Ken Marks  Ford,  Inc.,  a Florida
corporation  (the  "Corporation"),  which shares represent all of the issued and
outstanding  shares of capital stock of the  Corporation and are owned of record
and  beneficially  by the  Sellers  in the  amounts  set  forth  opposite  their
respective names on Exhibit A hereto; and

     WHEREAS, the Buyer desires to purchase the Shares from the Sellers, and the
Sellers  are  willing  to sell the  Shares  to the  Buyer,  upon the  terms  and
conditions hereinafter set forth.

     NOW,  THEREFORE,  in consideration of the premises and the mutual covenants
and  representations  hereinafter  stated,  and  intending  to be legally  bound
hereby, the parties agree as follows:

                                    ARTICLE 1

                                Purchase and Sale

     1.1  Agreement  of  Purchase  and Sale.  On the terms  and  subject  to the
conditions  of this  Agreement  and in  reliance  upon the  representations  and
warranties of the parties herein, at the closing referred to in Article 2 hereof
(the  "Closing"),  the Sellers shall sell,  transfer,  convey and deliver to the
Buyer, and the Buyer shall purchase from the Sellers, the Shares.

     1.2 Purchase Price.

     (a) As the full purchase price to be paid by the Buyer for the Shares,  the
Buyer shall pay to the  Sellers the  aggregate  sum of  $24,982,500,  subject to
adjustment as provided in Section 1.2 (d) below (the "Purchase Price").

     (b) The Purchase  Price,  less the sum of $500,000  (the "Escrow  Amount"),
which  shall be paid into escrow to First Union  National  Bank or another  bank
reasonably  acceptable  to the parties,  as escrow  agent (the "Escrow  Agent"),
pursuant  to the  terms of the  escrow  agreement  substantially  in the form of
Exhibit B attached  hereto,  with such other changes thereto as the Escrow Agent
shall  reasonably  request  (the  "Escrow  Agreement"),  shall be payable to the
Sellers at the



<PAGE>



Closing in the amounts set forth  opposite their  respective  names on Exhibit A
hereto in cash in immediately  available funds by wire transfer to an account or
accounts  designated  by such Sellers in writing at least one (1) full  Business
Day prior to the Closing.  For purposes of this  Agreement,  the term  "Business
Day" shall mean any day other than a Saturday,  a Sunday or a day on which banks
are authorized or required to be closed in the State of North Carolina.

     (c)  Concurrently  with  the  signing  of  this  Agreement,  the  Buyer  is
delivering to Ken Marks, Jr., as agent for the Sellers (the "Sellers' Agent"), a
Letter of Credit in the face amount of  $2,000,000  and otherwise in the form of
Exhibit C  attached  hereto  (the  "Letter  of  Credit").  In the event that the
Closing  does not occur by the Closing  Date  Deadline  (as defined in Article 2
below), then the provisions of Article 10 hereof shall apply with respect to the
Letter of Credit.

     (d) Purchase Price Adjustment Procedures.

          (i) Not later  than 60 days  after the  Closing  Date (as  defined  in
     Article  2), the Buyer will  prepare and  deliver to the  Sellers'  Agent a
     balance sheet (the "Closing  Balance  Sheet") of the  Corporation as of the
     Closing Date, consisting of a computation of the tangible book value of the
     assets of the  Corporation  as of the Closing Date,  less the book value of
     the  liabilities  of  the  Corporation  as of  the  Closing  Date,  all  as
     determined in accordance  with  generally  accepted  accounting  principles
     applied  consistently with the Financial  Statements (as defined in Section
     3.13(a));  provided, however, that (A) based upon a physical inventory, the
     cost of which  will be borne  equally by the Buyer and the  Sellers,  parts
     inventories  shall be based on the  value of  returnable  parts and new car
     inventories  shall be valued on a first-in,  first-out (FIFO) basis without
     taking into account the tax effect of such FIFO basis, (B) the value of the
     used vehicles  inventory of the Corporation  shall be as mutually agreed to
     by the  Buyer  and  the  Sellers  based  upon a  physical  inventory  to be
     conducted  jointly by the Sellers and the Buyer on the Closing  Date or the
     Business Day immediately  preceding the Closing Date, which inventory shall
     be  conducted  for the Sellers by the  Seller's  Agent and for the Buyer by
     Bryan Scott Smith,  and (C) there shall be included  such  reserves  and/or
     write-offs for doubtful accounts  receivable and bad debts and for damaged,
     spoiled,  obsolete or slow-moving inventory as shall be consistent with the
     Corporation's  past  year-end  practices.   The  tangible  net  book  value
     reflected on the Closing Balance Sheet is hereinafter  called the "Net Book
     Value".  If within 30 days following  delivery of the Closing Balance Sheet
     (or the next  Business  Day if such 30th day is not a  Business  Day),  the
     Sellers' Agent has not given the Buyer notice of the Sellers'  objection to
     the  computation of the Net Book Value as set forth in the Closing  Balance
     Sheet  (such  notice to contain a  statement  in  reasonable  detail of the
     nature of the Sellers' objection), then the Net Book Value reflected in the
     Closing  Balance Sheet will be deemed  mutually agreed by the Buyer and the
     Sellers. If the Sellers' Agent shall have given such notice of objection in
     a timely  manner,  then the issues in dispute  will be  submitted to a "Big
     Six"  accounting  firm  mutually  acceptable  to the Buyer and the Sellers'
     Agent  (the  "Accountants")  for  resolution.  If  issues  in  dispute  are
     submitted to the Accountants for resolution, (1) each party will furnish to
     the  Accountants  such  workpapers  and  other  documents  and  information
     relating  to the  disputed  issues as the  Accountants  may request and are
     available  to the  party or its  subsidiaries  (or its  independent  public
     accountants),  and will be  afforded  the  opportunity  to  present  to the
     Accountants any material  relating to the  determination and to discuss the
     determination with the Accountants;  (2) the Accountants will be instructed
     to determine  the Net Book Value based upon their  resolution of the issues
     in  dispute;  (3) such  determination  by the  Accountants  of the Net Book
     Value,  as  set  forth  in a  notice  delivered  to  both  parties  by  the
     Accountants, will be binding and conclusive on the parties;

                                        2

<PAGE>


     and (4) the  Buyer  and the  Sellers  shall  each  bear 50% of the fees and
     expenses of the Accountants for such determination.

          (ii) To the extent that the Net Book Value,  as deemed mutually agreed
     by the parties or as determined by the Accountants,  as aforesaid,  is less
     than  $5,050,000  (the "Net Book Value  Shortfall"),  the Sellers  shall be
     obligated,  jointly and severally,  to pay the amount of the Net Book Value
     Shortfall  promptly to the Buyer,  together with interest on such amount at
     the prime rate of  NationsBank,  N.A.  from time to time in effect from the
     Closing Date to the date of payment.  In furtherance of such  obligation of
     the Sellers,  the Buyer and the Sellers' Agent shall execute and deliver to
     the Escrow Agent a joint  instruction to pay up to the entire amount of the
     Escrow Amount to the Buyer.  To the extent that the amount of such Net Book
     Value  Shortfall,  plus  interest  as  aforesaid,  shall  exceed the Escrow
     Amount, the Sellers shall be obligated,  jointly and severally, to pay such
     excess  amount of Net Book Value  Shortfall,  plus  interest as  aforesaid,
     promptly to the Buyer.  Any interest  earned on the Escrow  Amount shall be
     paid as provided in the Escrow Agreement.

     1.3 Delivery of the Shares.

     (a) At the Closing, each Seller shall deliver to the Buyer a certificate or
certificates  representing the number of Shares set forth opposite such Seller's
name on Exhibit A hereto,  duly endorsed in blank or with a fully executed stock
power attached, all in proper form for transfer with all transfer taxes, if any,
paid by such Seller.

     (b) The Shares shall be delivered to the Buyer free and clear of all liens,
pledges,  encumbrances,  claims,  security  interests,  charges,  voting trusts,
voting agreements,  other agreements,  rights, options, warrants or restrictions
or claims of any kind, nature or description (collectively, "Encumbrances").

     1.4  Dealership  Lease;  Guaranty;  Employment  Agreement;  Non-Competition
Agreement.

     (a)  Dealership  Lease;  Guaranty.  At the Closing,  the Sellers will cause
Marks Holding Company, Inc., as lessor, to enter into a lease agreement with the
Corporation,  as lessee,  regarding  the Leased  Premises (as defined in Section
3.16(b) below) owned by such lessor, such lease agreement to be substantially in
the form of Exhibit D-1 hereto (the "Dealership  Lease"). The obligations of the
Corporation,  as lessee under the Dealership  Lease,  shall be guaranteed by the
Buyer and Sonic  Financial  Corporation  pursuant  to a Guaranty  in the form of
Exhibit D-2 (the "Guaranty").

     (b) Employment Agreement. At the Closing, Ken Marks, Jr. will enter into an
employment  agreement  with the  Corporation,  such  employment  agreement to be
substantially in the form of Exhibit E hereto (the "Employment Agreement").

     (c) Non-Competition  Agreement.  At the Closing,  Ken Marks, Jr. will enter
into a  non-competition  agreement  with the  Buyer  and the  Corporation,  such
non-competition  agreement to be  substantially  in the form of Exhibit F hereto
(the "Non-Competition  Agreement").  The parties hereto agree that the amount of
the Purchase Price allocated to the Non-Competition Agreement is $10,000.

                                        3

<PAGE>



                                    ARTICLE 2

                                     Closing

     The  Closing  shall take place at the offices of  Johnson,  Blakely,  Pope,
Bokor, Ruppel & Burns, P.A., 911 Chestnut Street,  Clearwater,  Florida, at 9:30
a.m., local time, on the Closing Date. The Closing Date shall be the fifth (5th)
Business Day, or such shorter period as the Buyer may choose, following the date
the Buyer gives notice of the Closing to the Sellers, but in no event later than
October 15, 1997 (the "Closing Date Deadline"),  unless another date or place is
agreed to in  writing  by the  Sellers  and the  Buyer.  The date upon which the
Closing shall take place is hereinafter called the "Closing Date".


                                    ARTICLE 3

                  Representations and Warranties of the Sellers

     Each of the Sellers hereby represents and warrants to the Buyer,  severally
with respect to the matters set forth in Sections  3.1 through  3.6,  inclusive,
and jointly and  severally  with respect to all other  matters set forth in this
Article 3, as follows:

     3.1 Ownership of Shares.  Each Seller owns of record and  beneficially  the
number of Shares set forth opposite such Seller's name on Exhibit B hereto. Each
Seller has,  and will have at the time of the  Closing,  good and valid title to
the  Shares  to be  sold  by  such  Seller  hereunder,  free  and  clear  of all
Encumbrances.

     3.2 Sellers' Power and Authority; Consents and Approvals.

     (a) Each Seller has full  capacity,  right,  power and authority to execute
and deliver this Agreement and the other  agreements,  documents and instruments
to be  executed  and  delivered  by  such  Seller  in  connection  herewith,  to
consummate the transactions  contemplated  hereby and thereby and to perform its
obligations hereunder and thereunder.

     (b)  Except as set  forth on  Schedule  3.2(b)  hereto,  no  authorization,
approval  or  consent  of, or notice to or  filing  or  registration  with,  any
governmental agency or body, or any other third party, is required in connection
with the execution  and delivery by each Seller of this  Agreement and the other
agreements,  documents  and  instruments  to be executed  and  delivered by each
Seller in connection herewith, the consummation of the transactions contemplated
hereby  and  thereby  and the  performance  by each  Seller  of his  obligations
hereunder and thereunder.

     3.3 Execution and Enforceability.  This Agreement and the other agreements,
documents and instruments to be executed by the Sellers in connection  herewith,
and the consummation by each Seller of the transactions  contemplated hereby and
thereby,  have been duly  authorized,  executed and delivered by each Seller and
constitute,  and the other  agreements,  documents and instruments  contemplated
hereby, when executed and delivered by each Seller, shall constitute, the legal,
valid and binding  obligations  of each  Seller,  enforceable  against each such
Seller in accordance with their

                                        4

<PAGE>



respective  terms,  except to the extent that  enforceability  may be limited by
bankruptcy,  insolvency  and other  similar laws  affecting the  enforcement  of
creditors' rights generally.

     3.4 Litigation  Regarding  Sellers.  There are no actions,  suits,  claims,
investigations or legal,  administrative or arbitration  proceedings pending or,
to each Sellers'  knowledge,  threatened  or probable of assertion,  against any
Seller relating to the Shares,  this Agreement or the transactions  contemplated
hereby before any court,  governmental or  administrative  agency or other body.
None of the Sellers knows of any basis for the  institution  of any such suit or
proceeding.  No  judgment,  order,  writ,  injunction,  decree or other  similar
command of any court or governmental or administrative  agency or other body has
been  entered  against or served upon any Seller  relating  to the Shares,  this
Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby.

     3.5 Interest in Competitors and Related Entities; Certain Transactions.

     (a) Except as set forth on Schedule 3.5 hereto,  no Seller and no Affiliate
(as hereinafter  defined) of any Seller (i) has any direct or indirect  interest
in any person or entity engaged or involved in any business which is competitive
with the business of the Corporation,  (ii) has any direct or indirect  interest
in any person or entity which is a lessor of assets or properties  to,  material
supplier  of, or  provider  of  services  to,  the  Corporation,  or (iii) has a
beneficial  interest in any contract or agreement to which the  Corporation is a
party; provided,  however, that the foregoing  representation and warranty shall
not apply to any person or entity,  or any interest or agreement with any person
or  entity,   which  is  a  publicly  held  corporation  in  which  such  Seller
individually  owns less than 3% of the issued and outstanding  voting stock. For
purposes of this Agreement,  the term "Affiliate" shall mean any entity directly
or  indirectly  controlling,  controlled  by or under  common  control  with the
specified  person,  whether by stock ownership,  agreement or otherwise,  or any
parent,  child or sibling of such specified  person and the concept of "control"
means the  possession,  direct or indirect,  of the power to direct or cause the
direction  of the  management  and  policies of such  person or entity,  whether
through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise.


     (b) Except as set forth in Schedule 3.5 hereto,  there are no  transactions
between  the  Corporation  and  any  of  the  Sellers  (including  the  Sellers'
Affiliates),  or any of the  directors,  officers or salaried  employees  of the
Corporation, or the family members or Affiliates of any of the above (other than
for  services  as  employees,   officers  and  directors),   including,  without
limitation,  any  contract,  agreement or other  arrangement  providing  for the
furnishing  of  services  to or by,  providing  for  rental of real or  personal
property to or from,  or  otherwise  requiring  payments to or from,  any of the
Sellers, or any such officer,  director or salaried employee,  family member, or
Affiliate or any corporation,  partnership,  trust or other entity in which such
family  member,  Affiliate,  officer,  director  or employee  has a  substantial
interest or is a shareholder, officer, director, trustee or partner.

     3.6 Sellers Not Foreign Persons. Each Seller is a "United States person" as
that term is defined in Section  7701(a)(30)  of the  Internal  Revenue  Code of
1986, as amended (the "Code"), and the regulations promulgated thereunder.

     3.7 Organization; Good Standing; Qualifications; and Power. The Corporation
is a corporation duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the
laws of the State of Florida and has all  requisite  power and authority to own,
lease and operate its properties and to carry

                                        5

<PAGE>



on its  business as now being  conducted.  The  Corporation  is  qualified to do
business  as a  foreign  corporation  and is in  good  standing  in  each of the
jurisdictions  listed on Schedule 3.7 hereto,  which are the only  jurisdictions
where the nature of its business and assets requires such qualification.

     3.8  Capitalization.  The  authorized  capital  stock  of  the  Corporation
consists of 500 shares of common stock,  par value $1.00 per share, all of which
are issued and outstanding and constitute the Shares. All of the Shares are duly
authorized,  validly issued,  fully paid and  non-assessable and are held by the
Sellers in the  amounts  indicated  on Exhibit A hereto.  Except as set forth on
Schedule  3.8  hereto,  there  are  no  preemptive  rights,  whether  at  law or
otherwise, to purchase any of the securities of the Corporation and there are no
outstanding options, warrants, "phantom" stock plans, subscriptions, agreements,
plans or other  commitments  pursuant to which the  Corporation is or may become
obligated to sell or issue any shares of its capital  stock or any other debt or
equity security, and there are no outstanding securities convertible into shares
of such capital stock or any other debt or equity security.

     3.9 Subsidiaries and Investments. The Corporation does not own or maintain,
directly or  indirectly,  any capital  stock of or other  equity or ownership or
proprietary interest in any other corporation,  partnership, association, trust,
joint venture or other entity and does not have any  commitment to contribute to
the capital of, make loans to, or share in the losses of, any such entity.

     3.10 No Violation;  Conflicts. Except as set forth on Schedule 3.10 hereto,
the  execution  and  delivery  by the  Sellers of this  Agreement  and the other
agreements,  documents  and  instruments  to be executed  and  delivered  by the
Sellers  in  connection  herewith,  the  consummation  by  the  Sellers  of  the
transactions  contemplated hereby and thereby and the performance by the Sellers
of their respective obligations hereunder and thereunder do not and will not (a)
conflict  with or violate any of the terms of the Articles of  Incorporation  or
By-Laws of the  Corporation,  (b) violate or conflict  with any law,  ordinance,
rule or regulation, or any judgment, order, writ, injunction,  decree or similar
command of any  court,  administrative  or  governmental  agency or other  body,
applicable  to the  Corporation,  (c) violate or conflict  with the terms of, or
result in the acceleration of, any indebtedness or obligation of the Corporation
under,  or violate or conflict  with or result in a breach of, or  constitute  a
default under, any indenture,  mortgage,  deed of trust, agreement or instrument
to which the  Corporation  is a party or by which the  Corporation or any of its
assets  or  properties  is bound or  affected,  (d)  result in the  creation  or
imposition of any Encumbrance of any nature upon any of the assets or properties
of the  Corporation,  (e)  constitute  an event  permitting  termination  of any
agreement,  license  or  other  right of the  Corporation,  or (f)  require  any
authorization,   approval  or  consent  of,  or  any  notice  to  or  filing  or
registration  with, any  governmental  agency or body, or any other third party,
applicable to the Corporation or any of its properties or assets.

     3.11 Title to Assets;  Related Matters.  The Corporation has good and valid
title to all assets, rights, interests and other properties,  real, personal and
mixed, tangible and intangible,  owned by it (collectively,  the "Assets"), free
and clear of all Encumbrances, except those specified on Schedule 3.11 and liens
for taxes not yet due and  payable.  The Assets (a) include all  properties  and
assets  (real,  personal  and  mixed,  tangible  and  intangible)  owned  by the
Corporation;  (b) do not include (i) any contracts for future services,  prepaid
items or deferred  charges the full value or benefit of which will not be usable
by or transferable to the Buyer, or (ii) any goodwill, organizational expense or
other similar intangible asset.

                                        6

<PAGE>



     3.12 Possession.  The tangible assets included within the Assets are in the
possession  or control of the  Corporation  and no other  person or entity has a
right to  possession  or claims  possession  of all or any part of such  Assets,
except the rights of lessors of Leased  Equipment and Leased  Premises  (each as
defined in Section 3.16 hereof) under their respective contracts and leases.

     3.13 Financial Statements.

     (a) The Sellers have delivered to the Buyer prior to the date hereof:

          (i) the reviewed  balance  sheets of the  Corporation  as of April 30,
     1994,  April 30,  1995,  April 30,  1996 and April 30, 1997 and the related
     reviewed  statements  of income,  stockholders'  equity and changes in cash
     flows for the fiscal years then ended  (including the notes thereto and any
     other  information  included  therein),  accompanied,  in each case, by the
     review  opinion  of  Spence,  Marston,  Bunch &  Morris  CPAs,  independent
     certified public accountants of the Corporation (collectively,  the "Annual
     Financial Statements"), together with the consent of Spence, Marston, Bunch
     & Morris CPAs to the use of their reports contained in the Annual Financial
     Statements  by the Buyer (or any  Affiliate  of the Buyer) in any filing of
     such Annual Financial Statements with any governmental entity; and

          (ii) the unaudited balance sheet of the Corporation as of May 31, 1997
     and the related unaudited  statements of income,  stockholders'  equity and
     changes in cash flow for the one month period then ended (collectively, the
     "Interim  Financial   Statements"),   as  certified  by  the  Corporation's
     President  (the  Annual  Financial  Statements  and the  Interim  Financial
     Statements  are  hereinafter  collectively  referred  to as the  "Financial
     Statements").

     (b) The  Financial  Statements  (i) are in  accordance  with the  books and
records of the  Corporation,  which  books and  records  are true,  correct  and
complete,   (ii)  fully  and  fairly  present  the  financial  position  of  the
Corporation   as  of  the  dates   indicated   and  the  results  of  operation,
stockholders'  equity  and  changes  in cash  flows of the  Corporation  for the
periods  indicated,  and (iii) except as set forth in Schedule  3.13,  have been
prepared  in  accordance   with   generally   accepted   accounting   principles
consistently applied ("GAAP").

     3.14 Accounts  Receivable.  All accounts  receivable of the Corporation are
collectible at the aggregate  recorded amounts  thereof,  subject to the reserve
for doubtful  accounts  maintained by the  Corporation in the ordinary course of
business, and are not subject to any known counterclaims or setoffs. An adequate
reserve for doubtful  accounts for the Corporation has been established and such
reserve is consistent with both the operation of the Corporation in the ordinary
course of business and past practice.

     3.15 Inventories.  All inventories of the Corporation consist of items of a
quality and quantity  usable and saleable in the ordinary  course of business of
the  Corporation,  and the levels of inventories  are consistent with the levels
maintained  by the  Corporation  in the  ordinary  course  consistent  with past
practice  and the  Corporation's  obligations  under  its  agreements  with  all
applicable  vehicle  manufacturers  and  distributors.  The values at which such
inventories  are  carried  are based on the  last-in,  first-out  method and are
stated in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles  consistently
applied by the  Sellers at the lower of  historic  cost or market.  An  adequate
reserve has been established by the Corporation for damaged, spoiled,  obsolete,
defective,

                                        7

<PAGE>



or slow-moving  goods and such reserve is consistent  with both the operation of
the Corporation in the ordinary course of business and past practice.

     3.16 Real Property; Machinery and Equipment.

     (a) Owned Real Property. The Corporation does not own any real property.

     (b) Leased  Premises.  Schedule 3.16(b) hereto contains a complete list and
description  (including  buildings and other structures  thereon and the name of
the owner thereof) of all real property which is used by the  Corporation in its
business and operations  (herein referred to either as the "Leased  Premises" or
the "Real  Property").  True,  correct and complete  copies of all leases of all
Leased  Premises (the  "Leases")  have been  delivered to the Buyer.  The Leased
Premises are in good  physical  condition  and,  with respect to each Lease,  no
event or condition  currently  exists which would give rise to a material repair
or restoration  obligation if such Lease were to terminate.  The Sellers have no
knowledge of any event or condition which currently  exists which would create a
legal or other  impediment to the use of the Leased  Premises as currently used,
or would  increase  the  additional  charges or other sums payable by the tenant
under  any of  the  Leases  (including,  without  limitation,  any  pending  tax
reassessment or other special  assessment  affecting the Leased  Premises).  The
improvements  and building  systems which comprise a part of the Leased Premises
as to which the  Corporation  is  responsible  for the  maintenance  and  repair
thereof are in good  condition,  maintenance  and repair.  There is no person or
entity other than the  Corporation  in or entitled to  possession  of the Leased
Premises.

     (c)  Condemnation,  Etc. The Sellers  have  delivered to the Buyer a recent
survey of the Real Property.  No portion of the Real Property has been condemned
or otherwise taken by any public authority, and the Sellers have no knowledge of
any pending or threatened  condemnation or taking  thereof.  The Sellers have no
knowledge of any event or condition which currently  exists which would create a
legal or other  impediment to the use of the Real Property as currently used, or
would increase the additional  charges or other sums payable by the  Corporation
under any leases of the Leased  Premises  (including,  without  limitation,  any
pending extraordinary tax reassessment or other special assessment affecting the
Real Property).  The buildings and  improvements  (including  building  systems)
which  comprise a part of the Real Property are in good  condition,  maintenance
and repair, ordinary wear and tear excepted.

     (d) Owned  Equipment.  Schedule  3.16(d)  hereto  sets  forth a list of all
material  machinery,  equipment,  tools, motor vehicles,  furniture and fixtures
owned by the Corporation (collectively, the "Owned Equipment").

     (e) Leased Equipment. Schedule 3.16(e) hereto contains a list of all leases
or other  agreements,  whether  written or oral,  under which the Corporation is
lessee of or holds or operates any items of machinery,  equipment,  tools, motor
vehicles,  furniture and fixtures or other  property  (other than real property)
owned by any third party (collectively, the "Leased Equipment").

     (f) Maintenance of Equipment.  The Owned Equipment and the Leased Equipment
are in good  operating  condition,  maintenance  and repair in  accordance  with
industry  standards  taking into account the age thereof and  ordinary  wear and
tear excepted.

                                        8

<PAGE>



     3.17 Patents; Trademarks; Trade Names; Copyrights; Licenses, Etc.

     (a) Except as set forth on  Schedule  3.17  hereto,  there are no  patents,
trademarks,  trade names, service marks, service names and copyrights, and there
are no applications  therefor or licenses  thereof,  inventions,  trade secrets,
computer software,  logos,  slogans,  proprietary processes and formulae and all
other  proprietary  information,  know-how  and  intellectual  property  rights,
whether patentable or unpatentable,  that are owned or leased by the Corporation
or used in the conduct of the Corporation's  business.  The Corporation is not a
party to, nor pays a royalty to anyone under, any license or similar  agreement.
There is no existing claim,  or, to the knowledge of the Sellers,  any basis for
any claim,  against the Corporation  that any of its  operations,  activities or
products  infringe the patents,  trademarks,  trade names,  copyrights  or other
property  rights of others or that the  Corporation  is  wrongfully or otherwise
using the property rights of others.


     (b) The  Corporation  has the right to use the names "Ken  Marks  Ford" and
"Ken  Marks - Oldsmar"  in the State of Florida  and,  to the  knowledge  of the
Sellers,  no person uses, or has the right to use,  such name or any  derivation
thereof in connection with the manufacture,  sale,  marketing or distribution of
products or services commonly associated with an automobile dealership.

     3.18 Certain Liabilities.

     (a) All accounts payable by the Corporation to third parties as of the date
hereof  arose in the  ordinary  course of business  and none are  delinquent  or
past-due.

     (b)  Schedule  3.18  hereto  sets forth a list of all  indebtedness  of the
Corporation, other than accounts payable, as of the close of business on the day
preceding  the date  hereof,  including,  without  limitation,  money  borrowed,
indebtedness of the Corporation  owed to stockholders  and former  stockholders,
the deferred purchase price of assets, letters of credit and capitalized leases,
indicating, in each case, the name or names of the lender, the date of maturity,
the rate of  interest,  any  prepayment  penalties  or  premiums  and the unpaid
principal amount of such indebtedness as of such date.

     3.19 No Undisclosed Liabilities. The Corporation does not have any material
liabilities or obligations of any nature, known or unknown, fixed or contingent,
matured  or  unmatured,   other  than  those  (a)  reflected  in  the  Financial
Statements,  (b) incurred in the ordinary  course of business  since the date of
the  Financial  Statements  and of the type and kind  reflected in the Financial
Statements, or (c) disclosed specifically on Schedule 3.19 hereto.

     3.20  Absence  of  Changes.  Since  April 30,  1997,  the  business  of the
Corporation  has been  operated in the  ordinary  course,  consistent  with past
practices and,  except as set forth on Schedule 3.20 hereto,  there has not been
incurred, nor has there occurred:

     (a) Any damage,  destruction or loss (whether or not covered by insurance),
adversely  affecting  the  business  or assets of the  Corporation  in excess of
$100,000;  (b) Any strikes, work stoppages or other labor disputes involving the
employees  of  the  Corporation;   (c)  Any  sale,  transfer,  pledge  or  other
disposition of any of the Assets of the Corporation having an aggregate

                                        9

<PAGE>



book value of $100,000 or more (except sales of vehicles and parts  inventory in
the ordinary  course of business);  (d) Any  amendment,  termination,  waiver or
cancellation  of any Material  Agreement  (as defined in Section 3.29 hereof) or
any  termination,  amendment,  waiver or  cancellation  of any material right or
claim of the Corporation  under any Material  Agreement  (except in each case in
the ordinary course of business and consistent with past practice);  (e) Any (1)
general uniform increase in the compensation of the employees of the Corporation
(including,  without  limitation,  any increase pursuant to any bonus,  pension,
profit-sharing, deferred compensation or other plan or commitment), (2) increase
in any such compensation payable to any individual officer, director, consultant
or agent thereof,  or (3) loan or commitment therefor made by the Corporation to
any  officer,  director,  stockholder,  employee,  consultant  or  agent  of the
Corporation;  (f) Any change in the accounting methods,  procedures or practices
followed  by the  Corporation  or any  change in  depreciation  or  amortization
policies  or rates  theretofore  adopted by the  Corporation;  (g) Any  material
change in policies,  operations or practices of the Corporation  with respect to
business operations followed by the Corporation,  including, without limitation,
with respect to selling methods,  returns,  discounts or other terms of sale, or
with  respect  to the  policies,  operations  or  practices  of the  Corporation
concerning the employees of the  Corporation;  (h) Any capital  appropriation or
expenditure  or commitment  therefor on behalf of the  Corporation  in excess of
$100,000  individually  or  $200,000 in the  aggregate;  (i) Any  write-down  or
write-up of the value of any  inventory or equipment of the  Corporation  or any
increase  in  inventory  levels in excess of  historical  levels for  comparable
periods;  (j) Any account receivable in excess of $100,000 or note receivable in
excess of $100,000  owing to the  Corporation  which (1) has been written off as
uncollectible,  in whole or in part, (2) has had asserted  against it any claim,
refusal or right of setoff, or (3) the account or note debtor has refused to, or
threatened not to, pay for any reason, or such account or note debtor has become
insolvent  or  bankrupt;  (k) Any other change in the  condition  (financial  or
otherwise),  business operations, assets, earnings, business or prospects of the
Corporation  which, in the judgment of the Sellers,  has, or could reasonably be
expected  to  have,  a  material  adverse  effect  on the  assets,  business  or
operations  of the  Corporation;  or (l) Any  agreement,  whether  in writing or
otherwise,  for the  Corporation  to take any of the actions  enumerated in this
Section 3.20.

     3.21 Tax Matters.

     (a) All federal, state and local tax returns and tax reports required as of
the date hereof to be filed by the  Corporation for taxable periods ending prior
to the date hereof have been duly and timely filed prior to the due date thereof
(as such due date may have been lawfully  extended) by the Corporation  with the
appropriate  governmental  agencies,  and all such returns and reports are true,
correct and complete.

     (b) All federal, state and local income,  profits,  franchise,  sales, use,
occupation,  property, excise, payroll, withholding,  employment,  estimated and
other taxes of any nature, including interest,  penalties and other additions to
such taxes  ("Taxes"),  payable by, or due from, the Corporation for all periods
prior to the date hereof have been fully paid or adequately  reserved for by the
Corporation  or, with respect to Taxes required to be accrued,  the  Corporation
has properly  accrued or will properly  accrue such Taxes in the ordinary course
of business consistent with past practice of the Corporation.

     (c) The  federal  income  tax  returns  of the  Corporation  have  not been
examined by the  Internal  Revenue  Service  ("IRS") for the fiscal  years ended
April 30, 1995, April 30, 1996 and April

                                       10

<PAGE>



30, 1997.  Except as set forth on Schedule 3.21 hereto,  the Corporation has not
received any notice of any assessed or proposed  claim or deficiency  against it
in respect of, or of any present dispute between it and any governmental  agency
concerning,  any  Taxes.  Except  as set  forth  on  Schedule  3.21  hereto,  no
examination  or audit of any tax  return  or report  of the  Corporation  by any
applicable   taxing  authority  is  currently  in  progress  and  there  are  no
outstanding  agreements or waivers  extending the statutory period of limitation
applicable  to any tax  return  or  report  of the  Corporation.  Copies  of all
federal,  state and local tax returns  and  reports  required to be filed by the
Corporation for the years ended 1996, 1995,  1994, 1993 and 1992,  together with
all schedules and attachments thereto, have been delivered by the Sellers to the
Buyer.

     (d) The  Corporation  is not  now,  and  has  never  been,  a  member  of a
consolidated  group for federal income tax purposes or a consolidated,  combined
or similar group for state tax  purposes.  No consent under Code Section 341 has
been made  affecting  the  Corporation.  The  Corporation  is not a party to any
agreement  or  arrangement  that  would  result in the  payment  of any  "excess
parachute  payments" under Code Section 280G. The Corporation is not required to
make any adjustment under Code Section 481(a).  No power of attorney relating to
Taxes is currently in effect affecting the Corporation.

     3.22   Compliance  with  Laws,  Etc.  The  Corporation  has  conducted  its
operations and business in compliance in all material  respects with, and all of
the Assets  (including all of the Real Property) comply in all material respects
with, (i) all applicable laws, rules, regulations and codes (including,  without
limitation,  any laws, rules,  regulations and codes relating to anticompetitive
practices,  contracts,  discrimination,  employee benefits,  employment, health,
safety,  fire,  building and zoning, but excluding  Environmental Laws which are
the subject of Section  3.36  hereof)  and (ii) all  applicable  orders,  rules,
writs, judgments,  injunctions,  decrees and ordinances. The Corporation has not
received  any  notification  of any  asserted  present or past  failure by it to
comply in all material  respects with such laws,  rules or regulations,  or such
orders,  writs,  judgments,  injunctions,  decrees or  ordinances.  Set forth on
Schedule 3.22 hereto are all orders, writs, judgments,  injunctions, decrees and
other awards of any court or governmental  agency  applicable to the Corporation
or its business or operations. The Sellers have delivered to the Buyer copies of
all  reports,  if any, of the  Corporation  required to be  submitted  under the
Federal  Occupational  Safety and Health Act of 1970, as amended,  and under all
other applicable health and safety laws and regulations.  The  deficiencies,  if
any,  noted on such  reports  have been  corrected  by the  Corporation  and any
deficiencies  noted by  inspection  through  the  Closing  Date  will  have been
corrected by the Corporation by the Closing Date.

     3.23 Litigation Regarding the Corporation.  Except as set forth on Schedule
3.23  hereto,  there are no actions,  suits,  claims,  investigations  or legal,
administrative  or  arbitration   proceedings   pending,  or,  to  the  Sellers'
knowledge,  threatened  or probable of  assertion,  against the  Corporation  or
relating to its assets, business or operations or the transactions  contemplated
by this Agreement,  and the Sellers do not know of any basis for the institution
of any such suit or proceeding. No order, writ, judgment,  injunction, decree or
similar  command of any court or any  governmental or  administrative  agency or
other body has been entered against or served upon the  Corporation  relating to
the Corporation or its assets, business or operations.

     3.24  Permits,  Etc.  Set forth on  Schedule  3.24  hereto is a list of all
governmental licenses, permits, approvals,  certificates of inspection and other
authorizations, filings and registrations that

                                       11

<PAGE>



are necessary for the  Corporation  to own and operate its business as presently
conducted in all  material  respects  (collectively,  the  "Permits").  All such
Permits have been duly and lawfully  secured or made by the  Corporation and are
in full force and effect.  There is no proceeding  pending,  or, to the Sellers'
knowledge,  threatened  or  probable of  assertion,  to revoke or limit any such
Permit. None of the transactions  contemplated by this Agreement will terminate,
violate or limit the effectiveness of any such Permit.

     3.25  Employees;  Labor  Relations.  As of May 31,  1997,  the  Corporation
employed a total of approximately 250 employees.  As of the date hereof, (a) the
Corporation  is not delinquent in the payment (i) to or on behalf of its past or
present employees of any wages,  salaries,  commissions,  bonuses,  benefit plan
contributions or other compensation for all periods prior to the date hereof, or
(ii) of any amount which is due and payable to any state or state fund  pursuant
to any workers'  compensation statute, rule or regulation or any amount which is
due  and  payable  to any  workers'  compensation  claimant;  (b)  there  are no
collective bargaining agreements currently in effect between the Corporation and
labor unions or organizations representing any employees of the Corporation; (c)
no  collective  bargaining  agreement  is  currently  being  negotiated  by  the
Corporation;   (d)  to  the  knowledge  of  the  Sellers,  there  are  no  union
organizational  drives in  progress  and  there  has been no formal or  informal
request to the Corporation for collective bargaining or for an employee election
from any union or from the National Labor  Relations  Board;  and (e) no dispute
exists between the Corporation and any of its sales  representatives  or, to the
knowledge of the Sellers, between any such sales representatives with respect to
territory, commissions, products or any other terms of their representation.

     3.26  Compensation.  Schedule  3.26  contains a schedule  of all  employees
(including  sales  representatives)  and  consultants of the  Corporation  whose
individual cash compensation for the year ended April 30, 1997, or projected for
the year ended  April 30,  1998,  is in excess of  $100,000,  together  with the
amount of total  compensation  paid to each such  person  for the  twelve  month
period ended April 30, 1997 and the current aggregate base salary or hourly rate
(including any bonus or commission) for each such person.

     3.27 Employee Benefits.

     (a) The Sellers have listed on Schedule 3.27 and has delivered to the Buyer
true and complete  copies of all Employee  Plans (as defined  below) and related
documents,  established,  maintained or contributed to by the Corporation (which
shall include for this purpose and for the purpose of all of the representations
in  this  Section  3.27,  the  Sellers  and  all   employers,   whether  or  not
incorporated,  that  are  treated  together  with  the  Corporation  as a single
employer with the meaning of Section 414 of the Code).  The term "Employee Plan"
shall  include all plans  described in Section  3(3) of the Employee  Retirement
Income  Security  Act of 1974,  as amended  ("ERISA")  and also  shall  include,
without  limitation,  any  deferred  compensation,  stock,  employee  or retiree
pension  benefit,  welfare  benefit or other similar fringe or employee  benefit
plan, program,  policy,  contract or arrangement,  written or oral, qualified or
nonqualified,  funded or unfunded,  foreign or domestic,  covering  employees or
former  employees of the  Corporation  and  maintained or  contributed to by the
Corporation.

     (b) Where  applicable,  each  Employee  Plan (i) has been  administered  in
material compliance with the terms of such Employee Plan and the requirements of
ERISA and the Code; and

                                       12

<PAGE>



(ii) is in material compliance with the reporting and disclosure requirements of
ERISA and the Code. The Corporation  does not maintain or contribute to, and has
never  maintained  or  contributed  to, an Employee  Plan subject to Title IV of
ERISA or a  "multiemployer  plan."  There are no facts  relating to any Employee
Plan that (i) have resulted in a "prohibited  transaction"  of a material nature
or have  resulted  or is  reasonably  likely to result  in the  imposition  of a
material excise tax, penalty or liability  pursuant to Section 4975 of the Code,
(ii) have resulted in a material breach of fiduciary duty or violation of Part 4
of Title I of ERISA,  or (iii) have  resulted  or could  result in any  material
liability  (whether or not asserted as of the date hereof) of the Corporation or
any ERISA affiliate pursuant to Section 412 of the Code arising under or related
to any event,  act or omission  occurring on or prior to the date  hereof.  Each
Employee Plan that is intended to qualify  under Section  401(a) or to be exempt
under  Section  501(c)(g)  of the Code is so  qualified or exempt as of the date
hereof in each case as such Employee Plan has received  favorable  determination
letters from the Internal Revenue Service with respect thereto. To the knowledge
of the Sellers,  the amendments to and operation of any Employee Plan subsequent
to the  issuance  of such  determination  letters  do not  adversely  affect the
qualified status of any such Employee Plan. No Employee Plan has an "accumulated
funding deficiency" as of the date hereof,  whether or not waived, and no waiver
has been  applied  for.  The  Corporation  has made no promises or incurred  any
liability  under any  Employee  Plan or  otherwise  to  provide  health or other
welfare benefits to former employees of the Corporation,  except as specifically
required by law.  There are no pending or, to the best knowledge of the Sellers,
threatened  claims  (other than  routine  claims for  benefit) or lawsuits  with
respect to any of  Corporation's  Employee  Plans. As used in this Section 3.27,
all technical terms enclosed in quotation marks shall have the meaning set forth
in ERISA.

     3.28  Powers  of  Attorney.  There  are no  persons,  firms,  associations,
corporations or business  organizations  or entities  holding general or special
powers of attorney from the Corporation.

     3.29 Material Agreements.

     (a) List of Material Agreements.  Set forth on Schedule 3.29(a) hereto is a
list or, where  indicated,  a brief  description of all  contracts,  agreements,
documents,  instruments,  guarantees,  plans,  understandings  or  arrangements,
written or oral,  which require the payment of $50,000 in any 12 month period or
which  otherwise  are  material  to the  Corporation  or its  business or assets
(collectively,  the "Material Agreements").  True copies of all written Material
Agreements and written  summaries of all oral Material  Agreements  described or
required to be described on Schedule 3.29(a) have been furnished to the Buyer.

     (b)  Performance,  Defaults,  Enforceability.  The  Corporation  has in all
material respects  performed all of its obligations  required to be performed by
it to the date hereof,  and is not in default or alleged to be in default in any
material  respect,  under any  Material  Agreement,  and there  exists no event,
condition or  occurrence  which,  after  notice or lapse of time or both,  would
constitute  such a default.  To the knowledge of the Sellers,  no other party to
any Material  Agreement  is in default in any respect of any of its  obligations
thereunder.  Each of the  Material  Agreements  is valid  and in full  force and
effect and  enforceable  against the parties  thereto in  accordance  with their
respective  terms,  and,  except as set forth in Schedule  3.29(b)  hereto,  the
consummation  of the  transactions  contemplated  by this Agreement will not (i)
require the consent of any party thereto or (ii) constitute an event  permitting
termination thereof.

                                       13

<PAGE>



     3.30 Brokers' or Finders'  Fees,  Etc.  Except for NCM & Associates,  Inc.,
whose fees will be paid by the Sellers,  no agent,  broker,  investment  banker,
person or firm acting on behalf of the  Corporation or any of the Sellers or any
person,  firm or corporation  affiliated  with any of the Sellers or under their
authority  is or will be entitled to any  brokers' or finders'  fee or any other
commission or similar fee directly or indirectly  from any of the parties hereto
in connection with the sale of the Shares  contemplated  hereby,  other than any
such fee or commission the entire cost of which will be borne by the Sellers.

     3.31  Bank  Accounts,   Credit  Cards,  Safe  Deposit  Boxes  and  Cellular
Telephones.  Schedule 3.31 hereto lists all bank accounts, credit cards and safe
deposit  boxes  in the name of,  or  controlled  by,  the  Corporation,  and all
cellular  telephones  provided and/or paid for by the  Corporation,  and details
about the persons  having  access to or  authority  over such  accounts,  credit
cards, safe deposit boxes and cellular telephones.

     3.32 Insurance.

     (a) Schedule  3.32(a) hereto  contains a list of all policies of liability,
theft, fidelity, life, fire, product liability,  workmen's compensation,  health
and  any  other  insurance  and  bonds  maintained  by,  or on  behalf  of,  the
Corporation on its  properties,  operations,  inventories,  assets,  business or
personnel (specifying the insurer, amount of coverage, type of insurance, policy
number  and any  pending  claims  in excess  of  $5,000  thereunder).  Each such
insurance policy identified therein is and shall remain in full force and effect
on and as of the Closing Date and the Corporation is not in default with respect
to any provision  contained in any such  insurance  policy and has not failed to
give any notice or present  any claim under any such  insurance  policy in a due
and timely  fashion.  The  Corporation has not, during the last three (3) fiscal
years, been denied or had revoked or rescinded any policy of insurance.

     (b) Set  forth on  Schedule  3.32(b)  hereto is a  summary  of  information
pertaining to material  property  damage and personal injury claims in excess of
$10,000  against the Corporation  during the past three (3) years,  all of which
are fully  satisfied or are being defended by the insurance  carrier and involve
no exposure to the Corporation.

     3.33  Warranties.  Set forth on Schedule  3.33 hereto are  descriptions  or
copies of the forms of all express  warranties and  disclaimers of warranty made
by the  Corporation  (separate and distinct from any applicable  manufacturers',
suppliers' or other  third-parties'  warranties or  disclaimers  of  warranties)
during the past five (5) years to  customers  or users of the  vehicles,  parts,
products or services of the  Corporation.  There have been no breach of warranty
or breach of representation  claims against the Corporation during the past five
(5) years  which have  resulted  in any cost,  expenditure  or  exposure  to the
Corporation of more than $100,000 individually or in the aggregate.

     3.34  Directors and  Officers.  Set forth on Schedule 3.34 hereto is a true
and  correct  list of the names and titles of each  director  and officer of the
Corporation.

     3.35  Suppliers and Customers.  The  Corporation is not required to provide
bonding or any other security  arrangements in connection with any  transactions
with any of its  respective  customers  and  suppliers.  To the knowledge of the
Sellers, no such supplier, customer or creditor intends or has

                                       14

<PAGE>



threatened,  or reasonably could be expected,  to terminate or modify any of its
relationships with the Corporation.

     3.36 Environmental Matters.

     (a) For purposes of this Section 3.36,  the following  terms shall have the
following meaning: (i) "Environmental Law" means all present and future federal,
state and local laws, statutes,  regulations,  rules, ordinances and common law,
and all judgments, decrees, orders, agreements, or permits, issued, promulgated,
approved  or  entered  thereunder  by  any  government   authority  relating  to
pollution,  Hazardous Materials,  worker safety or protection of human health or
the  environment.   (ii)  "Hazardous  Materials"  means  any  waste,  pollutant,
chemical,  hazardous material,  hazardous substance, toxic substance,  hazardous
waste, special waste, solid waste,  petroleum or petroleum-derived  substance or
waste  (regardless of specific  gravity),  or any  constituent or  decomposition
product of any such pollutant,  material, substance or waste, including, but not
limited to, any hazardous  substance or constituent  contained  within any waste
and any other  pollutant,  material,  substance or waste  regulated  under or as
defined by any Environmental Law.

     (b)  The  Corporation   has  obtained  all  permits,   licenses  and  other
authorizations or approvals  required under  Environmental  Laws for the conduct
and operation of the Assets and the business of the  Corporation in all material
respects  ("Environmental  Permits"). All such Environmental Permits are in good
standing,  the  Corporation  is and has been in  compliance  with the  terms and
conditions of all such Environmental  Permits, and no appeal or any other action
is pending or threatened to revoke any such Environmental Permit.

     (c) The  Corporation  and its business,  operations and assets are and have
been in compliance in all material respects with all Environmental Laws.

     (d) Neither the Corporation nor any of the Sellers has received any written
or oral order,  notice,  complaint,  request for information,  claim,  demand or
other communication from any government authority or other person, whether based
in contract,  tort, implied or express warranty,  strict liability, or any other
common law  theory,  or any  criminal  or civil  statute,  arising  from or with
respect to (i) the  presence,  release or  threatened  release of any  Hazardous
Material or any other environmental  condition on, in or under the Real Property
or any other property  formerly owned,  used or leased by the Corporation,  (ii)
any other circumstances  forming the basis of any actual or alleged violation by
the Corporation or the Sellers of any  Environmental Law or any liability of the
Corporation  or the Sellers under any  Environmental  Law, (iii) any remedial or
removal action  required to be taken by the Corporation or the Sellers under any
Environmental  Law,  or (iv) any harm,  injury  or  damage  to real or  personal
property,  natural  resources,  the  environment  or any person  alleged to have
resulted from the foregoing,  nor are the Sellers aware of any facts which might
reasonably  give rise to such notice or  communication.  Neither the Corporation
nor the  Sellers  has  entered  into any  agreements  concerning  any removal or
remediation of Hazardous Materials.

     (e) No lawsuits,  claims, civil actions,  criminal actions,  administrative
proceedings,  investigations  or enforcement or other actions are pending or, to
the  knowledge  of the  Sellers,  threatened  under any  Environmental  Law with
respect to the Corporation, the Sellers or the Real Property.

                                       15

<PAGE>



     (f) To the  knowledge of the Sellers,  no Hazardous  Materials  are or have
been  released,  discharged,  spilled or disposed of onto, or migrated onto, the
Real Property or any other property previously owned,  operated or leased by the
Corporation,  and, to the knowledge of the Sellers,  no environmental  condition
exists (including, without limitation, the presence, release, threatened release
or  disposal  of  Hazardous  Materials)  related  to the Real  Property,  to any
property  previously  owned,  operated or leased by the  Corporation,  or to the
Corporation's past or present operations,  which would constitute a violation of
any  Environmental  Law  or  otherwise  give  rise  to  costs,   liabilities  or
obligations under any Environmental Law.

     (g) Neither the Corporation  nor the Sellers,  nor, to the knowledge of the
Sellers,  any of their respective  predecessors in interest,  has transported or
disposed of, or arranged for the  transportation  or disposal of, any  Hazardous
Materials to any location (i) which is listed on the National  Priorities  List,
the CERCLIS list under the Comprehensive  Environmental  Response,  Compensation
and Liability Act of 1980, as amended,  or any similar  federal,  state or local
list,  (ii) which is the  subject  of any  federal,  state or local  enforcement
action or other  investigation,  or (iii) about which either the  Corporation or
the  Sellers  has  received  or has  reason to expect to  receive a  potentially
responsible party notice or other notice under any Environmental Law.

     (h) To the knowledge of the Sellers,  no environmental lien has attached or
is threatened to be attached to the Real Property.

     (i) To the knowledge of the Sellers,  no employee of the Corporation in the
course of his or her  employment  with the  Corporation  has been exposed to any
Hazardous  Materials  or other  substance,  generated,  produced  or used by the
Corporation  which  could give rise to any claim  (whether or not such claim has
been asserted) against the Corporation.

     (j) Except as set forth on  Schedule  3.36  hereto,  none of the Sellers or
their  Affiliates  has  installed or operated on the Real  Property  and, to the
knowledge of the Sellers,  the Real Property  does not contain,  any: (i) septic
tanks  into  which  process  wastewater  or any  Hazardous  Materials  have been
disposed;   (ii)  asbestos;   (iii)   polychlorinated   biphenyls  (PCBs);  (iv)
underground injection or monitoring wells; or (v) underground storage tanks.

     (k) Except as set forth on Schedule 3.36,  there have been no environmental
studies or reports made relating to the Real  Property or any other  property or
facility previously owned, operated or leased by the Corporation.

     (l) Except as set forth on Schedule 3.36, the Corporation has not agreed to
assume,  defend,  undertake,  guarantee,  or provide  indemnification  for,  any
liability,  including,  without  limitation,  any  obligation  for corrective or
remedial  action,   of  any  other  person  under  any   Environmental  Law  for
environmental matters or conditions.

     3.37 Business  Generally.  None of the Sellers is selling the Shares based,
in whole or in part, on any actual  knowledge of any information  concerning the
Corporation which has, or which could reasonably be expected to have, a material
adverse effect on the business,  operations or prospects of the  Corporation and
which  has  not  been   disclosed  in  writing  to  the  Buyer.   The  foregoing
representation  and  warranty  shall not apply to general  business and economic
conditions generally affecting the industry and markets in which the Corporation
participates.

                                       16

<PAGE>



     3.38  Misstatements and Omissions.  No  representation  and warranty by the
Sellers  contained  in  this  Agreement,  and  no  statement  contained  in  any
certificate or Schedule furnished or to be furnished by the Sellers to the Buyer
in connection with this Agreement, contains or will contain any untrue statement
of a material fact or omits or will omit to state a material  fact  necessary in
order to make such representation and warranty or such statement not misleading.


                                    ARTICLE 4

                   Representations and Warranties of the Buyer

     The Buyer hereby represents and warrants to the Sellers as follows:

     4.1  Organization  and  Good  Standing.  The  Buyer is a  corporation  duly
organized and validly  existing and in good standing under the laws of the State
of Delaware.

     4.2 Buyer's Power and Authority; Consents and Approvals.

     (a) The Buyer has all  requisite  corporate  power and authority to execute
and deliver this Agreement and the other  agreements,  documents and instruments
to be executed and delivered by the Buyer in connection herewith,  to consummate
the transactions  contemplated hereby and thereby and to perform its obligations
hereunder and thereunder.

     (b)  Except as set  forth in  Schedule  4.2(b)  hereto,  no  authorization,
approval  or  consent  of, or notice to or  filing  or  registration  with,  any
governmental agency or body, or any other third party, is required in connection
with the  execution  and delivery by the Buyer of this  Agreement  and the other
agreements,  documents and instruments to be executed by the Buyer in connection
herewith, the consummation by the Buyer of the transactions  contemplated hereby
or thereby or the  performance  by the Buyer of its  obligations  hereunder  and
thereunder.

     4.3 Execution and Enforceability.  This Agreement and the other agreements,
documents  and  instruments  to be  executed  and  delivered  by  the  Buyer  in
connection  herewith,  and the  consummation  by the  Buyer of the  transactions
contemplated hereby and thereby, have been duly and validly authorized, executed
and  delivered by all  necessary  corporate  action on the part of the Buyer and
this Agreement constitutes, and the other agreements,  documents and instruments
to be executed and delivered by the Buyer in connection herewith,  when executed
and  delivered  by the Buyer,  shall  constitute  the legal,  valid and  binding
obligations of the Buyer, enforceable against the Buyer in accordance with their
respective  terms,  except to the extent that  enforceability  may be limited by
bankruptcy,  insolvency  and other  similar laws  affecting the  enforcement  of
creditors' rights generally and general equity principles.

     4.4  Litigation  Regarding  Buyer.  There are no  actions,  suits,  claims,
investigations or legal,  administrative or arbitration  proceedings pending or,
to the Buyer's knowledge,  threatened or probable of assertion against the Buyer
relating to this Agreement or the  transactions  contemplated  hereby before any
court,  governmental  or  administrative  agency or other body, and no judgment,
order,  writ,  injunction,  decree  or other  similar  command  of any  court or
governmental

                                       17

<PAGE>



or  administrative  agency or other body has been entered against or served upon
the Buyer relating to this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby.

     4.5 No  Violation;  Conflicts.  The  execution and delivery by the Buyer of
this  Agreement  and the  other  agreements,  documents  and  instruments  to be
executed and delivered by the Buyer in connection herewith,  the consummation by
the  Buyer  of  the  transactions   contemplated  hereby  and  thereby  and  the
performance by the Buyer of its obligations  hereunder and thereunder do not and
will not (a)  conflict  with or violate any of the terms of the  Certificate  of
Incorporation  or By-Laws  of the Buyer,  or (b)  violate or  conflict  with any
domestic law,  ordinance,  rule or regulation,  or any judgement,  order,  writ,
injunction  or decree of any court,  administrative  or  governmental  agency or
other body, material to the Buyer.

     4.6 Financing. As of the Closing Date, the Buyer will have sufficient funds
to enable it to perform its payment obligations at the Closing. The Buyer has no
actual  knowledge  of any adverse  information  which  prevents,  or which could
reasonably be expected to prevent,  the Buyer from  performing  its  obligations
under this Agreement at the Closing.

     4.7 Brokers' or Finders' Fees, Etc. Except for Stephens,  Inc.,  whose fees
will be paid by the Buyer, no agent, broker,  investment banker,  person or firm
acting on behalf of the Buyer or any person, firm or corporation affiliated with
the Buyer or under its  authority  is or will be  entitled  to any  brokers'  or
finders' fee or any other  commission or similar fee directly or indirectly from
any of the parties hereto in connection with the sale of the Shares contemplated
hereby.

     4.8  Misstatements  and Omissions.  No  representation  and warranty by the
Buyer contained in this Agreement, and no statement contained in any certificate
or  Schedule  furnished  or to be  furnished  by the  Buyer  to the  Sellers  in
connection with this Agreement, contains or will contain any untrue statement of
a material  fact or omits or will omit to state a  material  fact  necessary  in
order to make such representation and warranty or such statement not misleading.


                                    ARTICLE 5

                      Pre-Closing Covenants of the Sellers

     The Sellers hereby jointly and severally  covenant and agree that, from and
after the date hereof until the Closing:

     5.1 Provide Access to Information; Cooperation with Buyer.

     (a) Access.  The Sellers shall afford, and cause the Corporation to afford,
to the Buyer, its attorneys,  accountants,  and  representatives,  free and full
access  at all  reasonable  times,  and upon  reasonable  prior  notice,  to the
properties,  books and records of the Corporation,  and to interview  personnel,
suppliers and customers of the  Corporation,  in order that the Buyer may have a
full opportunity to make such investigation as it shall reasonably desire of the
assets,  business  and  operations  of  the  Corporation   (including,   without
limitation, any appraisals or inspections thereof), and provide to the Buyer and
its  representatives  such  additional  financial and  operating  data and other
information  as to the business and  properties of the  Corporation as the Buyer
shall from time

                                       18

<PAGE>



to time reasonably request.  Notwithstanding the foregoing,  the Buyer shall not
interview  customers  and  suppliers  of the  Corporation  outside the  physical
presence of the Sellers' Agent or his designee,  which  physical  presence shall
not be unreasonably denied by the Sellers' Agent or his designee.

     (b) Cooperation in IPO  Preparation.  At the Buyer's  expense,  the Sellers
shall  cooperate  with the Buyer in the  preparation  of any  description of the
transactions  contemplated  by this Agreement  deemed by the Buyer,  in its sole
discretion,  as necessary  for the  completion  of any  registration  statement,
prospectus or amendment or supplement  thereto  prepared in connection  with the
closing of the Initial Public Offering ("IPO") of the Buyer's securities.

     (c)  Cooperation  in Obtaining  Consents.  The Sellers shall use reasonable
best efforts in cooperating with the Buyer in the preparation of and delivery to
all applicable automobile manufacturers or distributors,  as soon as practicable
after the date hereof,  of an  application  and other  information  necessary to
obtain  such  automobile  manufacturer's  or  distributor's  consent  to or  the
approval of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

     5.2 Operation of Business of the  Corporation.  The Sellers shall cause the
Corporation  to (a)  maintain its  corporate  existence  in good  standing,  (b)
operate  its  business  substantially  as  presently  operated  and  only in the
ordinary course and consistent  with past  operations and its obligations  under
any  existing  agreements  with  all  applicable  automobile   manufacturers  or
distributors,  (c) use its best efforts to preserve intact its present  business
organizations and employees and its  relationships  with persons having business
dealings with them,  including,  but not limited to, all  applicable  automobile
manufacturers or distributors and any floor plan financing creditors, (d) comply
in all respects with all applicable laws,  rules and  regulations,  (e) maintain
its insurance  coverages,  (f) pay all Taxes,  charges and assessments when due,
subject to any valid objection or contest of such amounts asserted in good faith
and adequately reserved against,  and make all proper accruals for Taxes not yet
due and payable,  (g) make all debt service payments when  contractually due and
payable,  (h) pay all accounts  payable and other current  liabilities when due,
(i) maintain the Employee Plans and each plan,  agreement and arrangement listed
on Schedule  3.27,  and (j) maintain its  property,  plant and equipment in good
operating  condition in accordance with industry  standards  taking into account
the age thereof.

     5.3 Books of Account.  The Sellers shall cause the  Corporation to maintain
its books and records of account in the usual, regular and ordinary manner.

     5.4  Employees.  The Sellers shall (i) use its  reasonable  best efforts to
encourage  such  personnel  of the  Corporation  as the Buyer may  designate  in
writing to remain  employees of the  Corporation  after the date of the Closing,
and (ii) except in the  ordinary  course of  business,  not take any action,  or
permit the Corporation to take any action,  to encourage any of the personnel of
the Corporation to leave their positions with the Corporation.

     5.5 Issuance of Securities. The Sellers shall not permit the Corporation to
(i) issue any equity or debt  security  or any options or  warrants,  (ii) enter
into any subscriptions, agreements, plans or other commitments pursuant to which
the  Corporation  is or may become  obligated to issue any shares of its capital
stock or any  securities  convertible  into shares of its capital  stock,  (iii)
otherwise  change  or  modify  its  capital   structure,   (iv)  engage  in  any
reorganization or similar transaction, or (v) agree to take any of the foregoing
actions.

                                       19

<PAGE>



     5.6 Other  Changes.  The Sellers shall not permit the  Corporation to take,
cause, agree to take or cause to occur any of the actions or events set forth in
Section 3.20 of this Agreement;  provided,  that nothing herein  contained shall
prohibit the Corporation from making cash  distributions to the Sellers (whether
in the form of dividends or compensation)  so long as such  distributions do not
cause the Net Book Value to be materially less than $5,050,000.

     5.7  Additional  Information.  The  Sellers  shall  furnish  and  cause the
Corporation to furnish to the Buyer such additional  information with respect to
any matters or events arising or discovered subsequent to the date hereof which,
if existing or known on the date hereof,  would have rendered any representation
or warranty  made by the Sellers or any  information  contained  in any Schedule
hereto or in other information  supplied in connection  herewith then inaccurate
or incomplete. The receipt of such additional information by the Buyer shall not
operate as a waiver by the Buyer of the  obligations  of the  Sellers to satisfy
the conditions to Closing set forth in Section 7.1 hereof.

     5.8 Publicity.  Except as may be required by law or the applicable rules or
regulations of any securities exchange, the Sellers shall not (i) make or permit
the Corporation to make any press release or other public announcement  relating
to this Agreement or the  transactions  contemplated  hereby,  without the prior
written  approval of the Buyer,  and (ii)  otherwise  disclose the existence and
nature  of  their   discussions  or  negotiations   regarding  the  transactions
contemplated  hereby to any  person  or entity  other  than  their  accountants,
attorneys  and  similar  professionals,  all of whom  shall be  subject  to this
nondisclosure  obligation  as agents  of the  Sellers,  as the case may be.  The
Sellers shall cooperate with the Buyer in the preparation and  dissemination  of
any public announcements of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

     5.9 Other Negotiations.  The Sellers shall not pursue, initiate,  encourage
or engage in, nor shall any of their  respective  Affiliates  or agents  pursue,
initiate,  encourage or engage in, and the Sellers  shall cause the  Corporation
and its  Affiliates,  directors,  officers  and agents not to pursue,  initiate,
encourage or engage in, any  negotiations  or  discussions  with, or provide any
information  to,  any  other  person  or  entity  (other  than the Buyer and its
representatives  and  Affiliates)  regarding  the sale of the  assets or capital
stock of the  Corporation  or any merger or similar  transaction  involving  the
Corporation.

     5.10 Closing Conditions.  The Sellers shall use all reasonable best efforts
to satisfy  promptly  the  conditions  to Closing  set forth in Article 7 hereof
required herein to be satisfied by the Sellers prior to the Closing.

     5.11 Environmental  Audit. The Sellers shall cause the Corporation to allow
an  environmental  consulting  firm  selected  by the Buyer (the  "Environmental
Auditor")  to have  prompt  access to the Real  Property  in order to conduct an
environmental  investigation,  satisfactory  to the Buyer in scope  (such  scope
being  sufficient to result in a Phase I environmental  audit report and a Phase
II environmental  audit report,  if desired by the Buyer),  of, and to prepare a
report with  respect to, the Real  Property  (the  "Environmental  Audit").  The
Sellers shall cause the Corporation to provide to the Environmental Auditor: (i)
reasonable  access to all its existing records  concerning the matters which are
the  subject  of the  Environmental  Audit;  and (ii)  reasonable  access to the
employees of the Corporation and the last known addresses of former employees of
the  Corporation who are most familiar with the matters which are the subject of
the Environmental Audit (the Sellers

                                       20

<PAGE>



agreeing to use reasonable  efforts to have such former employees respond to any
reasonable  requests or inquiries  by the  Environmental  Auditor).  The Sellers
shall  otherwise  cooperate  and cause the  Corporation  to  cooperate  with the
Environmental  Auditor in connection with the Environmental Audit. The Buyer and
the  Sellers  shall each bear 50% of the costs,  fees and  expenses  incurred in
connection with the preparation of the Environmental Audit.

     5.12 Audited Financial Statements.  The Sellers shall allow, cooperate with
and assist Buyer's accountants, and shall instruct the Corporation's accountants
to  cooperate,  in  the  preparation  of  audited  financial  statements  of the
Corporation  as necessary  for the IPO;  provided that the expense of such audit
shall be borne by the Buyer.

     5.13 Hart-Scott-Rodino.  Subject to the determination by the Buyer that any
of the following actions is not required, the Sellers shall promptly prepare and
file  Notification  and  Report  Forms  under  the  Hart-Scott-Rodino  Antitrust
Improvements  Act of 1976,  as amended  (the "HSR Act") with the  Federal  Trade
Commission  (the "FTC") and the Antitrust  Division of the Department of Justice
(the  "Antitrust  Division"),  and  respond as promptly  as  practicable  to all
inquiries  received  from  the  FTC or the  Antitrust  Division  for  additional
information or documentation.


                                    ARTICLE 6

                         Pre-Closing Covenants of Buyer

     The Buyer hereby  covenants and agrees that, from and after the date hereof
until the Closing:

     6.1  Publicity.  Except  as may be  required  by  law  or as  necessary  in
connection with the transactions  contemplated  hereby or in connection with the
preparation  and filing of any  registration  statement  regarding  the IPO, the
Buyer shall not (i) make any press release or other public announcement relating
to this Agreement or the  transactions  contemplated  hereby,  without the prior
written  approval of the Sellers,  or (ii) otherwise  disclose the existence and
nature  of  its   discussions  or   negotiations   regarding  the   transactions
contemplated  hereby  to any  person  or  entity  other  than  its  accountants,
attorneys  and  similar  professionals,  all of whom  shall be  subject  to this
nondisclosure  obligation as agents of the Buyer. The Buyer shall cooperate with
the Sellers in the preparation and dissemination of any public  announcements of
the  transactions  contemplated by this Agreement.  Subject to the Buyer's legal
obligations  and the advice of its IPO  underwriters,  the Buyer shall submit to
the Sellers for their  pre-approval  (such  approval  shall not be  unreasonably
withheld)  of the  content  of any  disclosures  in the IPO  context  about  the
transactions contemplated hereby.

     6.2 Closing Conditions.  The Buyer shall use all reasonable best efforts to
satisfy  promptly  the  conditions  to  Closing  set  forth in  Article 8 hereof
required herein to be satisfied by the Buyer prior to the Closing.

     6.3 Application to Automobile  Manufacturers and  Distributors.  Subject to
the  reasonable  cooperation  of the  Sellers,  the Buyer  shall  provide to all
applicable   automobile   manufacturers  and  distributors  promptly  after  the
execution and delivery of this Agreement any  application  or other  information
with respect to such application necessary in connection with the seeking of the

                                       21

<PAGE>



consents of such manufacturers and distributors to the transactions contemplated
by this Agreement, and the Buyer shall otherwise use its reasonable best efforts
to obtain such consents.

     6.4  Hart-Scott-Rodino.  Subject to the determination by the Buyer that any
of the following  actions is not required,  the Buyer shall promptly prepare and
file  Notification  and  Report  Forms  under  the HSR Act  with the FTC and the
Antitrust Division, respond as promptly as practicable to all inquiries received
from  the  FTC  or  the  Antitrust   Division  for  additional   information  or
documentation,  and the Buyer shall pay all filing fees in connection therewith.
In addition, the Buyer shall pay the Sellers' reasonable  out-of-pocket expenses
in connection with responding to any "second  request" of the FTC so long as the
Buyer shall not have  terminated  this  Agreement  pursuant  to Section  10.1(c)
below.


                                    ARTICLE 7

              Conditions to Obligations of the Buyer at the Closing

     The  obligations  of the Buyer to perform this Agreement at the Closing are
subject  to the  satisfaction  at or  prior  to  the  Closing  of the  following
conditions, unless waived in writing by the Buyer:

     7.1 Representations and Warranties. The representations and warranties made
by the  Sellers in this  Agreement  shall be true and  correct  in all  material
respects at and as of the date of this Agreement and at and as of the Closing as
though made at and as of the Closing.

     7.2  Performance  of  Obligations  of the Sellers.  The Sellers  shall have
performed  all  obligations  required to be performed by the Sellers  under this
Agreement,  and complied with all covenants for which  compliance by the Sellers
is required under this Agreement, prior to or at the Closing.

     7.3 Closing  Documentation.  The Buyer shall have  received  the  following
documents, agreements and instruments from the Sellers:

     (a) a  certificate  signed by the Sellers and dated the date of the Closing
certifying as to the  satisfaction  of the  conditions set forth in Sections 7.1
and 7.2 hereof;

     (b) the stock  certificates  and stock  powers for the Shares  described in
Section 1.3(a) hereof;

     (c)  such  duly  signed  resignations  of  directors  and  officers  of the
Corporation as the Buyer shall have previously requested;

     (d) an opinion of Johnson,  Blakely,  Pope,  Bokor,  Ruppel & Burns,  P.A.,
counsel for the  Sellers,  dated the date of the Closing  and  addressed  to the
Buyer, in the form of Exhibit G annexed hereto;

                                       22

<PAGE>



     (e)   copies  of  all   authorizations,   approvals,   consents,   notices,
registrations  and filings  referred to in  Schedules  3.2(b),  3.10 and 3.29(b)
hereof;

     (f) a certificate dated as of a recent date from (i) the Secretary of State
of the State of Florida to the effect that the Corporation is duly  incorporated
and in good  standing in such state and  stating  that the  Corporation  owes no
franchise  taxes in such state and listing all documents of the  Corporation  on
file  with  said  Secretary  of  State,  and  (ii) one or more  certificates  of
officials  from the  jurisdictions  listed on Schedule  3.7 hereto to the effect
that the  Corporation is duly qualified as a foreign  corporation and is in good
standing in such jurisdictions;

     (g) a copy of the Corporation's  Articles of  Incorporation,  including all
amendments  thereto,  certified as of a recent date by the Secretary of State of
the State of Florida;

     (h) evidence,  reasonably  satisfactory  to the Buyer, of the authority and
incumbency of the persons acting on behalf of the Corporation in connection with
the execution of any document delivered in connection with this Agreement;

     (i) Uniform  Commercial  Code Search Reports on Form UCC-11 with respect to
the  Corporation  from the states and local  jurisdictions  where the  principal
places of business of the Corporation and its assets are located;

     (j) a certificate  of each of the Sellers as to such  Seller's  non-foreign
status in appropriate form;

     (k) the corporate  minute books and stock record books of the  Corporation,
and all  other  books and  records  of,  or  pertaining  to,  the  business  and
operations of the Corporation;

     (l)  estoppel  letter[s]  of  landlord[s]  other than the  Sellers or their
Affiliates under the Lease[s], in form and substance reasonably  satisfactory to
the Buyer;

     (m)  estoppel  letter[s]  of  lender[s]  to the  Corporation,  in form  and
substance reasonably satisfactory to the Buyer, with respect to amounts owing by
the Corporation as of the Closing; and

     (n) such other  instruments  and  documents  as the Buyer shall  reasonably
request not inconsistent with the provisions hereof.

     7.4 Approval of Legal Matters.  The form of all  instruments,  certificates
and documents to be executed and delivered by the Sellers to the Buyer  pursuant
to this Agreement and all legal matters in respect of the transactions as herein
contemplated shall be reasonably satisfactory to the Buyer and its counsel, none
of whose approval shall be unreasonably withheld or delayed.

     7.5 No Litigation.  No action, suit or other proceeding shall be pending or
threatened  before any court,  tribunal  or  governmental  authority  seeking or
threatening  to  restrain  or  prohibit  the  consummation  of the  transactions
contemplated by this Agreement, or seeking to obtain damages in respect thereof,
or involving a claim that consummation  thereof would result in the violation of
any law, decree or regulation of any governmental  authority having  appropriate
jurisdiction, and no

                                       23

<PAGE>



order,  decree or ruling of any governmental  authority or court shall have been
entered  challenging  the  legality,  validity  or  propriety  of, or  otherwise
relating  to,  this  Agreement  or  the  transactions  contemplated  hereby,  or
prohibiting,  restraining  or  otherwise  preventing  the  consummation  of  the
transactions contemplated hereby.

     7.6 No Material Adverse Change or Undisclosed  Liability.  There shall have
been no material  adverse  change or  development  in the  business,  prospects,
properties,  earnings,  results of  operations  or  financial  condition  of the
Corporation, or any of its assets.

     7.7 No  Adverse  Laws.  There  shall  not have  been  enacted,  adopted  or
promulgated any statute,  rule,  regulation or order which materially  adversely
affects the business or assets of the Corporation.

     7.8 Affiliate  Transactions.  All amounts owing to the Corporation from the
Sellers  or any  Affiliate  thereof  shall  have  been  paid  in  full  and  any
indebtedness  of the Corporation to the Sellers or their  Affiliates  shall have
been canceled by the holder(s) thereof.

     7.9 Escrow  Agreement.  The Sellers and the escrow agent  thereunder  shall
have duly executed and delivered to the Buyer the Escrow Agreement.

     7.10 Execution of Dealership  Lease.  The Sellers shall have duly delivered
to the  Corporation  and the Buyer the  Dealership  Lease,  duly executed by the
lessor thereunder,  with a corresponding  memorandum of lease in a form suitable
for recording.

     7.11  Employment  Agreement.  Ken Marks,  Jr. shall have duly  executed and
delivered to the Buyer the Employment Agreement.

     7.12 Non-Competition Agreement. Ken Marks, Jr. shall have duly executed and
delivered to the Buyer the Non-Competition Agreement.

     7.13  Cancellation  of Stock Options.  All outstanding  options,  warrants,
"phantom"  stock  options and other plans,  agreements  or  arrangements  of the
Corporation with respect to the purchase,  or the issuance of, any capital stock
or other  securities of the Corporation  shall have been canceled and terminated
prior to the  Closing  at no  expense  to the  Buyer,  and the Buyer  shall have
received reasonably satisfactory evidence thereof.

     7.14 Return of Letter of Credit.  The Sellers' Agent shall have returned to
the Buyer the  executed  original of the Letter of Credit,  undrawn  upon by the
Sellers.

     7.15 Hart-Scott-Rodino Waiting Period. All applicable waiting periods under
the HSR Act shall have expired without any indication by the Antitrust  Division
or the Federal  Trade  Commission  that either of them intends to challenge  the
transactions  contemplated  hereby or, if any such challenge or investigation is
made or commenced, the conclusion of such challenge or investigation permits the
transactions contemplated hereby in all material respects.

                                       24

<PAGE>



                                    ARTICLE 8

             Conditions to Obligations of the Sellers at the Closing

     The obligations of the Sellers to perform this Agreement at the Closing are
subject  to the  satisfaction  at or  prior  to  the  Closing  of the  following
conditions, unless waived in writing by the Sellers:

     8.1 Representations and Warranties. The representations and warranties made
by the  Buyer  in this  Agreement  shall  be true and  correct  in all  material
respects at and as of the date of this Agreement and at and as of the Closing as
though made at and as of the Closing.

     8.2 Performance of Obligations of the Buyer. The Buyer shall have performed
all  obligations  required  to be  performed  by it under  this  Agreement,  and
complied with all covenants  for which  compliance by it is required  under this
Agreement, prior to or at the Closing.

     8.3 Closing  Documentation.  The Sellers  shall have received the following
documents, agreements and instruments from the Buyer:

     (a) a certificate  signed by a duly  authorized  signatory of the Buyer and
dated as of the Closing Date certifying as to the satisfaction of the conditions
set forth in Sections 8.1 and 8.2 hereof;

     (b) payment of the Purchase Price pursuant to Section 1.2 hereof;

     (c) an opinion of Parker,  Poe, Adams & Bernstein  L.L.P.,  counsel for the
Buyer, dated as of the Closing Date and addressed to the Sellers, in the form of
Exhibit H annexed hereto; and

     (d) such  resolutions of the Buyer, as sole shareholder of the Corporation,
and the directors of the Corporation electing directors and appointing officers,
respectively, of the Corporation, effective upon the Closing;

     (e)  certificates  dated as of a recent date from the Secretary of State of
the State of Delaware to the effect that the Buyer is duly  incorporated  and in
good standing in such state;

     (f) a copy of the  Buyer's  Certificate  of  Incorporation,  including  all
amendments  thereto,  certified  by the  Secretary  of  State  of the  State  of
Delaware;

     (g) evidence,  reasonably satisfactory to the Sellers, of the authority and
incumbency of the persons  acting on behalf of the Buyer in connection  with the
execution of any document delivered in connection with this Agreement; and

     (h) such other  instruments  and documents as the Sellers shall  reasonably
request not inconsistent with the provisions hereof.

                                       25

<PAGE>



     8.4 Approval of Legal Matters.  The form of all  certificates,  instruments
and  documents to be executed or delivered by the Buyer to the Sellers  pursuant
to this Agreement and all legal matters in respect of the transactions as herein
contemplated shall be reasonably  satisfactory to the Sellers and their counsel,
none of whose approval shall be unreasonably withheld or delayed.

     8.5 No Litigation.  No action, suit or other proceeding shall be pending or
threatened  before any court,  tribunal  or  governmental  authority  seeking or
threatening  to  restrain  or  prohibit  the  consummation  of the  transactions
contemplated  by this  Agreement,  or seeking to obtain  substantial  damages in
respect thereof, or involving a claim that consummation  thereof would result in
the violation of any law,  decree or regulation  of any  governmental  authority
having  appropriate  jurisdiction,  and  no  order,  decree  or  ruling  of  any
governmental  authority  or  court  shall  have  been  entered  challenging  the
legality,  validity or propriety of, or otherwise relating to, this Agreement or
the transactions  contemplated hereby, or prohibiting,  restraining or otherwise
preventing the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby.

     8.6 Dealership  Lease;  Guaranty.  The Corporation shall have duly executed
and delivered to the Sellers' Agent the Dealership Lease, and the Sellers' Agent
shall have received the Guaranty, duly executed by the Buyer and Sonic Financial
Corporation.

     8.7 Escrow Agreement.  The Buyer and the escrow agent thereunder shall have
duly executed and delivered the Escrow Agreement.

     8.8 Employment  Agreement.  The Buyer shall have caused the  Corporation to
duly execute and deliver the Employment Agreement to Ken Marks, Jr.

     8.9 Hart-Scott-Rodino  Waiting Period. All applicable waiting periods under
the HSR Act shall have expired without any indication of the Antitrust  Division
or the Federal  Trade  Commission  that either of them intends to challenge  the
transactions  contemplated hereby, or, if any such challenge or investigation is
made or commenced, the conclusion of such challenge or investigation permits the
transactions contemplated hereby in all material respects.


                                    ARTICLE 9

                   Survival of Representations and Warranties;
                              Indemnification, Etc.

     9.1  Survival.  All  statements  contained in any  Schedule or  certificate
delivered  hereunder  or in  connection  herewith  by or on behalf of any of the
parties  pursuant  to  this  Agreement  shall  be  deemed   representations  and
warranties  by the  respective  parties  hereunder  unless  otherwise  expressly
provided herein. The  representations and warranties of the Sellers contained in
this  Agreement,  including  those  contained  in any  Schedule  or  certificate
delivered  hereunder  or in  connection  herewith,  shall  survive  the  Closing
_________  *  __________  with  the  exception  of (i) the  representations  and
warranties  of the Sellers  contained in Section  3.21,  which shall survive the
Closing __________ * __________ , and (ii) the representations and

*    Confidential portions omitted and filed separately with the Commission.

                                       26

<PAGE>



warranties of the Sellers contained in Sections 3.11, 3.19 and 3.36, which shall
survive the Closing  ___________ * ____________ . As to each  representation and
warranty  of the  parties  hereto,  the date to which  such  representation  and
warranty shall survive is hereinafter referred to as the "Survival Date".

     9.2 Agreement to Indemnify by Sellers.  Subject to the terms and conditions
of Sections 9.4 and 9.5 hereof,  the Sellers  hereby,  severally with respect to
the  breach,  inaccuracy  or untruth of any of the matters set forth in Sections
3.1 through 3.6 hereof,  and  jointly and  severally  with  respect to all other
matters set forth in this Agreement,  agree to indemnify and save the Buyer, the
Corporation and their respective shareholders,  officers, directors,  employees,
successors and assigns (each, a "Buyer  Indemnitee")  harmless from and against,
for and in respect of, any and all damages,  losses,  obligations,  liabilities,
demands, judgments,  injuries,  penalties,  claims, actions or causes of action,
encumbrances,  costs, and expenses  (including,  without limitation,  reasonable
attorneys'  fees and expert  witness  fees),  suffered,  sustained,  incurred or
required to be paid by any Buyer Indemnitee  (collectively,  "Buyer's  Damages")
arising out of, based upon, in connection with, or as a result of:

     (a) the untruth, inaccuracy or breach of any representation and warranty of
the Sellers  contained in or made pursuant to this  Agreement,  including in any
Schedule or certificate delivered hereunder or in connection herewith, excluding
any breach of representation and warranty  contained in Section 3.19;  provided,
however,  that with respect to the foregoing  indemnification  obligation of the
Sellers  contained  in this  paragraph  (a),  the  Sellers  shall  not  have any
indemnification  obligation  until (and only to the extent that) Buyer's Damages
in respect  of all  claims for  indemnity  pursuant  to this  paragraph  (a) and
paragraph  (c) below shall exceed a cumulative  aggregate  total of __________ *
__________ ;

     (b) the untruth, inaccuracy or breach of any representation and warranty of
the Sellers  contained  in or made  pursuant to Section  3.19,  including in any
Schedule or certificate delivered hereunder in connection therewith;

     (c) the breach or nonfulfillment of any covenant or agreement of any Seller
contained in this  Agreement or in any other  agreement,  document or instrument
delivered hereunder or pursuant hereto;

     (d) any loss of life,  injury to persons or property,  or damage to natural
resources  caused  by the  actual,  alleged,  or  threatened  release,  storage,
transportation,  treatment  or  generation,  of Hazardous  Materials  generated,
stored, used, disposed of, treated,  handled or shipped by the Corporation on or
before the date of the Closing;

     (e) any cleanup  required by any  governmental  authority or as part of the
settlement  or other  disposition  of a third  party claim  (including,  without
limitation,   claims  by  surrounding   landowners  and  claims  by  potentially
responsible parties) of Hazardous Materials released, disposed of or discharged:
(i) on,  beneath or adjacent to the Real Property prior to or on the date of the
Closing; or (ii) at any other location if such substances were generated,  used,
stored,  treated,  transported or released by the Corporation prior to or on the
date of the Closing; or

* Confidential portions omitted and filed separately with the Commission.

                                       27

<PAGE>



     (f) any and all costs of installing  pollution  control  equipment or other
equipment required by any governmental authority or as part of the settlement or
other disposition of a third party claim (including,  without limitation, claims
by  surrounding  landowners and claims by  potentially  responsible  parties) to
bring any of the Real Property into  compliance  with any  Environmental  Law if
such  equipment  is  installed  because  any of the  Real  Property  was  not in
compliance with any Environmental Laws as of the date of the Closing.

With  respect to the Sellers'  obligations  to pay Buyer's  Damages  pursuant to
Section 9.2 of this Agreement:  (1) the Buyer, on behalf of itself and any other
Buyer Indemnitee,  shall be entitled (but shall not be obligated) to make demand
for payment under the Escrow Agreement; and (2) the aggregate amount required to
be paid by all Sellers shall not exceed     *       .

     9.3 Agreement to Indemnify by Buyer. Subject to the terms and conditions of
Sections 9.4 and 9.5 hereof,  the Buyer hereby  agrees to indemnify and save the
Sellers and their successors and assigns (each, a "Seller Indemnitee")  harmless
from  or  against,  for  and  in  respect  of,  any  and  all  damages,  losses,
obligations,  liabilities,  demands,  judgments,  injuries,  penalties,  claims,
actions or causes of  action,  encumbrances,  costs,  and  expenses  (including,
without  limitation,   reasonable  attorneys'  fees  and  expert  witness  fees)
suffered,  sustained,  incurred or required to be paid by any Seller  Indemnitee
arising out of, based upon or in connection with or as a result of:

     (a) the untruth, inaccuracy or breach of any representation and warranty of
the Buyer  contained  in or made  pursuant to this  Agreement,  including in any
Schedule or certificate delivered hereunder or in connection herewith;

     (b) the breach or  nonfulfillment of any covenant or agreement of the Buyer
contained in this  Agreement or in any other  agreement,  document or instrument
delivered hereunder or pursuant hereto; or

     (c) the assertion against any Seller Indemnitee of any claims,  liabilities
or obligations  arising out of the operation of the business of the  Corporation
after the Closing Date,  except to the extent that such claims,  liabilities  or
obligations  arise out of any matter as to which the  Sellers are  obligated  to
indemnify the Buyer under Section 9.2 above.

     9.4 Claims for  Indemnification.  No claim for indemnification with respect
to a breach of a representation  and warranty shall be made under this Agreement
after the applicable  Survival Date unless prior to such Survival Date the Buyer
Indemnitee  or the Seller  Indemnitee,  as the case may be, shall have given the
Sellers  or the  Buyer,  as the case may be,  written  notice of such  claim for
indemnification based upon actual loss sustained, or potential loss anticipated,
as a result of the  existence  of any claim,  demand,  suit,  or cause of action
against such Buyer Indemnitee or Seller Indemnitee, as the case may be.

     9.5 Procedures  Regarding Third Party Claims. The procedures to be followed
by the Buyer and the Sellers with respect to indemnification hereunder regarding
claims by third persons which could give rise to an  indemnification  obligation
hereunder shall be as follows:

     (a) Promptly after receipt by any Buyer Indemnitee or Seller Indemnitee, as
the case may be, of  notice  of the  commencement  of any  action or  proceeding
(including, without


*Confidential portions omitted and filed separately with the Commission.


                                       28

<PAGE>



limitation, any notice relating to a tax audit) or the assertion of any claim by
a third person which the person  receiving such notice has reason to believe may
result in a claim by it for indemnity  pursuant to this  Agreement,  such person
(the "Indemnified Party") shall give a written notice of such action, proceeding
or claim to the party  against whom  indemnification  pursuant  hereto is sought
(the  "Indemnifying  Party"),  setting forth in reasonable  detail the nature of
such action,  proceeding or claim, including copies of any documents and written
correspondence from such third person to such Indemnified Party.

     (b) The  Indemnifying  Party  shall be  entitled,  at its own  expense,  to
participate in the defense of such action,  proceeding or claim, and, if (i) the
action,  proceeding  or claim  involved  seeks (and  continues  to seek)  solely
monetary  damages,  (ii)  the  Indemnifying  Party  confirms,  in  writing,  its
obligation  hereunder to indemnify and hold harmless the Indemnified  Party with
respect to such  damages  in their  entirety  pursuant  to  Sections  9.2 or 9.3
hereof,  as the case may be, and (iii) the  Indemnifying  Party  shall have made
provision  which,  in the  reasonable  judgment  of the  Indemnified  Party,  is
adequate  to satisfy any  adverse  judgment  as a result of its  indemnification
obligation  with  respect  to  such  action,   proceeding  or  claim,  then  the
Indemnifying  Party shall be entitled to assume and control  such  defense  with
counsel chosen by the Indemnifying  Party and approved by the Indemnified Party,
which approval shall not be  unreasonably  withheld or delayed.  The Indemnified
Party shall be entitled to participate therein after such assumption,  the costs
of such participation  following such assumption to be at its own expense.  Upon
assuming such defense,  the  Indemnifying  Party shall have full rights to enter
into any monetary  compromise or settlement  which is dispositive of the matters
involved;  provided,  that such  settlement is paid in full by the  Indemnifying
Party  and will not have any  direct or  indirect  continuing  material  adverse
effect upon the Indemnified Party.

     (c) With  respect to any  action,  proceeding  or claim as to which (i) the
Indemnifying  Party  does not have the right to assume  the  defense or (ii) the
Indemnifying Party shall not have exercised its right to assume the defense, the
Indemnified  Party shall  assume and  control  the  defense of and contest  such
action,  proceeding  or claim  with  counsel  chosen by it and  approved  by the
Indemnifying  Party,  which approval  shall not be  unreasonably  withheld.  The
Indemnifying  Party  shall be  entitled  to  participate  in the defense of such
action,  proceeding or claim,  the cost of such  participation  to be at its own
expense.  The  Indemnifying  Party  shall  be  obligated  to pay the  reasonable
attorneys'  fees and expenses of the  Indemnified  Party to the extent that such
fees and  expenses  relate to claims  as to which  indemnification  is due under
Sections 9.2 or 9.3 hereof, as the case may be. The Indemnified Party shall have
full rights to dispose of such  action,  proceeding  or claim and enter into any
monetary  compromise or  settlement;  provided,  however,  in the event that the
Indemnified Party shall settle or compromise any action, proceeding or claim for
which  indemnification  is due under Sections 9.2 or 9.3 hereof, as the case may
be, it shall act reasonably and in good faith in doing so.

     (d) Both the Indemnifying  Party and the Indemnified  Party shall cooperate
fully with one another in connection with the defense,  compromise or settlement
of any such action,  proceeding  or claim,  including,  without  limitation,  by
making available to the other all pertinent information and witnesses within its
control.

     9.6 Effectiveness. The provisions of this Article 9 shall be effective upon
consummation of the Closing,  and prior to the Closing,  shall have no force and
effect.

                                       29

<PAGE>



                                   ARTICLE 10

                                   Termination

     10.1 Termination.  Notwithstanding  any other provision herein contained to
the contrary,  this Agreement may be terminated at any time prior to the Closing
Date:

     (a) by the written mutual consent of the Buyer and the Sellers;

     (b) At any time after the Closing Date  Deadline,  by written notice by the
Buyer or the Sellers to the other  party(ies)  hereto if the  Closing  shall not
have been completed on or before the Closing Date Deadline;  provided,  however,
no party(ies) may terminate this Agreement  pursuant to this Section  10.1(b) if
such  party(ies)  is in  breach  of any  material  representation,  warranty  or
covenant of such party(ies) contained in this Agreement;

     (c) By the Buyer if,  after any  initial  HSR Act  filing,  the FTC makes a
"second  request"  for  information,  or  the  FTC  or  the  Antitrust  Division
challenges  the  transactions  contemplated  hereby;  provided,  that the  Buyer
delivers a written  notice to the Sellers of its  termination  hereunder  within
five (5)  Business  Days of the  Buyer's  receipt of such  second  request or of
notice of such challenge;

     (d) By the Buyer,  in the event that approval by the applicable  automobile
manufacturer   and/or  floor  plan  financing   provider  of  the   transactions
contemplated  by this  Agreement is not received at least 10 Business Days prior
to the Closing Date Deadline; or

     (e) By the Buyer  within 30 days of the date  hereof  if,  and only if, the
Buyer is not satisfied,  in its discretion,  with the results of the Buyer's due
diligence investigation contemplated by Section 5.1(a) hereof.

     10.2  Procedure  and  Effect of  Termination.  In the event of  termination
pursuant to Section 10.1, this Agreement shall be of no further force or effect;
provided,  however,  that,  except as expressly set forth below, any termination
pursuant  to Section  10.1 shall not (i) relieve the Buyer or the Sellers of any
liability under Sections 10.3 or 10.4 below, or (ii) relieve any party hereto of
any  liability  for  breach of any  representation  and  warranty,  covenant  or
agreement  hereunder  occurring prior to such termination.  In addition,  in the
event of any such termination,  all filings,  applications and other submissions
made pursuant to this  Agreement or prior to the execution of this  Agreement in
contemplation  thereof shall, to the extent  practicable,  be withdrawn from the
agency or other entity to which made.

     10.3 Payment of Buyer's Termination Fee; Sellers' Exclusive Remedy. If this
Agreement is terminated by the Sellers pursuant to Section 10.1(b) above and the
failure to complete  the Closing on or before the Closing  Date  Deadline  shall
have  been  due to  the  Buyer's  breach  of its  material  representations  and
warranties or its material  covenants or obligations under this Agreement,  then
the  Sellers'  Agent shall be  entitled,  pursuant to the terms of the Letter of
Credit,  to make a draw on the Letter of Credit in the full face amount  thereof
of $2,000,000 in immediately available funds, as liquidated damages for the loss
of the transaction (the "Buyer's Termination Fee").

                                       30

<PAGE>



Notwithstanding  any other  provision  of this  Agreement,  termination  of this
Agreement and  collection of the Buyer's  Termination  Fee shall be the Sellers'
sole and  exclusive  remedy;  the  Sellers  shall not be  entitled  to  specific
performance of any provision of this Agreement.

     10.4 Payment of Sellers' Termination Fee; Buyer's Election of Remedies.  If
this Agreement is terminated by the Buyer pursuant to Section  10.1(b) above and
the failure to complete the Closing on or before the Closing Date Deadline shall
have been due to the  Sellers'  breach  of their  material  representations  and
warranties or their material covenants or obligations under this Agreement, then
the Sellers,  jointly and severally,  shall, upon demand of the Buyer,  promptly
pay to the Buyer in immediately  available funds, as liquidated  damages for the
loss  of  the  transaction,   a  termination  fee  of  $250,000  (the  "Sellers'
Termination Fee").  Termination of this Agreement and collection of the Sellers'
Termination  Fee shall be the  Buyer's  sole and  exclusive  remedy  to  collect
damages.  Provided the Buyer shall have  terminated  this Agreement  pursuant to
Section 10.1(b) above,  the Buyer shall have no right to equitable  relief other
than for specific  performance  to enforce  payment of the Sellers'  Termination
Fee. In the absence of  termination  of this  Agreement by the Buyer pursuant to
Section 10.1(b) above, the Buyer shall be free to pursue all equitable  remedies
against the Sellers  including,  without  limitation,  specific  performance  to
consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.


                                   ARTICLE 11

                           Certain Taxes and Expenses

     11.1 Certain Taxes and Expenses.

     (a) All  sales,  use,  transfer,  intangible,  excise,  documentary  stamp,
recording,  gross income,  gross  receipts and other similar taxes or fees which
may be due or payable in connection with the  consummation  of the  transactions
contemplated hereby shall be paid by the Sellers.

     (b) Except as otherwise herein provided, the Sellers and the Buyer shall be
responsible  for the  payment  of their  respective  fees,  costs  and  expenses
incurred in connection with the negotiation and consummation of the transactions
contemplated  hereby and shall not be liable to the other  party or parties  for
the payment of any such fees, costs and expenses.


                                   ARTICLE 12

                         Certain Post-Closing Covenants

     12.1 Change of Corporation's  Name.  Promptly upon the effectiveness of the
Closing, the Buyer shall effect a change in the Corporation's  corporate name to
a name which does not contain the name "Ken Marks" or any variation thereof. The
Buyer  agrees not to use the name "Ken Marks" or any such  variation  except for
the purpose of  identifying  the  Corporation  as having been formerly named Ken
Marks Ford, Inc.

                                       31

<PAGE>



     12.2  Stay-on  Bonuses to  Employees  of  Corporation.  Within  twenty (20)
Business  Days  following  the  Closing,  the  Buyer  shall  pay,  or cause  the
Corporation to pay, a total of $500,000 of "stay-on bonuses" to the employees of
the Corporation listed on Schedule 12.2 hereto in the amounts listed beside each
employee's name on such Schedule;  provided,  however, that each employee listed
on Schedule 12.2 shall receive such "stay-on bonus" designated for such employee
only if such  employee  continues  to be employed by the  Corporation  as of the
Closing Date.


                                   ARTICLE 13

                                  Miscellaneous

     13.1  Certain Tax Returns.  The Sellers  shall  cooperate  with and provide
assistance to the Buyer and the  Corporation in connection  with the preparation
and filing of all federal,  state,  local and foreign  income tax returns  which
relate to the  Corporation  and to periods  prior to  Closing  but which are not
required to be filed until after the Closing.

     13.2 Parties in Interest; No Third-Party Beneficiaries.  Subject to Section
13.4 hereof,  this Agreement will be binding upon,  inure to the benefit of, and
be enforceable by, the respective  successors and assigns of the parties hereto.
Nothing in this Agreement,  expressed or implied (including, without limitation,
the  provisions  of Section  12.2  above),  is intended or shall be construed to
confer upon or give to any  employee  of the  Corporation  or the Buyer,  or any
other person,  firm,  corporation or legal entity, other than the parties hereto
and their successors and assigns,  any rights,  remedies or other benefits under
or by reason of this Agreement.

     13.3 Entire Agreement;  Amendments.  This Agreement (including all Exhibits
and  Schedules  hereto) and the other  writings  referred to herein or delivered
pursuant  hereto  contain the entire  understanding  of the parties  hereto with
respect  to  its  subject  matter.  There  are  no  representations,   promises,
warranties,  covenants or undertakings  other than as expressly set forth herein
or therein.  This Agreement  supersedes all prior agreements and  understandings
between the parties  hereto with respect to its subject  matter.  This Agreement
may be amended or modified  only by a written  instrument  duly  executed by the
parties hereto.

     13.4 Assignment. This Agreement shall not be assignable by any party hereto
without the prior written consent of the other parties;  provided,  however, the
Buyer may assign its rights and  obligations  hereunder to any  Affiliate of the
Buyer  presently  existing or hereafter  formed and to any person or entity that
shall  acquire  all or  substantially  all of the  assets  of the  Buyer  or the
Corporation;  provided, further, that no such assignment shall release the Buyer
from its obligations hereunder without the consent of the Sellers.

     13.5  Remedies.  Except as  expressly  provided  in this  Agreement  to the
contrary,  each of the parties to this  Agreement is entitled to all remedies in
the event of breach provided at law or in equity,  specifically  including,  but
not limited to, specific performance.

     13.6 Headings. The Article and Section headings contained in this Agreement
are for  reference  purposes only and shall not affect in any way the meaning or
interpretation of this Agreement.

                                       32

<PAGE>



     13.7 Notices.  All notices,  claims,  certificates,  requests,  demands and
other communications  hereunder shall be given in writing and shall be delivered
personally  or  sent  by  telecopier  or by a  nationally  recognized  overnight
courier,  postage  prepaid,  and shall be deemed to have been duly given when so
delivered personally or sent by telecopier,  with receipt confirmed,  or one (1)
business day after the date of deposit with such nationally recognized overnight
courier. All such notices,  claims,  certificates,  requests,  demands and other
communications shall be addressed to the respective parties at the addresses set
forth below or to such other address as the person to whom notice is to be given
may have furnished to the others in writing in accordance herewith.

                    If to the Buyer, to:

                         Sonic Auto World, Inc.
                         5401 E. Independence Boulevard
                         Charlotte, North Carolina 28212
                         Telecopier No.:  (704) 532-3312
                         Attention: Theodore M. Wright, Chief Financial Officer

                    With a copy to:

                         Parker, Poe, Adams & Bernstein L.L.P.
                         2500 Charlotte Plaza
                         Charlotte, North Carolina 28244
                         Telecopier No.:  (704) 334-4706
                         Attention:  Edward W. Wellman, Jr.

                    If to the Sellers, to:

                         Ken Marks, Jr.
                         2408 Hampton Lane, West
                         Safety Harbor, Florida 34695
                         
                         O.K. Marks, Sr.
                         215 Shore Drive
                         Palm Harbor, Florida 34683
                         
                         Michael J. Marks
                         2663 Crystal Circle
                         Dunedin, Florida 34698
                         
                    With a copy to:

                         Johnson, Blakely, Pope, Bokor, Ruppel & Burns, P.A.
                         911 Chestnut Street
                         P.O. Box 1368
                         Clearwater, Florida 34617
                         Telecopier No.: (813) 441-8617
                         
                                       33

<PAGE>


                         
                         Attention:  E.D. Armstrong III
         
     13.8  Counterparts.  This  Agreement  may  be  executed  in any  number  of
counterparts, and each such counterpart hereof shall be deemed to be an original
instrument,  and  all  such  counterparts  together  shall  constitute  but  one
agreement.

     13.9 Governing  Law. This  Agreement  shall be governed by and construed in
accordance  with the laws of the State of Florida,  without giving effect to its
rules governing conflict of laws.

     13.10  Waivers.  Any party to this  Agreement may, by written notice to the
other  parties  hereto,  waive any provision of this  Agreement  from which such
party is  entitled  to  receive a benefit.  The waiver by any party  hereto of a
breach by another party of any provision of this Agreement  shall not operate or
be  construed as a waiver of any  subsequent  breach by such other party of such
provision or any other provision of this Agreement.

     13.11  Severability.  In the event that any provision,  or part thereof, in
this  Agreement  shall be held to be  invalid,  illegal  or  unenforceable,  the
validity,  legality and  enforceability  of the remaining  provisions,  or parts
thereof, shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

     13.12  Knowledge.  Whenever  any  representation  or warranty of any Seller
contained  herein (other than the  representations  and  warranties set forth in
Sections 3.1 through 3.6 hereof) or in any other document executed and delivered
in  connection  herewith is based upon the  knowledge of such  Seller,  (i) such
knowledge shall be deemed to include (A) the best actual knowledge,  information
and belief of any of the Sellers, and (B) any information which any Seller would
reasonably be expected to be aware of in the prudent  discharge of his duties in
the ordinary course of business  (including  consultation with legal counsel) on
behalf of the Corporation,  and (ii) the knowledge of any Seller shall be deemed
to be the knowledge of all of the Sellers.

     13.13 Jurisdiction; Arbitration.

     (a) Subject to the other  provisions  of this Section  13.14,  any judicial
proceeding  brought with respect to this  Agreement must be brought in any court
of competent jurisdiction in the State of North Carolina,  and, by execution and
delivery  of this  Agreement,  each party  hereto  (i)  accepts,  generally  and
unconditionally,  the  jurisdiction  of such  courts and any  related  appellate
court,  and irrevocably  agrees to be bound by any judgment  rendered thereby in
connection with this Agreement, and (ii) irrevocably waives any objection it may
now or  hereafter  have as to the venue of any such suit,  action or  proceeding
brought in such court or that such court is an inconvenient forum.

                  (b)  Any  dispute,  claim  or  controversy  arising  out of or
relating  to this  Agreement  (except for  accounting  matters  provided  for in
Section  1.2(d)  hereto),  or the  interpretation  or breach hereof  (including,
without  limitation,  any of the foregoing based upon a claim to any termination
fee hereunder),  shall be resolved by binding  arbitration  under the commercial
arbitration rules of the American  Arbitration  Association (the "AAA Rules") to
the extent such AAA Rules are not  inconsistent  with this  Agreement.  Judgment
upon  the  award  of  the  arbitrators  may  be  entered  in  any  court  having
jurisdiction  thereof or such court may be asked to judicially confirm the award
and order its enforcement,  as the case may be. The demand for arbitration shall
be made by any party

                                       34

<PAGE>



hereto  within a  reasonable  time after the claim,  dispute or other  matter in
question  has  arisen,  and in any event  shall not be made  after the date when
institution of legal proceedings,  based on such claim,  dispute or other matter
in  question,  would be barred by the  applicable  statute of  limitations.  The
arbitration  panel shall consist of three (3) arbitrators,  one of whom shall be
appointed  by each party  hereto  within  thirty (30) days after any request for
arbitration hereunder. The two arbitrators thus appointed shall choose the third
arbitrator within thirty (30) days after their appointment;  provided,  however,
that if the two  arbitrators are unable to agree on the appointment of the third
arbitrator  within  30 days  after  their  appointment,  either  arbitrator  may
petition the American Arbitration Association to make the appointment. The place
of arbitration  shall be Charlotte,  North Carolina.  The  arbitrators  shall be
instructed to render their decision within sixty (60) days after their selection
and to allocate all costs and expenses of such arbitration  (including legal and
accounting  fees and expenses of the  respective  parties) to the parties in the
proportions  that reflect their  relative  success on the merits  (including the
successful assertion of any defenses).

     (c) Nothing  contained  in this  Section  13.13 shall (1) prevent the Buyer
from  bringing  any  judicial  proceeding  against  the  Sellers in the State of
Florida,  or (2) prevent any party hereto from seeking any  equitable  relief to
which it would  otherwise be entitled  from a court of  competent  jurisdiction.
Nothing  contained in this Section 13.13 shall prevent the Buyer from  enforcing
the Non-Competition Agreement in any court of competent jurisdiction.

     13.14 Power of Attorney of Ken Marks, Jr. By execution hereof,  each of the
Sellers  irrevocably  constitutes and appoints Ken Marks, Jr. with full power of
substitution,  their true and lawful attorney-in-fact,  in their name, place and
stead and for such  Seller's use and  benefit:  (i) to sign,  execute,  certify,
acknowledge or file any other certificates, amendments, instruments or documents
which may be required from the Sellers in connection with this transaction; (ii)
to resolve  setoffs  against the escrowed  amount;  (iii) to make payment of, or
establish  adequate reserves for, the expenses of the Sellers in connection with
this Agreement and other post-closing  items related thereto;  (iv) to represent
and bind the  Sellers  under  Article  X  hereof;  (v) to  receive  all  notices
hereunder  to the  Sellers;  and (vi) to accept  service of process on behalf of
each  Seller.  The  foregoing  grant of  authority:  (i) is a  special  power of
attorney  coupled with an interest and is irrevocable;  (ii) may be exercised by
Ken Marks,  Jr. by listing the name of the Seller along with the names of all of
the  other  persons  for  whom  he  is  so  acting  by  a  single  signature  as
attorney-in-fact;  and (iii) shall  survive the delivery of an  assignment  by a
Seller of any of such Seller's rights under this Agreement.



                                       35

<PAGE>



     IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the parties  hereto have caused this  Agreement to be
executed and delivered on the date first above written.

                                   SONIC AUTO WORLD, INC.


                                   By:    /s/ Bryan Scott Smith
                                          -----------------------------------
                                          Bryan Scott Smith, Chief Executive 
                                          Officer


                                          /s/ Ken Marks, Jr.
                                          -----------------------------------
                                          Ken Marks, Jr.


                                          /s/ O.K. Marks, Sr.
                                          -----------------------------------
                                          O.K. Marks, Sr.


                                          /s/ Michael J. Marks
                                          -----------------------------------
                                          Michael J. Marks


                                       36

<PAGE>



                                    EXHIBITS


Exhibit A            -        List of Sellers
Exhibit B            -        Form of Escrow Agreement
Exhibit C            -        Form of Letter of Credit
Exhibit D-1          -        Form of Dealership Lease
Exhibit D-2          -        Form of Guaranty
Exhibit E            -        Form of Employment Agreement
Exhibit F            -        Form of Non-Competition Agreement
Exhibit G            -        Opinion of Sellers' Counsel
Exhibit H            -        Opinion of Buyer's Counsel



                                       37

<PAGE>



                                    SCHEDULES



Schedule 3.2(b)   Consents and Approvals for the Sellers
Schedule 3.5      Interest in other Entities
Schedule 3.7      Qualification
Schedule 3.8      Capitalization
Schedule 3.10     No Violation; Conflicts
Schedule 3.11     Encumbrances
Schedule 3.13     Financial Statements
Schedule 3.16(b)  Leased Premises
Schedule 3.16(d)  Owned Equipment
Schedule 3.16(e)  Leased Equipment
Schedule 3.17     Intellectual Property
Schedule 3.18     Certain Liabilities
Schedule 3.19     No Undisclosed Liabilities
Schedule 3.20     Absence of Changes
Schedule 3.21     Tax Matters
Schedule 3.22     Compliance with Laws
Schedule 3.23     Litigation Regarding Corporation
Schedule 3.24     Permits, Etc.
Schedule 3.26     Compensation
Schedule 3.27     Employee Benefits
Schedule 3.29(a)  Material Agreements
Schedule 3.29(b)  Required Consents for Transfers of Material Agreements
Schedule 3.31     Bank Accounts, Credit Cards and Safe Deposit Boxes
Schedule 3.32(a)  Insurance Policies
Schedule 3.32(b)  Property Damage and Personal Injury Claims
Schedule 3.33     Warranties
Schedule 3.34     Directors and Officers
Schedule 3.36     Environmental Matters
Schedule 4.2(b)   Consents and Approvals for the Buyer
Schedule 12.2     Stay-on Bonuses to Employees


                                       38







                            ASSET PURCHASE AGREEMENT


                                  by and among


                             SONIC AUTOMOTIVE, INC.,

                                DYER & DYER, INC.

                                       and

                                  RICHARD DYER

                          Dated as of August ___, 1997






<PAGE>



                                TABLE OF CONTENTS

                                                                            Page
                                                                            ----
Article 1
        Purchase and Sale of Assets; Assumption of Liabilities................1
        1.1  Agreement of Purchase and Sale...................................1
        1.2  Assumed Liabilities..............................................1
        1.3  Purchase Price; Allocation.......................................1
        1.4   Instruments of Conveyance and Transfer; Employment Agreement....3
        1.5  Offers of Employment to Seller's Employees.......................4

Article 2
        Closing...............................................................4

Article 3
        Representations and Warranties of the Seller...........................5
        3.1  Organization; Good Standing; Qualifications.......................5
        3.2  Authority; Consent................................................5
        3.3  Ownership; Investments............................................5
        3.4  Financial Statements..............................................6
        3.5  Absence of Certain Changes........................................6
        3.6  Material Contracts................................................7
        3.7  Title to Purchased Assets and Related Matters.....................7
        3.8  Real Property of the Seller.......................................8
        3.9  Machinery, Equipment, Etc.........................................8
        3.10  Inventories of the Seller........................................8
        3.11  Accounts Receivable of the Seller................................9
        3.12  Approvals, Permits and Authorizations............................9
        3.13  Compliance with Laws.............................................9
        3.14  Insurance.......................................................10
        3.15  Taxes...........................................................10
        3.16  Litigation......................................................10
        3.17  Powers of Attorney..............................................11
        3.18  Broker's and Finder's Fees......................................11
        3.19  Employee Relations..............................................11
        3.20  Compensation....................................................11
        3.21  Patents; Trademarks; Trade Names; Copyrights; Licenses, Etc.....11
        3.22  Accounts Payable................................................12
        3.23  No Undisclosed Liabilities......................................12
        3.24  Certain Transactions............................................12
        3.25  Business Generally..............................................12
        3.26  Employee Benefits...............................................12
        3.27  Seller and Shareholder Not Foreign Persons......................13
        3.28  Suppliers and Customers.........................................13


                                        i

<PAGE>


        3.29  Environmental Matters...........................................14
        3.30  Bank Accounts and Safe Deposit Boxes............................15
        3.31  Warranties......................................................16
        3.32  Interest in Competitors and Related Entities....................16
        3.33  Availability of Seller's Employees..............................16
        3.34  Misstatements and Omissions.....................................16

Article 4
        Representations and Warranties of the Buyer...........................16
        4.1  Organization and Good Standing...................................16
        4.2  Authority; Consents; Enforceability..............................16
        4.3  Broker's and Finder's Fees.......................................17
        4.4  Litigation.......................................................17
        4.5  Misstatements or Omissions.......................................17

Article 5
        Pre-closing Covenants of the Shareholder and the Seller...............17
        5.1  Provide Access to Information; Cooperation with Buyer............18
        5.2  Operation of Business of the Seller..............................18
        5.3  Other Changes....................................................19
        5.4  Additional Information...........................................19
        5.5  Publicity........................................................19
        5.6  Other Negotiations...............................................19
        5.7  Closing Conditions...............................................20
        5.8  Environmental Audit..............................................20
        5.9  Hart-Scott-Rodino Compliance.....................................20
        5.10  Audit of Seller at Buyer's Expense..............................20

Article 6
        Pre-closing Covenants of the Buyer....................................20
        6.1  Publicity; Disclosure............................................20
        6.2  Closing Conditions...............................................21
        6.3  Application to Automobile Manufactures and Distributors..........21
        6.4  Hart-Scott-Rodino Compliance.....................................21

Article 7
        Conditions Precedent to Obligations of the Buyer......................21
        7.1  Representations and Warranties...................................21
        7.2  Performance of Obligations of the Seller.........................21
        7.3  Closing Certificate..............................................22
        7.4  Opinion of Counsel...............................................22
        7.5  Supporting Documents.............................................22
        7.6  Bill of Sale, Etc................................................22
        7.7  Other Agreements.................................................22

                                       ii

<PAGE>


        7.8  Books and Records................................................23
        7.9  Change of Name of Seller; Use of Seller's Name by Buyer..........23
        7.10  Consents........................................................23
        7.11  No Litigation...................................................23
        7.12  Authorizations..................................................23
        7.13  No Material Adverse Change or Undisclosed Liability.............23
        7.14  Approval of Legal Matters.......................................23
        7.15  Adverse Laws....................................................24
        7.16  Hart-Scott-Rodino Waiting Period................................24

Article 8
        Conditions Precedent to Obligations of the Seller.....................24
        8.1  Representations and Warranties...................................24
        8.2  Performance of Obligations of the Buyer..........................24
        8.3  Closing Certificate..............................................24
        8.4  Payment of Purchase Price........................................24
        8.5  Opinion of Counsel...............................................24
        8.6  Supporting Documents.............................................25
        8.7  Approval of Legal Matters........................................25
        8.8  Employment Agreement.............................................25
        8.9  No Litigation....................................................25
        8.10  Hart-Scott-Rodino Waiting Period................................25

Article 9
        Transfer Taxes; Proration of Charges..................................26
        9.1  Certain Taxes and Fees...........................................26
        9.2  Proration of Certain Charges.....................................26

Article 10
        Survival of Representations and Warranties; Indemnification...........26
        10.1  Survival of Representations and Warranties......................26
        10.2  Agreement to Indemnify by the Seller and Shareholder............26
        10.3  Agreement to Indemnify by the Buyer.............................27
        10.4  Claims for Indemnification .....................................27
        10.5  Procedures Regarding Third Party Claims.........................28
        10.6  Effectiveness...................................................29

Article 11
        Termination and Termination Fee.......................................29
        11.1  Termination.....................................................29
        11.2   Procedure and Effect of Termination ...........................30

Article 12
        Miscellaneous Provisions..............................................30

                                       iii

<PAGE>


        12.1  Access to Books and Records after Closing.......................30
        12.2  Notices.........................................................31
        12.3  Parties in Interest; No Third Party Beneficiaries...............32
        12.4  Assignability...................................................32
        12.5  Entire Agreement; Amendment.....................................32
        12.6  Headings........................................................33
        12.7  Counterparts....................................................33
        12.8  Governing Law...................................................33
        12.9  Knowledge.......................................................33
        12.10  Arbitration....................................................33
        12.11  Waivers........................................................34
        12.12  Severability...................................................34
        12.13  Expenses.......................................................34






                                       iv

<PAGE>


                            ASSET PURCHASE AGREEMENT


     THIS ASSET PURCHASE  AGREEMENT (this  "Agreement") is made and entered into
as of this____ day August, 1997, by and among SONIC AUTOMOTIVE, INC., a Delaware
corporation (the "Buyer"),  DYER & DYER, INC., a South Carolina corporation (the
"Seller"),   and  RICHARD  DYER,  the  sole   shareholder  of  the  Seller  (the
"Shareholder").

                              W I T N E S S E T H:

     In consideration of the mutual representations,  warranties,  covenants and
agreements hereinafter set forth, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:

                                    ARTICLE 1
             PURCHASE AND SALE OF ASSETS; ASSUMPTION OF LIABILITIES

     1.1  Agreement  of  Purchase  and Sale.  On the terms  and  subject  to the
conditions of this  Agreement,  at the Closing (as defined in Article 2 hereof),
the Seller  shall  sell,  transfer,  convey,  assign and deliver (or cause to be
sold, transferred, conveyed, assigned and delivered) to the Buyer, and the Buyer
shall  purchase and accept  delivery of, all of the  Seller's  right,  title and
interest in and to all of the assets of the Seller of every kind,  character and
description,  tangible or intangible, and wherever located,  including,  without
limitation, the assets described on Schedule 1.1(a), but excluding, however, the
assets described on Schedule 1.1(b) (the "Excluded Assets");  said assets, other
than the Excluded Assets,  are hereinafter  called the "Purchased  Assets".  The
Purchased  Assets will be sold free and clear of all mortgages,  deeds of trust,
liens, pledges, charges, security interests, contractual restrictions, claims or
encumbrances of any kind or character (collectively, "Encumbrances"), other than
the Encumbrances set forth on Schedule 1.1(c) (the "Permitted Encumbrances").

     1.2 Assumed Liabilities. On the terms and subject to the conditions of this
Agreement  and in reliance upon the  representations  and  warranties  contained
herein,  at the Closing the Buyer shall  assume and  undertake to perform all of
the liabilities and obligations of the Seller specifically described on Schedule
1.2 (the "Assumed Liabilities").  Except for the Assumed Liabilities,  the Buyer
shall not assume,  and the Seller shall retain and remain  responsible  for, any
and all  liabilities  and  obligations  of the Seller of any nature  whatsoever,
whether past, current or future, whether accrued,  contingent,  known or unknown
(such  retained   liabilities  and  obligations  being  hereinafter  called  the
"Retained Liabilities").

     1.3 Purchase Price; Allocation.

     (a)  Purchase  Price.  In  addition to the  assumption  by the Buyer of the
Assumed  Liabilities,  as the full consideration to be paid by the Buyer for the
Purchased Assets, the Buyer shall pay to the Seller the aggregate purchase price
of  $18,000,000  (the "Purchase  Price"),  subject to adjustment as set forth in
Section 1.3(c).

     (b) Payment of Purchase  Price.  $17,000,000 of the Purchase Price shall be
payable to the Seller at Closing by wire transfer of immediately available funds
to the account


<PAGE>



of the  Seller,  which  shall be  designed by the Seller in writing at least one
full  Business  Day  prior  to the  Closing  Date.  The sum of  $1,000,000  (the
"Escrowed  Amount")  shall be placed in an interest  bearing escrow with Chicago
Title and Trust Company, or another escrow agent reasonably  satisfactory to the
Buyer and the Seller (the "Escrow  Agent"),  by the Buyer in accordance with the
escrow agreement in the form of Exhibit 1.3(A),  with such other changes thereto
as the Escrow Agent shall reasonably request (the "Escrow Agreement").  The sole
purpose of the Escrowed Amount shall be to secure the repayment of any shortfall
in Net Book Value  pursuant to Section  1.3(c)(2)  below.  For  purposes of this
Agreement, a "Business Day" is a day other than a Saturday, a Sunday or a day on
which  banks  are  required  or  authorized  to be  closed in the State of North
Carolina.

     (c) Adjustment Procedures.

     (1) Not later than 60 days after the Closing  Date,  the Buyer will prepare
and  deliver to the Seller an  unaudited  balance  sheet (the  "Closing  Balance
Sheet") of the Seller as of the Closing Date, consisting of a computation of the
tangible  book value as of the Closing Date of the Purchased  Assets  (excluding
goodwill and other intangible assets) less the book value as of the Closing Date
of the  Assumed  Liabilities,  all as  determined  in  accordance  with the same
accounting principles utilized in preparing the Seller's tax basis balance sheet
as at December  31, 1996  included in the  Financial  Statements  (as defined in
Section  3.4(a).  Notwithstanding  the foregoing,  the Seller's new and used car
inventory  reflected in the Closing Balance Sheet shall be based upon the values
shown on the Seller's  books and records as of the Closing  Date;  however,  the
determination of such values shall be based upon the same  methodology  utilized
in determining new and used car inventory  values  reflected in the December 31,
1996 tax basis balance sheet included in the Financial Statements.  The tangible
net book value reflected on the Closing Balance Sheet is hereinafter  called the
"Net Book Value".  The Buyer shall make  reasonably  available to the Seller and
its agents the  services of Peggy  McFarland  for the purpose of  assisting  the
Seller in evaluating the Buyer's  computation of Net Book Value and  preparation
of the Closing Balance Sheet. The Buyer warrants that Ms. McFarland's good faith
assistance  to the Seller  shall not in any way  prejudice  her  position  as an
employee of the Buyer.  Further,  the Buyer shall make freely  available  to the
Seller all books and records as the Seller or its agents may reasonably  require
in order to evaluate the Buyer's  computation of Net Book Value and  preparation
of the  Closing  Balance  Sheet.  If within 30 days  following  delivery  of the
Closing  Balance  Sheet  (or the  next  Business  Day if such  30th day is not a
Business  Day),  the  Seller  has not  given the  Buyer  notice of the  Seller's
objection to the  computation  of the Net Book Value as set forth in the Closing
Balance  Sheet (such notice to contain a statement in  reasonable  detail of the
nature of the  Seller's  objection),  then the Net Book Value  reflected  in the
Closing  Balance  Sheet  will be  deemed  mutually  agreed  by the Buyer and the
Seller.  If the Seller  shall have given such  notice of  objection  in a timely
manner,  then the issues in dispute will be submitted to a "Big Six"  accounting
firm  mutually  acceptable to the Buyer and the Seller (the  "Accountants")  for
resolution.  With respect to any such  submission  and dispute,  the Buyer shall
again make  reasonably  available  to the Seller and its agents the  services of
Peggy McFarland  without prejudice to her employment and shall further grant her
(and Seller or its agents) access to all relevant books and records of the Buyer
as she (and Seller or its agents) may reasonably  require.  If issues in dispute
are submitted to the Accountants for resolution, (i) each party will

                                        2

<PAGE>



furnish to the  Accountants  such workpapers and other documents and information
relating to the disputed issues as the Accountants may request and are available
to the party or its subsidiaries (or its independent  public  accountants),  and
will be afforded  the  opportunity  to present to the  Accountants  any material
relating  to the  determination  and  to  discuss  the  determination  with  the
Accountants;  (ii) the Accountants  will be instructed to determine the Net Book
Value  based  upon  their  resolution  of the  issues  in  dispute;  (iii)  such
determination by the Accountants of the Net Book Value, as set forth in a notice
delivered to both parties by the Accountants,  will be binding and conclusive on
the  parties;  and (iv) the Buyer and the Seller shall each bear 50% of the fees
and expenses of the Accountants for such determination.

     (2) To the extent that the Net Book Value, as deemed mutually agreed by the
parties  or as  determined  by the  Accountants,  as  aforesaid,  is  less  than
$10,500,000,  the Seller shall be obligated to pay the amount of such  shortfall
promptly to the Buyer,  together  with interest on such amount at the prime rate
of  NationsBank,  N.A.  from time to time in effect (the "Prime  Rate") from the
Closing Date to the date of payment,  up to the Escrowed Amount.  In furtherance
of such  obligation of the Seller,  the parties shall execute and deliver to the
Escrow  Agent a joint  instruction  to pay such  shortfall,  plus  interest,  as
aforesaid, to the Buyer, with any remaining balance of the Escrowed Amount to be
paid to the Seller.  To the extent that the amount of such  shortfall in the Net
Book Value,  plus interest as aforesaid,  shall exceed the Escrowed Amount,  the
Seller  shall  have no  obligation  to pay such  excess to the  Buyer,  it being
understood  that the Buyer's sole  recourse  for any such  shortfall in Net Book
Value shall be to the Escrowed Amount. Any interest earned on investments of the
Escrowed  Amount  shall be paid to the  Seller.  To the extent that the Net Book
Value,  as  deemed  mutually  agreed  by the  parties  or as  determined  by the
Accountants, as aforesaid,  exceeds $10,500,000, the Buyer shall be obligated to
(i)  execute  and  deliver to the Escrow  Agent a joint  instruction  to pay the
entire amount of the Escrowed  Amount to the Seller,  and (ii) pay the amount of
such excess promptly to the Seller, together with interest on the amount of such
excess at the Prime Rate from the Closing Date to the date of payment.

     (d)  Allocation.  The  allocation  of the  Purchase  Price and the  Assumed
Liabilities shall be as set forth in Schedule 1.3(d);  provided,  however,  that
the amount of the Purchase Price allocated to the Non-Competition  Agreement (as
defined  below)  shall be  $10,000.  The  Buyer  and the  Seller  shall use such
allocation in all tax returns filed by them.

     1.4 Instruments of Conveyance and Transfer; Employment Agreement.

     (a)  Instruments  of Conveyance  and Transfer.  At the Closing,  the Seller
shall deliver to the Buyer a Bill of Sale and Assignment,  substantially  in the
form of  Exhibit  1.4(A)  (the "Bill of Sale"),  and such other  instruments  of
assignment,  conveyance and transfer, as shall be necessary to vest in the Buyer
good  title to the  Purchased  Assets  in  accordance  herewith.  Simultaneously
therewith, the Seller shall take all steps as may be required to transfer to the
Buyer actual possession and exclusive operating control of the Purchased Assets.


                                        3

<PAGE>



     (b) Employment  Agreement.  At the Closing, the Shareholder will enter into
an employment  agreement  with the Buyer,  substantially  in the form of Exhibit
1.4(B)(the "Employment Agreement").

     (c)  Non-Competition   Agreement.  At  the  Closing,  the  Seller  and  the
Shareholder  will  enter  into  a  non-competition   agreement  with  the  Buyer
substantially in the form of Exhibit 1.4(C) (the "Non-Competition Agreement").

     (d) Further Assurances.  The Seller further agrees that, from and after the
Closing,  it will execute and deliver to the Buyer such  additional  instruments
and documents and take such further action as the Buyer may  reasonably  request
in order to more fully vest,  record  and/or  perfect  the Buyer's  title to, or
interest in, the Purchased Assets.

     (e) Shareholder's  Covenant to Close. The Shareholder further covenants and
agrees to take all necessary officer,  director and stockholder actions to cause
the  Seller  to  perform  its  obligations  at  and  prior  to the  Closing,  as
contemplated by this Agreement.

     1.5 Offers of  Employment to Seller's  Employees.  On or before the Closing
Date, the Buyer shall offer  employment to those  employees of the Seller listed
on Schedule 1.5 attached hereto,  utilizing pay plans (and, in the case of Peggy
McFarland,  an employment  agreement)  substantially the same as those in effect
with the Seller as of the date hereof.  The Buyer may also offer  employment  to
such of the  Seller's  other  employees as the Buyer shall  select,  in its sole
discretion,  such employment to begin on or after the date of the Closing and to
be upon terms and conditions as determined by the Buyer in its sole  discretion.
Notwithstanding the foregoing,  the Buyer shall have no obligation to employ any
person,  except as  contemplated  by the first sentence of this Section 1.5, and
the Seller  shall be and remain  responsible  after the Closing for  termination
expense or liability,  if any, with regard to any of the Seller's  employees not
offered  employment by the Buyer  pursuant to this  paragraph on or prior to the
Closing  Date.  The Buyer  agrees that any employee of the Seller who is offered
and accepts  employment by the Buyer within 30 days of the Closing shall receive
credit for service with the Seller for purposes of determining  such  employee's
eligibility for holidays,  sick days and vacation benefits and also for purposes
of determining eligibility (including without limitation,  waiting periods under
group  health  plans)  and  vesting  under any  other  employee  benefit  plans,
programs,  policies or other  arrangements  covering such employee  established,
continued or otherwise sponsored by the Buyer after the Closing.

                                    ARTICLE 2
                                     CLOSING

     The  transactions  contemplated  hereby  shall take place at a closing (the
"Closing")  at the  offices of  Parker,  Poe,  Adams &  Bernstein  L.L.P.,  2500
Charlotte Plaza, Charlotte, North Carolina at 10:00 a.m. local time on the fifth
(5th)  Business Day, or such shorter  period as the Buyer may choose,  following
the date the Buyer gives  notice of the  Closing to the Seller,  but in no event
later than November 1, 1997 (the"Closing Date Deadline"), unless another date or
place is agreed

                                        4

<PAGE>



to in  writing  by the  Seller  and the  Buyer.  The date on which  the  Closing
actually occurs is hereinafter referred to as the "Closing Date".

                                    ARTICLE 3
                  REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE SELLER

     The Seller hereby represents and warrants to the Buyer as follows:

     3.1  Organization;   Good  Standing;   Qualifications.   The  Seller  is  a
corporation duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws
of the State of South Carolina. The Seller is qualified as a foreign corporation
and in  good  standing  in the  jurisdictions  listed  on  Schedule  3.1,  which
jurisdictions  are the only  jurisdictions  where  the  nature  of the  Seller's
business and its assets require such qualification.

     3.2 Authority;  Consent.  The Seller has full corporate power and authority
to carry on its business as now conducted, to execute and deliver this Agreement
and the other  agreements,  documents and instruments  contemplated  hereby,  to
consummate the transactions  contemplated  hereby and thereby and to perform its
obligations  hereunder and thereunder.  The execution and delivery by the Seller
of  this  Agreement  and  the  other   agreements,   documents  and  instruments
contemplated  hereby,  the  consummation  by  the  Seller  of  the  transactions
contemplated  hereby  and  thereby  and the  performance  by the  Seller  of its
obligations hereunder and thereunder:  (i) have been duly and validly authorized
by all necessary corporate action, including,  without limitation, all necessary
shareholder  action;  and  (ii) do not and  will  not,  except  as set  forth on
Schedule  3.2,  (A)  conflict  with  or  violate  any of the  provisions  of the
certificate of incorporation  or by-laws,  each as amended,  of the Seller,  (B)
violate any law,  ordinance,  rule or regulation or any judgment,  order,  writ,
injunction  or  decree  or  similar  command  of any  court,  administrative  or
governmental agency or other body applicable to the Seller, the Purchased Assets
or the Assumed Liabilities, (C) violate or conflict with the terms of, or result
in the  acceleration  of, any indebtedness or obligation of the Seller under, or
violate  or  conflict  with or result in a breach  of, or  constitute  a default
under, any material instrument,  agreement or indenture or any mortgage, deed of
trust or similar  contract to which the Seller is a party or by which the Seller
or any of the Purchased Assets or Assumed Liabilities are bound or affected, (D)
result  in the  creation  or  imposition  of  any  Encumbrance  upon  any of the
Purchased Assets,  or (E) require the consent,  authorization or approval of, or
notice to, or filing or registration  with, any governmental  body or authority,
or any other third party.

     3.3 Ownership; Investments.

     (a) Ownership.  All issued and  outstanding  shares of capital stock of the
Seller are held of record and beneficially by the Shareholder, free and clear of
any Encumbrances. The Seller has no outstanding securities or other instruments,
agreements or arrangements of any character or nature whatsoever under which the
Seller is or may be obligated to issue any shares of its capital stock.


                                        5

<PAGE>



     (b)  Investments.  Except as set forth on Schedule 3.3, the Seller does not
own,  directly  or  indirectly,  any  shares of  capital  stock or other  equity
ownership or  proprietary  or membership  interest in any  corporation,  limited
liability  company,  partnership,  association,  trust,  joint  venture or other
entity,  and does not have any  commitment to contribute to the capital of, make
loans to, or share in the losses of, any enterprise.

     3.4  Financial  Statements.  The Seller has delivered to the Buyer prior to
the date hereof: (a) the audited balance sheet for the Seller as of December 31,
1996,  and the related  audited  statement of income,  stockholders'  equity and
changes in cash flows of the  Seller for the fiscal  year then ended  (including
the notes thereto and any other information  included  therein),  (collectively,
the "Annual Financial  Statements");  and (b) the unaudited balance sheet of the
Seller  as of June 30,  1997 and the  related  unaudited  statement  of  income,
stockholders'  equity  and  changes in cash flow for the six month  period  then
ended (collectively,  the "Interim Financial  Statements";  the Annual Financial
Statements and the Interim  Financial  Statements are  hereinafter  collectively
referred to as the "Financial Statements").  The Financial Statements (i) are in
accordance with the books and records of the Seller, which books and records are
true,  correct  and  complete,  (ii)  fully and  fairly  present  the  financial
condition and results of the  operations of the Seller as of and for the periods
indicated,   and  (iii)  have  been  prepared  utilizing  tax  basis  accounting
principles in accordance with the Code (as defined in Section 3.26(a) below) and
applicable regulations thereunder.

     3.5 Absence of Certain  Changes.  Since  December 31, 1996,  the Seller has
operated its business in the ordinary  course,  consistent  with past  practices
and,  except as set forth on Schedule 3.5, there has not been incurred,  nor has
there occurred:  (a) any damage,  destruction or loss (whether or not covered by
insurance)  adversely  affecting  the  Purchased  Assets or the  business of the
Seller  in  excess  of  $100,000;  (b)  any  sale,  transfer,  pledge  or  other
disposition of any tangible or intangible  assets of the Seller (except sales of
vehicle  and parts  inventory  in the  ordinary  course of  business)  having an
aggregate  book  value of  $100,000  or more;  (c) any  termination,  amendment,
cancellation  or waiver of any  Material  Contract  (as  defined in Section  3.6
hereof) or any termination,  amendment,  cancellation or waiver of any rights or
claims of the Seller  under any  Material  Contract  (except in each case in the
ordinary course of business and consistent with past practices);  (d) any change
in the accounting methods, procedures or practices followed by the Seller or any
change in depreciation or amortization  policies or rates theretofore adopted by
the Seller;  (e) any material  change in policies,  operations or practices with
respect to  business  operations  followed  by the  Seller,  including,  without
limitation,  with respect to selling methods, returns,  discounts or other terms
of sale, or with respect to the policies,  operations or practices of the Seller
concerning  the  employees  of the Seller or the employee  benefit  plans of the
Seller; (f) any capital  appropriation or expenditure or commitment  therefor on
behalf of the Seller in excess of  $100,000  individually,  or  $200,000  in the
aggregate;  (g) any general uniform increase,  other than in the ordinary course
of  business,  in the  cash or other  compensation  of  employees  of any of the
Seller, or any increase in excess of $50,000 in any such compensation payable to
any individual officer,  director,  consultant or agent thereof, or any loans or
commitments therefor made by the Seller to any persons,  including any officers,
directors,  stockholders,  employees, consultants or agents of the Seller or any
of their  affiliates;  (h) any account  receivable in excess of $100,000 or note
receivable in excess of $100,000  owing to the Seller which (i) has been written
off as uncollectible, in whole

                                        6

<PAGE>

or in part, (ii) has had asserted against it any claim,  refusal or right of set
off, or (iii) the account or note debtor has refused to, or  threatened  not to,
pay for any  reason,  or such  account or note  debtor has become  insolvent  or
bankrupt;  (i) any  write-down  or  write-up  of the value of any  inventory  or
equipment  of the  Seller  or any  increase  in  inventory  levels  in excess of
historical levels for comparable periods;  (j) any other change in the condition
(financial or otherwise),  business operations,  assets,  earnings,  business or
prospects  of the Seller which has, or could  reasonably  be expected to have, a
material adverse effect on the Purchased Assets or the business or operations of
the Seller; or (k) any agreement, whether in writing or otherwise, by the Seller
to take or do any of the actions  enumerated in this Section 3.5. Since June 30,
1997,  the Seller has paid no dividends and made no  distributions  in excess of
its net income from and after that date.  For  purposes of this  Agreement,  the
term  "affiliate"  shall mean any entity  directly  or  indirectly  controlling,
controlled  by or under common  control with the  specified  person,  whether by
stock ownership, agreement or otherwise, or any parent, child or sibling of such
specified  person and the concept of "control" means the  possession,  direct or
indirect,  of the power to direct or cause the direction of the  management  and
policies  of such person or entity,  whether  through  the  ownership  of voting
securities, by contract or otherwise.

     3.6 Material Contracts.

     (a) List of Material Contracts.  Set forth on Schedule 3.6 is a list of all
contracts, agreements, documents, instruments, guarantees, plans, understandings
or  arrangements,  written or oral,  which are  material to the  business of the
Seller,  as  currently  conducted  or to the  Purchased  Assets  or the  Assumed
Liabilities (collectively, the "Material Contracts"). True copies of all written
Material  Contracts  and  written  summaries  of  all  oral  Material  Contracts
described or required to be described on Schedule 3.6 have been furnished to the
Buyer.

     (b) Performance,  Defaults,  Enforceability. The Seller has in all material
respects performed all of its obligations  required to be performed by it to the
date  hereof,  and is not in default or alleged to be in default in any material
respect,  under any Material Contract,  and there exists no event,  condition or
occurrence which, after notice or lapse of time or both, would constitute such a
default. To the knowledge of the Seller, no other party to any Material Contract
is in default in any respect of any of its obligations  thereunder.  Each of the
Material Contracts is valid and in full force and effect and enforceable against
the parties thereto in accordance with their  respective  terms,  and, except as
set forth in Schedule  3.6, the transfer and  assignment  to the Buyer of all of
the Material Contracts, will not (i) require the consent of any party thereto or
(ii) constitute an event permitting termination thereof.

     3.7 Title to Purchased Assets and Related Matters.  The Seller has good and
valid title to all of the Purchased Assets,  free and clear of all Encumbrances,
except those described on Schedule 3.7. Except as set forth in Schedule 3.7, the
Purchased Assets (including, without limitation, the Material Contracts) and the
Leased  Premises (as defined in Section 3.8 below)  include all  properties  and
assets (tangible and intangible,  and all leases, licenses and other agreements)
utilized  by the Seller in  carrying on its  business  in the  ordinary  course.
Except  as set  forth on  Schedule  3.7,  the  Purchased  Assets  (i) are in the
exclusive possession and control of the Seller and

                                        7

<PAGE>



no person or entity  other than the Seller are  entitled  to  possession  of any
portion of the  Purchased  Assets;  and (ii) do not  include any  contracts  for
future services,  prepaid items or deferred charges the full value or benefit of
which  will not be usable by or  transferable  to the  Buyer,  or any  goodwill,
organizational expense or other similar intangible asset.

     3.8 Real Property of the Seller.

     (a) Owned Real  Property.  Except as set forth on Schedule  3.8, the Seller
owns no real property.

     (b) Leased Premises.  Schedule 3.8 contains a complete list and description
(including  buildings  and other  structures  thereon  and the name of the owner
thereof) of all real  property  which is used by the Seller in its  business and
operation  identifying  the existing  leases thereof which are to be assigned to
the Buyer (such existing leases being hereinafter called the "Existing Leases").
All such real property on Schedule 3.8 is hereinafter collectively called either
the "Real Property" or the "Leased Premises".  True, correct and complete copies
of all Existing Leases have been delivered to the Buyer.

     (c)  Easements,  etc. The Real Property  enjoys all easements and rights of
way over the  property of others  necessary  for the  operation  of the Seller's
business.  No portion of the Real Property has been condemned or otherwise taken
by any  public  authority,  and the Seller has no  knowledge  of any  pending or
threatened condemnation or taking thereof. None of the buildings or improvements
on the Real Property encroaches on any adjoining property or on any easements or
rights of way.  The  Seller has no  knowledge  of any event or  condition  which
currently  exists which would create a legal or other  impediment  to the use of
the Real Property as currently used, or would increase the additional charges or
other sums payable by the tenant under any of the  Existing  Leases  (including,
without  limitation,  any pending tax  reassessment or other special  assessment
affecting the Real Property). The buildings and improvements (including building
systems)  which  comprise  a part of the Real  Property  are in good  condition,
maintenance and repair,  ordinary wear and tear excepted.  There is no person or
entity other than the Seller in or entitled to possession of the Real Property.

     3.9  Machinery,  Equipment,  Etc.  Schedule  3.9  sets  forth a list of all
material  machinery,  equipment,  tools, motor vehicles,  furniture and fixtures
owned by the Seller and included in the Purchased Assets,  including which items
are owned by the Seller and which items are leased to the Seller  (collectively,
the "Equipment").  With respect to Equipment which is leased,  Schedule 3.9 also
contains  a list of all  leases or other  agreements,  whether  written or oral,
relating thereto. The Equipment is in good operating condition,  maintenance and
repair in accordance with industry standards taking into account the age thereof
and ordinary wear and tear excepted.

     3.10  Inventories of the Seller.  All inventories of the Seller included in
the  Purchased  Assets  consist of items of a quality  and  quantity  usable and
salable in the normal  course of its business,  are  generally  sufficient to do
business in the ordinary  course,  and the levels of inventories  are consistent
with the levels maintained by the Seller in the ordinary course consistent

                                        8

<PAGE>



with past practices and the Seller's  obligations  under its agreements with all
applicable  vehicle  manufacturers  or  distributors.  The  values at which such
inventories are carried are based on (i) the LIFO method, in the case of new car
and  parts  inventories,  and  (ii)  the  FIFO  method,  in the case of used car
inventories;  furthermore,  the values of new and used car inventories presently
shown on the Seller's books and records have been determined  utilizing the same
methodology  used in determining new and used car inventory  values reflected in
the  December  31,  1996 tax basis  balance  sheets  included  in the  Financial
Statements.

     3.11  Accounts  Receivable  of the Seller.  All accounts  receivable of the
Seller  included  in the  Purchased  Assets  are  collectible  at the  aggregate
recorded amounts thereof,  subject to the reserve for doubtful accounts,  in the
ordinary  course of the  Seller's  business,  and are not  subject  to any known
offsets or counterclaims.

     3.12 Approvals, Permits and Authorizations. Set forth on Schedule 3.12 is a
list of all governmental licenses,  permits,  certificates of inspection,  other
authorizations,  filings and registrations which are necessary for the Seller to
own the  Purchased  Assets and to operate its  business as  presently  conducted
(collectively,  the  "Authorizations").  All  Authorizations  have been duly and
lawfully  secured or made by the Seller and are in full force and effect.  There
is no proceeding pending or, to the Seller's  knowledge,  threatened or probable
of  assertion,  to revoke or limit any  Authorization.  Except as  indicated  on
Schedule 3.12, all  Authorizations  may be lawfully  transferred to the Buyer as
contemplated  by this Agreement and,  except as indicated on Schedule 3.12, none
of the  transactions  contemplated by this Agreement will terminate,  violate or
limit the effectiveness, either by virtue of the terms thereof or because of the
non-assignability thereof, of any Authorization.

     3.13  Compliance  with Laws.  The Seller has conducted its  operations  and
business in compliance with, and all of the Purchased Assets and Leased Premises
comply with (i) all applicable laws,  rules,  regulations and codes  (including,
without  limitation,   any  laws,  rules,  regulations  and  codes  relating  to
anticompetitive  practices,   contracts,   discrimination,   employee  benefits,
employment,   health,   safety,   fire,   building  and  zoning,  but  excluding
Environmental  Laws which are the subject of Section  3.29  hereof) and (ii) all
applicable orders, rules, writs, judgments, injunctions, decrees and ordinances.
The Seller has not received  any  notification  of any asserted  present or past
failure by it to comply with such laws,  rules or  regulations,  or such orders,
rules,  writs,  judgments,  injunctions,  decrees  or  ordinances.  Set forth on
Schedule 3.13 are all orders, writs, judgments,  injunctions,  decrees and other
awards  of any  court  or any  governmental  instrumentality  applicable  to the
Purchased  Assets or the Seller or its business and  operations.  The Seller has
delivered  to the Buyer copies of all  reports,  if any, of the Seller  required
under the Federal  Occupational  Safety and Health Act of 1970, as amended,  and
under  all  other  applicable  health  and  safety  laws  and  regulations.  The
deficiencies,  if any,  noted  on such  reports  or any  deficiencies  noted  by
inspection through the Closing Date have been corrected by the Seller.


                                        9

<PAGE>



     3.14 Insurance.

     (a) Schedule  3.14 of this  Agreement  sets forth a list of all policies of
liability,   theft,   fidelity,   life,  fire,  product   liability,   workmen's
compensation,  health and any other  insurance  and bonds  maintained  by, or on
behalf  of,  the  Seller on its  properties,  operations,  inventories,  assets,
business or  personnel  (specifying  the insurer,  amount of  coverage,  type of
insurance, policy number and any pending claims in excess of $5,000 thereunder).
Each such insurance policy identified  therein is and shall remain in full force
and effect on and as of the Closing  Date and the Seller is not in default  with
respect to any  provision  contained  in any such  insurance  policy and has not
failed to give any notice or present any claim under any such  insurance  policy
in a due and timely fashion.  The insurance  maintained by, or on behalf of, the
Seller is adequate in  accordance  with the  standards of business of comparable
size in the industry in which the Seller  operates and no notice of cancellation
or termination has been received with respect to any such policy. The Seller has
not,  during the last  three (3) fiscal  years,  been  denied or had  revoked or
rescinded any policy of insurance.

     (b) Set forth on Schedule  3.14 is a summary of  information  pertaining to
property  damage and  personal  injury  claims in excess of $5,000  against  the
Seller during the past five (5) years,  all of which are fully  satisfied or are
being defended by the insurance carrier and involve no exposure to the Seller.

     3.15 Taxes.  All federal,  state and local tax returns and reports required
as of the date hereof to be filed by the Seller for taxable periods ending prior
to the date  hereof  have  been duly and  timely  filed by the  Seller  with the
appropriate  governmental  agencies,  and all such returns and reports are true,
correct and complete. All federal, state and local income,  profits,  franchise,
sales, use, occupation,  property,  excise,  payroll,  withholding,  employment,
estimated and other taxes of any nature, including interest, penalties and other
additions to such taxes  ("Taxes"),  payable by, or due from, the Seller for all
periods  arising  on or  prior to the  Closing  Date  have  been  fully  paid or
adequately  reserved for by the Seller or, with respect to Taxes  required to be
accrued,  the Seller has properly  accrued or will properly accrue such Taxes in
the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice of the Seller. The
Seller  made a valid  election to be treated as an "S  Corporation"  for federal
income  tax  purposes  which  election,  as  of  the  Closing,  will  have  been
continuously in effect since January 1, 1996.  Nothing contained in this Section
3.15 shall  relieve  the Buyer from its  obligations  to pay any Taxes which are
included in the Assumed Liabilities;  and the payment of such Taxes by the Buyer
shall not relieve the Seller from any  liability  it may have under this Section
3.15.

     3.16  Litigation.  Except  as set  forth in  Schedule  3.16,  there  are no
actions, suits, claims, investigations or legal or administrative or arbitration
proceedings  pending,  or to the Seller's  knowledge,  threatened or probable of
assertion,  against  the  Seller  with  respect to the  Purchased  Assets or the
Assumed  Liabilities or the business of the Seller. The Seller knows of no basis
for the institution of any such suit or proceeding.  The Seller is not now under
any judgment, order, writ, injunction, decree, award or other similar command of
any court, administrative agency or other

                                       10

<PAGE>



governmental  authority  applicable  to the business of the Seller or any of the
Purchased Assets or Assumed Liabilities.

     3.17 Powers of Attorney. Except as set forth in Schedule 3.17, there are no
persons,  firms,  associates,  corporations,  business  organizations  or  other
entities holding general or special powers of attorney from the Seller.

     3.18  Broker's and  Finder's  Fees.  Except as disclosed to the Buyer,  the
Seller has not  incurred  any  liability  to any broker,  finder or agent or any
other  person  or  entity  for  any  fees or  commissions  with  respect  to the
transactions  contemplated  by this  Agreement,  and the Seller hereby agrees to
assume all liability to any such broker,  finder or agent or any other person or
entity claiming any such fee or commission.

     3.19 Employee  Relations.  The Seller employs a total of approximately  132
employees as of July 31,  1997.  Except as set forth in Schedule  3.19:  (a) the
Seller  is not  delinquent  in the  payment  (i) to or on  behalf of any past or
present employees of any cash or other compensation for all periods prior to the
date  hereof  or the date of the  Closing,  as the  case may be,  or (ii) of any
amount  which is due and  payable  to any state or state  fund  pursuant  to any
workers' compensation statute, rule or regulation or any amount which is due and
payable  to any  workers'  compensation  claimant;  (b) there are no  collective
bargaining  agreements  currently  in effect  between  the  Seller and any labor
unions  or  organizations  representing  any  employees  of the  Seller;  (c) no
collective bargaining agreement is currently being negotiated by the Seller; (d)
there  are no union  organizational  drives  in  progress  and there has been no
formal or informal  request to the Seller for  collective  bargaining  or for an
employee election from any union or from the National Labor Relations Board; and
(e) no dispute  exists  between the Seller and any of its sales  representatives
or, to the knowledge of the Seller,  between any such sales representatives with
respect  to  territory,  commissions,  products  or any  other  terms  of  their
representation.

     3.20  Compensation.  Schedule  3.20  contains a schedule  of all  employees
(including sales representatives) and consultants of the Seller whose individual
cash  compensation  for the year ended  December 31, 1996,  or projected for the
year ended December 31, 1997, is in excess of $75,000,  together with the amount
of total compensation paid to each such person for the twelve month period ended
December  31,  1996  and the  current  aggregate  base  salary  or  hourly  rate
(including any bonus or commission) for each such person.

     3.21 Patents; Trademarks; Trade Names; Copyrights; Licenses, Etc. Except as
set forth on Schedule  3.21,  there are no  patents,  trademarks,  trade  names,
service marks, service names and registered copyrights which are material to the
Seller's  business and there are no applications  therefor or licenses  thereof,
inventions,  computer software,  logos or slogans,  which are owned or leased by
the Seller or used in the conduct of the  Seller's  business.  The Seller is not
individually  or  jointly a party to, nor pays a royalty  to anyone  under,  any
license or similar  agreement.  There is no existing claim, or, to the knowledge
of the  Seller,  any basis for any claim,  against  the  Seller  that any of its
operations,  activities  or products  infringe  the patents,  trademarks,  trade
names,  copyrights  or other  property  rights of  others or that the  Seller is
wrongfully or

                                       11

<PAGE>



otherwise  using the property  rights of others.  The Seller is the owner of the
names  set forth on  Schedule  3.21 (the  "Proprietary  Names")  in the State of
Georgia and, to the knowledge of the Seller, no person uses, or has the right to
use, such name or any  derivation  thereof in connection  with the  manufacture,
sale, marketing or distribution of products or services commonly associated with
an automobile dealership.

     3.22 Accounts Payable.  All accounts payable of the Seller to third parties
as of the date hereof  arose in the  ordinary  course of  business  and none are
delinquent or past due.

     3.23 No  Undisclosed  Liabilities.  The Seller  does not have any  material
liabilities or obligations of any nature, known or unknown, fixed or contingent,
matured  or  unmatured,   other  than  those  (a)  reflected  in  the  Financial
Statements,  (b) incurred in the ordinary  course of business  since the date of
the Financial Statements, or (c) disclosed specifically on Schedule 3.23.

     3.24 Certain Transactions.  Except as set forth in Schedule 3.24, there are
no  contracts,  agreements  or other  arrangements  between  the  Seller and the
Shareholder  (including  the  Shareholder's  affiliates),  or  the  Seller's  or
Shareholder's  (including the Shareholder's  affiliates) directors,  officers or
salaried  employees,  or the family  members or  affiliates  of any of the above
(other than for  services in the  ordinary  course as  employees,  officers  and
directors).

     3.25  Business  Generally.  The Seller is not aware of the existence of any
conditions,  including,  without limitation, any actual or potential competitive
factors in the  markets in which the  Seller  participates,  which have not been
disclosed to the Buyer and which could reasonably be expected to have a material
adverse effect on the business and operations of the Seller,  other than general
business and economic conditions affecting the industry and markets in which the
Seller participates.

     3.26 Employee Benefits.

     (a) The Seller has listed on Schedule 3.26, and has delivered to the Buyer,
true and complete  copies of all Employee  Plans (as defined  below) and related
documents, established,  maintained or contributed to by the Seller (which shall
include for this  purpose and for the purpose of all of the  representations  in
this  Section  3.26,  the  Shareholder   and  all  employers,   whether  or  not
incorporated,  that are treated  together  with the Seller as a single  employer
with the meaning of Section  414 of the Code).  The term  "Employee  Plan" shall
include all plans  described in Section 3(3) of the Employee  Retirement  Income
Security  Act of 1974,  as amended  ("ERISA")  and also shall  include,  without
limitation,  any  deferred  compensation,  stock,  employee  or retiree  pension
benefit,  welfare  benefit or other  similar  fringe or employee  benefit  plan,
program,  policy,  contract  or  arrangement,  written  or  oral,  qualified  or
nonqualified,  funded or unfunded,  foreign or domestic,  covering  employees or
former  employees of the Seller and  maintained or contributed to by the Seller.
As used in this Agreement,  "Code" shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986,
as amended.


                                       12

<PAGE>



     (b) Where  applicable,  each  Employee  Plan (i) has been  administered  in
material compliance with the terms of such Employee Plan and the requirements of
ERISA and the Code;  and (ii) is in material  compliance  with the reporting and
disclosure  requirements  of ERISA and the Code. The Seller does not maintain or
contribute  to, and have never  maintained or  contributed  to, an Employee Plan
subject  to  Title IV of ERISA or a  "multiemployer  plan."  There  are no facts
relating  to  any  Employee  Plan  that  (i)  have  resulted  in  a  "prohibited
transaction"  of a material  nature or have resulted or is reasonably  likely to
result in the imposition of a material excise tax, penalty or liability pursuant
to  Section  4975 of the  Code,  (ii)  have  resulted  in a  material  breach of
fiduciary  duty or  violation  of Part 4 of  Title I of  ERISA,  or  (iii)  have
resulted or could result in any material  liability  (whether or not asserted as
of the date hereof) of the Seller or any ERISA affiliate pursuant to Section 412
of the Code arising under or related to any event, act or omission  occurring on
or prior to the date  hereof.  Each  Employee  Plan that is  intended to qualify
under Section  401(a) or to be exempt under Section  501(c)(g) of the Code is so
qualified or exempt as of the date hereof in each case as such Employee Plan has
received favorable  determination letters from the Internal Revenue Service with
respect thereto. To the knowledge of the Seller, the amendments to and operation
of any Employee Plan subsequent to the issuance of such determination letters do
not adversely affect the qualified status of any such Employee Plan. No Employee
Plan has an "accumulated  funding deficiency" as of the date hereof,  whether or
not waived,  and no waiver has been applied for. The Seller has made no promises
or incurred any liability under any Employee Plan or otherwise to provide health
or  other  welfare  benefits  to  former  employees  of the  Seller,  except  as
specifically  required by law. There are no pending or, to the best knowledge of
the  Seller,  threatened  claims  (other  than  routine  claims for  benefit) or
lawsuits with respect to any of Seller's Employee Plans. As used in this Section
3.26, all technical terms enclosed in quotation marks shall have the meaning set
forth in ERISA.

     3.27 Seller and Shareholder Not Foreign Persons. Neither the Seller nor the
Shareholder  is a  "foreign  person" as that term is defined in the Code and the
regulations  promulgated pursuant thereto, and the Buyer has no obligation under
Section  1445 of the  Code to  withhold  or pay  over to the IRS any part of the
"amount  realized"  (as such term is defined  in the  regulations  issued  under
Section  1445  of  the  Code)  by  the  Seller  and/or  the  Shareholder  in the
transactions contemplated hereby.

     3.28 Suppliers and Customers. The Seller is not required to provide bonding
or any other security  arrangements in connection with any transactions with any
of its customers or suppliers. To the knowledge of the Seller, no such supplier,
customer or creditor intends or has threatened, or reasonably could be expected,
to terminate or modify any of their respective relationships with the Seller.


                                       13

<PAGE>



     3.29 Environmental Matters.

     (a) For purposes of this Section 3.29,  the following  terms shall have the
following meaning: (i) "Environmental Law" means all present and future federal,
state and local laws, statutes,  regulations,  rules, ordinances and common law,
and all judgments, decrees, orders, agreements, or permits, issued, promulgated,
approved  or  entered  thereunder  by  any  government   authority  relating  to
pollution,  Hazardous Materials,  worker safety or protection of human health or
the  environment.   (ii)  "Hazardous  Materials"  means  any  waste,  pollutant,
chemical,  hazardous material,  hazardous substance, toxic substance,  hazardous
waste, special waste, solid waste,  petroleum or petroleum-derived  substance or
waste  (regardless of specific  gravity),  or any  constituent or  decomposition
product of any such pollutant,  material, substance or waste, including, but not
limited to, any hazardous  substance or constituent  contained  within any waste
and any other  pollutant,  material,  substance or waste  regulated  under or as
defined by any Environmental Law.

     (b) The Seller has obtained all permits,  licenses and other authorizations
or approvals required under  Environmental Laws for the conduct and operation of
the Purchased Assets ("Environmental  Permits").  All such Environmental Permits
are in good  standing,  the Seller is and has been in compliance  with the terms
and  conditions of all such  Environmental  Permits,  and no appeal or any other
action is pending or threatened to revoke any such Environmental Permit.

     (c) The Seller  and the  Purchased  Assets are and have been in  compliance
with all Environmental Laws.

     (d) Neither the Seller nor the Shareholder has received any written or oral
order,  notice,  complaint,  request  for  information,  claim,  demand or other
communication  from any government  authority or other person,  whether based in
contract,  tort,  implied or express warranty,  strict  liability,  or any other
common law  theory,  or any  criminal  or civil  statute,  arising  from or with
respect to (i) the  presence,  release or  threatened  release of any  Hazardous
Material or any other environmental  condition on, in or under the Real Property
or any other property  formerly  owned,  used or leased by the Seller,  (ii) any
other circumstances  forming the basis of any actual or alleged violation by the
Seller  of any  Environmental  Law or any  liability  of the  Seller  under  any
Environmental  Law, (iii) any remedial or removal action required to be taken by
the Seller under any  Environmental  Law, or (iv) any harm,  injury or damage to
real or personal  property,  natural  resources,  the  environment or any person
alleged to have  resulted  from the  foregoing,  nor is the Seller  aware of any
facts which might  reasonably  give rise to such  notice or  communication.  The
Seller has not entered into any agreements concerning any removal or remediation
of Hazardous Materials

     (e) No lawsuits,  claims, civil actions,  criminal actions,  administrative
proceedings,  investigations  or  enforcement  or other  actions  are pending or
threatened  under any  Environmental  Law with respect to the Seller or the Real
Property.


                                       14

<PAGE>



     (f) No Hazardous Materials are or have been released,  discharged,  spilled
or disposed of onto, or migrated  onto,  the Real Property or any other property
previously  owned,  operated  or  leased  by the  Seller,  and no  environmental
condition  exists  (including,   without  limitation,  the  presence,   release,
threatened  release or  disposal  of  Hazardous  Materials)  related to the Real
Property, to any property previously owned, operated or leased by the Seller, or
to the Seller's past or present  operations,  which would constitute a violation
of any  Environmental  Law or  otherwise  give  rise to  costs,  liabilities  or
obligations under any Environmental Law.

     (g)  Neither  the  Seller  nor  any of its  predecessors  in  interest  has
transported or disposed of, or arranged for the  transportation  or disposal of,
any  Hazardous  Materials  to any  location  (i) which is listed on the National
Priorities  List,  the  CERCLIS  list  under  the  Comprehensive   Environmental
Response,  Compensation  and Liability  Act of 1980, as amended,  or any similar
federal, state or local list, (ii) which is the subject of any federal, state or
local enforcement action or other investigation, or (iii) about which the Seller
or the  Shareholder  has  received  or  have  reason  to  expect  to  receive  a
potentially  responsible  party notice or other  notice under any  Environmental
Law.

     (h) No  environmental  lien has attached or is threatened to be attached to
the Real Property.

     (i) No employee of the Seller in the course of his or her  employment  with
the  Seller has been  exposed to any  Hazardous  Materials  or other  substance,
generated,  produced  or used by the Seller  which  could give rise to any claim
(whether or not such claim has been asserted) against the Seller.

     (j)  Except as set  forth on  Schedule  3.29,  the Real  Property  does not
contain any: (i) septic tanks into which  process  wastewater  or any  Hazardous
Materials have been disposed;  (ii) asbestos;  (iii)  polychlorinated  biphenyls
(PCBs);  (iv)  underground  injection or monitoring  wells;  or (v)  underground
storage tanks.

     (k) The Seller has not agreed to assume, defend,  undertake,  guarantee, or
provide indemnification for, any liability,  including,  without limitation, any
obligation  for  corrective  or remedial  action,  of any other person under any
Environmental Law for environmental matters or conditions.

     (l) Except as set forth on Schedule 3.29,  there have been no environmental
studies or reports made relating to the Real  Property or any other  property or
facility previously owned, operated or leased by the Seller.

     3.30 Bank  Accounts and Safe Deposit  Boxes.  Schedule  3.30 lists all bank
accounts,  credit cards and safe deposit boxes in the name of, or controlled by,
the Seller,  and details about the persons  having  access to or authority  over
such accounts, credit cards and safe deposit boxes.


                                       15

<PAGE>



     3.31  Warranties.  Set forth on Schedule 3.31 are descriptions or copies of
the forms of all express  warranties  and  disclaimers  of warranty  made by the
Seller (separate and distinct from any applicable manufacturers',  suppliers' or
other  third-parties'  warranties or disclaimers of warranties)  during the past
five  (5)  years to  customers  or users of the  vehicles,  parts,  products  or
services  of the  Seller.  There  have been no breach of  warranty  or breach of
representation  claims  against the Seller  during the past five (5) years which
have  resulted in any cost,  expenditure  or exposure to the Seller of more than
$100,000 individually or in the aggregate.

     3.32 Interest in Competitors and Related  Entities.  Except as set forth on
Schedule 3.32,  neither the Shareholder nor any affiliate of the Shareholder (i)
has any direct or indirect  interest in any person or entity engaged or involved
in any business which is competitive  with the business of the Seller,  (ii) has
any direct or  indirect  interest  in any person or entity  which is a lessor of
assets or properties to,  material  supplier of, or provider of services to, the
Seller, or (iii) has a beneficial interest in any contract or agreement to which
the Seller is a party;  provided,  however,  the  foregoing  representation  and
warranty  shall not apply to any person or entity,  or any interest or agreement
with any person or entity,  which is a publicly  held  corporation  in which the
Shareholder and his affiliates individually and collectively own less than 3% of
the issued and outstanding voting stock.

     3.33 Availability of Seller's  Employees.  There have been no actions taken
by  the  Seller,  its  affiliates,  or  any of  their  respective  shareholders,
officers, directors, members, partners, managers or employees, to discourage, or
in any way prevent,  any of the  employees of the Seller from being hired by the
Buyer after Closing,  and as of the Closing each of the Seller's  employees will
be available without penalty for employment by the Buyer.

     3.34 Misstatements and Omissions. No representation or warranty made by the
Seller in this  Agreement,  and no  statement  contained in any  certificate  or
Schedule furnished or to be furnished by the Seller or the Shareholder  pursuant
hereto,  contains or will  contain any untrue  statement  of a material  fact or
omits or will  omit to state a  material  fact  necessary  in order to make such
representation or warranty or such statement not misleading.

                                    ARTICLE 4
                   REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE BUYER

     The Buyer hereby represents and warrants to the Seller as follows:

     4.1  Organization  and  Good  Standing.  The  Buyer is a  corporation  duly
organized,  validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of
Delaware.

     4.2 Authority; Consents; Enforceability.

     (a) Authority.  The Buyer has full corporate power and authority to execute
and deliver the Agreement and the other agreements and documents and instruments
contemplated  hereby,  to consummate the  transactions  contemplated  hereby and
thereby and to perform its

                                       16

<PAGE>



obligations hereunder and thereunder. The execution and delivery by the Buyer of
this Agreement and the other agreements,  documents and instruments contemplated
hereby,  the consummation by the Buyer of the transactions  contemplated  hereby
and thereby and the  performance by the Buyer of its  obligations  hereunder and
thereunder: (i) have been duly and validly authorized by all necessary corporate
action on the part of the  Buyer;  and (ii) do not and will  not,  except as set
forth on Schedule 4.2, (A) conflict with or violate any of the provisions of the
Certificate  of  Incorporation  or By-laws of the Buyer,  (B)  violate  any law,
ordinance, rule or regulation or any judgment, order, writ, injunction or decree
or similar command of any court  administrative or governmental  agency or other
body  applicable  to the Buyer or any of its assets,  or (C) violate or conflict
with the  terms  of,  or result in the  acceleration  of,  any  indebtedness  or
obligation of the Buyer under, or violate or conflict with or result in a breach
by the  Buyer of,  or  constitute  a default  under,  any  material  instrument,
agreement  or indenture or any  mortgage,  deed of trust or similar  contract to
which the Buyer is a party or by which  the  Buyer or any of its  assets  may be
otherwise  bound or  affected;  or (D) require  the  consent,  authorization  or
approval of, or notice to, or filing or registration with, any governmental body
or authority, or any other third party.

     4.3 Broker's and Finder's Fees. The Buyer has not incurred any liability to
any  broker,  finder  or agent or any other  person  or  entity  for any fees or
commissions with respect to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, and
the Buyer hereby  agrees to assume all  liability to any such broker,  finder or
agent or any other person or entity claiming any such fee or commission.

     4.4 Litigation.  There are no actions,  suits,  claims,  investigations  or
legal or  administrative or arbitration  proceedings  pending or, to the Buyer's
knowledge,  threatened  or probable of  assertion,  against the Buyer before any
court,  governmental  or  administrative  agency or other body  relating to this
Agreement  and/or the  transactions  contemplated  hereby.  The Buyer is not now
under any judgment, order, writ, injunction,  decree or other similar command of
any court,  administrative  agency or other governmental  agency which relate to
this Agreement and/or the transactions contemplated hereby.

     4.5  Misstatements or Omissions.  No representation or warranty made by the
Buyer in this  Agreement,  and no  statement  contained  in any  certificate  or
Schedule  furnished  or to be  furnished  by the Buyer to the Seller  and/or the
Shareholder  pursuant hereto,  contains or will contain an untrue statement of a
material fact or omits or will omit to state a material fact  necessary in order
to make such representation or warranty or such statement not misleading.

                                    ARTICLE 5
                              PRE-CLOSING COVENANTS
                        OF THE SHAREHOLDER AND THE SELLER

     The  Seller,  and the  Shareholder  to the extent set forth  below,  hereby
covenant and agree that from and after the date hereof until the Closing:


                                       17

<PAGE>



     5.1 Provide Access to Information; Cooperation with Buyer.

     (a) Access.  The Seller and the Shareholder  shall afford to the Buyer, its
attorneys, accountants, and such other representatives of the Buyer as the Buyer
shall designate to the Seller, free and full access at all reasonable times, and
upon reasonable prior notice, to the Purchased Assets and the properties,  books
and records of the Seller, and to interview  personnel,  suppliers and customers
of the Seller,  in order that the Buyer may have full  opportunity  to make such
investigation as it shall  reasonably  desire of the Purchased  Assets,  Assumed
Liabilities  and the business and  operations  of the Seller.  In addition,  the
Seller  shall  provide  to the Buyer  and its  representatives  such  additional
financial and operating  data and other  information in respect of the Purchased
Assets, Assumed Liabilities and the business and operations of the Seller as the
Buyer shall from time to time reasonably request.

     (b) Cooperation in IPO Preparation.  The Seller and the Shareholder  shall,
at the Buyer's sole expense,  cooperate with the Buyer in the preparation of any
description of the  transactions  contemplated  by this Agreement  deemed by the
Buyer,  in  its  sole  discretion,  as  necessary  for  the  completion  of  any
registration  statement,  prospectus or amendment or supplement thereto prepared
in connection  with the closing of the Initial  Public  Offering  ("IPO") of the
Buyer's securities.

     (c) Cooperation in Obtaining Consents. The Seller and Shareholder shall use
reasonable best efforts in cooperating  with the Buyer in the preparation of and
delivery to all applicable automobile manufacturers or distributors,  as soon as
practicable  after the date  hereof,  of an  application  and other  information
necessary to obtain such automobile  manufacturer's or distributor's  consent to
or  the  approval  of  the  transactions   contemplated  by  this  Agreement  as
contemplated by Section 7.10.

     5.2  Operation of Business of the Seller.  At all times before the Closing,
the Seller shall (a)  maintain its  corporate  existence in good  standing,  (b)
operate  its  business  substantially  as  presently  operated  and  only in the
ordinary course and consistent  with past  operations and its obligations  under
any  existing  agreements  with  all  applicable  automobile   manufacturers  or
distributors, (c) use its reasonable best efforts to preserve intact its present
business  organizations and employees and its relationships  with persons having
business  dealings  with its,  including,  but not  limited  to, all  applicable
automobile manufacturers or distributors and any floor plan financing creditors,
(d) comply in all respects with all applicable laws, rules and regulations,  (e)
maintain its insurance  coverages,  (f) pay all Taxes,  charges and  assessments
when due,  subject to any valid objection or contest of such amounts asserted in
good faith and adequately  reserved against,  (g) make all debt service payments
when  contractually  due and  payable,  (h) pay all  accounts  payable and other
current  liabilities when due, (i) maintain the Employee Plans, (j) maintain the
property, plant and equipment included in the Purchased Assets in good operating
condition in  accordance  with  industry  standards  taking into account the age
thereof, (k) maintain its books and records of account in the usual, regular and
ordinary manner, (l) use its reasonable best efforts to encourage such personnel
of the Seller as the Buyer may  designate in writing to become  employees of the
Buyer after the date of the  Closing,  (m) use its  reasonable  best  efforts to
preserve the current

                                       18

<PAGE>



terms and conditions of the Existing Leases related to the Leased Property,  and
(n) not pay any dividends or make any distributions in excess of its net income,
and  otherwise  use  its  reasonable  best  efforts  to  pay  dividends  to  the
Shareholder  only to the extent that such payment  will,  as nearly as possible,
result in a net book value of not less than $10,500,000.

     5.3 Other Changes.  The Seller shall not, without the prior written consent
of the Buyer (a) engage in any reorganization or similar transaction,  (b) agree
to take any of the foregoing  actions,  (c) enter into any contract,  agreement,
undertaking  or  commitment  which  would have been  required to be set forth in
Schedule  3.6 if in  effect  on the date  hereof  or  enter in to any  contract,
agreement,  undertaking or commitment which cannot be assigned to the Buyer or a
permitted  assignee of the Buyer, or (d) take, cause, agree to take or cause, or
permit to occur any of the  actions or events  set forth in Section  3.5 of this
Agreement.

     5.4  Additional  Information.  The Seller  shall  furnish to the Buyer such
additional  information  with  respect  to any  matters  or  events  arising  or
discovered subsequent to the date hereof which, if existing or known on the date
hereof, would have rendered any representation or warranty made by the Seller or
any  information  contained  in any  Schedule  hereto  or in  other  information
supplied in connection  herewith then  inaccurate or incomplete.  The receipt of
such  additional  information  by the Buyer shall not operate as a waiver by the
Buyer of the  obligation of the Seller to satisfy the  conditions to Closing set
forth in Section 7.1 hereof;  provided,  however,  if such information  shall be
furnished to the Buyer in a writing which shall also  specifically  refer to one
or more  representations  and warranties of the Seller contained herein which in
the absence of such  information is inaccurate or incomplete,  then if the Buyer
waives in writing the  condition to Closing set forth in said Section 7.1 hereof
and elects to close the transactions  contemplated hereunder,  the furnishing of
such  additional  information  shall be deemed to have amended as of the Closing
any such representation and warranty so specifically referred to by the Seller.

     5.5  Publicity.  Except  as may be  required  by  law  or as  necessary  in
connection  with  the  transactions  contemplated  hereby,  the  Seller  and the
Shareholder  shall not (i) make any press  release or other public  announcement
relating to this Agreement or the transactions  contemplated hereby, without the
prior written  approval of the Buyer and (ii)  otherwise  disclose the existence
and nature of their  discussions  or  negotiations  regarding  the  transactions
contemplated  hereby to any  person  or entity  other  than  their  accountants,
attorneys  and  similar  professionals,  all of whom  shall be  subject  to this
nondisclosure  obligation  as agents of the Seller and the  Shareholder,  as the
case may be. The Seller and the  Shareholder  shall  cooperate with the Buyer in
the  preparation  and   dissemination   of  any  public   announcements  of  the
transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

     5.6 Other  Negotiations.  Neither  the  Seller  nor the  Shareholder  shall
pursue,  initiate,  encourage or engage in any negotiations or discussions with,
or provide any  information  to, any person or entity  (other than the Buyer and
its  representatives and affiliates)  regarding the sale of the assets,  capital
stock  or  membership   interests  of  any  of  the  Seller  or  any  merger  or
consolidation or similar transaction involving the Seller.


                                       19

<PAGE>



     5.7 Closing Conditions. The Seller shall use all reasonable best efforts to
satisfy  promptly  the  conditions  to  Closing  set  forth in  Article 7 hereof
required herein to be satisfied by the Seller.

     5.8 Environmental Audit. The Seller shall allow an environmental consulting
firm selected by the Buyer (the  "Environmental  Auditor") to have prompt access
to the Property in order to conduct an environmental investigation, satisfactory
to the  Buyer in scope  (such  scope  being  sufficient  to  result in a Phase I
environmental audit report and a Phase II environmental audit report, if desired
by the Buyer),  of, and to prepare a report with  respect to, the Real  Property
(the  "Environmental  Audit").  The Seller  shall  provide to the  Environmental
Auditor:  (i) reasonable  access to all of its existing  records  concerning the
matters which are the subject of the  Environmental  Audit;  and (ii) reasonable
access to the  employees  of the Seller and the last known  addresses  of former
employees  of the Seller who are most  familiar  with the matters  which are the
subject  of the  Environmental  Audit (the  Seller  agreeing  to use  reasonable
efforts to have such  former  employees  respond to any  reasonable  requests or
inquiries by the Environmental  Auditor).  The Seller shall otherwise  cooperate
with the Environmental  Auditor in connection with the Environmental  Audit. The
Buyer  and the  Seller  shall  each  bear 50% of the  costs,  fees and  expenses
incurred  in  connection  with  the  preparation  of  the  Environmental  Audit;
provided, however, the Seller shall not be obligated to share in the costs, fees
or expenses of any Phase II testing unless such testing was warranted based upon
the relevant Phase I test.

     5.9 Hart-Scott-Rodino Compliance. Subject to the determination by the Buyer
that any of the  following  actions is not required,  the Seller shall  promptly
prepare  and file  Notification  and Report  Forms  under the  Hart-Scott-Rodino
Antitrust  Improvements Act of 1976, as amended (the "HSR Act") with the Federal
Trade  Commission  (the "FTC") and respond as  promptly  as  practicable  to all
inquiries  received from the FTC or the Antitrust  Division of the Department of
Justice (the "Antitrust Division") for additional information or documentation.

     5.10 Audit of Seller at Buyer's Expense. The Seller shall allow,  cooperate
with and assist the Buyer and the Buyer's  accountants,  and shall  instruct the
Seller's  accountants  to cooperate,  in the  preparation  of audited  financial
statements of the Seller as necessary for the IPO;  provided that the expense of
such audit shall be borne by the Buyer.

                                    ARTICLE 6
                       PRE-CLOSING COVENANTS OF THE BUYER

     The Buyer hereby  covenants and agrees that, from and after the date hereof
until the Closing:

     6.1 Publicity; Disclosure. Except as may be required by law or as necessary
in connection with the  transactions  contemplated  hereby or in connection with
the preparation and filing of any registration  statement regarding the IPO, the
Buyer shall not (i) make any press release or other public announcement relating
to this Agreement or the  transactions  contemplated  hereby,  without the prior
written approval of the Seller and the Shareholder,  or (ii) otherwise  disclose
the

                                       20

<PAGE>



existence  and  nature  of  its  discussions  or   negotiations   regarding  the
transactions  contemplated  hereby  to any  person  or  entity  other  than  its
accountants,  attorneys and similar professionals,  all of whom shall be subject
to this  nondisclosure  obligation  as agents  of the  Buyer.  The  Buyer  shall
cooperate  with  the  Seller  and  the   Shareholder  in  the   preparation  and
dissemination of any public  announcements  of the transactions  contemplated by
this Agreement.  Subject to the Buyer's legal  obligations and the advice of its
IPO  underwriters,  the Buyer  shall  submit to the Seller for its  pre-approval
(such  approval  shall  not be  unreasonably  withheld)  of the  content  of any
disclosures in the IPO context about the transactions contemplated hereby.

                  6.2 Closing  Conditions.  The Buyer  shall use all  reasonable
best efforts to satisfy  promptly the conditions to Closing set forth in Article
8 hereof required herein to be satisfied by the Buyer.

     6.3 Application to Automobile Manufactures and Distributors. Subject to the
reasonable  cooperation of the Seller, the Buyer shall provide to all applicable
automobile  manufacturers  and  distributors  promptly  after the  execution and
delivery of this Agreement any application or other  information with respect to
such  application  necessary in  connection  with the seeking of the consents of
such manufacturers and distributors contemplated by Section 7.10.

     6.4 Hart-Scott-Rodino Compliance. Subject to the determination by the Buyer
that any of the  following  actions is not  required,  the Buyer shall  promptly
prepare and file  Notification  and Report  Forms under the HSR Act with the FTC
and respond as promptly as practicable to all inquiries received from the FTC or
the Antitrust  Division for additional  information or documentation,  and Buyer
shall pay all filing fees in connection therewith.

                                    ARTICLE 7
                CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO OBLIGATIONS OF THE BUYER

     The  obligations  of the Buyer under this  Agreement at the Closing and the
consummation by the Buyer of the transactions contemplated hereby are subject to
the  satisfaction or fulfillment by the Seller,  prior to or at the Closing,  of
each of the following conditions, unless waived in writing by the Buyer:

     7.1 Representations and Warranties. The representations and warranties made
by the  Seller  in this  Agreement  shall be true and  correct  in all  material
respects  at and as of the date of this  Agreement  and at and as of the Closing
Date as though such  representations  and warranties were made at and as of such
times.

     7.2  Performance  of  Obligations  of  the  Seller.   The  Seller  and  the
Shareholder  shall  have  performed  and  complied  with  all  their  covenants,
agreements,  obligations and restrictions pursuant to this Agreement required to
be performed or complied with by them prior to or at the Closing.


                                       21

<PAGE>



     7.3 Closing  Certificate.  The Seller shall have  delivered a  certificate,
signed by the Seller's  President and dated the Closing Date,  certifying to the
satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Sections 7.1 and 7.2 hereof.

     7.4  Opinion  of  Counsel.  The Buyer  shall  have  received  an opinion of
Kaufman,  Chaiken,  Miller &  Klorfein,  counsel to the Seller and  Shareholder,
dated the Closing Date, in substantially the form of Exhibit 7.4.

     7.5 Supporting Documents. The Buyer shall have received from the Seller the
following:

     (a) A Certificate  of the Secretary of State of the State of South Carolina
dated as of a recent date as to the due  incorporation  and good standing of the
Seller;

     (b) To the extent  applicable,  one or more  certificates of officials from
the  jurisdictions  listed on Schedule 3.1 hereto as to the good standing of the
Seller in such jurisdictions;

     (c) A certificate of the Secretary or an Assistant  Secretary of the Seller
dated the  Closing  Date and  certifying  (i) that  attached  thereto  are true,
complete and correct copies of the certificate of  incorporation  and by-laws of
the  Seller,  as amended to and as in effect on the date of such  certification,
(ii)  that  attached  thereto  are  true,  complete  and  correct  copies of the
resolutions duly adopted by the Board of Director of the Seller and Shareholder,
approving the  transactions  contemplated  hereby and authorizing the execution,
delivery  and  performance  by the  Seller  of this  Agreement  and the sale and
transfer  of  the  Purchased   Assets,   as  in  effect  on  the  date  of  such
certification,  and (iii) as to the  incumbency and signatures of those officers
of the Seller executing any instrument or other document delivered in connection
with such transactions;

     (d) Uniform  Commercial  Code Search Reports on Form UCC-11 with respect to
the Seller from the states and local jurisdictions where the principal places of
business of the Seller and the Purchased Assets are located; and

     (e) Such additional supporting documents and other information as the Buyer
or its counsel may reasonably request.

     7.6 Bill of Sale, Etc. The Buyer shall have received from the Seller a duly
executed  Bill of Sale  and all  necessary  deeds,  assignments,  documents  and
instruments to effect the transfers,  conveyances  and  assignments to the Buyer
referred to in Article 1 hereof,  and the Seller shall have taken such action as
shall be necessary to put the Buyer in actual  possession and exclusive  control
of each of the Purchased Assets (including,  without limitation, the delivery of
keys).

     7.7  Other  Agreements.  The  Buyer  shall  have  received  the  Employment
Agreement  and the  Non-Competition  Agreement,  duly  executed  by the  parties
thereto other than the Buyer.


                                       22

<PAGE>



     7.8 Books and Records.  The Buyer shall have received all books and records
of, or pertaining  to, the business of the Seller and the  Purchased  Assets and
Assumed Liabilities, except to the extent included in the Excluded Assets.

     7.9 Change of Name of Seller;  Use of  Seller's  Name by Buyer.  The Seller
shall have delivered to the Buyer all documents,  including, without limitation,
resolutions  of the  Board  of  Directors  of the  Seller  and the  Shareholder,
necessary  to effect a change of name of the Seller  after the Closing to a name
other than the  Seller's  name or any  variation  thereof  which  names shall be
sufficiently  different from the name of the Buyer and the Proprietary  Names as
to distinguish  them upon the records in the office of the Secretary of State of
Georgia  from such names.  The Seller  shall also have  delivered to the Buyer a
written  consent to the use by the Buyer or any parent,  subsidiary or affiliate
of the Buyer,  or any successor or assignee of any thereof,  of the  Proprietary
Names or any variant thereof and an agreement satisfactory to the Buyer that the
Seller will not use the Proprietary Names or any variant thereof,  except as may
be necessary for the winding up of the affairs of the Seller.

     7.10  Consents.  The Buyer shall have received duly executed  copies of all
consents, authorizations, approvals, notices, registrations and filings referred
to in Schedules 3.2 and 3.6, which are required for the Seller to consummate the
transactions  contemplated  hereby,  and  including,  but not  limited  to,  the
consents  of  all  applicable  automobile  manufacturers  and  distributors  and
consents of the respective landlords for the assignment of the Existing Leases.

     7.11 No Litigation. No action, suit or other proceeding shall be pending or
threatened  before any court,  tribunal  or  governmental  authority  seeking or
threatening  to  restrain  or  prohibit  the  consummation  of the  transactions
contemplated by this Agreement, or seeking to obtain damages in respect thereof,
or involving a claim that  consummation  thereof  would result in a violation of
any law,  rule,  decree  or  regulation  of any  governmental  authority  having
appropriate  jurisdiction,  and no order,  decree or ruling of any  governmental
authority or court shall have been entered challenging the legality, validity or
propriety  of  this  Agreement  or  the  transactions   contemplated  hereby  or
prohibiting,  restraining  or  otherwise  preventing  the  consummation  of  the
transactions contemplated hereby.

     7.12 Authorizations. The Buyer shall have received evidence of the transfer
to the Buyer of all Authorizations referred to in Section 3.12 of this Agreement
or, to the extent the  Authorizations  are not  transferrable,  the Seller shall
have effectively  obtained or made on behalf of the Buyer, or assisted the Buyer
in obtaining or making, all such Authorizations.

     7.13 No Material Adverse Change or Undisclosed Liability.  There shall have
been no material  adverse  change or  development  in the  business,  prospects,
properties, earnings, results of operations or financial condition of the Seller
or any of the Purchased Assets or Assumed Liabilities.

     7.14 Approval of Legal Matters.  The form of all instruments,  certificates
and documents to be executed and  delivered by the Seller to the Buyer  pursuant
to this Agreement and

                                       23

<PAGE>



all legal matters in respect of the transactions as herein contemplated shall be
reasonably  satisfactory  to the Buyer and its counsel,  none of whose  approval
shall be unreasonably withheld or delayed.

     7.15 Adverse  Laws. No statute,  rule,  regulation or order shall have been
adopted or promulgated which materially  adversely affects the Purchased Assets,
the Assumed Liabilities or the business of the Seller.

     7.16 Hart-Scott-Rodino Waiting Period. All applicable waiting periods under
the HSR Act shall have expired without any indication by the Antitrust  Division
or  the  FTC  that  either  of  them  intends  to  challenge  the   transactions
contemplated  hereby  or,  if any such  challenge  or  investigation  is made or
commenced,  the  conclusion  of such  challenge  or  investigation  permits  the
transactions contemplated hereby in all material respects.

                                    ARTICLE 8
                       CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO OBLIGATIONS
                                  OF THE SELLER

     The  obligations  of the Seller under this Agreement at the Closing and the
consummation by the Seller of the transactions  contemplated  hereby are subject
to the satisfaction or fulfillment by the Buyer, prior to or at the Closing,  of
each of the following conditions, unless waived in writing by the Seller:


     8.1 Representations and Warranties. The representations and warranties made
by the  Buyer  in this  Agreement  shall  be true and  correct  in all  material
respects  at and as of the date of this  Agreement  and at and as of the Closing
Date as though such  representations  and warranties were made at and as of such
times.

     8.2 Performance of Obligations of the Buyer. The Buyer shall have performed
and complied with all its covenants,  agreements,  obligations and  restrictions
pursuant to this Agreement required to be performed or complied with prior to or
at the Closing.

     8.3  Closing  Certificate.  The Buyer shall have  delivered a  certificate,
signed by the Buyer's  President and dated the Closing  Date,  certifying to the
satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Sections 8.1 and 8.2 hereto.

     8.4 Payment of Purchase Price.  The Buyer shall have tendered to the Seller
payment of the portion of the  Purchase  Price  payable at the Closing and shall
have placed into escrow the Escrowed Amount.

     8.5  Opinion of  Counsel.  The Seller  shall  have  received  an opinion of
Parker,  Poe, Adams & Bernstein L.L.P.,  counsel to the Buyer, dated the Closing
Date, in substantially the form of Exhibit 8.5.


                                       24

<PAGE>



     8.6 Supporting Documents. The Seller shall have received the following:

     (a) A certificate  of the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware dated
as of a recent date as to the due incorporation and good standing of the Buyer;

     (b) A certificate  of the Secretary or an Assistant  Secretary of the Buyer
dated the Closing Date,  and  certifying  (i) that  attached  thereto is a true,
complete and correct copy of the certificate of incorporation and by-laws of the
Buyer, as amended and as in effect on the date of such certification,  (ii) that
attached  thereto are true,  complete and correct copies of the resolutions duly
adopted  by the Board of  Directors  of the  Buyer  approving  the  transactions
contemplated  hereby and authorizing the execution,  delivery and performance by
the Buyer of this Agreement, as in effect on the date of such certification, and
(iii) as to the  incumbency  and  signatures  of certain  officers  of the Buyer
executing any  instrument or other  document  delivered in connection  with such
transactions; and

     (c) Copies of all authorizations, consents, approvals, notices, filings and
registrations referred to in Section 4.2 hereof.

     8.7 Approval of Legal Matters.  The form of all  certificates,  instruments
and  documents  to be  executed  and/or  delivered  by the  Buyer to the  Seller
pursuant to this Agreement and all legal matters in respect of the  transactions
as herein  contemplated  shall be reasonably  satisfactory to the Seller and its
counsel, none of whose approval shall be unreasonably withheld or delayed.

     8.8  Employment   Agreement.   The  Shareholder  shall  have  received  the
Employment Agreement, duly executed by the Buyer.

     8.9 No Litigation.  No action, suit or other proceeding shall be pending or
threatened  before any court,  tribunal  or  governmental  authority  seeking or
threatening  to  restrain  or  prohibit  the  consummation  of the  transactions
contemplated by this Agreement, or seeking to obtain damages in respect thereof,
or involving a claim that  consummation  thereof  would result in a violation of
any law,  rule,  decree  or  regulation  of any  governmental  authority  having
appropriate  jurisdiction,  and no order,  decree or ruling of any  governmental
authority or court shall have been entered challenging the legality, validity or
propriety  of  this  Agreement  or  the  transactions   contemplated  hereby  or
prohibiting,  restraining  or  otherwise  preventing  the  consummation  of  the
transactions contemplated hereby.

     8.10 Hart-Scott-Rodino Waiting Period. All applicable waiting periods under
the HSR Act shall have expired without any indication by the Antitrust  Division
or  the  FTC  that  either  of  them  intends  to  challenge  the   transactions
contemplated  hereby,  or, if any such  challenge  or  investigation  is made or
commenced,  the  conclusion  of such  challenge  or  investigation  permits  the
transactions contemplated hereby in all material respects.



                                       25

<PAGE>



                                    ARTICLE 9
                      TRANSFER TAXES; PRORATION OF CHARGES

     9.1  Certain  Taxes and Fees.  All  sales,  transfer,  documentary,  stamp,
recording  and other  similar  taxes  and/or  fees and Taxes which may be due or
payable in connection  with the sale of the  Purchased  Assets  pursuant  hereto
shall be borne by the Seller.

     9.2 Proration of Certain Charges. The following taxes, charges and payments
("Charges")  shall, to the extent not reflected in the Closing Balance Sheet, be
prorated on a per diem basis and apportioned between the Seller and the Buyer as
of the date of the Closing:  personal property,  use, intangible taxes,  utility
charges, rental or lease charges, license fees, general assessments imposed with
respect to the Purchased Assets,  employee payrolls and insurance premiums.  The
Seller shall be liable for that  portion of the Charges  relating to, or arising
in respect of,  periods on or prior to the  Closing  Date and the Buyer shall be
liable for that  portion of the Charges  relating  to, or arising in respect of,
any period after the Closing Date.

                                   ARTICLE 10
                           SURVIVAL OF REPRESENTATIONS
                         AND WARRANTIES; INDEMNIFICATION

     10.1 Survival of Representations and Warranties.  All statements  contained
in any schedule or certificate  delivered hereunder or in connection herewith by
or on behalf of any of the parties  pursuant to this  Agreement  shall be deemed
representations  and  warranties  by the  respective  parties  hereunder  unless
otherwise  expressly provided herein. The  representations and warranties of the
Seller and the Buyer contained in this  Agreement,  including those contained in
any Schedule or certificate delivered hereunder or in connection herewith, shall
survive the Closing * with the exception of the  representations  and warranties
of the Seller  contained  in  Sections  3.7 and 3.15,  which  shall  survive the
Closing * . As to each  representation  and warranty of the parties hereto,  the
date to which such  representation  and warranty  shall  survive is  hereinafter
referred to as the "Survival Date."

     10.2 Agreement to Indemnify by the Seller and  Shareholder.  Subject to the
terms and  conditions  of  Sections  10.4 and 10.5  hereof,  the  Seller and the
Shareholder  hereby  agree,  jointly and  severally,  to indemnify  and save the
Buyer, its affiliates, and their respective shareholders,  officers,  directors,
employees, successors and assigns (each, a "Buyer Indemnitee") harmless from and
against,  for and in  respect  of,  any and all  demands,  judgments,  injuries,
penalties, fines, damages, losses, obligations,  liabilities, claims, actions or
causes of action, encumbrances,  costs, expenses (including, without limitation,
reasonable  attorneys'  fees,   consultants'  fees  and  expert  witness  fees),
suffered,  sustained,  incurred or  required to be paid by any Buyer  Indemnitee
(collectively, "Buyer's Damages") arising out of, based upon, in connection with
or as a result of:


*    Confidential portions omitted and filed separately with the Commission.


                                       26


<PAGE>




     (a) the untruth, inaccuracy or breach of any representation and warranty of
the Seller  contained in or made  pursuant to this  Agreement,  including in any
Schedule or certificate delivered hereunder or in connection herewith; provided,
however,  the Seller and the Shareholder shall have no obligation to pay Buyer's
Damages  pursuant to this  Subsection  10.2(a) unless and until (and only to the
extent  that) all claims with  respect of Buyer's  Damages  exceed a  cumulative
aggregate total of * ;

     (b) the breach or nonfulfillment of any covenant or agreement of the Seller
or the  Shareholder  contained  in  this  Agreement  or in any  other  agreement
document or instrument delivered hereunder or pursuant hereto;

     (c) the  assertion  against any Buyer  Indemnitee  or any of the  Purchased
Assets of any  liability or  obligation  arising out of or based upon any of the
Retained Liabilities; or

     (d)  all  claims  of   creditors   asserted  by  reason  of  the   parties'
non-compliance  with any applicable  bulk sales laws,  except to the extent that
amounts owed to such creditors are included in the Assumed Liabilities.

     10.3  Agreement  to  Indemnify  by the  Buyer.  Subject  to the  terms  and
conditions  of  Sections  10.4 and 10.5  hereof,  the  Buyer  hereby  agrees  to
indemnify and save the Seller and the  Shareholder,  their  affiliates and their
respective shareholders,  officers, directors, employees, successors and assigns
(each, a "Seller Indemnitee")  harmless from and against, for and in respect of,
any  and  all  demands,  judgments,   injuries,   penalties,   damages,  losses,
obligations,  liabilities,  claims,  actions or causes of action,  encumbrances,
costs and expenses (including,  without limitation,  reasonable  attorneys' fees
and expert witness fees) suffered, sustained, incurred or required to be paid by
any Seller  Indemnitee  arising out of, based upon, in  connection  with or as a
result of:

     (a) the untruth, inaccuracy or breach of any representation and warranty of
the Buyer  contained  in or made  pursuant to this  Agreement,  including in any
Schedule or certificate delivered hereunder or in connection herewith;

     (b) the breach or  nonfulfillment of any covenant or agreement of the Buyer
contained in this  Agreement or in any other  agreement,  document or instrument
delivered hereunder or pursuant hereto; or

     (c) the  assertion  against  any Seller  Indemnitee  of any of the  Assumed
Liabilities.

     10.4 Claims for Indemnification.  No claim for indemnification with respect
to a breach of a representation  and warranty shall be made under this Agreement
after the applicable


*    Confidential portions omitted and filed separately with the Commission.


                                       27


<PAGE>



Survival  Date unless prior to such  Survival  Date the Buyer  Indemnitee or the
Seller Indemnitee, as the case may be, shall have given the Seller or the Buyer,
as the case may be, written notice of such claim for indemnification  based upon
actual  loss  sustained,  or  potential  loss  anticipated,  as a result  of the
existence  of any  claim,  demand,  suit or cause of action  against  such Buyer
Indemnitee or Seller Indemnitee, as the case may be.

     10.5 Procedures Regarding Third Party Claims. The procedures to be followed
by the Buyer and the Seller and the Shareholder with respect to  indemnification
hereunder regarding claims by third persons shall be as follows:

     (a) Promptly after receipt by any Buyer Indemnitee or Seller Indemnitee, as
the case may be, of  notice  of the  commencement  of any  action or  proceeding
(including,  without  limitation,  any  notice  relating  to a tax audit) or the
assertion of any claim by a third person, which the person receiving such notice
has reason to believe may result in a claim by it for indemnity pursuant to this
Agreement,  such  person  (the  "Indemnified  Party")  shall give notice of such
action,  proceeding or claim to the party against whom indemnification  pursuant
hereto is sought (the "Indemnifying Party"),  setting forth in reasonable detail
the  nature  of  such  action  or  claim,   including   copies  of  any  written
correspondence from such third person to such Indemnified Party.

     (b) The  Indemnifying  Party  shall be  entitled,  at its own  expense,  to
participate in the defense of such action,  proceeding or claim, and, if (i) the
action,  proceeding  or claim  involved  seeks (and  continues  to seek)  solely
monetary  damages,  (ii)  the  Indemnifying  Party  confirms,  in  writing,  its
obligation  hereunder to indemnify and hold harmless the Indemnified  Party with
respect to such  damages in their  entirety  pursuant to  Sections  10.2 or 10.3
hereof,  as the case may be, and (iii) the  Indemnifying  Party  shall have made
provision  which,  in the  reasonable  judgment  of the  Indemnified  Party,  is
adequate  to satisfy any  adverse  judgment  as a result of its  indemnification
obligation  with  respect  to  such  action,   proceeding  or  claim,  then  the
Indemnifying  Party shall be entitled to assume and control  such  defense  with
counsel chosen by the Indemnifying  Party and approved by the Indemnified Party,
which approval shall not be  unreasonably  withheld or delayed.  The Indemnified
Party shall be entitled to participate therein after such assumption,  the costs
of such participation  following such assumption to be at its own expense.  Upon
assuming such defense,  the  Indemnifying  Party shall have full rights to enter
into any monetary  compromise or settlement  which is dispositive of the matters
involved;  provided,  that such  settlement is paid in full by the  Indemnifying
Party  and will not have any  direct or  indirect  continuing  material  adverse
effect upon the Indemnified Party.

     (c) With  respect to any  action,  proceeding  or claim as to which (i) the
Indemnifying  Party  does not have the right to assume  the  defense or (ii) the
Indemnifying Party shall not have exercised its right to assume the defense, the
Indemnified  Party shall  assume and  control  the  defense of and contest  such
action,  proceeding  or claim  with  counsel  chosen by it and  approved  by the
Indemnifying  Party,  which approval  shall not be  unreasonably  withheld.  The
Indemnifying  Party  shall be  entitled  to  participate  in the defense of such
action,  the  cost  of  such  participation  to  be  at  its  own  expense.  The
Indemnifying Party shall be obligated to pay the reasonable  attorneys' fees and
expenses  of the  Indemnified  Party to the extent  that such fees and  expenses
relate to claims as to which  indemnification is due under Sections 10.2 or 10.3
hereof, as the case may be. The

                                       28

<PAGE>



Indemnified  Party  shall have full  rights to dispose of such  action and enter
into any monetary compromise or settlement; provided, however, in the event that
the  Indemnified  Party shall settle or  compromise  any claims  involved in the
action  insofar as they  relate to, or arise out of, the same facts as gave rise
to any claim  for  which  indemnification  is due  under  Sections  10.2 or 10.3
hereof,  as the case may be, it shall act  reasonably and in good faith in doing
so.

     (d) Both the Indemnifying  Party and the Indemnified  Party shall cooperate
fully with one another in connection with the defense,  compromise or settlement
of any such claim,  proceeding  or action,  including,  without  limitation,  by
making available to the other all pertinent information and witnesses within its
control.

     10.6  Effectiveness.  The  provisions of this Article 10 shall be effective
upon consummation of the Closing, and prior to the Closing,  shall have no force
and effect.

                                   ARTICLE 11
                         TERMINATION AND TERMINATION FEE

     11.1 Termination.  Notwithstanding  any other provision herein contained to
the contrary,  this Agreement may be terminated at any time prior to the Closing
Date as follows:

     (a) This  Agreement  may be  terminated  by written  consent of the parties
hereto;

     (b) The Buyer may terminate  this Agreement by giving written notice to the
Seller at any time after the Closing Date Deadline (provided,  however, that the
Buyer may not terminate  under this  subsection (b) if the Buyer is in breach of
any material  representation,  warranty,  or covenant of the Buyer  contained in
this Agreement);

     (c) The Seller may terminate this Agreement by giving written notice to the
Buyer at any time after the Closing Date Deadline (provided,  however,  that the
Seller may not terminate under this subsection (c) if the Seller is in breach of
any material representation, warranty, or covenant contained in this Agreement);

     (d) The Buyer may  terminate  this  Agreement if, after any initial HSR Act
filing,  the FTC makes a "second  request"  for  information,  or the FTC or the
Antitrust Division  challenges the transactions  contemplated  hereby;  provided
that  the  Buyer  delivers  written  notice  to the  Seller  of its  termination
hereunder within fifteen (15) days of the Buyer's receipt of such second request
or of notice of such challenge; or

     (e) The Buyer may terminate this  Agreement  within thirty (30) days of the
date hereof if the Buyer is not satisfied,  in its discretion,  with the results
of the Buyer's  due  diligence  investigation  contemplated  by Section  5.1(a),
including without limitation the Environmental Audit.

                                       29

<PAGE>



     11.2 Procedure and Effect of Termination.  If either party  terminates this
Agreement  pursuant to Section  11.1 above,  all rights and  obligations  of the
parties  hereunder  shall  terminate  without any  liability of any party to any
other party except as set forth below:

     (a) If this Agreement is terminated by the Buyer pursuant to the provisions
of Section  11.1(b)  above and the failure to complete  the Closing on or before
the  Closing  Date  Deadline  shall have been due to the breach of any  material
representation, warranty or covenant of the Seller or the Shareholder under this
Agreement,  then the Seller shall,  on demand of the Buyer,  promptly pay to the
Buyer in immediately  available funds, as liquidated damages for the loss of the
transaction and not as a penalty, a termination fee of $1,000,000 (the "Seller's
Termination Fee").

     (b)  If  this  Agreement  is  terminated  by  the  Seller  pursuant  to the
provisions  of Section  11.1(c) above and the failure to complete the Closing on
or before the  Closing  Date  Deadline  shall have been due to the breach of any
material representation, warranty or covenant of the Buyer under this Agreement,
then the Buyer shall,  upon demand of the Seller,  promptly pay to the Seller in
immediately  available  funds,  as  liquidated  damages  for  the  loss  of  the
transaction and not as a penalty,  a termination fee of $1,000,000 (the "Buyer's
Termination Fee").

The respective  rights of the parties to terminate this Agreement under Sections
11.1(b) or 11.1(c), as the case may be, and to be paid the Seller's  Termination
Fee or the Buyer's  Termination Fee, as the case may be, shall be the respective
parties' sole and exclusive  remedies for damages for breach of this  Agreement;
in this regard,  the parties  hereto agree that (i) they  reasonably  anticipate
that the  damages  for breach of this  Agreement,  as  contemplated  by Sections
11.1(b)  or  11.1(c),   will  be  difficult   to  ascertain   because  of  their
indefiniteness  or  uncertainty,  and (ii) the Seller's  Termination Fee and the
Buyer's  Termination Fee are reasonable  estimates of such damages. In the event
of such  termination by either party pursuant to Section 11.1(b) or 11.1(c),  as
the case may be,  such  party  shall have no right to  equitable  relief for any
breach or alleged breach of this Agreement,  other than for specific performance
for the payment of the Seller's  Termination Fee or the Buyer's Termination Fee,
as the case may be.

     (c) Except as specifically provided in this Section 11.2, nothing contained
in this Section 11.2 shall prevent any party from seeking any equitable  relief,
including specific  performance,  to which it would otherwise be entitled in the
event of breach of this Agreement by the other party.

                                   ARTICLE 12
                            MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

     12.1 Access to Books and Records after Closing. The Buyer shall,  following
the Closing, give, and shall cause to be given, to the Seller and its authorized
representatives such access, during normal business hours and upon prior notice,
to such books and records  constituting part of the Purchased Assets as shall be
reasonably  necessary  for the Seller in  connection  with the  preparation  and
filing of the Seller's tax returns for periods prior to the Closing, and to make
extracts and copies of such books and records.


                                       30

<PAGE>




     12.2 Notices.  All notices,  claims,  certificates,  requests,  demands and
other communications  hereunder shall be given in writing and shall be delivered
personally  or  sent  by  telecopier  or by a  nationally  recognized  overnight
courier,  postage  prepaid,  and shall be deemed to have been duly given when so
delivered personally or sent by telecopier,  with receipt confirmed,  or one (1)
Business Day after the date of deposit with such nationally recognized overnight
courier. All such notices,  claims,  certificates,  requests,  demands and other
communications shall be addressed to the respective parties at the addresses set
forth below or to such other address as the person to whom notice is to be given
may have furnished to the others in writing in accordance herewith.

If to the Buyer, to:

        Sonic Automotive, Inc.
        5401 East Independence Boulevard
        P.O. Box 18747
        Charlotte, North Carolina 28218
        Telecopier No.:  (704) 532-3312
        Attention:  Theodore Wright

with a copy to:

        Parker, Poe, Adams & Bernstein L.L.P.
        2500 Charlotte Plaza
        Charlotte, North Carolina  28244
        Telecopier No.:  (704) 334-4706
        Attention:  Edward W. Wellman, Esq.

If to the Seller, to:

        Dyer & Dyer, Inc.
        5260 Peachtree Industrial Blvd.
        Chamblee, Georgia 30341
        Telecopier No.: (770) 452-8721
        Attention: Richard Dyer



                                       31

<PAGE>


If to the Shareholder, to:

        Richard Dyer
        5260 Peachtree Industrial Blvd.
        Chamblee, Georgia 30341
        Telecopier No.: (770) 452-8721

in either case, with a copy to:

        Kaufman, Chaiken, Miller & Klorfein
        400 Perimeter Center Terrace, N.E.  Suite 720
        Atlanta, Georgia  30346-1234
        Telecopier No.: (770) 395-6720
        Attention:    Robert J. Kaufman, Esq.

     The  Buyer,  the  Seller or the  Shareholder  may  change  the  address  or
telecopier  number to which such  communications  are to be  directed  by giving
written notice to the others in the manner provided in this Agreement.

     12.3 Parties in Interest; No Third Party Beneficiaries.

     (a) Subject to Section 12.4 hereof,  this Agreement  shall be binding upon,
inure to the benefit of and be  enforceable  by the  respective  successors  and
assigns of the parties hereto.

     (b) Nothing in this Agreement,  expressed or implied,  is intended or shall
be construed  to confer upon or give to any  employee of the Seller  (other than
Peggy  McFarland to the extent she is referred to herein),  or any other person,
firm,  corporation  or legal  entity,  other than the  parties  hereto and their
successors and permitted assigns,  any rights,  remedies or other benefits under
or by reason of this Agreement.

     12.4  Assignability.  This  Agreement  shall not be assignable by any party
hereto without the prior written consent of the other parties, provided that the
Buyer may assign its rights under this  Agreement to any  affiliate of the Buyer
presently  existing or  hereafter  formed and to any person or entity that shall
acquire all or substantially all of the assets of the Buyer; provided,  however,
that no such  assignment  by the Buyer  shall  release  it from its  obligations
hereunder without the consent of the Seller.

     12.5 Entire  Agreement;  Amendment.  This  Agreement and the other writings
referred to herein or delivered pursuant hereto contain the entire understanding
of the parties  hereto and supersedes  all prior  agreements and  understandings
between the parties  hereto with respect to its subject  matter.  This Agreement
may be amended or modified  only by a written  instrument  duly  executed by the
parties hereto.

                                       32

<PAGE>



     12.6 Headings.  The article,  section and paragraph  headings  contained in
this  Agreement are for reference  purposes only and shall not affect in any way
the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement.

     12.7  Counterparts.  This  Agreement  may  be  executed  in any  number  of
counterparts, and each such counterpart hereof shall be deemed to be an original
instrument,  and  all  such  counterparts  together  shall  constitute  but  one
agreement.

     12.8 Governing  Law. This  Agreement  shall be governed by and construed in
accordance  with the laws of the State of Georgia,  without giving effect to its
principles of conflicts of law.

     12.9  Knowledge.  Whenever  any  representation  or  warranty of the Seller
contained  herein or in any other document  executed and delivered in connection
herewith is based upon the  knowledge  of the Seller,  such  knowledge  shall be
deemed to include the knowledge, if any, of the Seller or the Shareholder.

     12.10  Arbitration.  (a) Subject to the other  provisions  of this  Section
12.10,  any  dispute,  claim or  controversy  arising out of or relating to this
Agreement,   or  the  interpretation  or  breach  hereof   (including,   without
limitation,  any of the  foregoing  based  upon a claim to any  termination  fee
hereunder,  but not including  disputes  regarding Net Book Value which shall be
conclusively resolved pursuant to the provision of Section 1.3 herein), shall be
resolved by binding  arbitration  under the commercial  arbitration rules of the
American Arbitration  Association (the AAAA Rules@) to the extent such AAA Rules
are not  inconsistent  with  this  Agreement.  Judgment  upon  the  award of the
arbitrators  may be entered  in any court  having  jurisdiction  thereof or such
court may be asked to judicially confirm the award and order its enforcement, as
the case may be. The demand for  arbitration  shall be made by any party  hereto
within a  reasonable  time after the claim,  dispute or other matter in question
has arisen,  and in any event shall not be made after the date when  institution
of legal proceedings,  based on such claim, dispute or other matter in question,
would be barred by the applicable statute of limitations.  The arbitration panel
shall consist of three (3)  arbitrators,  one of whom shall be appointed by each
of the Seller  and the Buyer  within  thirty  (30) days  after any  request  for
arbitration hereunder. The two arbitrators thus appointed shall choose the third
arbitrator within thirty (30) days after their appointment;  provided,  however,
that if the two  arbitrators are unable to agree on the appointment of the third
arbitrator  within  30 days  after  their  appointment,  either  arbitrator  may
petition the American Arbitration Association to make the appointment. The place
of arbitration  shall be Columbia,  South  Carolina.  The  arbitrators  shall be
instructed to render their decision within sixty (60) days after their selection
and to allocate all costs and expenses of such arbitration  (including legal and
accounting  fees and expenses of the  respective  parties) to the parties in the
proportions  that reflect their  relative  success on the merits  (including the
successful assertion of any defenses).

     (b) Nothing  contained in this Section 12.10 shall prevent any party hereto
from seeking any equitable  relief to which it would  otherwise be entitled from
any court of competent jurisdiction.

                                       33

<PAGE>




     12.11  Waivers.  Any party to this  Agreement may, by written notice to the
other  parties  hereto,  waive any provision of this  Agreement  from which such
party is  entitled  to  receive a benefit.  The waiver by any party  hereto of a
breach of any provision of this Agreement shall not operate or be construed as a
waiver of any subsequent breach of such provision or any other provision of this
Agreement.

     12.12  Severability.  In the event that any provision,  or part thereof, of
this  Agreement  shall be held to be  invalid,  illegal  or  unenforceable,  the
validity,  legality and  enforceability  of the remaining  provisions,  or parts
thereof, shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

     12.13 Expenses.  Except as otherwise set forth herein,  each party shall be
responsible  for its own legal fees and other  costs and  expenses  incurred  in
connection  with this  Agreement and the  negotiation  and  consummation  of the
transactions contemplated hereby.



                      [SIGNATURES BEGIN ON FOLLOWING PAGE]


<PAGE>



     IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the parties  hereto have caused this  Agreement to be
duly executed all as of the day, month and year first above written.



THE BUYER:                  SONIC AUTOMOTIVE, INC.


                            By: /s/ Theodore M. Wright
                                ------------------------------------------------
                                Name: Theodore M. Wright
                                Title: Vice President & Chief Financial Officer


THE SELLER:                 DYER & DYER, INC.


                            By: /s/ Richard S. Dyer, Jr.
                                ------------------------------------------------
                                Name:      Richard Dyer
                                Title:     President



THE SHAREHOLDER:                /s/ Richard S. Dyer, Jr.                  (SEAL)
                                ------------------------------------------
                                    RICHARD DYER





<PAGE>


                 List of Schedules
                 -----------------

Schedule 1.1(a)            -        Purchased Assets

Schedule 1.1(b)            -        Excluded Assets

Schedule 1.1(c)            -        Permitted Encumbrances

Schedule 1.2               -        Assumed Liabilities

Schedule 1.3(d)            -        Allocation of Purchase Price and Assumed
                                    Liabilities

Schedule 1.5               -        Certain Employees of Seller to be Offered
                                    Employment by Buyer

Schedule 3.1               -        Jurisdictions of Foreign Qualification of
                                    Seller

Schedule 3.2               -        Required Authorizations and Consents to
                                    Agreement -- Seller

Schedule 3.3               -        Investments

Schedule 3.5               -        Certain Changes

Schedule 3.6               -        Material Contracts

                           -        Required Consents for Transfers of Material
                                    Contracts

Schedule 3.7               -        Encumbrances

Schedule 3.8               -        Real Property; Leased Premises

Schedule 3.9               -        Equipment

Schedule 3.12              -        Approvals, Permits and Authorizations

Schedule 3.13              -        Compliance with Laws



Schedule 3.14              -        Insurance Policies


<PAGE>


                           -        Insured Property Damage and Personal
                                    Injury Claims

Schedule 3.16              -        Litigation

Schedule 3.17              -        Powers of Attorney

Schedule 3.19              -        Employee Relations

Schedule 3.20              -        Compensation

Schedule 3.21              -        Patents; Trademarks; Trade Names;
                                    Copyrights; Licenses; Etc. and Proprietary
                                    Names

Schedule 3.23              -        Other Liabilities

Schedule 3.24              -        Affiliate Transactions

Schedule 3.26              -        Employee Plans

Schedule 3.29              -        Environmental Matters

Schedule 3.30              -        Bank Accounts and Safe Deposit Boxes

Schedule 3.31              -        Warranties

Schedule 3.32              -        Interests in Competitors

Schedule 4.2               -        Required Authorizations and Consents to
                                    Agreement -- Buyer

                                        2

<PAGE>


                 List of Exhibits
                 ----------------

Exhibit 1.3(A)             -        Form of Escrow Agreement

Exhibit 1.4(A)             -        Form of Bill of Sale and Assignment

Exhibit 1.4(B)             -        Form of Employment Agreement

Exhibit 1.4(C)             -        Form of Non-Competition Agreement

Exhibit 7.4                -        Form of opinion of counsel for the Seller

Exhibit 8.5                -        From of opinion of counsel for the Buyer




4-29-433 (3/92)                                                [LOGO] CHRYSLER
SECURITY AGREEMENT AND MASTER CREDIT AGREEMENT                        CREDIT
(Non-Chrysler Corporation Dealer)


This  Security  Agreement and Master Credit  Agreement  (hereinafter  called the
"Agreement"),  made as of this 21 day of April 1995, is by and between CLEVELAND
CHRYSLER  PLYMOUTH JEEP EAGLE,  having its  principal  place of business at 2490
South Lee Hwy.  -  Cleveland,  Tn.  37311  (hereinafter  called  "Debtor"),  and
Chrysler Credit Corporation,  a Delaware corporation,  having offices located at
27777 Franklin Rd., Southfield, Michigan 48034-8286 (hereinafter called "Secured
Party").

WHEREAS, Debtor is engaged in business as an authorized dealer of Jeep/Eagle and
desires  Secured  Party to finance  the  acquisition  by Debtor in the  ordinary
course of its  business  of new and  unused  vehicles  sold and  distributed  by
Jeep/Eag1e and/or other authorized sellers and of used vehicles (all such unused
and used vehicles being hereinafter collectively called the "Vehicles").

WHEREAS,  Secured Party is willing to provide  wholesale  financing to Debtor to
finance the  acquisition  of  Vehicles by Debtor by making  loans or advances to
debtor to finance the acquisition by Debtor of Vehicles.

NOW,  THEREFORE,  in  consideration  of the mutual premises herein contained and
other good and  valuable  consideration  paid by each  party to the  other,  the
receipt and  sufficiency  of which is hereby  acknowledged,  and intending to be
legally bound hereby, the parties hereto agree as follows:

1.0  Financing - Secured Party agrees to extend to Debtor wholesale financing by
     making loans or advances to Debtor to finance the  acquisition by Debtor of
     Vehicles from sellers  thereof,  on the terms and  conditions  set forth in
     Paragraph  2.1 herein or as set forth in the  Vehicle  financing  terms and
     conditions  as they may be made  available  to Debtor  from time to time by
     Secured Party.

     For the purposes of this Agreement,  loans or advances  provided by Secured
     Party  directly to either Debtor or to the seller of Vehicles to Debtor are
     herein called "Advances".  Debtor  acknowledges that (x) the maximum amount
     of  Advances  which  will  be  made  by  Secured  Party  hereunder  will be
     established  from time to time by Secured Party in its sole  discretion and
     (y) all such  Advances  shall be made on and shall be  subject to the terms
     and  conditions of this  Agreement.  It is  understood  and agreed that the
     making of any Advance hereunder shall be at the option of Secured Party and
     shall not be  obligatory,  and that the right of  Debtor  to  request  that
     Secured  Party make Advances may be terminated at any time by Secured Party
     at its election without notice.

2.0  Evidence of Advances and Payment Terms - Each Advance shall be made at such
     time as Debtor shall request in accordance with the then-effective  Vehicle
     financing terms and conditions  referred to above.  Debtor will execute and
     deliver to Secured Party from time to time its demand  promissory  notes in
     aggregate  principal  amount  equal to that amount  agreed to by Debtor and
     Secured  Party  from  time to  time,  such  demand  promissory  notes  (the
     "Promissory Notes") to evidence the liability of Debtor to Secured Party on
     account  of all  Advances.  The  maximum  liability  of Debtor  under  this
     Agreement shall at any time be equal to the aggregate  principal  amount of
     all Advances at the time outstanding hereunder plus interest and such other
     amounts  as may be due under  this  Agreement.  Debtor  will pay to Secured
     Party on demand the aggregate principal amount of all Advances from time to
     time  outstanding,  and will pay upon demand the  interest  due thereon and
     such other additional charges as Secured Party shall determine from time to
     time.

     In  consideration  of Secured Party's making  Advances,  Debtor will pay to
     Secured Party interest at the rate(s) per annum designated by Secured Party
     from  time to time on the  amount of each  Advance  made by  Secured  Party
     hereunder  from the date of such  Advance  until the date of  repayment  to
     Secured Party of the full amount thereof. Secured Party will give notice to
     Debtor of the interest  rate(s)  established  by it from time to time under
     the terms  hereof,  and each such  notice  shall  constitute  an  agreement
     between Debtor and Secured Party as to the applicability to the Advances of
     the interest  rate(s)  contained  therein,  to be applicable from the dates
     stated in such notice until such interest rate(s) are changed by subsequent
     notice  given by Secured  Party  pursuant to this  sentence.  All  interest
     accrued on the Advances  shall be payable  monthly by Debtor,  and shall be
     due upon receipt by Debtor of the  statement of Secured Party setting forth
     the amount of such accrued interest.

2.1  Debtor  agrees  that  financing  pursuant to this  Agreement  shall be used
     exclusively  for the purpose of acquiring  Vehicles for Debtor's  inventory
     and Debtor shall not sell or otherwise  dispose of such Vehicles  except by
     sale in the ordinary course of business.  If so requested by Secured Party,
     Debtor  agrees to  maintain a  separate  bank  account  into which all cash
     proceeds  of such  sales  or other  dispositions  of such  Vehicle  will be
     deposited.  Debtor  further  agrees that upon the sale of each Vehicle with
     respect to which an Advance  has been made by Secured  Party,  Debtor  will
     promptly  remit to  Secured  Party the total  amount  then  outstanding  of
     Secured  Party's  Advance  on each  such  Vehicle  unless  other  terms  of
     repayment  have been agreed to by Secured  Party.  Debtor agrees to hold in
     trust for Secured Party and shall  forthwith remit to Secured Party, to the
     extent of any unpaid and past due indebtedness  hereunder,  all proceeds of
     each Vehicle when  received by Debtor,  or to allow  Secured  Party to make
     direct  collection  thereof  and credit  Debtor  with all sums  received by
     Secured Party.

3.0  Security - Debtor hereby grants to Secured Party a first and prior security
     interest in and to each and every Vehicle financed  hereunder,  whether now
     owned or hereafter acquired by way of replacement,  substitution,  addition
     or otherwise,  together with all additions and  accessions  thereto and all
     proceeds  thereof.  Further,  Debtor also hereby  grants to Secured Party a
     security  interest in and to all  Chattel  Paper,  Accounts  whether or not
     earned by performance and including without limitation all amounts due from
     the  manufacturer or distributor of the Vehicles or any of its subsidiaries
     or   affiliates,   Contract   Rights,   Documents,   Instruments,   General
     Intangibles, Consumer Goods, Inventory of Automotive Parts, Accessories and
     Supplies, Equipment,  Furniture,  Fixtures, Machinery, Tools, and Leasehold
     Improvements,   whether  now  owned  or   hereafter   acquired  by  way  of
     replacement,   substitution,  addition  or  otherwise,  together  with  all
     additions and accessions  thereto and all proceeds  thereof,  as additional
     security for each and every  indebtedness  and  obligation of Debtor as set
     forth herein. The security interest hereby granted shall secure the prompt,
     timely  and full  payment of (l) all  Advances,  (2} all  interest  accrued
     thereon in accordance  with the terms of this  Agreement and the Promissory
     Notes,  (3) all other  indebtedness  and  obligations  of Debtor  under the
     Promissory  Notes, (4) all costs and expenses  incurred by Secured Party in
     the collection or enforcement of the Promissory Notes or of the obligations
     of the Debtor  under this  Agreement,  (5) all monies  advanced  by Secured
     Party on behalf of Debtor for taxes,  levies,  insurance and repairs to and
     maintenance  of any  Vehicle  or other  collateral,  and (6) each and every
     other  indebtedness  or  obligation  now or  hereafter  owing by  Debtor to
     Secured Party including any collection or enforcement costs and expenses or
     monies  advanced  on behalf of Debtor  in  connection  with any such  other
     indebtedness or obligations.


<PAGE>


3.1  All said security set forth in Paragraph 3.0 shall hereinafter collectively
     be  called  "Collateral."  Debtor  hereby  expressly  agrees that  the term
     "proceeds" as used in Paragraph 3.0 shall include  without  limitation  all
     insurance proceeds on the Collateral,  money, chattel paper, goods received
     in trade including without limitation vehicles received in trade,  contract
     rights,  instruments,   documents,   accounts  whether  or  not  earned  by
     performance,  general  intangibles,  claims and tort recoveries relating to
     the Collateral.  Notwithstanding that Advances hereunder are made from time
     to time with  respect to specific  Vehicles,  each Vehicle and the proceeds
     thereof and all other Collateral  hereunder shall  constitute  security for
     all obligations of Debtor to Secured Party secured hereunder.

3.2  Debtor  hereby  agrees that upon request of the Secured  Party it will take
     such  action  and/or  execute  and  deliver  to  Secured  Party any and all
     documents  (and pay all costs and expenses of recording the same),  in form
     and substance  satisfactory to Secured Party, which will perfect in Secured
     Party its security interest in the Collateral in which Secured Party has or
     is to have a security interest under the terms of this Agreement.

3.3  Secured  Party's  security  interest in the Collateral  shall attach to the
     full extent provided or permitted by law to the proceeds, in whatever form,
     of any  disposition  of said  Collateral  or to any part  thereof by Debtor
     until such  proceeds  are remitted and  accounted  for as provided  herein.
     Debtor  will  notify  Secured  Party  before  Debtor  signs,   executes  or
     authorizes any financing statement regardless of coverage.

3.4  Debtor shall be  responsible  for all loss and damage to the Collateral and
     agrees to keep Collateral  insured  against loss or damage by fire,  theft,
     collision,  vandalism  and against  such other  risks as Secured  Party may
     require from time to time. Insurance and policies evidencing such insurance
     shall be with  such  companies,  in such  amount  and such form as shall be
     satisfactory to Secured Party. If so requested by Secured Party, any or all
     such  policies  of  insurance  shall  contain an  endorsement,  in form and
     substance  satisfactory  to Secured Party,  showing loss payable to Secured
     Party as its interest may appear, and a certificate of insurance evidencing
     such coverage will be provided to Secured Party.

4.0  Debtor's Warranties - Debtor warrants and agrees that the Collateral now is
     and shall always be kept free of all taxes, liens and encumbrances,  except
     as  specifically  disclosed  in  Paragraph  4.1  below or  provided  for in
     Paragraph  3.0 above,  and Debtor shall defend the  Collateral  against all
     other claims and demands whatsoever and shall indemnify,  hold harmless and
     defend Secured Party in connection therewith.  Any sum of money that may be
     paid by  Secured  Party in  release or  discharge  of any  taxes,  liens or
     encumbrances shall be paid to Secured Party on demand as an additional part
     of the obligation secured hereunder.  Debtor hereby agrees not to mortgage,
     pledge or loan (except for designated demonstrators as agreed to in advance
     by Secured  Party in writing) the  Vehicles  and shall not license,  title,
     use,  transfer  or  otherwise  dispose of them  except as  provided in this
     Agreement. Debtor agrees that it will execute in favor of Secured Party any
     form of document  which may be required  to  evidence  further  Advances by
     Secured Party  hereunder,  and shall execute such  additional  documents as
     Secured  Party  may at any time  request  in order to  conform  or  perfect
     Debtor's  title to or Secured  Party's  security  interest in the Vehicles.
     Execution by Debtor of notes,  checks or other  instruments  for the amount
     advanced  shall be deemed  evidence of Debtor's  obligation and not payment
     therefor until collected in full by Secured Party.

4.1  Disclosure of Taxes, Liens and Encumbrances-

             (If there are any, list them here; if none, so state.)

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
   PLACE FILED           DATE OF FILING         NAME AND ADDRESS OF CREDITOR
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

5.0  Signatory  Authorization - Debtor hereby authorizes Secured Party or any of
     its  officers,  employees,  agents or any other  person  Secured  Party may
     designate  to  execute  any and all  documents  pursuant  to the  terms and
     conditions of that certain Power of Attorney and Signatory Authorization of
     even date herewith.

6.0  Events of Default and  Remedies/Termination - Time is of the essence herein
     and it is  understood  and agreed that  Secured  Party may  terminate  this
     Agreement,  refuse to advance funds hereunder, and declare the aggregate of
     all Advances  outstanding  hereunder  immediately  due and payable upon the
     occurrence  of any of the  following  events  (each  hereinafter  called an
     "Event of  Default"),  and that  Debtor's  liabilities  under this sentence
     shall  constitute  additional  obligations  of Debtor  secured  under  this
     Agreement.

     (a)  Debtor  shall  fail to make any  payment  to  Secured  Party,  whether
          constituting the principal amount of any Advance,  interest thereon or
          any other payment due  hereunder,  when and as due in accordance  with
          the terms of this Agreement or with any demand permitted to be made by
          Secured Party under this  Agreement or any  Promissory  Note, or shall
          fail to pay when due any other amount owing to Secured Party under any
          other agreement between Secured Party and Debtor, or shall fail in the
          due performance or compliance with any other term or condition  hereof
          or thereof,  or shall be in default in the payment of any  liabilities
          constituting  indebtedness  for money borrowed or the deferred payment
          of the  purchase  price of property or rental  payment with respect to
          property material to the conduct of Debtor's business;

     (b)  A tax lien or notice  thereof shall have been filed against any of the
          Debtor's  property  or  a  proceeding  in  bankruptcy,  insolvency  or
          receivership shall be instituted by or against Debtor or Debtor's
          property or an assignment shall have been made by Debtor for the
          benefit of Creditors;



<PAGE>


     (c)  In the event that Secured  Party deems itself  insecure for any reason
          or the Vehicles are deemed by Secured Party to be in danger of misuse,
          loss,  seizure or confiscation or other  disposition not authorized by
          this Agreement;

     (d)  Termination of any franchise authorizing Debtor to sell Vehicles;

     (e)  A  misrepresentation  by Debtor for the purpose of obtaining credit or
          an  extension  of credit or a refusal by Debtor to  execute  documents
          relating to the Collateral  and/or Secured Party's  security  interest
          therein  or to  furnish  financial  information  to  Secured  Party at
          reasonable  intervals or to permit persons designated by Secured Party
          to examine Debtor's books or records and to make periodic  inspections
          of the Collateral; or

     (f)  Debtor,   without  Secured  Party's  prior  written   consent,   shall
          guarantee,  endorse  or  otherwise  become  surety  for  or  upon  the
          obligations of others except as may be done in the ordinary  course of
          Debtor's  business,   shall  transfer  or  otherwise  dispose  of  any
          proprietary, partnership or share interest Debtor has in his business,
          or all or  substantially  all of the assets thereof,  shall enter into
          any  merger or  consolidation,  if a  corporation,  or shall  make any
          substantial  disbursements or use of funds of Debtor's business except
          as may be done in the ordinary course of Debtor's business,  or assign
          this Agreement in whole or in part or any obligation hereunder.

     Upon  the  occurrence  of an  Event  of  Default,  Secured  Party  may take
     immediate  possession of said Vehicles without demand or further notice and
     without legal process; and for the purpose and furtherance thereof,  Debtor
     shall,  if Secured  Party so requests,  assemble the Vehicles and make them
     available to Secured Party at a reasonably  convenient  place designated by
     Secured  Party and Secured  Party shall have the right,  and Debtor  hereby
     authorizes and empowers  Secured Party to enter upon the premises  wherever
     said  Vehicles may be, to remove same.  In addition,  Secured  Party or its
     assigns shall have all the rights and remedies applicable under the Uniform
     Commercial Code or under any other statute or at common law or in equity or
     under this Agreement. Such rights and remedies shall be cumulative.  Debtor
     hereby  agrees that it shall pay all expenses and  reimburse  Secured Party
     for any  expenditures,  including  reasonable  attorneys'  fees  and  legal
     expenses,  in connection with Secured Party's exercise of any of its rights
     and remedies under this Agreement.

7.0  Inspection: Vehicles/Books and Records - It is hereby understood and agreed
     by and between  Debtor and Secured  Party that Secured Party shall have the
     right of access to and  inspection of the Vehicles and the right to examine
     Debtor's  books and  records,  which  Debtor  warrants  are  genuine in all
     respects.  Debtor  hereby  certifies to Secured Party that all Vehicles and
     books and  records  shall be kept at the  principal  place of  business  of
     Debtor as  hereinabove  stated or at such other  locations  as  approved in
     writing by Secured Party, and Debtor shall not remove or permit the removal
     of the Vehicles or books and records  during the pendency of this Agreement
     except in the  ordinary  course of business  and as  authorized  by Secured
     Party.

7.1  Debtor agrees to furnish to Secured Party after the end of each month,  for
     so long as this Agreement shall be effective, balance sheets and statements
     of profit and loss for each month with respect to Debtor's business in such
     detail and at such times as Secured Party may require from time to time.

8.0  General - Debtor and Secured Party further covenant and agree that:

8.1  Any provision  hereof  prohibited by law shall be ineffective to the extent
     of such prohibition without invalidating the remaining provisions hereof.

8.2  This Agreement  shall be interpreted  according to the laws of the State of
     Debtor's principal place of business as identified above.

8.3  This  Agreement  cannot be modified  or amended,  except in writing by both
     parties  unless  otherwise  specifically  authorized  herein,  and shall be
     binding and inure to the  benefit of each of the  parties  hereto and their
     respective legal representatives, successors and assigns.

8.4  Interest to be paid in connection  herewith  shall never exceed the maximum
     rate allowable by law applicable  hereto, as the parties intend to strictly
     comply with all law relating to usury. Notwithstanding any provision hereof
     or any other document in connection herewith to the contrary,  Debtor shall
     not pay nor  will  Secured  Party  accept  payment  of any  such  excessive
     interest,  which excessive  interest is hereby canceled,  and Secured Party
     shall be  entitled  at its option to refund any such  interest  erroneously
     paid or credit the same to Debtor's obligations hereunder.

8.5  The terms  and  provisions  of this  Agreement  and of any other  agreement
     between  Debtor and  Secured  Party  should be  construed  together  as one
     agreement;  provided,  however, in the event of any conflict, the terms and
     provisions of this Agreement shall govern such conflict.

8.6  No failure or delay on the part of Secured Party in exercising any power or
     right hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof,  nor shall any single or
     partial  exercise of any such right or power  preclude any other or further
     exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right or power hereunder. The
     remedies  herein are in addition to those  available in law or equity,  and
     Secured  Party need not pursue any rights it might have as a Secured  Party
     before  pursuing  payment and  performance  by Debtor or any  guarantor  or
     surety.

8.7  This Agreement may not be assigned by Debtor.



<PAGE>




9.0  Notices - Any  notice  given  hereunder  shall be in  writing  and given by
     personal delivery or shall be sent by U.S. Mail, postage prepaid, addressed
     to the party to be charged with such notice at the  respective  address set
     forth below:


- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 TO DEBTOR                             TO SECURED PARTY
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
CLEVELAND CHRYSLER PLYMOUTH JEEP EAGLE, LLC        CHRYSLER CREDIT CORPORATION
2490 South Lee Hwy                                 P.O. Box 80247
Cleveland, Tn. 37311                               Chattanooga, Tn. 37414
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the parties hereto have duly executed this Agreement as of
the day and year first above written.


                                 CLEVELAND CHRYSLER PLYMOUTH JEEP EAGLE, LLC


/s/ [illegible]                  By /s/ Nelson E. Bowers II         
- ------------------------------      ---------------------------
         (WITNESS)

                                 Title        President
- ------------------------------        ------------------------
         (WITNESS)


                                        CHRYSLER CREDIT CORPORATION

                                  
                                 By /s/ [illegible]
                                    ---------------------------


                                 Title      Branch Manager
                                      -------------------------




<PAGE>
   
 
    
 
                                                                    EXHIBIT 23.1
 
   
                         INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' CONSENT
    
 
To the Board of Directors and Stockholders
Sonic Automotive, Inc.
 
   
     We consent to the use in this Amendment No. 1 to the Registration Statement
relating to shares of Class A Common Stock of Sonic Automotive, Inc. on Form S-1
of (i) our report dated August 7, 1997 on the combined financial statements of
Sonic Automotive, Inc. and Affiliated Companies as of and for the year ended
December 31, 1996; (ii) our report dated August 7, 1997 on the financial
statements of Dyer & Dyer, Inc. as of December 31, 1995 and 1996 and for each of
the three years in the period ended December 31, 1996; (iii) our report dated
August 7, 1997 on the combined financial statements of Bowers Dealerships and
Affiliated Companies as of December 31, 1995 and 1996 and for the years then
ended; (iv) our report dated August 7, 1997 on the combined financial statements
of Lake Norman Dodge, Inc. and Affiliated Companies as of and for the year ended
December 31, 1996; and (v) our report dated August 26, 1997 on the financial
statements of Ken Marks Ford, Inc. as of and for the year ended April 30, 1997
appearing in the Prospectus, which is a part of this Amendment No. 1 to the
Registration Statement, and to the reference to us under the heading "Experts"
in such Prospectus.
    
 
DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP
 
   
Charlotte, North Carolina
August 29, 1997
    

<PAGE>
                                                                    EXHIBIT 23.2

                         INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' CONSENT
 
To the Board of Directors and Stockholders
Sonic Automotive, Inc.
 
   
     We consent to the use in this Amendment No. 1 to the Registration Statement
of Sonic Automotive, Inc. on Form S-1 of our report dated April 30, 1997 on the
combined financial statements of Sonic Automotive, Inc. and Affiliated Companies
as of December 31, 1995 and for the years ended December 31, 1994 and 1995
appearing in the Prospectus, which is a part of this Amendment No. 1 to the
Registration Statement, and to the references to us under the heading "Experts"
in such Prospectus.
    
 
DIXON, ODOM & CO., L.L.P.
 
   
Winston-Salem, North Carolina
August 29, 1997
    


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission